CONTENTS.

List of Fellows.

Additions to the Library ...

XII.

MEMOIRS.

. On new or little-known Aylin fae GEORGE CHARLES

CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

. New Lepidoptera from fhe Schouten ‘Telands. By J. J.

Jorcey, F.L.S., F.Z.S8., F.E.S., and G. Tarsot, F.E.S., with

description of a new Tineid by "J. HARTLEY DURRANT, BES.

. On the Biology of Sphodromantis guttata (Mantidae). By

C. B. Wittiams, B.A., F.E.S., The John Innes Horticultural

Institute, Merton, Surrey, and Pp. A. Buxton, B.A., F.ES.,

Trinity College, Cambridge

. On Specific and Mimetic Relationships in the, genus SH e lie iconius, L.

By H. Errrincuam, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.8.

. A reply to Dr. Eltringham’s paper on the cing Piivaile.

By W. J. Kayes, F.E.S.

. On the Pairing of the Pleberid Blue Batteries (Lyeueninae,

tribe Plebetidi). By T. A. Cuapman, M.D.,

. On new and little-known Lagriidae and Pelion en Gnas

CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

. Gynandromorphous 4 griades coridon, Poda; A. vate a roy-

stonensis, Pickett. ee E. A. CocKAYN®, DALE RICP.,

F.E.S... es

. New Chrysids from cH an Algeria. or the Re. if. D.

Morice, M.A., F.E.S.

. Butterflies of Southern Kordofan, collected i ‘Captain R. S.

Witson, Lancashire Reeaneny BY G. B. i: etal A.,

M.D.,F. LA. Ae

. On Certain Peis of the Genta ineae Me <—s BS M. Ch.

Oberthir. By H. Evrrweuam, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.8.

The Rein-sheath in Plebezid Blues: a correction of and addition

to Paper VI. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D., F.Z.S. =

XIII. Resting attitudes in some Lepidoptera, examples of ee oem

XIV.

; xv:

avs

tion in habit. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D.

saa My agg entitled to ordinal rank ; Order Zi GLOPTERA.

By T. A. Cuapman, M.D..

The Evolution of the Habits ‘of the ieee - Lycaena 4 arion, L.

By T. A. Cuapman, M.D..

Gynandromorphous Le pidopters By E. oy Cookars M. re

LBS SI) Ok OE EP GP Se “ee

PAGE

101

156

181

243

C wii)

PAG

XVII. The relation between the secondary sexual characters and the

Gonads and accessory sexual glands in insects. zi E. A.

Cockayng, M.A., D.M., F.R.C.P., F.E.S. ro 336

XVIII. An Intersex of Amorphis popult. By EH. A. Gocuiane M, S

D.M., F.R.C.P., F.E.S. 343

XIX. Observations on the Growth and Habits of the Stick Insect,

Carausius morosus, Br.; intended as a contribution towards a

knowledge of variation in an organism which reproduces itself

by the parthenogenetic method. By H. Line Rorn, Keeper,

Bankfield Museum, Halifax. Communicated oy Prof. E. B.

Poutron, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S. ... 345

XX. Falkland Islands Diptera. By C. G. Laden M. re B. Se, Clare

rE ieee. Communicated by F. W. Epwanps, nit

F.E.S... fc

XXI. Been eciese omit fe Workers of the Gases Hanae ieaee

Mr. G. W. Onions’ Experiments. By Rupert W. JACK,

F.E.S., Government Entomologist, 8S. Rhodesia Ne 396

XXII. On the Factors which determine the Cocoon Colour of Plusia

moneta and other Lepidoptera. By Mrs. ONERA A. MERRITT

Hawkes, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.Sc. aameaar Communi-

cated by Dr. A. D. Imms, M.A. ... ok 404

“XXIII. On a collection of Heliconine forms foe pedi Guiana. By

J. J. Joicry, F.E.S., and W. J. Kays, F.E.S. ... ost ze0. SAUD

XXIV. Further notes on the ‘“‘Jurinean” Genera of Hymenoptera,

correcting errors and omissions in a paper on that subject

published in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1914, pp. 339-436. By

the Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., and Jno. HartTLEY Durrant 432

Proceedings for 1916 Bs a dee ie sa wab ... i-Cxxxiil

Errata , ~ ois ws Swe on ao age ae CXXXiV

Annual Meeting Ase ae et Ba wae 390 50 eee CXXXV

Balance Sheet ate #83 ene nae ae cies ae aoe CXXXix

President’s Address at aoe ae 3 at Be i exli

General Index a ar oes ces wae 3 ade ats elvii

Special Index a ae ae ses due aa eee wes elxili

EXPLANATION OF PLATES, TRANSACTIONS.

Plates I, II. See pages 64 Plate LXXIV. See pages 296

Plates III-VI. - 85 Plates LX XV-LXXIX. ,, 300

Plates VII-X. 100 Plate LXXX. as 309

Plates XI-XVII. a 148 Plates LXXXI-XCII. 53 313

Plates XVIJI-LXII. i 171 Plates XCIII-CIV. = 333

Plates LXIII, LXIV. - 242 Plates CV, CVI “5 403

Plates LX V-LXXIII. es 262 Plates CVII, CVIII. ay 431

PROCEEDINGS.

Plate A. See page xci.

Plate B, »» pages xcix-cx.

Vist of Fellows

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

HONORARY FELLOWS.

Date of

Election.

1900 AURIVILLIUS, Professor Christopher, Stockholm.

1915 Berruesn, Professor Antonio, via Romana, 19, Firenze, Italy.

1905 Bottvar, Ignacio, Museo nacional de Historia natural, Hipodromo,

17, Madrid.

1911 Comstock, Prof. J. H., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, U.S.A.

1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., Chigny, prés Morges, Switzerland.

1912 Frery-Gressner, Dr. Emile, La Roseraie, Genéve, Switzerland.

1898 Grassi, Professor Battista, The University, Rome.

1915 Howarp, Dr. L. O., National Musewm, Washington, U.S.A.

1914 Lamesre, Professor A., Bruxelles.

1908 OsBERTHUR, Charles, Rennes, Ille-et-Vilaine, France.

1913 Tran-SHanskI, A. P. Semenoff, Vassili Ostrov, 8 lin., 39, Petrograd,

Russia.

1911 Wasmany, Fr. Erich, 8.J., Valkenburg (L.) Ignatius Kolleg, Holland.

SPECIAL LIFE FELLOWS.

Date of

Election.

1916 (1894) Mratt, Louis Compton, F.R.S., (Councm, 1903, 1908),

Norton Way N., Letchworth.

1916 (1888) YeRBuRyY, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., (CounciL,

1896, 1903-5), 2, Ryder-street, St. James's, S.W.

FELLOWS.

Marked * have died during the year.

Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Date of

Election.

1914 Aparr, E. W., B.A., Turf Club, Cairo, Egypt.

1913 Apams, B. G., 15, Fernshaw-road, Chelsea, S.W.

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.S., 50, Ashley-gardens, Victoria

street, S.W. 1.

1902 ADKIN, Benaiah Whitley, Trenoweth, Hope-park, Bromley, Kent.

( x )

1885 ApxkrINn, Robert, (CounciL, 1901-2, 1911-13), Wellfield, Lingards-

road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1904 Aaar, E. A., La Haut, Dominica, B. W. Indies.

1915 Aryar, K. S. Padmanabha, Trivandrum, Travancore, India.

1914 Aryar, T. V. Ramakrishna, B.A., F.Z.S., The Agricultural College,

Coimbatore, S. India.

1912 Aen, T. W., M.A., 266, Willesden-lane, London, N.W. 2.

1911 AnpErson, T. J., Entomological Laboratory, Kabeti, Brit. E. Africa.

1910 | ANDREwES, H. E., 8, North Grove, Highgate, N.

1899 AnprReEws, Henry W., Shirley, Welling S.O., Kent.

1901 Awnine, William, 39, Lime Street, E.C. 3.

1908 + AnTRAM, Charles B., Somerdale Estate, Ootacamund, Nilgiri Hills,

S. India.

1913 Armyracr, Edward O., Geelong, Victoria, Australia.

1907 Arno.p, G., M.Sc., A.R.C.S., Curator, Rhodesia Museum, Bulawayo,

S. Africa.

1899 + ArRow, Gilbert J., (CounctL, 1905-7), 9, Rossdale-roud, Putney,

ae 15 ; and British Musewm (Natural History), Cromwwell-road,

eWicai.

1911 AsHBy, Edward Bernard, Brooklands, 36, Bulstrode-road, Hounslow,

Middlesex.

1907 + AsuBy, Sidney R., Edith Villa, Yiewsley, Middlesex.

1886 Armors, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn.

1913 Avinorr, André, Liteyny, 12, Petrograd, Russia.

1914 Awari, P. R., Medical Entomologist, c/o Grindlay & Co., Bankers,

26, Westmorland-street, Calcutta.

1901 Bacot, Arthur W., (Counctn, 1916— ), York Cottage, York-hill,

Loughton, Essex.

1904 + Baenat., Richard 8., Penshaw Lodge, Penshaw, Durham.

1909 Baeweti-Pureroy, Capt. Edward, Hast Farleigh, Maidstone.

1916 Batrour, Miss Alice, 4, Carlton-gardens, 8.W., and Whittingehame,

Prestonkirk, Scotland.

1912 Batuarp, Edward, Govt. Entomologist, Agricultural College and

Research Institute, Coimbatore, Madras, S. India.

1886 Bankes, Eustace R., M.A.

1890 Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.8., The Warren, Cromer.

1886 BarGaaui, Marchese Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo Tempi No. 1,

Florence, Italy.

1895 BarkeEr, Cecil W., The Bungalow, Escombe, Natal, South Africa.

1902 Barraup, Philip J., Chester Cottage, Benhill-road, Sutton, Surrey.

1911 * Barrer, J. Platt, Westcroft, South-road, Forest Hill, S.E.

1907 Barrier, H. Frederick D., 1, Myrtle-road, Bournemouth.

1894 + Barrson, Prof. William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College,

Cambridge, The Manor House, Merton, Surrey.

1908 Bayrorp, E. G., 2, Rockingham-street, Barusley.

1904 Bayne, Arthur F., c/o Messrs. Freeman Castle-street, Framlingham,

Suffolk.

ae + >

(air*)

1912 Baynes, Edward Stuart Augustus 120, Warwick-street, Eccleston-

square, S.W. 1.

1896+ Beare, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., (V.-Pres., 1910;

1908

1905

1912

1913

1899

1914

1904

1915

1906

1913

1885

1895

1891

1904

1885

1904

1916

1912

1903

1911

1891

1902

1913

1888

CounciL, 1909-11), 10, Regent Terrace, Hdinburgh.

Beck, Richard, Red Lodge, Porchester-road, Bournemouth.

BeprorD, The Duke of, K.G., Pres. Z.S., etc., Woburn Abbey, Beds.

BeprorD, Gerald, Entomologist to the Union of South Africa,

Veterinary Bacteriological Laboratory, Ondestepoort, Pretoria,

Transvaal.

BEpForD, Capt. Hugh Warren, 11th Hampshire Regt., B.E.F., and

Church Felles, Horley.

BEpWELL, Ernest C., Bruggen, Brighton-road, Coulsdon, Surrey.

BENDERITTER, Eugéne, 11, Rue St. Jacques, Le Mans, France.

Benetsson, Simon, Ph.D., Lecturer, University of Lund, Sweden ;

Curator, Entomological Collection of the University.

Benuam, Prof. William Blaxland, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., University

of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.

Benvatt, E. E., The Towers, Heybridge, Essex.

Brst-GARDNER, Charles C., Rookwood, Neath, Glamorgan.

BETHUNE-BAKER, George T., F.LS., F.Z.S., (Pres. 1913-14;

V.-Pres., 1910-11, 1915 ; Counctn, 1895, 1910-15), 19, Clarendon-

road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.

Bevan, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., 38, The Common, Woolwich.

BuaBeER, W. H., F.L.S., 34, Cromwell-road, Hove, Brighton.

Buack, James E., F.L.S., Nethercroft, Peebles.

Buair, Kenneth G., 23, West Hill, Highgate, N. 6.

Buatuwayt, Lt.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Hagle House, Batheaston, Bath.

Buss, Maurice Frederick, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Coningsburgh, Mont-

pelier-road, Ealing, W. 5.

Bocock, Charles Hanslope, The Elms, Ashley, Newmarket.

Bopgin, G. C., Govt. Entomologist, Georgetown, British Guiana.

Boaug, W. A., The Bank House, Watchet.

Borxav, H., 99, Rue de la Céte St. Thibault, Bois de Colombes,

Seine, France.

Boorn, George A., F.Z.S., M.B.0.U., The Hermitage, Kirkham,

Lanes.

Bostock, E. D., Oulton Cross, Stone, Staffs.

Bowater, William, 20, Russell-road, Moseley, Birmingham.

_ Bower, Benjamin A., Langley, Willow Grove, Chislehurst.

1894 + Bow tes, E. ie arias M.A., Myddelton Hote, Waltham Cross.

1912 + Bowrine, C. Talbot, Hothore! Hainan, 8. China.

1916

1910

1905

1904

Box, Leonard Charles, F.R.H.S., Dominion Experimental Station,

Fredericton, New Brunswick.

Boyp, A. Whitworth, The Alton, Altrincham, Cheshire.

BraAckEN, Charles W., B.A., 5, Carfrae Terrace, Lipson, Plymouth.

BRIDGEMAN, Commander The Hon. Richard O.B., R.N., 44, Lowndes-

square, S.W. 1; and c/o Commander-in-Chief, Cape of Good Hope

Station, c/o G.P.O.

(Cx)

1877 * Bricas, Charles Adolphus, Rock House, Lynmouth 8.0., N. Devon.

1912 Briaas, Miss Margery H., B.Sc., 7, Wéinterstoke-gardens, Mill

Hill, N.W. 7.

1870 Briaas, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth 8.0.,.N. Devon.

1894 Briaut, Percy M., Cheriton, 26, Portchester-road, Bournemouth.

1909 Brirren, Harry, Myrtle View, Windmill-road, Headington, Oxon.

1902 Broveuron, Major T. Delves, R.E., Mhow, India.

1878 Broun, Major Thomas, Mount Albert, Auckland, New Zealand.

1904 Brown, Henry H., Tower House, 8, Brwntsfield-terrace, Edinburgh.

1910 Browne, Horace B., M.A., Park Hurst, Morley, Yorks.

1911 Brurzmr, Rev. Henry W., Great Bowden Vicarage, Market Harboro’.

1909 Bryant, Gilbert E., Fir Grove, Esher, Surrey.

1898 | BucHan-Hepsurn, Sir Archibald, Bart., J.P., D.L., Smeuton-

Hepburn, Prestonkirk.

1916 Buanton, Prof. E., La Luciole, Aix-en-Provence, France.

1907 Buwuerp, Arthur, F.S.A., Wimboro, Midsomer Norton, Somersetshire.

1896 + Burr, Malcolm, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.G.S., A.R.S.M., (V.-PREs.,

1912 ; Councrt, 1908, 4, 1910-12), The Dutch Cottage, Woking.

1909 Burrows, The Rev. C. R. N., The Vicarage, Mucking, Stanford-le-

Hope, Essex.

1868 + Burter, Arthur G., Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.8., (Sec., 1875; Councin,

1876), The Lilies, Beckenham-road, Beckenham.

1883 Burner, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., (Councm, 1914— ), 14,

Drylands-road, Hornsey, N. 8.

1902 Burier, William E., Hayling House, Oxford-road, Reading.

1905 BurrEerFIExpD, Jas. A., B.Sc., Ormesby, 21, Dorville-road, Lee, S.E.

1914 } BurreRFIELD, Rosse, Curator, Corporation Museum, Keighley, Yorks.

1912 | Buxton, Patrick Alfred, M.B.0O.U., Fairhill, Tonbridge; and 40,

Cadogan Place, London, 8.W.

1904 Byart, Horace A., B.A., The Palace, Malta.

1902 CameEron, Malcolm, M.B., R.N., 7, Blessington-road, Lee, S.E.

1885 CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., etc., Brynllwydwyn,

Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire.

1898 CanpkzxE, Léon, Mont St. Martin 75, Liége.

1880 CanspaLE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, S.E. 25.

1889 Cant, A., 33, Festing-road, Putney, S.W.; and c/o Fredk. Du Cane

Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 45, Pont-street, S.W. 1.

1910 Cartier, E. Wace, M.D., F.R.S.E., Morningside, Granville-road,

Dorridge, and The University, Birmingham.

1892 CARPENTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, 22, Grosvenor-road, S.W. 1.

1910 CarpPENTER, Geoffrey D. H., D.M., B.Ch., Uganda Medical Service,

Uganda Protectorate.

1895 Carpenter, Prof. George H., B.A., B.Sc., Royal College of Science,

Dublin.

1898 CarPENTER, J. H., Redcot, Belmont-road, Leatherhead.

1915 Carr,. Professor John Wesley, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of

Biology, University College, Nottingham.

( xiii)

1915 Carr, William, B.Sc., Station-road, Bentham, Lancaster.

1911 Carson, George Moffatt, Entomologist to the Government of New

Guinea, Port Moresby, Papua, vid Australia.

1895 Carrmr, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., Greycliffe, Lower Warberry-road,

Torquay.

1912 Carrer, Henry Francis, Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in

Medical and Economic Entomology, Liverpool School of Tropical

Medicine, University of Liverpool.

1906 Carrer, H. J., B.A., Ascham, Darling Point, Sydney, N.S. W.

1900 Carter, J. W., 15, Westfield-road, Heaton, Bradford.

1889 + Caveg, Charles J. P., Ditcham Park, Petersfield.

1900 CHAMBERLAIN, Neville, Westbowrne, Edgbaston, Birmingham.

1871 CHampron, George C., F.Z.S., A.L.S., LrpRARIAN, 1891— (COUNCIL,

1875-7); Heatherside, Horsell, Woking; and 45, Pont-street,S.W. 1.

1914 CHamprion, Harry George, B.A., Assistant Conservator of Forests,

W. Almora, U.P., India.

1891 CHapman, Thomas Algernon, M.D., F.Z.S., Vick-PREsIDENT,

(V.-PREs., 1900, 1904—5, 1908, 1916 ; CouncrL, 1898-1900, 1903-5,

1907-9, 1916-— ), Betula, Reigate.

1910 CHarRNLEy, J. R.

1897 CHAWNER, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst S.0., Hants.

1913 CuHeEavin, Harold S., F.R.M.S., F.N.P.S., The Glenroy Hotel, 22,

Woburn Place, Russell-square, W.C.

1902 CHrEESMAN, E. M.

1889 Curisty, William M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth.

1914 Curystat, R. Neil, B.Sc., Birk’s Buildings, Ottawa, Canada.

1909 CuarK, C. Turner, F.Z.S., Hillerest, St. Auqustine’s-avenue,

S. Croydon.

1908 CrarKk, Edgar L., Laureston, Ridge Road, Overport, Durban,

Natal.

1914 Curave, L. D., Dept. of Science and Agriculture, Georgetown,

British Guiana.

1914 CrEeGcHoRN, Miss Maude Lina West, F.L.S., 5, Alipore-road,

Caleutta, India.

1908 CxurrERBUCK, Charles G., Heathside, 23, Heathville-road, Gloucester.

1908 CxiurrerBuck, P. H., Indian Forest Department, Naini Tal, United

Provinces, India.

1904 Cockayng, Edward A., M.A., M.D., (Councit, 1915- ), 16, Cam-

bridge-square, London, W. 2.

1914 Coneman, Leslie C., Dept. of Agriculture, Bangalore, Mysore, India.

1899 Coin, James E., F.Z.S., (V.-PreEs., 1913; Counctn, 1904-6,

1913-15), Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

1906 CoxnuineE, Walter E., D.Sc., M.Sc., F.L.S., Research Fellow of the

University of St. Andrews, The Gatty Marine Laboratory, St.

Andrews, Scotland.

1913 Conry, Miss Blanche A., The Poplars, Pucklechurch, Gloucestershire.

1916 CornrorD, The Rev. Bruce, 13, Havelock-road, Portsmouth.

1911 Corron, Sidney Howard, 14, Chesterfield-street, Mayfair, W. 1.

1913

1895

1913

1909

1890

¢ xiv.)

Cowarp, Thomas Alfred, F.Z.S., 36, George-street, Manchester.

CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, Oringle Lodge, Levenshulme, Manchester.

Crace, Capt. F. W., M.D., LM.S., King Institute of Preventive

Medicine, Saidapet, Madras, India.

Craw ey, W. C., B.A., 29, Holland Park-road, W. 4.

CrEwE, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.

1880 ¢ Crisp, Sir Frank, LL.B., B.A., J.P.

1907

1908

1901

1900

1907

1886

1911

1913

1905

1912

1910

1903

1898

1912

1913

1875

1887

1909

1905

1912

1906

1903

1906

1891

1913

Crort, Edward Octavius, M.D., 28, Clarendon-road, Leeds.

CupPin, Millais, M.B., F.R.C.S., The Palace Hotel, Shanghai.

Curtis, W. Parkinson, Aysgarth, Poole, Dorset.

Dapp, Edward Martin (Ruhleben Internment Camp).

DateisH, Andrew Adie, 7, Keir-street, Pollokshields, Glasgow.

Damgs, Felix L., 10, Lortzingstrasse, Berlin-Lichterfelde.

Dannart, Walter, St. Lawrence, Guobal-road, Lee, 8.E.

Davey, H. W., Inspector of Department of Agriculture, Geelong,

Victoria, Australia.

Davipson, James, M.Sc., Imperial College of Science and Tech-

nology, South Kensington, S.W.

Davipson, James D., 32, Drwmsheugh Gardens, Edinburgh.

Davis, Frederick Lionel, J.P., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Belize, British

Honduras.

Dawson, William George, Manor House, Upper Wick, Worcester.

Day, F. H., 26, Currock-terrace, Carlisle.

Day, G. O., Sahlatston, Duncan’s Station, Vancouver Island, British

Columbia.

Derwirz, Dr. John, Director German Govt. Experimental Station,

Dewvant-les-Ponts, Metz, Lorraine.

Dickinson, Barnard Ormiston, B.A., Beech Hill, Newport, Salop.

Distant, William Lucas, (V.-PREs., 1881, 1900; Src, 1878-

80; Councm, 1900-2), Glenside, 170, Birchanger-road, South

Norwood, S.E. 25.

Dixey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., Fellow and Bursar

of Wadham College, (PRxEs., 1909-10; V.-Prus., 1904-5, 1911;

CounciL, 1895, 1904-6), Wadham College, Oxford.

Dosson, Thomas, 399, Plodder-lane, Farnworth, nr. Bolton.

Dopp, Frederick P., Kuranda, vid Cairns, Queensland.

Dore, Capt. Kenneth Alan Crawford, R.A.M.C., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

c/o Messrs. Holt & Co., 3, Whitehall-place, London, 8.W. 1.

Dotiman, Hereward, Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W. 4.

DotumaN, J. C., Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W. 4.

Doncaster, Leonard, M.A., The University Musewm of Zoology,

Cambridge.

DonistHoRPE, Horace St. John K., F.ZS., (V.-Prus., 1911;

CounciL, 1899-1901, 1910-12), Dwrandesthorpe, 19, Hazlewell-

road, Putney, S.W. 15.

Dow, Walter James, 5, Great College-street, Westminster, S.W. 1.

GlEY3 }

1910 Downes-SHaw, Rev. Archibald, Scotton Rectory, Gainsborough.

1884 Druce, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., (Councit, 1903-5), Trefusis

Lodge, 3, Norfolk-road, N.W. 8.

1900 Drury, W. D., Clarendon, Laton-road, Hastings.

1894 Dupaxon, G. C., Director General of the Dept. of Agriculture,

Meadi, Cairo.

1913 DurrieLp, Charles Alban William, Stowting Rectory, Hythe, and

Wye College, Kent.

1906 DUKINFIELD JonEs, E., Castro, Reigate.

1883 Durrant, John Hartley, (V.-PRES., 1912-13 ; CounciL, 1911-13),

Merton, 17, Burstock-road, Putney, S.W. 15; and British Museum

(Natural History), Cromwell-road, South Kensington, S.W.7.

1910 Eaurs-Wuire, J. Cushny, 47, Chester-terrace, Euton-square, S.W. 1.

1912 Ear, Herbert L., M.A., 12, Avondale-road, North Southport, Lancs.

1865 Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., (Councrin, 1877-9), Rich-

mond Villa, Northam S.0., N. Devon.

1902 Eprnsten, Hubert M., The Elms, Forty Hill, Enfield, Middlesex.

1911 Epwarps, F. W., Kingswear, Cornwall-road, Harrow.

1886 Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Cheltenham.

1884 Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S8., F.Z.S., (Counc, 1912-14), 15, St.

Germans-place, Blackheath, S.E. 3.

1913 Epwarps, William H., Natural History Dept., The Museum,

Birmingham.

1916 ErraLatoun, Hassan, Choubrah-avenue, Cairo, Egypt, and S.E.

Agricultural College, Wye, Kent.

1900 Extiorr, E. A., 16, Belsize Grove, Hampstead, N.W.

1900 Exuis, H. Willoughby, F.Z.S. (Councm, 1916— ), 3, Lancaster-

place, Belsize Park, N.W. 3.

1886 * Enis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool.

1903 ExrrincHam, Harry, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., (V.-PRes., 1914;

CouncIL, 1913-15), Woodhouse, Stroud, Gloucestershire ; and Hope

Department, University Museum, Oxford.

1878 Euwes, Henry John, J.P., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., (PREs., 1893-4 ;

V.-Prxs., 1889-90, 1892, 1895 ; CounciL, 1888-90), Colesborne,

Cheltenham.

1914 Emmerr, Lieut. Charles P., c/o Messrs. Cox & Co., 16, Charing

Cross, W.C. 2.

1886 * Enocg, Frederick, F.L.S.,54, St. Mary’s-terrace, West Hill, Hastings.

1903 ErHerinesr, Robert, Curator, Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

1908 Evsracr, Eustace Mallabone, M.A., Wellington College, Berks.

1909 Evans, Frank J., Superintendent of Agriculture, Calabar, Eastern

Province, S. Nigeria.

1907 FratuHeEr, Walter, Kiberzi, British Hast Africa.

1900 Fer.rnam, H. L. L., P. O. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal.

1861 Fenn, Charles, Eversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E, 12.

1910

1889

1900

1898

(=) )

Frenyes, A., M.D., 170, North Grange Grove-Avenue, Pasadena,

California, U.S.A.

FERNALD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

Firts, J. Digby, F.L.S., Boys’ Modern School, Leeds.

FiemMynG, The Rev. Canon W. Westropp, M.A., Coolfin, Portlaw, co.

Waterford. ‘

Fietcuer, T. Bainbrigge, R.N., Agricultwral Research Institute,

Pusa, Bihar, India.

1883 + FLeTcHER, William Holland B., M.A., Aldwick Manor, Bognor.

1905

1885

1914

1913

1900

1898

1880

1908

1896

1888

1910

1908

1891

FLOERSHEIM, Cecil, 16, Kensington Court Mansions, S.W.

Foxxer, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands,

ForpHaM, William John, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P,, The Villa, Bubwith,

Selby, Yorks.

Foster, Arthur H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.(Eng.), M.B.0.U., Sussex

House, Hitchin, Herts.

Fourxes, P. Hedworth, B.Sc., Harper-Adams Agricultaval College,

Newport, Salop.

FountTaIne, Miss Margaret.

Fow.er, The Rev. Canon, D.Sc., M.A., F.L.S., (PReEs., 1901-2;

V.-PrES., 1903 ; SEc., 1886-96), Harley Vicarage, near Reading.

Fraser, Frederick C., Capt., M.D., I-M.S., c/o The Ent. Soc. of

London.

FREKE, Percy Evans, Southpoint, Limes-road, Folkestone.

FRreMLIN, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 1st London Sanitary Co.,

Duke of York’s Headquarters, Chelsea, and The Elms, Kingsbury,

N.W. 9.

Frissy, G. E., 31, Darnley-roud, Gravesend.

Froeeart, Walter W., F.L.S., Government Entomologist, 138, George-

street, Sydney, New South Wales.

Frouawk, F. W., Stanley House, Park-road, Wallington, Surrey.

1906 ¢ Fry, Harold Armstrong, P.O. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal

1900

1907

1876

1898

1887

1890

Colony.

Fryer, H. Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs.

Fryer, John Claud Fortescue, M.A., (Counctn, 191@- ), Board

of Agriculture and Fisheries, Craven House, Northwmberland-

avenue, W.C. 2.

FuniEer, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill,

Sydenham, 8.E. 26.

FuLLer, Claude, Government Entomologist, Pietermaritzburg,

Natal.

GaHAN, Charles Joseph, M.A., D.Sc., Vick- PRESIDENT, (SEc., 1899-

1900 ; CouNcIL, 1893-5, 1901, 1914— ), 8, Lonsdale-road, Bedford

Park, W.4;, and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-

road, S.W. 7.

GARDNER, John, Lawrel Lodge, Hart, West Hartlepool.

1901 + GaRDNER, Willoughby, F.L.S., Deganwy, N. Wales.

( xvii )

1913 pre Gayr, J. A., King’s College, Lagos, S. Nigeria.

1899 GeLpaRtT, William Martin, M.A., 10, Chadlington-road, Oxford.

1913 Gisp, Lachlan, 38, Blackheath Park, Blackheath, S.E. 3.

1906 + Gress, Arthur Ernest, F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Councin, 1912-14), Hounds-

path, Upper Marlborough-road, St. Albans.

1915 Grsson, Arthur, Entomological Branch, Dept. of Agriculture,

Ottawa, Canada.

1908 GIFFARD, Walter M., P.O. Box 308, Honolulu, Hawaii.

1907 GurtEes, Henry Murray, Head Keeper of Zoological Gardens, South

Perth, W. Australia.

1902 * GinLaNnpERS, A. T., Maiden Bradley, Bath.

1904 GrL1A7, Francis, B.A., Combe House, Balcombe, Sussex.

1914 Goprrey, E. J., Education Dept., Bangkok, Siam.

1865 + GopmaN, Frederick Du Cane, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (PREs.,

1891-2 ; V.-PRES., 1882-3, 1886, 1889-90, 1902; CouncIL, 1880-

1, 1900), South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham; and 45, Pont-

street, S.W.

1886 + GoopRicH, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Brislington House, near

Bristol.

1904 Goopwin, Edward, Canon Court, Wateringbury, Kent.

1898 Gorpon, J.G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill S.O., Wigtownshire.

1898 Gorpon, R. S. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill S.O., Wigtown-

shire,

1855 Goruam, The Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., (Councin, 1882-3), High-

croft, Great Malvern.

1913 Govan, Lewis, Ph.D., Entomologist to the Govt. of Egypt, Dept. of

Agriculture, Cairo.

1909 Gowpry, Carlton C.," B.Sc., Biological Laboratory, P.O. Box. 5,

Kampala, Uganda, E. Africa.

1914 Grave ey, F. H., The Indian Musewm, Calcutta.

1911 Graves, P. P., Turf Club, Cairo, Egypt.

1891 | Green, E. Ernest, F.Z.S., (V.-Pres., 1915; Counc, 1914— ),

Way's End, Beech-avenue, Camberley.

1910 GreEeEN, Herbert A., The Central Fire Station, Durban, Natal.

1894 Gruen, J. F., F.Z.S., 38, Pont-street, London, 8.W. 1.

1893 | GREENWOOD, Henry Powys, F.L.S., Whitsbury House, Salisbury.

1888 GrirrFitHs, G. C., F.Z.S., Penhurst, 3, Leigh-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1894 GrimsHAw, Percy H., Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh.

1905 Grist, Charles J., Elgin House, Knockholt, Sevenoaks,

1906 Gurney, Gerard H., Keswick Hall, Norwich.

1910 Gurney, William B., Asst. Govt. Entomologist, Department oy

Agriculture, Sydney, Australia.

1912 Hacker, Henry, Bowen Bridge-road, Brisbane, Queensland:

1906 Hatt, Arthur, 7, Park-lane-mansions, Croydon.

1890 + Haux, Albert Ernest, c/o City Librarian, Surrey-street, Sheffield.

1885 Hatt, Thomas William, Slanhope, The Crescent, Croydon.

1912

1898

1915

1891

(" seviii. )

Hautert, Howard Mountjoy, 64, Westbowrne-road, Penarth,

Glamorganshire.

Hamuyn-Harris, R., D.Sce., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Director of the

Queensland Museum, St. Ronans, Wilston, Brisbane, Australia.

Hamy, Albert Harry, 22, Southfield-road, Oxford.

Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., (V.-PREs., 1898 ;

CounciL, 1896-8), 62, Stanhope-gardens, 8.W. 7.

Hanpory, Frederick J., F.L.S., Brockhurst, E. Grinstead.

1905 + Hancock, Joseph L., 5454, University-avenuwe, Chicago, U.S.A.

1916

1903

1904

1910

Hannyneron, Frank, Mercara, Coorg, S. India.

Hark, E. J., 4, New-square, Lincoln’s Inn, W.C. 2.

Harris, Edward, St. Conan’s, Chingford, Esse.

Harwoop, Philip, 2, Fern Villas, Melford-road, Sudbury.

HawksuHaw, J. C©., Hollycombe, Sussex.

1913 | HawKsHaw, Oliver, 3, Hill-street, Mayfair, W. 1.

1910

1898

1903

1908

1913

Hepess, Alfred van der, Stoke House, Stoke Mandeville, Bucks.

HENDERSON, J., c/o Messrs. Osborne & Chappel, Ipoh, Perak,

Federated Malay States.

Heron, Francis A., B.A., 9, Park House, Highbury Park, N. 5.

Herrop-Hempsatt, William, W.B.C. Apiary, Old Bedford-road,

Luton, Beds.

Hewirr, C. Gordon, D.Sc., Dominion Entomologist, Dept. of

Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada.

Hewitt, John, B.A., Director, Albany Musewm, Grahamstown,

S. Africa.

Hitt, Gerald F., Govt. Entomologist, Port Darwin, Northern

Territory, South Australia.

1876 Hittman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.

1907

1914

1912

1888

1902

1910

1887

1898

1910

1901

1897

1903

Hoar, Thomas Frank Partridge, Mercia, Albany-road, Leighton

Buzzard.

Hover, The Rev. Prebendary Edward Grose, The Vicarage, Pad-

dington, W. 2.

Hopes, Harold, St. James’ Mansions, 54, Piccadilly, W.

Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., B.D., Rhyddington, Clifton Drive,

Lytham.

Hons, R. §., c/o Messrs. King and Co., Bombay.

Ho.tForp, H. O., Elstead Lodge, Godalming, Surrey.

Hotuann, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburgh,

Penn., U.S.A.

Houtman-Hunt, C. B., Asst. Entomologist, Department of Agri-

culture, Kuala Lumpur, Federated Malay States.

Houmes, Edward Morrell, Ruthven, Sevenoaks.

Hopson, Montagu F., L.D.S.,R.C.S.Eng., F.L.S.,7, Harley-street, W. 1.

Horne, Arthur, 60, Gladstone-place, Aberdeen.

Hoveuton, J. T., 1, Portland-place, Worksop.

1907 { Howarp, C. W., Entomological Division, College of Agriculture,

St. Anthony Park, Minn., U.S.A.

(Sete?)

1900 Howes, W. George, 432, George-street, Dunedin, New Zealand.

1907 Howzert, Frank M., M.A., Wymondham, Norfolk.

1865 + Hupp, A. E., 108, Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888 Hupson, George Vernon, Hill View, Karori, Wellington, New

Zealand,

1914 * Hupson, H. Baldwin, The Ferns, Upper Highway, Kings Langley,

Herts.

1907 Huauss, C. N., 178, Clarence Gate-gardens, Regent’s Park, N.W.1.

1912 Hug, Miss Lily, Hollywood, Colinton-road, Edinburgh.

1897 Image, Prof. Selwyn, M.A., (CouncriL, 1909-11), 78, Parkhurst-roai,

Camden-road, N. 7.

1912 f Imms, A. D., D.Sc., B,A., F.L.S., Entomological Dept., The Uni-

versity, Manchester.

1908 Iresy, Major Leonard Paul, Evington-place, Ashford, Kent.

1891 IsasenL, The Rev. John, Sunnycroft, St. Sennen S.O., Cornwall.

1907 Jack, Rupert Wellstood, Government Entomologist, Department

of Agriculture, Salisbury, Rhodesia.

1907 Jackson, P. H., 112, Balham-park-road, S.W. 12.

1907 Jacosi, Professor A., Ph.D., Director of the R. Zoological and

Anthrop.-Ethnographical Museum, Dresden, Saxony.

1911 Jacoss, Capt. J. J., R.E., Framsden, Tring, Herts.

1910 Jacoss, Lionel L., c/o Algoma Steel Corporation, Sault Ste. Marie,

Ontario, Canada.

1914 Janninas, Rev. Frederic S. F., Warmsworth Rectory, Doncaster.

1914 Janse, A. J. T., 1st-street, Gezina, Pretoria, 8. Africa.

1869 Janson, Oliver E., 44, Great Iussell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C. 1. ;

and Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N. 6.

1898 Janson, Oliver J., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N. 6.

1912 Jarpine, Nigel K., The Glenan, Helensburgh, Dumbartonshire.

1912 Jemmert, C., Withersdane House, Wye, Kent.

1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, Hast Gate House, Lewes.

1899 Jennings, F. B., 152, Silver-street, Upper Edmonton, N. 18.

1909 JEPSON, Frank P., Department of Agriculture, Suva, Fiji Islands.

1886 JouN, Evan, Llantrisant S.O., Glamorganshire.

1907 Jonnson, Charles Fielding, West Bank, Didsbwry-road, Heaton

Mersey.

1889 Jounson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Pass,

co. Armagh.

1908 Jotcry, James J., The Hill, Witley, Surrey.

1888 Jones, Albert H., TREasuRER, 1904— , (V.-PREs., 1912, Counctt,

1898-1900), Shrublands, Eltham, S8.E.

1894+ Jorpan, Dr. K., (V.-PreEs., 1909; Counc, 1909-11), The

Museum, Tring.

1910 JosEpnH, E. G., 23, Clanricarde-gardens, W. 2.

1910 Joy, Ernest Cooper, Eversley, Dale-road, Purley.

1902 Joy, Norman H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Bradfield, Reading.

( xx )

1913 Junx, Wilhelm, 68, Sachsische-strasse, Berlin, W. 15.

1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1896 | Kayr, William James, (Councin, 1906-8), Caracas, Ditton Hill,

Surbiton.

1907 Ketty, Albert Ernest McClure, Division of Entomology, Department

of Agriculture, Pretoria, S. Africa.

1890 Kenrick, Sir George H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston,

Birmingham.

1904 KeErsuHaw, G. Bertram, Ingleside, West Wickham, Kent.

1906 Keynes, John Neville, M.A., D.Sc., 6, Harvey-road, Cambridge.

1900 Krys, James H.,7, Whimple-street, Plymouth.

1911 Kuunan, Kunui, M.A., Asst. Entomologist to the Govt. of Mysore

Bangalore, South India.

1912 Kine, Harold H., Govt. Entomologist, Gordon College, Khartoum,

Sudan.

1889 Kine, James J. F.-X., 1, Athole Gardens-terrace, Kelvinside,

Glasgow.

1913 Kirpy, W. Egmont, M.D., Hilden, 46, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick,

W. 4,

1889 KLapALEK, Professor Franz, Karlin 263, Prague, Bohemia.

1887 + KuEin, Sydney T., F.LS., F.R.A.S., Hatherlow, Raglan-road,

Reigate.

1916 Larne, Frederick, Natural History Musewm, Cromwell-road, S.W. 7.

1910 Lakin, C. Ernest, M.D., F.R.C.S., 2, Park-crescent, Portland-

place, W. 1.

1911 | Lamporn, W. A., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Zomba, Nyasuland, E. Africa.

1868 * Lane, Colonel A. M., C.B., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford.

1916 Larva, Prof. Robert, D.Phil., University of Glasgow.

1912 Larour, Cyril Engelhart, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West

Indies.

1895 LartrEr, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming.

1899 Lea, Arthur M., Government Entomologist, Musewm, Adelaide,

S. Australia.

1914 LrEecHMaN, Alleyne, M.A., F.L.S., F.C.S., Corpus Christi College,

Oxford ; and St. Hubert’s, Main-street, Georgetown, British Guiana.

1910 Lricu, H.S., The University, Manchester.

1909 LericH-CLaRE, Reginald L., Golf Club, Hadley, Barnet.

1900 LerteH-Puiiiips, Rev. W. J., Burtle Vicarage, Bridgwater.

1903 ¢ Levert, The Rev. Thomas Prinsep, Frenchgate, Richmond, Yorks.

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., (Councin, 1878, 1884), 30, Shorneliffe-road,

Folkestone.

1908 ¢ Lewis, John Spedan, Grove Farm, Greenford Green, South Harrow ;

and 277, Oxford-street, W.

1892 Lieurroor, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.

1914 Lister, J. J., St. John’s College, Cambridge; and Merton House,

Grantchester, Cambs.

(\ exit»)

1903 Lirrier, Frank M., Bow 114, P.O., Launceston, Tasmania.

1865 ¢ Luewetyy, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart., M.A. F.LS.,

Penllergare, Swansea,

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., Zhe Dome, Bognor.

1885 + Luoyp,. Robert Wylie, (Councin, 1900-1), I, 5 and 6, Albany,

Piccadilly, W. 1.

1903 LorrHousE, Thomas Ashton, The Croft, Linthorpe, Middlesbrough.

1908 Lonespon, D., The Flower House, Southend, Catford, S.E. 6.

1904} Lonestar‘, George Blundell, M.A., M.D., (V.-PREs., 1909.

1915; Counci, 1907-9, 1915- ), Highlands, Putney Heath,

S.W. 15.

1899 Lounsspury, Charles P., B.Se., Government Entomologist, Bow 513

Pretoria, 8S. Africa.

1894 Lowe, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen's Vicarage, Guernsey.

1893 Lower, Oswald B., Pinurro, South Australia.

1901 Lower, Rupert 8., Davonport-terrace, Wayville, South Australia.

1909 Lucas, Dr. T. P., Wakefield-buildings, Adelaide-street, Brisbane,

Australia.

1898 Lucas, William John, B.A., (Councrn, 1904-6), 28, Knight's Park,

Kingston-on- Thames.

1880 Lupton, Henry, Cowrtlands, Chelston, Torquay.

1903 Lyertt, G., Gisborne, Victoria, Australia.

1912 Lye, George Trevor, Mayfield, Lensfield-road, Cambridge.

1909 : Lyon, Francis Hamilton, 89, Clarence Gate-gardens, Upper Baker-

street, N.W. 1.

1887 M‘Doveatt, James Thomas, St. Lawrence, Isle of Wight.

1910 Macpovueatt, R. Stewart, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Edinburgh Uni-

versity.

1900 Mackwoop, The Hon. F. M., M.L.C., Colombo, Ceylon.

1899 + Mary, Hugh, B.Sc., (Counctn, 1908-10), Almondale, Buckingham-

road, South Woodford, N.E.

1914 Matxock, J. Russell, State Entomologist’s Office, Urbana, Illinois,

U.S.A.

1905 Matty, Charles Wm., M.Sc., Dept. of Agriculture, Cape Town,

S. Africa.

1892 Manssrip@g, William, 4, Norwich-road, Wavertree, Liverpool.

1894 + MarsHatt, Alick.

1895 MarsHatt, Guy Anstruther Knox, D.Sc., F.Z.S., (Counctt, 1907-8),

6, Chester-place, Hyde Park-square, W. 2.

1896 MarsHatt, P., M.A., B.Sc., F.G.S., University School of Mines,

Dunedin, New Zealand.

1856 ¢ MarsHatt, William, V.M.H., F.R.H.S., Auchinraith, Bexley S.O.,

Kent.

1897 Martineau, Alfred H., 15, Avonmore-road, W. 14.

1910 + Mason, C. W., St. Denis, Shaftesbury, Dorset,

1895 Massey, Herbert, Ivy-Lea, Burnage, Didsbury, Manchester,

( xxii)

1865 MatHew, Gervase F., F.L.S., Paymaster-in-chief, R.N., (CouncrL,

1887), Lee House, Dovercourt, Harwich.

1887 Marruews, Coryndon, Stentaway, Plymstock, S. Devon.

1912 Mavuix, Samarenda, c/o Messrs. T. Cook & Son, Ludgate-cireus,

KC) sand Fibnnitiian Hall, Cambridge.

1900 Maxweti-Lerroy, H., Imperial College of Science and Technology,

South ee taten, S. W.

1916 May, Harry Haden, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

1913. Merapen, Louis, Melbourne, Dyke-road, Preston, Brighton.

1885 Metvitt, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S8., Meole Brace Hall, Shrews-

bury.

1914 Menon, J. R., B.A., Trichur, Cochin State, 8S. India.

1887 MERRIFIELD, Frederic, (PRES., 1905-6 ; V.-PREs., 1893, 1907 ; Suc.,

1897-8 ; Counctn, 1894, 1899), 14, Clifton-terrace, Brighton.

1912 Mercaurs, Rev. J. W., The Vicarage, Ottery St. Mary, Devon.

1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A., #.R.S., F.Z.S., Thornhanger, Marlborough.

1883. Mines, W. H., c/o E. Step, Esq., Oakwood House, Ashstead, Surrey.

1913 MiuuEr, F. V. Bruce, Livingston, N. Rhodesia, Africa.

1905 Mirrorp, Robert Sidney, C.B., Thornlea, Weybridge.

1914 Mriyaxkk, Dr. Tsunekata, The Agricultural College, Tokyo Imperial

University, Komaba, Tokyo, Japan.

1879 Mownveiro, Dr. Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 70, Rua do Alecrinar,

Lisbon.

1902 Monrcomrry, Arthur Meadows, 34, Shalimar Gardens, Pembridge-

road, North Acton, W. 11.

1899 Moore, Harry, 12, Lower-road, Rotherhithe.

1907 Moors, Mrs. Catharine Maria, Greyscliff, Newquay, Cornwall.

1916 Moors, Ralph Headley, B.A., Heathfield, Plymstock, Devon.

1886 Moraean, A. C. F., F.L.S., 135, Oakwood-court, Kensington, W. 14.

1889 + Morice, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford,

(PREs., 1911, 1912, V.-PRus., 1902, 1904, 1913; Councin, 1902-4),

Brunswick, Mount Hermon, Woking.

1895 + Moruey, Claude, F.Z.S., Monk Soham House, Suffolk.

1912 * Morrett, R. D’A., Authors’ Club, 1, Whitehall-court, S.W. 1.

1907 Mortimer, Charles H., Royton Chase, Byfleet, Surrey.

1893 Morroyn, Kenneth J., 13, Blackford-road, Edinburgh.

1910 Mosxrty, Martin E., 21, Alewandra-court, Queen’s-qate, S.W. 7.

1900 Mosksr, Julius, 59, Bulow-strasse, Berlin.

1882 Mostey, 8. L., The Musewm and Technical College, Huddersfield.

1911 Moss, Rev. A. Miles, Helm, Windermere.

1907 | Movuuron, John C., Sarawak Museum, Sarawak,

1911 Movnsry, J. Jackson, 24, Glencairn-crescent, Edinburgh.

1901 f Muir, Frederick, H.S.P.A. Haperiment Sear Honolulu, Oahu,

ET:

1912 + Muay, Jal Phirozshah, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Biology,

St. Xavier’s College, Longhetone -road, Grant Road Post, Bombay,

India

( 5 Seman )

1869 ¢ Miuuer, Albert, F.R.G.S., (Councrt, 1872-3), c/o Herr A. Miiller-

1914

1909

19038

1901

1907

1913

1909

1890

1914

1909

1906

1916

1914

1915

1878

1895

1877

Mechel, Grenzacherstrasse 60, Basle, Switzerland.

Morray, George H., Dirimu Estate, Binaturi River, Daru, Papua.

MusuaM, John F., 48, Brook-street, Selby, Yorks.

NeEavE, 8. A., M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S., (Councin, 1916— ), 24, de Vere-

gardens, Kensington, W. 8.

Nevinson, E. B., Morland, Cobham, Surrey.

NeEwman, Leonard Woods, Bexley, Kent.

Newman, Leslie John William, Bernard-street, Claremont,

W. Australia.

Newsteap, Alfred, The Grosvenor Museum, Chester.

NewsteEaD, Robert, M.Sc., A.L.S., Hon. F.R.H.S., Dutton Memorial

Professor of Entomology, The School of Tropical Medicine, Univer-

sity of Liverpool.

NicHotson, Charles, 35, The Avenue, Hale-end, Chingford, E. 4.

NicHotson, Gilbert W., M.A., M.D., (Counc, 1913-15), Oxford

and Cambridge Club, Pall Mall, 8.W. 1.

Nix, John Ashburner, Tilgate, Crawley, Sussex.

Nouira, Akio, T'chijoji, Otagigun, Kyoto, Japan.

Norris, Frederic de la Mare, The Agricultural Department, Kuala

Iumpur, Federated Malay States.

Norraxcors, Dr. A. B., Blenheim House, Monkgate, York.

Nortiner, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

Norsg, Lt.-Colonel C. G., Timworth Hall, Bury St. Edmunds.

OBERTHUR, René, Rennes (Ille-et-Vilaine), France.

1893 + OaiE, Bertram S., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire.

1910

1913

1895

1916

1912

1907

1911

1916

1915

1914

1883

OxLDAKER, Francis A., M.A., The Red House, Haslemere.

Ormiston, Walter, Kalupahani, Haldwmulle, Ceylon.

Pace, Herbert E., Bertrose, Gellatly-road, St. Catherine’s Park,

S.E. 15.

PautMER, Arthur Raymond, Ingleholme, Norton Way, Letchworth,

Herts.

PatERSON, Edward J., Fairholme, Crowborough.

PEaD, Clement H., Box 252, Bulawayo, South Africa.

PEARSON, Douglas, Chilwell House, Chilwell, Notts.

PEEBLES, Howard M., 13, Chesham-street, S.W. 1.

PriLz, Major Harry Diamond, I.M.S., Bannu, N.W.F.P., India.

PENDLEBURY, Wm. J. von Monté, Broadlands, Shrewsbury, and

Keble College, Oxford.

PérineukEy, Louis, D.Sc., F.Z.S., Director, South African Museum,

Cape Town, South Africa.

1903 + Perkins, R. C. L., M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., Park Hill House, Paignton,

1879

Devon; and Board of Agriculture, Division of Entomology

Honolulu, Hawaii.

Perkins, Vincent Robert, Wotton-under-Edge.

(, VE ©)

1907 ¢ PeRRINs, J. A. D., 3rd Seaforth Highlanders, Davenham, Malvern.

1897 Puiniips, Capt. Hubert C., M.R.C.S., L.S.A., 37, Princes-square,

Bayswater, W. 2.

1903 { Paiiuirs, Montagu A., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S., Dev onshire House Prepara-

tory School, Reigate.

1891 PiERcE, Frank Nelson, 1, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool. .

1908 PitcHER, Colonel FesRe George, I.M.S., F.R.C.S., 133, Gloucester-

road, Kensington, S.W. 7.

1913 Puart, Ernest Edward, 403, Hssenwood-road, Durban, Nutal.

1885 Pott, J. R. H. Neerwort van der, Driebergen, N Siemans

1870 + Porrirr, Geo T:, US. (Counctt, 1887), Elm Lea, Dalton,

Huddersfield.

1884 + Pouuton, Professor Edward B., D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

F.Z.8., Hope Professor of Zook gy in the ae of Gator:

(Pres., 1903-4 ; V.-PREs., 1894-5, 1902, 1905 ; CounciL, 1886-8,

1892, 1896, 1905-7), Wakehonn House, Banta nae Oxford.

1905 Powe.L, Harold, 7, Rue Mireille, Hyéres (Var), France.

1908 Prarr, William B., 10, Lion Gate Gardens, Richmond, Surrey.

1878 Pricr, David, 48, West-street, Horsham.

1908 eC S Rotert M., Woodlands, Brasted Chart, Sevenoaks.

1904 Priske, Richard A. R,, 9, Melbourne Avenue, West Haling.

1893 Prout, Louis Besbioven (CounciIL, 1905-7), 84, Albert-road,

Dalston, FE. 8.

1910 Punnert, Professor Reginald Crundall, M.A., Caius College,

Cambridge.

1900 Rarnsow, William J., The Australian Musewm, Sydney, N.S. W.

1912 Rarr-Smirn, W., Hollybrook, Rose Heyworth-road, Abertillery,

Monmouthshire.

1913 Rao, H. Ananthaswamy, Curator of the Government Museum,

Bangalore, India.

1916 Rao, Yelseti Ramachandra, M.A., Asst. Govt. Entomologist,

Agricultural College, Coimbatore, India.

1907 Raywarp, Arthur Leslie, Rockford, Beechwwood-road, Sanderstead.

1898 * Retton, R. H., c/o Perkins and Co., Ltd., Brisbane, Queensland.

1898 Reuter, Professor Enzio, Helsingfors, Finland.

1910 DE Ruk-PHILipr, G. W. V., c/o Grindlay & Co., Hustings-street,

Calcutta.

1912 Ritey, Norman Denbigh, 94, Drakefield-road, Upper Tooting,S.W. 17. ;

and British Musewm (Natural History), S. Kensington, 8.W.7

1908 Rrppon, Claude, M. A, 28, Walton-street, Oxford.

1905 Rosrnson, Herbert C., Curator of State Museum, Kuala Lumpur,

Sahin

1904 Rosrnson, Lady, Worksop Munor, Notts.

1869 ¢ Ropryson-Dovueras, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.GS.,

Orchardton, Castle Douglas.

1908 Roarrs, The Rev. K. St. Aubyn, M.A., Church Missionary Society,

Mombasa, British Hast Africa.

( xive )

1886 Rosr, Arthur J., 1, Harewood-road, S. Croydon.

1912 Rosen, Kurt, Baron, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich.

1907 Rosrnspere, W. F. H., 57, Haverstock-hill, N.W. 3.

1868 Roraney, George Alexander James, Pembury, Tudor-road, Upper

Norwood, 8.E.

1894 | Roruscaiip, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

PRESIDENT, (V.-PRes., 1914; Councin, 1904, 1913— ), Arwndel-

house, Kensington Palace Gardens, W. 8.

1888 | Roruscuinp, The Right Honble, Lord, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S.,

(CounciL, 1900), Zoological Museum, Tring.

1890 Rovurteper, G. B., Turn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle.

1913. Rowpen, Alfred Oliver, 3, Archibald-road, Exeter.

1887 Rownanp-Brown, Henry, M.A., (V.-PRres., 1908, 1910; Skc.,

1900-10 ; Councrn, 1914— ), Oxhey-grove, Harrow Weald,

1916 RupaGg, Charles Henry.

1892 lKussELL, 8. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C. 3.

1905 Sr. Quintin, W. H., Scampton Hall, Rillington, York.

1906 Sampson, Colonel F. Winn, 74, Vineyard Hill-road, Wimbledon

Park.

1910 Saunvers, H. A., Brookfield-house, Swanage.

1901 Scuaus, W.,F.Z.S.,0.8. National Musewm, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

1907 Scumassmann, W., Beulah Lodge, London-1 ad, Enfield, N.

1912 ScHunck, Charles A., Hwelme, Wallingford.

1881 Sconuick, A. J.,Hlmswood, 8, Malden-road, New Malden.

1911 Scorer, Alfred George, Hill Crest, Chilworth, Guildford.

1909 Scorr, Hugh, M.A., F.L.S., Curator in Entomology, University

Museum of Zoology, Cambridge.

1911 Scorr, Percy William Affleck, Chinese Imperial Customs Service,

Hangchow, China.

1912 Serrz, Dr. Adalbert, 59, Bismarckstrasse, Darmstadt, Germany.

1911 SexLovus, Cuthbert F., M.D., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Agra, Barton-on-

Sea, New Milton, Hants.

1911 + Sennert, Noel Stanton, 32, Bolton-gardens, 8. Kensington, 8.W.

1862 SHarp, David, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (PRes., 1887-8 ;

V.-Prxs., 1889, 1891-2, 1896, 1902-3; Sxc., 1867; Counct.,

1893-5, 1902-4), Lawnside, Brockenhurst, Hants.

1902 SuHarr, W. E., (Counciz, 1912-13), The Bungalow, Crowthorne,

Berks.

1915 Saw, Dr. A. Eland, c/o R. Kelly, Esq., Solicitor, 59, Swunston-

street, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia.

1886 SxHaw, George T. (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library),

William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1905 Suetpon, W. George, Youlgreave, South Croydon.

1900 + SHEPHEARD-Watwyy, H. W., M.A., Dalwhinnie, Kenley, Surrey.

1887 + Sicu, Alfred, (CouncrL, 1910-12), Corney House, Chiswick, W. 4.

1911 Sregs, James A., Mon Repos, Monkham’s-lane, W oodford-green, Essex.

1904

1913

1902

1907

1906

1916

1915

1901

1911

1912

1898

1885

1916

1908

1889

1910

1898

1910

1913

1915

1896

1900

1895

1908

1884

1894

1876

1911

1910

1908

1916

1911

1893

TESTU

(xy)

Simmonps, Hubert W., 12, Grey's Chambers, Court House-lane,

Auckland, New Zealand.

SITWELL, Capt. F., Wooler, Northumberland.

SLADEN, Bredenck William Lambart, Dept. of Agr iculture, Central

Haperanent a Farm, Ottarva, Canada.

Storer, Gerard Orby, F.Z.S., J.P., Badminton Club, Piccadilly, Wile

SLY, Hae Baker, Blopaloan, Rune gley-avenue, Horley.

SMALLMAN, Raleigh 8., Eliot Lodge, A lbemarle- road, Beckenham,

Kent.

Smart, Capt. H. Douglas, R.A.M.C., Shelley, Huddersfield.

SmitH, Adam Charles, Horton, Mornington-road, Woodford Green.

Smirn, Arthur, County Musewm, Lincoln.

Smiru, B. H., B.A., Edgehill, Warlingham, Surrey.

SmirH, Roland T., 131, Queen’s-road, Wimbledon, S.W. 19.

Sopp, Erasmus John Burgess, F.R.Met.8., 34, Ferndale-road, Hove.

Sours, Richard, (Councit, 1890-1), 4, Mapesbury-court, Shoot-wp

Hill, Brondesbury, N.W. 2.

Sowersy, Lieut. F. W., R.N.D., Cleethorpes, Lincolnshire.

SpEYER, Edward R., Ridgehurst, Shenley, Herts.

STanpDEN, Richard 8., F.L.S., (Councin, 1906), Newlyn, Romsey,

Hants.

STanteEy, The Rev. Hubert George, Marshfield Vicarage, Cardiff.

Srares, C. L. B., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Limes, Swanley Junction,

Kent.

Steppine, Henry, Chasewood, Round Oak-road, Weybridge.

Stenton, Rupert, St. Edward’s, St. Mary Church, Torquay.

SronEHAM, Hugh Frederick, Capt. Ist Batt. E. Surrey Regt.,

Stoneleigh, Reigate.

Srorey, Gilbert, Dept. of Agriculture, Cairo, Egypt.

Srort, Charles Ernest, Woodcroft, Eglington-road, Chingford, Essex.

STRICKLAND, T. A. Gerald, Southcott, Poulton, Fairford.

Strupp, E. A. C., P.O. Box 906, Vancouver, British Columbia.

Stupp, E. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter.

SwizrstrRA, Corn. J., Ist Assistant, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria.

SwWINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., (V.-PRes., 1894 ;

CouncIL, 1891-3 ; 1902-4), 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington, W.

Swinuor, Ernest, 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington, W.

Swinton, A. H., Oak Villa, Braishfield, Romsey, Hants.

SwyNnvneRToN, C. F. M., Gungunyana, Melsetter, S.-H. Rhodesia.

Tarr, Robt., junr., Roseneath, Harborough-road, Ashton-on-Mersey.

TaLBor, G., Mon plaisir, Wormley, Surrey.

TATCHELL, Leonard Spencer, Heathwood-road, Bournemouth.

Tautz, P. H., Cranleigh, Pinner, Middlesex.

Taytor, Charles B., Gap, Lancaster County, Penn., U.S.A.

Taytor, Frank H., Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine,

P.O. Box 207, Townsville, Queensland.

( xxvii)

1903 Taytor, Thomas Harold, M.A., Yorkshire College, Leeds.

1914 Trmperiey, Reginald, Trevena, Harlow Oval, Harrogate, and

LD Aurore, Vevey-la-Tour, Vaud, Switzerland.

1909 * TerLny, Alfred, M.A., 22, Avenue-road, Scarborough.

1910 THEOBALD, Prof. F. V., M.A., Wye Court, Wye.

1901 THompson, Matthew Lawson, 40, Gosford-street, Middlesbrough.

1892 THOoRNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., F.L.S., ‘‘ Hughenden,” Coppice-road,

Nottingham.

1907 Tittyarp, R. J., M.A., B.Sc., F-L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow in

Zoology, Kwranda, Mount Errington, Hornsby, New South Wales.

1911 Topp, R. G., The Limes, Hadley Green, N.

1897 Tomutn, J. R. le B., M.A., (Councm 1911-3), Lakefoot, Hamilton-

road, Reading.

1907 Toner, Alfred Ernest, (Councrt, 1915-— ), Aincroft, Reigate, Surrey.

1914 DE LA TorRE Bueno, J. R., 25, Broad-street, New York, U.S.A.

1907 TrRaGArpu, Dr. Ivar, The University, Upsala, Sweden.

1859*{TRiIMEN, Roland, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., (Pres., 1897-8; V.-PREs.,

1896, 1899; CounctL, 1868, 1881, 1890), 33, Croftdown-road,

Highgate-road, N.W. :

1906 TuLtocH, Col. B., The King’s Own Yorkshire Light Infantry, c/o

Messrs. Cox & Co., 16, Charing Cross, S.W.

1895 Tunatzny, Henry, Castleton, Searle-road, Farnham.

1910 TurRati, Conte Emilio, 4, Piazza S. Alessandro, Milan, Italy.

1898 Turner, A. J., M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Australia.

1893 TurNER, Henry Jerome, (Counctt, 1910-12), 98, Drakefell-road,

Brockley, S.E. 4.

1906 TurneER, Rowland E.,(Counci1, 1909-10).

1915 Tyrer, Lt.-Col. H. C., Vacoas, Mauritius.

1893 Uricu, Frederick William, C.M.Z.S., Port of Spain, Trinidad,

British West Indies.

1904 ¢ Vauauan, W., The Old Rectory, Beckington, Bath.

1914 VerrtcH, Robert, Entomologist, c/o Colonial Sugar Refining Co.,

Rarawai Mill, Fiji Islands.

1909 VuipteR, Leopold A., The Cedars, Little Holland, Clacton-on-Sea.

1911 Vuirauis DE Sanvaza, R., Vientiane, Laos, Indo-China.

1895 WacuHeEr, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury.

1897 Warnwricut, Colbran J., (Counci, 1901, 1912-14), 45, Handsworth

Wood-road, Handsworth, Birmingham.

1878 WaLKkER, James J., M.A., R.N., F.L.S., Vick-PRESIDENT, SECRE-

TARY, 1905— (Councrt, 1894; Sec. 1899), Aorangi, Lonsdale-

road, Summertown, Oxford.

1912 Wattace, Henry S., 6, Kayll-road Villas, Sunderland.

1914 Watsn, Mrs. Maria Ernestina, Soekaboemi, Java, Dutch East

Indies.

(\ xxviit °)

1866 | WatsineHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, (PREs., 1889-90 ; V.-PREs.,

1882, 1888, 1891-2, 1894-5; Councin, 1896), British Museum

(Natural History), Cromwell-road, 8.W. 7.

1910 Warp, John J., Rusinurbe House, Somerset-road, Coventry.

1908 WarREN, Brisbane C. 8., le Chatagny, Territet, Switzerland.

1869 * WartERHOUSE, Charles O., LS.O., (PREs., 1907-8 ; V.-PreEs., 1900,

1909 ; Councin, 1873, 1882-3; 1898-1900), Ingleside, Avenue-

gardens, Acton, W. 3.

1901 + WaTERHOoUSE, Gustavus A.; B.Sc., F.C.S., Allonrie, Stanhope-road,

Killara, New South Wales, Australia.

1914 Warerston, Rev. James, B.D., B.Sc., 32, Blandford-road, Bedford

Park, W. 4.

1914 Warr, Morris N., St. John’s Hill, Wangonui, New Zealand.

1893 Wess, John Cooper, 218, Upland-road, Dulwich, 8.E. 22.

1876 | WestERN, E. Young, 27, Pembridge-square, Notting Hull

Gate, W. 2.

1906 WHEELER, The Rev. George, M.A., F.Z.S., Szcrerary, 1911- ;

(V.-PREs., 1914), 37, Gloucester-place, W. 1.

1910 Wurtz, Edward Barton, M.R.C.S., Cardiff City Mental Hospital,

Cardiff.

1913 + WuittEy, Percival N., Brantwood, Halifax; and New College,

Oxford.

1913 | WHiTTAKER, Oscar, Ormidale, Ashlands, Ashton-wpon-Mersey.

1911 Wuurrineuam, Rev. W. G., Knighton Rectory, Leicester.

1906 Wickwar, Oswin S., Charlemont, Gregory-road, Colombo, Ceylon.

1903 Wiaerns, Clare A., M.R.C.8., Entebbe, Uganda.

1896 Witeman, A. E., Thatched House Club, St. James’-street, 8.W. 1.

1910 Wruuucocks, Frank C., Entomologist to the Khedivial Agricultural

Society, Cairo, Egypt.

1911 Wiis, C. B., M.A., Port of Spain, Trinidad, and 20, Slatey-road,

Birkenhead.

1915 Wruutams, Harold Beck, 82, Filey-avenue, Stoke Newington, N. 16.

1915 Winx, Albert F., 32, Springfield-avenue, Westmount, Montreal,

Canada.

1894 Wo.uxeEy-Dop, F. H., Millarville P. O., Alberta, N.W.T., Canada.

1881 Woop, The Rev. Theodore, The Vicarage, Lyford-road, Wandsworth

Common, 8.W. 18.

1905 WoopsripeéEr, Francis Charles, South Mead, The Common, Gerrard’s

Cross S.0., Bucks.

1914 Wooprorpg, Francis Cardew, B.A., 2, Isis-street, Oxford.

1912 Wooprurre-Pracock, Rev. E. Adrian, F.LS., F.G.8., Cadney

Vicarage, Brigg, Lincolnshire.

1892 Youpats, William Henry, F.R,M.S., 21, Belle Isle-street, Workington.

(see 5 )

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

DurRINnG THE YEAR 1916.

ALEXANDER (C. P.). New Neotropical Tpu/inae (Tipulidae, Diptera).

[Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer., Vol. V, No. 4, 1912.]

—— The American species of Ade/phomyia Bergroth (Tipulidae, Diptera),

[Pomona Coll. Journ., Entom., Vol. IV, No. 3, 1912.]

— — A Revision of the genus Brachypremna, Osten Sacken (Tipulidae.

Diptera).

[Journ. New York Entom. Soc., Vol. XX, No. 4, 1912.]

—- Report on a collection of Crane-flies (Tipulidae, Diptera) from the

Colombian Andes, taken by Mr. J. T. Lloyd.

[Journ. New York Entom. Soc., Vol. XXI, Ne o. 3, 1913.]

———— The Neotropical Tipulidae in the Hungarian National Museum

(Diptera), I and IT.

* [Entom. News, Vol. XXIV, 1913.]

The Tipulidae in Brunetti’s “Fauna of British India; Diptera

Nematocera.”

[Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, Vol. I, No. 9, 1913. ]

———— and Luoyp (J. T.). Biology of the North American Crane-flies

(Tipulidae, Diptera), I. The genus Eriocera, Macquart.

[Pomona Journ. Entom. and Zool., Vol. VI, No. 1, 1914 -

Entom. "Lab, Cornell Univ.

ARNOLD (G. yo Monograph of the Formicidae of South Africa (Myrmicinae

ars).

oe Spout African Mus., Vol. XIV, Part II, 1916.]

The Author.

Back (EH. A. ) and PreMBERTON (C. E.). Effect of cold storage temperatures

upon the pupae of the Mediterranean Fruit Fly (Ceratitis

capitata).

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. VI, No. 7, 1916.]

Effect of cold storage temperatures upon the Mediter-

ranean Fruit Fly (Ceratitis capitata, Wied.).

—— Banana as a host fruit of the Mediterranean Fruit Fly.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. V, No. 17, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Bacor (A. W.). Report of the Entomological Investigation undertaken for

the Yellow Fever (West African) Commission for year August

1914 to July 1915.

[Research concerning Bionomics of Stegomyia fasciata.]

———— The temperature necessary for the destruction of lice and their

eggs.

(Brit. Med. Journ,, Jan. 29, 1916.]

Notes on Pediculus humanus (vestimenti) and Pediculus capitis.

(Brit. Med. Journ., June 1916. ]

Use of Insecticides against Lice.

(Brit. Med. Journ., Sept. 30, 1916.] The Author.

(Axx?)

Baker (A.C.). Identity of Eriosoma pyrt.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. V, 1916. ]

[See Quarnrance (A. L.)./

and Davipson (W.M.). Woolly Pear Aphis.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. VI, No. 10, 1916.]

and Turner (W. F.). Morphology and Biology of the Green

Apple Aphis.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. V, No. 21, 1916.]

— Rose Apple Aphis.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. VII, 1916. | U.S. Dept. Agric.

BatiarD (E.). Calocoris angustatus, Leth.

[ Agric. Research Inst. Pusa, Bull. No. 58, 1916. |

The Institute.

BaALiiInGaR (A. M.). [See Jonnson (P. M.).]

Banxs (N.). The Acarina or Mites. A review of the group for the use of

Economic Entomologists.

[U. 8. Dept. Agric,, Bureau Entom., Report, No. 108, 1915.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Barser (E. R.). The Argentine Ant. Distribution and control in the

United States (Zridomyrmex humilis, Mayr.).

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 377, 1916. ]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

BarceELona, Junta de Ciéncies Naturals de. Anuari 1916.

[Ajuntament de Barcelona. | ;

The Martorell Museuwn, Barcelona.

Baupi (Flaminio) e Truqui (Eugenio). Studi Entomologici. Tomo Primo.

Torino, 1848.

Mrs. Meldola.

Besson (C. F.). [See Troup (R. 8.).]

Bett (T.). Naturalist in Nicaragua.

[1st edition. London, 1874. ] E. B. Poulton,

Bercrotx (H.). New and little-known Heteropterous Hemiptera in the

United States National Museum.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LI, 1916.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

BERLEsSE (A.). Centuria prima di Acari nuovi.

[Redia, Vol. XII, 1916.]

—— Centuria seconda di Acari nuovi.

[Redia, Vol. XII, 1916.] The Author.

—-— ePaoxi (G.). Un Endofago esotico efficace contro il Chrysom-

halus dictyospermt, Morg.

[eedia. Vol. XI, 1916.] The Authors.

Beruune (C. J. S8.). Bibliography of Canadian Entomology for the year

1914

[Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, Ser. 3, Vol. TX, 1916. ]

The Society.

Bcackman (M. W.). [See Swarne (J. M.).]

Botspuvat (J. A.), RamBur (P.) et Grastin (A.). Collection Iconographique

et Historique des Chenilles ou description et figures des

Chenilles d’Europe. Texte et Plates. Paris, 1832-37.

Mrs. Meldola.

Borivar (J.) [See Wytsman (P.).]

Bore (J.). A contribution to the knowledge of the phylogeny of the wing

markings in Lepidoptera.

[Kon. Akad. Weten. Amsterdam. Vol. XVIII, 1916.]

The Author.

(Cftacexy |)

Braptey (J. C.). The Siricidae of North America.

(Journ. Entom. and Zool., Vol. V, 1913.]

Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

Brain (C. K.). Fowl Tick (Argas persicus, Oken).

Union S. Africa, Pretoria.

Brittain (W. H.). [See Sanpers (G. E.).]

Buenion (E.). Le Termes horni, Wasm. de Ceylan.

[Revue Suisse Zool., Vol. XXI, No. 10, 1913.]

The Author.

———— Termitoxenia. Ftude Anatomo-histologique.

[Ann. Soc. Entom, Belge, Tome LVI, 1913.]

———— Les piéces buecales de la Blatte. [Blatta americana et australasiae. |

[Bull. Soc. Ent. Suisse, Vol. XIT, fase. 7, 8, 1913. ]

Eutermes kotuae, nov. sp., de Ceylan.

[Bull. Soc. Entom. Suisse, Vol. XIT, 1913.]

Liste des Termites Indomalais, avec Vindication du nombre des

articles des antennes dans les trois castes.

[Bull. Soc. Vaudoise Sci. Nat., Vol. XLIX, 1913.]

La biologie des Termites de Ceylan.

[Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., 1914, No. 4.]

——— Ies piéces buccales des Eutermes de Ceylan.

[Ann. Soc. Entom. Fr., Vol. LX XXIII, 1915.]

——_—_-— Les insectes phosphorescents.

[Bull. Soc. Murithienne, Sion, Fasc. XX XIX, 1916.]

The Author.

—— and Ferrites (C.). L’Imago du Coptotermes flavus. Larves portant

des rudiments d’ailes prothoraciques.

[Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr., XXIV, 1911.] The Authors.

and Pororr (N.). Les piéces buccales des Hémiptéres (Premiére

Partie).

[Arch. Zool. expér. et générale, Ser. 5, Tome VII, 1911.]

—______ ———— Les yeux des Insectes nocturnes (Mémoire détaillé).

[Archives d’Anatomie microscopique, Tome XVI, Fasc. I, 1914. ]

The Authors..

Burr (M.). On the Male Genital Armature of the Dermaptera. Part I:

Protodermaptera (except Psalidae). Part. II: Psalidae. Part

III: Eudermaptera.

(Journ. Royal Microsc. Soc., 1915, 1916. ] The Author.

Catwer (C. G.). Kiferbuch. Naturgeschichte der Kafer Europas zum

Handgebrauche fiir Sammler. Herausgegeben von Prof. Dr.

G. Jager. Stuttgart, 1876.

Mrs. Meldola,

Cameron (A. E.). Some experiments on the breeding of the Mangold Fly

(Pegomyia hyoscyami, Panz., and the Dock Fly (Pegomyta

bicolor, Wied.).

[Bull. Ent. Research, Vol. VII, Part I, 1916.] The Author.

Carr (E.G.). Survey of Beekeeping in North Carolina.

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 489, 1916. ]

U.S. Dept. Agric,

Carter (H.F.). A new Anopheline from South Africa (Pyretophorus

transvaalensts. Report on a Collection of Culicidae from

Cochin China.

[Entomologist, Oct. 1910. ] The Author.

Casry (T. L.). Memoirs on the Coleoptera, Vol. VII, 1916.

The Author.

(xerox, 9)

CaupEtL (A. N.). The genera of Tettiginid insects of the subfamily

haphidophorinae found in America north of Mexico.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIX, 1916.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

— [See Wyrsman (P.).]

CEREAL and Forage Insects, Index to Papers on. ;

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 95, 1913.] U.S. Dept. Agric.

Cuampion (G. C.). A new Genus of Anthicidae (Coleoptera) from the

Islands of Mysol and Waigiou. >

[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. XVII, 1916.]

———— A new Genus of Pythidae (Coleoptera) from the Falkland Islands.

[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. XVII, 1916.]

New species of the Genus Platamops, Reitt. [Spithobates, Champ. |,

from Tropical South America.

[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. XVII, 1916.]

——— On new and little-known Xy/ophilidae.

(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916.

On new and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae.

[Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916.]

On some Weevils attacking orchids.

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd series, Vol. II, 1916.]

—— Notes on Melandryidae (2-4).

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd series, Vol. II, 1916. ]

On new exotic Scraptiina.

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd series, Vol. II, 1916.] The Author.

CHITTENDEN (F. H.). The Pink Corn-Worm: an insect destructive to corn

in the crib (Batrachedra riley?).

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 363, 1916. ]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

CrurTersBuck (C. G.). Notes on the Codling Moth (Carpocapsa pomonella,

Linn. ),

[Proc. Cotteswold Nat. F.C., Vol. XIX, Part I, 1915.]

The Author.

Coan (B. R.). Studies on the biology of the Arizona wild-cotton Weevil

(Anthonomus grandis thurberiae, Pierce).

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 344, 1916.]

Cotton Boll-Weevil control in the Mississippi Delta, with special

reference to square picking and Weevil picking.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 382, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Comstock (J. H.). Evolution of the Webs of Spiders.

[Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer., Vol. V, No. 1, 1912.]

Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

——— — The Silk of Spiders and its uses.

(Trans. 2nd Entom. Congress, 1912.] The Author.

Coneo Belge, Bulletin Agricole du, Vol. VI, Nos. 1 and 2, 1915.

Ministere des Colonies.

Coox (F. C.) and Hurcuison (R. H.). Experiments during 1915 in the

destruction of Fly larvae in horse manure.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 408, 1916.]

! U.S. Dept. Agric.

Crace (F. W.). [See Parton (W. 8.).]

Crawrorp (D.L.). A recently described Psyllid from East Africa (Hemipt.).

[Entom. News, Vol. XXV, 1914. ]

Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

Cresson (Ezra Townsend). The Cresson types of Hymenoptera.

[Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc., No. 7, 1916.] The Society.

( (xxamit’))

Crospy (C.R.). A Revision of the North American species of Megastigmus,

Dalman.

[Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer., Vol. VI, 1913.]

———— [See Marueson (R.).]

—-— and Lronarp (M.D.). The Tarnished Plant-bug (Lygus pratensis,

Linn.).

{Cornell Univ. Agric. Exper. Station, Dept. Entom., Bull. No. 346,

1914. ] Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

Cusuman (R. A.). Cherry Leaf Beetle emedis cavicollis, Lec.), a

area important enemy of cherries

[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 352, 1916.]

——_—— Syntomaspis druparum, the apple-seed Chalcid.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. VII, 1916.] U.S. Dept. Agric.

Davinson (W. M.). [See Baker (A. C.).]

Distant (W. L.). The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and

Burma.

{Rhynchota, Vol. VI. Homoptera: Appendix, 1916.]

India Office.

Doenin (P.). Hétérocéres nouveaux de ’Amérique du Sud.

[Fase. X, XI, XII, 1916.] The Author.

Doncaster (L.). Gametogenesis and sex-determination in the Gall-fly,

Neuroterus lenticularis (Spathegaster baccarum).

[Proc. Royal Soc., Series B, Vol. 89, No. B 618, 1916.]

By Exchange.

DonistHORPE (H.). On some remarkable associations between Ants of

. different Species.

[Rept. Lance, and Chesh. Entom. Soc., 1912, issued 1913.]

Some Notes on the Genera Platyphora, Verrall, and Aenigmatias,

Meinert, and a species new to Britain.

[Entom. Record, Vol. XXVI, No. 12, 1914.]

———_ Marriage-flights of Donisthorpea species on August 8th, etc.

{Entom. Record, Vol. XX VII, No. 9, 1915.]

—— The Type of Camponotus (Myrmoturba) maculatus, F.

[Entom. Record, Vol. XX VII, No. 10, 1915.]

Descriptions of a Pterergate and two Gynandromorphs of Myr-

mica scabrinodis, Nyl., with a list of.all the known cases of the

latter.

[Entom. Record, Vol. XX VII, No 11, 1915.]

Myrmica schencki, Emery, an Ant new to Britain.

[Entom. Record, Vol. XX VII, No. 12, 1915.]

——— Myrmecophilous Notes for 1915.

[Entom. Record, Vol. XXVIII, Nos. 1-2, 1916.]

——_—— Epitritus wheeleri, n. sp., an Ant new to Science; with Notes on

the Genus, Epitritus, Emery.

[Entom. Record, Vol. XX VIII, No. 6, 1916. ]

-—_—_—— Synonymy of some Genera of Ants.

[Entom. Record, Vol. XXVIII, Nos. 11, 12, 1916.]

The Author.

Drake (C. J.). [See OsBorn (H.). |

Dup@ron (G. C.). Boll Worm in Egypt (arias tnsulana, Boisd.).

[Trans. 3rd Intern. Congr. Trop. Agric., June 1914 (issued 1916). |

The Author.

Etrrincuam (H.). African Mimetic Butterflies. Oxford, 1910.

Mrs. Meldola.

—and Jorpan (K.). [See Wytsman (P.).]

(exe *)

ErpMAN (R.). The Life cycle of Trypanosoma brucei in the rat and rat

plasma.

[Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. 8. A., Vol. I, No. 10, Oct. 1915.]

The Soctety.

Fauna of British India, including Ceylonand Burma. [See Distant (W. L.)

and Marswatt (G. A. K.).]

Faure (J.C.). Sweet Potato Sphina (? Herse convolvuli, Linn.).

[Agric. Journ. Union S. Africa, April 1914.]

The Union, Pretoria.

FERRIERE (C.). [See Buenion (E.).]

Finx (D. E.). The Asparagus Miner and the Twelve-spotted Asparagus

Beetle (Agromyza simplex, Loew, and Criocerts duodecim-

punctata, L.).

[Cornell Univ. Coll. Agric., Dept. Entom., Bull. No. 331, 1913. ]

Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

Frercuer (T. B.). One hundred Notes on Indian Insects.

[Agric. Research Inst. Pusa, Bull. No. 59, 1916.]

The Institute.

Forsom (J. W.). North American Collembolous insects of the subfamilies

Achorutinae, Neanurinae, and Podurinae.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. I, 1916.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Foret (A.). Fourmis du Congo et d’autres provenances récoltées par MM.

Hermann Kohl, Luja, Mayné, etc.

[Revue Suisse de Zool., Vol. XXIV, April 1916. ]

The Author.

Froceatr (J. L.). Dips and Dressings used for protecting sheep from

Blow-flies.

[Agric. Gazette N. 8. W., Misc. Publ., No. 1860, 1916.]

Dept. Agric. NSW.

— [See Froceart (W. W.). ]

Froceatt (W. W.). The Buff-coloured Tomato Weevil (Destantha nociva).

[Agric. Gazette N. S. W., Misc, Publ., No. 1856, 1916.]

Rutherglen Bug iene vinitor, Berg.).

[Agric. Gazette N.S.W., Misc. Publ. ae 1870, 1916. ]

—— —— and Frocearr (J. L.). Seen Flies, No. 2.

(Dept. Agric. N.S.W., Farmers’ Bull., No. 110, 1916.]

Dept. Agric. N.S.W.

Fur1er (C.). Insect Records. The Pumpkin Stem-borer (Apomecyna

binubila, Pasc.). The Bindweed Gall-maker (Wupserha apicalis,

F.).

[Agrie. Journ. Union 8. Africa, No, 68, 1914.]

—-—_——— The Skin Maggot of Man (larva of Cordylobia anthropophaga,

Grum.). ;

[Agric. Journ. Union 8. Africa, 1914. ]

The Union, Pretoria.

Termite Economy.

[S. African Journ. of Science, Sept. 1915. ]

———— Weevily Grain, Peas and Beans, causes and prevention of infestation.

Treatment with carbon bisulphide. Pamphlet, undated.

The Author.

Fuiton (B. B.). The Tree-crickets of New York: life-history and bionomics

(Oecanthus and Weorabea).

[New York Agric. Exper. Stat., Techn. Bull. No. 42, 1915.]

Dept. Agric. ’ New York.

—_—-—— [See Groyrr (W. 0O.).]

(-jymxxy -)

Funkuouser (W. D.). Some Philippine Membracidae.

{Pomona Journ. Entom. and Zool., Vol. VI, No. 2, 1914.]

Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

Grpzs (A. E.). The Satyrid Butterflies of Hertfordshire, with a short study

of Pararge aegeria.

[Trans. Herts. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. XVI, 1917.]

The Author.

Gipson (A.). Locust control work with poisoned baits in Eastern Canada

in 1915.

[Forty-sixth Ann. Rept. Entom. Soc. Ontario, 1915.]

Locust control work in Eastern Canada in 1915.

[Agric. Gazette Canada, Ottawa, Vol. II, No. 10, Oct. 1915. ]

—-— The Entomological Record for 1915.

[Forty-sixth Ann. Rept. Entom. Soc. Ontario, 1915. ]

and TREHERNE (R.C.). The Cabbage-root Maggot and its control

in Canada, with notes on the Imported Onion Maggot and the

Seed-corn Maggot.

{[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 12, 1916.]

Dept. Agric., Ottawa.

Grirautr (A. A.). New North American Hymenoptera of the family

Eulophidae.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LI, 1916.]

———— New Javanese Chalcidoid Hymenoptera.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LI, 1916.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Gtoyer (W. O.) and Furton (B. B.). Tree-crickets as carriers of Lepto-

sphaeria coniathyrium (Fckl.). Sace. and other fungi.

[New York Agric. Exper. Stat., Techn. Bull. No. 50, March 1916. ]

NV. ¥, Exper. Station.

GoueH (L.). Nature des dégats causés par le ver rose de la capsule

(Gelechia gossypiella, Saund.).

[Ministére de lAgric., Egypt, Sect. d’Entom., Bull. No. 2, 1916.]

—-— The life-history of Gelechia gossypiella from the time of the cotton

harvest to the time of cotton sowing.

[Ministry Agric. Egypt, Techn. and Sci. Service, Entom. Sect., Bull.

No. 4, 1916.]

Note on a machine to kill Ge/echia larvae by hot air,and the effects

of heat on Gelechia larvae and cotton seed.

[Ministry Agric. Egypt, Techn. and Sci. Service, Entom. Sect., Bull.

No. 6, 1916.] Ministry of Agric., Egypt.

Grasiin (A.) [See Botspuvat (J. A.) et Rampur (P.).]

GREEN (E. E.). On some Animal Pests of the Hevea Rubber-tree.

(Trans. 3rd Intern. Congr. Tropical Agric., June 1914 (issued 1916). |

——-—- Report on some Coccidae from Zanzibar collected by Dr. W. M.

Aders. Ona new Coccid pest of cacao from Trinidad. Ona

Coccid injurious to pine trees in the Himalayas.

[Bull. Ent. Research, Vol. VI, 1916.]

Observations on some recently described Coccidae. Remarks on

Coccidae from Northern Australia. IIT.

[Bull. Ent. Research, Vol. VII, Pt. I, May 1916.]

—- On two new British Coccidae, with notes on some other British

species.

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd Ser., Vol. II, 1916.] The Author.

() sexaava))

Gunn (D.). Pepper-tree Caterpillar, Bombycomorpha pallida, Dist.

[Union 8. Africa, Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., No. 5, 1916.]

———— The Potato Ladybird Beetle (Epzlachna dreget).

[Union 8. Africa, Dept: Agric., Div. Entom., No. 6, 1916.]

———— Plum Slug Caterpillar (Parasa latistriqa).

[Union 8. Africa, Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., No. 7, 1916.]

——_-_—— J. Some destructive Fruit and Flower Beetles. II. New Insect

Pest of the Peach.

[Union S. Africa, Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., No. 8, 1916. ]

———— The Cucumber and Vegetable-marrow Fly (Dacus vertebratus).

[Union S. Africa, Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., No. 9, 1916.]

The Union, Pretoria.

Hatiert (H. M.). Entomological Notes.

[Cardiff Nat. Soc., Vol. XLVIII, 1916.] The Author.

Hawkes (O. A. M.). The effect of moisture upon the silk of the Hybrid

Philosamia (Attacus) ricini, Boisd. § x Philosamia cynthia

(Drury) @.

[Journ. Exper. Zool., Vol. XXI, No. 1, July 1916.]

The Author.

Hecu (E.). Notice sur les Glossines on Tsétsés.

[Royaume de Belgique, Ministére des Colonies, Service de l’Agric.,

Etudes de Biologie agricole, No. 1, 1915.]

Ministere des Colonies.

HeGNER (R. W.) and Russett (C. P.), Differential mitoses in the germ-

cell cycle of Dineutes nigrior.

[Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., Vol. II, No. 7, July 1916. ]

The Society.

Herrick (G. W.). The Elm Leaf-beetle.

[Cornell Univ. Exper. Stat., Dept. Entom., Circular No. 8, 1910. ]

——-—— Household Insects and methods of control.

[Cornell Univ. Reading Courses, Sanitation Series, No. 3, 1913.]

—-— Control of two Elm-tree pests (Galerucella luteola, Miull., and

Kaliosysphinga ulmi, Sund.).

[Cornell Univ. Exper. Stat., Dept. Entom., Bull. No. 333, 1913, ]

Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

Hewitt (C. G.). Report from the Division of Entomology for the year

ending March 31, 1914.

Two serious fruit pests new to Canada (Eriophyes vibis, Nalepa,

and Taeniothrips pyri, Daniel).

[Agric. Gazette Canada, Vol. II, No. 8, 1915.]

——— Report of the Dominion Entomologist for the year ending March

31, 1915.

——~— — Contribution to a knowledge of Canadian Ticks.

[Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, 8rd Ser., Vol. IX, Sect. IV, 1915.]

Canad. Dept. Agric.

—_— — A Review of applied Entomology in the British Empire.

[Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer., Vol. IX, No. 1, 1916.]

The Author.

Hopexiss (H. E.). [See Parrorr (P. J.).]

Hottoway (T. E.). Larval characters and distribution of two species of

Diatraea.

(Journ. Agric, Research, Vol. VI, No. 16, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Hupson (G. V.). Mew Zealand Moths and Butterflies (Macro-Lepidoptera).

London, 1898.

Mrs. Meldola.

(| xxxvii )

Hurcuison (R. H.). Notes on the predisposition of the House-fly (Jfusca

domestica, L.).

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 345, 1916.]_ -U. S. Dept. Agric.

—— [See Cook (F. C.).]

ItuineworruH (J. F.). Cherry Fruit-flies and how to control them (Rhagoletis

cingulatu, Loew, and R. fausta, O.8.).

[Cornell Univ. Coll. Agric., Dept. Entom., Bull. No. 325, 1912.]

Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

Imus (A. D.). On a new species of Symphyla from the Himalayas.

[Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. Vol. XXX, 1909.]

————- Notes on Beet or Mangold-fly (Pegomyia hyoscyami var. betae).

[Journ. Board Agric., Vol. XXII, 1915.] The Author.

Observations on the Insect Parasites of some Coccidae. On Aphe-

linus mytilaspidis, Le Baron, a Chalcid parasite of the Mussel

scale (Lepidosaphes ulmi, L.).

[Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci., Vol. 61, 1916.]

Dept. Agric. Entom., Manchester.

InpDEX Faunae Novae Zealandiae, edited by Captain F. W. Hutton, 1904.

The Philosophical Institute, Canterbury, NV.Z.

JANET (C.). Anatomie du corselet et histolyse des muscles vibrateurs, aprés

le vol nuptial, chez la Reine de la Fourmi (Lasius niger). Texte

et Planches, 1907. The Author.

JEANNEL (R.) et Racovitza (E. G.). Biospeologica, No. XXIII, Enumération

des Grottes visitées, 1911-13 (5° série). (Contains papers on

cave-insects. )

[Archives Zoo]. Expér. et Générale, Tome 53, 1914. ]

The Authors.

Joppins-Pomeroy (A. W.). Notes of five North American Buffalo Gnats of

the genus Simulium.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 329, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Jounson (P. M.) and Barriincrer (A. M.). Life-history studies of the

Colorado potato beetle.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. V, 1916.] U.S. Dept. Agric.

Jones (T. H,). The Egg-plant Tortoise Beetle (Cass¢da pallidula, Boh.).

[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 422, Oct. 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

JorDAN (K.). [See Wytsman (P.).]

Kuein (N. M.) Die Rhopalocera der Insel Nias. Berlin, 1884.

Mrs. Meldola.

LANCASHIRE and Cheshire Entomological Society. Thirty-eighth and Thirty-

ninth Annual Reports and Proceedings. The Society.

Laturop (F. H.). [See Parrarr (P. J.).]

Lronarp (M. D.). [See Crossy (C. R.).]

Luoyp (J. T.). [See ArExanpER (C. P.).]

Locust Destruction. The Locust law.

[Union 8. Africa, Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., No. 75, 1915.]

The Union, Pretoria.

LoRENZEN (L.). The Bee-Moth Superstition. [Acherontia atropos, Linn. |

[Agric. Journ., Union 8. Africa, 1911.] The Union, Pretoria.

Lounssury (C. P.). Warble Flies, a danger with imported cattle.

[Agric. Journ. Union 8. Africa, No. 56, 1914.]

Plant-killing insects: the Indian Cochineal.

{Agric. Journ. 8, Africa, June 1915. ] The Union, Pretoria,

(xan -)

Lounssury (C. P.). Some phases of the Locust problem. Presidential

Address. Cape 'lown.

[S. African Journ. Science, 1915. ] The Author.

Lucas (M. H.). [See THomson (James). ]

LucinuHitt (P.) and Urpanns (T. D.). The Spike-horned Leaf-miner

(Cerodonta dorsalis, Loew), an enemy of grains and grasses.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 432, 1916. ]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Matrarta Committee, Proceedings of the Third Meeting of the, held at

Madras, Nov. 18, 19 and 20, 1912. Issued at Simla, 1913.

India Office.

Matry (C. W.). Note on the use of poisoned Bait for controlling the House

Fly (Alusca domestica, L.).

[S. African Journ. Science, June 1915. ]

The Union, Pretoria.

Maury Fruit Fly Remedy, The, for the prevention of Maggots in Fruit

by the destruction of the Parent Flies before ‘eggs are laid.

[ Pamphlet, no author’s name given. |]

[Union 8. Africa, Dept. Agric., Div, Entom., No. 83, 1915.]

The Union, Pretoria.

Marcuwat (P.). Les Sciences biologiques appliquées a 1’Agriculture et la

lutte contre les ennemis des plantes aux Ktats-Unis.

| Extrait des Annales des Epiphyties. Tome III, 1916.]

The Author.

MarsHatt (Guy A. K.). The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and

Burma. Coleoptera, Rhynchophora: Curculionidae, 1916.

The Author and India Office.

MarueEson (R.). The Haliplidae of North America, north of Mexico.

[Journ. New York Entom. Soc., Vol. XX, No. 3, 1912.]

——— Structure and Metamorphosis of the Fore-Gut of Corydalis

cornutus, L.

[Journ. Morphology, Vol. XXIII, 1912.]

——— Life-history notes on two Coleoptera (Parnidae) | Psephenus leconter

and Stenelmzs bicartnatus |.

[Canad. Entom., Vol. XLVI, 1914.]

—— and Crossy (C. R.). Aquatic Hymenoptera in America.

[Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer., Vol. V, 1912. ]

Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

Maxwetti-Lerroy (H.). The control of Flies and Vermin in Mesopotamia.

[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. XI, Part IV, Oct. 1916.]

The Author.

McInpoo (N. E.). The Sense-organs on the mouth-parts of the Honey Bee.

[Smithsonian Mise. Coll., Vol. LXV, No. 14, 1916.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Meyrick (EH.). Exotic Microlepidoptera. Vol. I, Parts 13-20; Vol. II,

Part I, Oct. 1915-Oct. 1916. The Author.

———— [See Wyrtsman (P.). ]

Micuiean Academy of Science. Sixteenth Report, 1914. [Contains papers

on Entomology. | The Academy.

MitriKken (F. B.). Cottonwood Borer (Plectrodera scalator).

[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 424, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Morean (A. H.). Homologies in the Wing-veins of May-flies,

[Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer., Vol. V, 1912. |

CO eerkie })

Morean (A. H.). A Contribution to the Biology of the May-flies.

[Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer., Vol. VI, No. 3, Sept. 1913.]

Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

Mutsant (L.). Opuscules entomologiques. Cahier V—XIV, 1854-70.

Mrs. Meldola.

NewstEap (R.). On the genus Phlebotomus, Part III.

[Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. VII, Part II, Oct. 1916.]

The Author.

Norman (H.). Coleoptera Illustrata, Vol. I, No. 2. Carabidae, 1916.

The Author.

Novucarer (R. L.). The Pear Leaf-worm (Gymnonychus californicus,

Marlatt),

[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 438,1916.] U.S. Dept. Agric.

OsERTHUR (Charles). Etudes de Lépidopterologie Comparée. XI (Texte

and Portraits), XI bzs, XII (Texte and Plates), 1916.

The Author.

Opinions rendered by the International Commission on Zoological Nomen-

clature. Opinion 67.

[Smithsonian Instit., Washington, Publ. 2409, 1916. ]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Ossorn (H.). Studies of Life-histories of Leafhoppers of Maine.

[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 248, March 1916.]

Maine Agric. Exper. Station.

—— and Drake (C. J.). Tingitoidea of Ohio.

[Ohio State Univ. Bull., Vol. XX, No. 35, 1916.]

The University.

Packarp (C. M.). Life-histories and methods of rearing Hessian-fly

parasites.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. VI, No. 10, 1916. ]

: U.S. Dept. Agric.

PaGENSTECHER (Arnold). Die Lepidopterenfauna des Bismarck-Archipels.

Erster Theil: Die Tayfalter. Stuttgart, 1899.

Mrs. Meldola.

Paort (G.). [See BeruEsE (A.).]

Parrott (P. J.), Hopcxiss (H. E.), and Larurop (F. H.). Plant Lice

injuries to apple orchards. I, Studies on control of newly

hatched Aphides.

[New York Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 415, Feb. 1916.]

New York Agric. Exper. Station.

Patcu (E. M.). Woolly Aphid of Elm and Juneberry. (Schizonegura amert-

cana in part, of authors.)

[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 241, 1915.]

—- Pink and green Aphid of Potato. (Macrosiphum solanifolit,

Ashmead. )

[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 242, 1915.]

Maine Agric. Exper. Station.

Patron (W. 8.) and Crace (F. W.). A Text-book of Medical Entomology.

London, Madras and Calcutta, 1913. G. C. Champion.

Payne (O.G.M.). On the Life-history and Structure of Telephorus lituratus,

Fallen.

{Journ. Zool. Research, Vol. I, Part I, 1916.]

Dept. Agric. Entom., Manchester.

PEMBERTON (C. E.). [See Back (E. A.).]

Puities (W. J.). Macrosiphum granarium, the English grain Aphis.

(Journ, Agric. Research, Vol. VII, 1916.] U.S. Dept. Agric.

Pierce (W. D.). A new interpretation of the relationships of temperature

and humidity to insect development.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. V, 1916.] U.S. Dept. Agric.

Studies of Weevils (Rhynchophora), with descriptions of new genera

and species.

[ Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LI, 1916.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Pororr (N.). [See Buenion (E.).]

QuAINTANCE (A. L.) and Baker (A. C.). Aleyrodidae, or white Flies attack-

ing the orange, with descriptions of three new species of

economic importance.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. VI, 1916.] U.S. Dept. Agric.

Racovirza (H. G.). [See JEANNEL (R.). |

RarFray (A.). Matériaux pour servir a l’étude des Coléoptéres de la famille

des Paussides.

[Nouv. Archives du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., 2 sér. IX, 1886.]

Mrs, Meldola.

RamBvR (P.). [See Borspuvat (J. A.) et GRASLIN (A.).]

Report of the Agricultural Research Institute and College, Pusa, 1914-15.

India Office.

Report of the Agricultural Research Institute and College, Pusa, 1915-16.

India Office.

Report, 29th, of the State Entomologist on injurious and other insects of

the State of New York, 1913. Issued 1915.

[Univ. State New York, Bull. No. 589, 1915.] The University.

Report on the Agricultural Department for the year 1915, Government of

the Gold Coast. Accra, 1916. Gov. Gold Coast.

Report on the great invasion of Locusts in Egypt in 1915 and the measures

adopted to deal with it. Issued by the Ministry of Agriculture

Egypt. Cairo, 1916. Ministry of Agriculture.

Report on the progress of Agriculture in India for 1914-15. Caleutta, 1916.

Government of India.

Report on the Progress and Condition of the U. 8. National Museum for

the year ending June 30, 1915. Washington. Issued 1916.

The Smithsonian Jnstitution.

Repvort, Fourteenth Annual, 1915, of the Rhodesia Museum, Bulawayo.

The Museum.

Rerorts, Annual, Division of Entomology, Dept. of Agriculture, Pretoria

[including Appendices XIII and XVII], 1912-14. Issued

1912-15. Dept. Agric., Pretoria.

Riney (W. A.). Some Sources of Laboratory Material for Work on the

Relation of Insects to Disease.

[Entom. News, Vol. XXIV, 1913.] Entom. Lab., Cornell Univ.

Runner (G. A.). Effect of Réntgen Rays on the Tobacco, or Cigarette

Beetle (Lasioderma serricorne, Fab.), and the Results of experi-

ments with a new form of Rontgen tube.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. VI, No. 11, 1916. ]

U.S. Dept, Agric.

RussEtz (C. P.). [See Hecner (R. W.).]

Sanpers (G. E.) and Brirrain (W. H.). Results from spraying in Nova

Scotia.

[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Circular No. 7, 1916.]

Canad. Dept: Agric.

( =i )

Scuaus (W.). A Generic Revision of the American Moths of the subfamily

Hypeninae, with descriptions of new genera and species.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. L, 1916.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

ScurprBEkK (A.). On the Setal Pattern of Caterpillars.

[Kon. Akad. Weten. Amsterdam, Vol. XTX, 1916.]

The Author.

ScHoENnE (W.J.). The Cabbage Maggot: its biology and control.

[New York Agric. Exper. Stat., Bull. No. 419, March 1916.]

N.Y. Agric. Exper. Station.

SeMENOFF-TIAN-SHANSKY (Andreas). Supplementary note on Opisthocosmia

komarowt, Sem. (Title in Russian.)

[Revue Russe d’Entom., 1901.] The Author.

Snranton (F. L.). Hyperaspis binotata, a predatory enemy of the Terrapin

scale.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. VI, 1916, ]

The Terrapin Scale: An important insect enemy of peach orchards.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 356, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric,

Snyper (T. E.). Egg and manner of oviposition of Zyctus planicollis.

{Journ. Agric, Research, Vol. VI, No. 7, 1916.]

—— —— Termites, or ‘“‘ White Ants,” in the United States: their damage,

and methods of prevention.

[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 333, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Srepsine (E. P.). A Manual of Elementary Forest Zoology for India.

[Calcutta, 1908. ] W. EF. H. Blandford.

Storey (G.). Report on the first Two Years’ working of the Plant Protection

Law

[Ministry Agric. Egypt, Techn. and Sci. Service (Entom. Sect.),

Bull. No. 1, 1916. ]

List of Egyptian Insects in the Collection of the Ministry of

Agriculture.

[Ministry Agric. Egypt, Techn. and Sci. Ser. (Entom. Sect.), Bull.

No. 5, 1916.] Ministry of Agric.

Srrauss (J. F.). Grape Leaf-folder (Desmia funeralis).

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 419, 1916. ]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

SrrickLanp (E.H.). Some new Culicidae from Western Australia, South

Queensland, and Tasmania.

[Entomologist, April-August, 1911.] The Author.

Control of Cutworms in the Prairie Provinces.

(Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Circular No. 6, 1916.]

Canad, Dept. Agric.

Supanrarctic Islands of New Zealand, The. Reports on the Geo-physics,

Geology, Zoology, andBotany of the Islands lying to the south

of New Zealand. (Includes papers on Entomology.) Vols, I, II.

Wellington, N. Z., 1909.

The Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, N. Z

SwalneE (J. M.). New species of the Family Zpidae (Coleoptera), Part II.

[Canad. Entom., Vol. XLVII, 1915. ]

———— New Species of the family Zpidae (Coleoptera), ITI.

[Canad. Entom., Vol. 48, 1916.]

———— A new species of Platypus from British Columbia.

(Canad. Entom., Vol. XLVIII, 1916.]

‘

( xiii)

Swaine (J. M.). Injurious Shade Tree Insects of the Canadian Prairies.

[Agric. Gazette, Canada, Vol. III, No. 3, 1916.]

Canad. Dept. Agric.

——— and Brackman (M. W.). I. A new species of Pityogenes.

II. Observations on the Life-history and habits of Pztyogenes

hopkinst, Swaine.

[New York State Coll. Forestry, Techn. Publ. No. 2, Nov. 1915.]

The College.

THEOBALD (F. V.). Report on Economic Zoology for year ending April 1,

1909. South-Eastern Agricultural College, Wye.

-——_—— The Culicidae of Fiji, including two new species.

[ Entomologist, June 1910. ]

——— The Distribution of the Yellow Fever Mosquito (Stegomyia fasciata,

Fabricius) and general notes on its bionomics.

[1 Congrés Intern. d’Entom., 1910. |

Five new Culicidae from Ashanti.

[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. V, 1910. ]

———— Culicidae of the R. Zool. Soc. “ Natura Artis Magistra,” Amster-

dam, and description of three new species.

[ Tijdschr. voor Entom., Deel LIV, 1911.]

Percy Sladen Trust Hxpaiition to the Indian Ocean in 1905. No. V.

Diptera, Culicidae.

[Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., Vol. XV., 1912.]

Three new Culicidae from the Transvaal.

[Entomologist, March 1912. }

The Aphididae of the Hastings District.

[Hastings and East Sussex Naturalist, Vol. II, No. 1, 1912.]

New Culicidae from the Sudan.

{Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasitology, Vol. VII, Dec. 1913. ]

—— — Culicidae from New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands.

[F. Sarasin and I. Roux, Nova Caledonia, Zoologie, Vol. I, No. 3,

1913.]

———— The British species of the Genus Macrostphum, Passerini, Pts. I,

[Journ, Econ. Biol. Vol. VIII, 1913.1

———-— The Aphides on Mangolds and allied plants.

[Journ. Board Agric., Vol. XIX, No. II, Feb. 1913.]

——-—-- A new Mosquito from Northern China (Grabhamia broquetiz).

[ Entomologist, June 1913. ]

Report on Economic Zoology for year ending Sept. 30, 1913.

South-Eastern Agricultural College, Wye.

——_—— Notes on the Green Spruce Aphis (Aphis abietina, Walker).

[Ann. Applied Biology, Vol. I, May 1914. |

Notes ona Lime-tree Aphis (Pachypappa reaumurt, Kaltenbach), new

to Britain.

[Entomologist, April-May 1915. ]

—— African Aphididae. Pt. II.

[ Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. VI, Sept. 1915.]

Notes on new and little-known British Aphides. J, II.

[Entomologist, Nov. and Dec. 1915, and July and August 1916. ]

New Myrmecophilous Aphides.

[Entom. Rec., Vol. XX VII, No. 3, 1915.]

Notes on Aphididae found in Ants’ Nests.

[ Entomologist, March 1916. |

€ ‘alii .)

THEOBALD (F. V.). Notes on new and little known British Aphides. IT.

[Entomologist, Vol. XLIX, 1916.]

Aphididae found on the Apple in Britain and the description of

a new species from Africa.

[Canad. Entom., May, June, July 1916.]

——-— Aphididae found on the Apple in Britain and the description of a

new species from Africa (continuation).

{[Canad. Entom., Aug. 1916.]

A new Myrmecophilous Aphid from Africa.

[Entom. Rec., Vol. XXVIII, No. 2, 1916.] The Author.

THomson (James), Archives Entomologiques. Tomes I, II. Paris, 1857,

1858. :

———— Arcana Naturae ou Recueil d’Histoire Naturelle. Paris, 1859.

——— et Lucas (M. H.). Voyage au Gabon. Histoire Naturelle des

Insectes et des Arachnides recueillis pendant un voyage fait

au Gabon en 1856 et 1857 par M. Henry Deyrolle. Paris, 1858.

Mrs. Meldola.

Tittyarp (R. J.). New Australian species of the family Lzbellulidae

(Neuroptera : Odonata).

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XI, 1906.]

Life-history of Zestes /eda, Selys.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XI, 1906.]

— New Australian species of the family Aeschnidae (Neuroptera:

Odonata).

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXI, 1907. ]

New Australian species of the family Calopterygidae.

[ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXII, 1907. ]

On dimorphism in the females of Australian Agrionidae.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXII, 1907.]

The Dragonflies of South-Western Australia.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXII, 1908.]

On a collection of Dragonflies from Central Australia, with

descriptions of new species.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXII, 1908. ]

—-—--- On the genus Petalura, with description of a new species.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXII, 1908. ]

—— Onsome remarkable Australian Libellulinae. Part II.

[ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.8.W., Vol. XX XIII, 1908.]

On the new genus Austrogynacantha (Neuroptera: Odonata), with

description of species.

[Proc. Linn. Soc.N.S.W., Vol. XX XIII, 1908. ]

On the genus Wannodythemis, with descriptions of new species

(Neuroptera: Odonata),

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XIII, 1908.]

On some remarkable Australian Cordultinae, with descriptions of

new species.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XIII, 1909.]

1 Studies in the Life-histories of Australian Odonata. Part I.

The Life-history of Peta/ura gigantea, Leach.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXIV, 1909.]

Studies in the Life-histories of Australian Odonata. Part II,

Life-history of Diphlebia lestoides, Selys.

[Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W,, Vol. XXXIV, 1909.]

(- xliv, )

TittyarD (R. J.). On some rare Australian Gomphinae, with descriptions

of new species.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXIV, 1909.]

Studies in the Life-histories of Australian Odonata. No. 3. Notes

on a new species of Phyllopetalia, with description of nymph

and imago.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S8.W., Vol. XXXIV, 1910.]

—-—— On some experiments with Dragonfly larvae.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXV, 1910.]

—-— The application of “ Jordan’s Law” to the case of the Australian

Fauna and Flora.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXV. 1910.]

—-— Monograph of the genus Synthemis (Neuroptera: Odonata).

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XV, 1910. |

On some remarkable Australian Zibellulinae. Part Til. Further

notes on Camacinia othella, Tillyard.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.8.W., Vol. XXXV, 1911.]

—-— Further notes on some rare Australian Corduliinae, with descrip-

tions of new species.

[Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.]

———— On the genus Cordulephya.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.]

———— Studies in the Life-histories of Australian Odonata. No. 4.

Further notes on the Life-history of Petalura gigantea, Leach.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911. ]

—-—— On the genus Diphlebia, with descriptions of new species, and

Life-histories.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1912.]

-——_—— On some new and rare Australian Agrionidae (Odonata).

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVIT, 1913. ]

—- Description and Life-history of a new species of Vannophlebia.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XVII, 1913.]

—— Onsome Australian Anisoptera, with descriptions of new specics.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XVII, 1913. ]

—— Study of the Odonata of Tasmania in relation to the Bassian

Isthmus.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XVIII, 1914.]

- Some descriptions of new forms of Australian Odonata.

[ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XVIII, 1913. ]

———- On the study of Zoogeographical regions by means of specific

contours. With an application to the Odonata of Australia.

[Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XTX, 1914.]

——-— On some problems concerning the development of the wing-

venation of Odonata.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XX XTX, 1914.]

On the development of the wing-venation in Zygopterous Dragon-

flies, with special reference to the Ca/opteryyidae.

[Proc. Linn, Soc. N.8.W., Vol. XL, Part I, 1915.]

—-— On the Physiology of the Rectal Gills in the Larvae of Anisopterid

Dragonflies.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XL, Part III, 1915.]

—-— Studies in Australian Neuroptera. No.II. Descriptions of new

generaand Species of the Families Osmylidae, Myrmeleontidae,

and Ascalaphidae.

[Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XLI, Part I, 1916.]

(i xiv’)

Tittyarp (R. J.). Further observations on the emergence of Dragonfly-

larvae from the egg, with special reference to the problem of

respiration. :

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XLI, Part III, 1916.]

Studies in Australian Neuroptera. No. IV. The Families Ithonidae,

Hemerobiidae, Sisyridae, Berothidae, and the new Family 7z-

chomatidae, with a discussion of their characters and relation-

ships, and descriptions of new and little-known genera and

species.

[Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S8.W., Vol. XLI, Part I, 1916.]

——— Studies in Australian Neuroptera. No. III. The Wing-venation of

the Chrysopidae.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XLL., Part II, 1916.]

The Author.

TimBerLAKkE (P.H.). Revision of the parasitic Hymenopterous insects of the

genus Aphycus, Mayr, with notice of some related genera.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. L, 1916. |

The Smithsonian Institution.

Toruitt (J. D.). The ancestry of Insects, with particular reference to

Chilopods and Trilobites.

[Amer. Journ. Sci., Vol. XLII, Nov. 1916.] The Author.

Tower (D.G.). Biology of Apanteles militaris.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. V, 1915.]

——~—— Comparative study of the amount of food eaten by parasitized and

non-parasitized larvae of Cirphis unipunct4.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. VI, No. 12, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Townsenp (C. H. T.). Diagnoses of new genera of Muscoid Flies founded

on old species.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIX, 1916.]

——-— New genera and species of Muscoid Flies.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LI, 1916.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

TREHERNE (R.C.). [See Grsson (A.).]

TrmeEn (Roland). South African Butterflies. A monograph of the extra-

tropical species. Vols. I-III. London, 1887-89.

Mrs. Meldola.

Troup (R.8.). Pinus longifolia, Roxb, A Sylvicultural Study. [Includes a

list of Insects by C. F. Beeson, pp. 63-65. |

[Indian Forest Memoirs. Sylvicultural Series, Vol. I, Part I,1916.]

Government of India.

Truqui (Eugenio). [See Baupr (Flaminio). |

Turner (W.F.). [See Baker (A. C.).]

Ursauns (T.D.). Life-history of Habrocytus medicaginis, a recently de-

scribed parasite of the Chalcis fly in Alfalfa seed.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. VII, No. 4, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

———— [See Luarnpitz (P.).]

Van Bemmecen (J. F.). On the phylogenetic significance of the Wing-

markings in Hepialids.

[Kon. Akad. Weten. Amsterdam, Vol. XVIII, 1916. ]

The Author.

Verity (R.). Rhopalocera Palaearctica. Iconographie et description des

Papillons diurnes de la Région Paléarctique. Texte et Planches.

Firenze, 1905-11.

Mrs. Meldola.

Ke. sebvii, y)

Wesster (F. M.). The spring grain Aphis or “green bug” in the south-

west, and the possibilities of an outbreak in 1916. [Towoptera

graminum. |

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Circular No. 55, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Wuitr (A.). The Diptera Brachycera of Tasmania. Part I. Families

Leptidae, Stratiomyidae, Nemestrinidae, and’ Cyrtidae.

[Papers and Proceedings Royal Soc. Tasmania, 1914.] .

———— New Australian Asilidae (Diptera).

[Papers and Proceedings Royal Soc. Tasmania, 914.]

Royal Soc. Tasmania.

WuitE (W. H.). Sugar-beet Thrips (Heliothrips femoralis, Reuter).

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 421, 1916.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Witpermuts (V.L.). The New Mexico range caterpillar and its control.

[Hemileuca oliviae, Ckll. ]

[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 443, Sept. 1916.]

—-— California green Lacewing Fly. [Chrysopa californica, Coquiilett. |

[Journ, Agric. Research, Vol. VI, No. 14, 1916. ]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Woops (W.C.). Blueberry insects in Maine.

[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 244, 1915.]

Maine Agric. Exper. Station.

Wyrtsman (P.). Genera Insectorum. Fase. CLXIV, CLXV, CLXVII,

CLXVIII, CLXIX, CLXX, CLXXI, 1914-16.

Lepidoptera Heterocera. Fam. Glyphipterygidae. By E. Meyrick,

1914.

Lepidoptera Heterocera. Fam. Heliodinidae. By EH. Meyrick,

1914

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Fam. Nymphalidae, subfam. Acraeinae.

By K. Jordan and H. Eltringham, 1916.

Orthoptera. Fam. Locustidae, subfam. Saginae. By A. N. Caudell,

1916.

Orthoptera. Fam. Locustidae, subfam. Hetrodinae. By A. N.

Caudell, 1916.

Orthoptera. Fam. Acridiidae,subfam. Pamphaginae. By I. Bolivar.

1916. «

Orthoptera. Fam. Locustidae, subfam. Mecopinae. By A. N.

Caudell, 1916.

[Issued by the Netherlands Hutomological Society, The Hague. |

A. E. Elliott.

—

(alii »)

Periodicals and Publications of Societies.

AMERICA (NORTH).

CANADA.

Lonpon, Onrarto. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XLVIII, 1916.

By Exchange.

Ontario. Entomological Society of Ontario. 46th Annual Report, 1915.

Toronto, 1916. The Society.

UNITED STATES.

New York. New York Entomological Society. Jovrnal. Vol. XXIV, 1916.

Purchased.

PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings.

Vol. LXVIII, Parts 1 and 2, 1916. By Exchange.

Entomological News, Vol. XX VII, 1916. By Exchange.

“WasHINnGTon. Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report, 1915.

United States National Museum. Proceedings. Vols. XLIX,

L, 1916.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Vol.

XVIII, Parts 1-3, 1916. Purchased.

American Entomological Society. Transactions, Vol. XL, No. 4,

1914; Vol. XLI, Nos. 1-4, 1915; Vol. XLII, Nos. 1, 2, 1916.

By Exchange.

AMERICA (SOUTH).

BRITISH GUIANA.

Demerara. The Journal of the Board of Agriculture. Vol. IX, Nos.

4, 1916; Vol. X, No. 1, 1916.

The*Board of Agriculture.

CHILE.

Corposa. Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias. Tomo XXI, 1916.

WEST INDIES.

Bargapos. WestIndian Bulletin. The Journal of the Imperial Agricul-

tural Department for the West Indies. Vol. XV, Parts 3, 4,

1915; Vol. XVI, No. 1, 1916.

Agricultural News. Vol. XV, 1916.

The Agriculturtl Department.

ASIA.

INDIA.

Bompay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XXIV, Parts 2, 3, 4,

1916. By Exchange,

Catcurra. Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. Report, 1913-14. 1914.

The Institute.

The Indian Forest Records. Vol. V, Parts 4-7, 1916.

Cotompo. Spolia Zeylanica. Vol. X, Part 3, 1916.

The Colombo Museum.

( xiviii )

JAPAN.

Kyoto. The Entomological Magazine. Vol. II, Part 1, 1916. :

The Society.

AUSTRALASIA.

ADELAIDE. ‘Transactions and Proceedings: Royal Society of South Aus-

tralia. Vol. XXXIX, 1915. The Society.

BrisBaANE. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum. Vol. V, 1916.

The Museum.

Sypney. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, Vol. XL,

Parts 3, 4; Vol. XLI, Part 1, 1916. By Exchange.

HUROPH.

DENMARK.

CorENHAGEN. Entomologiske Meddelelser, EKllevte Bind, Hefte 1, 1916.

Purchased.

FRANCE.

Paris. Société Entomologique de France. Annales, Vol. LXX XIV, Part 4,

1915. Vol. LXXXV, Parts 1 and 2, 1916.

Bulletin. 1915, No. 21. 1916, Nos. 1-21. By Exchange.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1916. Purchased.

Atheneum. 1916. The Publishers.

Bulletin of Entomological Research. Vol. VI, Part 4 and Index;

Vol. VII, Parts 1-3, 1916. Purchased,

Entomologist (The). 1916. R. South.

Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 1916. The Editors.

Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. Vols. XXVI-

XXVIII, 1914-16. Purchased.

Entomological Society of London. ‘Transactions, 1915, Parts 3, 4,

5. 1916, Parts 1 and 2. Ent. Sec. London.

Linnean Society of London. Zoology, Transactions, Journal and

Proceedings. 1916. By Exchange.

London Natural History Society. Transactions, 1914, 1915.

The Society.

Naturalist (The). 1916. By Exchange.

Nature. 1916. The Publishers.

Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. Nos. 78, 79, 1916.

The Club.

Review of Applied Entomology. Series A, Agricultural. Vol. IV,

1916.

Purchased.

Review of Applied Entomology. Series B, Medical and Veterinary.

Vol. IV, 1916. Purchased.

Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. Vol. LX XVI, 1915,

The Society.

Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1916. By Exchange.

Royal Society. Proceedings. 1916. By Exchange.

Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions. 1916.

By Exchange.

fuel

Lonpon. Zoological Society. Transactions and Proceedings. 1916.

By Exchange.

Zoologist (The). 1916. The Publisher.

HOLLAND.

Tae Haaur. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr 1916.

By Exchange.

Entomologische Berichten. Vol. IV, Parts 85-90. 1915-16.

By Exchange.

ITALY.

FrrENzE. Bullettino della Societa Entomologica Italiana. Vol. XLVII

1915. By Exchange.

Porticr. Bollettino del Laboratorio di Zoologia Generale e Agraria della

R. Scuola Superiore d’Agricultura in Portici. Vol. X, 1915-16.

By Exchange.

Portici and FLorENcE. Redia, Giornale de Entomologia. Vol. XI, 1916.

By Exchange.

PORTUGAL.

BraGaa. Broteria Revista Luso-Brazileira. Vol. XIII, Fasc. iii, 1915, and

Vol. XIV, 1916. Purchased.

RUSSIA.

Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. Vol.

XXIX, 1915. By Exchange.

Bulletin de la Société entomologique de Moscou. Vol. I, 1915.

By Exchange.

PeTroGRAD [St. PerErspurG]. Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae.

Tome XLII, Part 2, 1916. By Exchange.

Revue Russe d’Entomologie. Tome XIV, Part 4,1915. Tome XV,

1915. Tome XVI, Parts 1-2.

The Society.

SWEDEN.

Uppsata and Strockuoim. Arkiv for Zoologi. Vol. IX, Hafte 3, 4, 1915;

Vol. X, Hafte 1, 2, 3, 1916.

By Exchange.

SAG LAI

4 “Sab PL ote, Letina it ry” ie

’ on t

a th oe '

: a T anual : ’ * 4 SAU AE OS

: 5 Py = Bed AS,” ‘ »

L7 ir 8 ue é _ ‘aa y ; *

Oe i ve

= He : aS

y WIE, fod 20! Bator 7 xe

> Woy res a A a

5 : i oe ’ ; ae Soe MOTELS eras ee Hi

alti ‘ok ‘ aah » i oe Lae h)

wal 8 Piet!

a Re

; a x i '

oar ; a »

z so rR

h ie any seat aly at

. ; kan

5 os a ein

: , ay ws a 7?

A > en a hg s. ute oJ

: , :

Pe ! ¢ Mince oe ars . ’

7 1 i \ “a

_ 1 sel, Wu '

my ? a ap i.

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Papers for publication in the Society’s Transactions can

only be communicated by a Fellow, and should be addressed

to the Secretaries at the Society’s Rooms, 11 Chandos Street,

Cavendish Square, W., or to Comm. J. J. Walker at Aorangi,

Lonsdale Road, Summertown, Oxford, at least fourteen days

prior to the date of the Meeting at which it is proposed that

such paper shall be read.

Authors are requested to write legibly on one side only of

sheets of uniform size, and must number and fasten together

the sheets ready for the printer. Any original drawings

or illustrations must also be numbered and arranged ready for

reproduction.

The size of work on plates should be limited to 64 in. x 4in.,

and in no case will it be allowed to exceed 64 in. x 44 in.

Authors are reminded that, as the cost of plates is high and

the subscription to the Society a very moderate one, papers

requiring many plates may have to be refused unless the

Author will contribute towards the cost of reproduction.

In the case of an Author presenting a paper with plates

already partially reproduced at his expense, it must be under-

stood that all subsequent orders in connection with their

reproduction must come from the Society only

A proof in sheet will be sent to the Author and must be

returned expeditiously. An average of ten shillings per sheet

is allowed for corrections, and it is to be distinctly understood

that if this allowance be exceeded the difference must be paid

by the Author. Any material alteration or addition made in

the paged proof by an Author shall be made at his own

expense, and only through the Editor, even if he have not already

exceeded the allowance of ten shillings per sheet.

Authors requiring more than 25 copies of their papers

published by the Society must obtain permission from the

Council and pay the entire cost of their extra copies pro-

portionately to the total cost of the paper, subject to the

discretion of the Council in exceptional cases.

{ me eesy # ‘ “.

Me i, =f : ,

OK BEOIT. LISTRS

ages nt cot ita

spausy iy Wutibs fin Spills hy : oes t, bee Ure

ae om ie Ph aintcat? » i mines ort bal See ,

eS SOC UT eas SAI Vin Pape as

+ Eas ayab Tee site: Jaa, ie Wiha) pe ae itp re Bi fu

4: ient? Peery: We AtHvile in Gane “he ant aiiae

An. tre Whit Uda Tt nh hee it, ‘ we agp rit ai ce

. Daten TERA at sian) Hi hi iif 4 ti hitiy' gv og ie at Jay eee

Sats Sih peiriahine Vat bicuny Ne. nye ain Shar TT aly

ioF iar myva ey al ul oh be COUP tat viral ate

. ar es

r y wh ‘ pty

fin? ‘+ lina Pein swollen in welanas

j Vee mili iO) Ue Sa ee ny in

7 tigi’ (io wou 9d Loh one ey oe

7 ie lt wee cen All OF, eae an

Me cpateusi > abytesaten oriih silage ifs

re ee 10. ath Gil i aril soi ese ‘utd

’ hl se) j h anit itt as

‘ 7 PLAaaiys! “city ap a bye N 1h. Lavi netlie Fi ony " 1 Lael :

by *

14 Sikieidly Lois nLomeb=).diin yet de Tent Oe

: / taj sy tang pill ane ieppiyie ovian «

oe) Pei: a ury Hania) Ly u Te ts + Rasy ey i

Hedy Tift EUS ULUSP EMBER? TSN FP PTO ay AT pinmaernd re , ae a iy iv! fia

haya! ve). CEP EEA PRs db 7 hitie MOTO a bare ntti are

P ; , a ; 4 i ! zi

‘ A Me olils | eu ee ey yt) el Smith ie hatte

Wi Mw UVi: a ae phe is Dae ah ai. ova

| WGoent a ae: CU ee ee CMT

Aba ip de eat SS alba SLA AT Oe Un thee

th ag alge stint Td einwothy Ae SAI Re i

Speed Ki Ma ae iris ioe ari jp, wig?

trade Bee Lapse agree Jie yialldk: (1 ie CE site) as :

ing Paido oni craih to. dab uaigite wil ways ai (uta

aban tape) in ge hedos oy y Fo” f Wit h7 Pea |

ria fone Afiogin ait, 1) en ; Re

PART I. AUGUST 16, 1916.

THE

| TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

£16.

WITH SIXTY-TWO PLATES

s See .

No eaHy Lone,

Lett § M2 ®

e mecca : > Ow

LONDON :

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.

| is

| [Price £1 18s. Od. |

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

Founded, 1833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885.

PATRON—HIS MAJESTY THE KING.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1916-1917.

THE Hon. N. C. Roruscuinp, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S8. President.

T. A. CHapman, M.D., F.Z.S.

C. J. GAHAN, M.A., D.Sc.

CoMMANDER J. J. WaLker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

Abert HueH Jonus, V'reasurer.

COMMANDER JAMES J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.L.S. ) 9

THe Rev. GrEorcE WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S. J

Groner CHAarnies CHAmpion, F.Z.8., A.L.S., Librarian.

A. W. Bacor. E. ERNEST GREEN, F.Z.S.

ISIN OOM T OSS 1B yy :\amell piston G. B. Lonestarr, M.A., M.D.

E. A. CockAynzr, M.A., M.D. S. A. Nave, M.A., B.Sc.

H. WILLouGHBY ELLIS. | H. Row1nanp-Brown, M.A.

J.C. F. Fryer, M.A. | A. E. Tones.

Vice-Presidents.

ecreturies.

Groner Beruwiy, F.R.Hist.S., Resident Librarian.

Business and Publications Committee.

RoBeRT ADKIN. A. E. Grpss.

G. T. BrerHune-BAKER. Rev. F. D. Mortcs.

JOHN HARTLEY DURRANT.

And the Iixecutive Officers of the Council.

British National Committee on Entomological Nomenclature.

G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER. Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE.

Dr. C. J. GAHAN. RrEv. GEoRGE WHEELER.

Dr. K. Jornan. JoHN Harriey Durrant, Secretary

L. B. Prout.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIRTY OF LONDON.

Some of the early volumes of the Society’s Transactions are out of print, but

those which are in stock can be obtained at reduced prices. Any single volume of

the present series, 1868-1887, is sold at 10s. to Fellows. No volume can be broker

to supply separate parts, but when odd parts are in stock they can be obtained at

the published price, less 25 % to Fellows. THE JouRNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is

bound up with the TRANSACTIONS, but that for 1906 is sold separately, price 6s., to

Fellows 4s. 6d. The following is a price list of recently published parts of the

TRANSACTIONS—

1912.—Part I, £1 4s., to Fellows, 18s.; Part II, 14s. 6d., to Fellows, 10s. 9d.;

Part III, £1 4s., to Fellows, 18s.; Part IV, 7s. 6d., to Fellows, 5s. 9d. ;

Part V, 5s., to Fellows, 3s. 9d.

1913.—Part I, 12s. 6d., to Fellows, 9s. 6d. ; Part II, 13s. 6d., to Fellows, 10s. 3d. ;

Part III, 10s., to Fellows, 7s. 6d.; Part IV, 12s, to Fellows, 9s. ;

Part V, 5s., to Fellows, 3s. 9d.

1914.—Part I, £1 1s., to Fellows, 15s. 9d.; Part II, £1 4s., to Fellows, 18s. ;

Parts III, IV, £1 2s., to Fellows, 16s. 6d.; Part V, 10s., to Fellows, 7s. 6d.

1915.—Part I, 17s. 6d., to Fellows, 13s. 6d.; Part II, 11s., to Fellows,

8s. 3d.; Parts III, IV, £2 14s., to Fellows, £2.0s. 6d.; Part V, 5s.,

to Fellows, 3s. 9d.

The following may be obtained separately :—

Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana,’ forming vol. iii. of the Third Series, published

price, £2 12s.; to non-Fellows, £1 10s.; to Fellows, £1.

Baly’s ‘Phytophaga Malayana,’ forming part of vol. iv. of the Third Series,

published price, 16s. ; to non-Fellows, 10s. ; to Fellows, 7s. 6d.

The 1893 CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY, with Supplement to 1900, is published

at 10s. ; to Fellows, 7s. The Supplement only, 4s. 6d. ; to Fellows, 3s.

wrary fCo,

TRANSACTIONS = ~Sonia

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For THE YEAR 1916.

I. On new or little-known Xylophilidae. By GrorcE

CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

[Read November 3rd, 1915.]

Puaveg: le it,

THIS paper contains descriptions of the numerous unnamed

Xylophilidae in the British Museum, some remarks on

various known species, and a few corrections in synonymy.

The Asiatic forms * are mainly from the collections of

Doherty (two only of these having been previously de-

scribed) and Mr. Andrewes, supplemented by two recently

received from Bengal; those from South America are

from various sources, some of them from the Fry collection.

So far as I am aware no Xylophilid has hitherto been

recorded from Siam, the Andaman Islands, or China. Since

the publication of my monograph of the Central American

forms (1890-1893), supplemented subsequently by other

papers on certain Antillean, Australian and Japanese

members of the family, upwards of 200 Xylophilidae have

been named by Pic. Extremely few of these latter,

however, appear to be represented in the collections before

me; but this is not surprising, taking into account the

general rarity and restricted habitat of these fragile insects,

* Exclusive of those from Ceylon, Borneo and Penang enumerated

by myself in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi, pp. 215-226 (Sept.

1915), and Ent. Monthly Mag. li, pp. 278-288, 310 (Oct. and Nov.

1915), respectively.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTI. (AUG.) B

Dep?

2 Mr. G. C. Champion on

so many of which are unique in collections. If the specimen

is a male, there is httle risk of adding to the synonymy

in describing new species from a single example,* the

characters to be found in the legs or antennae being

often particularly well marked in this sex, sometimes,

indeed, of an extraordinary or unexpected nature. No

new genera or subgenera are added in the present paper,

and dichotomous tables of species are of little or no

value unless both sexes are known. Xylophilus doubt-

less requires splitting up, but to do it on the characters

used by Casey a very large number of “ genera” would

be required.t The Xylophilidae are constantly confused

in collections with the much more abundant and more

widely distributed Anthicidae, which they may perhaps

be said to mimic; they are, however, always recognisable

by their tarsal structure { (the tarsi having each a minute,

short, nodiform, penultimate joint preceded by a very

much longer, inferiorly produced, lobed joint), the fusion

of the first and second ventral segments of the abdomen,

and the broad apical joint of the labial palpi.

The new species described are from the following

regions: India (including Burma), 31, 4 of them also

occurring in Siam, about a dozen others having been

previously recorded from the same region; Siam, 8, in-

cluding three found in Tenasserim and one in Ceylon ;

Perak, 3; Sumatra, 1; Selangor, 1; Larat, 1; China, 5;

Australia. 4; New Zealand, 1; S. Africa, 3; South

America (including Trinidad), 11; Lesser Antilles, 2.

Mr. Andrewes has kindly lent me the co-types of two

Indian species of Xylophilus described long ago by Fair-

maire; and Mr. Bryant. the types of two remarkable

forms from Trinidad and two from Ceylon, all four recently

named by Pic; figures of these latter are appended to the

* Out of 17 species captured by Mr. Bryant during his recent

expedition to Borneo and Penang, 12 occurred singly.

+ This author, in 1895, placed the 37 recognised N.-American

species under 13 genera, but all his new generic names (including

Axylophilus, which is doubtless valid) have been sunk as subgenera

in Pie’s Catalogue (1910).

{ Misunderstood by the artist employed by Mulsant, whose figures

of the tarsi of X. pygmaeus, de Geer (cf. Colligéres, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2),

appear to have been taken from an ned) ! Pic’s illustrations,

too, in Wytsman’s ‘*‘ Genera Insectorum” are all incorrect in this

respect, including those copied (wrongly) from the ‘ Biologia.”

Lewis’s figure, too, of X. distortus, Champ., is inaccurate.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 3

present paper. Mr. Hugh Scott found three Xylophili in

the Seychelles, which will be dealt with elsewhere. Amongst

a few forms detected in the Oxford Museum subsequent to

the publication of my notes on the species of the group

occurring in Ceylon (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept.

1915), the following may be mentioned: Huaylophilus

principals, Champ., $; Xylophilus palliditarsis, Pic; X.

orientalis, Champ., and an insect here described under

the name X. bigeminatus : all these were received from

Thwaites, in 1873, from the same island.

NEW SPECIES DESCRIBED.

1. Hylobaenus fracticornis, Assam. oe Xylophilus andrewesi, Nilgiri Hills.

2. =A varicornis, Siam and he AT parvicollis, Assam,

Tenasserim, 38 A stamensis, Siam.

3. Xylophilus podagricus, Siam and 39. - annulicornis, ‘Tenasserim,

‘Tenasserim. 40. “- fusconotatus, Bengal.

4 < arthriticus, Assam, 41. “5 megalocephalus, Larat.

5 - pulvinatus, Siam and 42. | 5 bigeminatus, Siam and

Tenasserim. Ceylon.

6. 3 cylindricornis, Assam. 43. 9 pectinatus, Hong Kong.

10 1 tavoyanus, Tenasserim. 44, Fc spinimanus, Hong Kong.

8 ” perakensis, Perak. 45. 2 parvidens, China.

9 a axillaris, Assam. 46. * chinensis, China,

10. ae melanotus, Assam. 47. a quadratipennis, China.

1 Mn Ps ” patkainus, Assam. 48. S darwinensis, Port Darwin.

12. a meranganus, Sumatra, 49, a3 luniger, Moko Hinou Isl.,

iss on latericius, Siam. New Zealand.

14. “5 clavipes, Tenasserim. 50. a5 albopilosus, Natal.

15. 7 trinotatus, Tenasserim. 51. 3 macrocephalus, Natal.

16. ” flavofasciatus, Assam. 52. = ovalis, Mashonaland.

Ads oF ephippiatus, Tenasserim. 53. 3 ingens, Brazil.

18. a denticollis, Belgaum. 54, is triguttatus, Brazil.

19. ” nilgiriensis, Nilgiri Hills. 55. ” prehensus, Avazons.

20. BG linearis, Burma. 56. 3 rectifasciatus, Brazil.

21. a barbicornis, Nilgiri Hills. 57. a. insularis, Brazil.

22. & glaucus, Perak. 58. = latefasciatus, Amazons.

23. ¥ claviger, Siam. 59. 3 amazonicus, Amazons.

24, a penicillatus, Manipur. 60. a dryophiloides, Brazil.

25. a rufonotatus, Perak. 61. a flavipes, Brazil.

26. a furcatimanus, Tenasserim. 62, “e fuscofasciatus, Brazil.

27. a andamanensis, Andaman 63. at trinitatis, Trinidad.

Is, 64, s halticoides, Grenada, W.I.

28. 5S curtus, Assam. 65. “4 atomarioides, St. Vincent,

29. A holosericeus, Punjab. W.L.

30. - sellatus, Nilgiri Hills. a

31. PP troglodytes, Selangor. 66. FS duplocinctus, Queensland.

32. a plumbeus, Kanara. 67. a fergusoni, New South

33. ae uncifer, Bombay. Wales.

34. 3 tumidiceps, Bengal. 68. a fracticollis, New South

35. ‘a tortipes, Siam. Wales.

HYLOBAENUS, Pic.

1. Hylobaenus fasciatus. (Plate I, fig. 1.)

Hylobaenus fasciatus, Pic, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1912, p. 272;

Champ. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi, p. 215.

Hab. Cryton, Galle [type] (Bryant); Trnasserio,

Tavoy (Doherty).

The Ceylon type is figured, the Tenasserim example

recently recorded by myself having darker legs.

4 Mr. G. C. Champion on

2. Hylobaenus fracticornis, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 2,

antenna, 3.)

3g. Moderately elongate, shining; piceous, the palpi and legs

(the infuscate posterior femora excepted), an elongate-triangular

patch on the disc of the elytra before the middle (extending forwards

to near the base), and a small spot near the suture before the tip,

testaceous, the antennae with joints 1 and 2 and 8-11 rufescent,

the others almost black; clothed with fine, sericeous, cinereous

pubescence; head and prothorax densely, finely, the elytra a little

more coarsely, punctate. Head strongly deflexed; eyes very large, _

contiguous; antennae moderately long, stout, joint 2 shorter than 1,

subcylindrical, about as long as broad, 3 triangular, about as long

as 2, 4~7 abruptly wider and very strongly transverse, 8 nearly as

long as 5—7 united, sublunate (narrow at the base and arcuately

dilated at the apex within, the concave inner portion pilose), 9 and -

10 subquadrate, 11 ovate. Prothorax broader than long, convex,

somewhat uneven, subparallel-sided, and feebly constricted at the

base. Elytra much wider than the head and prothorax, subparallel,

broadly and obliquely depressed on the disc below the base, and

somewhat tumid near the suture anteriorly. Legs moderately long,

slender, the posterior femora strongly clavate; anterior tibiae and

basal joint of posterior tarsi almost straight; posterior tibiae bowed,

slender.

Length 14 mm.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mts. (Doherty).

One male. The extraordinary structure of the ¢

.antenna is unique, so far as I am aware, amongst the

Xylophilids, though there is a minute New Zealand form

(X. lunager, Ch.) with the seventh antennal joint somewhat

similarly shaped in the same sex.

3. Hylobaenus varicornis, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, robust, shining; piceous, the palpi, legs

(the infuscate posterior femora excepted), and apex of abdomen

testaceous, the basal and apical margins of the prothorax, and

joints 1, 2, and 11 of the antennae, rufous; densely, finely punctate,

thickly clothed with greyish, sericeous pubescence. Head strongly

deflexed; eyes very large, contiguous; antennae stout, moderately

long, joints 1 and 2 much thickened, 3 scarcely longer than 2, 3-10

gradually becoming a little wider and more angular, 11 ovate. Pro-

thorax convex, about as wide as the head (including the eyes),

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 5

broader than long, subparallel-sided. Elytra broader than the

head and prothorax, moderately long, subparallel, obliquely de-

pressed on the disc below the base. Legs long; posterior femora

feebly incrassate; posterior tibiae slightly curved in 3; basal joint

of posterior tarsi strongly arcuate.

Length 2 mm. :

Hab. Stam, Renong [type]; TeNassertm, Tavoy.

Two specimens, assumed to be sexes, the one from Siam

having the posterior tibiae distinctly curved, both taken

by Doherty. It is quite probable that these insects should

be referred to H. (Phytobaenus) indicus, Pic, from Mahé,

Malabar; but as the latter is described as having the

prothorax longer than broad, and the antennae reddish

(a character relied upon by Pic in his comparative remarks

under H. notaticollis, from New Guinea), the identification

is too doubtful to be accepted. The normal antennae,

immaculate elytra, more slender posterior femora, and

arcuate basal joint of the posterior tarsi, readily separate

the present species from H. fracticornis.

NOTOXEUGLENES.

Notoxeuglenes, Pic, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1912, p. 281.

Mr. Bryant has been kind enough to lend me for examina-

tion the type of this genus, NV. impressithorax, Pic, found by

himself in Trinidad, in Feb. 1903. It is certainly a male,

and the broadly rostrate head (which is flattened in front

and produced beyond the labrum) may be peculiar to this

sex. The posterior femora are exceedingly stout, clavate,

arched in front, and armed with a small tooth at about

the middle beneath. The posterior tibiae are short, and

subarcuately dilated externally.

The genus was described in a paper on Anthicidae and

Hylophilidae, and the particular family to which the

insect belonged was not indicated by the author. The

type (3) 1s figured on Plate I, figs. 3, 3a.

EUXYLOPHILUS.

Euxylophilus, Champion, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8)

xvi, p. 215 (Sept. 1915).

6 Mr. G. C. Champion on

1. Euxylophilus principalis. (Plate I, figs. 4, 9; 4a,

hind leg, ¢.)

9. Euaxylophilus principalis, Champ., loc. cit. p. 216.

dg. Antennae with the serrated joints 5-10 less widened and more

strongly serrate than in 9; the short anterior tibiae slightly curved,

unarmed at the tip (asin 2); basal joint of anterior tarsi thickened ;

posterior tibiae armed with a short curved spur at the inner apical

angle; basal joint of posterior tarsi more strongly curved than in 9.

Hab. Cryton (Lewis, in Mus. Brit., 9, type; Thwaites,

in Mus. Oxon., 3).

Since the description of EH. principalis was published,

a $ has been detected in the Oxford Museum, showing that

the type was a 9. It is considerably smaller than the

latter, and has the testaceous markings on the elytra more

extended. The apical armature of the tibiae in the ¢ of

this insect is transferred to the posterior pair, and the

anterior pair are feebly developed, the spur, when

present in the 3, arising from the anterior tibiae in all the

other species of the group known to me. The terminal

dorsal segment of the abdomen is not covered by the

elytra in either sex. The type is figured, also the hind

leg of the g.

XYLOPHILUS, Latr.

Asiatic Species.*

1. Xylophilus podagrieus, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 5, ¢.)

3d. Moderately elongate, rather broad, shining; nigro-piceous or

piceous, the palpi, prothorax, elytral humeri, anterior legs, inter-

mediate and posterior tarsi, and the intermediate femora and tibiae

in part, testaceous, the antennae infuscate, with the joints 9-11

testaceous; the head and prothorax densely, finely, the elytra

more coarsely, punctate; clothed with long, cinereous pubescence.

Head short, narrowly, subangularly extended on each side behind

the eyes, the latter very large, deeply emarginate, and subapproxi-

mate in front; antennae long, moderately stout, joint 1 curved, about

as long as 2 and 3 united, 3 short, 4 about twice as long as 3, 4-10

subcylindrical, gradually decreasing in length, 11 as long as 9 and

10 together, stout, obliquely acuminate. Prothorax rather small,

transversely subquadrate, obliquely narrowed anteriorly, the disc

* Those from China are placed under a separate heading.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 7

without definite impression. Elytra comparatively short, much

broader than the head, narrowing from a little below the base, the

usual depression on the disc almost obsolete. Legs long; anterior

tibiae almost straight on their outer edge, hollowed towards the apex

(and thus appearing sinuous) within; intermediate femora curved ;

intermediate tibiae broadly, triangularly dilated externally ; posterior

femora curved, strongly incrassate, furnished with a broad, pallid,

setose pad along their lower face, and with a long slender tooth at

the inner apical angle; posterior tibiae strongly dilated, sinuous ;

basal joint of posterior tarsi feebly curved.

Length (with head extended) 2}—2}, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. TENASSERIM, Tavoy [type]; Sram, Renong.

Three specimens, captured by Doherty. The ‘peculiar

form of the legs in this species will enable it to be readily

identified, at least in the male sex. The posterior femora

appear to be ciliate as seen from above, the slender straight

tooth at the tip being about as long as the setae.

2. Xylophilus arthriticus, n. sp. (Plate I, figs. 6, 6a, b, 3,

legs.)

§. Moderately elongate, broad, robust, shining; black, the

trochanters and tarsi testaceous; the head and prothorax densely,

the elytra coarsely, punctate; clothed with long, decumbent,

cinereous hairs. Head short, broad, narrowly extended on each

side behind the eyes, the latter large, deeply emarginate, and

separated by about one-third of their width; antennae moderately

stout, joint 2 short, 3 nearly twice as long as 2 (the other joints

missing). Prothorax convex, broader than long, subquadrate,

narrowed in front, unimpressed on the disc. Elytra moderately

long, wider than the head, gradually narrowing from a little below

the base, the dise with a deep oblique depression, the space between

it and the suture appearing tumid. Abdomen clothed with long

hairs, broadly excavate and bare down the middle. Legs long;

anterior and intermediate femora moderately thickened, the pos-

terior pair strongly incrassate and furnished with a broad, pallid,

spongy pubescent pad along their lower face; anterior tibiae (fig. 6)

sinuate, dilated towards the base, mucronate at the tip; inter-

mediate tibiae (fig. 6a) sinuate, broadly foliaceous, deeply, obliquely

emarginate externally; posterior tibiae (fig. 6b) bowed at the base,

and widened and almost straight thence to the apex; tarsi rather

stout, the basal joint of the posterior pair feebly curved.

Length 2%, breadth 1,'5 mm,

8 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mts. (Doherty).

One specimen. This species is related to X. podagricus,

differing from it in the less curved intermediate and

posterior femora, the deeply, obliquely emarginate outer

edge of the still broader intermediate tibiae, the non-

dentate posterior femora, the broadly excavate ventral

surface, etc., of the male. X. oedipus, Pic, from the Island

of Banguey, near Borneo, seems to have similar tibiae in

the same sex, but it differs in various respects from X.

arthriticus. The Japanese X. distortus, Champ. (1890),

figured by Lewis in 1895, also approaches X. arthriticus.

3. Xylophilus pulvinatus, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, rather broad, robust, shining; ferruginous,

the palpi and tarsi (the infuscate basal joint of the intermediate and

posterior pairs excepted) testaceous, the eyes, antennae (the base

and tip excepted), and femora and tibiae in part, nigro-piceous or

piceous; the head and prothorax closely, finely, the elytra more

goarsely, punctate; clothed with rather long, pallid, decumbent

hairs. Head short, moderately broad, very narrowly, subangularly

extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter large, deeply

emarginate, and separated by about half their width; antennae (3)

stout, long, joint 2 short, half the length of 3, 3-10 subcylindrical,

almost equal in length, and gradually becoming slightly wider,

11 ovate, obliquely acuminate, (2) shorter, and with joint 3 less

than twice the length of 2. Prothorax large, convex, transversely

subquadrate, broader in 9, obliquely narrowed in front, un-

impressed. Elytra much wider than the head, comparatively short,

narrowing from the basal third, with a deep, oblique depression on

the disc below the base. Legs long. ©. Anterior tibiae slender,

almost straight, armed with a long, fine spur at the inner apical

angle; intermediate tibiae distinctly sinuate, slightly widened

outward; posterior femora strongly clavate, furnished with a broad

spongy-pubescent pad along their lower face (appearing closely

ciliate as seen from above), the other femora rather slender; pos-

terior tibiae deeply sinuate, moderately broad; basal joint of

posterior tarsi arcuate.

Length 24-24, breadth 1-14} mm. (3 9.)

Hab. Stam, Renong [type, 3]; TeNasserim, Tavoy [9].

Described from two specimens found by Doherty. <A

broken third example (2?) from the Patkai Mts., Assam,

with a much broader head may also belong here. The

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 9

ferruginous, shining, sparsely pilose body, the stout,

infuscate antennae, the partly infuscate legs, and the

sexual peculiarities of the dg, sufficiently distinguish

X. pulvinatus. The pad on the posterior femora is con-

spicuous.

4. Xylophilus eylindricornis, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 7,

anterior leg, 3.)

3. Moderately elongate, broad, robust, shining; nigro-piceous,

the palpi, mouth-parts, tip of antennae, prothorax, base of elytra,

under surface in part, anterior legs, intermediate and posterior

femora at base, and the tarsi of the same legs in part, ferruginous ;

head and prothorax closely, finely, the elytra a little more coarsely,

punctate; clothed with rather long, decumbent, pallid pubescence,

the antennae closely set with short, stiff, bristly hairs. Head short,

broad, narrowly, subangularly extended on each side behind the

eyes, the latter extremely large, feebly emarginate, and separated

by about half their width; antennae long, very stout, joint 2 short,

3 twice as long as 2, 3-10 subcylindrical, subequal in length, 11 large,

about as long as 9 and 10 united, strongly acuminate. Prothorax

convex, transverse, subquadrate, obliquely narrowed anteriorly,

much narrower than the head, unimpressed. Elytra broad, rather

short, parallel at the base, the oblique post-humeral depression deep.

Legs long; posterior femora strongly clavate, the others stout;

anterior tibiae much widened outwards, sinuous within, armed with

a stout curved spur at the apex, and also with a short triangular

tooth just before the tip beneath (fig. 7); tarsi rather stout, first

joint of posterior pair feebly curved, more than half the length of

the tibia.

Length 3, breadth 1} mm.

Hab. Assam VauLuEy (Doherty).

One male. In this insect the antennae are nearly as

stout as in the American X. forticornis and its allies. The

ferruginous prothorax and base of elytra, the black an-

tennae, the strongly clavate posterior femora, and the

peculiarly shaped anterior tibiae (3) are its chief char-

acters. The general coloration is not unlike that of the

cosmopolitan Anthicus floralis.

5. Xylophilus tavoyanus, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 8,

anterior leg, ¢.)

3. Moderately elongate, robust, shining; nigro-piceous, the

palpi, base of elytra, tip of abdomen, anterior legs (the knees

10 Mr. G. C. Champion on

excepted), base of intermediate femora, and intermediate tarsi,

flavo-testaceous; head and prothorax closely, finely, the elytra

more coarsely, punctate; clothed with long, fine, pallid pubescence.

Head very large, short, narrowly, angularly extended on each side

behind the eyes, the latter extremely large, deeply emarginate,

and separated by about half their width; antennae long, moderately

stout, joint 2 much shorter than 3, 3 very gradually decreasing in

length, 10 transverse, 11 stout, longer than 9 and 10 united, strongly

acuminate. Prothorax rather narrow, broader than long, sub-

quadrate, convex, narrowed in front, unimpressed. LElytra a little

wider than the head, comparatively short, subparallel at the base,

the usual oblique depression long and deep (the space near the

suture thus appearing strongly tumid). Legs long [the posterior

pair wanting]; anterior and intermediate femora stout; anterior

tibiae broadly, subangularly at the middle within, and produced

into a curved tooth at the tip (fig. 8), the tarsus inserted a little

before the apex.

Length 23, breadth 3% mm.

Hab. TeENAssSERIM, Tavoy (Doherty).

One male, now wanting the posterior legs, but neverthe-

less easily recognisable by the powerful, subangularly

dilated anterior tibiae, the long, dark antennae, with

elongate, stout, apical joint, the large head and eyes, and

the abruptly flavous base of the elytra. X. tavoyanus is

related to X. pulvinatus; but it 1s much smaller and

narrower, the antennae are more slender, the prothorax is

infuscate, and the anterior tibiae (g) are differently shaped.

6. Xylophilus perakensis, n. sp.

¢g- Oblong, broad, robust, shining; nigro-piceous, the humeri,

the anterior femora, and the anterior tibiae and intermediate femora

in part, ferruginous, the palpi and tarsi testaceous [the hind legs

missing], the antennae black, with the base and tip reddish; densely,

the elytra a little more coarsely, punctate; finely pubescent.

Head short, broad, extended outwards on each side behind the eyes,

the latter large, depressed, deeply emarginate, and separated by

about half their own width; antennae stout, moderately long,

joint 2 short, 3 longer, 3-10 gradually decreasing in length, 3-7

nearly as long as broad, 8-10 transverse, 11 stout, obliquely acumin-

ate. Prothorax rather convex, large, transverse, a little narrower

than the head, subquadrate, narrowed in front, unimpressed.

Elytra considerably wider than the head, oblong, narrowing from a

little below the base, with an oblique intra-humeral depression,

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 11

Legs stout [posterior pair wanting], the femora clavate; anterior

tibiae short, moderately thickened, mucronate at the apex. Penis-

sheath stout, acuminate.

Length 2}, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. PeraK (Doherty).

One specimen. This insect is coloured like X. azillaris,

from Assam, but it is more nearly related to X. tavoyanus,

from Tenasserim, which has the entire base of the elytra

testaceous, the legs and antennae longer and not so

stout, and the anterior tibiae of the 3 strongly dilated at

the middle within. The posterior legs are unfortunately

wanting in the unique types of these two insects; these

legs doubtless have the femora strongly clavate. X.

axillaris, known from a single 9, has shorter and much

more slender limbs, and it is scarcely likely to be the

sexual complement of the Perak insect.

7. Xylophilus axillaris, n. sp.

©. Moderately elongate, broad, robust, shining; nigro-piceous,

the palpi, humeri, anterior legs (the knees excepted), intermediate

femora in part, and the intermediate and posterior tarsi testaceous ;

head and prothorax densely, finely, the elytra more coarsely,

punctate; clothed with rather long, pallid pubescence. Head

broad, short, narrowly, subangularly extended on each side behind

the eyes, the latter large, deeply emarginate, and separated by

about half their width; antennae short, rather stout, joint 2 slightly

shorter than 3, 3-10 very gradually decreasing in length, 3-5 about

as long as broad, 6-10 transverse, 11 short-ovate, acuminate. Pro-

thorax transverse, subquadrate, narrowed in front, convex, obsoletely

canaliculate down the middle behind. Elytra broad, much wider

than the head, rather short, subparallel in their basal half, without

definite depression. Legs rather short, posterior femora a little

thicker than the others, basal joint of posterior tarsi curved.

Length 23, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mts. (Doherty).

One female, in poor condition. Not unlike X. bryant,

Pic, from Ceylon, differing from that species in its larger

size, the stouter, nigro-piceous antennae, the unimpressed

elytra, with the humeri only testaceous, and the less

thickened posterior femora and tibiae. _ X. scapularis,

Fairm. (re-named fairmairei by Pic), from Belgaum, may

be an allied form.

12 Mr. G. C. Champion on

8. Xylophilus melanotus, n. sp.

2. Moderately elongate, broad, robust, shining; nigro-piceous,

the mouth-parts, palpi, the anterior legs in great part, and the

intermediate and posterior legs with the tarsi and the bases of the

femora, testaceous or rufo-testaceous; head and prothorax closely,

finely, the elytra a little more coarsely, punctate; clothed with

long, fine, decumbent, cinereous pubescence. Head short, broad,

narrowly, subangularly extended on each side behind the eyes, the

latter large, deeply emarginate, and separated by about half their

own width; antennae rather short, moderately stout, joint 2 short,

3 a little longer, 3-10 very gradually decreasing in length, 8-10

transverse, 11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax convex, transversely-

subquadrate, obliquely narrowed in front, narrower than the head,

unimpressed. Elytra moderately long, much wider than the head,

subparallel in their basal half, feebly, transversely depressed below

the base. Legs long, the posterior pair with the femora stout,

clavate, the tibiae rather broad, and the basal joint of the tarsi

arcuate.

Length 24, breadth 1,}, mm.

Hab. Assam, Patkai. Mts. (Doherty).

One specimen. This insect approaches X. arthriticus,

from the same locality, the male only of which is known,

but differs from it, apart from the shorter antennae, in

having the anterior legs almost entirely testaceous, the basal

joint of the posterior tarsi strongly curved, and the elytra

less coarsely punctate, without the deep oblique depression

below the base. Compared with the allied X. aaillaris

(2), also from the same locality, it is more elongate, the

legs and antennae are longer, the posterior femora are more

strongly clavate, the posterior tibiae are broader, and the

elytra want the humeral spot.

9. Xylophilus patkainus, n. sp.

3g. Moderately elongate, narrow, robust, shining; piceous, the

head black, the antennae ferruginous at the tip, the palpi and tarsi

testaceous, the anterior femora and tibiae, and the intermediate

femora at the base, rufo-piceous; closely, rather finely punctate,

the punctures very little coarser on the elytra; clothed with

moderately long, greyish pubescence. Head large, broad, narrowly

extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter large, deeply

emarginate, and separated by about half their own width; antennae

stout, short, joint 2 shorter than 3, 3-7 subquadrate, about equal,

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 13

8-10 transverse, 11 stout, longer than 9 and 10 united, obliquely

acuminate. Prothorax convex, narrow, nearly as long as broad,

slightly rounded at the sides, unimpressed. Elytra a little wider

than the head, rather short, gradually narrowing from just below

the base, the oblique intra-humeral depression well-defined. Legs

moderately long; anterior tibiae bowed inwards from about the

middle, subangulate externally; posterior femora a little stouter

than the others; posterior tibiae somewhat dilated, feebly rounded

externally; basal joint of posterior tarsi feebly arcuate.

Length (with head extended) 2, breadth } mm.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mts. (Doherty).

One male. Near X. clavipes, from Tenasserim, but with

the legs and antennae much shorter and darker, the

posterior femora not nearly so stout, the body piceous,

the anterior tibiae bent in the g, etc. The dark body,

short antennae, narrower and more finely punctured

elytra, and less abruptly bent, non-mucronate anterior

tibiae of the g, separate X. patkainus from X. cribricollis

(= mucronatus), Pic, from Ceylon. X. melanotus, from

the same locality, the 2 only of which is known, is a much

larger, broader, and more robust insect, with longer limbs,

a shorter apical joint to the antennae, etc., and it cannot

be the sexual complement of the present species. X.

patkainus is also very like the Brazilian insect here identi-

fied as X. obscuricolor, Pic, which has differently formed

antennae and stouter posterior femora.

10. Xylophilus meranganus, n. sp.

Oblong, robust, convex, shining; ferruginous, the head black,

the palpi, antennae, elytra, and legs (the partially infuscate inter-

mediate and posterior femora and tibiae excepted) testaceous ;

densely, the elytra rather coarsely, punctate; clothed with rather

long, pallid hairs. Head short, broad, narrowly, subangularly

extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter large, deeply

emarginate, and separated by about half their own width; antennae

short, stout, joint 2 short, 3 longer, 3-10 gradually decreasing in

length, 3-6 about as long as broad, 7-10 transverse, 11 acuminate-

ovate. Prothorax large, a little narrower than the head, trans-

versely subquadrate, narrowed in front, unimpressed. Elytra

rather short, convex, wider than the head, somewhat rounded at

the sides, narrowing from the basal third, without definite im-

pression on the disc. Legs comparatively short and stout; posterior

14 Mr. G. C. Champion on

femora clavate, simple; ‘basal joint of posterior tarsi feebly

curved.

Length 2, breadth 1 mm. (2 ?.)

Hab. Sumatra, Merang (Doherty).

One specimen. A robust, convex, somewhat oval insect,

with short, stout limbs, a broad black head, and the pro-

thorax, elytra, antennae, and tarsi ferruginous or tes-

taceous, the prothorax and elytra without depression, the

posterior femora clavate.: This is the only representa-

tive of the genus from Sumatra in the British Museum

collection, and it is apparently different from all the

numerous species described from that island.

11. Xylophilus latericius, n. sp.

Oblong, robust, shining; rufo-testaceous, the eyes black, the

posterior tibiae and the sides of the elytra slightly infuscate ; densely

punctate, the punctures on the elytra very little coarser than those

on the prothorax; clothed with long, fine, pallid hairs. Head

very broad, narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes, the

latter large, deeply emarginate, and separated by a little more than

half their own width; antennae short, moderately stout, joint 3

slightly longer than 2, 3-10 gradually decreasing in length, 7-10

transverse, 11 rather stout, obliquely acuminate. Prothorax large,

strongly transverse, a little narrower than the head, subquadrate,

narrowed in front, obsoletely canaliculate down the middle behind.

Elytra broader than the head, moderately long, subparallel in their

basal third, rounded at the apex, transversely depressed below

the base. Legs rather stout, moderately long; posterior femora

clavate, simple; posterior tibiae widened and compressed; basal

joint of posterior tarsi curved.

Length 22, breadth 1 mm. (3 ?.)

Hab. Siam, Renong (Doherty).

One specimen, apparently a male. Near X. ceylonicus,

from Kandy, Ceylon, and X. lentus and X. matangensis,

from Borneo, all of which have the anterior tibiae more or

less bent and mucronate in g. Larger and broader than the

first-named, the antennae shorter and not so stout, the

elytra more finely punctate. More elongate and broader

than X. lentus, 3, the legs and antennae not quite so stout,

the prothorax broader, etc. Much larger and broader

than X. matangensis, the antennae shorter and stouter,

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 15

the elytral punctuation not nearly so coarse. X. erythro-

derus, from Borneo, X. acuminatus, from Penang, and

X. meranganus, from Sumatra, again, are allied forms,

but they have the head black and differ in other respects.

12. Xylophilus clavipes, n. sp.

3. Oblong, robust, shining; testaceous, the head, prothorax,

and under surface reddish, the eyes black, the posterior femora and

tibiae in great part piceous, the intermediate femora infuscate near

the tip; head and prothorax closely, finely, the elytra more coarsely

and diffusely, punctate; finely pubescent. Head short, broad,

narrowly, subangularly extended on each side behind the eyes, the

latter very large, deeply emarginate, and separated by less than half

their own width; antennae rather stout, long, joint 2 much shorter

than 3, 3-10 subcylindrical, about equal in length, 11 nearly as long

as 9 and 10 united, acuminate-ovate. Prothorax rather convex,

narrow, broader than long, quadrate, but little narrowed in front,

unimpressed. Elytra comparatively short, a little wider than the

head, narrowing from just below the base, broadly, obliquely de-

pressed on the dise anteriorly, appearing subcostate from the humeri

downward. Legs stout, moderately long; anterior tibiae feebly

sinuate within, mucronate at the inner apical angle; posterior

femora very stout, strongly clavate; posterior tibiae widening from

alittle below the base; basal joint of posterior tarsi feebly curved,

stouter than the following joints.

Length 2, breadth # mm.

Hab. TENASSERIM, Tavoy (Doherty).

One male. More elongate than X. ceylonicus, Pic, 3,

the antennae much longer, with joints 3-10 oblongo-

cylindric, the anterior tibiae more slender and without a

long bent hook at the apex beneath, the prothorax less

transverse. The legs longer and stouter, the posterior

femora strongly clavate.

13. Xylophilus trinotatus, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 9, 9.)

9. Short, broad, shining; piceous, the antennae, palpi, legs,

prothorax, a large humeral spot on the elytra, and the apex of the

latter broadly, testaceous; densely, finely, the elytra more coarsely,

punctate; clothed with long, pallid pubescence. Head _ short,

broad, narrowly, subangularly extended on each side behind the

eyes, the latter large, deeply emarginate, and separated by about

half their own width; antennae short, rather slender, joint 2 much

16 Mr. G. C. Champion on

shorter than 3, 3-10 subcylindrical, gradually decreasing in length,

10 transverse, 11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax strongly transverse,

convex, very little narrower than the head, unimpressed. Elytra

short, much broader than the head, somewhat rounded at the sides,

rather convex, the post-basal depression wanting. Legs compara-

tively short, the posterior femora a little stouter than the others.

Length 2;',, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. TENASSERIM, Tavoy (Doherty).

One female, at first provisionally placed by me under

X. podagricus, the male only of which is known; but the

differences are much too great for these insects to be the

sexual complements of the same species. X. trinotatus is

not unlike the Palaearctic X. neglectus, Duval, except that

it is larger and more robust, etc.

14. Xylophilus flavofasciatus, n. sp.

3g. Oblong, rather convex, shining ; piceous, the head (the eyes

excepted) and prothorax ferruginous, the antennae and palpi, the

elytra with a rather broad basal fascia and an indeterminate oval

spot near the suture beyond the middle, and the legs (the posterior

femora in part excepted), testaceous; densely, finely, the elytra

rather coarsely, punctate, finely pubescent. Head convex, short,

moderately broad, the eyes depressed, deeply emarginate, not

reaching the base; antennae rather stout, subfiliform, joint 2 short,

3 and 4 a little longer, equal, 5-10 slightly shorter and wider, 10

transverse, 11 stout, as long as 9 and 10 united, acuminate-ovate.

Prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides, rather convex, unim-

pressed. Elytra short, much wider than the head, somewhat

rounded at the sides, the post-basal depression wanting. Legs

comparatively short, rather stout; anterior tibiae armed with a

minute triangular tooth on the inner edge about the middle ; posterior

femora stout, clavate, simple; posterior tibiae curved, rather broad;

basal joint of posterior tarsi feebly curved.

Length 13, breadth } mm.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mts. (Doherty).

One male, somewhat crushed. Smaller than X. ceylonicus

and X. ngronotatus, Pic, and X. clavipes, Ch.; the elytra

less parallel, piceous, and testaceo-maculate; the eyes

rather small and depressed; the male with the anterior

tibiae armed with a minute tooth at the middle, the

posterior femora simply clavate, and the posterior tibiae

curved.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 17

15. Xylophilus ephippiatus, n. sp.

6- Short, shining; testaceous, the head black, the elytra with a

transverse mark at the base near the scutellum and a common

interrupted median fascia (formed by a triangular patch at the

sides and a broader subtriangular patch across the suture) piceous,

the posterior femora and tibiae slightly infuscate; head and pro-

thorax closely, finely, the elytra a little more coarsely, punctate ;

finely pubescent. Head short, broad, very narrowly extended on

each side behind the eyes, the latter large, deeply emarginate, and

narrowly separated; antennae rather slender, joint 2 short, half

the length of 3, 3 and 4 about equal, cylindrical [5-11 broken off].

Prothorax transversely subquadrate, obliquely narrowed in front,

narrower than the head, with a faint, shallow, arcuate depression

before the base. Elytra a little wider than the head, gradually

narrowing from near the base, with a shallow, oblique, post-basal

depression. Legs rather short; anterior tibiae slightly widened,

simply arcuate, the intermediate pair feebly curved ; posterior femora

stout, with a slender, sharp tooth near the tip, and furnished with

a narrow, setulose pad along their lower face.

Length (with head extended) 13, breadth # mm.

Hab. TENASSERIM, Tavoy (Doherty). .

One male. Smaller and narrower than X. diversiceps,

Pic, from Ceylon (the female only of which is known);

the elytra less coarsely punctate, the dark basal markings

not extending down the suture, and the common median

fascia divided into two triangular patches on each elytron ;

the posterior femora very much stouter. Unless these

insects were obtained at the same locality, it would be

unsafe to treat them as the sexual complements of one

species.

16. Xylophilus rufinus.

Xylophilus rufinus, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xl, p. 45

(1896) (part.).

§. Oblong, shining; rufo-testaceous, the eyes black, the posterior

femora slightly infuscate ; the entire upper surface densely punctate,

the punctures on the elytra rather coarse; finely pubescent. Head

short, broad, the eyes small, not reaching the base, feebly emarginate ;

antennae subfiliform, moderately long, rather stout, joints 2 and 3

about equal, 4 longer than 3, 4-10 very gradually decreasing in

length, 11 rather stout, acuminate-ovate. Prothorax not quite so

wide as the head, short, transversely quadrate, abruptly, obliquely

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTI. (AUG.) C

18 Mr. G. C. Champion on

narrowed infront. Elytra considerably wider than the head, oblong,

without definite depression. Legs slender, moderately long; an-

terior tibiae curved, armed with a minute triangular tooth at about

one-third from the apex, and mucronate at the inner apical angle;

posterior femora clavate, stout; posterior tibiae straight; basal joint

of posterior tarsi very slender, almost straight.

Length 12, breadth 3 mm.

Hab. Inv1a, Belgaum (Andrewes).

Fairmaire appears to have confused three species under

this name. Two co-types, 3 9, lent me by Mr. Andrewes,

cannot possibly be conspecific, and the 3 mentioned by

the author, and retained by him, with a dark head, larger

and more approximate eyes, and stouter antennae, is

clearly a third species. The general description, especially

as regards the rather stout antennae, the densely punctured

prothorax and elytra, and the infuscate posterior femora,

applies to the male before me, which can be taken as

typical X. rufinus. An allied form, X. chinensis, Ch. (infra),

occurs in China.

17. Xylophilus denticollis, n. sp.

Xylophilus rufinus, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xl, p. 45

(1896) (part.).

Oblong, moderately shining ; testaceous, the eyes black; sparsely,

minutely, the elytra more closely and distinctly, punctate; finely

pubescent. Head short, not very broad, very narrowly extended

on each side behind the eyes, the latter moderately large, distant,

entire; antennae rather short, joints 1 and 2 stout, 3 and 4 slender,

equal, 3 longer than 2, 5-10 rapidly becoming shorter and wider,

9 and 10 transverse, 11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax as wide as

the head, strongly transverse, trapezoidal, abruptly, obliquely

narrowed anteriorly, the anterior angles tumid and subdentiform,

the dise with two shallow oblique foveae before the base. Elytra

broad, nearly twice as wide as the prothorax, oblong, narrowing

from about the basal third, the oblique post-basal depression rather

deep, the humeri somewhat prominent. Legs slender, rather long,

the posterior femora moderately incrassate, clavate, the tibiae

narrow; basal joint of posterior tarsi very slender, long, almost

straight.

Length 2, breadth 1 mm. (2?.)

Hab. Inpia, Belgaum (Andrewes).

One specimen. This species has the head and prothorax

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 1g

equal in width; the prothorax short and trapezoidal, with

the anterior angles subdentiform and the dise compara-

tively smooth; the elytra broad; the third and fourth joints

of the antennae slender; and the body wholly testaceous,

the eyes excepted. The antennae are very different from

those of X. rufinus, being more like those of X. orientalis,

Ch.* The puncturing of the surface also is very much finer

and more scattered than in X. rufinus, and the eyes are

larger and entire.

18. Xylophilus nilgiriensis, n. sp. (Plate I, figs. 10, 3;

10a, anterior leg.)

3. Short, depressed, opaque ; rufo-testaceous or testaceous, the ely-

tra slightly infuscate along the suture from a little below the base to

near the tip, the eyes black; head and prothorax minutely, the elytra

more distinctly, punctate ; very finely sericeo-pubescent. Head short,

broad, very narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes, the

latter large, unemarginate, distant ; antennae short, not very slender,

joints 2 and 4 rather stout, subequal, 3 narrower and scarcely

longer, 4-10 gradually becoming shorter, 8-10 transverse, 11 ovate.

Prothorax transverse, trapezoidal, the anterior angles somewhat

dentiform, the dise shallowly, obliquely bi-impressed before the

base. Elytra wider than the head, narrowing from about the basal

third, the post-basal depression oblique and rather broad. Legs

very slender, long; anterior tibiae slightly curved; anterior tarsi

with the basal joint much thickened, as broad as the tibiae (fig. 10a) ;

posterior femora incrassate, much stouter than the others.

Length 14, breadth 3 mm. ’

Hab. Inpta, Nilgiri Hills (7. L. Andrewes).

Three males. A minute, delicate, pallid form, with

finely punctate surface, unemarginate, widely separated

eyes, long, slender legs, incrassate posterior femora, and a

greatly thickened basal joint to the anterior tarsi in dy,

much asinmany Macratriae. The infuscation of the suture

may be due to discoloration. This species bears some

relationship to X. scutatus, Ch., from Borneo,+ which is

a much broader insect, with stouter posterior femora, a

larger head, non-unicolorous antennae, etc.

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi, p. 223.

t Ent. Mo. Mag. li, p. 284.

20 Mr. G. C. Champion on

19. Xylophilus brunneomaculatus.

Hylophilus brunneomaculatus, Pic, L’Echange, xxi, p. 182

(1907).

Moderately elongate, broad, attenuate posteriorly, shining;

testaceous, the head in part or almost entirely piceous, the eyes

black, the elytra with a large, brownish, indeterminate patch on

the disc before the middle; head almost smooth, prothorax and

elytra densely punctate, the punctures on the prothorax very fine,

those on the elytra moderately coarse; finely pubescent. Head

small, transverse, broadly, subangularly extended on each side

behind the eyes, the latter small and feebly emarginate; antennae

moderately long, very slender, thickened towards the apex, joint

2 about as long as 4, 3 and 5 more elongate, 5-10 becoming gradually

wider, 10 about as broad as long, 11 longer and stouter, arcuato-

acuminate. Prothorax nearly as wide as the head, transversely

quadrate, the sides constricted behind the middle, tumid in front

of this, and abruptly convergent in front, the disc with two deep

oblique foveae before the base. Elytra rather long, somewhat

inflated, more than twice the width of the prothorax, rapidly narrowed

posteriorly, transversely depressed below the base. Legs slender,

rather long; posterior femora thickened towards the tip.

Length 23-23, breadth 14-14 mm. (2?.)

Hab. Inpta, Kasauli, Himalayas (H. J. W. Barrow, 21.

vi. 705), Simla (vi. 1912, on Mus decumanus), Murree

[type].

Two specimens from Kasauli and Simla respectively are

perhaps referable to X. brunneomaculatus, Pic, the type

of which was from Murree. There is, however, some

doubt about the identification, and a description is given

from the examples in the British Museum: the Murree

insect is said to have the elytra more coarsely punctate

at the base than at the apex, the prothorax longer than

broad, and the abdomen black. X. rostz, Pic (1909), from

Kulu, may also be an allied form, but it is described as

having the prothorax “ presque carré.”

20. Xylophilus linearis, n. sp.

Elongate, narrow, shining ; fuscous, the humeri and palpi testace-

ous, the antennae piceous with the tip ferruginous, the legs obscure

testaceous; densely, minutely, the elytra a little more coarsely,

punctate; closely, finely pubescent. Head short, convex, moder-

ately broad, the eyes small, distant, feebly emarginate, not reaching

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 21

the base; antennae slender, widening outwards, joint 2 short, 3

longer and narrower, 4-10 gradually becoming shorter and wider,

9 and 10 transverse, 11 ovate, obliquely acuminate. Prothorax

narrower than the head, broader than long, quadrate, the anterior

angles dilated into a prominent obtuse tooth, the sides abruptly

and obliquely convergent thence to the apex, the disc with a deep,

transverse, arcuate impression before the base and a shallow trans-

verse groove in front of this. Elytra long, much wider than the

head, subparallel in their basal half, the post-basal depression

oblique and deep. Legs very slender [intermediate and posterior

pairs wanting}.

Length 2, breadth 4 mm.

Hab. Burma, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

One specimen, in a sufficiently good state of preservation

for naming. The laterally dentate, uneven, subquadrate

prothorax, the small eyes, and the long, subparallel elytra

are characteristic. Two species of the genus (robustior

and nigricolor, Pic) have been described from Burma, but

they must be different from the present insect.

21. Xylophilus barbicornis, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 11,

antenna, 3.)

6. Elongate, narrow, depressed, dull (till denuded); obscure testa-

ceous, the long apical joint of the antennae to near the tip, anda

common, broad, post-median fascia on the elytra, fuscous, the eyes

black, the tarsi flavous; the head and prothorax densely, finely, the

elytra coarsely, punctate ; finely pubescent. Head transverse, rather

convex, narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter

moderately large, separated by about their own width, and very

feebly emarginate in front; antennae (fig. 11) moderately long,

joints 1 and 2 much thickened, 2 short, 3-6 gradually decreasing

in length, 3 obconic, narrower and much longer than 2, 7-10 a

little wider and strongly transverse, 11 stout, greatly elongated,

as long as 3-10 united, subcylindrical, acuminate at the tip, becom-

ing thicker towards the base and apex, and closely set with stiff

dark setae. Prothorax nearly as long as broad, narrow, with the

sides constricted behind the middle, somewhat tumid in front of

this, and obliquely convergent in front, the dise almost unim-

pressed. Elytra long, wider than the head, parallel in their basal

half, with a broad, oblique, deep post-basal depression. Legs long ;

anterior tibiae armed, with a triangular tooth beyond the middle ;

anterior tarsi with the basal joint thickened; posterior femora a

little thicker than the others, furnished with a narrow, densely

22 Mr. G. C. Champion on

ciliate pad along their lower face; basal joint of posterior tarsi

elongate, very slender, almost straight.

Length 2}, breadth # mm.

Hab. Invta, Nilgiri Hills (HW. L. Andrewes).

One male. This remarkable insect, which might easily

be mistaken for an Anthicid till the tarsal structure was

examined, has the apical joint of the antennae stout and

greatly elongated as in many Lagrids, this joint being

probably normal in the female. It is a narrow, elongate,

depressed, pallid form, with a broad, faint, darker post-

median fascia on the elytra. The very long, curved,

acuminate, penis-sheath is extruded in the type. X.

claviger, Ch. (infra), from Siam, is a somewhat similar

insect.

22. Xylophilus glaucus, n. sp.

3. Moderately elongate, depressed, opaque (till denuded); nigro-

piceous, the head rufo-piceous, the mouth-parts, palpi, joints 1-3

and 11 of the antennae, the prothorax, a small humeral spot on

the elytra, the anterior and intermediate legs (the slightly infuscate

outer halves of the intermediate femora and tibiae excepted), and

the posterior tarsi, rufous or testaceous; densely, finely, the elytra

a little more coarsely, punctate ; the upper surface uniformly clothed

with fine, sericeous, grey pubescence. Head short, moderately

broad, extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter not very

large, feebly emarginate, and separated by about their own width;

antennae slender, comparatively short, joint 3 nearly twice as long

as 2, 3-10 gradually decreasing in length, 4-10 subtriangular, 11

stout, acuminate-ovate. Prothorax transverse, scarcely narrower

than the head, subtrapezoidal, abruptly, obliquely narrowed in

front, the anterior angles somewhat dentiform, the disc arcuately

impressed before the base. Elytra moderately long, subparallel,

flattened, wider than the head, with a shallow, oblique, post-basal

depression. Legs rather long, slender; posterior femora moderately

incrassate, with a long, narrow, flavous, densely ciliate pad towards

the apex beneath; basal joint of posterior tarsi feebly curved,

barely half the length of the tibia.

Length 2,',, breadth mm.

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

One male. Less elongate and more depressed than

X. malaccanus, Pic; the head smaller and darker; the

antennae short; the prothorax scarcely sinuate at the

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 23

sides, the dorsal depressions shallow, the anterior one

faintly indicated; the g-characters wholly different. The

colour of the elytra is considerably modified by the close,

fine, grey pubescence. The narrow, ciliate, flavous pad

on the posterior femora (which is wholly wanting in the

same sex of X. malaccanus) extends for about one-third

their length.

23. Xylophilus malaccanus.

? Hylophilus malaccanus, Pic, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1911,

p- 108.

g. Elongate, subparallel, shining (when denuded); nigro-piceous,

the head, prothorax, a large humeral spot on the elytra, and the

femora and tibiae (the posterior pair in part excepted), rufous or

rufo-testaceous, the palpi and tarsi testaceous, the antennae rufo-

piceous, with joints 1, 2, and 11 testaceous; closely, finely, the

elytra more coarsely, punctate; clothed with fine, grey, sericeous

pubescence. Head short, broad, convex, considerably developed on

each side behind the eyes, the latter moderately large, feebly emargi-

nate, and separated by a little less than their own width; antennae

long, rather slender, joint 2 short, 3 much longer, 3-10 subequal

in length, subtriangular, 11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax much

narrower than the head, subquadrate, abruptly, obliquely narrowed

in front, strongly constricted on each side behind the tumid anterior

angles, the disc with a deep, transverse, arcuate fovea near the

base and a transverse groove in front of it, the latter extending out-

ward to the lateral constriction. Elytra long, subparallel, wider

than the prothorax, somewhat convex, the post-basal depression

deep. Legs long, not very slender ; anterior tibiae thickened, feebly

sinuate, slightly curved ; basal joint of anterior tarsi elongated, stout ;

intermediate tibiae sinuate, somewhat curved; posterior femora

moderately incrassate, distinctly curved, simple; posterior tibiae

dilated in their outer half within; basal joint of posterior tarsi

long, a little curved, more than half the length of the tibia.

Length 23, breadth + mm. .

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

The male described seems to be a variety of X. malac-

canus, Pic (the type of which was found by Doherty at

the same locality), with a ferruginous humeral patch. To

judge from the description, the sinuate sides of the pro-

thorax and the strong transverse depression on the anterior

portion of the latter agree better with the present insect

than with X. glaucus, which is from the same source,

24 Mr. G. C. Champion on

The antennae are simply said to be “assez gréles,” a

definition fitting either insect. The type may be a female.

X. nilgiriensis has a similar front foot in ¢.

24. Xylophilus elaviger, n.sp. (Plate I, fig. 12, antenna, 3.)

3. Elongate, narrow, depressed, shining; obscure testaceous, the

eyes black, the elytra gradually becoming infuscate towards the

sides from a little below the base; densely, finely, the elytra more

coarsely, punctate; finely pubescent. Head convex, broad, short,

very narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter

large, feebly emarginate, subapproximate in front; antennae (fig. 12)

rather short, not very slender, joints 2 and 4 short, subequal in

length, 3 longer, 4-10 gradually decreasing in length, 8-10 trans-

verse, 11 produced into a long, acuminate club, about as long as

6-10 united. Prothorax rather small, transverse, subquadrate,

constricted behind the rather prominent anterior angles, the dise

arcuately impressed near the base and transversely grooved in

front of this, the groove extending outwards to the lateral con-

striction. Elytra a little wider than the head, moderately elongate,

subparallel, transversely depressed below the base. Legs long,

rather slender ; anterior tibiae armed with a small tooth towards the

apex within; anterior tarsi with the basal joint slightly thickened ;

posterior femora moderately incrassate, furnished with a narrow,

flavous, densely ciliate pad beneath which extends nearly the whole

length of the femur; basal joint of posterior tarsi slender, about

half the length of the tibia. .

Length 2, breadth ? mm.

Hab. Stam, Renong (Doherty).

One male. Near X. glaucus, Ch., 3, from Perak, obscure

testaceous in colour, the prothorax shaped as in X. malac-

canus, Pic, the eyes large and subapproximate in front,

the antennae with a very elongate apical joint, the anterior

tibiae toothed, the ciliate pad on the posterior femora

extending for nearly their whole length. X. barbicornis,

Ch., from the Nilgiri Hills, is an allied form with a still

longer, but much stouter apical joint to the antennae in

go; but in the Indian insect the eyes are much smaller,

the elytra are longer and coarsely punctate, and the pro-

thoracic depressions are shallow.

25. Xylophilus penicillatus, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 13, 3.)

3g. Elongate, depressed, shining; nigro-piceous, the elytra ‘with

the humeral callus and an indistinct spot on the dise before the

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 25

apex rufescent, the palpi, tarsi, and anterior coxae testaceous, the

antennae piceous, with the apical joint reddish; head and prothorax

densely, finely, the elytra more coarsely, punctate ; finely pubescent,

the minute hairs on the elytral spots flavescent. Head compara-

tively small, considerably developed on each side behind the eyes,

the latter moderately large, emarginate, and separated by about

their own width; antennae rather slender, joint 2 short, 3 longer

and narrower than 2, 4-10 subserrate, longer than broad, subequal,

4 larger than 3, 11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax slightly broader

than long, narrow, quadrate, obliquely narrowed in front, trans-

versely grooved before the middle, and with an arcuate excavation

before the base. Elytra elongate, slightly narrowed anteriorly, at

the middle about twice as wide as the prothorax, transversely

depressed below the base. Legs [anterior pair missing] long, the

tarsi slender; intermediate femora much widened towards the apex

beneath (appearing sinuous as seen from behind); posterior femora

moderately incrassate, and furnished with a dense, compressed

brush of fulvous hairs beneath, the brush extending from about

the basal third to near the tip; posterior tibiae slightly dilated on

the inner side beyond the middle, appearing sinuous within; basal

joint of posterior tarsi feebly curved.

Length 3, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. Invia, Manipur (Doherty).

One male, in bad condition and wanting the anterior

legs, but with such a remarkable brush to the posterior

femur that there can be no difficulty in identifying the

species. X. penicillatus is not unlike X. planipennis,

Motsch., 3, from Ceylon,* but it has a much narrower head

and prothorax, and differently formed legs.

26. Xylophilus rufonotatus, n. sp.

Q. Elongate-oval, robust, opaque (till denuded); nigro-piceous,

the mouth-parts, the antennae with joints 1, 2, and 11, and the

elytra with an elongate-triangular patch on the outer part of the

dise below the base (extending forward to the humeri) and a large,

indeterminate, oblong space towards the apex (visible only in certain

lights), rufous or obscure ferruginous, the palpi, knees, and tarsi

testaceous; the entire upper surface densely, minutely punctate,

thickly clothed with very fine ashy pubescence, the elytra with a

common, broad, brown median fascia. Head short, the eyes con-

vex, very large, occupying the whole of the sides of the head, emargi-

nate, well separated ; antennae moderately long, very stout, becoming

* Cf Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, (8) xvi, p. 217.

26 Mr. G. C. Champion on

more slender towards the base, joint 2 short, 3 and 4 a little longer,

5 subtriangular, 6-10 broad, strongly transverse, 11 acuminate-

ovate. Prothorax slightly broader than long, rather narrow, the

sides arcuately converging anteriorly, the disc with an arcuate

depression before the base. Elytra moderately long, much wider

than the head, somewhat rounded at the sides, strongly, trans-

versely depressed below the base. Legs moderately long; posterior

femora feebly clavate; basal joint of posterior tarsi curved.

Length 24, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. Prax (Doherty). °

One specimen, in good condition. A robust, elongate-

oval, nigro-piceous insect, with very stout, outwardly

widened antennae, joints 6-10 of which are strongly

transverse; the elytra rufo-maculate on the outer part of

the dise anteriorly, and also variegated with cinereous

and brown pubescence; the entire upper surface densely,

minutely punctate; the knees and tarsi testaceous. In

certain lights the cinereous pubescence on the elytra

appears to be condensed into a triangular patch in the

post-basal depression. An isolated form.

27. Xylophilus fureatimanus, n. sp. (Plate I, figs. 14, 9;

14a, anterior tibia and tarsus.)

3. Moderately elongate, opaque (till denuded); piceous, the

antennae, palpi, legs, and apex of abdomen, and the elytra with

an oblique, elongate humeral patch and a smaller patch on the disc

at about one-third from the apex, testaceous; the upper surface

very finely punctate and clothed with fine pruinose pubescence.

Head broad, short, with a flattened, slightly concave, triangular ~

prominence in the middle at the base (conspicuous when seen in pro-

file), the eyes large, occupying the whole of the sides, distant, feebly

emarginate; antennae long, joint 2 short, 3 nearly twice as long as

2, 4 a little shorter than 3 or 5, 5-10 subequal in length, subserrate,

11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax transverse, large, convex, rounded-

subquadrate, with a deep, transverse, bifoveate impression before

the base. Elytra moderately long, somewhat rounded at the sides,

at the base not much wider than the head, the disc obliquely de-

pressed anteriorly. Legs moderately long, comparatively stout;

anterior tibiae dilated outwards into a very broad, obliquely bi-

furcate, subtriangular plate, the tarsus inserted beneath the apical

portion of the plate (fig. 14a); posterior femora a little stouter than

the others; posterior tibiae rather broad; basal joint of posterior

tarsi somewhat curved.

Length 24, breadth ,° mm.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 27

Hab. Tenassertm™, Tavoy (Doherty).

One male. The extraordinary form of the anterior tibiae

of this insect is unique, I believe, amongst the known

Xylophilids. The basal impression of the prothorax is

unusually deep, and bifoveate within. The dull, finely

punctured surface, the quadrimaculate elytra, and the

pruinose vestiture distinguish the present species from the

allied Indian forms known to me. The head is shaped as

in X. rufonotatus.

28. Xylophilus andamanensis, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 15, 3.)

Moderately elongate, shining (when denuded); testaceous or

rufo-testaceous, the eyes black, the elytra with a common, broad,

angulate fascia at about one-third from the base and a narrower

one beyond the middle, the anterior one extending forwards along

the suture and outer margin, piceous or nigro-piceous, the posterior

femora infuscate in one example ; head and prothorax closely, finely,

the elytra more coarsely, punctured ; clothed with very fine sericeous

pubescence. Head short, broad; eyes very large, feebly emarginate,

occupying almost the whole of the sides of the head, and separated

by about half their own width; antennae slender, moderately

long, similar in the two sexes, joints 2 and 3 short, equal, 4

twice as long as 3, 4-10 obconic, subequal in length, 11 much

stouter than 10, acuminate-ovate. Prothorax transverse, rather

narrow, rounded at the sides anteriorly, the disc with a shallow

transverse depression before the base. Elytra long, subparallel in

their basal half, a little wider than the head, somewhat convex,

flattened towards the base, without definite depression. Legs long,

slender, the posterior femora a little stouter than the others, the

basal joint of the posterior tarsi distinctly curved; anterior tibiae

of g curved towards the apex, and feebly mucronate at the inner

apical angle.

Length 2}-23, breadth 1 mm. (¢ 9.)

Hab. ANDAMAN IsLanps (Capt. Wimberley).

One pair, found placed amongst the Anthicids in the

Fry collection. Recognisable by its elongate shape, the

angulato-bifasciate elytra, the rather slender, pallid an-

tennae, with short second and third joints, the large eyes,

the moderately thickened posterior femora, and the feebly

curved anterior tibiae of the male. The female is larger

than the male.

28 Mr. G. C. Champion on

29. Xylophilus eurtus, n. sp.

Short, shining (when denuded); brown, the head piceous, the

antennae obscure testaceous, the palpi and legs testaceous ; densely,

finely punctate, finely pubescent. Head short, broad, the post-

ocular portion extremely narrow; eyes large, occupying nearly the

whole of the sides of the head, feebly emarginate, moderately dis-

tant; antennae extremely short, rather stout, widening a little

outwards, joints 2 and 3 subequal in length, 4-10 transverse and

gradually becoming wider, 11 stout, short-ovate. Prothorax trans-

verse, not so wide as the head, obliquely narrowed in front, with a

sinuous, transverse groove before the base. Elytra short, a little

wider than the head, subparallel at the base, feebly transversely

depressed below the base. Legs short, slender [posterior pair

wanting].

Length 13, breadth 3mm. (.)

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mts. (Doherty).

One specimen, somewhat crushed. A minute brown

insect, with the antennae and legs paler and the head

piceous, the antennae extremely short and comparatively

stout, the eyes large, the elytra short and densely punctate.

An isolated form.

30. Xylophilus holosericeus, n. sp.

Elongate-oval, robust, shining (when denuded) ; fusco-ferruginous,

the head piceous, the legs ferruginous; densely, finely, the elytra

more coarsely and diffusely, subuniformly punctate; clothed with a

fine, greyish, sericeous pubescence. Head short, moderately broad,

arcuately gibbose at the base (as seen from behind), very narrowly

extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter large, deeply

emarginate, and separated by rather more than half their own

width; antennae moderately stout, joint 2 short, 3 nearly twice as

long as 2, 3-8 subequal, 9 and 10 a little shorter and wider, 11 ovate,

obliquely acuminate. Prothorax narrower than the head, slightly

broader than long, rounded-subquadrate, moderately convex, unim-

pressed. Elytra long, much wider than the head, gradually widened

to the middle and narrowed thence to the apex, the oblique intra-

humeral depression moderately deep. Legs long; posterior femora

very little thicker than the others, feebly, subangularly dilated at

a little beyond the middle beneath.

Length (with head deflexed) 3, breadth 14 mm. (2 ?.)

Hab. InpiaA, Kangra Valley, Punjab, alt. 4500 ft.

(Dudgeon).

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 29

One specimen, found in June 1899. Very like X.

armipes, Fairm., 9, from Belgaum; but with the head

arcuately swollen in the middle at the base, the antennae

not so stout, the prothoracic angles more obtuse, the

elytra a little wider at the middle and closely, conspicu-

ously punctate throughout, the punctures (as in X. troglo-

dytes from Selangor) very little coarser at the base. X.

dentatifemur, Pic, from Ceylon, the g only of which is

known, is not unlike X. holosericeus; but the latter is a

much larger insect, with longer legs, broader elytra, ete.

31. Xylophilus sellatus, n. sp. (Plate II, figs. 16, 16a, 3.)

3. Moderately elongate, rather narrow, dull (till denuded);

ferruginous, the head, a very broad, common, post-median fascia

on the elytra (narrowing outwards and not quite reaching the

margin), and the posterior femora (except at the base) black, the

posterior tibiae slightly infuscate; above closely, minutely, the

elytra more sparsely, punctate; clothed with very fine, greyish,

sericeous pubescence. Head large, arcuate at the base above

(fig. 16a); eyes extremely large, occupying almost the whole of the

sides of the head, feebly emarginate, distant; antennae setulose,

long, slender, joint 2 short, 3 twice as long as 2, 3-10 gradually

decreasing in length, obconic, 10 about as broad as long, 11 ovate,

obliquely acuminate. Prothorax convex, narrow, oblongo-sub-

quadrate, the sides slightly constricted at the middle. Elytra

moderately long, a little wider than the head, parallel in their basal

third, with a rather deep, post-basal depression. Legs long, slender ;

anterior tibiae feebly curved, sharply toothed at the inner apical

angle above (the apex appearing bidentate as seen from in front);

anterior tarsi with joint 1 elongate, stout; intermediate femora

angulato-lamellate at the apex beneath; posterior femora a little

stouter than the others, distinctly clavate; posterior tarsi very

slender, the basal joint almost straight.

Length 2, breadth # mm.

Hab. Inota, Nilgiri Hills (H. L. Andrewes).

One male, in very good condition. Near X. palliditarsis,

Pic, from Ceylon; but differently coloured, the antennae

less elongate, the basal joint of the anterior tarsi much

thickened and the anterior tibiae sharply toothed at the

tip above in 3, the head not binodose at the base and

the intermediate femora simply angulato-lamellate at the

apex in this sex. A figure of the head of X. palliditarsis,

3, is shown for comparison (Plate I, fig. 17).

30 Mr. G. C. Champion on

32. Xylophilus troglodytes, n. sp.. (Plate II, fig. 18, ¢.)

Elongate, rather convex, dull; nigro-piceous, the outer joints of

the antennae and the basal portions of the femora ferruginous, the

palpi and tarsi testaceous ; closely, minutely, the elytra more sparsely

and distinctly, punctate, the interspaces alutaceous throughout;

clothed with very fine, sericeous, greyish pubescence, the upper

surface appearing plumbeo-pruinose. Head moderately large, a

little smaller in 9, narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes,

the latter very large in 3, smaller in 2, deeply emarginate, occupying

nearly the whole of the sides of the head; antennae (3) pilose,

slender, filiform, extremely elongate, longer than the body, joint

2 short, 3 twice as long as 2, 4-10 nearly equal, 4 longer than 3, 11

strongly, obliquely acuminate, (2) a little shorter and more slender ;

apical joint of maxillary palpi extremely broad, that of the labial

palpi stout, securiform. Prothorax convex, about as long as broad, -

the sides obliquely convergent anteriorly and parallel thence to the

base. Elytra elongate, subparallel in their basal half, in 9 nearly twice

as wide as the head and somewhat inflated, in 3 a little narrower,

flatter, and with a rather deep, transverse, post-basal depression.

Beneath cinereo-pubescent, densely, minutely punctulate, with some

scattered fine punctures intermixed; ventral segment 5 broadly

depressed down the middle in g. Legs very elongate, slender;

posterior femora subangularly dilated at about the apical third

beneath, stouter in ¢ than in 9; basal joint of posterior tarsi almost

straight, very elongate in ¢.

Length 24-3, breadth 1 mm. (3 9.)

Hab. Matay PENINSULA, Batu Cave, Selangor (H. N.

Ridley).

Three specimens, received by the British Museum in

1897, two in good condition and assumed to be ¢ and Q,

the third fragmentary and apparently ¢. They are

labelled as having been found in total darkness, in the

Batu Cave, a strange habitat for a Xylophilid and possibly

accidental. This species is allied to the Indian X. armapes

and X. plumbeus, but it is at once separable from them

by the very elongate, slender, filiform antennae, the still

longer legs, the more finely, evenly punctured elytra, etc.

X. troglodytes bears a certain resemblance to the Seyd-

maenid genus Mastigus. These insects have an extremely

broad apical joint to the maxillary palpus, and they may

have to be removed from the present genus, with X.

palliditarsis, Pic, and X. sellatus, Ch., and others.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 3]

30. Xylophilus armipes.

Xylophilus armipes, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xl, p. 44

(1896). ;

Hab. Inpta, Belgaum.

Fairmaire described this species from a pair from Bel-

gaum. The type, male, retained by him, is said to have

the anterior tibiae acutely angulate at the middle within ;

the female, lent me by Mr. Andrewes, has the anterior

tibiae simple and the posterior femora hollowed at the

apex beneath, so as to appear angulate at about one-third

from the tip.

34. Xylophilus plumbeus, n. sp.

Elongate-obovate, dull; nigro-piceous, the elytral epipleura, the

base and tip of the antennae, the coxae, the femora to near the

apex, the tibiae in part, and the tarsi, ferruginous, the palpi testa-

ceous; head and prothorax closely, minutely, the elytra more

coarsely punctate, the punctures oblong, and becoming much finer

and more scattered on the apical half, the interspaces alutaceous

throughout; finely sericeo-pubescent. Head transverse, compara-

tively small, arcuate at the base above, narrowly, subangularly

extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter moderately large,

distant, and deeply emarginate ; antennae long, slender, joint 2 short,

3 a little longer than 2, 4 longer than 3, 4-8 obconic, subequal, 9

and 10 slightly shorter, 11 ovate, obliquely acuminate. Prothorax

gibbous, as long as broad, constricted and obliquely narrowed in

front. Elytra much wider than the head, long, somewhat inflated,

widest at the middle, flattened at the base. Legs long, slender, the

posterior femora a little stouter than the others and feebly, sub-

angularly dilated at about the apical third beneath; posterior tarsi

comparatively short, the basal joint barely one-third the length of

the tibia.

> Length 2}, breadth 1 mm. (9 ?.)

Hab. Inpia, Kanara (H. E. Andrewes).

One specimen. Near X. armipes, Fairm., but smaller,

the antennae slender, the head and prothorax narrower,

the prothorax gibbous, the elytra more inflated and simply

flattened at the base; the puncturing of the latter is very

much finer on the apical half and the interspaces alutaceous

in both species. The apical joint of the maxillary palpi is

extremely broad.

32 Mr. G. C Champion on

35. Xylophilus uncifer, n. sp. (Plate II, fig. 19,

intermediate leg, 3.)

? ¢. Oblong, ‘shining; rufo-testaceous, the eyes black, the head,

and the posterior femora near the apex, piceous; finely, the elytra

more sparsely and distinctly, punctate, the punctures on the latter

becoming coarser towards the base; finely pubescent. Head broad,

short, very narrowly, subangularly extended on each side behind

the eyes, the latter large, rather deeply emarginate, distant ; antennae

long, not very slender, joint 2 shorter than 3, 3-10 obconic, subequal,

11 much longer than 10, ovate. Prothorax small, transverse,

quadrate, obliquely narrowed in front, unimpressed. FElytra a little

wider than the head, subparallel in their basal half, the oblique

post-basal depression shallow. Legs rather short; intermediate

femora armed with a sharp, slender, curved tooth near the apex

beneath (fig. 19); posterior femora slightly thickened, feebly, sub-

angularly widened at about the apical third beneath.

Length 13, breadth ? mm.

Hab. Inpvia, Bombay.

Two males, one in fragments, received by the Museum

in 1879. A minute, oblong, rufo-testaceous form, with a

very broad, infuscate head, long antennae, fusco-annulate,

rather slender posterior femora, and the intermediate

femora sharply toothed near the tip, as in X. dentatifemur,

Pic, 3, from Ceylon. X. rvifotestaceus and X. capitalis, Pie,

from Mahé, Malabar, may be allied forms; the descriptions,

however, are useless for the purposes of identification. It

is just possible that the g with dark head and large eyes

referred by Fairmaire to his X. rufinus, from Belgaum,

may be conspecific with X. uncifer (2).

36, Xylophilus tumidieeps, n. sp.

Oblong, dull (till denuded); rufo-testaceous, darker beneath,

the head and a broad space on the posterior femora before the

apex black; densely, minutely, the elytra more sparsely, punctu-

late, the interspaces on the latter alutaceous; clothed with a

very fine, greyish, sericeous pubescence. Head strongly deflexed,

arcuato-gibbose at the base (as seen from behind); eyes very large,

occupying nearly the whole of the sides of the head, feebly emar-

ginate, somewhat distant; antennae slender, moderately long,

joints 2 and 3 rather short, subequal in length, 2 stouter than 3,

4 longer, 4-10 very gradually becoming wider, subequal in length,

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 33

10 about as broad as long, 11 acuminate-ovate, rather long. Pro-

thorax narrow, nearly as long as broad, quadrate, unimpressed.

Elytra oblong-oval, much wider than the head, faintly, transversely

depressed below the base. Legs very slender, long, the posterior

femora moderately thickened.

Length 12, breadth $ mm. (9.)

Hab. Inpta, Sarda [Surda], Bengal (F. W. Champion).

One specimen, recently received from one of my sons.

A graceful little insect, rufo-testaceous in colour, with the

head and an annulus on the posterior femora black, the fine

silky vestiture hiding the sculpture, the head transversely

gibbose in the middle at the base, the antennae slender,

with the last three joints perceptibly wider than those

preceding and forming a sort of loose club, the legs long

and very slender, the posterior femora not much thickened.

The head, which is formed as in the female of X. pallidi-

tarsis, Pic, from Ceylon, is so strongly deflexed that I have

not ventured to raise it.

37. Xylophilus tortipes, n. sp.

3. Moderately elongate, robust, shining; nigro-piceous, paler

beneath, the head (the eyes excepted) rufous, the palpi, a trans-

verse patch at the base of each elytron (nearly reaching the suture),

anterior legs, and intermediate and posterior tarsi, testaceous, the

antennae black, with the tip red; the entire upper surface densely,

finely punctate, the punctures on the elytra a little coarser; finely

cinereo-pubescent. Head comparatively small, a little broader

than long, rather broadly developed on each side behind the eyes,

the latter moderately large, emarginate, separated by about half

their own width; antennae rather stout, moderately long, joint 3

very small, not longer than 2, 4-10 subequal, about as long as

broad, 11 obliquely acuminate. Prothorax narrow, nearly as long

as broad, subquadrate, obliquely narrowed in front, the dise with

a deep, arcuate depression before the base. Elytra broad, about

twice as wide as the head, rather short, subparallel at the base,

the post-basal depression deep, transverse. Legs long; anterior

tibiae feebly sinuate within, distinctly mucronate at the inner

apical angle; posterior femora moderately clavate, simple; pos-

terior tibiae strongly sinuate, dilated on the inner side from before

the middle to the apex.

Length 2,);, breadth (elytra) 1 mm.

Hab. Stam, Renong (Doherty).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART I. (AUG.) D

34 Mr. G. C. Champion on

One male. This insect has the elytra coloured and »

shaped as in X. bryanti, Pic, from Ceylon, but the head

and prothorax are narrow and rufous in colour; the eyes

are smaller and do not nearly reach the base of the head;

the antennae are black, and stouter, and have a minute

third joint, as in X. subcrassicornis, Pic, which is also

from Ceylon. The very differently coloured X. andrewesz,

from the Nilgiri Hills, has similar antennae, but in that

species the head is broader, the prothorax shorter, the

elytra coarsely punctate, etc.

38. Xylophilus andrewesi, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, robust, shining; nigro-piceous, the antennae

at the tip and a transverse post-humeral patch on the elytra ferru-

ginous, the tarsi and palpi, the anterior and intermediate femora

and coxae, and the tibiae at their base, testaceous; the head and

prothorax densely, finely, the elytra more coarsely and diffusely,

punctate; closely, finely pubescent. Head rather small, greatly

developed behind the eyes, the latter small, feebly emarginate,

distant; antennae rather short, joints 2 and 3 short, small, 4-10

longer, stouter, subtriangular, about as broad as long, 11 acuminate-

ovate. Prothorax narrower than the head, broader than long,

quadrate, the sides abruptly, obliquely convergent in front, the

dise with two shallow confluent foveae before the base. Elytra

moderately long, more than twice the width of the prothorax,

subparallel in their basal half, with a deep, oblique, post-humeral

depression. Legs long; posterior femora moderately incrassate ;

posterior tibiae somewhat widened.

Length 23, breadth (elytra) 1 mm. (9 ?.)

Hab. Inpia, Nilgiri Hills (H. L. Andrewes).

One specimen. Recognisable by the relatively narrow

head and prothorax, the broad, subparallel, rather long,

faintly rufo-maculate elytra, the small third joint of the

antennae, and the comparatively small eyes, the head

being developed behind them much as in X. subcrassicornis,

Pic. X. andrewesi approaches X. taprobanus, Ch., from

Ceylon, from which it differs in the shorter antennae, the

narrower prothorax, the testaceous intermediate femora,

etc. The stouter antennae, longer legs, more elongate,

differently coloured elytra, etc., separate the present

species from X. subcrassicornis.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 35

39. Xylophilus parvicollis, n. sp.

6. Moderately elongate, depressed, shining; piceous, the head

(the eyes excepted), prothorax, and an indeterminate, short, curved

streak on the elytra extending from the humeri to the post-basal

depression, ferruginous; antennae black, with joints 1-3 testa-

ceous and the tip ferruginous; anterior and intermediate legs

(except the tibiae of the intermediate pair in part), and the outer

half of the posterior tarsi, testaceous, the rest of the posterior pair

.piceous; densely, finely, the elytra more coarsely, punctate ;

closely, finely pubescent. Head convex, moderately broad, rounded

at the sides behind, the eyes rather small, convex, distant from the

base, feebly emarginate, and separated by nearly their own width;

antennae moderately long, rather stout, joints 2 and 3 more slender,

3 small, not longer than 2, 4-10 rapidly decreasing in length,

4 longer than broad, 5-8 about as broad as long, 4-6 distinctly

wider than those following, 9 and 10 transverse, 11 acuminate-

ovate. Prothorax small, broader than long, quadrate, narrowed

in front, transversely grooved before the base. Elytra moderately

long, much wider than the head, subparallel, deeply, transversely

depressed below the base. Legs long, slender; posterior femora

moderately thickened, angularly dilated at a little beyond the

middle beneath.

Length 2,'5, breadth 4 mm.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mts. (Doherty).

One specimen, assumed to be a male. The rather long

head, small, quadrate prothorax, broad, subparallel,

depressed elytra, and peculiarly formed antennae give

this insect a distinctive facies. The three basal joints of

the latter are clear testaceous and rather slender, and the

three infuscate joints following are slightly stouter than

7-10. X. dohertyi, Pic, from Perak, seems to have similarly

formed antennae, but differs in colour, ete. Allied forms

are before me from Tenasserim and Siam. They have the

general appearance of Anthicids.

40. Xylophilus siamensis, n. sp.

3g. Elongate, depressed, shining; ferruginous, the elytra nigro-

piceous, with the basal third testaceous, the antennae black, red-

dish at the base and tip, the legs testaceous, the intermediate and

posterior tibiae infuscate in their outer half; closely, finely, the

elytra more coarsely, punctate; finely pubescent. Head transverse,

rounded at the sides behind the eyes, the latter moderately large,

36 Mr. G. C. Champion on

deeply emarginate, not reaching the base of the head, and well

separated ; antennae very long, joints 1-3 rather slender, 3 minute,

smaller than 2, 4-11 moderately stout, 4 longer than 2 and 3 united,

4-10 obconic, gradually decreasing in length, 11 obliquely acuminate.

Prothorax small, a little broader than long, subquadrate, obliquely

narrowed in front, the disc with a transverse depression before the

base. Elytra flattened, moderately long, wider than the head,

subparallel, blunt at the tip, with an oblique post-basal depression.

Legs long; anterior tibiae feebly curved, mucronate at the inner

apical angle; posterior femora feebly curved, moderately incrassates

simple.

Length 1-2, breadth ? mm.

Hab. Stam, Renong (Doherty).

Two males—one immature and almost wholly testa-

ceous (the posterior infuscation of the elytra, however,

is still visible), the other, from which the description is

taken, apparently mature. The very long antennae in J,

with minute third joint and the small prothorax, bring this

species near X. melanosoma from Borneo* and X. parvicollis

from Tenasserim. Compared with the former, the antennae

are less serrate, the eyes smaller, the elytra less rounded

at the tip and flatter, the body differently coloured, etc.

X. parvicollis, g, has shorter antennae, a longer head,

more prominent eyes, differently coloured elytra, angularly

dilated posterior femora, etc.

41. Xylophilus dohertyi.

Hylophilus dohertyi, Pic, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1911, p. 109.

Oblong, somewhat depressed, shining (when denuded); rufo-

testaceous, the elytra with a common, indeterminate, broad, dark

brown median fascia, the posterior femora and joints 4-10 of the

antennae slightly infuscate, the eyes black; densely, finely, the

elytra a little more coarsely, punctate; finely pubescent. Head

moderately large, narrowed and considerably developed on each

side behind the eyes, the latter rather large, emarginate, and

separated by less than their own width; antennae moderately

long, joints 2 and 3 narrower than those following, these latter rather

stout, 3 very small, shorter than 2, 4-9 about as long as broad,

10 transverse, 11 ovate. Prothorax much narrower than the head,

slightly broader than long, subtrapezoidal, abruptly, obliquely

narrowed in front, the anterior angles somewhat tumid, the disc

* Ent. Mo. Mag. li, p. 286.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 37

transversely depressed before the base. Elytra oblong, wider than

the head, subparallel in their basal half, transversely depressed

below the base. Legs rather long, slender; anterior tibiae feebly

curved, distinctly sinuate within; posterior femora moderately

thickened, hollowed for some distance before the apex, appearing

subangulate beneath.

Length 2, breadth { mm. (¢?.)

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

One rather immature specimen. The specimen described,

to judge from the description, may be a variety of X.

dohertyi, Pic, the type of which was found by Doherty at

the same locality. The latter is said to have long, stout,

black antennae, with the three basal joints slender and

testaceous in colour (as in the allied X. parvicollis, Ch.,

from Assam), the elytra with more than the posterior

half nigro-piceous, ete.

42. Xylophilus annulicornis, n. sp. (Plate II, fig. 20, 3.)

§. Short, robust, shining (when denuded); black, the head (the

eyes excepted), the tip of the antennae and the basal margin of

the prothorax rufous, the palpi, third antennal joint, anterior legs,

intermediate and posterior tarsi, and a common, transverse, post-

basal fascia in the elytra (extending forwards along the suture and

on each side curving round to the shoulder), testaceous or flavous ;

the intermediate and posterior femora and tibiae nigro-piceous,

testaceous or ferruginous at the base; the entire upper surface

densely punctate, the punctures on the elytra rather coarse; finely

cinereo-pubescent. Head somewhat oval, convex, the eyes small,

prominent, distant from the base, feebly emarginate; antennae

moderately stout, rather long, joint 3 small, scarcely longer than 2,

3-10 stouter and longer, 3-9 about as broad as long, 10 transverse,

11 rather stout, acuminate-ovate. Prothorax narrow, broader

than long, subquadrate, narrowed in front, obsoletely sulcate

down the middle. Elytra short, convex, very broad, somewhat

rounded at the sides, faintly, transversely depressed below the

base. Legs rather long, slender; anterior tibiae straight, armed

with a minute tooth on the inner edge at about one-third from the

tip; posterior femora moderately incrassate, simple.

Length (with head extended) 2, breadth (elytra) ;45 mm.

Hab. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Doherty).

One male. This insect is so like X. laticornis, Pic, from

Ceylon and Mergui, Tenasserim, the 2 only of which is

38 Mr. G. C. Champion on

known to me, that it is not impossible it may prove to

belong to that species. The differences, however, seem too

great to be simply sexual, and there are other more nearly

allied forms in Borneo and Java with similarly flavo-

annulate antennae, these organs being broader and with

joints 6-10 strongly transverse in X. latecornis, &.

43. Xylophilus fuseonotatus, n. sp.

Short, broad, shining (when denuded); nigro-piceous, the mar-

gins of the prothorax, the base of the elytra narrowly, the apex

of the latter indeterminately, and joints 1, 2 and 11 of the antennae,

ferruginous or reddish, the palpi, tarsi, anterior femora, inter-

mediate femora in part, and all the tibiae at base, testaceous ;

closely, finely punctate, thickly clothed with fine, cinereous and

fuscous pubescence, the latter condensed on the elytra into a

common, broad, angulate, post-median fascia and a spot on the

disc below the base. Head very broad, short; eyes extremely

large, occupying nearly the whole of the sides of the head, feebly

emarginate, separated by rather more than half their own width;

antennae very stout, joints 2 and 3 equal in length, short, much

narrower than 4, 4-10 broad, strongly transverse, closely articu-

lated, 11 acuminate-ovate, not wider than 10. Prothorax trans-

verse, small, the sides parallel at the base and abruptly convergent

anteriorly, the disc bifoveate posteriorly. LElytra short, broad,

slightly rounded at the sides, feebly transversely depressed below

the base. Legs short, rather slender, the tibiae straight, the

posterior femora very stout, arcuate in front, clavate.

Length 13, breadth { mm. (2?.)

Hab. Inpta, Sarda [Surda], Bengal (7. W. Champion).

One specimen in very fresh condition, received last year

from one of my sons. It was captured, I believe, on the

wing towards sunset. This insect bears some resemblance

to X. laticornis, Pic, from Ceylon; but the antennae are

still stouter, the head is shorter and much broader, the

eyes are very large, the elytra are finely punctate and

differently marked, the posterior femora are strongly

clavate, etc. The general shape of the body is very

like that of the Australian X. albonotatus, Ch. (1895),*

which, however, is a much smaller insect.

* Nec X. albonotatus, Pic, from Perak (1913), renamed by the

author griseonotatus in April 1916.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 39

44. Xylophilus megalocephalus, n. sp. (Plate II, fig. 21, 3.)

6. Short, broad, robust, shining (when denuded); nigro-piceous,

the prothorax obscurely rufescent, the mouth-parts, a small spot

on the shoulder and another on the dise of the elytra towards the

apex, the anterior and intermediate legs (except the tibiae in part),

the base of the posterior tibiae, and the posterior tarsi, ferruginous

or testaceous, the antennae obscure ferruginous, paler at the base ;

densely, finely, the elytra rather coarsely, punctate; finely cinereo-

pubescent (the pubescence on the elytra apparently darker or

denuded in places, giving them a variegate appearance). Head

extremely large, transverse; eyes very large, nearly reaching the

base of the head, feebly emarginate, separated by about half their

own width; antennae rather short, comparatively stout, joint 3

not longer than 2, 4 stouter than 3, 4-10 gradually decreasing in

length, 4-8 about as long as broad, 9 and 10 transverse, 11

acuminate-ovate. Prothorax short, small, subquadrate, abruptly,

obliquely narrowed anteriorly, the anterior angles prominent, the

dise feebly, confluently bifoveate before the base. Elytra short,

broad, rather convex, a little wider than the head, parallel at the

base, the post-basal depression transverse, shallow. Legs short,

rather slender; posterior femora very stout, strongly clavate,

arcuately swollen in front; posterior tibiae straight, more than

twice the length of the basal joint of the tarsus.

Length (with head extended) 12, breadth } mm.

Hab. Larat (F. Muar).

One specimen. A minute, broad, robust form, with

an extremely large head, a small prothorax, and stout

antennae, the posterior femora greatly swollen in g. The

elytral pubescence is perhaps somewhat abraded. Larat

is an island to the south of Timor Laut.

45. Xylophilus bigeminatus, n. sp. (Plate II, fig. 22.)

Oblong, broad, dull, the elytra shining (when: denuded); head

black, antennae piceous, with joints 1-3 and 11 ferruginous, pro-

thorax rufous; elytra brownish-testaceous, each with two oblong,

coalescent patches just beyond the middle of the dise (together form-

ing a common, broad, interrupted fascia), a faint subapical fascia,

and a small bare spot below the base, fuscous or nigro-fuscous ;

legs (the nigro-piceous posterior femora and infuscate posterior

tibiae excepted) testaceous, the under surface fusco-ferruginous ;

densely, finely, the elytra more coarsely, punctate; variegated

with fine greyish and brown pubescence. Head short, moderately

40 Mr. G. C. Champion on

large, very narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes, the

latter extremely large, emarginate, and separated by rather more

than half their own width; . antennae comparatively short, moder-

ately stout, joints 2 and 3 short, subequal in length, 4 subtriangular,

about as long as broad, 8-10 strongly transverse, 11 acuminate-

ovate. Prothorax much narrower than the head, transverse,

subquadrate, abruptly, obliquely narrowed in front, bifoveate

before the base. Elytra broad, comparatively short, very much

wider than the head, rather convex, somewhat rounded at the

sides, transversely depressed below the base. Legs short, slender,

the posterior femora stout and strongly clavate; basal joint of

posterior tarsi less than half the length of the tibia, almost

straight.

Length 2, breadth 1 mm. (2?.)

Hab. Stam, Renong (Doherty: type); Cryiton (Lhwaites,

in Mus. Oxon.).

One specimen from each locality, apparently belonging

to the same species, the Ceylon example having a smaller

prothorax and slightly stouter antennae. Recognisable

by the rather short, broad, interruptedly fusco-fasciate

elytra, the black head, rufous prothorax, very large eyes,

short legs, and stout antennae. X. bigeminatus is related

to the Palaearctic X. populneus, Creutz., the type of

Xylophilus, Latr., differmg from that insect in its less

elongate shape, shorter legs, larger eyes, etc. The Ceylon

specimen is figured, the type being somewhat abraded.

An unnamed, similarly coloured form from Hong Kong,

with longer antennae, smaller eyes, etc., has been sent

me by Commander Walker : it is too imperfect for descrip-

tion. X. fasciolatus, Mars., from Java, seems to be not

unlike the present species.

Chinese Species.

46. Xylophilus pectinatus, n. sp. (Plate II, fig. 23,

posterior leg, 3.)

g. Oblong, narrow, shining; testaceous, the head nigro-piceous,

the posterior femora slightly infuscate; head sparsely, the pro-

thorax densely, finely, and the elytra somewhat coarsely, punctate ;

clothed with long, fine, pallid hairs. Head short, broad, very

narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter extremely

large, subcontiguous in front, and deeply emarginate; antennae

rather long, stout, joint 2 short, much shorter than 3, 3-10 very

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 41

gradually decreasing in length, 3-7 subcylindrical, 8-10 about as

broad as long, 11 nearly as long as 9 and 10 united, strongly,

obliquely acuminate. Prothorax convex, narrower than the head,

the sides gradually converging from the rather prominent hind

angles, the dise unimpressed. Elytra oblong, wider than the head,

very gradually narrowed from a little below the base, and with an

almost obsolete, oblique, intra-humeral depression. Legs long;

anterior and intermediate tibiae rounded externally, bowed inwards

from about the middle, appearing sinuous within, the anterior

pair bisetose at the tip; posterior femora stout (fig. 25), curved,

set with a double row of stiff setae along their flattened lower face,

and armed with a sharp tooth at the upper apical angle; basal

joint of intermediate and posterior tarsi rather stout, densely

pubescent beneath.

Length 13, breadth ? mm.

Hab. Cutna, Hong Kong (J. J. Walker).

Described from a single male sent me in 1893. A

rather worn, imperfect example of the same sex, more

robust than the type, captured in Noy. 1853, is contained

in the British Museum collection: this insect is labelled

“China, Bowring.” A small oblong, pallid form, with a

comparatively smooth, nigro-piceous head, stout, sub-

cylindrical antennae, bowed anterior and intermediate

tibiae, and a comb-like armature to the stout posterior

femora, in the g. X. pectinatus is related to X. nigro-

notatus, Pic, from Ceylon, the § of which has somewhat

similarly armed posterior femora, differing from it in the

shorter antennae, the much smoother, shining, blackish

head, the immaculate elytra, the form of the legs, ete.

47. Xylophilus spinimanus, n. sp. (Plate II, fig. 24,

anterior leg, ¢.)

Oblong, shining, testaceous, the eyes black; densely, finely, the

elytra more coarsely, punctate, clothed with rather long pallid hairs.

Head short, broad, very narrowly extended on each side behind

the eyes, the latter large, emarginate, more approximate in ¢

than in 2; antennae moderately long, slightly shorter in 9, rather

stout, joint 2 very little shorter than 3, 3-10 subcylindrical,

gradually decreasing in length, 8-10 transverse in 9, 11 as long as

9 and 10 united, strongly, obliquely acuminate. Prothorax trans-

verse, subquadrate, narrower than the head, obsoletely canaliculate

behind. Elytra oblong, subparallel, very little wider than the

42 Mr. G C. Champion on

head in g, with a long, oblique, intra-humeral depression. Legs

long; anterior tibiae (fig. 24) compressed, somewhat widened,

slightly curved outwards, and armed at the outer apical angle

with a long, stout, curved, outwardly projecting spur, which

reaches as far as the apex of the first tarsal joint; posterior femora

strongly clavate, arcuate inflated in front; posterior tibiae com-

pressed, rather stout, almost straight; basal joint of posterior

tarsi curved.

Length 13-14, breadth 3-+ mm. (4 2.)

Hab. Cutna, Hong Kong (Mus. Brit.).

One male and two females, captured at various dates

between 1852 and 1854. The male is extremely like

X. ceylonicus, Pic, from Kandy, but it has the elytra

subparallel, the antennae not so stout, the anterior tibiae

less widened and with the long apical spur projecting

straight outwards as in X. cylindricornis (supra), instead. of

being abruptly bent inwards from near the base as in X.

ceylonicus,* and the posterior femora more inflated on

the anterior aspect. The females have the elytra much

less narrowed posteriorly than in the specimen of the same

sex doubtfully referred to X. ceylonicus by Pic. Com-

pared with the similarly-coloured X. pectinatus, the male

has the eyes less approximate, the second antennal joint

longer, the prothorax subquadrate, and the legs very

differently formed.

48. Xylophilus parvidens, n. sp.

36. Moderately elongate, shining, finely pubescent, rufo-testaceous,

the eyes black; densely, finely, the elytra more coarsely, punctate.

Head transverse, scarcely wider than the prothorax, extended on

each side behind the eyes, the latter rather small, deeply emar-

ginate; antennae slender, moderately long, joits 2 and 3 sub-

equal in length, 4 and 5 a little longer and stouter [6-11 broken off].

Prothorax rather convex, transversely subquadrate, abruptly

narrowed in front, the disc obsoletely, transversely depressed

before the base. Elytra much wider than the head and prothorax,

moderately long, somewhat convex, slightly rounded at the sides,

transversely flattened below the base. Legs long, slender; anterior

tibiae curved inwards at the apex, armed with a small triangular

tooth on the inner side beyond the middle, and mucronate at the

* Cf. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi, p. 222.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 43

inner apical angle; posterior femora compressed, strongly clavate ;

basal joint of posterior tarsi almost straight.

Length 2, breadth % mm.

Hab. Cutna, near Entrance Island, Chusan Archipelago

(J. J. Walker).

One male, sent to the British Museum in 1893. A rufo-

testaceous form, with comparatively small eyes, slender

antennae, with small third joint, rather convex, oblong

elytra, clavate posterior femora, and peculiarly armed

anterior tibiae in g. X. parvidens might easily be mis-

taken for an Anthicus, if the tarsi and ventral surface were

not examined. A broken 9 from the Chusan Islands, sent

me by the same collector, may belong here; but it has

the head less transverse and the posterior femora infuscate

to near the apex.

49. Xylophilus chinensis, n. sp.

Oblong, shining (when denuded), finely pubescent; ferruginous,

the elytra, joints 1-4 of the antennae, and the legs (the basally

infuscate posterior femora excepted) testaceous, the rest of the

antennae slightly infuscate; densely, finely, the elytra a little

more coarsely, punctate. Head short, broad, subangularly ex-

tended on each side behind the eyes, the latter small, deeply emar-

ginate; antennae slender, moderately long, joint 3 small, narrow,

scarcely so long as 2, 4-10 very gradually decreasing in length,

10 transverse, 11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax nearly as wide

as the head, transversely quadrate, abruptly narrowed in front,

with a faint transverse depression before the base, the anterior

angles tumid and subdentiform. Elytra oblong, broad, much

wider than the head, slightly rounded at the sides, flattened on the

disc below the base. Legs long, slender; posterior femora stout,

clavate; posterior tibiae straight.

Length 14, breadth $ mm. (2?.)

Hab. Curna (Mus. Brit., ex coll. Bowring).

One specimen, acquired in 1863. This insect is very like

X. rufinus, Fairm., from Belgaum (as here restricted),

differing from it in the broader head, the sides of which

are subparallel behind the eyes, the more slender, out-

wardly infuscate ‘antennae, and the sharper anterior

angles of the prothorax, the head and prothorax, too, are

more densely punctate. The broad head also separates

X. chinensis from X. parvidens.

44 Mr. G. C. Champion on

50. Xylophilus quadratipennis, n. sp.

g. Oblong, depressed, dull, finely pubescent; nigro-piceous, the

mouth-parts, front of the head, basal and apical margins of the

prothorax, tarsi, and anterior and intermediate femora and tibiae

in great part, testaceous; the elytra testaceous, with a broad,

transverse, blackish-brown subapical fascia, not reaching the

suture and extending forwards on the disc and at the sides to near

the base; the antennae piceous, with joints 1, 2, and 11 ferruginous ;

the entire upper surface densely, finely punctate. Head very large,

broad; eyes extremely large, narrowly separated, deeply emar-

ginate, and occupying the whole of the sides of the head; antennae

long, very stout, joint 2 short, 3 smaller than 2, 4-10 much thickened,

gradually decreasing in length, 4-7 about as long as broad, 8-10

transverse, 11 ovate. Prothorax small, short, subquadrate,

abruptly narrowed in front, with a deep, transverse depression

before the base. Elytra broad, flattened, oblongo-subquadrate,

the oblique intra-humeral depression deep and extending down-

wards to the middle. Legs rather short, slender; posterior femora

stout, strongly clavate.

Length (with head extended) 14, breadth $ mm.

Hab. Cutna (Mus. Brit., ex coll. Bowring).

One specimen, received in 1863. It is assumed to be

a male, on account of the greatly developed head, sub-

approximate eyes, and the very stout, long antennae.

Amongst the species described in the present paper,

X. quadratipennis comes nearest X. megalocephalus, from

Larat, which has very differently formed elytra and

antennae. The Japanese X. gibbulus, Mars., is not unlike

X. quadratipennis, the latter having much longer and

stouter antennae, a much smaller prothorax, subparallel

elytra, etc.

Australasian Species.

51. Xylophilus abnormis.

Anthicus abnormis, King, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W. u,

p. 24 (1873).

Syzeton laetus, Blackb., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr. xiv, 2,

p. S07 (1891).

¢. Hylophilus major, Pic, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1912, p. 48;

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1912, p. 286.

Hab. Austratia, New South Wales, Victoria.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 45

The additional synonymy of this species has already

been noted by me elsewhere [Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.

(8) xvi, p. 221]. Blackburn described both sexes, but the

type acquired by the British Museum is a 9. This is one

of the two species (S. laetus and S. lateralis) he included

in his genus Syzeton (Xylophilus being unknown to him),

which do not differ structurally from many other Xylophili

from other parts of the world. King specially noted the

minute penultimate joint of the tarsi in his A. abnormis.

Pic’s type of H. major is a large 3.

52. Xylophilus undatus.

Xylophilus fasciatus, Boh., Col. Res. Eugen. p. 107 (1858)

(nec Melsh. 1846).

Xylophilus undatus, Gemm., Col. Hefte, vi, p. 123 (1870).

Syzeton blackburn, Lea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) ix,

p. 621 (1895).

Hylophilus walesianus, Pic, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1912, p. 48;

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1912, p. 285.

Hab. AustrauiaA, New South Wales.

Pic’s co-types of H. walesianus, two males, captured by

Mr. Bryant, agree exactly with Lea’s description of the

same sex of his S. blackbwrni, the strongly curved posterior

femora being noted by each of them; Lea, however,

omitted to mention the sinuate inner margin of the

anterior tibiae, the apices of which are also armed with

a slender tooth. It is unusual to find a sexual modifica-

tion in all the legs, such as occurs in the ¢ of the present

species. Boheman’s name is preoccupied, and his type

was probably a female.* All three authors give Sydney

as locality.

53. Xylophilus eucalypti.

Xylophilus eucalypti, Lea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxii,

p. 589 (1897).

Hab. W. AUSTRALIA.

* X. (Syzeton) lateralis, Blackb., type 2, is somewhat similar, but

it has differently formed antennae, and the black marking on the

elytra broader, the elytra themselves more coarsely and not so

closely punctate, and furnished with long, erect hairs amongst the

conspicuous decumbent pubescence. The specific name is pre-

occupied in the genus (Gredler, 1866) and is here changed to

victoriensis.

46 Mr. G. C. Champion on

A specimen (2?) from W. Australia (found by Du

Boulay) in the British Museum, ex coll. Fry, agrees with

Lea’s description of X. eucalypti: it has the antennae

(the basal joint excepted) and prothorax rufo-testaceous,

the former rather short and slender. ‘Two others, from the

same source, with the antennae much longer, stouter, and

a little darker, and the prothorax piceous or black, seem

to be males of the same species. They all have the

elytra flattened, very minutely punctate, and with an

unusually deep post-basal depression; and the deep basal

depression on the prothorax divided in the middle by a

short carina. The types were beaten from the boughs

of young gum trees. ;

54. Xylophilus morulus.

Xylophilus morulus, Champ., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895,

p. 250 (9) (June Ist).

Lea in 1897 sunk X. morulus, from Tasmania, as a

synonym of his Syzetoninus umpressicollis, from Galston,

N.S.W. [Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) ix, p. 624, March 28th,

1895], the type in each case being a g. This synonymy

is incorrect, neither the Tasmanian ¢, nor a 9 from Tas-

mania doubtfully referred to the same species, agreeing

with his description of S. impressicollis. X. morulus, 3,

is an elongate, flattened insect, with long, parallel-sided

elytra, the punctuation of which is uniformly fine and

dense throughout, and long antennae.

55. Xylophilus darwinensis, n. sp.

©. Oblong, depressed, opaque, the elytra shining, finely pubes-

cent; testaceous, the head slightly infuscate, the eyes black, the

elytra with a narrow, faint, brown submedian fascia; closely,

minutely, the elytra more distinctly, punctate. Head short, very

little wider than the prothorax; eyes convex, distant, occupying

nearly the whole of the sides of the head, feebly emarginate ; antennae

short, slender, joints 1 and 2 rather stout, 3 not longer than 2,

3-10 gradually becoming wider, 8-10 transverse, 11 acuminate-

ovate, rather stout. Prothorax strongly transverse, narrowed in

front, shallowly bifoveate at the base. Elytra oblong, wider than

the head, somewhat rounded at the sides, transversely depressed

below the base. Legs short, slender, the posterior. femora slightly

thickened.

Length 12, breadth # mm.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 47

Hab. N.W. Austrrawia, Port Darwin (J. J. Walker).

A minute, delicate, oblong, pallid form, with faintly

fusco-unifasciate elytra, a very short prothorax, and short,

slender limbs. The much larger X. arcuaticeps, Pic,

from Queensland, is the only Australian species known to

me at all approaching X. darwinensis.

56. Xylophilus luniger, n. sp. (Plate II. figs. 25, 25a, 3.)

3g. Oblong, shining, finely pubescent, testaceous, the eyes black;

head sparsely, the prothorax densely, minutely, the elytra closely,

rather coarsely, punctate. Head short, wider than the prothorax,

narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter rather

small, distant, feebly emarginate; antennae (fig. 25a) long, rather

stout, abnormal—joints 3 and 4 closely, and 5-11 loosely, arti-

culated, 1 stout, oval, 2 short, subglobose, 3 very small, narrow,

shorter than 2, 4 oblong, stout, 5 and 6 much shorter, 7 large,

crescentiform, 8 oblong, curved, articulated with 7 at the outer

horn of the crescent, and dentate at the base within, 9 somewhat

similar, curved, produced into a tooth at the inner apical angle,

10 short, 11 stout, ovate. Prothorax narrow, about as long as

broad, subquadrate, narrowed in front, obsoletely bifoveate at the

base. Elytra rather broad, oblong, subparallel, a little narrowed

anteriorly, deeply transversely depressed below the base. Legs

long, slender; posterior femora moderately incrassate; posterior

tibiae gradually widened to the apex.

9. Head less extended outwards behind the eyes (appearing

narrowed behind them); antennae normal—short, slender, the last

three joints dilated into a loosely-articulated club, 3 and 4 each about

as long as 2, 5-8 a little shorter and gradually widening, 9 and 10

strongly transverse, 11 ovate; prothorax broader and more trans-

verse; elytra much broader, rapidly narrowing from about the

middle forwards.

Length 14-13, breadth 2-}mm. (¢ 9.)

Hab. Moxo Htnov Istanp, off North Island, New

Zealand.

One pair, from Dr. Sharp’s collection, received by him

(apparently from Captain Broun) under the MS. name

Sacium ochraceum, and as the sexes of the same species.

The extraordinary structure of the J antenna is suggestive

of that of various Bythini, the modified, loosely-articulated

joints 7-9 together forming a clasping-organ. The 9 has

normal antennae, formed as in the same sex of X. coloratus,

Broun, from New Zealand, which, indeed, is very like the

48 Mr. G. C. Champion on

present species, except that the latter has shorter antennae,

uniformly testaceous elytra, and shallow prothoracic

foveae. X. xenarthrus, Broun,* from Raurimu, must be a

nearly allied form; but (allowing for joints 3 and 4 of the

g antenna having been wrongly counted as one joint) the

antennal structure by no means accords with that of the

present insect, two asymmetrical joints only being given

for the Raurimu insect.

South African Species.

57. Xylophilus albopilosus, n. sp.

g. Moderately elongate, convex, shining; black, the palpi, the

apex of the terminal joint of the antennae, a large humeral patch

on each elytron, the tarsi and the extreme base of the tibiae, testa-

ceous; densely, finely, the elytra coarsely, punctate; clothed with

long, adpressed, cinereous hairs. Head short, broad, narrowly

extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter large, deeply

emarginate, and separated by about half their own width; antennae

long, rather stout, joint 2 very short, 3-10 subequal, slightly longer

than broad, 11 nearly as long as 9 and 10 united, obliquely acuminate.

Prothorax narrower than the head, transversely subquadrate,

narrowed in front, obsoletely canaliculate towards the base. Elytra

moderately elongate, much wider than the head, gradually narrowed

from the base, rounded at the apex, with a deep, oblique intra-

humeral depression. Legs long, stout; anterior tibiae slightly curved

inwards at the apex, and finely mucronate at the inner apical angle ;

posterior femora stout, clavate; basal joint of posterior tarsi curved.

Length 2,',, breadth 55 mm.

Hab. 8. Arrica, Malvern, Natal (G. A. K. Marshall).

One male, captured in August 1897. A rather elongate,

convex, shining, black insect, with a large humeral patch

and the tarsi testaceous, the body clothed with long,

cinereous hairs. The system of coloration is common to

various other members of the genus. X. natalensis, Pic,

is a very different insect. There are various Hastern and

American species closely related to X. albopilosus.

58. Xylophilus macrocephalus, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, rather convex, shining, sparsely, finely

pubescent; obscure testaceous, the legs (the infuscate posterior

* Bull. New Zealand Thatinalel No. 1, p. 54 (August 30, 1910).

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 49

femora and apex of the posterior tibiae excepted) paler, the eyes

black, the antennae (the third joint excepted), the suture and the

inflexed lateral portion of the elytra to about the middle, and the

under surface in part, piceous; densely, finely, the elytra more

coarsely, punctate. Head (with the labrum) about as long as broad,

convex, much developed behind the eyes, the latter small, promi-

nent, transverse, emarginate; antennae moderately long, joint 3

very small, shorter than 2, 4-8 [9-11 broken off] rather stout, about

as long as broad. Prothorax narrow, nearly as long as broad,

abruptly narrowed in front, with a deep transverse depression before

the base. Elytra convex, oblong, somewhat narrowed anteriorly,

at the middle nearly twice as wide as the head, transversely depressed

below the base. Legs long, rather slender; posterior femora

moderately incrassate; posterior tibiae somewhat thickened; basal

joint of posterior tarsi curved.

Length 2,45, breadth (elytra) 34 mm. (3?)

Hab. 8. Arrica, Malvern, Natal (@. A. K. Marshall).

One specimen, captured in June 1897. Recognisable

by the rather elongate head, small eyes, narrow prothorax,

minute third antennal joint, comparatively broad, convex,

oblong elytra, and long legs. Amongst the numerous

species here described, X. macrocephalus seems to come

nearest to X. parvicollis, Ch., from Assam. It bears no

relationship to X. femoratus, Fairm., from Port Elizabeth.

59. Xylophilus ovalis,n. sp. (Plate IT, fig. 26.)

Oblong-oval, convex, subopaque (till denuded); rufo-testaceous,

the eyes black, clothed with a very fine sericeous pubescence; the

entire upper surface densely, minutely punctate. Head short, broad,

obliquely narrowed anteriorly (subtriangular as seen from above),

very narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter

small, transverse, entire; antennae inserted at some distance before

the eyes, short, rather stout, widening outwards, joints 2 and 3

subequal in length, 4 a little shorter than 3, 5-10 gradually becoming

shorter and wider, 5 and 6 about as long as broad, 7—10 transverse,

11 ovate, obliquely acuminate; apical joint of maxillary palpi

subsecuriform, somewhat rounded at the inner angle. Prothorax

large, strongly transverse, trapezoidal, at the prominent anterior

angles a little wider than the head with the eyes, almost unimpressed.

Elytra broad, oval, moderately long, slightly flattened at the base.

Legs rather short, slender, the posterior femora very little stouter

than the others.

Length 2, breadth 1 mm. (27?)

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTI. (AUG.) E

50 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury (G@. A. K. Marshall).

One specimen, captured in April 1900. This species

could perhaps be referred to the section Olotelus, Muls. ;

it is closely related to the widely distributed X. pallescens,

Woll. (the type of which was from Madeira); but differs

from that insect in its much larger size, broader, more

eonvex, oval shape, relatively wider prothorax, etc.

South American Species.

60. Xylophilus ingens, n. sp. (Plate II, fig. 27,

posterior leg, 3.)

Elongate, broad, robust, dull (till denuded) ; ferruginous or obscure

ferruginous, the eyes black, the head in part, a broad space down

the middle of the prothorax, the antennae towards the tip, and the

posterior femora and tibiae in part in 9, piceous, the elytra reddish-

brown, with an indication of a common v-shaped dark mark before

the apex (in 3); densely, finely, the elytra more coarsely, punctate ;

closely pubescent, the pubescence (in ¢) condensed into a common

triangular patch within the v-shaped subapical mark. Head short,

broad, convex; eyes large, very deeply emarginate, not nearly

reaching the base of the head, separated by less than half their own

width in both sexes; antennae (3) very stout, moderately long, joint

2a little shorter than 3, 3-10 rapidly widening, 3-6 about as long

as broad, 7-10 transverse [11 wanting]. Prothorax much narrower

than the head, transversely quadrate, abruptly narrowed in front,

unimpressed. Elytra broad, long, subparallel, flattened on the disc,

rounded at the tip, obliquely compressed on each side below the

humeri and with a deep oblique depression on the disc anteriorly.

Legs long, stout, more slender in 9; intermediate tibiae slightly

curved; posterior femora (3) moderately incrassate, simple; pos-

terior tibiae straight, armed at the apex above with a long, stout,

pallid spine in ¢ (fig. 27), and with a smaller slender spine in 9 ;*

basal joint of posterior tarsi slightly curved.

Length 34-33, breadth 14-14 mm. ($9)

Hab. Brazin, Santa Catharina (Fry). :

One pair, the 2 in bad condition and wanting joints

5-11 of the antennae. Near X. lacertosus, Ch., from

Guatemala, but with very differently formed legs in the

¢g. The stout spine at the apex of the g posterior tibiae is

* The female of the allied X. mexicanus, Ch. (found by Truqui),

has a similar spine at the apex of the posterior tibiae.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 51

a peculiar character, the slender spine in the Q correspond-

ing to the tuft of hairs present in the same sex of X.

lacertosus, forticornis, humeralis, and v-notatus. 'The male

probably has a long apical joint to the antennae.

61. Xylophilus forticornis, Champ.

The types of this species were from Chiriqui, Panama,

and Pic (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1912, p. 281) has since recorded

it from Trinidad, from a 9 found by Mr. Bryant. In the

Fry collection there is a 9 from Rio de Janeiro with the elytra

uniformly fuscous, and the pubescence not condensed into

definite markings or fasciae, which must, for the present,

be referred to the same species. X. (Hlonus) crassicornis,

Pic, from Santa Rita, Boa Sorta, and Petropolis, seems to be

an allied form with enormously developed posterior femora

in g; X. (Hlonus) distincticornis, Pic, from Pernambuco,

has the head and prothorax partly reddish.

62. Xylophilus triguttatus, n. sp. (Plate II, fig. 28, ¢.)

6. Oblong, rather convex, shining, sparsely, finely pubescent ;

head, basal joint of antennae, prothorax, posterior femora, and the

intermediate femora at the middle, nigro-piceous or black, the rest

of the legs and antennae, and the palpi, testaceous; the elytra

testaceous, with a common, transverse, triangular scutellar patch,

and a broad space at the middle of the disc (extending from near the

suture to the outer margin and there continued forwards to near

the humeri), nigro-piceous; closely, finely, the elytra more coarsely,

punctate. Head short, broad, extended on each side behind the

eyes, the latter large, deeply emarginate, and separated by about

half their own width; antennae rather stout, moderately long,

joint 3 slightly longer than 2, 4-10 subequal, as long as broad, 4 a

little stouter than 3, 11 nearly as long as 9 and 10 united, ovate,

obliquely acuminate. Prothorax subquadrate, convex, much nar-

rower than the head, nearly as long as broad, narrowed in front, the

disc shallowly transversely grooved on each side at about the middle.

Elytra wider than the head, somewhat rounded at the sides, gradually

narrowed from a little below the base, with a deep, oblique, intra-

humeral depression. Legs rather stout, moderately long; anterior

tibiae slightly curved, subangularly dilated on the inner side beyond

the middle, and armed with a long, sharp mucro at the inner apical

angle; posterior femora stout, strongly clavate, abruptly excavate

52 Mr. G. C. Champion on

at the apex in front (appearing subangularly inflated on the anterior

aspect); basal joint of posterior tarsi curved.

Length 2, breadth 4 mm.

Hab. Braziu, Rio de Janeiro (ex coll. Pascoe).

One male. Recognisable by the dark head, prothorax,

and basal joint of the antennae, the testaceous, nigro-

trimaculate elytra, and the peculiarly formed posterior

femora of the male, the insect in this respect approaching

X. 4-signatus, Ch., from Chiriqui.

63. Xylophilus suturifer.

Xylophilus (Zonantes) cinctipennis, Champ., var.? suturifer,

Pic, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlu, pp. 262, 266 (1898).

Hylophilus suturifer, Pic, Cat. Hyloph. p. 18 (1910).

Q. Moderately elongate, rather broad, very shining, finely pubes-

cent; head, basal joint of antennae, prothorax, under surface, and

posterior femora (except at the base), nigro-piceous, the rest of the

antennae and legs, and the palpi, testaceous ; elytra testaceous, with

a common triangular scutellar patch, two oblong, transversely

placed, subconfluent patches on the outer part of the disc (the

marginal one a little longer than the other), the suture towards the

apex, and the apical margin narrowly, nigro-piceous; closely, finely,

the elytra more coarsely, punctate. Head short, broad, narrowly

extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter large, deeply

emarginate, and separated by about half their own width; antennae

rather stout, moderately long, joint 3 a little longer than 2, 4-10

stouter, very gradually decreasing in length, 10 transverse, 11

acuminate-ovate. Prothorax broader than long, subquadrate, much

narrower than the head, transversely grooved across the middle.

Elytra long, rather broad, narrowing from about the middle, trans-

versely depressed below the base, and with an oblique intra-humeral

depression. Legs long, rather stout; posterior femora stout,

clavate; basal joint of posterior tarsi curved.

Length 23, breadth 1,4, mm.

Hab. Braziu (ex coll. Bowring), Boa Sorta [types].

One specimen, apparently referable to X. suturifer, Pic.

This insect is so closely related to X. trigultatus, from Rio

de Janeiro, the g only of which is known, that I at first

treated it as a variety of the 2 of that species; it has,

however, much more elongate elytra, and the dark mark-

ings at the middle of the disc are in the form of two oblong,

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 53

transversely placed, subconfluent patches. The example

before me is without locality-label, but there can be little

doubt that it is from Brazil. The sexual characters were

not mentioned by Pic, and his types may be females.

64. Xylophilus brasiliensis.

Xylophilus (? Zonantes) brasiliensis, Pic, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Belg. xli, pp. 262, 265 (1898).

Q. Oblong, somewhat convex, very shining, clothed with long,

adpressed, pallid hairs; head, basal joint of antennae above, pro-

thorax, a large triangular patch on the outer part of each elytron

at about the middle (extending obliquely inwards to near the suture),

the posterior femora (except at the base), and the under surface

in great part, nigro-piceous or piceous, the rest of the antennae,

elytra, and legs, and the palpi, testaceous; closely, finely, the elytra

coarsely, punctate. Head short, broad, narrowly extended on each

side behind the eyes, the latter very large, emarginate, and somewhat

narrowly separated; antennae moderately long, rather stout, joint

3 a little longer than 2, 4-10 very gradually decreasing in length,

10 transverse, 11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax a little narrower

than the head, transverse, subquadrate. LElytra moderately long,

subparallel to about the middle, with a deep, oblique intra-humeral

depression, a space on each side of the suture thus appearing tumid.

Legs long; posterior femora stout, clavate; basal joint of posterior

tarsi curved.

Length 24, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. Braziz, Rio de Janeiro (Fry), Boa Sorta and Petro-

polis [types].

Two specimens, apparently females. Very like the

insect here identified as X. suturifer, Pic, but with a rela-

tively broader prothorax, the elytra shorter and wanting

the scutellar patch, the large triangular lateral patch

extending obliquely inwards to near the suture. The types

of X. brasiliensis not having been seen by me, a description

is given of the examples in the British Museum ; the male

is stated to have very stout posterior femora.

65. Xylophilus prehensus, n. sp. (Plate II, fig. 29,

anterior leg, 3.)

§- Oblong, rather convex, shining, clothed with rather long, fine

hairs; testaceous, the head, antennae (the tip of the eleventh joint

excepted), prothorax, a transverse patch at the middle of each

54 Mr. G. C. Champion on

elytron (not reaching the suture or outer margin), and the inter-

mediate and posterior tibiae towards the apex, nigro-piceous or

piceous; closely, finely, the elytra more coarsely, punctate. Head

very broad, short, narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes,

the latter extremely large, deeply emarginate, very narrowly separ-

ated; antennae stout, long, joint 2 short, 3 a little longer, 4-10

wider, about as broad as long, 11 stout, nearly as long as 9 and 10 |

united, obliquely acuminate. Prothorax convex, much narrower

than the head, broader than long, subquadrate, narrowed in front,

transversely depressed across the middle of the disc. Elytra wider

than the head, gradually narrowed from the base, with a shallow,

oblique, intra-humeral depression. Legs long, stout; femora clavate,

the posterior pair very stout; anterior tibiae (fig. 29) sinuate within,

abruptly bent inwards beyond the middle, and armed with a long

sharp mucro at the inner apical angle; posterior tibiae widened and

feebly sinuate; basal joint of posterior tarsi curved.

Length 2}, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. AMAZONS, between Para and Santarem (H. H.

Smith).

One male, received in 1875. Very like X. chiriquensis,

o (figured elsewhere by myself and also by Pic), but with

the antennae stouter and not quite so long, all the femora

stout and clavate (the anterior pair more thickened than

usual, and the posterior pair very stout), the elytra nar-

rowed from the base and less elongate, the eyes extremely

large and subapproximate. X. (Zonantes) brasiliensis, Pic,

the g of whichis known, must be an allied form, but the

description does not accord with the present insect. X.

nogricollas, Ch. (renamed atriceps by Pic), from Grenada and

Trinidad, has the upper surface similarly coloured, but it

differs in other respects. This is one of five species cap-

tured by Mr. H. H. Smith on the Amazons, each repre-

sented by a single example, two of them too imperfect

for description.

66. Xylophilus obscuricolor.

Hylophilus (? Zonantes) obscuricolor, Pic, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1905, pp. 261, 264, 269.

6. Oblong, rather convex, shining, clothed with long, fine, ad-

pressed, cinereous hairs; piceous, the head black, the mouth-parts,

palpi, antennae, and legs (the outer half of the posterior femora

excepted) testaceous; closely, finely, the elytra coarsely, punctate.

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 55

Head short, broad, narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes,

the latter large, deeply emarginate, and narrowly separated ; antennae

rather slender, moderately long, filiform, joint 3 longer than 2, 4-7

much longer than broad, subequal [8-11 broken off]. Prothorax

much narrower than the head, transversely subquadrate, abruptly

narrowed in front. Elytra oblong, wider than the head, subparallel

in their basal half, transversely depressed below the base, and with

an oblique intra-humeral depression. Legs rather stout; anterior

tibiae curved, sharply mucronate at the inner apical angle; posterior

femora much thickened, clavate; posterior tibiae widened; basal

joint of posterior tarsi slightly curved.

1 1

Length 2}, breadth ;}5 mm.

Hab. Braziu [type], Rio de Janeiro (Fry), Petropolis ?

(sec. Pic).

One male, apparently referable to X. obscuricolor, Pic,

near X. triguttatus, suturifer, brasiliensis, ete., but with

more slender, subfiliform antennae and entirely piceous

elytra. The simply curved anterior tibiae of the ¢ (a

character mentioned by Pic, though not recognised by him

as a sexual mark of distinction) separates X. obscwricolor

from the same sex of X. triguttatus, etc. The apical joint

of the antennae (wanting in the specimen before me) is

said to be dilated. X. arcuatipes, Pic, from Brazil,

described as having similarly arcuate anterior tibiae in oe

67. Xylophilus rectifasciatus, n. sp.

Q. Oblong, rather broad, moderately convex, shining, clothed with

long, fine, adpressed, pallid hairs; piceous, the antennae, palpi

mouth-parts, elytra (a common, transverse, laterally extended median

fascia excepted), and legs (the slightly infuscate posterior femora

excepted), testaceous; densely, finely, the elytra a little more

coarsely, punctate. Head short, moderately broad, narrowly ex-

tended on each side behind the eyes, the latter large, deeply emar-

ginate, and somewhat narrowly separated; antennae rather slender,

comparatively short, joint 3 slightly longer than 2, 4-10 subequal

in length, 11 stouter, acuminate-ovate. Prothorax small, much

narrower than the head, transversely subquadrate, abruptly nar-

rowed in front. Elytra much wider than the head, subparallel in

their basal half, with a shallow intra-humeral depression. Legs

rather slender, the posterior pair much stouter, the femora of the

latter clavate; basal joint of posterior tarsi almost straight,

Length 2}, breadth 1 mm.

56 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Hab. Brazit, Rio de Janeiro (fry).

One specimen. Separable from the insects here referred

to, X. brasiliensis and X.-suturifer, Pic, by the more slender

antennae and the more finely punctate, rectifasciate

elytra. The basal joint of the antennae shows no trace

of infuscation.

68. Xylophilus insularis, n. sp.

9. Oblong, rather broad, robust, shining, clothed with long, pallid

hairs; head and a narrow, common, post-median fascia on the elytra,

extending forwards along the sides, nigro-piceous, the prothorax

rufo-piceous, the under surface obscure ferruginous, the rest of the

elytra, the mouth-parts, antennae, and legs testaceous; closely,

finely, the elytra more coarsely, punctate. Head short, very little

wider than the prothorax, narrowly extended on each side behind

the eyes, the latter large, deeply emarginate, and somewhat narrowly

separated; antennae short, rather slender, joint 3 scarcely longer

than 2, 9 and 10 transverse, 11 stout, obliquely acuminate. Pro-

thorax convex, transverse, very gradually narrowing from the base,

unimpressed. Elytra oblong, convex, broad, slightly rounded at

the sides, with a shallow intra-humeral depression. Legs long, the

posterior pair stout, the femora of the latter strongly clavate; basal

joint of posterior tarsi arcuate.

Length 22, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. Brazit, ha Santo Amaro, near Santos (G. E.

Bryant: 18. iv. 1912).

One female, somewhat discoloured. Very like X. recti-

fasciatus, from Rio de Janeiro, and similarly coloured; but

larger and more convex, with a broader, less quadrate

prothorax, the apical joint of the antennae stouter and more

acuminate, and the basal joint of the posterior tarsi strongly

arcuate. The laterally extended dark median fascia of

the elytra is placed a little beyond the middle.

69. Xylophilus latefasciatus, n. sp.

®. Short, broad, rather convex, shining, sparsely pubescent;

head, prothorax, a broad, complete median fascia on the elytra, and

the posterior femora in part, black or piceous, the rest of the elytra

(a large, subobsolete, triangular scutellar patch, extending down-

ward to the median fascia, excepted) and legs, the antennae, and

mouth-parts testaceous, the under surface obscure ferruginous;

head rather sparsely, finely, the prothorax and elytra closely and

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 57

more coarsely, punctate. Head short, broad, narrowly subangu-

larly extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter large, emar-

ginate, and separated by about half their own width; antennae

rather stout, comparatively short, joint 3 slightly longer than 2,

3-10 gradually decreasing in length, 8-10 transverse, 11 stout, as

long as 9 and 10 united, obliquely acuminate. Prothorax strongly

transverse, nearly as wide as the head, parallel-sided, almost un-

impressed. Elytra short, broad, slightly rounded at the sides,

unimpressed. Legs moderately long, the posterior pair stout, with

the femora strongly clavate and the basal joint of the tarsi curved.

Length 14, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. Amazons, between Para and Santarem (H. H.

Smith).

One specimen, assumed to be a female. A short, broad,

convex form, with broadly nigro-fasciate elytra, a dark

head and prothorax, and the rest of the upper surface (a

faint scutellar patch excepted), the antennae, and legs (the

posterior femora excepted) testaceous. A fragmentary 3,

from Tolé, Panama, provisionally placed by me under

X. aequinoctialis, Ch. (B. C.-Am., Coleopt. iv, 2, p. 181),

with the eyes much larger and subcontiguous, the tri-

angular scutellar patch darker and well defined, and the

anterior tibiae feebly curved and subsinuate within, seems

to belong to the same species.

70. Xylophilus amazonicus, n. sp.

6- Oblong, somewhat depressed, subopaque, clothed with very

fine sericeous pubescence; nigro-piceous, with the anterior margin

of the prothorax and the under surface obscure ferruginous, the

mouth-parts, antennae, and legs, and the base of the elytra broadly,

testaceous; the entire upper surface densely, minutely punctate.

Head large, broad; eyes very large, occupying the whole of the

sides of the head, feebly emarginate, somewhat narrowly separated

above; antennae slender, moderately long, joint 3 much longer

than 2, 3-10 very gradually decreasing in length, longer than broad,

11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax much narrower than the head,

broader than long, subquadrate, narrowed in front, with a broad

transverse depression before the base. Elytra oblong, much wider

than the head, gradually widened to the middle, transversely de-

pressed below the base. Legs short, slender; posterior femora

moderately incrassate and with a narrow pallid pad along their

lower face.

Length 13, breadth 4 mm,

58 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Hab. AMAzoNS, between Para and Santarem (H. H.

Smith).

One specimen, assumed to be a male. Smaller and less

convex than X. flavipes (infra); the elytra broadly testa-

ceous at the base; the antennae similar, but with a smaller

apical joint; the eyes much larger and subapproximate ;

the posterior femora with a similar narrow flavous pad

beneath. The puncturing of the elytra is extremely fine.

71. Xylophilus dryophiloides, n. sp.

3. Oblong, dull, clothed with a fine, greyish, sericeous pubescence ;

nigro-piceous, the antennae, palpi, and legs (the infuscate posterior

femora and apices of the posterior tibiae excepted) testaceous; the

entire upper surface densely, finely punctate. Head short, broad;

eyes very large, feebly emarginate, separated by about half their own

width, occupying the whole of the sides of the head; antennae long,

rather stout, joint 2 short, 3 longer and narrower, 4-10 wider, sub-

triangular, subequal, longer than broad, 11 acuminate-ovate. Pro-

thorax much narrower than the head, transverse, subquadrate,

abruptly narrowed in front, confluently bifoveate at the base. Elytra

oblong, much wider than the head, feebly, transversely depressed

below the base. Legs short, slender; posterior femora thickened,

with a narrow, projecting, pallid pad along their lower face.

Length 2, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. Braztu, San Paulo (fry).

One male. This insect bears a striking resemblance to

the European Dryophilus pusillus, Gyll., one of the Ano-

budae. It is very like the same sex of X. flavipes, but has

the antennae much longer and stouter (joints 4-10 sub-

equal in width, 11 thus appearing relatively narrower),

and the eyes larger and more approximate. The general

coloration is exactly that of X. flavipes.

72. Xylophilus flavipes, n. sp.

6. Oblong, dull, finely sericeo-pubescent; nigro-piceous, the

antennae, palpi, and legs (the slightly infuscate posterior femora

excepted) testaceous; the entire upper surface densely, finely punc-

tate. Head short, moderately broad; eyes large, distant, feebly

emarginate, occupying near the whole of the sides of the head;

antennae short, slender, joints 3-10 subequal in length, but grad-

ually becoming a little wider, 3 longer than 2, 11 stout, obliquely

acuminate. Prothorax much narrower than the head, transverse,

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 59

subquadrate, abruptly narrowed in front, bifoveate at the base.

Elytra oblong, much wider than the head, feebly transversely de-

pressed below the base, the humeri rounded. Legs slender, rather

short; posterior femora moderately thickened and furnished with

a very narrow projecting pad along their lower face.

Length 2, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. Braztu, San Paulo (Fry).

One male. An oblong nigro-piceous insect, with slender

testaceous limbs. The apical joint of the antennae abruptly

stouter, the posterior femora with a narrow projecting pad

along their lower face, much as in the same sex of X.

fragilis, bicolor (renamed championi by Pic), unifasciatus

and inflatus, Ch. X. flavipes is so like X. dryophiloides,

from the same locality, that it was at first treated by me

as the 2 of the same species; the difference in the form of

the antennae, however, is too great to be simply sexual,*

and the structure of the posterior femora is certainly that

of a male.

73. Xylophilus fuseofaseiatus, n. sp.

9. Short, broad, subopaque, thickly clothed with fine silky

pubescence; obscure ferruginous, the elytra brown, with a common,

narrow, transverse, fuscous fascia just behind the middle, the

antennae and legs testaceous; the entire upper surface densely,

finely punctate. Head short, very little wider than the prothorax;

eyes moderately large, distant, feebly emarginate, occupying almost

the whole of the sides of the head; antennae short, joints 1 and 2

stout, 3-6 slender, subequal in length, 3 slightly longer than 2, 7-10

rapidly widening, 10 transverse, 11 stout, ovate, obliquely acuminate,

Prothorax strongly transverse, the angles obtuse, the disc shal-

lowly bifoveate at the base. Elytra broad, much wider than the

head, somewhat rounded at the sides, shallowly, transversely de-

pressed below the base. Legs short, slender, the posterior femora

a little stouter than the others.

Length (with head retracted) 14, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. Brazit, Rio de Janeiro (Fry).

One specimen. A short, broad, densely punctate, sericeo-

pubescent, reddish-brown insect, with broad, faintly uni-

fasciate elytra, short, slender limbs, and very feebly emar-

ginate eyes, which occupy almost the whole of the sides of

* Greater than between the sexes of the European X. (Huglenes)

pygmaeus, de Geer.

60 Mr. G. C. Champion on

the head, the head and prothorax subequal in width. It

can be placed in the section Ololelus.

74. Xylophilus dentaticornis. (Plate II, figs. 30, 30a, 3.)

Hylophilus dentaticornis, Pic, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1912,

p. 282.

The unique type of this extraordinary insect was cap-

tured by Mr. Bryant in Trinidad, in February 1903. It

is, of course, a g, and to Pic’s description may be added :

anterior tibiae much thickened; anterior and intermediate

femora, and intermediate tibiae, slender, the latter straight ;

posterior femora rather stout, clavate. A subcylindrical,

pallid insect, with the head, and a small patch on each side

of the elytra at about the middle, black; the head strongly

deflexed; the eyes extremely large and contiguous in

front; the antennae (fig. 30a) long, with joints 5-10

strongly dentate within and 11 crescentiform; the pro-

thorax not much narrower than the elytra. H. dentati-

cornis should perhaps form the type of a separate genus.

The general structure is suggestive of that of Blwmeno-

philus, Pic (1911), type B. externenotatus, from Brazil, the

smaller eyes and normal antennae of the latter being

suggestive of 9.

75. Xylophilus trinitatis, n. sp.

Hylophilus breviramus, Champ., var., Pic, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1912, p. 281.

g. Elongate, rather narrow, dull, the elytra moderately shining,

clothed with long, pallid, adpressed hairs; head, prothorax, and

under surface, the antennae with joints 1, 2 and 11, and the tips of

the rami, the anterior and intermediate femora at the apex, the

posterior femora entirely, and the posterior tibiae in part, black

or piceous, the rest of the antennae and legs testaceous or flavous ;

the elytra testaceous, with a common, transverse patch on the disc

below the base, another before the apex, and a laterally-extended,

complete median fascia, nigro-piceous; head densely, finely, the

prothorax rugosely, and the elytra very coarsely, subconfluently,

punctate. Head very large; eyes enormously developed, contigu-

ous, deeply. emarginate, occupying the whole of the sides of the

head; antennae long, joints 4-10 each with a long ramus, 11 long,

angularly dilated beyond the middle. Prothorax about as long as

broad, narrow. Elytra not wider than the head (with the eyes),

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 61

moderately long, rather convex, subparallel. Legs long, the posterior

rather stout, moderately long, joint 2 short, 3 much longer than 2,

3-10 gradually decreasing in length, 11 stouter, acuminate-ovate,

1, 2 and 11 infuscate; eyes much smaller, well separated; elytra

broader than the head.

Length 2—24, breadth ?-1 mm. (4 2.)

Hab. Trintoap (G. £. Bryant: 11. 1903).

One pair, treated as a var. of X. breviramus, Ch., from

Chirigui, but differing in various respects from that insect :

the antennal rami of the g are much longer, as long as in

the same sex of X. trifasciatus, and one only of the apical

joints is infuscate in Q; the elytra are relatively narrower

(not wider than the head in @), parallel-sided, and less

coarsely punctate; and the posterior femora are not so

stout.

Antillean Species.

76. Xylophilus halticoides, n. sp.

Oblong, broad, robust, shining (when denuded); head, prothorax,

and posterior femora nigro-piceous or piceous, the elytra reddish-

brown, paler at the base, with a broad indeterminate darker space

on each side, the antennae (the basal joint in part excepted) and

palpi, the rest of the legs, and the under surface in great part, fer-

ruginous or rufo-testaceous ; densely, finely, the elytra more coarsely,

punctate, clothed with fine adpressed pubescence. Head short,

broad, narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter

very large, deeply emarginate, and somewhat narrowly separated ;

antennae moderately long, stout, joints 2 and 3 very small, equal

in length, 4-10 gradually decreasing in length, 4 twice as long as 3,

8-10 transverse, 11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax about as wide as

the head, strongly transverse, subquadrate, abruptly narrowed in

front, the anterior angles rather prominent, the disc unimpressed.

Elytra broad, oblong, somewhat rounded at the sides, feebly, trans-

versely depressed below the base. Legs rather short, comparatively

stout; posterior femora very stout, strongly clavate, arcuate in

front; posterior tibiae and basal joint of posterior tarsi straight.

Length 2, breadth | mm. (3?)

Hab. ANTILLES, Grenada, Mount Gay Estate, Leeward

side (H. H. Smith).

One specimen, omitted from my 1896 list. A rather

62 Mr. G. C. Champion on

broad, robust form, with stout rufo-testaceous antennae,

dark head and prothorax, reddish-brown elytra, and the

posterior femora so much thickened as to resemble those of

a Haltica.

77. Xylophilus atomarioides, n. sp. (Plate I, fig. 31.)

Short, convex, oval, shining, sparsely, finely pubescent; testace-

ous, the eyes black, the elytra each with two, more or less confluent,

oblong fuscous patches at the middle of the disc, together forming

an interrupted fascia ; rather sparsely, finely, the elytra more coarsely,

punctate. Head short, broad; eyes large, distant, occupying nearly

the whole of the sides of the head, very feebly emarginate; antennae

short, very slender, thickened at the base and towards the tip, joints

1 and 2 stout, 3-8 narrower, subequal in length, 3 about as long as

2, 9-11 wider, forming a loose club, 11 ovate, stout, blunt at the tip.

Prothorax very short, narrower than the head, with two deep foveae

before the base. Elytra somewhat oval, convex, much wider than

the head, transversely depressed below the base. Legs short, slender,

the posterior femora moderately incrassate.

Length 1, breadth 2mm. (9?)

Hab. ANTILLES, St. Vincent (1. H. Smith).

Two specimens. A minute, convex, testaceous form,

with an extremely short prothorax, very different from any

other species of the genus known to me. The elongate

basal joint of the posterior tarsus separates it from Cnopus.

The eyes might be described as entire, and X. atomariovdes,

therefore, approaches Olotelus, Muls. The examples de-

scribed were placed amongst the Cryptophagids when

Mr. Smith’s Antillean captures were sorted, and the insect

was thus omitted from my list (1896) of the Xylophilids

of the Island.

Since the preceding pages have been in type, Mr. HE. W.

Ferguson, of Sydney, has sent me three additional species

of Xylophilus from Australia, all apparently new, and the

opportunity is taken of imserting descriptions of them

at the end of this paper. They have been examined by

Mr. A. M. Lea, and returned as unknown to him. The

types have been presented to the British Museum.

78. Xylophilus duplocinetus, n. sp.

Oblong, robust, shining, somewhat coarsely pubescent; ferru-

ginous, the head black, the legs and elytra testaceous, the latter

New or little-known Xylophilidae. 63

with two common, slightly undulate, narrow, nigro-piceous fasciae

—one, at about the basal third, interrupted at the suture, the

other, beyond the middle, not reaching the outer margin; closely,

finely, the elytra much more coarsely, punctate. Head large,

broad, narrowly extended on each side behind the eyes, the

latter very large and somewhat narrowly separated; antennae

moderately long, rather stout, joint 3 a little longer than 2, 3 and 4

subequal, 5-10 slightly shorter, 11 ovate, stout, obliquely acuminate.

Prothorax transversely subquadrate, narrower than the head,

rather convex, feebly canaliculate down the middle posteriorly,

without definite foveae. Elytra wider than the head, rather short,

subparallel in their basal half, with a deep, oblique, intra-humeral

depression. Legs comparatively short and stout, the posterior

femora clavate, the basal joint of the posterior tarsi curved and

about half the length of the tibia.

Length 2} mm. (¢?)

Hab. QUEENSLAND, Cairns (Ferguson).

One specimen, in good condition. Not unlike X.

ceylonicus, Pic, but with a black head, and more coarsely

punctate, nigro-bifasciate elytra. There are also many

allied tropical American forms.

79. Xylophilus fergusoni, n. sp.

6. Oblong, rather convex, shining, clothed with very fine, silky,

cinereous pubescence; black, the head (the eyes excepted), palpi,

joints 1-3 of the antennae, the prothorax, and legs rufo-testaceous

or testaceous; the head and prothorax sparsely, the elytra closely

and much more distinctly, punctate. Head broad, transverse ;

eyes large, separated by about one-half their own width (as seen

from in front), and extending outwards beyond the very short

post-ocular portion of the head; antennae long, not very slender,

joint 3 short, slightly longer than 2, 4-10 longer and thicker, obconic,

subequal in length, 11 stout, nearly as long as 9 and 10 united,

obliquely acuminate. Prothorax narrow, subquadrate, broader

than long, with two deep transverse impressions at the base and

an indication of a shallow transverse groove in front of this.

Elytra oblong, nearly twice as wide as the prothorax, subparallel

in their basal half, flattened on the disc and obliquely depressed

below the base, the sutural region tumid towards the apex. Legs

long, slender; anterior and intermediate tibiae feebly curved;

posterior tibiae distinctly sinuate, rapidly widened outwards,

truncate at the apex, and closely set with short hairs behind the

64 Mr. C. G. Champion on Xylophilidae.

inner apical angle; + basal joint of posterior tarsi elongate, very

slender, straight, more than half the length of the tibia.

Length 2 mm.

Hab. New Soutu Watus, Sydney (Ferguson).

One male, in perfect condition. An isolated form, with

peculiarly shaped posterior tibiae in the male, a rufo-

testaceous head and prothorax, and black, sericeo-pubescent

elytra. The exposed penis-sheath is long and slender.

80. Xylophilus fracticollis, n. sp.

Short, shining, finely pubescent; head (except in front) and

prothorax nigro-piceous, the basal and apical margins of the latter

rufescent, the antennae (the infuscate apical joint excepted), elytra,

and legs testaceous, the under surface obscure ferruginous; head.

and prothorax very finely, sparsely, the elytra closely and more

strongly, punctate. Head broad, narrowly extended on each side

behind the eyes, the latter large and separated by about their own

width (as seen from above); antennae short, slender, thickened

towards the tip, joints 1 and 2 also stout, 3 small, 4~—6 longer,

subequal, 10 transverse, 11 ovate, stouter than the preceding

joints. Prothorax small, transversely subquadrate, grooved across

the middle, and with a very deep, transverse, mesially interrupted,

depression before the base. Elytra about twice as broad as the

prothorax, short, subparallel in their basal half, deeply, transversely

depressed below the base. Legs slender, the posterior pair not very

elongate, their tibiae straight, gradually widened from the base to

the apex (thus appearing elongate-triangular), the basal joint of

their tarsi more than half the length of the tibia.

Length 14 mm. ($2)

Hab. New Souru Watus, Sydney (Ferguson).

One specimen, somewhat crushed, but with the head,

antennae, and prothorax uninjured, and the insect in

sufficiently good condition for description. The sub-

clavate antennae, the transversely grooved, deeply im-

pressed prothorax (much as in X. malaccanus), and the

gradually widened posterior tibiae, are characteristic.

Compared with X. malaccanus, the present insect is less

elongate and very differently coloured, and the antennae

are otherwise formed.

EXPLANATION oF Puatess I, II.

[See Explanations facing the Puatss. |

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Pl. II.

NEW OR IATTLE KNOWN XYLOPHILIDAE.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, IP, Sl

Horace Knight, del. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd,

NEW OR] 10 eb skaNOMiN XY LORE TERD EE:

Fra.

EXPLANATION OF PruateE J.

1. Hylobaenus fasciatus, Pic, 2? [Ceylon].

2, Hs fracticornis, n. sp., ¢ [Assam], antenna.

3. Notoxeuglenes impressicollis, Pic, 3 [Trinidad]; 3a, profile

of head and prothorax.

4. Huzxylophilus principalis, Champ., 2 [Ceylon]; 4a, hind

leg, 3.

5. Xylophilus podagricus, n. sp., d [Tenasserim].

6. A arthriticus, n.sp., 3 [Assam], anterior leg;

6a, intermediate leg; 6b, posterior leg.

a a cylindricornis, n. sp., 3 [Assam], anterior leg.

8. a tavoyanus, n. sp., 5 [Tenasserim], anterior leg.

9. 99 trinotatus, n. sp., 2 [Tenasserim].

10 > nilgiriensis, n.sp., 3 [Nilgiri Hills]; 10a,

anterior leg.

Ws 35 barbicornis, n. sp., $ [Nilgiri Hills], antenna.

ie = claviger, n. sp., [Siam], antenna.

13. zo penicillatus, n. sp., 3 [Manipur, India}.

14. e furcatimanus, n. sp., 6 [Tenasserim]; 14a,

anterior tibia and tarsus, from beneath.

15. ‘s andamanensis, n. sp., ¢ [Andaman Islands].

EXPLANATION OF PuateE II.

Fie. 16. Xylophilus sellatus, n. sp., 3 [Nilgiri Hills]; 16a, head in

tie

18.

19:

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

sil

profile.

palliditarsis, Pic, g [Ceylon], head from in

front.

troglodytes, n. sp., 3 [Selangor].

uncifer, n. sp., ¢ [Bombay], intermediate leg.

annulicornis, n. sp., ¢ ['Tenasserim].

megalocephalus, n. sp., 3 [Larat].

bigeminatus, n. sp., 2? [Ceylon].

pectinatus, n. sp., $ [Hong Kong], posterior leg.

spinimanus, n.sp., g [Hong Kong], anterior

leg.

luniger, n. sp., g [Moko Hinou Island, N.

Zealand]; 25a, antenna.

ovalis, n. sp., [Mashonaland].

ingens, n.sp., ¢ [Sta. Catharina, Brazil],

posterior leg.

triguttatus, n. sp., ¢ [Rio de Janeiro].

prehensus, n. sp., ¢ [Amazons], anterior leg.

dentaticornis, Pic, 3 [Trinidad]; 30a, antenna.

atomarioides, n. sp. [St. Vincent, W.1.].

&Gby )

II. New Lepidoptera from the Schouten Islands. By J. J.

Jorcey, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.8., and G. Tazsor,

F.E.S., with description of a new Tineid by J.

HartLey Durrant, F.E.S.

[Read October 6th, 1915.]

Puates III-VI.

THE present paper is a continuation of one on Biak Lepido-

ptera by Messrs. Joicey and Noakes which appeared in the

Transactions for 1915, Part Il, p. 177 et seq.

The specimens were collected mostly on Biak by Messrs.

A., C., and F. Pratt during May and June 1914, and some

were obtained on the adjacent island of Soepiori (Mysore)

at Korrido.

The types are in the collection of Joicey except where

otherwise stated.

It may be said here that the expedition made by Messrs.

Pratt to the Schouten Islands has added greatly to our

knowledge of their Lepidoptera. The present paper

brings the number of new forms discovered by these

indefatigable collectors up to sixty-one.

The following notes on the island of Biak and its Lepido-

ptera, communicated to us by Mr. Felix Pratt, will be of

interest. Very little information on this island is to be

found in geographical literature.

“On Biak, as on most islands out here, the commonest

insects are Danaids and Satyrids. To the east, Appras

and Catopsilia, particularly the former, were exceedingly

common, 7. e. for this part of the world. In South America

forty to fifty Catopsilia in one sweep of the net is quite

possible on a mule road. Such a take out here is an im-

possibility; four or five at once would be unusual. To

the west, although the country is open and suitable to

rapid-flying Pierids, the Appias and Catopsilia were con-

spicuous by their absence. In fact, speaking from the

standard of most tropical islands, butterflies in general

are rather rare on Biak.

“The difference between the forms on Biak and their

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTI. (AUG.) F

66 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

allies in New Guinea and Jobi (Jappen), as far as is known

with regard to the latter island, is remarkable. The same

apples to the flora. Further, there are no paradise

birds, kangaroos, cassowaries, or hornbills, yet all these

are plentiful on Jobi, not thirty miles away. Yet the

Goura victoriae (crown pigeon), which is a particularly

heavy bird and can fly only a very short distance, is quite

plentiful. This bird may, however, have been imported

from Humboldt Bay centuries ago when there was perhaps

communication with the more eastern districts. There

is a lighter strain in many of the natives and some even

have straight hair. This points to some past connection

with the natives of the islands at the other end (south-east)

of New Guinea. Were it not for the fact that Biak is

apparently new land, one might suppose that it belongs

to a former continent or great island. According to a

missionary, one part, a small mountain, shows signs of

being of very ancient formation; this talhes with the

native folk-lore.

“The formation of Biak is coral-limestone. There is

anchorage on the south coast at Mokmen, but I believe none

on the north. In places one can stand on the edge of the

coral reef at low tide and sound without finding any bottom

at sixty fathoms, as at Bosnek on the south-east corner.

“The prevailing wind is, of course, the south-east. This

is a trade wind and really blows all the year round, but

what is known as the south-east monsoon blows from

April to September. Then the north-westerly squalls

begin.

“ The altitude is not greater than 200 or 300 feet except

in one part to the north, where a mountain runs up to

2000 feet. This, however, is not high enough to produce

mountain forms.

‘There are no swamps on the island, and behind Warido

on the west are undulating plains. Here, in patches of

secondary growth, most of the Delias were found.

“One might stop a considerable time on Biak and get

very few Delias. Perhaps a few euphemia 3 S and, may

be, both sexes of multicolor if one happened to see the

jambosa tree in flower on the sea shore. To get Delzas,

particularly the females, one must find the flowering trees

which they haunt, and wait patiently in the branches

during the sunny hours; 4 p.m. is a good time for females.

During the great heat of the day most things are still

New Lepidoptera from the Schouten Islands. 67

except in the woods, where it is always possible to come

across some females drinking. The female of ewphemia

is quite rare and very conspicuous; maudez is very rare

indeed, and bosnikiana is yet rarer.

“ Papilio felizi is found hovering over the mud near the

shore. Itis not at all common, but its habits are probably

much the same as the other thule forms.”

It would appear, from what Mr. Pratt says, that Biak

is mostly of coral formation and has not been connected

with the New Guinea mainland. The highest part of the

island may, however, represent land which had some

connection with a New Guinea and Moluccan land area

when less specialised forms of Lepidoptera than are found

at present inhabited the entire region.

(G. T.).

PAPILIONIDAE.

1. Papilio (Troides) priamus teucrus, subsp. nov.

Knowing the wide variation exhibited by the poseidon

race of this species over New Guinea and adjacent islands,

we should have hesitated to separate the Biak specimens

if our series had been smaller. This series of 135 gg and

110 29 shows a certain constancy of form.

3. Upperside of hind-wing with spots reduced in size and spot

in cellule 4 absent or minute; a golden costal spot varying in size.

Underside of fore-wing with cell-spot always large and other spots

well developed.

Q. Fore-wing with cell-spot large and extending basad to vein 2

and generally beyond it; all spots enlarged. Hind-wing with

2 spots in cellule 6; band close to cell, especially in 3 and 4; a spot

at end of cell, varying in size.

Variation—

g. Typical specimens, 104, including 31 with spots on hind-

wing absent = ab. cronius, Feld.

Ab. cronius with gold costal spot absent or minute, 8 speci-

mens. Typical form without gold spot, 9. Hind-wing with

more than 3 spots, 3.

Hind-wing with gold spots, 11.

9. Typical specimens, 95.

Hind-wing with 2 spots in 7, 1. Hind-wing with second spot

in 6 minute or absent, 14.

68 — Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

2. Papilio ulysses denticulatus, subsp. nov.

This form shows a transition to ambiguus, Roths., from

the Bismarck Islands.

6. Fore-wing with the blue beyond end of cell reduced to a few

scales or a spot at the base of 6; spot above cell in 9 small or absent,

spot in 5 minute or absent, the one in 4 small. Hind-wing with

the blue area strongly dentate, the prolongations being between

the veins and not along them as is the tendency in most of the

forms.

Q. Fore-wing with all spots outside cell above vein 4 absent.

Hind-wing with long denticulations in cellules 3-5; submarginal

spots smaller than in autolycus and almost as much reduced as in

ambiguus.

128 633° 28.

3. Papilio codrus schoutensis, subsp. nov.

This form is distinguished from typical medon, Feld.,

in the much reduced and more sharply defined costal

spot on the hind-wing below, and in the band becoming

obsolete.

One specimen approaches specimens of medon from

Mefor in which the band is partly washed out, but the

costal spot is larger than in these, being more typical;

there are two similar specimens from Biak in the Tring

Museum. Examples from Waigeu are more typically

medon than those from Mefor.

A series of both sexes.

DANAINAE.

4. Danaida marcia, sp. nov.

(Plate ITI, fig. I, 9.)

This rather distinct species is apparently most nearly

allied to rotundata, Gr.-Sm., from the Bismarck Islands.

3°. Ground-colour blackish-brown, markings white. Fore-

wing.—A stripe in lower part of cell between veins 2 and 3; a

small subcostal spot in cellule 10, a smaller one beyond it in 9

and just above the first of 3 post-cellular spots in 4-6, the middle

one the longer, and the one in 4 shortest and nearly square; an

oblong patch in 2, pointed towards angle of 2 and not touching

cell; a small spot above it in 3 near cell; a stripe in 16 on sub-

median, nearer to base than to margin, and anteriorly convex;

New Lepidoptera from the Schouten Islands. 69

below this an indistinct line on inner margin and reaching base ;

a submarginal row of 7 spots, the last three in lc, 2 and 3, being

twice the size of the first four; marginal dots in pairs between

the veins chiefly present in 2 and 3. Hind-wing.—A wedge-shaped

stripe in lower part of cell, not quite reaching the base; 4 post-

cellular spots close to cell and to one another, their outer edges

slightly concave; a patch in lc extending to the base and slightly

invaded by ground-colour near the submedian; a narrow stripe

in 1b shorter than the preceding and a short basal line in la; an

indistinct and narrow spot in cellule 6; a stripe in 7 nearly filling

the cellule, acuminate near the margin, and indistinctly reaching

the base; a sub-basal triangular spot in 8, a submarginal row of

6 spots in lc—6, and a marginal series of dots in pairs between the

veins.

Underside similar to above. Fore-wing with marginal dots

better developed; a spot or dot distally of the larger one in 3;

stripe on inner margin well marked.

In the 3 the wings are less rounded and spots are a little smaller.

On the hind-wing the spots in the distal area are faintly marked and

the post-cellular spots are much smaller. Length of fore-wing :

3 34 mm., 2 39 mm.

It may be noted that this species bears some resemblance

to Neptis gregalis, J. and N., and to the 9 of Pareronia

chink, J. and N.

1 3, 3 2 received. ?

The 2 of this species bears the strongest resemblance

to the Q of Euploea pyres mangolinella, Strand, from

Ysabel and New Georgia. Although it is not improbable

that a similar form of Huploea may exist on Biak, yet such

a resemblance as here noted could conceivably arise in

the absence of the Huploea.

The factors operating to bring about the same con-

vergence of pattern in a Hwploea and in a Danaid in different

habitats are probably of the same kind. The resulting

pattern in each of these sub-families would conform more

to one type than would the pattern of a Danaid and a

Pierid belonging to distinct families.

EUPLOEINAE.

5. Euploea confusa biaka, subsp. nov.

Nearest to faunia, Fruh., from Dutch New Guinea. It is darker

than other forms of the species. The median patch is proximally

yellow-brown and outwardly much paler; it does not enter the

70 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

cell. On the hind-wing the brownish distal suffusion is confined

to a slight indication in cellules 1c and 2.

Underside darker than above and fore-wing patch mostly white.

The hind-wing has only 3 minute bluish streaks beyond the cell

in 2+4.

The single specimen obtained is smaller than any other

we have seen of the species. The fore-wing measures

37 mm. as against 40 mm. mostly attained by other forms.

6. Euploea lugubris, Gr.-Sm., 9.

(Plate ITI, fig. 2, gy 3, 2.)

E. lugubris, Gr.-Sm. Nov. Zool. 1, pp. 342-3 (1894).

A pair of this species having been taken in copula we

find that the 2 does not agree with the specimen described

by Grose-Smith. This 9 isin the Tring Museum and appears

to belong to another group of Huploea of which cerberus,

Butl., is a representative. It is most likely the Q of our

encerta.*

. Upperside smoky-brown, paler at the margins, and some spots

showing through from below; costa of hind-wing grey.

Underside paler. Fore-wing with a cell-spot near end; 3 spots

near the cell in 2—4, the last being much smaller; a submarginal

series of 7 dots curving outwardly from costa to cellule 5, the next

two dots shifted inwards and the seventh below the sixth; a well-

defined curved stripe in Ic and a shorter and greyish stripe below

it; inner margin grey. Hind-wing with a cell-spot near end; a

series of 6 spots round the cell and between these and the margin

4 spots in 4~7; 6 marginal dots in pairs between the veins in 4-6.

Length of fore-wing: 39 mm.

A series of ff and 2 29.

PALAEOTROPINAE.

Gen. TELLERVO, Kirby.

Lepidopterists are not yet unanimous as to whether this

genus contains more than one species. In his report on

the Lepidoptera of the Wollaston Expedition, Lord Roths-

child has described two distinct forms of Yellervo from the

same locality and treats them as races of zoilus, Fbr., and

* Euploea incerta, J. and N., T.E.S., 1915, Pt. I, p- 187, pl. 25,

fig. 4.

New Lepidoptera from the Schouten Islands. 71

assarica, Crm., respectively. We are led to a similar

conclusion by receiving a long series of both sexes of two

different forms from Biak. The zoilus form is represented

by mysoriensis, Stgr., and the assarica form is undescribed.

Heer Van Eecke in his report of the Rhopalocera collected.

by the Third Dutch Expedition, follows Fruhstorfer in

treating all the forms as belonging to one species ; he further

supposes that the whitest form was the most primitive

and that a darkening process has been going on.

We have examined a large number of specimens, including

those in the Tring Museum, and, as far as pattern goes,

find three characters which, though not entirely constant,

hold good for the majority of specimens representing

zotlus, Fbr., and assarica, Crm. These characters may be

thus tabulated :—

ZOILUS. ASSARICA.

Fore-wing— Fore-wing—

Apical spots separated. Apical spots joined to form a

band.

No spot below vein 3 or only A spot below vein 3 generally

a dot. well marked.

Hind-wing below— Hind-wing below—

A second basal spot below No basal spot below the

the median. median or only a few white

scales.

In a few specimens bearing the fore-wing characters

of assarica we have found a well-marked second basal

spot on hind-wing below. A series of 28 typical assarica

from Ceram in the Tring Museum have all only 1 basal

spot on hind-wing. The form we now describe also agrees

in this respect without exception; on the other hand, every

specimen of the zoilus form received from Biak possesses

two basal spots.

If Tellervo contains two species a proper definition of

them has still to be given.

7. Tellervo assarica biakensis, subsp. nov.

(Plate ITI, fig. 4, 2.)

3. Upperside. Fore-wing with apical spots more or less dis-

tinctly connected, a more or less distinct spot below vein 3; cell-

spot more or less square, a dot near base, Hind-wing with discal

12 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

patch extending to inner margin near base; a short notch of black

ground-colour at origin of vein 7.

Underside. Fore-wing with well-marked costal spot and _ tri-

angular basal spot; apical spots more distinctly connected, and

spot below vein 3 better developed than above. Hind-wing with

one basal spot.

9. Fore-wing with spots larger and apical spots generally markedly

connected.

One 2 specimen shows a darkening on the hind-wing of veins 10,

2 and 3, and a dark spot at lower angle of cell. Another example

shows on the fore-wing a much-enlarged cell-spot above which is

a costal streak; the lower median spot is also large. There are

5 specimens in the Tring Museum from Korrido which probably

belong here, in which the hind-wing shows a further extension of

the darkening described in the specimen above. There is a speci-

men in the British Museum from Biak, collected by Doherty.

A long series of both sexes was obtained.

NYMPHALIDAE.

8. Atella alcippe interposita, subsp. nov.

This form connects cervina, Butl., from Dutch New

Guinea, with denosa, Fruh., from the Bismarck Islands.

3. Upperside with a well-defined and broader black margin

the edge of which is nearly straight. Fore-wing with cell-markings

and bar beyond cell well defined; small spots at base of cellules 1,

2 and 3. Hind-wing with distinct basal lines.

Underside more uniformly pale brown than in cervina, and in one

specimen only is the distal area darkened with bluish-grey. The

basal lines are well marked and the post-discal and submarginal

lines are more narrowly margined with bluish-grey.

The 9 is duller and more strongly marked on both sides.

A series of both sexes.

9. Parthenos sylvia intermedia, subsp. nov.

(Plate IV, fig. 3, 3.)

This form appears transitional between Moluccan forms

of sylvia, Crm., and tigrina, Voll. The basal brown on both

wings is dull- and not yellow-brown as in lagrina.

6. Fore-wing with the spot in 2 smaller than in allied forms, spot

in 5 shortened proximally, the one in 6 larger and extending the

New Lepidoptera from the Schouten Islands. 73

width of cellule on the underside, no spot between this and the

one near base of 6. Hind-wing with well-marked submarginal

lines.

One specimen only obtained.

10. Prothoe australis satgeii f. bifasciata, forma nov.

(Plate IV, fig. 4, ¢.)

Forms of australis; Guér., show all transitions from the

wholly dark fore-wing to the presence of a complete band,

and specimens with and without markings on the fore-

wing occur together. The aberration here described is

similar to hewitsoni, Wall., and conforms to the race satgevi,

J. and N., in comparative reduction of underside markings.

3. Upperside. Fore-wing with a sub-costal patch formed of

2 contiguous spots in 5 and 6; a large median patch of which the

spot in 2, the larger, extends to within a third of length of cellule

2 from margin; beyond sub-costal patch 4 thin and short stripes

in 4-7; a submarginal row of 7 rounded spots, the one at tornus

being much larger and produced proximally as a short stripe.

Hind-wing with discal patch as in the typical subspecies but more

sharply defined.

Underside. Fore-wing with subcostal and median patches

joined to a spot in 4; the 4 stripes above are represented by 4

spots of somewhat triangular shape; cell with 5 small spots and a

dot in middle; no spot on costa; submarginal spots as above except

that there are 2 at tornus and 2 short stripes next them. Hind-

wing as in hewitsoni, Wall., but with reduced markings. The

lunules in 2 and 3 are incomplete; the second stripe of discal patch

in 3 does not reach base of cellule, and the other stripes are likewise

shorter.

A single specimen obtained.

11. Eriboea pyrrha glauca, subsp. nov.

Close to the race jupiter, Butl.

Upperside. Fore-wing with increased blue edging to the band;

the spot beyond end of cell a little larger; submarginal spot in 4

shifted inwards. Hind-wing with increased distal glaucous-blue

margin to the band, projecting on veins 2 and 3 and in two speci-

mens joining the marginal spot on 2 which is larger.

Underside. Fore-wing with the black bar across cellule 3 oblique

74 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

and outwardly curved, either separated from the spot in 2 or just

touching its outer edge; the two submarginal lines closer together

and more bluish. Hind-wing with band more silvery-white and a

little narrower, markedly so in one specimen; proximal bordering

of submarginal spots more bluish and heavily marked.

The specimen with a narrow band on the hind-wing has

a deep blue gloss over the outer margin of hind-wing above

and all traces of green have disappeared.

356.

AMATHUSIIDAE.

12. Morphopsis biakensis, sp. nov.

(Plate V, fig. 2, g.)

Smaller than other forms of this genus and with a broader

band on the fore-wing, but possessing the general pattern

and coloration of albertisi, Ob. The fore-wing is more

rounded than in other species of the genus; the outer

angle much more oblique and lower median interspace

much broader. The cell of the hind-wing is long and narrow,

the middle discocellular being twice as long as the first.

3. Upperside. Fore-wing with band broader anteriorly and

distally and half surrounding apical ocellus; apical blackish-brown

much reduced; one white dot in cellule 6 above the ocellus. Hind-

wing with smaller ,eye-spot; submarginal line thinner, inner one

obsolete.

Underside.—Fore-wing with band more yellowish; submarginal

lines waved at apex, straight from vein 5, inner one much thinner ;

lower part of eye-spot lying within the band, a white dot placed

anteriorly and touching the inner ring; band narrowly bordered

with chocolate-brown proximally. Hind-wing with apical ocellus

comparatively larger than in forms of albertist, Ob.; proximally

of this ‘eye-spot and touching veins 5 and 8 a curved brown line as

wide as its distance from the ocellus and parallel to its inner edge

to vein 4, bending inward to 3, then thickening to form a curve in

2, thence to submedian where it joins an inner submarginal line of

same colour; latter line thicker than in the allied species and more

regularly waved, also closer to the first submarginal line; latter

line closer to margin and only slightly undulate; a brown spot at

end of cell and, one at base of vein 7; a cell-streak placed more

obliquely than in the allied species; 2 white curved marks near the

inner submarginal line in cellules 3 and 4.

2. Darker brown. Upperside of fore-wing with black-brown

New Lepidoptera from the Schouten Islands. 75

apex and more sharply defined distal edge to the band; ocellus not

touching the band; inner edge of the band broadly margined with

black which merges into the chestnut ground-colour. Underside

darker than in 3. Fore-wing with grey-black apical half. Hind-

wing with broader post-median band and thicker inner submarginal

line.

Length of fore-wing: ¢ 41 mm., 9 45 mm.

4964; 19.

LYCAENIDAE.

13. Megisba orientalis, sp. nov.

(Plate V, fig. 3, 3.)

Alhed to monacha, Gr.-Smn., from Humboldt Bay.

3. Upperside of fore-wing with a white patch as in the allied

species; hind-wing unicolorous black.

Underside. Fore-wing with 2 dots at base instead of one as in

monacha and the post-discal row of spots somewhat differently

placed, forming a series of curved marks parallel to margin in

cellules 16 and Ic, 2, 3, and 4; 3 faint spots in 5, 6, and 9, at right

angles to costa. Hind-wing as in monacha and somewhat bluish-

white basally.

2. Wings rounded. Fore-wing with white patch broader and

extending above vein 4. Underside with margins not darkened.

Length of fore-wing: ¢ 11 mm., 2 12 mm.

| areca hae

14. Candalides albiplaga, sp. nov.

(Plate ITI, fig. 6.)

9. Upperside blackish-brown. ore-wing with a large white

patch extending along inner margin from near tornus to near base,

narrowing slightly to vein 2 and then slightly outcurved and reach-

ing just above 3; it extends to the base of cellule 2 and does not

enter the cell. Fringe whitish at outer angle. Hind-wing with

outer costal area white and extending as a spot in the angle of

6 and 7. Fringe white.

Underside white. Fore-wing narrowly edged with black from apex

to vein 2, and similarly the hind-wing from vein 4 to first sub-

median. ;

Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish-brown above, white below.

Length of fore-wing: 16 mm.

A single specimen only obtained.

76 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

15. Lampides coeligena, sp. nov.

(Plate VI, fig. 2, J, 3, 2.)

Allied to elms, Godt. 3. Bright sky-blue, more intense

than in elps. Hind-wing paler along costa; at anal

angle two short black bars divided by submedian.

d- Underside more slaty-grey than in elpis. Fore-wing with a

short median band reaching vein 3 and above it a discocellular bar ;

a curved post-median band widest on costa and reaching vein 4, as

in elpis; a narrow submarginal band darker than ground-colour

and formed of curved bars; marginal border darker than ground-

colour. Hind-wing with lines less heavily marked than in elpis;

post-median band more irregular; a submarginal row of black

spots edged with white on inside, consisting of two larger apical

spots, 3 smaller in 3-5, a white lunule edged with black placed over

the anal spot, and a white streak edged with black at inner angle;

a marginal row of smaller spots bordered with white; anal spot less

broadly margined with yellow than in allied forms.

Q. Above with a black apical and marginal border, but not so

broad as in elpis. The wings are less bright in colour than in ¢.

Hind-wing with brownish costa; a marginal row of dark spots as

in elpis, the one in 2 much larger than others, bordered with white ;

an inner row of brownish Iunules edged with white proximally.

Underside as in 3, with increased yellow bordering to anal spot.

1 2 only received.

3d (Type) in Brit. Mus., also 9, from Humboldt Bay,

Sep.—Oct. 1892, W. Doherty (coll. Godman and Salvin).

16. Philiris fulgens septentrionalis, subsp. nov.

Differs from fulgens, Gr.-Sm., in the more extended purple on

fore-wing which reaches costa and extends beyond cell half-way

between it and apex, its edge evenly curved and nearer the margin

than in the typical form. Hind-wing with increased blue in cellules

6 and 7.

1 g, Biak, 1 g labelled “‘ Kapaur” in coll. Joicey from

Grose-Smith Coll.

17. Thysonotis dissimilis, sp. nov.

(Plate ITI, fic. 7, g; 8, 9.)

Near to hebes, Druce, and very similar to eudocia, Druce,

but has not the yellow costal streak on the fore-wing as

in this species.

rt. “> CU ele ee hee!

we * 4 whew x in oe a"

ret ® + af ' ‘ ’

New Lepidoptera from the Schouten Islands. x6!

3. Upperside deep blue with narrow black margins a little wider

on hind-wing.

Underside black. Fore-wing with a broad white band narrowing

anteriorly and ending in a point at vein 6, entering cell at lower

angle, distally incurved between inner margin and vein 3; a greenish-

blue stripe along upper part of cell from base to its end. Hind-

wing with a broader white band than on fore-wing, and narrowing

from inner margin to vein 5; a greenish-blue basal bar; a sub-

marginal thin scalloped line the points of which rest on a thin

greenish-blue marginal line, the spots thus formed being deeper

black than the ground-colour.

2. Upperside blackish-brown with a well-defined white band

crossing both wings. The band on fore-wing forms a small spot in

lower angle of cell and extends above vein 4; it does not fill the

base of cellule 2 and its outer edge is not so well defined as the

inner. On the hind-wing the band narrows to the inner margin

and extends from near base to beyond cell, its outer edge being

straight and well defined.

Underside similar to $. Fore-wing with costal stripe broader and

somewhat larger. Hind-wing with band narrower than in 4, its

outer edge straight instead of curved; marginal spots more heavily

defined by greenish-blue.

Length of fore-wing: ¢ 16 mm., 2 18 mm.

4A SS.

18. Deudorix ceramensis maudei, subsp. nov.

(Plate V, fig. 4, 3 5, 2.)

This peculiar species * is evidently closely allied to

despoena, Hew. The pattern of the underside is almost

as in Hewitson’s species, but the blue on the upperside

is replaced by bright orange-brown in the 3.

3. Upperside. Fore-wing black with an oblong median patch

of bright orange-brown extending from base to vein 3, anteriorly

rounded and bending obliquely inward from 16 to inner margin.

In the typical form this patch extends above vein 3. Hind-wing

bright orange-brown; base near costa to vein 5 and to just beyond

angle of 7 and 5, black; fringe black; tail black tipped with white.

In the typical form the costal black is extended but less so at the

base.

* Deudorix ceramensis, Ribbe, “Iris,” vol. 13, p. 336, t. vi, f. 3

(1900), (Ceram).

78 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

Underside buff, darker at inner margin of hind-wing; in cera-

mensis the ground-colour is white. Fore-wing with outer margin

broadly smoky-brown, narrowing posteriorly and traversed by a

thin line of ground-colour which becomes obscured anteriorly; a

deep brown triangular costal patch, its apex directed outwards

below vein 2; this patch is narrower in ceramensis and reaches

lower submedian. Hind-wing with a narrow smoky-brown margin

from apex to vein 3, and a faint smoky line running parallel to it;

rest of margin yellow and proximally bordered by a black line edged

with metallic blue; an admarginal whitish line from 1c-4; a round

black spot bearing some metallic blue scales in its upper part, in

the marginal yellow in 2; next this an oblong metallic blue spot,

round in the typical form, is placed obliquely in 1c; anal lobe as

in allied species; a dark-brown discal and inner-marginal band,

as in ceramensis but broader. Thorax above chestnut-brown,

abdomen rufous.

Q. Upperside similar to despoena, Hew. Fore-wing with blue

area extending just beyond the white patch, its outer edge evenly

curved and parallel to margin. Hind-wing with more extended

blue than in despoena and only a faint whitish scaling on costal

area.

Underside similar to the allied species. Fore-wing darker at the

base; costal patch extended to 1b. Hind-wing darker at base;

ochreous marginal patch in 3 bearing a black spot with a blue centre ;

other markings as in despoena.

Length of fore-wing: ¢ 17-21 mm., 2 20-21 mm.

13 3d, 3 28.

19. Deudorix biaka, sp. nov.

This appears to be most nearly allied to neopommerana,

Ribbe.

®. Smaller than allied forms. Upperside paler than in neopom-

merana; costa, apical area, and cell of fore-wing darker; anal lobe

brick-red and bearing a small dark central spot.

Underside grey and paler than in the allied species. On the

hind-wing the inner edge of the spot in 7 is in line with the inner

edge of the two discal spots, forming a line, broken in cellule 2,

from costa to inner margin. Anal lobe black, eye-spot in 2 black

ringed with pale yellow, a slight bluish scaling between it and inner

margin. Abdomen below pale yellow.

Length of fore-wing: 15 mm.

A single specimen.

New Lepidoptera from the Schouten Islands. 19

20. Horaga sehoutensis, sp. nov.

Allied to samoena, Gr.-Sm., from Batchian.

3. Upperside with grey-black ground-colour. Fore-wing with a

large white discal patch extending from 1b to 6, narrowest above

vein 4, widest in cellule 2, and not filling base of this cellule; the

outer edge is outwardly curved and less well-defined than the

straighter inner edge. Below cell, basal three-fifths scaled with

violet-blue which extends slightly into the cell and forms a spot

at its lower angle. Hind-wing with a narrow basal patch of blue

sealing between veins 4 and 6. A bluish-white subterminal line,

interrupted at the veins and obsolescent anteriorly; a marginal

line darker than the ground-colour; cilia white on inner margin.

Underside olive-brown. Fore-wing with a well-defined white

discal patch reaching vein la. Inner margin grey-white except

at base. Hind-wing with a white discal band, widest on costa and

narrowing posteriorly, ending in a point at la; its inner edge is

well defined, straight to vein 7, projecting between this vein and 6,

inwardly oblique to 4, outwardly so to 2 and from which it forms

a deep inward curve to la; outer edge slightly diffused and gently

curved, scaled with pale metallic blue from la to 3. A subterminal

white line interrupted on the veins. Against this a black quadrate

spot in 2, inwardly edged with metallic blue; a larger grey spot in

16 and smaller but similar and obsolescent spots in 3, 4 and 5. A

black marginal line. Inner margin edged with bluish-white at

base. Anal lobe black.

Length of fore-wing: 17 mm.

One specimen only obtained.

21. Arhopala bosnikiana, sp. nov.

Near alce, Hew., from Halmaheira, Aru, and German

N. Guinea.

Q. Smaller than the 2 of alce. Upperside with narrower marginal

black and more intense blue. Underside with a grey-brown ground-

colour and spots smaller. Fore-wing with cell-spots separate.

Hind-wing with the 4 costal spots separate and not forming a dark

patch. At base of cell a dark spot and a rounded spot in the middle ;

median band straighter and better defined; no blue scaling at anal

angle and no dark anal spots.

Length of fore-wing: 20 mm.

A single specimen.

80 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

HESPERIDAE.

22. Casyapa biaka, sp. nov.

Smaller and of more delicate build than others of the genus.

3g. Upperside deep brown. Fore-wing without markings. Hind-

wing with a narrow marginal band of orange-yellow from anal angle

to vein 7 where it ends in a point; this colour runs out in short

streaks on the veins. Underside a little paler than above.

Head, palpi, pectus, legs, and abdomen below orange-yellow.

Antennae deep brown above, yellowish below. Thorax and abdo-

men deep brown above, the former slightly tinged with yellow.

Length of fore-wing: 22 mm.

A single specimen.

23. Mimas basalis, sp. nov.

2. Upperside black with base of both wings pale greenish-blue.

Fore-wing with basal blue extending slightly into the cell. Hznd-

wing with the blue filling the cell and extending a little below it; a

white streak along basal half of submedian and a violet-blue patch

below it. Cilia of both wings white at apex and at inner angle.

Underside blackish-brown. Jore-wings with some faint violet-

blue subapical streaks; proximally of these are 3 similarly-coloured

spots, the middle one smaller than the others; two short subcostal

streaks near end of cell. Hind-wing with two small violet-blue

spots in cellule 7; a submarginal row of 5 spots, the apical 3 faintly

defined.

Antennae black; palpi clothed with black and white hair; frons

white, vertex and base black; thorax and basal two abdominal

segments black clothed with grey hair; remainder of abdomen

black ringed with white between segments; pectus white mixed

with black; legs black.

Length of fore-wing : 20 mm.

A single specimen.

AGARISTIDAE.

24. Damias varia tripartita, subsp. nov.

3 9. Nearest to transducta, Wlk., from the North Moluccas.

Fore-wing with lower discal spot tripartite as in the allied form

but smaller. The cell-spot is reduced to a minute dot in the 3

and is absent in the single 9 specimen. Hind-wing with the band

short and broad leaving a wider dark margin than in the allied

New Lepidoptera from the Schouten Islands. 81

form. Underside of fore-wing with reduced basal streak and

cell-bar. Fringes entirely black.

8 3 3g, 1 2 obtained.

25. Mimeusemia nigrescens, sp. nov.

(Plate VI, fig. 4, 2.)

This species is most nearly allied to proerosia, Druce,

from the Key Islands, but is at once distinguished by the

black ground-colour.

Q. Upperside black. Fore-wing with a pale yellow almost cream-

coloured discal band placed at right angles to costa and extending

from subcostal to near tornus, constricted slightly in upper part

and rounded posteriorly, accompanied by a curved mark at its

lower distal edge; some metallic blackish-blue markings com-

prising a spot in cell, a stripe closing cell, an inwardly curved row

of 5 dots just beyond the band, some scaling along anterior margin

of cell and along lower submedian. Hind-wing with pale yellow

marginal patches more extended than in proerosia; fringe pale

yellow, blackish proximally.

Underside blackish-brown. Fore-wing paler along inner margin ;

band as above, bent inwards below first submedian; some pale

yellow scaling along inner margin. Hind-wing with series of

marginal spots, two at apex obscure and free from margin, two

streaks in 4 and 5 which scarcely touch margin.

Head, thorax, and abdomen black, pectus orange; tegulae pale

yellow on inner edge; patagia traversed by a pale yellow line

reaching below the eyes; a pale yellow line above the eyes on crown

of head; palpi black, first segment fringed with pale yellow and

second segment pale yellow inside; anal tuft orange; legs black,

femora orange.

Length of fore-wing : 27 mm.

A single specimen.

(GEOMETRIDAE.

26. Dysphania tentans schoutensis, subsp. n.

3 @. Darker than tentans, Wik. Upperside.-—Fore-wing with no

basal pale stripe below the cell; apical and post-median spots

more or less reduced. Hind-wing with wider margin and reduced

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTI. (AUG.) G

82 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

light basal patch which does not extend beyond end of cell, its

edges well defined, not reaching base; . yellow distal spots absent

or feebly marked.

Underside of hind-wing with basal patch forming a well-defined

spot in cellule 7; distal yellow markings more prominent. Pectus

blue-black.

Two specimens represent the extreme darkening in this

race. The apical and post-median spots, excepting a

small costal spot, have disappeared, and on the hind-wing

there are no distal markings.

A long series of both sexes.

27. Milionia caerulea, sp. nov.

(Plate VI, fig. 5, ¢.)

This species is distinct from any other known in the

genus.

3. Ground-colour black. Fore-wing on both sides metallic

greenish-blue to beyond the cell, leaving a broad apical and less

broad marginal area. Below, the blue scarcely extends below

first submedian and inner margin is greyish. Hind-wing on both

sides excepting costa above, metallic greenish-blue, leavinga marginal

border about 4 mm. broad which is shot with blue above as seen

in a side-light.

Head, thorax, and abdomen metallic greenish-blue, as also the

femora and tibiae on outer side; remainder of legs, pectus, and

antennae smoky-black.

Length of fore-wing: 25 mm.

One specimen.

28. Xanthomima plumbeomargo, sp. nov.

_ Near biquadrata, Warr., from Key Island.

39. Upperside with basal part ochreous-yellow, outer part dull

black or lead-colour. Fore-wing with yellow area extending beyond

middle, its costal edge finely blue-black, its outer edge slightly

curved. Hind-wing with yellow area to beyond middle, outer edge

curved outwards to vein 3 and below this incurved.

Underside as above.

New Lepidoptera from the Schouten Islands. 83

Head, collar, antennae, legs, and pectus dull black, abdomen

ochreous-yellow, thorax ochreous-yellow above.

Length of fore-wing: 18 mm.

28,19.

CALLIDULIDAE.

29. Cleis oceanitis, sp. nov.

Distinct, but resembling versicolor, Feld., above.

Q. Upperside with black-brown ground-colour. Fore-wing with

a large rounded golden-yellow patch, its proximal edge straight and

running across end of cell to vein 2. Hind-wing with a golden-

yellow patch more evenly rounded than on fore-wing and not quite

touching costa and inner margin, nor reaching extreme base, and

leaving a marginal border about } of wing in width.

Underside golden-yellow. Fore-wing with a narrow black-brown

outer margin, wider at apex, and narrowing to middle of costa.

A black-brown triangular median patch from near base to beyond

cell and not reaching its upper margin, the outer edge reaching

to a third from tornus, the lower edge on inner margin. Hind-

wing with a short basal stripe; a narrow marginal border, thin at

middle of costa and at inner margin; broadest at apex.

Length of fore-wing: 16 mm.

299.

30. Comella insularis, sp. nov.

3. Upperside pale yellow. Fore-wing with narrow’ brown

marginal border wider at apex and tornus. Hind-wing with a

narrow brown marginal border merging into the ground-colour.

Underside pale straw-yellow, bands narrower than in laetifica,

Feld.

Q. Upperside yellowish-brown. Fore-wing with marginal border

wider than in 4, especially so at apex; a brown spot at end of cell.

Hind-wing with narrow marginal border more clearly defined than

in 3.

Underside darker than in 3, bands broader.

Length of fore-wing: g 12 mm., 2 13 mm.

beg Vs

(i S251)

TINEINA

By Jonn Hartitey DurRANT

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum).

HEMEROPHILIDAE.

Imma, Walk.

Imma acribes, sp. n.

Antennae blackish. Palpi and head orange-ochreous. Thorax

orange-ochreous, with two longitudinal blackish streaks; tegulae

blackish, edged with orange-ochreous; pectus blackish. Fore-

wings broad, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, not

oblique; 7-8 stalked, 8 to apex; orange-ochreous, the inter-

neural spaces strongly marked with black, causing the neuration

to appear conspicuously in lines of the orange ground-colour,

except toward the costa and termen where the ground-colour

forms a subterminal band obliterating the black streaks, with

the exception of the two preceding veins 11 and 12 which extend

to the costa; the black streak between veins 5-6 differs from the

others in widening inwardly, ending with a lunate expansion on

the discoidal and is not connected with the black discal streak;

the costa and termen are narrowly margined with black, the termen

with a narrow lilac-grey line at the base of the dark fuscous cilia ;

underside pale orange-ochreous, the costa and termen margined

with dark fuscous, with some blackish interneural shading. Hap.

al. 34mm. Hind-wings orange-ochreous, with a broad black basal

patch, and narrowly black at the apex and along the termen; the

black basal patch extends to beyond the cell and is irregular in

outline, having four or five tooth-like extensions along the veins;

cilia orange-ochreous, black at their base at the apex and along the

termen; underside as above, but with an orange-ochreous streak

in the cell above the media and the black terminal line extending

to vein 2. Abdomen blackish, pale orange-ochreous beneath. Legs

orange-ochreous, outwardly shaded with fuscous.

Type & (300237), B. M.

Hab. Biak Id., VI. 1914 (A. C. and F. Pratt). Unique;

Mr. J. J. Joicey has kindly presented this specimen to the

Museum.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Pl. III.

Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd

Horace Knight, del

New LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE SCHOUTEN ISLANDS.

EXPLANATION OF Puate III.

Fie. 1. Danaida marcia, 2.

2. Buploea lugubris, Gr.-Sm., 3.

3. ” ”? ” 2.

4. Tellervo biakensis, 9.

5. Delias bosnikiana, 9°.

6. Candalides albiplaga, 9.

7. Thysonotis dissimilis, 3.

8 ” ”? 28

EXPLANATION OF Puiate IV.

Jaret, Ib.

Elodina biaka, 3.

99 9 us

Parthenos intermedia, 3.

Prothoe satgeii f. bifasciata, 3.

Elymnias cinereomargo, °.

Bond. 1976. (2 LV:

Soc.

Ent.

Trans.

ISLANDS.

SCHOUTEN

THE

LEPIDOPTERA FROM

NEW

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, JEN, We

Horace Knight, del. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

New LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE SCHOUTEN ISLANDS.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fic. 1. Charaxes marcia, 3.

2. Morphopsis biakensis, 3.

3. Megisba orientalis, 3.

4, Deudorix maudet, 3.

5. ” ” 9.

EXPLANATION OF Puate VI.

Fic. 1. Papilio comma, Ge

9. Lampides coeligena, 6:

3. 99 29

4. Mimeusemia nigrescens, Os

5. Milionia caerulea, 3.

ISLANDS.

ITEN

THE SCHOI

LEPIDOPTERA FROM

NEw

Mr. J. H. Durrant on Tineina from the Schouten Islands. 85

Allied to ramosa, Drnt., but differing in the hind-wings,

which are orange-yellow with an irregular black basal

patch, and the apex and termen narrowly black, while

ramosa has blackish fuscous hind-wings with a pale orange-

ochreous marginal band; the shape of the black streak

between veins 4-5 of the fore-wings is also a good dis-

tinguishing character.

EXPLANATION OF Puates III-VI.

(See Explanation facing the PLATES.)

(soa)

III. On the Biology of Sphodromantis guttata (Mantidae).

By C. B. Wiitiams, B.A., F.E.8., The John Innes

Horticultural Institute, Merton, Surrey, and P. A.

Buxton, B.A., F.E.S., Trinity College, Cambridge.

[ Read November 17th, 1915.]

Pratres VIT=X:

Tue following paper includes some observations on the

hatching, breeding and oviposition of Sphodromantis

guttata, Thunb. (= Hierodula bioculata, Sauss.), and

some criticisms of several of the hitherto published works

on this subject. It is recognised that there are still many

doubtful points on which further work is required, but, as

there seems to be no probability of our being able to con-

tinue on this subject in the near future, we thought it best

to put forward the present notes without any further

delay.

The oothecae were collected by P. A. Buxton at El

Kantara, 8. Algeria, in April 1913. They were found on

stones, sticks, bushes, etc., and were quite common in the

little dry watercourses (‘“‘oueds’’) in the stony desert.

Some of the larvae emerged before they were brought

back to England, as early as April 19. Although no adult

Mantids were seen they were probably there, as they are

found at this time of the year in Egypt (Adair, 191454;

126).

- A short account of the structure of the ootheca will be

found below in connection with its construction. For the

present it will be sufficient to recall the fact that the eggs

lie in groups in the middle of a case, and that each group

of eggs has a passage to the exterior along which the just-

hatched larvae pass.

Emergence generally took place in the morning, a large

number of young appearing almost simultaneously, fol-

lowed by stragglers for a few hours, and further batches

from the same ootheca on the following days. Several

authors have commented on this simultaneous hatching

of a number of eggs, and the remarkable spectacle of the

dozens of young emerging from the ootheca. It is prob-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART I. (AUG.)

Messrs. Williams and Buxton on Sphodromantis guttata 87

ably brought about by the vibration made by one larva

as it emerges, exciting the larvae in the neighbouring eggs.

We have noticed in other insects * that eggs may be ready

to hatch and yet wait for some external stimulus. That

all the eggs do not mature at the same moment is shown

by emergence occurring on several successive days from

the same ootheca.

The Mantis larvae invariably made their appearance

head first; emergence was rapid, but there was a slight

pause after the head and thorax had protruded from

beneath the flap on the dorsal surface of the egg mass.

Then the head was jerked backwards and the larva. freed

itself suddenly. It was unable to use its legs, and hung

down over the edge of the ootheca on a double thread,

which in some specimens was as much as two inches long.

Brongniart (1882, p. 450) states that they hang in this

position for some days; while Giardina (1899, p. 324) con-

siders that those which remain hanging for long invariably

die, and that normally they leave the ootheca by “ break-

ing the filaments” at the entrance of the passage. All

those under our observation hung down for a few minutes

on the end of the thread and then moulted, as will be

described later. In no case were the threads broken, but

remained attached to the empty skin.

A larva removed from the egg ot before hatching is

shown in Plate VIL. It is about 45 mm. long, and the

prothorax is shorter than the head (prothorax -68 mm;

head -84 mm., measured dorsally). The head is not bent

down on to the surface of the meso- and meta-sternum as

described and figured_in a Chinese species by Waterhouse

(1912, p. exxvi), but the two lateral projections of the

head which: bear the eyes are pressed diagonally (not

folded) back against the sides of the prothorax. The

larva emerges from the ootheca in this condition, except

that in the passage along the exit tunnel the legs and

antennae become unfolded and stretch out behind. On

emergence it is yellow with paler limbs and dark greenish

blue eyes; there are red spots at each femoro-tibial joint,

and also mid-dorsally on each thoracic tergite.

On the anterior portion of the head the chitin is thickened,

* On one occasion when examining some eggs of a Raphidia, no

sooner had they been disturbed from their original habitat and

placed on a slide for examination than they all hatched. (Williams,

C. B., “ Entomologist,” 1913, p. 7.)

88 Messrs. C. B. Williams and P. A. Buxton on

forming a protective shield, or plate, which ends dorsally

and ventrally in a pointed prolongation (PI. VII, fig. 1a).

The sides of this are reticulated for a short distance, and

it is this reticulation that was apparently mistaken by

Pagenstecher (1864) for the covering of the eyes (“ augen-

flecken’’). This plate may possibly be used in breaking

open the egg.

On the ventral surface at the posterior end are two

pairs of small papillae, one pair on the hind margin of

the ninth sternite and the other beneath the sides of the

posterior margin of the tenth tergite. The posterior pair (c)

secrete the two threads by which the larva hangs from

the ootheca. These threads frequently unite a short

distance behind the larva, forming a flat band. Brongniart

(1882, p. 451) states that one thread is attached to each

end of the eggshell. This, however, is not so, as in sections

of ootheca which expose empty eggshells, both threads

can be seen entering the shell, and are attached to its

interior surface near to the posterior end.

It is remarkable that we were able to draw out a con-

siderable length of thread (2-3 mm.) from the papillae

of a cast skin. Whether the whole thread-forming ap-

paratus 1s cast with the skin we have not been able to

decide, but it should be noted in this connection that at

no other stage in the life of the Mantis is any thread or

silk produced. According to Giardina, Pawlowa (1896)

studied the development of the thread and found that it

was formed from a mass of cells arranged in a single

spiral series which take the form of a cellular filament.

This undergoes morphological and chemical change until

it loses all cellular structure and is reduced to a fine but

resisting thread. We have been unable to consult

Pawlowa’s or ginal work.

Pagenstecher (1864, p. 13) and de Saussure (1872, p. 223)

describe the presence of a number of backwardly directed

spines on the abdomen of the just-hatched larva, by means

of which they are enabled to work their way up the passage

from the egg to the exterior, according to the latter “ de

la méme maniére qu’un epi de seigle, a aide de barbes a

ergots, peut cheminer sur un morceau de drap soumis a

des vibrations.”’ Brongniart (1882, p. 450) denies this,

and states that the spines on the body are confined to the

cerci, and also remarks that the spines on the legs assist

in the exit. Recent authors have unfortunately tended

the Biology of Sphodromantis guttata. 89

to follow Brongniart, and his statement appears in most

text-books. We find, however, that the two former

writers were correct, and that the tergites of the meso-

and meta-thorax and of the abdomen are covered, except

for a narrow dorsal line; with a number of very minute

backwardly directed flattened spines. These are broader

and with an enlarged base towards the anterior margin of

each tergite, particularly those of the thorax, and become

narrower and longer towards the posterior margin (text

fig. 1, A and B and Pl. VIII). They are also present on

the labrum. The spines are only 8-12 uw long, and are best

ce a

Fre. 1.—Spines on tergites of first larva.

A. Near posterior margin of abdominal tergites.

B. Near anterior margin of thoracic tergites.

C. Portion of abdominal tergite less magnified.

seen in stained preparations of the cast skin under a high

magnification. There are also four rows of much larger

spines on the silk-producing papillae.

These spines have been found in a number of other

species, including Mantis religiosa, Stagmomantis carolina,

Stagmomantis limbata, and in several species of which

we have been able to get a few dried cast skins still at-

tached to old unidentified oothecae. There is no doubt

that they will be found in all Mantidae.

We find also that all the distinctly visible spines on

the legs (Pl. VII, fig. 1d) are beneath the first skin and are

seen through it; they can therefore be of no service in

90 Messrs. C. B. Williams and P. A. Buxton on

emergence. It is probable that the young larva moves

along the passage by a series of telescopic expansions and

contractions of the abdomen, rather than by a simple

wriggling movement as de Saussure seems to imply in the

remarks quoted above.

It is important to notice that the legs and antennae

of the first-stage larva are free from the body, and that

the skin, which is soon to be cast, envelops each limb

separately. Several observers have made the mistaken

observation that the skin enclosed the animal as a whole,

pressing the legs and antennae against the body. They

have assumed this from an examination of cast skins, in

which the envelope of each leg becomes completely tele-

scoped upon the base on the withdrawal of the leg, and is

not obvious in a cursory examination. On Plate VIII are

shown two microphotographs of a cast skin. In one the

skins of the legs and antennae remain telescoped as left

by the larva, and are very inconspicuous; in the second the

leg skins have been drawn out before the specimen was

mounted.

There has been much controversy as to the morpho-

logical status of this first skin, which 1s cast almost immedi-

ately after emergence. Most authorities have persisted in

regarding it as an amnion, being misled by the idea which

we have just corrected, that it encloses the whole insect

like an eggshell, and also by Brongniart’s statement that

no spines are present on its surface. Pagenstecher’s figure

(1864, Pl. I) which showed these, and which is the best

figure of the cast skin yet published, has even been desig-

nated as “ fanciful” by Packard (1898, p. 584). However,

in view of the observations stated above—namely, that it

has a number of spines on the abdominal and thoracic

tergites; that it envelops individually the limbs and the

antennae; and that the threads from the end of the

abdomen pass through it, and, further, from the fact that it

is resistant to boiling in potassium hydroxide, and that its

staining properties are similar to those of chittn—we have

no doubt that it is a true skin and not an amnion.

Six and a half minutes after the first appearance of the

larva the skin split mid-dorsally, and three minutes later

the larva was completely free and fell soft and helpless to

the ground. The limbs left the skin after most of the

trunk was free; first the anterior pair, and then the two

posterior pairs and the antennae almost simultaneously.

the Biology of Sphodromantis guttata. 91

Finally the tail was freed. This is only accomplished

with difficulty if the insect is hanging free of all foothold.

If, however, it is lying on or against something solid, the

following method is employed. The insect, lying on its

ventral surface, strains away from the old skin, which is

bound to the ootheca by the thread, applying leverage to

the surface on which it rests by means of the joint at the

trochanter. It moves the tail round in circles in such a

way as to keep the threads stretched. After some effort

the abdomen is finally freed from the old skin, which

remains hanging on to the ootheca attached by the two

threads, This is usually completed about nine or ten

minutes from the first appearance of the larva.

The larva has now changed considerably in shape; the

abdomen is longer, and for a few minutes lies straight out

behind it on the ground; the sides of the head have spread

out owing to their being no longer confined by the first

skin, and the head assumes the typical hammer shape;

the prothorax has elongated, and is now much longer than

the head (head 1 mm., prothorax 1:8 mm.). The larva

now lies motionless on the ground for some minutes.

During this time the abdomen is shortened telescopically,

and is cocked up over the back to the position which is

normally retained till the end of larval life. Finally, after

about ten minutes’ rest, the skin has hardened and the

larva can run about actively. The colour is matured in

about two hours, during which a general darkening is

observed, especially of the legs and the dorsal surface of

the body. The colour at this stage, however, is no indica-

tion of that of the adult, as changes occur in larval and,

according to Przibram (1906, pp. 203 and 206), even during

adult life.

The larvae, now in their second instar, are very active.

They can jump as much as two and a half inches, the

second and third pair of legs alone being used in this, as

also in slow walking; in running, however, all three pairs

are used. They frequently sway from side to side for

some minutes while standing still, recalling a similar habit

in the related Phasmdae.

Some of the larvae were fed on aphis, as it was the most

easily obtainable food at the end of April. When they had

captured one they rotated it with the end of the disengaged

tibia until they were able to bite it at the back of the

thorax. This treatment paralysed the prey rapidly, and

92 Messrs. C. B. Williams and P. A. Buxton on

it was then consumed. Other specimens would not eat

aphids, but having captured them threw them aside. From

these and from contradictory records of other authors it

seems probable that either different aphids are attractive

in different degrees, or that this Mantid will only take

them when it is without other more palatable food.

The following method of feeding the young Mantids was

devised, and could be appled to the feeding of any small

predaceous or insectivorous animals. Insects of every

description were collected in a very fine mesh net by sweep-

ing hedges, grass, growth along a ditch side, etc. The net

was then turned inside out into a beaker. If this was done

indoors, with the bottom of the beaker towards the light,

very few flies escaped. Finally, the beaker was covered

with a piece of coarse net and placed in the cage containing

the larvae. All the smaller insects in it rapidly escaped

through the net into the cage, while the larger ones, spiders,

etc., were kept inside the beaker. In this way Aleyrodes,

Comopterygidae, Cercopids, Jassids and many small Diptera

were supplied in numbers and eaten. The mesh of the

net covering the beaker was increased as the Mantids

grew, until finally they were able to take any insects

obtainable.

Several times when the sun was shining on the cage

the young larvae were observed on the back of the cage

following and repeatedly attempting to capture the shadow

of a fly moving on the glass front. This indicates that

their sense of smell is not highly developed.

The insects lived throughout the summer, some in a

hothouse (average temperature about 75°), some in a

living-room; while others even survived a trip for a few

days to an altitude of 3000 ft. in Norway. They are

apparently extremely hardy.

As the larvae become older their habits change; the

half-grown larva never jumps, and rarely stalks its prey,

preferring to capture such insects as happen to approach

it. More carelessness in feeding is also observed; legs

and wings of the prey are frequently dropped, and some-

times the unconsumed portion of a fly is allowed to make

its escape; the larvae also are no longer so particular in

attacking their prey behind the head, but commence their

meal at any convenient part, abdomen, head or even

wings. When they were older their chief food was house

flies (Musca) and bluebottles (Calliphora), but they would

the Biology of Sphodromantis guttata. 93

also eat wasps, Syrphids, small Heteroptera and grass-

hoppers. They appeared somewhat afraid of butterflies,

but when hungry attacked them. They would not eat

caterpillars, and showed a strong dislike to Tipulids and

Coccinellids. It is possible, however, that these are un-

manageable rather than distasteful. A half-grown nymph

consumed a whole bluebottle in 114 minutes. Occasion-

ally one would capture one fly while still eating another,

in which case the second fly was retained under the free

arm till the first was finished. One larva was observed to

take up a fly which had been dead some days and had

dried up; nevertheless, with great difficulty it was de-

voured completely. On another occasion one was seen

biting pieces off some dry hawthorn leaves. All the stages

readily drank drops of water, and doubtless in the wild

state are in the habit of sucking up the dew.

Cannibalism rapidly reduced the number of larvae, and

soon only a very few were left. Sometimes a fight would

be started by accident. Thus, in one case, a larva in

striking at a fly caught the tail of a smaller larva and bit

off one of the cerci. The latter retaliated by removing

both antennae from the larger individual. Although they

were separated, the smaller one was found partially devoured

on the following day.

On September 2 a full-fed nymph cast its last skin and

became an adult female. This fed on miscellaneous insects

until October 24, when it made its first ootheca.

Oothecae, which differ greatly in different species, have

been frequently described— Mantis religiosa by Pagenstecher

(1864) and Giardina (1898 and 1899) ; Hierodula saussurw

by Kershaw (1907); Stagmomantis carolina by Rau

(1913); Miomantis savignyi by Adair (1914, 1 and il);

Fischeria baetica by Adair (1914, 11) ; Sphodromantis guttata

(bioculata) by Adair (1914, ii); Gongylus gongyloides by

C. E. Williams (1904); and unidentified species by Shelford

(1909) and by Waterhouse (1912). The most complete

account is that of Giardina (1899), with whose conclusions,

however, we cannot entirely agree.

It will be convenient here to give a short account of the

ootheca of Sphodromantis guttata, in order that the opera-

tions of the female described below may be better under-

stood. Transverse, longitudinal vertical and longitudinal

horizontal sections are shown in text fig. 2, I, Il and ITI, and

the letters below refer to these. The ootheca consists of a

94 Messrs. C. B. Williams and P. A. Buxton on

central core containing the eggs C, surrounded by a pro-

tective layer D, and separated from it, laterally and

ventrally, by a stout irregular wall F. The central part

is divided by transverse vertical lamellae G into a number

of flat chambers, each containing a group of eggs. Hach

chamber is roughly semicircular, being closed at the middle

line (I), and the chambers on each side alternate (III).

Each compartment communicates with the exterior by a

passage (A and B) leading from the eggs to the dorsum of

the ootheca, where it opens between the successive members

of a series of flaps H. Within each opening there is a

protective flap EH, arranged as a valve, so that it can be

pushed aside from within but prevents entry from without.

The vertical divisions between the egg-chambers continue,

less stout in structure, across the outer protective layer D,

and are indicated on the exterior by a series of vertical

furrows on the sides of the ootheca M. A few chambers

at each end of the ootheca are without eggs, and act only

as protection. Giardina (1899, p. 296) considers the trans-

verse walls between the egg-chambers to consist of three

layers closely pressed together, but we could see no evidence

of this; they tend to split in places, but quite irregularly.

The whole ootheca is formed of a gumlike substance

secreted from large abdominal glands, which open into the

oviduct. This gum, which hardens on exposure to air

after being secreted, is partly vacuolated into a kind of

froth by the gonopophyses as it passes from the body.

That portion which goes to form the outer protective

layer is still more vacuolated afterwards.

The construction of the first ootheca laid by the female

started about one o’clock in the afternoon, and by two

o'clock, when it was first observed, about one-quarter had

been completed. The insect was head downwards on the

perforated zine side of the cage, and was so engrossed in

the process that, even when the cage was broken to pieces

in order to get a better view, it was not in any way dis-

turbed. The elytra were slightly raised and quite clear of

the ootheca, and only the very tip of the abdomen was

immersed in the froth, at certain times as far as the base

of the cerci, which, however, were always quite free and

were employed in feeling the surface under construction.

The use of the elytra in the formation of the ootheca

has been affirmed and contradicted many times. There

is no doubt whatever that the ootheca can be constructed

the Biology of Sphodromantis guttata. 95

BOSD

See

(TF

Fic. 2.—Portions of sections of ootheca of Sphodromantis guttata.

I. Transverse.

Il. Longitudinal vertical.

Il. Longitudinal horizontal.

A and B. Passages entering successive egg chambers.

C. Egg.

D. Chamber of outer protective layer.

E. Protecting flap in passage.

F. Outer wall of central portion containing eggs.

G. Transverse partition between successive chambers.

H. Dorsal flaps between which egg chambers communicate

with the exterior.

L. groove at each side of dorsal flaps.

M. Vertical furrows on outer surface indicating position of

transverse partitions.

N. Portion of transverse partition traversing protective

layer (D).

96 Messrs. C. B. Williams and P. A. Buxton on

without their aid. The photographs (Pl. [IX and X)

show the position in which the Mantis remained during the

whole process, and Adair (1914, I, p. 120) cut off the wings

of one specimen which was laying its eggs, in order to get

a better view, without disturbing the Mantis or the con-

struction of the ootheca. In view, however, of the definite

statements of Brongniart (l.c., p. 449), Perrier (1870) and

Giardina (1899, p. 311), it seems possible that occasionally

the elytra may assist. In any case, the view of Perrier

and Giardina that the longitudinal furrows on each side

of the dorsal flaps are due to the pressure of the elytra

is unsound, and still more so the ingenious theory of the

latter author, that the exit passage and protective flap are

formed by the insertion of the elytra and hind-wing, for

our ootheca, constructed entirely without their aid, has

all these features in a normal condition. It occurs to us

that when the insect is upside down the wings might be

used to prevent the freshly secreted material from flowing

away, but even at this stage it is not very hquid.

_ In the construction of the ootheca the tip of the abdomen

goes through a regular cycle of movements, each repetition

resulting in the laying of one group of eggs and the formation

of the corresponding portion of the ootheca.* This cycle

is shown diagrammatically at text fig. 3, which represents

the face of the ootheca under construction (seen from the

direction of the insect). This face is not flat but concave,

being most sharply curved in a vertical plane, as may be

seen in the partially constructed ootheca in Pl. X, 1, and

also in sections of the completed ootheca, text fig. 2, II, by

the curve of the divisional wall. The movements are as

follows: When the insect has finished laying a group of

eges at A, on the left-hand side, the tip of the abdomen

is moved with a slight curve to the top of the right-hand

side of the ootheca, and then slowly down to the bottom

along the periphery. During this movement the gono-

pophyses may be seen moving rapidly backwards and

forwards just beneath the slightly hardened outer skin.

By this process the gum in the outer layer is more vacuo-

lated, the divisional transverse wall N in this area formed,

* Giardina (1899, p. 147) states that all the eggs and thecal

material on one side of the ootheca are secreted by the corre-

sponding ovary and colleterial gland. He gives no evidence for

this, and we saw nothing in the construction that would necessitate

this assumption.

the Biology of Sphodromantis guttata. 97

and by stretching the outer surface with the tips of the gono-

pophyses the vertical ridge, or swelling, is formed, which is

seen on the exterior alternating between the lines of the

vertical divisions. During the downward movement a

fresh supply of secretion is left behind on the right half

of the face of the ootheca. The movement continues to

the base, where an addition is made to the length attaehed

to the support. Then the abdomen is inserted more

deeply, up to the base of the cerci, into the centre of the

right side of the ootheca at B, and remains comparatively

quiet for about two minutes. During this time the group

Fia. 3.—Diagram of movements of abdomen of female.

For explanation see text.

of eggs on this position is laid, and the walls of the com-

partment are formed by compressing the only partially

vacuolated material displaced by the eggs. The abdomen

then becomes more active and is once more moved in a

curve, as shown, to the upper point of the left-hand side,

where the slow downward movement once more begins.

The process of laying one group of eggs and the corre-

sponding part of the ootheca occupies about four and a

half minutes, and, as each side is formed alternately, there

is an interval of about nine minutes between successive

repetitions of the same operation on the same side. (Actual

times measured were 9, 9, 9, 8, 7 minutes; the times would

be less at the commencement and finish, as the ootheca

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTI. (AUG.) H

98 Messrs. Williams and Buxton on Sphodromantis guttata.

tapers off at each end and fewer eggs are laid in the earliest

and latest compartments.) Thus the constructed portions

on one side have had this time to harden before the next

compartment on the same side is formed, and the pressure

of some of the freshly secreted material against that which

has already partially hardened results in the formation of

the eross divisions.

The formation of the dorsal flaps and the protecting valve

is still somewhat obscure. It must take place just before

the descending movement, as only at that time is the tip

of the abdomen at the dorsal part of the egg mass. Further

observation on this point is yeeded. When the ootheca is

first constructed there is not direct communication with

the exterior, but the passages between the flaps are filled

with a very delicate dried froth. The young Mantis on

hatching pushes through this and breaks it up. In those

compartments in which all the eggs have been parasitised

this dried froth persists.

The construction was finished at 4.45 p.m., having

occupied about three hours and forty-five minutes. The.

colour of the material when first exuded was very pale,

but it rapidly darkened on exposure, so that before the

completion of the ootheca the first-made portions were

much darker than the more recent part.

On November 27 another ootheca was constructed

by the same female, this one being much smaller than

the first; probably, however, this was only due to insuf-

ficient feeding, as Adair (1914, p. 126) finds as many as six

successive ootheca laid by one individual of this same

species, and a dissection of the above female, which died

on December 9, showed many eggs still in the ovaries.

The female had not paired, so that the eggs were in-

fertile. Examination has shown that they have all dried

up, so that parthenogenesis, so common in the allied

Phasmidae, apparently does not occur in this Mantis.

Some notes on the Chaleid Podagrion pachymerum, which

infested some of the oothecae brought back from Algeria,

have already been published (Williams, C. B., 1914).

Bibliography. 99

BreLioGRAPHY.

Apair, E. W. 1914, i. Notes sur la Ponte et |’Eclosion

de Miomantis savignyi (Sauss.). Bull. Soc. Ent.

Egypte, 1912, pp. 117-127.

——. 1914, ii. Notes Preliminaires pour servir a l'étude

des Mantidae. Bull. Soc. Ent. Egypte, 1913, pp. 21-

36, one plate.

Bronenrart, ©. 1882. Observations sur la Maniére

dont les Mantes Construisent leur oothéques, ete.

Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 6th Series, Vol. I, 1881, pp.

448-452, Pl. XIII.

Grarpina, A. 1898. Sul nido dell Mantis religiosa. Il

Naturalista Siciliano, Ser. II, Vol. II, 1897-8, Palermo,

pp. 141-149.

——. 1899. Sulla Biologia della Mantidi. Giorn. del

Soc. Sc. Nat. and Econ., XXII, Palermo, pp. 287-

328, 2: Tay

Kersuaw, J. C. 1910. The formation of the ootheca of

a Chinese Mantis Hierodula saussuru. Psyche, XVII,

pp. 1387-139.

PackarD, A. 8. 1898. A Text-book of Entomology.

PaGENSTECHER, A. 1864. Die Hiiutungen der Gespen-

stheuschrecke Mantis religiosa, Archiv fiir Naturges,

XXX, pp. 7-25, Pl. I.

Pawiowa, M.S. 1896. Zur Frage der Metamorphose bei

der Familie der Mantides. Arb. Zoolog. Laborat.

Warschauer Univ., 1896.

Perrier, E. 1870. Note sur la ponte de la Mante Reli-

gieuse. Ann. Sci. Nat. Zoologie, 5th Series, XIV,

Art. 10, pp. 1-2.

PrzieraM, H. 1906. Aufzucht, Farbwechsel und Re-

generation einer iigyptischen Gottesanbeterin (Spho-

dromantis bioculata, Burm.), Archiv f. Entwicklungs-

mechanik der Organismen, XXII, pp. 149-206.

Rav, P. and N. 1913. Biology of Stagmomantis carolina.

Trans. Acad. Science, St. Louis, XXII, pp. 1-58, PI.

I-XVIII.

Saussure, H. de. 1872. Mission scientifique au Mexique.

Recherches Zoologiques, Pt. V, Orthoptéres. Famille

des Mantides, pp. 202-295.

SHeLFoRD, R. 1909. Two remarkable forms of Mantid

ootheca. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1909, pp. 509-514.

100 Explanation of Plates.

WaterHousE, C. O. 1912. Mantid Odthecae. Proc.

Ent. Soc. London, 1912, p. exxv.

Witiams, C. B. 1914. Notes on Podagrion pachymerum,

a Chalcid Parasite of Mantis eggs. Entomologist,

XLVII, pp. 262-266, figs. 1, 2.

Wituiams, C. EH. 1904. Notes on the Life History of

Gongylus gongyloides, a Mantis of the tribe Empusides

and a Floral Simulator. Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

1904, pp. 125-137.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII-X.

Puate VII. Larva of Sphodromantis guttata extracted from the egg.

Fra. 1. Ventral view. a. head shield; 6. papillae on 9th sternite ;

c. thread producing papillae on 10th abdominal segment;

d. spines on leg beneath the first skin; md., mandible; lab.,

labrum; ma., maxillae; mx. p., maxillary palps.

Fia. 2. Lateral view.

Puate VIII. Microphotographs of first cast skin of larva; magni-

fied 24 diameters.

The spiny areas and terminal papillae are shown. In fig. 1 the

skin is shown as cast; in fig. 2 with the coverings of the legs

pulled out.

Puate IX. Lateral view of female Sphodromantis guttata construct-

ing ootheca. Ootheca nearly complete. Natural size.

PiatE X. Lateral and dorsal view of female constructing ootheca.

Ootheca about half completed. Slightly reduced.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate V1T.

nem

C. B. Williams, del. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

Fic, 1. Fic. 2.

YOUNG LARVA OF SPHODROMANTIS GUTTATA.

‘VWAUVI SILNVNOUGOHdS ONNOA HO NIAS LSvI

‘eS ‘DIA ‘I ‘D1

PIT ‘o18upy <Q Ys1qS '21PUy "smDy eM ‘@ ‘2 ‘010d

a a ee ee eee Fe east

TITA 4d ‘QIOL “puoT 20S Jug “SUBLT

‘OINILISOdIAO VLVLLND SILNVNOUGOHdS

PIT ‘ojsup Q ysias ‘aapupy ‘SMDYTIAL “YD ‘070Yd

‘XT AM ‘QIOL “puoT 705 "Jug ‘suvsy

a 7

; | vl

: -

’

‘

atl

? i

‘

ie \ -»

- #5

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate X.

Photo, C. B. Williams. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

FIG. 2.

SPHODROMANTIS GUTTATA OVIPOSITING.

Fle,

IV. On Specific and Mimetic Relationships in the genus

Heliconius, L. By H. Exrrinenam, M.A., D.Sc.,

F.Z.8.

[Read March Ist, 1916.]

Pirates XI-XVII.

Some time has elapsed since Professor Poulton first

suggested to me that an investigation into the specific

relationships of the forms of the genus Heliconius would

probably be productive of interesting results, and I must

admit to having had some hesitation in embarking on such

a work in view of the fact that a very lengthy and elaborate

monograph of the genus already existed. This memoir,

however, is based entirely on external characters, and it

appeared that anatomical study might elucidate new facts

with regard to the relationships of the forms, more especially

as the mimetic phenomena are of an unusually complicated

kind.

Perhaps the most valuable feature of the monograph

above referred to (Stichel and Riffarth, in “ das Tierreich,”

1905) is the recognition by Riffarth that the whole genus

can be divided into two sections by means of a peculiar

character of the fore-wing underside in the male. It was

my friend, Mr. W. J. Kaye, who pointed out * that, having

divided the forms by means of the character mentioned,

a most remarkable fact was disclosed.

A great number belonging to Section I resemble very

closely forms belonging to Section II. In other words,

intrageneric mimetic resemblance is of frequent occurrence.

I here use the words “ mimetic” resemblance in a wide

sense as indicating merely a similarity of pattern; the

precise nature of the resemblance may be considered later.

The present paper is an attempt to investigate more

precisely the specific relationships of the forms of Heliconius

by means of anatomical study combined with an examina-

tion of pattern gradations.

We are rarely able in such investigations to arrive at

entirely satisfactory conclusions owing to lack of adequate

* Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. xiv, 1907.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTI. (AUG.)

102 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

material and data, and I fear the present effort is no

exception. The results may, however, serve to indicate

the directions in which future workers, and especially those

with facilities for making breeding experiments, may hope

to obtain more definite results. For the opportunity of

examining and dissecting many rare forms I am indebted

to the generosity of Lord Rothschild, Mr. W. J. Kaye, and

the Authorities of the British Museum, whilst my friend

Professor Poulton has assisted me with his continual

encouragement and valuable suggestions. Mr. Kaye has

also given me much practical help in sorting specimens

and in correspondence, and my friend Dr. F. A. Dixey

has rendered valuable assistance in connection with Pierine

mimics. Dr. Karl Jordan has kindly looked over most

of my microscope preparations and given me the benefit

of his views thereon.

Opinions may differ as to the significance of conclusions

based on the structure of the male armature. However

that may be, probably most naturalists will agree that close

resemblance in these structures may usually be regarded

as evidence of near relationship, whilst distinct and con-

stant differences will probably generally be accepted as

evidence of specific separability.

In the genus Acraea it was found that in nearly all cases

the species were well defined, and anatomical differences

easily recognised. Such is only partially the case in

Heliconius, as will be seen later, nor are the structures

particularly constant within the limits of the same species.

It should be understood at the outset that I do not put

forward the present paper as a statement of conclusive

and final results, hence it is not to be taken as a complete

revision of the genus. I do not consider that our know-

ledge of the forms is yet adequate to such a task. My

desire has rather been to indicate the directions in which

future effort should be made, and the lines on which,

especially, those in the field might profitably direct their

observations.

The genus is distinguished from Hueides by its much

longer antennae. It can be divided, as Riffarth has shown,

into two great sections. On the underside of the male

fore-wing, from the inner margin to the first branch of the

median, is an area which presents a peculiar silky grey

appearance. In Section I of the genus this silky surface

is continued right up to the median without any visible

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 103

change in texture. In Section II there is, adjacent to the

median and its branch, a certain amount of dull “ meali-

ness.” This amount may be very small, but it is always

recognisable, especially after a very little practice. The

two sections were designated by the extremely clumsy

names of Opisogymni and Opisorhypari respectively.

For convenience they may be referred to as Section I

and Section II. Between these two sections the reputed

species are nearly equally divided. In the monograph

referred to Section I contains 31 species and 110 sub-

species, whilst Section II includes 39 species and 79 sub-

species. This division is apparently a natural one, and

so far as my preparations go the genital armature of no

species of Section I could be mistaken for that of a species

of Section IT.

Section I may now be further divided, and we will first

consider the forms included by Riffarth under the name

Silvaniformes. These include nearly all those species

the patterns of which are composed of yellow, brown,

white, and black markings. Generally speaking, it may

be said that the ground-colour of one or both wings is

brown or yellow, though there are one or two exceptions.

The evidence of the genitalia.

Whilst the genitalia of nearly all the members of this

group are readily distinguishable from those of the rest

of the genus, they are by no means so readily separable

inter se. Moreover, at least one form hitherto regarded as

rather widely separated from the Silvaniformes must now

be included in that group. I refer to H. atthis. In the

accompanying plates the genitalia have been illustrated

by giving a carefully drawn outline of one clasper, as it is

from the shape of this part that any conclusions can best

be drawn.* After examination of a large number of pre-

parations, it appears that they may be divided more or less

into those which have a dense hairy tuft near the end of

the clasper and those which are only moderately pilose.

Whether this feature is of real value or not is difficult to

decide; if, however, we accept the feature it would seem

* T much regret the poor quality of these plates. The present

necessity for economy has, however, made it impossible to use the

beautiful lithographic process by which the figures were reproduced

in my paper on Acraea.

104 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

possible to separate the following reputed species and their

forms from the remainder of the Silvaniformes.

H. ismenius.

» silvana”’ metaphorus.

», narcaea.

» numatus.

,, ethilla.

» gradatus.

The first two above are separable from the rest on general

differences in the armature, and we may now consider the

remainder.

H. narcaea, Godt.

The typical form of this well-known species occurs in

S. Brazil. In Seitz’ ab. connexa the subapical band. is

completely separated and surrounded by black. The

form satis, Weym., has a brown instead of a yellow band

in the hind-wing. The form flavomaculatus, Weym., has

a yellow instead of a white apical spot in the fore-wing,

whilst physcoa, Seitz, has the fore-wing yellow band much

broader than usual. The form polychrous, with largely

increased black areas, is regarded by Stichel and Riffarth

as a subspecies, though apparently occurring in the same

localities as satis. It cannot be doubted that these are

all forms of the same species, as they are for the most part

mere colour variations. The outline of the claspers in

three of the forms is shown on Pl. XIII. In general

structure there is considerable agreement, though there is

a marked difference between the actual outlines of the

typical form and narcaea polychrous.

H. numatus, Cram.

Of this species some ten forms have been named, and

they extend from Guiana across North Brazil to the Western

Amazon region and Peru. The claspers of three forms are

illustrated on Pl. XIII. The form gwensis is merely a

variety of the type, but there is a greater difference between

its clasper and that of numatus numatus than between the

latter and narcaea narcaea. Indeed, the two last are not

appreciably distinguishable. It may be said that they do

not occur in the same locality and that thus there is no

necessity for the respective armatures to be different.

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 105

There may be something to be said for this view, though it

will not explain further cases yet to be described.

H. silvana, Cram.

Of this form three subspecies are named, and though the

genitalia of the group are of little assistance in many of the

cases of closer resemblance they seem to show that at least

three of the forms hitherto regarded as subspecies of

silvana do not belong to silvana at all, but to two other

species. On Pl. XIII I have shown the claspers of two

specimens of silvana silvana taken at random. One is

hardly distinguishable from numatus guiensis, whilst the

other is but little modified from narcaea narcaea. A part

of the difference is due to the bending over of the apex of

the clasper, but this is not a point of great importance and

probably would not occur in a perfectly fresh specimen.

Now, stlvana occurs in Guiana, Venezuela, N. Brazil and

Peru. The anatomy of the armature gives no reason to

suppose that it is anything but a form of nuwmatus, just as

the latter on the same grounds appears to be as closely

related to narcaea.

H. ethilla, Godt.

Some twelve forms of this species have been named,

ranging through Trinidad, Guiana, Brazil, Venezuela,

Colombia, and Panama. Seven illustrations of the claspers

are given on Pl. XIII. The two specimens of ethilla ethilla

- are by no means identical, whilst the two of ethilla tyndarus

are markedly different. One example of ethilla ethilla

resembles narcaea satis and is not unlike nwmatus numatus.

The outline of ethilla aérotome is very different from one

example of ethilla ethilla, but not sufficiently distinct from

one of ethilla tyndarus. My friend Mr. W. J. Kaye, regards

ethilla as conspecific with numatus, a view I am strongly

inchned to support, further adding that so far as the

armatures are concerned there is no more reason for

separating either from narcaea and silvana.

H. gradatus, Weym.

Of this rather rare species I have been able to make

only one preparation from its subspecies, ¢hielei, Riff. As

will be seen from the illustration on Pl. XIII, the clasper

106 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

is much less different from that of ethilla metalilis than the

latter is from some other forms of ethilla.

We thus see that on the structure of the genitalia we

cannot satisfactorily distinguish between narcaea, numatus,

ethilla, and gradatus and most of their forms.

We now turn to a large group containing ten reputed

species and their forms. They all have at least this feature

in common, that there occurs near the end of the clasper

a tuft of bristles sufficiently evident to distinguish them

from those of the narcaea group.

H. novatus, Bates.

The claspers of the three principal forms are shown on

Pls. XIII, XIV, and present a closer agreement than any

we have so far examined. The forms are found in Peru

and Bolivia. Mr. Kaye informs me that schultzer, Riff., 1s

merely the female of novatus.

H. hecale, Fab.

This large black form with a conspicuous white patch

on the fore-wing occurs in Dutch and British Guiana.

The clasper is shown on Pl. XIV, and differs in scarcely

any respect but that of size from those of the last and next

species. There is a form named fulvescens, Lathy, from

Demerara, in which there is a brown basal suffusion in

the fore-wing.

H. aristiona, Hew.

Of this species some twelve subspecies and several forms

have been named, ranging through the Amazon region,

Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia. I have shown the claspers

of seven forms on Pl]. XIV, and here again there is consider-

able general agreement accompanied by a certain variation

in actual outline.

H. ithaka, Feld.

The typical form and two subspecies are all found in

Colombia. It would be difficult to distinguish between the

clasper shown on Pl. XIV and that of some of the forms

of aristiona.

H. pardalinus, Bates.

The type form and four subspecies range through N.

Brazil, Peru, Bolivia and probably Ecuador. ‘The clasper

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 107

of pardalinus lucescens shown on Pl. XIV is shorter and

broader than those already considered, yet, except in size,

there is no very satisfactory difference between it and that

of anderida zuleika on Pl. XV, and some forms of anderida’

are barely separable from aristiona.

H. fortunatus, Weym.

This and two subspecies occur in N. Brazil. I have

illustrated a clasper of fortunatus spurvus on Pl. XIV. It

is much more rounded than those so far considered. If

every specimen dissected out were identical with this,

then we might, perhaps, say that it differed constantly

from the other species, but a very small amount of variation

would make it as difficult to distinguish as the rest.

H. quitalenus, Hew.

The type form and three subspecies range through Peru,

Ecuador, Bolivia and N. Brazil. Reference to the drawings

on Pl. XIV shows a marked difference between quitalenus

quitalenus and quitalenus felix. The first might well be a

variation of one of the forms of novatus. If the second

differs from these it does so no more than from its own type.

H. anderida, Hew.

The type and six subspecies range through Venezuela,

Colombia, Central America, and one form is said to have

been taken in Dutch Guiana. The claspers of six forms are

illustrated on Pls. XIV, XV, from which it may be seen

that there is considerable variation. There is less difference

between anderida holocophora and aristiona floridus than

between the former and anderida anderida. Kaye is of

opinion that anderida fornarina is either a good species or a

form of hecale. The clasper is, however, very near to that

of anderida melicerta, and though hecale has a somewhat

different appearance it still seems connected with the other

forms of this group.

H. paraénsis, Riff.

The two forms of this species are described from Para

and Itaituba respectively. A clasper of the form latus,

Riff., is illustrated on Pl. XIV, and is seen to be not satis-

factorily distinguishable from several of the other forms

described.

108 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

H. aulicus, Weym.

I have only had one example of this species to examine.

Its clasper is shown on Pl. XV. It has the dense hairy tuft

of the novatus group, and differs little from that of aristiona

tarapotensis. The pattern of the wings is also so similar

that it seems certain that they are the same species.

All the above seem to constitute a group of forms which

cannot be constantly distinguished by the genitalia. Before

passing to those species which have claspers of the ismenvus

type there are a few forms which must be separately

considered.

H. ‘‘silvana’? robigus, Weym.; H. “‘silvana’’ ethra, Hiibn.

The form robigus occurs in Brazil (Espiritu Santo, Rio

de Janeiro, Minas Geraes, etc.). The clasper is shown on

Pl. XV. It cannot be placed in the narcaea group owing

to its form. It is less densely tufted than those of the

novatus group. Two preparations show much the same

structure. It is certainly incorrectly placed in being

associated with silvana. Apart from the difference in

the tuft, the form of the clasper suggests an affinity

with aristiona, and further reasons for placing it in that

association will be given later.

The clasper of “silvana” ethra shown on Pl. XV is

barely distinguishable from that of “ siluana”’ robigus.

It is rather more densely tufted, but must, I think, be

regarded as conspecific with robigus and probably with

aristiona and novatus.

H. vetustus, Butl.

The typical form occurs in British Guiana and the form

metellus, Weym., in N. Brazil. The clasper (PI. XV) is of

a curiously irregular shape. Except for the dense tuft of

bristles it might well be a form of nwmatus.

H. sergestus, Weym.

This species occurs at Tarapoto in Peru. I have had

but one example to examine, and the clasper is shown on

Pl. XV. If its well-rounded and tufted form is constant

it may well be regarded as definitely distinct.

H. atthis, Doubl.

This species, which has become so profoundly modified

in mimicry of T%thorea pavonii, occurs in Ecuador. Though

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 109

hitherto regarded as related to the Cydnoformes, the

structure of the clasper on Pl. XV shows it to belong rather

to the Silvaniformes. If it had a denser tuft of bristles

it would be difficult to distinguish it from aristiona lenaeus.

H. ismenius, Latr.

The typical and four subspecies occur in Colombia and

Central America. Though the forms are placed near

narcaea in existing works, I have placed them nearer to

the latter part of Section I, since, if the form of the claspers

is to be regarded as any indication of relationship, then

they are undoubtedly. closely allied to the melpomene

association. The claspers of three forms are shown on

Pl. XV, from which it will be noted that there is some

variation between them. The clasper of “ silvana”

metaphorus is also shown, and is seen to resemble that of

ismenius telchinia so closely that we cannot doubt that the

form is much more closely related to ismenius than to

siluana. Indeed, I am convinced that it is merely another

form of ismenius.

We have now considered nearly all the reputed species

which appear to belong to the group Silvaniformes. Forms

of which I have been unable to obtain examples are ennius,

sulphureus, and hippola. With so peculiar a genus it may

be rash to speculate on the position of forms which have not

been examined, but I should expect ennius to prove a form

of quitalenus, and sulphureus of ethilla. As to the rare

species, hippola, of which only the type seems to be

known, its appearance gives no clue. I[t will, perhaps,

prove to be near narcaea.

Assuming the structure of the genitalia to be of any value

at all in these forms, we can, therefore, arrange the reputed

species in six groups of which it may be said that if the

respective members are not conspecific, at least they are

extremely closely allied, and are not separable by any

constant and recognisable features of the male armature.

I have left for consideration at the end of this group

two species which are amongst the most remarkable of all

the Heliconii. The first is H. twmatumari, Kaye, from

Guiana. This species resembles aoede astydamia, forms of

erato, and secondarily forms of melpomene. It is a tribute

to Mr. Kaye’s excellent judgment that he did not regard

it as a form of melpomene, but described it as a separate

species. The structure of the male armature is quite

110 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

different from that of any form of melpomene, and, in fact,

has a typically silvaniform appearance. It is nearest to

that of a species with which one would not at first think

of associating it, viz. velustus: indeed, the only obvious

difference between the armature is that in vetustus the

extremity of the clasper is rather more densely pilose.

That the species is, in fact, closely related to vetustus I

have no doubt, and the further evidence for this will be

found under the discussion of patterns. It may here be

mentioned that the most obvious difference between

tumatumart and melpomene forms is the occurrence in the

former of a sulphur yellow streak on the underside of the

hind-wing, this streak being not on the costa, but below

the costal nervure.

On my pointing out to Mr. Kaye the significance of this

yellow line, he kindly brought for examination two mel-

pomene-like forms, one of which agrees with melpomene

elevatus, Néld., and the other an undescribed female form

somewhat like it, from his own collection. Both these had

the peculiar yellow line, and without anatomical examina-

tion might well have been regarded as geographical forms

of tumatumari. Microscopic investigation of the male

example showed, however, that though it was apparently

not a form of melpomene, it was equally specifically separate

from tuwmatumart. The armature is again of a somewhat

silvaniform type, but resembling that of H. sergestus.

These two species, elevatus and tumatumari, will be further

considered in the discussion of patterns.

Although they are separable from melpomene it must not

be supposed that they are as markedly distinct from that

species as are many of the species of Section II from one

another. Preparations of the genitalia of melpomene show

much individual variation, and whilst there would never

be any difficulty in distinguishing the armatures of, say,

anderida and melpomene, there might be more difficulty in

separating some preparations of melpomene from certain

of the Silvaniformes. In other words, the Silvaniformes

are not, in spite of their Melinaea-like patterns, a markedly

separate group, and, in fact, it may be said that all the

species belonging to Section I are far less satisfactorily

differentiated than those of Section II. This fact would

seem to lend support to the view that Section I is of more

recent development, as we should expect, since its members

are mimics rather than models.

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 111

We now pass to those species grouped under the name of

the

CYDNOFORMES.

H. eydno, Doubl.

The typical and eight subspecies are described with several

varietal forms occurring in Central America, Peru, Ecuador,

Colombia, and Venezuela. The claspers of five forms are

shown on Pl. XV. They show a general resemblance of

structure with a certain amount of variation.

H. weymeri, Steger.

Of the typical form of this Colombian species I have had

no example to examine, but have dissected out more than

one armature from the form gustavi, Staud. There is no

constant and recognisable difference between the armatures

of this and of eydno (Pl. XV).

H. pachinus, Salv.

This species from Chiriqui and Costa Rica occurs com-

monly in collections. I have made several preparations

which show but little range of individual variation. The

pattern of the wings seems at first sight so distinct that it

might well be regarded as a satisfactorily defined species,

yet the armature (Pl. XVI) shows no distinction from that

of weymeri and could not be constantly separated from

some forms of cydno.

H. heurippa, Hew.

This species, with which I include rubellius of Smith and

Kirby, occurs in Colombia. Typical hewrippa has a striking

appearance owing to the large patch of sharply divided

yellow and red on the fore-wing. In the form rubellius

this patch is reduced to very narrow dimensions. The

clasper shown on Pl. XVI from a specimen of heurippa shows

much the same structure as is found in cydno, weymeri, etc.

There can be little doubt that hewrippa and cydno are the

same species, and it will be seen later that consideration of

the pattern confirms this view.

H. melpomene, Linn.

Over fifteen subspecies of this form, with many varieties,

are described. They range over the greater part of

northern S. America, but have not. so far, been reported

112 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

from Colombia and Venezuela. <A drawer filled with these

forms presents a most bewildering diversity of patterns

linked together by intermediate forms. On Pl. XVII have

illustrated eight of the claspers. From these it will be

seen that there is a strong tendency for the point of the

clasper to be fuller and more rounded than in cydno and

some of the other forms. Two drawings are shown taken

from consecutive specimens of melpomene thelaiope. The

difference between these is as great as that between the

second of them and one of the cydno forms, whilst that of

melpomene timareta contiguus is essentially of the cydno

pattern.

H. amaryllis, Feld.

The typical and two subspecies occur in Central America,

N.W. Brazil, Peru, Venezuela, Colombia and Trinidad.

Of the two claspers shown on Pl. XVI that of amaryllis

rosina euryas is of the cydno type, whilst that of amaryllis

euryades comes nearer to that of some forms of melpomene,

showing that here again this reputed species cannot be

definitely separated.

H. vuleanus, Butl.

The typical form occurs in Colombia and Panama,

and is rather doubtfully recorded from Guiana. The

form cythaera, Hew., occurs in Ecuador. Claspers of the

two forms are shown on Pl. XVI, and present no clearly

distinguishing features.

H. xenoclea, Hew.

This species appears as bates? in Stichel and Riffarth’s

monograph, Riffarth having thought that xenoclea belonged

to the second section of the genus. Kaye pointed out the

error,“ and has given the name microclea to the form in

Section II which resembles Hewitson’s species. It occurs

in Ecuador and Peru, and is distinguished by the two

separate rounded spots on the fore-wing.

The clasper figured on Pl. XVI is not distinguishable

from several of those already described.

H. nanna, Stich.

This reputed species occurs in 8. Brazil, and a form

occurring further north, in which the fore-wing red discal

* Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. xiv, 1907.

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 113

band is less indented, has been named burchelli by Poulton.

H. nanna resembles closely, on the upperside at least,

H. besckei. The clasper as shown on Pl. XVI is no more

distinctive than the others already considered.

H. besckei, Ménétr.

This species, occurring in 8. Brazil, resembles nanna and

erato phyllis. It is distinguished outwardly by a reddish

submarginal line on the underside of the hind-wing.

Kaye has expressed the view that it is a form of H. erato

phyllis, but the structure of the armature precludes this

possibility. A clasper is shown on Pl. XVI, and the

principal feature in which it differs from the cydno and

melpomene forms is the presence of a dense tuft of bristles

near the point. If this be a good character, as has been

supposed, in dividing the Silvaniformes, then we have

grounds for separating the species, and the peculiarity of

the hind-wing pattern supports this view.

We thus see that in so far as may be judged from the

genitalia there is no reason to suppose that the forms now

included under the Cydnoformes and Melpomeneformes,

with the exception of H. besckev, really constitute more

than one species. The extent to which pattern and other

features support such a conclusion will be discussed in a

later portion of this paper.

Section II.

In this section the structure of the armature provides

much more satisfactory evidence of specific distinctions

and to a considerable extent confirms the reputed species

‘nto which the forms have been divided. Taking these

in the order adopted in Stichel and Riffarth’s work,

we find seven reputed species included in group I, the

HECALESIFORMES.

H. erispus, Stgr.

This species resembles atthis, but is modified so as to

mimie Tithorea bonplandii descandollesi. It occurs in the

Cauca valley. I have had no specimen to examine.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART I. (AUG.) I

114 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

H. hecuba, Hew.

This Colombian species also resembles a Tithorea. Seitz

regards both choarinus and cassandra as forms of this

species, together with dolima, Fassl. I have had hecuba,

choarinus and tolima to dissect, and they would certainly

appear to be the same species. The claspers of hecuba

and choarinus are shown on Pl. XVI. That of cassandra

I have not been able to examine.

H. heealesia, Hew.

The typical form occurs in Colombia and the form

formosus in Guatemala, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and

Panama. I have dissected examples of both, and the

clasperis shown on Pl. XVI. Itis of quite distinct structure.

H. octavia, Bates, has exactly the same type of clasper and

is certainly the same species. It occurs in Guatemala and

Honduras.

Two forms of this group remain, H. gynaesius, Hew.,

and H. longarenus, Hew. The first of these Riffarth

regards as a form of hecalesia. Unfortunately, I have had

no example to examine, and the only specimen of longarenus

known to me is the type. My view as to the position of

these two forms will be found under the consideration of

patterns.

AOEDIFORMES.

H. godmani, Ster.

This species is included by Riffarth in the Aoediformes,

but its appearance suggests an alliance with gynaesius,

though this may quite well be due to mimetic resemblance.

T cannot express an opinion as to its true position, as the

type is, so far as I know, the only specimen in existence.

It was taken on the river San Juan in W. Colombia.

H. metharme, Erich.

A rather distinctive-looking species occurring in N. Brazil,

Peru, Colombia, and doubtfully in Nicaragua. The male

armature (Pl. XVI) is quite distinct from that of any other

form examined except aoede.

H. aoede, Hiibn.

The typical and three subspecies range through British

Guiana, N. Brazil, Venezuela, Peru, and Ecuador. The

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 115

claspers of two forms are illustrated on Pl. XVI. They

differ from one another considerably, but the differences

are just such as to make it difficult to separate them on

these structures from metharme. In the latter species the

peculiar toothed organ on the inner side of the clasper

seems intermediate in form between that of aoede aoede

and that of aoede astydamia. Allowance must be made

for differences of position, as this organ appears to be

movable. The matter will be further considered under

the discussion of patterns.

XANTHOCLEDOFORMES.

H. xanthocles, Bates.

Five subspecies and the typical form are described from

various parts of northern 8. America. The male claspers

are distinctive, those of two forms being shown on PI. XVI.

The most interesting feature is the small, upturned projec-

tion from the inside of the clasper, suggesting an alliance

with H. hierar, Hew.* The only feature of the wing

patterns which would support such a view is the row of

small, almost marginal white spots on the underside of

the hind-wing.

EGERIFORMES.

H. egeria, Hiibn.

The typical and three subspecies of this large and

handsome form have been described from Guiana and

North Brazil. The male clasper is illustrated on Pl. XVI,

and could not be confused with that of any other species

I have examined, though suggestive of relationship with

burneyt catharinae.

H. burneyi, Hiibn.

The typical form and three subspecies range through

Guiana, N. Brazil, Peru, Bolivia, and Colombia. I have

illustrated the claspers of three forms (Pl. XVII) showing

a very wide limit of variation, notwithstanding which, the

clasper of only one other reputed species could be confused

with them. This is wallacei wallacei, Pl. XVII, and it is

* On the clasper alone hecuba, xanthocles, and hierax would

appear to be rather difficult to separate. There are certain other

differences, however, notably in the shape of the uncus, which

enable them to be separated.

116 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

difficult to see in the armature any grounds for regarding

it as specifically distinct. H. wallacei colon shows a similar

structure.

H. doris, Linn.

The forms of this species have a wide range, being

recorded from the whole of northern 8. America. It is

characterised by the radiate coloured markings on the

hind-wing, which may be blue, green, or red, or combina-

tions of these, or even dusted with white. Three subspecies

and some varietal forms are described. I have illustrated

on Pl. XVII the claspers of only two forms, as further pre-

parations show a similar structure characterised by a

large upturned projection of the upper part of the clasper.

No other species can be confused with it.

H. hierax, Hew.

I have already pointed out that the clasper of this

species suggests a close affinity with H. xanthocles. It is

certainly wrongly placed next to doris.

WALLACEIFORMES.

H. wallacei, Reak.

The typical and two subspecies are described from

northern 8. America. As indicated above, the claspers

(Pl. XVII) show a near affinity, if not specific identity,

with burneyt.

SAPHOFORMES.

H. sapho, Drury.

The typical and four subspecies are described from Peru,

Kecuador, Colombia, Central America, and doubtfully from

Jamaica. The claspers of two forms are shown on P]. XVII,

and those of other forms examined show a similar struc-

ture. They suggest relationship with the Clysonimoformes,

though they are distinguishable from the fact that in the

latter the lower inflated part of the clasper is of a thinner

chitin. There seems little to separate the sapho forms

irom antiochus, leucadia and sara.

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 117

H. hewitsoni, Stgr.

This species is remarkable for its resemblance to

H. pachinus. Though allied to sapho forms I think it is

certainly distinct, the male armature having several

peculiarities (Pl. XVII).

H. congener, Weym.

This species is closely allied to the sapho forms, but the

uncus is much more slender, so that for the present we may

keep it separate (Pl. XVII).

ANTIOCHIFORMES.

H. antiochus, Linn.

This species and four subspecies are described from

Guiana, Brazil, Peru, Ecuador, Colombia, and Venezuela.

A remarkable form, salvinii, Dew., from the Orinoco delta,

has a transverse yellow hind-wing band (Pl. XVII).

H. leucadia, Bates.

The type and one subspecies are described from N. Brazil,

Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia (Pl. XVII).

H. sara, Fab.

Six subspecies of this form are described from various

localities ranging through the greater part of northern

S. America. Claspers from the above three reputed species

are illustrated on Pl. XVII, from which it will be seen

that, though varying in size and slightly in form, there is

no satisfactory feature to distinguish them either from

each other or from sapho forms. Also, it may be observed,

they approach in structure the cydno forms.

ERATOFORMES.

H. himera, Hew.

A smal] and interesting form from Ecuador.

H. notabilis microclea, Kaye.

Resembles H. xenoclea, Hew., but distinguished by the

character of the section. Occurs in Peru and Ecuador.

A form with the fore-wing spots more or less white occurs

in K. Ecuador.

118 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

H. ecyrbia, Godt.

The typical and two subspecies are described from

Ecuador, Colombia, and Bolivia.

H. favorinus, Hopff.

A Peruvian form.

H. petiveranus, Doubl.

The typical and one subspecies described from Colombia,

Venezuela, and Central America.

H. hydarus, Hew.

Five subspecies are described. The forms occur in

Venezuela, Trinidad, Colombia, and Panama. The forms

are remarkable for the great diversity of colour and pattern

exhibited.

H. amphitrite, Riff.

A Peruvian species closely resembling erato callycopsis

viculata.

H. erato, Linn.

The typical and no less than eleven subspecies are

described. Extending over the greater part of northern

S. America. It is a species in which pattern and colour

seem to run riot much as in melpomene.

Claspers taken from the foregoing eight reputed species

are illustrated on Pl. XVII. All are characterised by

the toothed projection at the outer end of the clasper,

which takes the form of a flattened lobe with a peculiar

twist, as though it had been taken in forceps and given

part of a turn, whilst the rest of the clasper remained

fixed. An examination of the figures shows that no

satisfactory character differentiates these forms. The

figures are only a selection from many preparations, all

of which show the same kind of structure. Whether or

not all are forms of one species, they certainly cannot

constantly be distinguished by the structure of the

armature.

One more species of the group remains, viz.—

H. hermathena, Hew.

This remarkable species from the Lower Amazon region

has the fore-wings of one of the erato forms and the hind-

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 119

wings of H. charithonia. The clasper shows a near relation

to erato, but there is a peculiar formation below the twisted

projection, giving it the appearance of having been pinched

(PI; XVII).

CHARITHONIFORMES.

H. charithonia, Linn.

A common and well-known species having a very wide

range over 8. America and even into southern N. America.

The clasper is very small for the size of the insect, and

though not very characteristic may probably be regarded

as distinct (Pl. XVII). There is one subspecies, peruviana,

Feld., in which the claspers are similar.

H. nattereri, Held.

Of this rare Brazilian (Bahia) species I have had no

example to examine.

H. fruhstorferi, Riff.

Resembles the above and is thought to be its female.

I have not seen an example.

CLYSONIMOFORMES.

H. elysonimus, Latr.

The typical and two subspecies are described from

Central America, Colombia, and Venezuela. The principal

characteristic feature of the clasper, shown on PI. XVII,

is the compressed appearance of the end of the dilated

portion.

H. hortense, Guér.

From Ecuador, Colombia, Guatemala, and Honduras.

The clasper (Pl. XVII) has a curious little hook-like

projection.

H. telesiphe, Doubl.

From Peru and Bolivia. A form with yellow instead

of white band on hind-wing (sotericus, Salv.) occurs in

Ecuador. The clasper on Pl. XVII is simple and not very

characteristic. Though somewhat resembling sapho forms,

the uncus (not shown) is of a stouter form and slightly

toothed.

We have now considered the apparent relationships of

120 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

most of the reputed species of the genus, from the point

of view of the structure of the male claspers. In a general

way the conclusions suggested show considerable and in

some cases remarkable correspondence with the order in

which the reputed species have been arranged in existing

works. Most of the forms which now appear conspecific

have already been placed together as nearly related.

The question of the specific value of the genitalia is

difficult and complicated. The claspers have many forms,

showing that we are not dealing with a genus in which

these organs are of a primitive and simple character. The

highly modified form of the armatures in many species sup-

ports the view that specific identity alone accounts for the

resemblances found between the organs of forms hitherto

regarded as distinct. It will be interesting to see to what

extent external features help to confirm the conclusions

arrived at from anatomical study.

The evidence of pattern and colour.

In considering the question of pattern it is important

to distinguish between resemblance due to affinity and

that due to mimetic influences, and it is just on this point

that the evidence of the genitalia affords valuable clues.

Thus the resemblance between “ szlvana” ethra and

narcaea flavomaculatus would at first appear to support

the theory of the affinity of silvana and narcaea. We

have seen, however, that whilst on anatomical grounds

silvana and narcaea do appear to be conspecific, “ silvana”’

ethra is not to be regarded as a silvana at all. According

to Seitz, ethra and narcaea flavomaculatus fly together at

Bahia and are hardly distinguishable from one another.

This fact, coupled with the known anatomical difference,

points strongly to an instance of mimetic resemblance.

As is well known, most of the Silvaniformes are modified

to resemble Melinaeas and other butterflies of different

subfamilies. Whether in likeness to a common model or

to each other, several forms of the Silvaniformes bear

strong resemblance to other Silvaniformes. Thus—

ethilla aérotome resembles pardalinus lucescens.

anderida melicerta x * silvana”’ metaphorus.

anderida zulecika a hecalisia octavia.

anderida holocophora 3 numatus swpervoris

(dark form).

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 121

In each of these cases, as in that of “ salvana”’ ethra and

narcaea flavomaculatus, the forms which resemble one

another are separable on the anatomical structure, and the

resemblance may be regarded as mimetic without stopping

to define the particular class of mimicry to which each

case should be referred.

Bearing in mind the above facts, we may now consider

the extent to which the patterns support the conclusions

formed on the anatomy.

The narcaea association.

The typical form of this species appears to be very

distinct from the other reputed species with which I have

associated it, and it cannot be said that pattern affords

much support for the conclusions based on the anatomical

structure. Other members of the association, however,

offer strong support to these conclusions. Comparison of

silvana silvana with the typical form of numatus shows

that there is really little difference between their patterns.

H. gradatus thielei is scarcely separable from forms of

numatus on pattern. As to ethilla, pattern would cer-

tainly support the view of a close affinity with nwmatus,

especially if the undersides of nwmatus numatus and

ethilla ewcomus be compared. H. ethilla claudia, which

resembles anderida melicerta, stands out rather distinctly

from the rest. As we have seen, the claspers of forms of

ethilla vary greatly, but in ethilla claudia they so closely

resemble those of ethilla ethilla that there can be no doubt

of their specific identity. Riffarth’s diagnosis of this

case was extremely shrewd. With reference to the other

reputed species, the claspers of which I have not been able

to examine, H. hippola must remain very doubtful, though

an example of narcaea satis with the apical spot suppressed

and the discal band darkened to the ground-colour would

be difficult to distinguish from hippola. It is difficult on

mere outward examination to appreciate the grounds on

which sulphureus has been separated from ethilla.

The novatus association.

The pattern exhibited by the reputed species here

associated are extremely diverse, though some of the

special features may be traced through several different

forms.

122 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

1. A tendency to melanism in the hind-wings is seen

in aristiona and its forms messene and aurora, and appears

again in tthaka and pardalinus lucescens, reaching a climax

in hecale and andernida fornarina.

2. The undersides of aulicus and aristiona lenaeus are

nearly identical, if we except the central and marginal

black markings of the former, which, however, are trace-

able as vestiges in the latter.

3. The relationship of the underside pattern of novatus

leopardus to that of aristiona arcuella is very evident on

careful comparison.

4. The brown markings seen on the underside of anderida

fornarina are faintly represented in some examples of

hecale, whilst the yellow markings of the fore-wing upper-

side in fornarina are partially reproduced in white in

hecale.

5. Comparison of the hind-wing underside in pardalinus

lucescens and aristiona aurora shows a close relationship

of pattern.

6. The pattern of quitalenus felix is merely a slight

modification of that of pardalinus tithorides.

7. The vestigial submarginal yellow spots in the hind-

wing of ithaka appear to correspond with those in anderida

anetta.

8. The various anderida forms graduate so obviously

one into another that a connection between any of them

and one of the other reputed species serves as an indirect

connection for all.

9. In considering the form of the armature of these

species I stated that there was a further reason for con-

necting “silvana”’ robigus with this association. The

underside pattern of this form, especially of the hind-wing,

is nearly identical with that of novatus novatus.

10. The hind-wing underside of paraensis latus closely

resembles that of aristiona arcuella.

11. Similar close resemblances may be observed between

examples of fortunatus and pardalinus.

We thus see that careful comparison of the wing patterns

of the novatus association tends to support the conclusions

based on an examination of the male armatures.

H. vetustus.

This species and its subspecies metellus, though closely

allied to the novatus association, may for the present be

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 123

kept separate. The forms are rather rare in collections,

and I have not been able to examine a large series. It

may well prove ultimately to be a member of the novatus

association.

H. sergestus.

The position of this species is obscure. Its pattern

suggests a close relationship with pardalinus, but the

clasper is of a very different form, and it must for the

present remain separate.

H. atthis.

The structure of the armature of this species shows

that it belongs to the Silvaniformes, though the pattern

has been profoundly modified in mimicry of a Tvthorea.

The markings show no indication of its affinity, though

the claspers are hardly distinguishable from those of

anderida. They are rather less densely tufted.

H. ismenius.

The apparent specific identity of “ szlvana”’ metaphorus

with the forms of zsmenius is one of the surprising results

of this investigation. The patterns are very different,

though certain similarities may be observed. Thus the

white and yellow spots on the underside of the fore-wing

apex are practically identical with those in ismenius

telchima, and the same may be said of the white spots of

the hind-wing underside.

There are two doubtful species included in the Silvani-

formes concerning which nothing can be said. They are

H. arcuatus, Kirby, and H. euclea, Godt. Their identity

has not been satisfactorily established.

H. tumatumari, Kaye.

This peculiar species has already been mentioned in

connection with the armature structure. As stated, the

anatomy indicates relationship with H. vetustus, and

whilst I think there are grounds for regarding it as a good

species, certain particulars of the pattern support the above

view of its affinity. Examination of the fore-wing under-

side shows in twmatumari three subapical spots and a

fourth submarginally placed below the extremity of the

first branch of the median. Precisely similar white spots

are found in vetustus metellus. The discal pattern of the

124 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

fore-wing evidently bears a close affinity in the two species.

If tumatumari be carefully examined in a good light, it

will be seen that on the hind-wing underside the brown

colour above the cell is very dark, whilst beneath this

dark area is a paler stripe traversing the cell, its hinder

border line passing out of the cell exactly at the origin

of the second subcostal branch. The positions of these

dark and light areas correspond precisely with those of

the black-brown and orange-brown in vetustus, whilst

there is an orange-brown streak below the cell in vetustus

corresponding accurately with the distinctive yellow

streak in tumatumart. Taken singly these points may be

small and might be accidental; collectively they appear

to me to be very significant.

H. elevatus, Nold.

It is scarcely surprising that this species has been

regarded as a form of melpomene. There is practically

no external feature to distinguish it, beyond the yellow

streak already referred to, yet it is more nearly related

to some of the Silvaniformes than to melpomene. Three

male examples are before me from Chanchamayo, Sa0-

Paulo (Amazon), and Beni River (Bolivia) respectively.

The first two agree nearly with the description of elevatus.

The third differs in the following respects. The fore-wing

discal yellow fills the outer third of the cell, and extends

across the space between the first and second median, and

as a suffusion half-way down to the submedian. On the

margin of the hind-wing underside it has very distinct

white dots, absent in the two other specimens. These

dots are described as occurring in the type. In all three

the hind-wings above have an orange-red horizontal

band passing through the cell and ending beyond the

subcostal. This is followed by the usual straight band of

black, and seven orange-red internervular “ nail-headed ”

streaks almost reaching the hind-margin.

As has been stated, the armature approaches in structure

that of sergestus. If there is any real affinity there is no

indication of it on the upper surface. On the under

surface, when the third specimen described above is

compared with sergestus, we find that the position and

general contour of the fore-wing discal yellow is very

similar to that in sergestus. The latter furnishes one of

the rare cases in which a silvaniform Heliconius has a red

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 125

spot at the base of the hind-wing, and elevatus has an

exactly similar spot, though, of course, this feature is only

of value in conjunction with the anatomical similarity,

as so many of the non-silvaniform Heliconi have basal

red spots.

These two species, twmatumari and elevatus, are of

extraordinary interest as showing that there is no marked

line of division between the Silvaniformes and the other

members of Section I. The hind-wing pattern of elevatus

raises another very interesting point. The “ flame

pattern” so frequently found in Heliconius is of two

kinds. In melpomene forms (Section I) it is always cut

across in a nearly straight line and the rays are of the

“ nail-headed ” type, whereas in the species of Section II

in which it occurs, the rays at their inner ends follow the

contour of the cell. Why should the pattern of H. elevatus

be of the nail-headed type? The reply seems to me to

be that the characteristic horizontal black bar in the hind-

wing of species of Section I is an ancestral pattern of

considerable stability. It appears in one form or another

in narcaea, silvana, numatus, ethilla, novatus, pardalinus,

quitalenus, paraensis, aulicus, forms of anderida, etc., and

its inner (upper) edge runs across at the level of the cell

end. Hence when a “ flame” pattern is developed it is

cut off straight along the top by this characteristic bar.

Thus, if my suggestion be well founded, we should ex-

pect any species of Section I which developed a flame

pattern to produce the straight-cut, more or less nail-

headed type found in melpomene and elevatus, irrespective

of fascies of more recent ancestry. The nearest approach

to a flame pattern in any truly silvaniform-patterned

species that I know is in an example before me which

agrees with Weymer’s H. fortunatus. Here the usual

black band is very distinct, and beneath it is a series of

orange internervular marks of the ground-colour which,

whilst running off to fine points marginally, are cut off

proximally by the black band and have the nail-head

pattern, though greatly foreshortened.

Professor Poulton has suggested to me that the black

bar may have been developed in Section I of Heliconius in

mimicry of Melinaea forms, doubtless an association of

great antiquity. The idea has much to recommend it,

since if it were a character of still greater antiquity we

should expect it to be common to both sections of the

126 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

genus. However that may be, the bar is now a deeply

established factor of the pattern, and sufficiently accounts,

I think, for the special characteristics of the flame pattern

as developed in Section I.

The melpomene association.

Some ten reputed species are here included, totalling,

with subspecies and varieties, sixty or seventy named

forms. On Pl. XI I have figured twenty-six butterflies

which exhibit some of the forms included in this associa-

tion. All the figures are much reduced from natural

size, but for convenience of comparison it was desirable

to have them all on one plate. The forms of cydno exhibit

great diversity of pattern. White and lemon-yellow are

easily interchangeable in both wings. The broad yellow

fore-wing discal band of cydno is divided into two separate

bands in the form shown at fig. 3, and in fig. 4 there is

a submarginal row of white spots, the other fore-wing

markings having become white. On the hind-wing of

cydno there is a white border of medium width, almost

marginal. In fig. 3 it is twice as broad, and in fig. 5

it is broad and yellow. In hermogenes (fig. 4) it is yellow

and considerably separated from the margin, whilst in

fig. 7 it is vestigial, but providing a link with the peculiar

hind-wing marginal pattern in vulcanus cythera, fig. 8.

Fig. 2 represents the underside of fig. 1. Note the peculiar

pattern of the hind-wing. Two red-brown bands are faintly

visible and the white sub-marginal border of the upperside

is repeated. In some cases the upper red-brown band is

practically horizontal, broad proximally and_ tapering

towards the hind-margin. It is important to bear these

variations in mind when comparing the patterns of the

other reputed species.

Fig. 14 represents weymert, Stgr., which is separated by

Riffarth, but regarded by Seitz as conspecific with cydno.

The latter view is undoubtedly correct. The fore-wing

pattern is only a slight modification of fig. 3, whilst the

hind-wing central yellow band is probably a development

from the red-brown band of the underside of cydno. This

central yellow band is a common feature in the genus;

it occurs in both sections, and I shall have to refer to it

again.

Fig. 15 is the form known as weymeri gustavi, Stgr.

It has lost the -fore-wing markings altogether and become

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 127

a remarkable mimic of a species in Section II. An example

kindly lent me by Mr. Kaye is to some extent intermediate,

having in the fore-wing a white spot above the first median,

another below the first subcostal, whilst with a lens white

scales can be seen in several other positions. The under-

side of this specimen is very remarkable, since the dull

brown colour is paler all round the margin of the hind-wing

over an area corresponding exactly with that of the white

border in forms of cydno. Moreover, on the fore-wing the

discal area is paler, not over an area corresponding with

the white marks in weymeri, but representing the yellow

patch of cydno.

We may now turn to heurippa, a nearly typical example

of which is shown at fig. 10. There is little or nothing

to associate it with cydno. Fig. 9, however, shows the

fore-wing of heurippa with the cydno band in the hind-

wing. This is the form known as wernicket, Stgr., and

there is a somewhat similar form, emzlius, Weym., which

has the hind-wing band slightly suffused with grey as in

some forms of cydno. These facts would seem remarkable

enough, but there is further and stronger evidence. My

figs. 10, 11, and 12 show a regular gradation of pattern,

ending in the form at fig. 12, which is very near the stage

of having nothing but a red patch on the fore-wing. Now

this specimen, which is in the Tring Museum, has on the

underside (fig. 13) the “ghost” of the pattern of the

cydno underside. The delicacy of the shades of brown is

difficult to reproduce, but the beauty of the actual speci-

men is very striking, and I am certain that no one could

see it without being convinced of the specific identity of

cydno and heurippa. The specimen shown at fig. 11 is

also remarkable from the fact that on the underside of

the hind-wing there is a pale horizontal band exactly

corresponding to the yellow horizontal band of weymert.

At fig. 16 is a figure of a form of melpomene which does

not quite correspond with any of those named in the

monograph already referred to. The fore-wing has the

bicoloured patch of heurippa, but in other respects the

example resembles melpomene amandus, shown at fig. 17.

This form approaches nanna burchelli, but has more

red in the cell. H. melpomene amandus, fig. 17, connects

nanna with heurippa, and through the latter with ¢ ydno.

Fig. 18 is amaryllis rosina, w hich is merely a form of

melpomene with the hind-wing yellow band, whilst fig. 19

128 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

is amaryllis euryades, lacking the yellow band on both

surfaces of the hind-wing, though in the form ewryas

it is present on the underside, and in one example

before me from the Rio Dagua there is a trace of a

white submarginal band on the hind-wing underside.

These forms bring us to melpomene, fig. 20, which is

merely a modification of the form of heurvppa shown at

fig. 12. All the yellow has disappeared and nothing but

the bright red fore-wing patch remains. Occasionally an

example of melpomene may be found in which the dull

brown of the hind-wing underside has a rather lighter

appearance corresponding in position to the yellow band

of other forms.

Fig. 21 is the form described by Lathy as zenoclea

confluens. It may be regarded either as a xenoclea in

which the two patches have run together, or more prob-

ably as a melpomene with an extended patch not yet

separated into two. In any case it connects melpomene

with zenoclea, shown at fig. 22. In fig. 23 the two

patches of xenoclea are white with a dusting of red. The

example shown at fig. 24 exhibits the well-known “ flame ”

pattern in the hind-wings together with basal red in the

fore-wing. The flame pattern occurs in many forms of

melpomene and also in species of Section II, though in the

latter the red streaks radiate from the borders of the cell

and have not the appearance of being horizontally cut off

at their upper end.

Fig. 25 represents melpomene eulalia, in which, as in

fig. 26, we see a distinct trace of the heurippa band in the

fore-wing, the flame pattern recurring in fig. 26. Fig. 271s

a remarkable combination of the melpomene amandus fascies

with the flame pattern superimposed. Finally, fig. 28

shows H. pachinus. The genitalia of this cannot be dis-

tinguished. from those of all the other forms shown on the

plate, and as to pattern, the yellow bands appear to be

a mere modification of those of the fore-wing of figs. 3

and 6 and the hind-wing of fig. 4. Moreover, on the

und rside of pachinus there is frequently to be seen on

the hind-wing a submarginal series of white spots like the

vestige of the white border of cydno.

I have discussed the melpomene association at some

length because I happen to have had access to a great

number of examples, and these fortunately exhibit remark-

able intermediate forms, which, together with the pre-

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 129

parations of genitalia, provide, at least in my own opinion,

conclusive evidence of the specific identity of all the

forms above considered, and divided in Stichel and

Riffarth’s monograph into ten species. Considered alone,

the question of whether all these forms are representatives

of one or several species is of little real importance except

as a study in variation. The interest of the matter will,

however, become apparent when we come to investigate

the peculiar mimetic relationships occurring between the

two sections of the genus.

H. besekei. -

This species | keep separate both on account of the

form of the clasper with its tuft of bristles and also because

of the pattern of the hind-wing underside. Kaye was at

one time of the opinion that it was a form of erato phyllis,

though this cannot be maintained in view of the structure

of the male claspers. Also I think it is rightly placed

in Section I. It should be noted, however, that on the

hind-wing underside there are some small whitish spots

at the apex, and similar spots are occasionally found in

examples of melpomene, and the relationship, if not specific,

is extremely close.

Section II.

H. crispus.

I have not been able to examine the armature of this

species, and the pattern, being so profoundly modified in

mimicry of a Tithorea, furnishes little evidence of its

identity.

H. hecuba.

The patterns of hecuba, choarinus, and cassandra support

the view that they are all one species, and whilst I have

had no example of longarenus to examine, its pattern

indicates that it is conspecific with cassandra. If another

example of longarenus is ever discovered I shall be sur-

prised if its locality is not found to be identical with that

of gynaesius.

H. hecalesia.

The armature of hecalesia is so characteristic that the

fact of the same organ in octavia being precisely similar

leaves no doubt in my mind that they are forms of the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTI. (AUG.) K

130 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

same species. An examination of pattern leaves little

doubt that gynaesius is also a form of hecalesia, since

octavia forms an almost perfect transition thereto. Indeed,

if the basal brown be eliminated from the fore- -wing, of

octavia there is no distinction from that of gynaesius,

whilst a proportionate reduction of the hind-wing brown

in octavia would leave the hind-wing pattern of gynaesius.

If Stichel and Riffarth were satisfied that gynaesius was

a form of hecalesia it is strange they should have kept

octavia separate. It should further be noted that whilst

the underside of the hind-wing in ocltavia has a very

different appearance from that in hecalesia, it is practically

identical with that in hecalesia formosus, whilst the latter

has a trace of the fore-wing basal brown found in octavia.

H. godmani.

Stichel and Riffarth place this form in their Aoediformes,

presumably on account of its shape. In other respects it

differs little in appearance from gynaesius. The structure

of the armature would probably settle the point at once,

but I know of no example except the type, and this is

not available for dissection.

H. metharme.

Whilst the difficulty of distinguishing the claspers

suggests the specific identity of metharme and aoede, the

difference in the shape of the wings suggests their separa-

tion. On the other hand, the radiate red pattern in the

hind-wing in aoede is repeated on the underside of metharme,

and there is an example of the latter in the Tring collec-

tion, having indications of the flame pattern on the

upperside, though it must be remembered that the radiate

pattern is common in several undoubtedly separate species.

I think we must be content to regard them as doubtful

species, but certainly very nearly allied.

H. xanthocles, H. hierax, H. egeria.

These three species are sufficiently distinct on the

structure of the armature, and need no further comment.

H. burneyi.

The suggestion that burneyt and wallacei are conspecific

is strongly supported by their patterns. On the hind-wing

_Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 131

underside the white internervular streaks and fringes are

well represented in wallacet colon, the peculiar arrangement

of the basal red is similar, and the conspicuous precostal

yellowish spot is common to both. The base of the fore-

wing costa beneath in wallacei is deep red, corresponding

with a more conspicuous basal red in burneyi. Indeed,

the hind-wing undersides in wallacei colon and burneyi

catharinae are practically identical, and if a series of the

hind-wings of both were mixed together it is difficult to

see on what grounds they could be separated.

H. doris.

This species and its forms are readily recognised and

specifically distinct, as the male claspers show, though

many features of the pattern would suggest relationship

with metharme.

H. hewitsoni.

A distinct species, as shown by the armature.

H. congener.

Probably. distinct, on the structure of the armature.

H. sapho, etc.

The forms of sapho resemble those of cydno, and, as in

that species, the two colours, lemon-yellow and white,

are remarkably interchangeable. The broad white discal

band in sapho eleusinus and sapho leuce appears as a

double yellow band in several other forms, whilst the

hind-wing hind-marginal white may vary from a mere

fringe in sapho leuce to a broad band in eleuchia, or be-

come a still broader yellow band in sapho primularis.

The reputed species antiochus, leucadia, and sara do not

show any characteristic differences in the structure of the

claspers, and their patterns support the theory of specific

identity in the following ways—

1. All have a tendency to white fringes ning with

black at the nervure ends.

2. The fore-wing subcostal and median nervures are

generally dusted with pale yellow on the underside, the

fore-wing subcostal almost invariably. In antiochus this

dusting is on the subcostal and median. In many species

of sara and leucadia the yellow scales can be seen on the

median with a lens.

132 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

3. A very slight modification of the two fore-wing

yellow bars in sapho eleuchia gives us the characteristic

yellow or white bars in forms of antiochus.

4. H. sara theudela presents only a very slight modifica-

tion of the pattern of some examples of sapho primularis.

5. Some examples of leucadia pseudorhea have the rudi-

ments of a hind-wing marginal white border, strongly

suggesting that more highly developed in theudela and

forms of sapho.

6. Many forms of lewcadia and sara have on the under-

side of the hind-wing a variable number of red spots form-

ing a discal row more or less parallel with the hind-margin,

though I have not seen any trace of this in sapho or

antiochus.

7. Except for the red subcostal streak in antiochus, the

hind-wing basal spots on underside of that species are

almost exactly like those in sara. Moreover, in many

examples of antiochus there is a yellow spot near the

middle of the inner margin on the hind-wing underside.

Several specimens of sara show the same peculiar yellow

spot.

H. erato, etc.

The forms and reputed species included in this associa-

tion present a case somewhat analogous to the great

melpomene association in Section I.

The following considerations of the patterns support the

conclusions based on the structure of the armatures—

1. himera may well be a form of hydarus with the red

and. yellow markings reversed.

2. notabilis microclea, with its double spots, may be traced

to erato through a form of erato estrella, which has white

subapical spots in the fore-wing, exactly the same white

spot appearing in notabilis notabilis.

3. hydarus hydarus (resembling melpomene) has several

admittedly conspecific forms which are totally unlike. Of

these hydarus colombinus has a red fore-wing discal band

and a central horizontal hind-wing yellow band. Beyond

a slight difference in shape of this yellow band there is

little to distinguish it from that of petiveranus.

4. hydarus chestertoni is a glossy blue form with a central

horizontal hind-wing yellow band. If cyrbia be compared

with this, the hind-wing yellow in that form, apparent

only on the underside, is quite evidently the same as that

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 133

in hydarus chestertoni, cyrbia’s fore-wing red being obtained

from hydarus hydarus. The peculiar white-dusted hind-

wing border in cyrbia is more difficult to account for. It

would at first suggest affinity with sapho, but the structure

of the armature precludes this. The form is, of course,

either a mimic or a model of vulcanus cythera.

5. amplitrite is merely a development of hydarus, the

armatures being practically identical.

6. erato appears in many forms, some of which have

developed the flame pattern common in other species.

All kinds of intermediates are known, for which some

forty-three names are recorded by Seitz. Most of these

forms resemble others belonging to Section I, of which

they are either the models or mimics. Its variability is,

perhaps, even greater than that of melpomene, and there is

nothing improbable in supposing that the forms I have

associated with it are really the same species.

H. hermathena.

Closely related to the erato association, but apparently

distinct. A very remarkable species combining the fore-

wing spots of erato phyllis with the hind-wing of charithonia.

H. charithonia.

The true relationship of this common form is rather

obscure. It is apparently a good species.

H. nattereri, H. fruhstorferi.

Of these I have had no examples to examine. There

is, as already stated, some probability that they are male

and female of the same species, though whether distinct

or merely forms of charithonia must remain for the present

undecided.

H. elysonimus, H. hortense, H. telesiphe.

These three forms are probably distinct species and call

for no special comment, except that clysonimus is probably

related to antiochus through forms of sara, in which traces

of the hind-wing red band can still be seen.

We thus see that examination of the patterns and colours

of the various forms dealt with supports in most cases the

relationships suggested by the study of the genital arma-

tures. We may, therefore, draw up the following table

embodying the results of the foregoing investigation.

Forms apparently not specifically distinguished are placed

134 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

under one number. Those forms, examples of which have

not been available for examination, are marked with an

asterisk. Except where otherwise stated, all the sub-

species formerly included under a type name are here

included also.

Section I.

1. H. narcaea, Godt.

» numatus, Cram.

,, silvana, Cram. (not including metaphorus, robigus,

and ethra).

, ethilla, Godt.

5, gradatus, Weym.

», sulphureus,* Weym.

,, hippola,* Hew. (?)

. novatus, Bates (including schultzez, Riff.).

,, hecale, Fab.

,, aristiona, Hew.

,, whaka, Feld.

,, pardalinus, Bates.

,», Jortunatus, Weym.

», quitalenus, Hew.

,, anderida, Hew.

»» paraensis, Riff.

,, aulicus, Weym.

5, ennius,* Weym. (?)

,, - Silvana,” robigus, (?) Weym.

5 ethra, (7?)

atthis, Doubl.

. vetustus, Butl.

. tumatumari, Kaye.

. sergestus, Weym.

. elevatus, Néld.

asmentus, Latr.

“ silvana,” metaphorus.

. cydno, Doubl.

,» weymeri, Stgr.

,, pachinus, Salv.

,, melpomene, Linn.

,, heurippa, Hew. (including rubellius, Gr.-Sm.).

,, amaryllis, Feld.

,, vulcanus, Butl.

,, xenoclea, Hew.

., nanna, Stich.

10. H. bescker, Ménétr.

Reh Rs

O OA ATW sw

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 135

Section II.

H. crispus, Stgr.

12. H. hecuba, Hew.

choarinus, Hew.

cassandra,* Feld.

longarenus,* Hew.

13. H. xanthocles, Bates.

14. H. hierax, Cram.

15. H. hecalesia, Hew.

,, octavia,* Bates.

16. H. godmana, (%) Stgr.

ae ce bie ahaa | (doubtfully separate).

19. H. egeria, Cram.

20. H. burneyt, Hiibn.

,, wallacei, Reak.

21. H. doris, Linn.

22. H. hewitson, Stgr.

23. H. congener, Weym.

24. H. sapho, Dru.

antiochus, Linn.

leucadia, Bates.

,, sara, Fab.

25. H. himera, Hew.

notabilis, Godm.

cyrbia, Godt.

favorinus, Hopf.

petiveranus, Doubl.

hydarus, Hew.

erato, Linn.

amphatrite, Riff.

26. H. hermathena, Hew.

27. H. charithonia, Linn.

28. H. nattereri,* Feld. \

D Fralstorfon® Rite, | ' 9 880 5-

29. H. clysonimus, Latr.

30. H. hortense, Guér.

31. H. telesiphe, Doubl.

One fact is especially striking. If the conclusions

arrived at are sound, Section I, containing some 35 reputed

species, is reduced to 10, whilst Section II, containing some

37 reputed species, is reduced to 21. Furthermore, when

considering the mimetic side of the question, it will appear

Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

136

“nied ‘ViAIlog

“pa

“may ‘Saqjeovoe sopleng

“(yng ‘snajnjrur s sntmosojoig

“ATBS “eporwoyyr =

“pneyg ‘vuainul visely

“pneyg ‘xeitey epwosodAH

“MOF, “vavyor souas0oden

“A[BG ‘BA[NJIWIAS SOBUBUT _

“YOs]T ‘BALOTOOIG BJsauMoY BIUIZvIID

“MOP ‘OUOTJOW BOVUlTO WL

“Tang ‘suydaoap siqiuRqooy

BUOT4SLIe BUOSIIV

sojeg ‘sisiamieued vssvuvrydt BIuoyyy

“map ‘e1evqjo[tyd BLur}e198:

“MOF “B]TMOLIG BIUOYITT [EO

“MOF, ‘SNUILORUL SIQIUBTVA IY

“play ‘aVpl vevullo

BILIOI[IUL VP MepuB

suroydejamt ,, vuvatis,.

BIpnvyD RT [LMp1a

“UOZEILY “AA

*elanZzIUaA,

*peplulty,

“Iqng ‘snoueqseo sniu050j01g

soqyeg ‘eueese vrydaiousiq

soleg ‘euryseue Ly

“Moy “veluony

‘jdoy ‘vurepied einiye.a5

‘Ting ‘stsuavde st

“ulpoyy ‘sapropooinbe sty1ueyoa lq

“png ‘villepeut ee

‘upoy ‘uopAd snjaRUl BaBUT[eTT

“uLAe M ‘BOMLOWBIULD BABqOIT[O BILODATT

f suaosaony snurpepard

il aUL0JOIIB BI[IYYa

“umporyy ‘RLINy SIyNsIAy

SIPITeeUr BI[IGIA

: ‘ojo ‘vuBIny

f “poy ‘varesau stynsuipy

‘Tang ‘sneovryoo sniu0s0}01g

“UOZBUTY “MA

BIIEYIA UTTLYIA

"Mpoy ‘SeplouRATIS SIZTUBTPOI IT

“yRoy ‘BV \resed vavulpayy

BUATIS BURATIS

{ “suvyy ‘g ‘SBuaBUl vIurzeI0D

“‘pneyg ‘10[OOMW0D BAS BAIODLT ¢

\-nna ‘euviseyd BJVasIsOAvy vavullsayy

‘Tung, ‘vrayrmued siyrueyoo jy

“UIAOM ‘XLIYRIpoul veRUIpEy

snydAsis snue[eymb

BI[ANIIB BUOL4SIIB ZY

SNUIT[9q BSI snyeuUINU

*[lzvig, [e1qUuaD

[8a ‘esseuvdimoe eiuizesa9

GUI) KSI *ulBdg ‘sate varIOdAT

‘ulBIQ ‘eTmOUNIel, SIyMSAT FT snzewnu snjeunu

. n ‘ .

weg’ tee uqny ‘eolune eiseagq

BX9UTOD VIvOIBIL

f “ued ‘emoudyse viqdiowsig

“qpo0H “eiyyo vovulley

| “ps.og ‘evqaep BIuIye1e9

\ “Uqny ‘Biutmis{] Bossa syTuByoo py

f B1yy2 ,, BIRATIS,

| BvovorleU vaRoIvU

AyvooT

viguas 1aqjo Jo “ddg

‘a]qtueser Aoyy YOM e19UES 1oy4O Jo osoy] PUR sNVWOIAZT JO SULIOJ-—"] WAV,

sniuooljayy

137

UCOnUs.

the genus Hel

ups im

Mimetic Relationsh

“BoltouTy [etyuap

“LBM Sesolnsue srlooag

*[qnoq ‘sdoa9a0 sn1u050}0.1g

(4) mop ‘vat yd visaagy

(4) ‘1qnog ‘sourxeid wi ydsousig

(4) ‘may ‘eyuepeu siuqAyued

4 “MOTT ‘BAVUOIp VIUIZVIE—

“yee ‘W0vd10z vaRqoa]o Seplauny

soqeg ‘sussfiop siqiueypay

*[qnoqd ‘siyevd1097¥ Ba1OOATT

soqyeg ‘vqv}LUIL vavUlleyT

‘oqa ‘Boly BISOD

"BIWOTOD “A

“BIqUIoyo)

VIUN[OT9} SNIUaTISI

(4) ‘ang ‘vuso10s viydiouisiq

| ‘saing “elisdrpyeo sy

} “ug ‘vqgourserd vimoygy

| “ARG ‘xr {os vavulpayy

eee ——

SMeodSaruyo sntuatust

“Mo ‘suvulmypny vires

“MOH ‘VlUle[eo BIULOYT

—— eee

“YOS-"H{ ‘suedsepurvo vimoyyy

soyeg ‘vurjdjepe vprosod ayy

“MOH ‘BUley Sauasoodu yy

“MOH ‘SiQRSsaUl BaBUL[ayy

“naag

SuUnYy sntuatist

SNIUATUS! SnIuowst

“Tang ‘uoavd varoy4ry,

areas BIUNONIIEYO

S1qqqB

“BOLO Y [Vi}TeD

“upoy ‘studed asin visetoy

Soqeg ‘vurydjape vprosod«y

“MOH ‘vizoy =,“

“MIpOH ‘BiLpay Bruton TeD

“MaTT ‘esojoy saueso0oduyy

soqyeg ‘e[ldstq[mo viuneray

“MOH ‘seplouoyyzt saporodatg 4

Sojeg ‘vuuenp *¢

{ BIABIOO BISATEDATL

BYlo[Nz vpluepur

“uOZRINy "4

“mozBIYy "AY

ee ke ee ee

*BIqQULO[OD

*“1openogy

ne ee |

“1OpRudy

a Pe

“upon ‘senqurid stynsarzy

‘A[VY ‘SaqSa10 VAvUTISOALYy BIBUTLATY

a ee Pen serie a

{ “DIG “1010s BLUTyVIED

Saqvg ‘leylony vorui[ayw

“Ma ‘snpiydouaut snpiydoueut vevuyayy

—— | qui um

SUSY BUOSIIN

BLOING VUOLISLIY

ee ee ee eee

auoydna vuorsise

ee es Eee —$_

“uovy ‘stsuejodvaey snjryplonour BOBUILA

"14ng ‘vyourz vacurpoyy

“

s{suajodvie, vuoysiay

aaa fe a

snovud] vuoIstae

. ee fa

138 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

that all but two species in Section I mimic species of

other genera. Intrageneric mimicry occurs between two or

three species in Section I and between a much larger

number of species in Section II. One species in Section

I produces forms which mimic six or seven species in

Section II, a phenomenon recalling that of the mimicry of

several species of Planema by one species of Pseudacraea.

Whilst I think that fuller knowledge of the genus is

likely to confirm the majority of the conclusions here

attained, it must not be forgotten that cases occur in

which Lepidoptera quite undistinguishable on the armature

structure are, nevertheless, known from other characters

to be distinct species, and it seems probable that instances

of this condition will also be found in the present genus.

The mimetic relationships of Heliconius.

The species and forms included under the group Silvani-

formes nearly all resemble species of other genera and

subfamilies. They are members of great mimetic associa-

tions which include species of widely separate affinities.

It is not within the scope of the present paper to study in

detail all these associations. They are fairly well known,

and have been referred to by many authors. Beyond the

fact that hecalesia octavia resembles anderida zuleika, the

forms of Silvaniformes, excluding the intermediate tuma-

tumare and elevatus, do not, as a rule, resemble those of

members of Section II of the genus. The accompanying

table (Table I) gives some of the more striking associations

to which forms of the Silvaniformes belong.

As already stated, Mr. W. J. Kaye has pointed out *

that, having once separated the forms of the genus

into their two sections, we find that many of those of

Section I resemble forms of Section II]. In order more

fully to illustrate this remarkable parallelism, I have pre-

pared Pl. XII. The figures, as in Pl. XI, are much

reduced, but will suffice to illustrate the patterns. The

examples shown in the second and fourth columns are ali

forms belonging to melpomene—that is, accepting the con-

clusions already arrived at, are all the same species. The

specimens figured in the first and third columns are all

members of Section II, and belong to several species.

Fig. 1 is egeria egerides, fig. 2 melpomene funebris cybele.

* Loe. cit.

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 139

Both occur in Guiana and North Brazil as far as the Rio

Negro. Figs. 5 and 6 are burneyi hiibnert and melpomene

penelope, both from Bolivia. Figs. 9 and 10 represent

hewitsont and pachinus from Panama. Figs. 13 and 14,

17 and 18, 21 and 22 represent respectively three forms

of sapho and three of cydno. Figs. 25 and 26 are himera

and melpomene timareta contiguus. In this case the patterns

are by no means so alike as in most of the other examples,

but that of the hind-wing of the melpomene form is the more

interesting in that it shows the crowding together of the

flame pattern rays in order to produce a resemblance to

the band of himera.

Figs. 3 and 4 are notabilis microclea and xenoclea respec-

tively, and beneath them (figs. 7 and 11) are notabilis

notabilis and erato rothschildi, to which correspond the two

melpomene forms, figs. 8 and 12. Figs. 15 and 16 are

hydarus chestertont and weymeri gustavi. These, I am

told, have not the same vertical distribution, though

possibly their enemies may not be correspondingly separ-

ated. Figs. 19 and 20 are hydarus-colombinus and amaryllis

rosina from Bogota. Figs. 23 and 24 represent erato phyllis

and melpomene amandus, the latter example approximating

to the form nanna burchelli, Poulton. It has been pointed

out by Professor Poulton (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 33 et

seq., 1910) that where nanna occurs within the range of

erato phyllis the red bar of the fore-wing is deeply toothed at

the lower outer edge, just as in erato phyllis, whereas in his

form burchelli the red bar is of less irregular outline.

Finally, at figs. 27 and 28 are shown peculiar forms of erato

and melpomene from Bolivia.

Adhering to our previous conclusions, we have, then, on

Pl. XII, fourteen forms of one species of Section I which,

whilst differing widely from one another, present respectively

a remarkable resemblance to fourteen forms of Section II

belonging to siz different species. The examples shown

by no means exhaust the subject. It would be possible

to fill another plate with corresponding forms of erato and

melpomene ; aoede, xanthocles and doris, all have forms which

could be included, and whilst so many forms in Section I

mimic others in Section II, some of those in the latter

seem to mimic each other. The nature of this mimicry

is somewhat difficult to define. Mr. Kaye (loc. cit.) has

himself pointed out its peculiarities. The comparative

rarity of the forms of Sections I and II is not constant.

140 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

Thus nanna and rosina are much rarer than phyllis and

colombinus, whilst, on the other hand, xenoclea is much

commoner than notabilis microclea. He points out, how-

ever, the possibility that in some or, perhaps, most of the

localities, members of one section may be always more

dominant than the other. Also that the exact times of

appearance may not coincide.

Hitherto it has been the custom to assign all such cases

of mimicry either to the Batesian or Miillerian category.

Those of us who have heard Mr. Swynnerton’s remarks

on his experiments in South Africa, given some time ago

before the Linnean and Entomological Societies, know that

the relative distastefulness of insects is a variable character

dependent on factors not entirely related to the insect

itself. Mr. Swynnerton’s papers are not yet published,

so that I cannot utilise his results for the present discussion.

Meanwhile, we know that, although no direct experiments

have been made with Heliconius, the genus gives great

evidence of being a distasteful one, and we may therefore

regard the existing resemblances as being of a Miillerian

character. We are, however, faced with the difficulty

of the multiplicity of patterns. If Section IL contains

the models it would appear to be a great disadvantage to

the forms to have so many different appearances, since

each form is not necessarily confined to a special locality

but considerable overlapping occurs. Where mimicry

occurs between separate species of separate genera, then

multiplicity of patterns in the models may be compensated

for by diversity of habit of the different species. Thus

Mr. Kaye, in discussing mimetic groups in the Potaro

district of British Guiana, states that the species of Helvco-

nius with patterns resembling [thomiimae frequent flowers

of a certain plant, whilst other species of Helconvus are

never, in his experience, found on these flowers. This is

an extremely valuable point and one which should be

remembered in considering mimetic phenomena.

It does not, however, seem probable that forms of the

same species will have different habits corresponding

to those of their respective models. Apart from the

preferences of insectivorous enemies, whether absolute or

conditional, the unpalatability of the insect is, of course,

a relative factor. Thus resemblance of a species of Helv-

conius in Section I to a species in Section II may be a

measure of protection to both, assuming the two species

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 141

to possess a certain degree of distastefulness. Another

species of Heliconius may resemble a Melinaea or a Lycorea.

We know that in most cases the Melinaeas are much

more numerous than Heliconius, and we may suppose

that the former are so much more unpalatable than the

latter that, in spite of the degree of distastefulness in

Heliconius, the latter may be practically a Batesian mimic

of the Melinaea. At the same time it is, perhaps, inappro-

priate to use the term Batesian in this connection, since

it was the mimicry of Heliconius which Bates himself felt

unable to explain on his own theory. To understand more

fully the relationships of models to mimics in Heliconius

we require much more information concerning geographical

distribution, and also as to comparative rarity of forms

and-other bionomic factors. §. America is a very large

area, and the commonest type of data on our labels is

“Upper Amazon,” “ Colombia,” “ Peru,’ and even some-

times “ Brazil.” We might as well be told that a certain

insect occurs in Europe.

Including the examples figured on Pl. XII the follow-

ing is a list of some of the most remarkable instances of

intrageneric mimicry in the genus.

SEcTIon I. Section II.

cydno chioneus sapho eleusinus

» eprcydnides » eleuchia

» galanthus », leuce

» alithea » promularis

weymert gustavr _ hydarus chestertona

pachinus hewitsom

melpomene funebris cybele xanthocles

be equadoriensis e melior

i vicinus “ melete

zr funebris deinea burneyi catharinae

i. penelope » Aiibnert

» penelope margarita (?) — erato anacreon ottonis

‘3 tumareta contiguus himera

,, aglaope f. erato rothschildi

xenoclea corona notabilis notabilis

amaryllis rosina hydarus colombinus

» euryades » hydarus

vuleanus cythaera cyrbia cyrbia

xenoclea notabilis microclea

nanna nanna erato phyllis

142 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

Section II.

doris delila burneyt hiibnert

,, metharmina metharme \

sara fi.

Of the genus Huerdes, Seitz remarks that it may be said

that no Hueides, without any exception, has a character

of its own. Some copy Heliconius, others Lycorea and

Actinote, and in some species the male copies one species

whilst the female resembles another. A few of such

resemblances are given below.

Kueides. Heliconius.

rice, Linn. \ clysonumus \

procula, Doubl. hortense |

eanes, Hew. erato lativitta

eanes eanides, Stich. melpomene aglaope f.

dianasa, Hiibn. narcaea

», decolorata, Stich. PW RSOaS

All the numerous forms of F. isabella, Cram., resemble

various forms of Heliconius of the Silvaniformes group.

In addition to the. mimetic associations above tabulated

there are further instances of considerable interest. Thus

the resemblance of Colaenis telesiphe to H. telesiphe is

well known. They fly together and cannot be distin-

guished on the wing. In Ecuador the Heliconius has the

hind-wing band yellow instead of white and _ broader

than in the typical form. The Colaenis in the same region

is correspondingly modified. Several Papilios present

Heliconoid patterns, notably P. zagreus, Doubl., and its

form P. bachus, Feld., which have an appearance recalling

that of species of the Silvaniformes. P. pausanias is a

mimic of H. sara and is also said to imitate the Heliconius

flight.

P. euterpinus, Godm., though it can only be said to be

a rough mimic of a Heliconius, presents the melpomene

pattern which, as Dr. Dixey has shown, may be traced over

a large area and through many species, including many

forms of Heliconius, Evresia castilla, Feld. Adelpha lara, Hew.,

Agrais amydon, Hew., Siderone spp., Catagramma euoma,

Hew., Callithea davisw, Butl., Daedalma sp., several species

of Pereute, Catasticta tentamis, Hew., and a number of

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 143

moths, including Arctiids, Hypsids and Syntomids. With

regard to H. erato phyllis, Seitz (Macrolepidoptera) records

that, whilst it occurs all the year round in Rio and Santos,

it becomes comparatively scarce in January and February,

at which season only worn specimens are found. At the

same time Hresia lansdorfi appears, a species which, as

may be seen from its pattern, copies not a fresh, but a

worn and faded phyllis. Several forms of Heliconius

resemble species of Zithorea and Hirsutis. Some have

already been mentioned, as H. atthis, etc. H. crispus flies

with 7. bonplandw descandollesi in the Cauca Valley.

H. hecuba mimics 7. humboldic, and H. hecuba tolima is a

copy of 7. bonplandu. H. hecalesia resembles T. hecalesina,

Ceratima peridia, Callithonua tridactyla, and others which

form a large association, whilst its Central American form,

formosus, resembles 7. pinthias.

It is remarkable that H. charithonia, perhaps the com-

monest species of Heliconius, should have no close imitators.

Professor Poulton points out to me that the females of

Catonephele nyctimus approach this pattern, as also do

those of C. acontius. The latter has a wider eastward

range than charithonia, but the former is the better mimic

in that the hind-wing yellow band is broader, though in

both cases the resemblance is very slight. The peruvianus

form of charithonia is evidently a modification in the direc-

tion of Tithorea pavonn, Butl., the marginal and sub-

marginal spots being white instead of yellow. In one

respect it is a better mimic of the Tithorea than is H. atthis,

since the fore-wing yellow band is broader, as in the T7thorea,

and curves down, not up, as in Afthis. The Q of Pieris

viardi, Boisd., is also modified in the direction of H. chari-

thonia, whilst P. mandela tithoreides, Butl., approaches

Tithorea pavonii in the same way as does H. charithonia

peruvianus.

Some of the most interesting Heliconius mimics occur

amongst the Prerinae, such cases being the more noticeable

since the normal Pierine fascies are so unlike those of

Heliconius. Thus, Euterpe bellona hyrnetho, Fruhst., 2, from

Bolivia, has black wings with a fore-wing discal yellowish

patch and a radiate red pattern on the hind-wing, thus

resembling similar forms of H. erato. Euterpe bellona

cutila, Fruhst., 2, also shows the incipient stages of such a

pattern. Z. bellona negrina, Feld., 9°, bears on the under-

side a very good copy of the underside of H. erato venusta.

144 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

It is interesting to note that the flame pattern in these

Pierines is a copy of that occurring in the species of Heli-

conus belonging to Section II, and not those of Section I.

Pieris mandela locusta, Feld., 2, and the form noctipennis

resemble to some extent H. sapho leuce, whilst Pereute

charops, Boisd., 2, resembles H. hydarus. On the underside

of the hind-wing (all that shows when at rest) the female

of Perrhybris lorena is very like H. antiochus aranea, though

the upperside is more like one of the Silvaniformes. A

similar silvaniform appearance is also presented by several

females of Perrhybris, though the resemblance is probably

secondary, both being influenced by Ithomiine models.

It seems unnecessary further to enumerate special cases

of mimicry connected with the genus. An examination

of any large collection will convince the observer of the

prevalence of mimetic patterns. .

Apart from a few exceptional instances, it appears to

be the rule that, whereas species of Heliconius belonging

to Section I are mimetic and constitute members of large

associations of which they are not themselves the dominant

models, species of Section II act as models and are imitated

either by forms of Section I or by butterflies of other

genera, and moths. The melpomene forms of Section I

seem to be all one species, whereas their counterparts in

Section II belong to several. Again, where a butterfly

of another genus appears to be a Heliconius mimic, its

model will almost always be found in Section II and not

in Section I. Thus Huezdes finds its models in Section IT.

Even Napeogenes duessa is apparently an incipient mimic

of an erato form which is very perfectly imitated by a

moth of the genus Pericopis. Moths of this genus come

into mimetic associations of which silvaniform Heliconi

are fellow members, but the moths are certainly not the

models, though Pericopis is doubtless a protected genus.

Distastefulness is a relative factor, and we are, of course,

quite justified in speaking of model and mimic, even in

Miillerian associations. The model is the form which,

from whatever cause, not necessarily palatability, has

attained to a greater predominance, and in the genus

Heliconius it would appear that, generally, the species of

Section II have in some way evolved a degree of such

predominance superior to that enjoyed by the species of

the other half 6f the genus. It is interesting to see an

independent property of this kind correlated with recognis-

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 145

able differences of internal anatomy and a slight, though

evident, external characteristic.

It remains to consider certain points in connection with

the modifications which occur in various geographical

areas. Several exhibits have been made and papers read

on this subject. Mr. W. J. Kaye read a paper in 1906,*

in which he described and illustrated the many forms of

Melinaea, Heliconius, etc., forming a great characteristic

group in the Potaro District of British Guiana. In this

group were found to occur the following forms :—

NYMPHALIDAE.

Ithomiinae.

Melinaea 4

Mechanitis 2

Ceratinia 2

Heliconinae

Heliconius 4

Eueides 3

Nymphalinae

Eresia |

DANAIDAE

Lycoreanae

Lycorea 2

ERYCINIDAE

Lemoniinae

Stalachtis 1

together with the outlying members of the group not up to

that time actually taken on the Potaro, Tithorea harmonia,

Cram., Protogonius hippona, Cram., Dismorphia anvphione.

The dominant member of the group was Melinaea

mneme, Linn., which occurred in “ prodigious numbers.”

The Heliconius forms were found to be by far the closest

mimics of the Melinaea, whilst at the same time they were

comparatively rare.t Great variation was observed in

the banding of the hind-wing from a narrow bar to almost

entirely black. A careful and interesting analysis is made

of the degree of blackening observed in the various forms,

with the result that there is found to be a closer agreement

on the underside than on the upper. Only two species

* Notes on the dominant Miillerian group of butterflies from the

Potaro District of British Guiana. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 411

et seq., 1906.

T See also Proc. Ent. Soc., p. liv, 1903.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—paRTI. (AUG.) L

146 Dr. H. Eltringham on Specific and

showed a large proportion with heavy black underside.

The tendency to melanism was found to be more prominent

on the upperside. The author concludes that the forces

of selection are now acting more forcibly on the underside

pattern, as might be expected from the sedentary habits

of the group, and that these forces are now tending to

produce forms with less blackening. A further point of

great interest was that already mentioned—namely, that

all the members of the group are commonly found feeding

on the white flowers of Hupatorium macrophyllum, and that

whilst there are many other differently coloured forms of

Heliconius in the neighbourhood, they are never, in the

author’s experience, found on these flowers. This point

is worthy of special remark as showing how the advan-

tages of similarity of pattern may be increased by the

development of a common habit.

In 1908 Mr. J. C. Moulton read a paper “ On some of

the principal Mimetic (Miillerian) Combinations of Tropical

American Butterflies’ (Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 585 et seq.,

1908) in which he described four great associations of

mimetic forms, including Ithomiunae, Heliconinae, and

members of other subfamilies. Association I is classed

as the North Central American type from Guatemala,

Honduras, and Nicaragua. The typical pattern is here

that of Melinaea imitata, which is closely copied by H.

ismenius telchinia, the rest of the group including—

Ithomiunae 5

Danainae 1

Nymphalinae 2

Heliconinae 1

Prerinae 2

Hypsidae 1

Association II is described as the East Brazilian type

and is divided into two subgroups (a) having the fore-wing

subapical spots yellow and (b) having the same spots

white. The first is centred round Melinaea ethra, Godt.,

and includes H. “ siluana”’ ethra and other species of the

following subfamilies :—

Ithomanae 4

Danainae 1

Nymphalinae 2

Heliconinae 1

Pierinae 1

Peru Bolivia E, Amazon W, Amazon Hi, Brazil S. Brazil Trinidad

(S. of Amazon)

| a

| inelpomene melpomene amaryllis

amaryllis euryades

euryades

| » .

| amphitrite erato cally- hydarus

copsis

melpomene | melpomene | melpomene | melpomene

aglaope penelope thelxiope aglaope

melpomene

aglaope

xanthocles | aoede Iucre- | aoede aoede bart-

melior tius doris delila letti

doris delila | xanthocles erato ama- | doris delila

erato deme- melete | _ zona erato _lati-

ter doris delila vitta

erato lati- | erato venusta

vitta erato lati-

vitta

amary llis -“nanna

besckei

erato phyllis | erato phyllis erato

phyllis

p. 147.

Mimetic Relationships in the genus Heliconius. 147

The second is apparently centred round Mechanitis

lysimnia, Fab., and includes H. narcaea and H. narcaea

polychrous. -

Association III is the Upper Amazon or Ega type, con-

taining dark brown forms and including Mechanitis egaensis,

Bates, and a form of H. pardalinus and seven species of

other subfamilies.

Association IV is described as the Bolivia, Ecuador and

Peru type, characterised by orange-tawny markings on a

black ground and including Melinaea mothone, Hew., and

H. aristiona aristiona also.

Ithomiinae 4

Saltyrinae 2

Nymphalinae 3

Heliconinae 2

Acraeainae 1

Papilioninae 2

Hypsidae 2

M. C. Oberthiir has published an interesting account,*

with a wealth of illustration, of the variation of H. vesta

(erato) and H. thelwiope (melpomene), in which he shows how

the variations of one are exactly copied by the variations

of the other throughout their range. He comes to the

remarkable conclusion that, whilst the two species can

be distinguished in nearly all their localities, they each

ultimately produce a form which he calls melpomene, and

the melpomene form of vesta is indistinguishable from the

melpomene form of thelwiope. Oberthiir’s figures of these

melpomene forms are equivalent to H. erato callycopsis, f.

viculata and H. melpomene melpomene f. atrosecta respec-

tively. Oberthiir was, of course, unaware of the character

separating the genus into two sections, though his two

forms of ‘‘ melpomene” can also be distinguished by the

shape of the red band on the fore-wing.

_It may be interesting to note the geographical distribu-

tion of some of the characteristic patterns of the genus, and

the appended table (Table II) shows the range of five such

patterns. It is based on existing information as to the

localities in which the forms named have been taken.

Such information is, of course, of a positive nature, whereas

the absence of any record of a form from a given locality

* Etud. d’Ent., 21, 1902.

Taste LI.

Guiana ae = Se 7

ee a ae Pe oo Eouador Peru Bolivia B, Amazon | W. Amazon | §. Brazil | 8. Brazil | prinigag

Fem | Det | Seta (S. of Amazon)

_ —— —— —————— — ed

(2 oS a

ce ve eollaenar ] pomene amary]]i

, melpomene | amaryllis ro- amaryllis ro- | amar yllis ro- | melpomene melpomene me maryllis

i ar resi melpomene | melpomene P sina euryas sina euryas | sina euryas amaryllis euryades

Black with f.-w. vulcanus amaryllis , vulcanus vuleanus euryades

red pateh pyrforus | euryades

erato cally- hydarus | hydarus hydarus auphitrite erato k cally- hydarus

copsis hydarus hydarus petiveranus copsis

guarica guarica tristis

iz = : : eae st

Il. huebneri melpomene | melpomene _melpomene melpomene | melpomene | melpomene melpomene

pattern. | eulalia | eulalia aglaope | aglaope penelope thelxiope aglaope

K.-w. with basal | melpomene

red and discal | aglaope

yellow | 7 te =

H.-w. with =

“flame” pat- aoede aoede lucre- xanthocles aoede bart-| xanthocles | aoede Iucre- aoede aoede _ bart-

tern xanthocles xanthocles tius melete letti { melior tius doris delila letti

vala | vala xanthocles doris delila xanthocles | erato ama- | doris delila

doris delila , doris delila melior erato deme- melete| zona erato _ lati-

| doris delila ter doris delila vitta

erato _lati- | erato venusta

vitta erato —_lati-

| vitta

es, amaryllis amaryllis amaryllis | nanna

P.-w. with dis- are roe besckei

cal red te

H.-w. with yel- = = ~ - - =

hydarus yhyllis

columbinus tel

LV. we pat- cydno cydno | eydno eydno

F.-w. discal yel eye temer- | : chioneus alithea

.-W. yel- inda eydno

] > \ : My

u = pa Rares a epicyd-| galanthus

W. i :

yellow or =e nides

white =

| sapho eleu- | sapho leuce | sapho primu-

chia Tania

a |

V. himera pat- 3 F Fi

ee | a is era-/ doris era- | doris tran- | hierax

F,-w. discal yel- | ; cole tonia __siens himera

Taw | elysonimus | clysonimus | doris era- | clysonimus

H.-w. discal red | hortense | _tonia hortense

| | elysonimus

hortense

nee co |

p. 147.

ee cc

py ‘

1 ‘Let

; _

i i aut

We yee A ,

. is meee \4

148 =Dr. H. Eltringham on the genus Heliconius.

is merely negative evidence of its non-occurrence. In the

case of the “ melpomene”’ pattern (No. 1) forms of Sec-

tion I are accompanied by forms of Section II in seven out

of ten localities. Applying the same method of analysis

to the first four selected patterns, we find that of twenty-

four occurrences of such patterns appertaining to members

of Section I, twenty-one are accompanied by corresponding

patterns in members of Section II. The fifth pattern

occurs only in members of Section II, and in this case no

species occurs without another which resembles it, whilst

in Ecuador no less than four species having this coloration

form an interesting group.

In the light of present information there seems little

more to be said with reference to these resemblances.

That the genus Heliconius contains only some thirty good

species instead of about seventy is not a very surprising

conclusion in view of the methods hitherto adopted in

species determination, and the fact that probably no other

genus of Lepidoptera exhibits so great an instability of

pattern. The remarkable varietal and mimetic pheno-

mena exhibited by the two sections of the genus provide,

however, a field of valuable research, calling for an

experimenter who can carry out in 8. America the class

of work we inevitably associate with the names of Marshall,

Sywnnerton, Lamborn, and Carpenter in Africa.

EXPLANATION OF Piates XI-XVII.

[See Explanations facing the PLATES. |

Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1916, Pl. XI.

FORMS OF HELICONIUS MELPOMENE.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Forms oF Heliconius APPARENTLY CONSPECIFIC WITH H. melpomene.

H. cydno cydno, Doubl.

” ” ” (underside).

» » cydnides, Staud.

>» 9s» hermogenes, Hew.

alithea, Hew.

>» >» Aahneli, Staud.

» 9» 2elinde, Butl. (near).

», vulcanus cythera, Hew.

», heurippa wernickei, Staud.

LOW 55 heurippa, Hew.

Fic.

Ser SI ee Si BS est

i es e a f. nov.

PAE 3 rubellius, Gr.-Sm. (near).

Sees Pe a (underside).

14. ,, weymert weymeri, Staud.

ree ve i gustavi, Staud.

16. ,, melpomene penelope, ab. pluto, Stgr. (near).

ily Paes F amandus, Sm. and Kirb.

18. ,, amaryllis rosina, Boisd.

192 3 ve euryades, Riff.

20. ,, melpomene melpomene, Linn.

21. ,, xenoclea confluens, Lathy.

22. 4, rr xenoclea, Hew.

DAS ee af corona, Niep.

24. ,, melpomene isolda fibaria, Niep.

25. ,, melpomene funebris deinia, Moschl. (near).

2 23 Ae tyche, Bates.

Bile 55 * penelamanda, Stgr.

28. ,, pachinus, Hew.

EXPLANATION OF PriatTEe XII.

INTRAGENERIC Mimicry in Heliconius.

Ire Ul, Jal,

egeria egerides, Staud.

melpomene cybele, Cram.

notabilis microclea, Kaye.

xenoclea xenoclea, Hew.

burneyt hiibneri, Staud.

melpomene penelope, Staud.

notabilis notabilis, Godm.

xenoclea corona, Niep.

hewitsoni, Staud.

pachinus, Hew.

erato rothschildi, Niep.

melpomene isolda fibaria, Niep.

sapho primularis, Butl.

cydno alithea, Hew.

hydarus chestertoni, Hew.

weymert gustavi, Staud.

sapho eleuchia, Hew.

cydno cydnides, Staud.

hydarus colombinus, Staud.

amaryllis rosina, Boisd.

sapho leuce, Doubl.

cydno galanthus, Bates.

erato phyllis, Fab.

melpomene amandus, Sm. and Kirb.

himera, Hew.

melpomene timareta contiguus, Weym.

erato anacreon ottonis, Riff.

melpomene, {. penelope margarita, Riff. (near).

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Pl. XII.

MODELS MIMICS MODELS MIMICS

GENUS HELICONIUS, MODELS AND MIMICS.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate XII.

Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Lid.

CLASPERS OF HELICONIUS.

H. E. dei.

a —————_—————

————

EXPLANATION OF Piate XIII.

OuTLINEs OF MALE CLASPERS IN Heliconius.

Fig. 1. narcaea narcaea.

2 z, satis.

3 = polychrous.

4. numatus numatus.

5. 3 supertoris.

6 + guiensis.

7. silvana silvana.

9. ethilla ethilla.

10. ae 99

ll. 4, tyndarus.

1 2. 99 bb)

13. ,, aerotome.

14. gradatus thielet.

15. ethilla metalilis.

16. ,, claudia.

17. novatus novatus.

18. » leopardus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

OUTLINES OF MALE CLASPERS OF Heliconius.

Fie. 1. novatus mira.

2. hecale.

3. aristiona aristiona.

4. 3 tarapotensis.

5. a lenaeus.

6 MS messene.

7 _ aurora.

8 5 arcuella.

3) * floridus.

10. ithaka.

ll. pardalinus lucescens.

12. fortunatus spurius.

13. paraensis latus.

14. quitalenus quitalenus.

15. a4 felix.

16. anderida anderida.

17. he melicerta.

18. 43 holocophora.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate XIV.

A. E. del. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Lid.

CLASPERS OF HELICONIUS.

eee es ee ae ee eee eee eae,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1916, Plate XV.

17 18 19

lish, Ish, GAH Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

CLASPERS OF HELICONIUS.

EXPLANATION oF PLATE XV.

OUTLINES oF MALE CLASPERS oF Heliconius,

Fic. 1. anderida albucilla,

a zuleika,

35 fornarina.

. aulicus.

- sergestus.

. vetustus metellus.

. ismenius ismenius.

» faunus.

nf telchinia.

10. Pe clarescens.

11. “ silvana” metaphorus.

12. sg robigus.

13. atthis.

14. cydno cydno.

15. “ silvana” ethra.

16. cydno cydno.

U7 eee ee galanthus.

18, ,, zelinde.

19. ,, epicydnides.

20. weymeri gustavi.

ODADAS w po

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

OuTLINES OF Mate CuAspers OF Heliconius,

Fia.

1. pachinus.

2. heurippa.

3. melpomene melpomene.

4. = thelxiope.

5. 2° ”

6. ee eulalia.

as =“ timarela contiguus.

8. “p funebris cybele.

a: es thelxiope augusta.

10. - adonis.

11. amaryllis euryades.

2: an rosina.

13. vulcanus vulcanus.

14. zs ah

15. » cythera.

16. xenoclea.

17. nanna.

18. bescker.

19. hecuba.

20. choarinus.

21. hecalesia.

22. metharmé.

23. aoede.

24. ,, astydamia.

25. xanthocles.

26. rr melhor.

27. hierax.

28. egeria egerides.

——_——————S

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate XVI.

Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

CLASPERS OF HELICONIUS.

AZ. E. del.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1916 Plate XVII.

sae

Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Lid.

CLASPERS OF HELICONIUS.

eee ——eEEE_————oorer

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

OuTLINES OF MALE CLaAspERS OF Heliconius.

. burneyi.

s» iibnert.

» catharinae.

wallacet.

doris doris.

» delila.

. hewitsoni.

. congener.

. sapho eleuchia.

Fia.

CHOI AMP we

99 33

- antiochus alba.

. leucadia.

. sara.

. himera.

. notabilis microclea.

, notabilis.

. cyrbia cyrbia.

. petiveranus petiveranus.

. favorinus.

- petiveranus tristis.

- hydarus hydarus.

» colombinus.

23 3 chestertoni.

24. erato erato.

25. 4, amazona.

26. [,, magnificus.

27. ,, ‘estrella.

28. amphitrite amphitrite.

29. hermathena.

30. charithonia.

31. telesiphe.

32. clysonimus.

23. hortense.

[reli spell ol sell aon

SMHAMATRWNHHE OS

bo bo

ves

0h «liana aM

"e "i ay ee)

: ike 7 s onan ties 1B ay

> | ES EY Neiibanaae

i, ; i 4 : ; : ; Pa iy! a 7

a ai See

POMS Hof

plan bas A

“<a re ee yl rer

oo | BS elie) at

< a Fine St

| | | Tue

; 7 : - tives a ty , in | Vii

i) art

“> ire ; SVU PDT |

ware aly | aT

oy whit 4

a Vere

it :

2 re TUE, ot

: Pie | 1p eee, VS

a. # erigtigt

; : . 4 8 8 BY: »¥ 7 a a

’ i \ ager cys cee tt i

I *

wy Aagrgy HCA By,

o my | =, pe Ries i 4%

. Ler * adden ia A

“veal ‘itp ra

en Se) oy Pir.

: i" - : 7 a

oe | f i re, ee.

" oe ah Ba

a eh

nent ae hy

i, - \ndiitid as "

‘

( 149 )

V. A reply to Dr. Eltringham’s paper on the genus Heli-

conius. By W. J. Kays, F.ES.

[Read April 5th, 1916.]

In reviewing Dr. Eltringham’s groupings of the species of

Heliconvus by their genitalia, it is necessary to be very

cautious as to the classificatory value of these organs.

In some cases close relationship is, on account of

practically identical genitalia, liable to be mistaken for

co-specificness. No doubt these dissections would be help-

ful, and where corroborative evidence was forthcoming

_ with series of specimens showing every gradation the

results might be regarded as proved. But even in the

supposed identical species melpomene, heurippa, amaryllis,

vulcanus, xenoclea, nanna, which Dr. Eltringham now

considered should include even such hitherto supposed

well-differentiated species as cydno, weymert and pachinus,

there is not enough evidence at present in the form of

intergraded specimens to make that conclusion wholly

acceptable, especially for the last. With the others I am

disposed to agree they are probably one species. Pachinus

seems to offer the greatest difficulty, as it only occurs in

Chiriqui and Costa Rica and is there accompanied with

rosina (without doubt a local form of melpomene), but

the two show no tendency to unite. Here there would

be two subspecies of the same species occurring side by

side, which is an untenable position as we at present

understand species and subspecies.

Similarly cydno and hermogenes occur together at Muzo

in Colombia, but do not intergrade. Cydno always has a

white band to the hindwing. It sometimes replaces the

yellow band of forewing with a white band, and is then

known as chioneus. Hermogenes always has a yellow

band to the hindwing. TYemerinda is no doubt a form of

hermogenes, with the spots of the forewing united into a

band. Both of these latter forms could have either white

or yellow forewing bands or spots, but never, so far as is

known, a white hindwing band.

The solving of the twmatumari mystery is very satis-

factory. Twumatumari occurs with pyrforus and other

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTI. (AUG.)

150 Mr. W. J. Kaye’s reply to

species in the Potaro district of British Guiana. When

I described pyrforus as a subspecies of vulcanus, I did

go feeling that it could not possibly be a subspecies

of melpomene, as tumatumari. appeared to be another

subspecies linking on to thelxiope. More recently I have

felt convinced that vulcanus and its subspecies were

really forms of melpomene. Now Dr. Eltringham has

made the discovery that twmatumara is a widely removed

species, and thus the old difficulty of two co-existent sub-

species vanishes. That twmatumari should show strong

resemblance to the silvaniform genitalia 1s remarkable

and almost unique among melpomeniform-looking insects.

There are probably other species that are as yet un-

discovered.

There is one other point in connection with all the forms

proposed to be included under melpomene. It is somewhat

anomalous if one united all the Melpomeniformes and

Cydnoformes as one species that bescker should be left

out. It occurs only above 2500 ft. in 8. Brazil, and is far

commoner at 3000 ft. It is possible that it replaces nanna

of a lower elevation, but intermediates between the two

are apparently unknown. Moreover, nanna is always

rare and besckei very common. I feel disposed to think

that Dr. Eltringham is right in separating it as distinct

from melpomene, but this seems to rather weaken the case

for all the other forms being one species, especially as

besckei is only slightly different.

The companion species of group Il, viz. erato, which

Dr. Eltringham thinks should include himera, microclea,

cyrbia, favorinus, petiveranus, hydarus, and. amphitrite, 1s

very possibly and even probably true to a large extent, as

intergrading series of several have already been found.

On the other hand, there is the same difficulty with this

eroup as with melpomene. In some cases, such as cyrbia

and himera, we find two constant forms occurring together.

Such is the case with these two at Loja in Ecuador. rato

is, however, locally so extraordinarily polymorphic, such

as in East Bolivia, that it is quite likely intergrades of

even himera and cyrbia will be found in some locality yet

to be discovered.

In the Proc. Ent. Soc., 1907, p. xiv, I had already

suspected notabilis of being an extreme form of erato.

There is no longer any doubt that many Heliconius species

can interchange the colours red, white and yellow, and as

Dr. Eltringham’s Paper on the genus Heliconius. 151

plessent can be found intergrading with xenoclea there is

ground for supposing that the white-banded cydno could

possibly intergrade with heurippa, which is half red and

half yellow-banded, and even with melpomene itself. The

extreme rarity in some cases of white-banded Heliconine

forms in place of yellow-banded is a matter for future

investigation. H. lelesiphe, clysonimus, and doris, the last

in both its red and blue form, very rarely occur with

white bands on the forewing, yet a species like antiochus

occurs white-banded over an immense area, and only in a

few restricted areas at a considerable elevation is it

yellow-banded.

It seems possible that in this case a varying intensity of

light might account for the change, in just the same way

as many flowers, seemingly white, under the influence of

strong light develop a pink pigment. Such, for example,

as some kinds of roses and tulips, which will remain white

for some days before any colour appears and will even

remain white if the weather be dull without sun.

The double spotting of xenoclea, plessenr, adonides and

mepelti, etc., might be looked upon as another phase of

the single spot of melpomene breaking up in just the same

way as is now known the thelxiope spotting 1s a breaking

up of the single spot. In erato also the same transitions

could easily be traced between the solid spot of magnifica

and the intermediate semi-broken spot of calliste, cally-

copis, elimaea and udalrica. Forms of plesseni, notabilis,

xenoclea and microclea have been recorded and figured

where the spots were confluent, at once suggesting a mel-

pomene-like insect.

In looking at the wonderful changes which both melpo-

mene and erato are known can undergo, there are some

interesting comparisons to be made from fresh-caught

specimens and specimens of the same form that are some

years old. It is to be seen that in fresh examples of such

insects as feyert, udalrica, andremona, etc., the red mark-

ings are all uniformly brilliant. But after about two

years the red at the base of the forewing and the streaking

of the hindwing becomes brown-red, while the red of the

band or blotch of the forewing retains its brilliant colour

for some years longer. This no doubt indicates the

ancestral character of the forewing blotch and the much

more recent and less staple other red marks.

In some cases an approach of one to another form may

152 Mr. W. J. Kaye’s reply to

be an instance of mimetic approach. Such cases are

common with the Helicon such as H. aoede astydamaa,

H. egeria egeria, and H. burneyi catharinae, which all

belong to group II and occur together in the Potaro dis-

trict of British Guiana. The red marks on the under-

sides of all forms of cydno are sometimes reproduced on

the underside of weymert, but these might only be mimetic.

H. choarinus shows this red marking beneath, but is in no

way related to cydno, as it belongs to group II.

With the two groups of forms united respectively under

melpomene and erato it 1s, however, just possible that Dr.

Eltringham’s contention of their respective co-specificness

may be correct. But at present there is a great deal of

proof still needed and several obstacles to be overcome.

With several of the other groupings I am afraid I could

not agree. Numata and silvana are, I feel sure, always

distinct, and although nwmata varies enormously it is easily

separable from the much more stable silvana; in British

Guiana they would form two subspecies occurring together.

With part of the remainder of the forms which Dr. Eltring-

ham groups together into (1), composed of narcaea,

ethilla, gradatus, sulphureus, it is possible they might be the

same, although narcaea does not come very close in fascies,

but it is significant that going northwards from Rio its

habitat, on arriving at Bahia the characteristic white

apical patch has become yellow, while further north it

is possible the yellow patch might be found broken up

into a spotted band so characteristic of a number of the

forms proposed to be united.

With Dr. Eltringham’s group of species number (2) at

the present time it seems impossible to unite aristiona

with ithaca and aulicus. Ithaca in the female is no doubt

a mimic of aristiona messene. The two sometimes occur

together, but show no tendency to form one species.

Hecale, ithaca, quitalenus and anderida are quite possibly

the same, though the first two needed further proof. The

form fulvescens figured in the P.Z.S., 1906, Pl. XXXIV,

fig. 1, might be an aberration of hecale (pasithoe), or, as has

been suggested by Mr. P. I. Lathy, it might be a hybrid

between vetustus and hecale. Vetustus occurs along several

of the rivers of British Guiana, including the Demerara,

while hecale is seemingly confined to the latter.

Atthis (4) is found to be indistinguishable from aristiona

lenaeus. This must be only coincidence, No one could

Dr. Eltringham’s Paper on the genus Heliconius. 153

ever suggest it was the same species. I do not think that

it could ever even pair with any form of aristiona, being

separated by the Andes. It occurs at from 1500 to

possibly 3000 ft. on the Pacific slope of Ecuador, while

lenaeus is on the eastern slopes.

Metharme Dr. Eltringham groups with aoede, and finds

the claspers of these different from all others. This group-

ing together certainly looks wrong. The geographical

distribution of these two is similar, but not identical. The

former being more western, occurring at Ega on the

Amazon, and stretching to Pebas and Iquitos into Colombia.

It is never an abundant species and occurs only sparingly.

The locality British Guiana often quoted must, I think,

be an error. It is a very constant species, and practically

no variation is found. With aoede very definite geo-

graphical races are found in British Guiana, the lower

Amazon, the upper Amazon and Peru. The species is in

some localities quite plentiful, as on the lower Amazon,

especially about Para, which produces the typical form.

There is nothing beyond the genitalia to even suggest

they might be the same. The body is entirely black in

metharme except for a yellow streak below on the abdomen,

while all the subspecies of aoede show the pairs of subdorsal

yellow spots, and these show no sign of varying. Again,

the apical yellow band of metharme is in quite a different

position to any part of the group of yellow spots of aoede.

Then sappho, antiochus, leucadia and sara are found to

be indistinguishable. . Leucadia and sara might well be

the same species, as some forms of lewcadia, such as pseu-

dorhea, are exceedingly like some forms of sara. But

that sappho and antiochus could also be the same species

seems improbable. Antiochus at low levels is exceedingly

constant. At higher elevations it is very frequently

yellow instead of white-banded, and at certain localities

(always above 3000 ft., I believe) it is even constantly

yellow-banded as in the form aranea. Sara is present

frequently where antiochus is found, but there does not

appear to be any cause to think they are the same.

Sara is smaller, of a different shape, and is always yellow-

banded from sea-level up to 3000 or 4000 ft., varying only

geographically in the width of the band. Sappho has

quite a different geographical range, and occurs in its

varying geographical races from Guatemala to Colombia

and Keuador, not occurring on the east side of South

154 Mr. W. J. Kaye’s reply to

America. In shape and size it is also quite different.

Sappho, like antiochus and one or two other Heliconines,

occurs with white bands at sea-level and low elevations,

while at higher elevation it becomes yellow-banded as in

primularts. But this change from white to yellow is

not universally true in passing from a low elevation to a

higher one.

Of burneyi and wallace: Dr. Eltringham says, ‘‘ Some of

the forms of burneyt are rather variable. Those of wallacei

exhibit a structure intermediate between the extremes of

those of burneyv.” This really amounts to the fact that it

is impossible to separate these two by the genitalia. Apart

from the quite different fascies these two species have

different antennae. The whole of the long club on the

underside is orange in the different forms of burneyz, but

black in all the forms of wallacer. The antennae of burneyi

are also longer, having 40 joints against 37 in wallacev.

On the evidence that is to hand it 1s quite impossible to

regard these as the same species. They frequently occur

together in various localities, but never show any inter-

mediates, and in fact have very little in common except

the short red streaks on the underside of the hindwing.

H. ethra and H. robigus are found to be alike and of a

distinctive type. These are quite likely the same. They

have a similar brand on the underside of the inner margin

of the forewing. Ethra is probably the more northern

race of robigus. It occurs with narcaea flavomaculata at

Bahia, while robigus flies with typical narcaea at Rio and

southwards. By the additional evidence of the curious

brand to that of the genitalia it looks as if it was wrong to

in any way connect the two forms with silvana, which has

no such brand.

In reviewing the classificatory results obtained by Mr.

Eltringham from microscopical examination of the geni-

talia, it appears evident that these organs are not wholly

reliable in differentiating species, and that to base a

classificatory scheme on this one character alone would

give results, which in the light of further evidence as to

geographical range, etc., would be untrue. It would be

far safer to unite only those species of which we have

complete transitional series, when we could take as con-

firmation a wholly constant genitalia. It is very necessary

to be on one’s guard, with a group where so comparatively

little variation is found in these organs, not to accept

Dr. Eltringham’s Paper on the genus Heliconius. 155

as one species, without further proof, forms with identical

genitalia. Among the moths Zygaena lonicerae and

Zygaena trifolii in all its forms have the same genitalia,

so also have Plusia iota and Plusia pulchrina, yet we know

these to be distinct species, the two latter having distinct

larvae besides well-differentiated imagines. On the other

hand, where differences occur we doubtless have evidence

of specific distinctness which in some of the Heliconine

instances was not even suspected.

( 156 )

VI. On the Pairing of the Plebeuid Blue Butterflies (Lycax-

NINAE, tribe PLEBEIIDI). By T. A. Coapman, M.D.,

F.ZS.

[Read March Ist, 1916.]

Puates XVITI-LXII.

In the following notes I propose to describe some specialisa-

tions of both the male and female appendages in the tribe

Plebevidi of the “ Blues ” (LYCAENINAE).

Much has been done*in the description of the male

appendages of the Lepidoptera, both from a morphological

and a systematic point of view, though not perhaps much

as compared with what remains to do. The female

appendages have been less elucidated, and the precise

correlation of the male and female appendages has barely

been dealt with.

My observations refer to the latter aspect of the subject

in a small tribe of the “ Blue” butterflies, in which the

specialisations seem at first sight quite paradoxical when

compared with what is usual in the rest of the order. A

few years ago on comparing notes with my friend the

Rev. C. R. N. Burrows, it appeared that he had noted that

there was something unusual in the pairing of these butter-

flies, and it is very probable that, ike us, others were,

broadly speaking, cognisant of this circumstance; but I

have not met with any published account of the facts

either generally or in detail.

It may be arguing in a circle, but I incline to define the

Plebevidi, as those butterflies that possess this particular

specialisation, and to assert that it does not exist outside

the tribe. This, however, will not seem so irrational, in

view of the fact that, with small specific variations, the

structures throughout the tribe are very uniform, and that

outside it there is a considerable gap between it and the

nearest approach to it amongst related tribes.

The “ Blue” butterflies (the sub-family LycAaENINAE)

comprise a number of tribes; the one we are interested in,

the PLEBEIIDI, is especially a Palaearctic (and Nearctic) one.

For example, of the eleven Blues accredited to our British

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTI. (AUG.)

Dr. T. A. Chapman on Plebewd Blue Butterflies. 157

list, six are Plebeiids, and of the other five, two, argiades

and boetica, can hardly be called natives. Of European

species there are nearly three Plebeiids to two of other

tribes, and the same is about the ratio in the whole Palae-

arctic area. So far as my knowledge extends, no PLEBEIIDI

are found south of the Palaearctic (and Nearctic) region,

except the genus Chilades, a genus less typical of the tribe

than any other. This is quite subtropical, if not tropical,

in its distribution; (Polyommatus?) martini and allardu,

occurring in Algeria though not in Kurope, seem to be

the most southern of typical species, but are always

tabulated as Palaearctic.

I have no systematic objects, but shall for convenience

adopt the genera given in Tutt’s “ British Lepidoptera.”

The male appendages of the Plebeiids are remarkably

similar throughout the tribe, both in the form and

character of the clasps and of the dorsal armature, and

differ very much from those of other “blues” in these

structures. These are so frequently figured in papers of

my own in our Transactions, in Tutt’s “ British Lepidop-

tera’ and elsewhere, and by others, that I need not dilate

on them.

Before describing the actual structural peculiarities of

the Plebeiids, that bear most directly on the subject of

this paper, it may be useful, as some basis of comparison,

to say a few words as to what, so far as my meagre know-

ledge permits, is the most usual structure of these parts

that obtains in other Lepidoptera, or rather to indicate

something of the range of variation that obtains in those

portions of the appendages that in the Plebeiids are at the

extremity of the range in a certain direction.

The most characteristically specialised of these in the

Plebeiids is the penis, which has to reach the bursa and

provide it with the product of the male glands.

The penis consists usually of two portions—the aedeagus,

a solid, basal, highly chitinised portion, and the eversible

membrane (vesica, Pierce); the latter often armed with

spines, etc. (cuneus, Stitz, cornutt, Pierce).

When pairing takes place the bursa copulatria is meathedl

either by the aedeagus, or by the extension of it constituting

the eversible membrane.

A conclusion one early arrives at in examining these

structures is that the aedeagus and the eversible membrane

are continuous portions of one structure (or tube), as is,

ise. Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

of course, obvious when the membrane is everted; but

beyond this, that the external portion of the aedeagus

only differs from the membrane by being chitinised, and

that the length of the external portion of the aedeagus

varying in different species, and often greatly in closely

Fie. 1.—Diagram of aedeagus (founded on J'hecla) when retracted.

Fie. 2.—Diagram of aedeagus when exserted. :

Fic. 3.—Similar diagrams of aedeagus in an Hrebia. The lettering

indicates :—

A. Chitinous tube of the aedeagus, external portion.

O. The opening in the floor of the genital cavity, through

which the aedeagus is advanced and retracted.

S. Membranous sheath, sinus (Kusnezov), derived from floor

of cavity, that permits this movement, stretched in fig. 1

during retraction, gathered together in fig. 2.

Z. The zone at which S is attached to the aedeagus.

B. Internal portion of aedeagus continuous with A, but

having an outer layer continuous with S.

E. Internal opening of aedeagus, where the two layers are

reflected into each other.

D. Ductus ejaculatorius, continuing upwards into A, and

reflected from it at its free margin, 7. e. continuous with it,

forming in this region the eversible membrane (vesica,

Pierce) armed with C (cuneus, cornutt).

The same explanations apply to fig. 3, which gives advanced

and retracted positions of the aedeagus.

allied species, does not depend altogether on a greater or

less development of a special portion of the aedeagus, viz.

that beyond the zone, but in the greater or less extent of

the azygos (Sharp) tube that is chitinised to become

aedeagus or remains membranous as eversible membrane.

Pairing of the Plebeid Blue Butterflies. 159

I have, for convenience, applied the name zone to that

line where the internal and external portions of the aedeagus

meet, a line by which the aedeagus is attached to the floor

of the genital cavity—the circumstance which renders the

outer portion “external”? and the inner one “internal.”

I shall return immediately to a fuller discussion of the zone,

since it is of importance in the homologies and morphology

of the aedeagus, and an important item in the specialisation

of the Plebeiid aedeagus.

In most Lepidoptera the aedeagus is more or less retrac-

tile, or, conversely, one may say exsertible. In text fig. 1,

a diagrammatic view of the aedeagus in Thecla, only a small

portion of the aedeagus projects beyond the floor of the

genital cavity when the parts are at rest, the greater part is

retracted into a membranous tube (sinus *) extending from

the opening in the floor of the genital hollow to the zone.

In action the aedeagus can be exserted as in fig. 2, the tube

in which it rested being shortened and its walls gathered

together.

The external portion of the aedeagus, that beyond the

zone, is almost evidently a portion of the azygos tube,

or ductus, everted and chitinised ; but the internal portion,

that is, that that is basal to the zone, consists not of a

simple internal prolongation of the external portion, but

has also fused to its external surface a prolongation of the

sheathing tube, these being reflected into each other at

the internal aperture of the aedeagus. This interpretation

of the actual structure is so nearly self-evident, that it

seems in the highest degree likely to be correct. But a

further speculation as to which is the point at which the

floor of the genital cavity meets the extremity of the

ductus has very few data on which to reach a conclusion.

Is it the zone, is it the internal opening of the aedeagus,

or is it the external opening of the membranous sheath ?

There is here a possibility of confusion from the use of the

term sheath; penis-sheath has been used as a name for

the aedeagus, and penis-sheath (penis-tasche) has been the

name applied to structures of the floor of the genital cavity

surrounding the opening of what I have called the mem-

branous sheath (sinus). There is in the Plebeiids no penis-

sheath as a structure immediately surrounding the aedeagus.

There is one fact that goes a long way to show, one

* I find this term used by Kusnezov, whether on his own or

some other authority, I don’t know.

160 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

may say to prove, that the membranous sheath (sinus)

is not a portion of the ductus, but is an invagination

of the floor of the genital cavity. * In many cases, I

cannot say in a majority, still less in all cases, though

it may be so, the sheath has a sparse armament of

hairs, such as are only found on external cutaneous sur-

faces, whence it follows that it must be a portion of the

surface of the 9th or 10th abdominal segment, or possibly

of the membrane between them; the latter is very unlikely.

My own opinion is that it belongs to the 10th abdominal

segment, and that the opening of the ductus in the male

corresponds to that of the oviduct in the female on that

segment. There is never any trace of a hair or hairlike

structure on the aedeagus itself; the aedeagus is therefore

an internal structure (a portion ofthe ductus). Itis hardly

necessary to say that the cornuti are not in any way hairs,

though some of their forms are very similar to some forms

of hairs.

I was for long ignorant of aye armament of hairs on the

membranous sheath, due no doubt to several reasons; that

they are often absent is probably one. If one removes the

aedeagus from the rest of the appendages, it is apt to

be separated at the zone, and the sheath is not seen with

it, and when examining the parts undisturbed the hairs

are obscured behind other parts, and, if seen, it is not at

all clear what their origin is. Nevertheless, when one is

aware of their existence, it is often possible to make them

out satisfactorily. In Pl. XXIII are two specimens of the

aedeagus of Curetis bulis; on one of them the sheath is left

uninjured, on the other only a portion of it remains. The

hairs on the sheath are in this instance very obvious.

The wall of the internal portion of the aedeagus is not

a simple internal chitinous structure, but arises from the

fusion of two layers, which we may for the moment assume

to be an outer one belonging to the general surface, an

inner derived from the azygos tube; the fusion being, of

course, of their opposed outer surfaces. It would, however,

equally meet the case if both the layers were of the ex-

ternal surface, or both of the azygos tube. ‘The reflection

from the one layer to the other occurs at the opening in

the base of the aedeagus, frequently placed some way from

the extremity through which the azygos tube (“ eversible

* Diaphragm is a term that has been applied to the membrane

forming this floor.

Pairing of the Plebevid Blue Butterflies. 161

membrane,” vesica) passes from the visceral cavity into

the interior of the aedeagus.

We may assume the initial structure to be a membranous

tube opening on the surface (between segment 9 and 10

ventrally). A portion of this tube remains more or less in

its primary condition as the ductus ejaculatorius (Auct.).

Beyond this is the eversible membrane, which in some

species barely exists, the extremity of the aedeagus reach-

ing the bursa; in other species, those on which our usual

conception of it is formed, it is contained within the

aedeagus. There are, however, many species in which it

is of great length and extends back beyond the aedeagus

into the abdominal cavity, and except that it is eversible

and usually armed with cornuti, it might be regarded as a

portion of the ductus ejaculatorius. The eversible mem-

brane is, in fact, a portion of the ductus. Beyond this I

regard the external portion of the aedeagus as simply a

portion of the same duct, permanently everted and chiti-

nised. The internal portion of the aedeagus, as I have

said above, being a double inversion from the margin of

the original orifice.

What one may call the usual or average length of the

extrusible portion of the aedeagus is somewhere probably

between that in Thecla, illustrated in fig. 1 on Pl. XVIII

and XIX, and that in Melitaea, Pl. XXI.

There are not a few cases and whole groups in which the

aedeagus is much longer than this, as, for instance, in

Apatura, and very markedly in many species of Acraea

(Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1912, Pl. XI—XII) ; in a whole

group of Tineae (Bankes, E.M.M. 1910, Pl. V, and 1912,

PI. IV). See Pl. XXII. In all these cases of great length

in the aedeagus, there is a corresponding lengthening of the

saccus, no doubt to give a proper origin to the retracting

muscles.

In fig. 4 I have (with Thecla as a basis) made a diagram

of an arrangement which one would suppose possible, and

which for all I know may actually occur, but which 1

believe does not exist, and of which I have met with no

trace in any preparation I have examined, though it is

possible by undue violence to cause the membranous

sheath to be more or less everted. It is supposed to show

that the aedeagus might be advanced by the eversion of

the sheath by a length approximate to that for which it

provides a retreat. I don’t know of any case in which

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART I. (AUG.) M

162 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

the zone rises above the floor of the cavity. My observa-

tions are, of course, meagre, and this opinion can only go

for what it may be worth.

The same proviso probably applies, though not quite as

strongly, as the observations are more definite in char-

acter, to my statement that the reverse condition, found

in the Plebeiid Blues, does not occur elsewhere.

If we follow the surface from the genital hollow to the

interior of the ductus (azygos, Sharp) we first reach the

opening of the membranous sheath; continuing down this,

we reach the zone; here the membrane of the sheath

becomes attached to the external surface of the aedeagus,

and seems clearly to be an addition to it—that is, the

Fia. 4.—Suggests that the aedeagus might be advanced by the

eversion of the membranous sheath ; this does not, apparently,

in fact, ever occur.

aedeagus here becomes suddenly thicker and denser, and

the membranous sheath has all the appearance in most

cases of being the outer layer of this portion of the aedeagus

set free from the inner; a little further on, however, they

seem to be completely fused. Following them on, assuming

however, that we are following the outer layer, we arrive

at the internal opening of the aedeagus, where the one

layer is reflected into the other; and now returning on our

journey, but following the inner layer, we arrive again at

the zone and pass on to the free external portion of the

aedeagus, and reaching its extremity, return down its

interior, along the ductus proper, in which there is no

definite line of demarcation between the eversible portion

Pairing of the Plebevid Blue Butterflies. 163

(vesica, Pierce) and the more internal portion which is

never everted.

In some species with longer external portions to the

aedeagus (as in ZJ'hecla) there is, strictly speaking, no

eversible membrane, the extremity of the aedeagus appears

to reach the bursa and there expands, by the spreading

Fic. 5.—A diagram to show the continuity of the azygos duct

with the cutaneous surface (floor of genital cavity). The

arrows indicate the route from the external surface by way

of the membranous sheath (sinus*), the surface so far, often

bearing hairs, to the zone, thence, fused to its returning layer,

to the internal opening of the aedeagus and back again, con-

tinuing then as the external portion of the shaft of the aedeagus,

and at its extremity returning as eversible membrane and

ductus.

of portions of its extremity and stretching of the adjacent

membrane; this membrane and the movable portions at

the extremity of the aedeagus are, however, no doubt,

homologous with the eversible membrane and cuneus

(cornuti, Pierce).

* Zander, Zeitsh. fur. Wiss. Zool. 1903, applies the term penis-

ltasche to the sleeve for which I have accepted the name sinus, but

extends the said penis-tasche not only to the base of the aedeagus

but right away beyond the aedeagus along the ductus ejaculatorius,

where it is quite free from the aedeagus in the abdominal cavity.

He uses ringwall for the armature that often surrounds the aedeagus

on the floor of the genital cavity (diaphragm), and which other

authorities call penis-tasche.

M 2

164 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

There can, it seems, be no doubt that the membranous

sheath of the aedeagus is a portion of the external surface,

probably of the 10th abdominal segment, and still more

certainly that the free (external) portion of the aedeagus

is of internal origin, 27.e. a portion of the azygos duct.

The internal portion, consisting of two fused layers, may

present material for doubt, but the doubt has no particular

bearing on the subject of this communication, though of

morphological interest and suggesting further investigations.

For my own part I incline to the opinion that the zone

represents the circle of the original opening of the ductus

on the surface, and that the aedeagus consists of reflections

and invaginations of the ductus only, without any surface

structures being incorporated.

The period before the evolution of the aedeagus, when

the ductus opened simply on the surface must be very

remote, certainly before the Lepidoptera originated,

possibly antecedent to the Insecta.

Whenever it may have been, the date was so ancient

that one is astonished to find the aedeagus and ductus

still so plastic, and capable of so rapidly (as between two

closely related species) changing their form. No doubt

the selection that evolved species also insisted throughout

on the plasticity of these structures, without which new

species would frequently have failed to establish them-

selves; since a fixity of structure, such as is usual in most

other portions of the organism, would easily have led to

syngamic absorption of the new species before its segrega-

tion was sufficiently prolonged to give real specific separa-

tion. In other words, a species in which these organs

refused to vary, would on meeting with an incipient

species derived from it simply absorb it, 7.e. it could

not meet new conditions by offsets of new species, and

could only vary en masse, and would be very likely to

become extinct. The incipient species could not avoid

absorption unless its segregation (in whatever way) had

been sufficiently prolonged to make it no longer incipient.

It is difficult to suppose, in the case of such groups as

our Plebeiidi, that segregation could often have been so

prolonged, so many of the species having such similar

habits and habitats.

In the Plebetids, the relation of the aedeagus to the

genital cavity is reduced to its simplest elements. The

floor of the cavity is a simple smooth screen, reaching from

Pairing of the Plebewd Blue Butterflies. 165

the dorsal armature above to the margin of the ring and

bases of the clasps below, pierced by the anal aperture

and by the aedeagus, without any trace of scaphium or

any anal armament, no gnathos and no sinus or armament

of any sort round the aedeagus.

The aedeagus is thus held practically in one spot, with

no antero-posterior movement, and only some possibility

of varying in direction, considerable in the separated parts

on a slide, but probably little or nothing in the living

animal. Besides this fixity the Plebelid aedeagus has

another peculiarity—the free portion, that beyond the zone,

is extremely short. This is most extreme in the genera

Polyommatus and Agriades, apparently least so in Plebevus

Fic. 6.—Diagram of aedeagus of Agriades bellargus, showing

absence of sinus and brevity of free extremity.

(aegon) and Aricia (astrarche), in which there is a con-

siderable external portion, chitinous, however, only on one

aspect, in which it ends in a point; the other aspect is

membranous (eversible), reaching up, in a sharp angle, close

to the zone. (Pls. XXVII, XXVIII, XXIX, also see figs.

1 and 4, Pl. V, p. 101, Ent. Rec., vol. xxii.)

One must, therefore, take this prolongation to be merely

the extremity and not part of the shaft. The peculiar

specialisations of the male appendages in the Plebeiids

appear to be, as regards the aedeagus, its fixity by the

zone being in the floor of the genital cavity without any

sinus, and probably its fixity in direction also, during life,

however much it may appear movable on a slide; its

position close under the dorsal armature, and its separation

from the clasps by a large smooth area of the floor of the

166 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

genital cavity, and the extreme shortness of the free por-

tion of its shaft beyond the zone. These limitations pre-

vent it making any approach to the female parts during

pairing, a defect that is made good by the specialisation

of the female, enabling the approach to be made by the

female and not by the male. The great uniformity of the

clasps in the group is no doubt related to this female

specialisation ; the fairly uniform dorsal armature has also,

no doubt, some special correlated relationship, possibly

with the extremity of the ovipositor, but as to this I can

make no definite suggestion.

The figures given of the male genitalia and of the aedeagus

separately are more specially referred to in the “ Explana-

tions of Plates,” and need not be detailed again here. As

to the Plates, it seemed desirable to restrict their number,

else one would have desired to give figures—of a larger

number, if not of all the species of the tribe—of both the

male and female structures.

As regards the corresponding female structures, there is in

the Plebevdi, apparently, an even greater departure from

the normal structure than obtains in those of the male.

Considering for a moment the more usual form of these

parts we find that in species where the aedeagus is long,

it is usual for the cervix * to be long also, and to be, more-

over, often chitinised into a solid tube for some distance.

This may be seen in many Theclas (e.g. Pl. XVII and XIX),

in Apatura (Pl. XXIII), and in a less degree in many species

in which the aedeagus is of average length. In the case of

Acraea natalica (Pl. XXII), with a very long aedeagus there

is also a very long cervix, but it is not very solidly chiti-

nised, and in the photograph it will be seen to have twisted

somewhat in the specimen, possibly from having been too

much macerated.

It leads to another subject, with which I am not at

present anxious to deal—namely, the segmentation of the

abdomen in the females of Lepidoptera, but it may often

be observed that the ostium is withdrawn (not invaginated)

within the margin of the 7th abdominal segment, as

may, for example, be observed in ScopaRia (see Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, Pl. XX XV, et seq.); in these cases

there is generally no armature. When the ostium has an

armature, it generally remains outside the 7th segment.

* Cervix, or ductus, the duct between the ostiwm (external

opening) and the bursa copulatria.

Pairing of the Plebevid Blue Butterflies. 167

In most of these cases the ostium and its armature, if any,

is all that there is to represent the 8th abdominal seg-

ment. Nor, indeed, is there often any chitinous plate to

represent either the 9th or the 10th abdominal sternites.

In all cases (“ all’? must be understood to mean merely .

within my observations and experience) in which the

ostium is within the margin of the 7th segment, it appears

to be the outer end of a chitinous cervical tube (Pl. XVIII

and XIX).

When there is any armature it appears to fix the ostium

more or less just outside the margin of the 7th segment

(Pl. XXI and XXII, fig. 2).

The peculiarity in the Plebeids is that the ostium is

carried by a small chitinous plate; but there is a special

extensible structure by which this plate may be extruded

as far or further than the end of the ovipositor.

When at rest the plate occupies the usual position of

the ostium, viz. at the margin of the 7th segment, but

behind it is the apparatus for its projection.

In Pl. XXXI the parts are shown as they are when at

rest. In Pl. XLII they are seen partially extruded. In

the majority of the figures they are shown fully extruded,

or as nearly so as is easily obtainable in making the

preparations.

It is seen that the small terminal plate is carried at the

end of a long membranous tube, when this is extended,

and the appearance at first sight suggests that the function

of the eversible membrane of the aedeagus has somehow

been transferred to the female structures. This is, of

course, absurd; its real function is to carry the ostial plate

to the fundus of the male genital cavity so that it may

meet the very short and immovable aedeagus. A function

almost as surprising as the impossible one mentioned, and,

so far as I know, without any parallel amongst other

Lepidoptera.

This eversible structure consists of two portions—the

outer one, that is often simply membranous, but carrying

the terminal plate, and an inner one, that is reversed by

invagination when it is retracted, and which is strengthened

by a loop of chitin; this may be seen in the Pl. XXXI

to XLVII.

I have named these two portions, the inner the “ prop ”

(hypostema), and the outer the “ rein ” (henia). (By a

misprint in Trans. City of London Ent. Soc. heina.)

168 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

In evagination the prop begins the eversion at its outer

margin; phases in the process may be noted in various of

the Plates, as e.g. XXXII, fig. 1; XL, fig. 2; XLI, fig. 1;

XLVIII, fig. 2.

Within the rein may usually be easily seen the cervix

(Stitz), passing backwards from the terminal plate to the

bursa copulatrix; it is sometimes possible by traction basad

on the bursa to withdraw the rein within the prop, which

at the same time, of course, invaginates; the opportunity

to do this often occurs in preparing the specimens.

What are these eversible structures, the prop and the

rein? What segments do they belong to, and what parts

of the segments are they? I have been able to discover

only one detail in their structure that seems to throw any

light on this. The membranous surface of the basal

portion, the prop, is apparently simple and free from any

cutaneous structures such as hairs, skin-points, ete. The

rein, however, 1s regularly studded with points that have

all the appearance of abortive hairs or scales, 7.e. they

are something more than mere skin-points, though if they

were the latter their significance would be the same.

The membrane forming the tube of the rein must there-

fore be a portion of the sternite of the 8th abdominal

segment, that of the prop a portion of the membrane

between the 7th and 8th segments. The chitinous loop

in the prop is possibly not easy to explain on this hypo-

thesis, but its explanation on any other seems equally

difficult.

The terminal chitinous plate containing the ostium is

surrounded by the hair-point-studded tube, z.e. by the

surface of the 8th abdominal sternite; it must therefore

be situated im the sternite and not at either margin.

This is an interesting conclusion to arrive at, as the usual

evanescence of both plates of this segment, in practically

nearly (or quite) all other cases, leaves us without any

data on this point.

It is a secondary, but useful, circumstance, that each

species of Plebetid butterfly seems to have a distinctive

form for the small terminal plate. This appears in most

of the photographs presented herewith, though in some

cases the smallness of the differences, the occasional

variation by the plate not being exactly in the plane of

the picture, and the loss of definition in reproducing the

photographs, may prevent this being evident.

Pairing of the Plebetid Blue Butterflies. 169

This is so, as far as I have observed, though I have not

prepared long series of specimens in more than two or

three species.

The extraordinary extensibility afforded by the prop

and rein does not occur, I think, elsewhere; I can, however,

rely only on my own small knowledge of these structures,

which may easily be at fault. Some other groups of the

LYCAENINAE show what we may regard as initial stages

of the Plebeiid structure. For example, Lampides boeticus

(Pl. LV, LVI), which has an immense terminal armature

to the ostium extremely unlike anything in the Plebeiids,

nevertheless retracts and extends this mass for a distance

equal to its own length, as is seen by comparing the photo-

graphs on Pl. LVI. Jolas (Pl. LIIL), again, on the other

hand, with an equally large armature, seems to have it

much less movable. L. argiolus (Pl. LIV) also has the

armature slightly movable, but apparently not retractile.

L. alcon and euphemus (Pl. LVIL) seem to be retractile.

T. telicanus and E. argiades (Pl. XLVIII) are also apparently

retractile, but none of these to more than a small amount.

Ihave put on the same plate as the two last (Pl. XLVIIT)

a photograph of P. martini; this is quite a typical Plebeid,

but in the specimen, the parts are only partially exserted,

the prop perhaps one-third extended, and the rein there-

fore equally enclosed. In this species the rein is chitinised

near its extremity, as in the species shown on Pl. LIV,

in zephyrus (Pl. XLIV), in meleager and admetus (PI.

XLI), in pylaon and candalus (Pl. XXXVI). The result

is to give the two specimens in Pl. XLVIII—martim,

fig. 2, and argiades, fig. 3—the appearance of being of very

closely related structure, which is not really the case.

With this reference to chitinisation of the extremity of

the rein, it may be as well to include the circumstance that

in other species there is a chitinisation towards its base.

This occurs in C. semiargus (Pl. XLVI), A. isawrica and

donzelit (Pl. XLV), A. escheri (Pl. XL), and to a trifling

extent in some others, in which it may or may not be

really part of the loop of the prop.

I have frequently observed these structures in the field,

when functionally active, and have for several years made

efforts to secure specimens preserved for observation and

examination in that state, but have always failed, though

on several occasions I felt sure up to the last moment

that I had succeeded.

170 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

In some groups success in this matter is easy, why it

should be so difficult here is not quite self-evident. It so

happens, however, that in several of my preparations I

had so nearly succeeded that they practically demonstrate

the conditions almost as satisfactorily as had they been

quite successful. They demonstrate that the prop and

rein are fully extended, that the terminal plate carrying

the ostium reaches the extremity of the fixed aedeagus and

is penetrated by the eversible membrane therefrom. In

examining living specimens, the two insects seem held

together by nothing except the pale slender thread of the

prop and rein. How this is held firmly to the aedeagus

is not very evident, whether it be merely by the eversible

membrane that penetrates the ostium, or whether, as the

structure of the extremity of the aedeagus seems to suggest,

the terminal plate of the rein is held by certain curved and

spring-like processes that are very evident in such species

as pheretes, sennargus, orbitulus, etc. The clasps do not

seem to be used for prehension, at least at the times when

my observations were made. Yet their special structure,

very nearly identical throughout the tribe, and different

from those of any other Lycaenines, show them to have

some important function peculiar to this tribe. It seems

that this can hardly be other than to take temporary

prehension, by grasping the 7th abdominal segment, at

the same time causing or assisting the eversion of the

prop and rein.

It may be noted in most of the photographs submitted

that these parts are compressed antero-posteriorly and so

remain straight, the prop and rein in the same apparent

straight line. But in others where they are compressed

laterally, of which one of the photographs of hylas (PI.

XXXIX) is as good an example as any, there is seen to be

a sharp angulation between the prop and rein when they

are fully exserted and expanded; the effect of this would

be, that the angle would reach the inferior angle of the

male genital cavity at the base of the clasps, whence the

rein would be of just the length to reach along the floor

of the cavity to the extremity of the aedeagus, which in

the Plebeiids is fixed close to the dorsal margin of the

floor and close under the dorsal armature.

When living specimens are examined, all prehension

seems in abeyance except by the rein and aedeagus.

Whether this is natural, or a result of inhibition by the

Pairing of the Plebevid Blue Butterflies. 171

captor’s interference, may be doubtful, but there can be

little doubt that prehension by the clasps takes place in

the first stages of pairing.

There is a very curious fact, that I suppose to be of

constant occurrence, though I have not observed it much

more than about a dozen times. This is, that at the end

of the pairing the rein is surrounded by a cylinder of

amorphous material, certainly not scales or any similar

structures, whether a secretion by the male or female,

I don’t know (see Pl. LXI and LXII). It easily slips

off and is lost; on Pl. LXI it had left the rein, which

retained no evidence of having accommodated so curious

an accretion. Whether this ought to be called a sphragis,

and whether it is homologous with that structure in

Papilionids and Nymphalids I cannot say.

EXPLANATION OF Puates XVIII-LXII.

Puate XVIII. Appendages of Thecla spini.

Fie. 1. 3, showing free portion of aedeagus

to be long and its position close to the clasps,

xX 25.

Fic. 2. 9, showing ostium (8) and chitinous

duct, corresponding in length to the free

portion of the aedeagus leading to the

bursa, X 25.

Pirate XIX. Appendages of Thecla pruni, showing similar parts

to Pl. XVIII, x 25.

Pirate XX. Appendages of Selenia illustraria, ¢ and 92, showing

the chitinised duct to bursa (with a hair passed

through it) closely corresponds in width and length

to the free portion of the aedeagus, * 25.

Purate XXI. WMelitaea athalia, showing large external armature

of the ostium, and correspondence between the

free portion of aedeagus and the duct with hair

passed through it to bursa, x 20.

172

PLuatTe XXII.

Puate XXIII.

Explanation of Plates.

Fic. 1. Appendages of male of M. pallescentella,

shows corresponding length of aedeagus

and saccus, and position of aedeagus

close to clasps, x 45.

Fic. 2. Appendages of Acraea natalica. Aedeagus

and saccus both very long. In 9 the

ductus is seen to be very long; it is

twisted in the preparation; it is very

weakly chitinised, x 5.

Fie. 1. Two specimens of the aedeagus of Curetis

bulis; in the upper one, the membranous

sheath and a small portion of the floor

of the genital cavity have been kept with

it. The length of the sheath (sinus)

corresponds with that of the free

portion of the aedeagus, t.e. that

beyond the zone Z. In the lower figure

only a portion of the sinus remains,

but this is more than usually remains

with the aedeagus when it is dragged

out for separate examination. The

clothing of hairs on the sinus is well

seen in both preparations, x 24.

Fie. 2. Female appendages of apatura iris. The

figures refer to the numbers of the

abdominal segments. 8 is opposite the

ostium, leading to the long chitinous

portion of the ductus, corresponding to

the lengthy aedeagus in this species.

MALE APPENDAGES OF PLEBEIIDS.

PuatE XXIV. Fic. 1. Agriades thetis, x 45, shows the bulbous-

ended aedeagus fixed close to the dorsal

armature.

Fic. 4. Agriades escheri, shows also the long space

between the place where the zone is

fixed and the origins of the clasp, whose

bases only just appear at bottom of

figure, x 30. In both these figures, the

preparations being pressed flat, the

aedeagus appears to be in the same

plane as the ring, instead of nearly at

Explanation of Plates. 173

right angles to it; the zone remains

fixed, and on it the aedeagus is rotated

to the position shown.

Fie. 2. Aedeagus of Agriades thersites, x 40.

Fic. 3. Aedeagus of Agriades damon, x 40. These

two figures show the swollen end char-

acteristic of Agriades, the zone right

up on the bulb has attached scraps

from the floor of the cavity, the short-

ness of the portion beyond this is

obvious, there is hardly a trace of everted

membrane.

Puate XXV. Fic. 1. P. steversi, x 30; 2. P. hyrcana, X 30; 3. C.

semiargus, X 45. These show the dorsal

position of the aedeagus, and the zone

close to its free extremity.

Prats XXVI. Fic. 1. A. amanda, aedeagus, x 40.

Fic. 2. V. optilete, aedeagus, x 40.

Fia. 3. V. optilete, 3 appendages, except part of

clasps, X 30. These show the zone,

with portions of floor membrane at-

tached, the short portion of aedeagus

beyond differing in structural detail

from that of Agriades. Fig. 3 shows

very well how the floor membrane at-

tached to the zone is taut enough to

restrain any forward movement of the

aedeagus ; a contrary impression might

arise from Fig. 2, where a good deal of

floor membrane remains attached, limp

and crumpled, being torn loose from its

other attachments.

Figures on Pl. XXIV, XXV and XXVI

show also the unusual length of flat,

smooth (%.e. free from any sort of

armature) field afforded by the floor

of the genital cavity between the

aedeagus and the base of the clasps.

Pirate XXVII. Fic. 1. 3 appendages of Pl. eversmanni, and

Fig. 2 of Pl. pheres, x 30. These both

show a greater length of aedeagus

174

Explanation of Plates.

beyond the zone, but with oblique

opening reaching down to that point,

and in the case of Pl. eversmanni the

preparation happens to show a con-

siderable exsertion of the eversible

membrane; this accident is very rare

in preparations of Plebeiid appendages.

These figures and those on the two

following and other plates illustrate

the large area between the aedeagus

and clasps, as referred to under PI.

XXVI.

Pirate XXVIII. Fic. 1. Aedeagus of Pl. aegon, x 40.

Fic. 2. Aedeagus of Pl. argyrognomon, x 40.

Fic. 3. Aedeagus with dorsal armature, ete.,

PuatE XXIX. Fic

Fic

Fie

Fic

of Pl. argyrognomon, x 45. These

demonstrate the oblique opening of

the aedeagus beginning at the zone,

and that this external portion is less

chitinised than the inner piece, and is

of pointed dagger form.

. 1. Aedeagus of Aricia idas, x 40.

. 2. Aedeagus of Albulina pheretes, x 40.

. 3. Aedeagus of Aricia medon, x 40.

. 4. Appendages of Aricia donzelii, x 20.

These show the long slender, pointed

end of the aedeagus, with oblique

opening beginning at the zone; in

Aricia and Albulina the genitalia do

not support generic differentiation from

Plebeius.

Pirate XXX. Fic. 1. Male appendages (except clasps) of P

acarus, < 30.

Fic. 2. Aedeagus of P. eros, x 40.

Fia. 3. Aedeagus of A. coridon, « 40.

Fic. 4. Aedeagus of Aricia isaurica, x 40. In

Fig. 3 there is some eversion of the

eversible membrane. Fig. 4, tsawrica, is

not a typical Aricia, a group to which it

appears otherwise to belong.

Puate XXXII.

PuaTE XXXIII.

Prats XXXIV.

Explanation of Plates. 175

FEMALE APPENDAGES.

Shows the position of the hypostema (prop) and

henia (rein) in the position of repose.

Fie. 1. Thetis, shows them in lateral view.

Fig. 1 shows that they are within the

seventh ventral sternite, and Fig. 2

that they may retreat even to within

the sixth. Pl. XLII shows the parts

partially extended. Also Pl. XL,

Fig. 2. Many figures show not quite

complete eversion, as referred to in more

detail under Pl. XXXII.

Fic. 2. Coridon, shows them on ventral view

(though the dorsal portion of the

preparation is almost in lateral view).

Aricia eumedon, X 25. Fig. 1 shows the prop

not fully everted; this is often so in my pre-

parations in which the parts are twisted to get

an antero-posterior view of them ;° by holding

the prop and rein in a straight line, the prop

cannot be fully extended without some twist-

ing or crushing elsewhere. The reason for

this is seen in Fig. 2, where the view is lateral

and the angle between the rein and prop

when fully extended is allowed to obtain. It

would appear that the prop is more or less

between the clasps, whilst the rein reaches

dorsally from their bases along the smooth

floor of the g genital cavity to the aedeagus.

See Pl. XX XIX and LIV.

Fig. 1. A. actis, x 25.

Fiq. 2. A. cordon, X 25.

Fie. 1. P. wcarus, X 25.

Fie. 2. A. pheretes, x 25. These two species

have the terminal plate carrying the

ostium reduced more than in most

other species I have examined; they

are, in fact, almost evanescent. See

also Pl. XLII.

176 Explanation of Plates.

Puate XXXV. Fic. 1. A. amanda, Xx 25.

Fie. 2. A. hopffert, x 25. The black patch on

the rein of the latter is a foreign body,

probably a group of half-macerated scales.

Pratt XXXVI. Fia. 1. A. pylaon, x 25.

Fie. 2. A. candalus, x 25. These have unusual

chitinisation of the rein. In each

specimen there is eversion of the

rectum or oviduct.

Puates XXXVII and XXXVIII. In each plate Fig. 1 is x 25,

and Fig. 2 shows the prop,

< 50. The small chitinous

plate at the base of the

rein is seen, but the object

of the figures is to show the

duct to the bursa copulatria

running backwards (back-

wards should strictly be for-

wards !!) from the terminal

plate of the rein; this is very

distinct on Pl. XXXVII.

This duct is seen in several

other preparations, but may

probably hardly come out

very distinctly when the

photographs are reproduced.

Both specimens are A. thetis.

Piate XXXIX. Two specimens of A. hylas, x 25, demonstrating

the same point as in Pl. XXXII (A. ewmedon)

and Pl. LIV. The one a dorsal, the other a

lateral view.

Puate XL. Fic. 1. A. escheri, x 25.

Fic. 2. A. damon, X 25. The duct is well seen in

Fig. 2.

Puate XLI. Fie. 1. P. meleager, x 25.

Fic. 2. A. admetus, x 25. Distal portion of rein

somewhat chitinised in both.

Explanation of Plates. 177

Puate XLII. Fia. 1. As thersites, x 25.

Fia. 2. P. eros, X 25. These show the prop and

rein only partially exserted. The ever-

sion begins at the attached end of the

prop, the end carrying the rein is the

last portion to be reversed.

Compare with Pl. XX XI.

Pirate XLII. Fic. 1. Pl. aegon, x 25.

Fia. 2. Pl. argyrognomon, x 25. The latter shows

the duct very plainly and also the want

of a strong terminal plate. Refer also

to Pl. XXXIV.

Puate XLIV. Fia. 1. Pl. zephyrus, x 25.

Fic. 2. Pl. cleobis, x 25. Fig. 1 illustrates a cir-

cumstance not at present before us,

viz. that an egg reaches sometimes the

end of the ovipositor, at the death of

the butterfly, probably as a detail of

dying, and then afterwards matures,

but being within the ovipositor cannot

emerge. In macerating the specimen

the egg and larva is apt to be lost, unless

specially looked for; without looking for

it I have met with it often enough to

believe that it is really a very frequent

occurrence.

Puate XLY. Fic. 1. Plebeius isaurica, x 25.

Fia. 2. Aricia donzelit, x 25.

Pirate XLVI. Fic. 1. Aricia medon, x 25.

Fia. 2. Cyaniris semiargus, Xx 25. The form of

the terminal plate in medon much re-

sembles that in Chilades.

Pirate XLVII. Fic. 1. L. orbitulus, x 25.

Fic. 2. V.optilete, x 25. These two preparations

are badly cleaned of scales, ete.

Puate XLVIII. Fic. 1. 7. telicanus, x 25.

Fie. 2. P. martini, x 25.

Fie. 3. EH. argiades, x 25. Fig. 2 is a fairly

normal Polyommatus, but being only

partially expanded—compare with

Pl. XX XI and XLII—it has a curious

178 Explanation of Plates.

resemblance to the Everid, HL. argiades

(Fig. 3).

Figs. 1 and 3 illustrate the small amount

of eversion (as distinct from mere

retraction, which is very frequent in

most Lepidopterous Families) that

occurs in non-Plebeiid Lycaenines,

perhaps more marked than usual in

L. boetica (Pl. LVI).

Pirate XLIX. Chilades trochilus, g and 9, x 25.

Puate L. Chilades cnejus, g and 9, x 25.

Puate LI. Chilades laius, f and 9, x 40.

Puate LIT. Chilades pandava, 3 and 2, x 40. These are the only

species of this genus I happen to know; I illustrate

them because they are very interesting as the only

tropical group of Plebeiids (that I know of). That

CHILADES was Plebeiid, was, I think, first stated by

Tutt, on my authority, in Brit. Lep., vol. x, p. 157.

In the 2 9 the terminal plate is lozenge-shaped (refer

Pl. XLVI), this is hardly exceptional, and otherwise

the 2 parts are typically Plebeiid. The ¢¢ are

less typical. The hard process of the clasp is

long and curved, the dorsal processes and hooks

are slender and curiously like each other, and the

aedeagus has a more elaborate terminal armature

than usual; one supposes this may have some

relation to the special form of the terminal plate

of the rein. It would perhaps be going beyond the

subject of the present paper to discuss the matter

of two of these species having long rested in the

genus Catachrysops, on the ground of their having

tails. No other Plebeiids are tailed—still, the

question of tails amongst the Blues has had too

much weight attached to it. Some species have

both tailed and tailless forms; a tailed species or

two, therefore, within the tribe of Plebeiidi, which

we conceive as tailless, ought not to surprise us,

as I admit as to myself it does to some extent.

Whatever the subjective conditions may be, it is

certain that the four species here noted are con-

generic. Ihave, however, so far as possible avoided,

in this paper, systematic questions.

Explanation of Plates. 179

PuaTE LIT. Jolana iolas, g and 2, x 25. The ¢ preparation

is spread and shows the several parts excellently,

but hardly their natural relations to each other.

This species gives perhaps the largest 2 external

armature I know of amongst Lycaenines, in that

respect resembling L. boetica; it appears, how-

ever, not to be retractile, not to say eversible; it

contrasts well with the Plebeiids. Iam unable to

refer it to any recognised tribe of Lycaenines.

Pirate LIV. Fic. 1. I am not quite sure of the species; I give the

figure as another one illustrating the point

brought out in Pl. XXXII and again in

Pl. XXXIX.

Fie. 2. L. argiolus, another Lycaenine to compare

with the Plebeiids; the armature appears

to be slightly retractile, but in no degree

eversible (as in the prop in Plebeiids).

Puate LV. Fic. 1. L. boetica, 3, x 35, given as the Q is illustrated

on next plate.

Fic. 2. L. prosecusa, 2, has a very large armature and

seems to be very close to L. boetica as re-

gards its retractility (and eversibility as

regards its proximate section).

PuatEe LVI. L. boetica, 9, x 25.

Fic. 1. Armature extended.

Fic. 2. Armature retracted. The structure here

seems almost identical with that in the

Plebeiids. In Fig. 1 a “prop” is very

evident, but the terminal mass is so large

that there is room for little if any rein.

This specimen appears to show that the

Plebeiid structure is only an extreme form

of what obtains more or less in many

Lycaenine tribes.

PuaTe LVII. Fic. 1. Lycaena alcon, X 25.

Fic. 2. Lycaena euphemus, <x 25. These appear

to be similarly eversible with an invagin-

able prop, and support the conclusion

expressed under Pl. LVI.

The following Plates show efforts to pre-

serve specimens in cop., all of which were

more or less failures, yet something is

demonstrated.

180 Explanation of Plates.

Prate LVIII. Shows two preparation of A. thetis in which an

effort was made to preserve the parts in the

natural positions when in cop. with small suc-

cess. To diminish manipulations and undue

softening of parts by maceration, the scales were

not removed or bleached. This much obscures

appearances, and even so Fig. 2 shows that

the parts have been twisted in handling, the

dorsal side of one sex being in line with the

ventral of the other. In both preparations the

conjunction of the specimens is, however, still

probably intact, though the dark scales prevent

this being seen. In neither specimen does the

prop (hypostema) appear to be fully extended.

In Fig. 2 the rein is seen to include sundry

tracheae. In Fig. 1 it is enclosed in the ad-

ventitious coating illustrated on Pl. LXI.

Puate LIX. Fic. 1. A. thetis, shows the rein still extended

towards the aedeagus, but withdrawn

from it.

Fic. 2. A. thetis, similar result to Fig. 1.

Puate LX. Fic. 1. A. coridon, X 20.

Fic. 2. A. thetis, <x 14:5. These separated in pre-

paration and are placed as seen quite

arbitrarily ; both, however, show the ex-

tension of the eversible membrane of the

aedeagus, as it is rare to find it in ordinary

preparations.

Pirate LXI. All figures, A. coridon. * Figs. 1 and 2 as in Pl. LX.

Fig. 3 shows a remarkable coat, found after pairing,

surrounding the rein. Here it has slipped off in

preparing specimen. It is by no means always

found, why I don’t know, in the following.

Pirate LXII. Fic. 2 shows it as found im situ, in a specimen of

A. coridon taken in cop., and Fig. 1 ina

specimen of P. eversmanni out of the

cabinet, so that it is not always got rid of

at once.

AUGUST 16, 1916

‘$2 X INIdS NOWAULS HO

PIT ‘sup Q ysiag ‘aapuy

TITAX APM ‘Q161 ““puoT ‘20S "JUG *SUDLT

SHIVGNAddV AFIVNAA GNV AIVI

‘aSUu0T, “BR '0f0Yq

‘Sze X INONUYd (VIOAHL) NO )

WAULS AO SADVANAddV

Ras ATVNGA AGNV A1IVIN

P — ‘adu0T a a ‘0j704q

XIX 2107/7. “OI6I SOUOT * IOC +191 ET tor = Ee

‘$2 x VIUVULSNTII VINATHS 4O SADVANAddV AIVINGS (2) GNV AIVIN (1)

"YAUID “Nf '070Yef

‘XX wi ‘Q161 “puoT 205 "jug ‘suvay

Sz xX FIVNGA ‘2 {ATIVAN I ‘VITVHLV ‘N AO SHOVAONAddV

PIT ‘osup QD ysis ‘aapup "YAOI *N ‘fl '0}0Ud

if >.

IXX wv ‘QIOL “puoy ‘705 jug ‘Suva

SX 4 9 WOITIWLYN VaVuOV 2 ‘ShX © ‘YITALNAQSAITIVd ‘NI

PIT ‘O/SUP Q ysiag ‘aipup ‘asUuol, “xy WV (%) puv yivyd ‘Nf (1) ‘sofoyg

}

TIXX 4 ‘QIOI “puoT 205 ‘yuy ‘suvaZ

‘21 < SIMI ‘V ‘SHOVGNAddV AIVWAS @ $e x SITNG SILANND “OLA ‘SNOVACAV 7

PIT '8up QD ystayy ‘app ‘YAVID "Nel 070d

TIIXX Yq ‘QOL “puoy 70S ]Uq ‘Suva,

‘ob X NOWVA ‘Vv ‘€

‘ob xX SHLISUAHL ‘VW % ‘ALVUVdaS ‘Of XIMAHOSA ‘VY fShX SILAHL ‘VI ‘9US UF SNOVACGAV

DIT ‘Sup -Q ySias ‘aapupe ‘YPID “NT °070Ud

"AIXX UP ‘QIOL “puoT +905 ug “suvaZ,

‘Sh X SQOUVINGAS ‘OD (€)

PIT ‘osup QD yS19)9 ‘aapu py

NI SNOVACAV

"YARID (N “A ‘0704

AXX

Yq ‘QIOL “puoT ‘I05 ‘uy “suvay.

‘of X SHOVANAddV YUAHLO OL NOILV1484 NI

ALATILdO ‘A (€) ‘ov xX FLATILdO ‘A (2) ‘0b X YONVINV ‘V (1) HO SNOVAaCAV

PIT ‘0[5Up QD Ys1ag ‘etpuy ‘YD ‘Nf '0704T

ak ar

TAXX Vid ‘QI61 “puoT 205 "jug ‘SuUBAT,

‘of X SHNAHd ‘d (2) ‘INNVINSUAAT ‘d (1) 4O SADVANAddV AIVNN

PIT ‘08up Q ysis ‘aapup ‘YADID “Nf ‘0204

TIAXX 4) ‘QI6L “puoT ‘205 jug ‘suvay

‘Sb X NONONDOUADAY “d (€)

‘ob X NONONDOUADAV ‘d (2) ‘NODAV ‘d (1) dO SNIVACAV

PIT ‘Sup Q ySrag ‘aipup Y4OID “NA ‘000d

TIHTAXX UM ‘QOL “puoT ‘305 "yu sua,

‘oz X SHOVANAddV HLIM

‘IITAZNOG ‘v (b) ‘ob xX NOGAW ‘v (£) ‘SaLauaHd ‘Vv (2) ‘SVdI ‘Vv (1) JO SNOVACAV

YT ‘O)SUP D ysis ‘2tpu py ‘YADID “Nf ‘0F0U

NIXN [gq ‘Q1O1 “puoT 205 pug ‘Suva

‘ov x Bolnest ‘y ‘Y ‘ob x UOpli0oa ‘y ‘€ ‘ob x sola ‘g ‘Zz ‘Of x snseor ‘g ‘I

(SNOVACAV) SADNVANAddV

“pry 'orpSutr O ys299C ‘DIDNT "YADID (No '070NT

PET ‘Oj8Up D YS1295 ‘a1puy

‘XXX Av ‘QLOL “puoT 0S JU ‘SuUvLL

{

Vi ee eee we aT es

Sz X NOGIHOO ‘V (2) ‘SILHHL ‘V (1) JO SHOVAONAddV ATVNAA

"YADID “NT 070Ud

MIT ‘osUr YSIS ‘atpu pr

IXXX UV ‘QLOL “puoT 205 yUuq ‘suvsf

‘Lz & MaTA [elazE] ‘poyiaAd AN ‘Z ‘pazsaAe Al[nj JON ‘I

‘NOGAHWNGA ‘V AO SHOVANAddV ATVNAA

PUT ‘08Up QD Yo1s ‘aapup "YAPID “N “of ‘07047

WUXXX vq ‘Q1O1 “puoT 205 "jug ‘suvey : epeseeer

‘Sz x NOGINOD

PT ‘ojsup Eo ys1a7s ‘Apu py

TIIXXX 401d ‘9161 “puoT ‘205

SILOV

‘y (1) JO SHDVANAddV AIVNAA

‘YADID NA ‘0104

‘SUDA T,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate XXXIV.

FEMALE APPENDAGES OF (1) P. ICARUS; (2) A PHERETES x 2s.

‘Sz X IMAAAdOH ‘WV (2) ! VANVINV ‘V (1) dO

AXXX *q ‘OIOL “puoT ‘205 jug ‘suvaZ,

SHIVANAddV AIVNESA

"Y4D1D (Nf ‘0104

‘Sz X SN IVANVO ‘V (2) !NOVTAd ‘V (1) JO SHDVANAddV AIVNAS

DT ‘sup Q ‘Y4R1D ‘Nf ‘020%

bt --—-+

TAXXX UV ‘QIOL “puoT ‘90S JU ‘SuvAsT,

‘oS X ATALVUVdAS NIA 2

‘SzX ‘I ‘SHOVANAddV AIVWNAA ‘SILAHL ‘Vv

PIT ‘0pSup Q yay ‘vapup ‘YD (NX ONL

TIAXXX %q ‘QLOL “puoT ‘I05 "jug “suvay

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate XXX VIII,

Photo, F. N. Clark.

FEMALE APPENDAGES OF A. THETIS x 25, AND OF REIN x 50.

‘S¢ X SLOAdSV

TVYALVT AGNV TVSUOd ‘SVTAH ‘V JO SADVAONAddV. A TIVNGA

PIT ‘sup Q ysis ‘aapupy YAO] (N “A '010UT

‘XIXXX %4Viq ‘QIOL “puoT ‘205 "ug ‘Suva,

ee ee ae oe Ch a imal ae a +

A. DAMON x 25.

ty,

fo)

(2)

ta]

(2)

fi,

Photo, F. N. Clark.

‘Se X SN.LAWAV ‘V (2) ‘YaADVATAW ‘d (1) JO SADVAONAddV ATIVWNAH

SUP DQ ysis ‘sapupy

= —

PIT ' ‘Y4AVID (NT '040UT

TIX 40q ‘QIOL “puoT 105 yu *suvaz

S@ X SOUND ‘d (2) ‘SALISUAHL ‘Vv (1) JO SHDVANAddV AIVNAA

PIT ‘Sup gp YSIS ‘aapup "YARD “N “MT ‘070Yq

TITX 4g ‘QIOL “puoT 205 jug ‘suvaz

‘$2 X NONONDOUADAY ‘d (2) ‘NODAV ‘d (1) JO SHDVANAddV AIVNASA

PIT ‘sup B ys1as ‘sapupy ‘YAOI 'N ‘f '070UT

TITTX 4V[q ‘QOL “puoT ‘205 jug ‘suv,

‘82 X SIGOATO ‘d (2) ‘SNUAHAAZ ‘a (1) YO SHOVANYddV AIVNAA

PIT ‘o8Up @ YStalgy ‘aapup "YD ‘NY '00Ug

”

ALIX 4M ‘QOL “puoT ‘305 ELC ‘suD4y

“Sz X ITTAZNO ‘V (2) ‘VOINAVS!I ‘d (1) JO SHDVANAddvV AIVNASA

PIT ‘osup @ ysis ‘acpuy "YAPID *N ‘wl ‘000%

"ATX 4M ‘QOL “puoT 305 "yuy suval - i

———————

—e ~ i a I A

‘$2 X SNOUVIWGS ‘OD (2) ‘ NOGAW ‘Vv (1) JO SHDVANAddV ATVNASA

‘9ApUupy "YAM '‘N “A ‘0104

IP “WES PP eae

2 207 ==

DIT ‘sup 2B ysis

* as

TATX #2 ‘QIOL “puol 20S jug suvay =

‘Sz xX ALATILdO ‘A (2) ‘SNTNLIGUO ‘LV7T (1) JO SHOVANAddV ATVNGAS

"YAOI (N “A ‘0704

PIT ‘078up 2 ySia1§ ‘24pupy

TIA TX #vIJq ‘QIOI “puoT ‘205 yug ‘suv,

‘$2.X SHAVIOUV “A (f) SINILUVIN ‘d (2) ‘SONVOITAL ‘1 (1) HO SHDVANAddvV AIVNASA

PIT ‘sup & ysis ‘aqpuy

‘YADID (N “A ‘0404

_ —

TITATX 4d ‘QL61 “puoT 905 ug ‘suvaz

’

ane neha i » doled Ute a

‘Sz X SN TIHOOUL SHAVIIHD HO SADVAONAddV AIVNAA AGNV AIVIN

WT ‘sup ysis ‘2apup ‘YADID "N'A ‘0704

MEST a ay

ie". F ate ¢- Y

Sz X SHOVAONAddV ATVNGA

‘PIT ‘SUP QD YsIaS ‘aapupy

‘'T yng ‘QIOL “puoT ‘205 "jug ‘SUVAT,

aNV FIVW

‘SO[ANOD SHaVIIHO

‘YARID (NA ‘0704

‘ob X SNIVT SAAVTIHD HO SADVGNAddV AIVNAS (@) GNV FIV

PIT ‘o7sUp BD yS1aygy ‘aapupy K te (8

TT 4d ‘Q1O1 “puoT 205 *yuy ‘suvsy

(1)

‘N ‘Hf ‘0/0UdT

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate LI.

MALE AND (2) FEMALE OF CHILADES PANDAVA x 40.

APPENDAGES

‘$2 X SVIOI ‘I JO SHOVGNAddV AIVNAA AGNV AIVIN

PIT ‘08UP @ YS2I2)5 ‘aapup 'YADID “Nf '0J0UT

TIT 2% ‘QLOL “puoy ‘205 "jug ‘Suvay -2

— =a aa 4

at Pe

7 «

- 5) nee

Senis i+ Ao :

‘Sz.x SN IOIDUV SISTONAVIDAT (2)

DIT ‘ojauUP Yoryys ‘aipup

ECS 2

‘ALT 2g ‘QIOL “puoT 30S JU ‘SUv4LT,

‘(2) SQ TIVANVO ‘d (1

cae )

HAO SADVAGNAddvV ATIVAN

YVID “NJ ‘0

JOU]

7 v0

- 1. , a“ ‘

;

7 é.

7 ‘

* ‘

7 > ‘

‘

: -

; y

. (

‘

;

‘

)

PIT ‘0peUPR &@ Ys1a15

‘$2 X VSNOASOUd “T AO AIVINGAG (2)

OA DPU

:S€ X YVOILHOd “I AO SADVANAddV AIVNN (1)

"YALTD ONE “oJ '070Yq

‘Sz X CHLOVULAY (2) ‘GALYASXA 1): VOILHOU SHCIdNVT AO SHOVANAddV AIVNAA

PIT ‘08Up Q YoIays ‘aapuy ‘YARID “N ‘el ‘0704

t => —

TAT UM ‘QIOI “puoT ‘205 "yuq ‘suvsy

‘SZ X SQINAHdNG ‘DAT (2) !NODIV ‘DAT (1) HO SHOVANAddvV AIVNAA

° S

PIT ‘O]¢ UP @ YSlaS ‘aapup

TIAT 4g ‘9161 ‘puoT ‘205 yuq ‘suvas

‘St X SNHINIOAdS GAUNIVd AO SATANWVXA OMI ‘SILAHL ‘V

; ‘ 3S, . aS aor * 7, ,

PIT ‘0pSUpY @ YSI2S ‘a4puy

TIIAT Wd ‘QLOL “puoT 0S) Jud ‘SUVALL,

‘yD (N *

‘0704Uq

‘dadlvuavdas iLsnal ‘Sa9vaNaddV ATIVNAA ANV A IVI ‘SILAHL ‘V

MT ‘osup 9 ySiays ‘aipup "YADID™ NT “of (&) puv aduoy a ‘pw (1) ‘sozoyd

‘NIT 4g ‘QOL “puoT 205 jug ‘suvzy

‘SPI X SILAHL ‘W (2) {oz < NOGINOD ‘vy (1)

WIT ‘Opsu Br Po) ysis ‘24pu Br

"I5U0 T, RC eg (z) PUD YAVID "NT of (r) ‘SoJOYT

a. ‘XT %*M/d ‘Q10L “puoTy 205 jug ‘SUDLT.

~_ aes A a TA Se RR

a _

‘oz x pue SI xX ONINIVd OL SV STIVLAd ‘NOGINOD SHavIyoV

WY ‘o8up -2 ysis ‘aapup "YOID ‘Nf ‘0104

SS TXT Vid ‘GOL “pul 205 ‘sug suv4y oe : —— : _— —==————S

‘“NOILHYDOV DNIMOHS

‘oe X NOCIHOD ‘Vv (2) *S¢ xX INNVINSUYAAT ‘d (1) 4O

MT ‘OcUuP @ YsiayS ‘aapupr

SHOVANAddvV ATIVNASA

"Y4DID ‘N A ‘0004

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE FELLOWSHIP AND FEES.

Fellows pay an Admission Fee of £2 2s. The Annual Contribution is £1 1s.,

due on the first day of January in each year, and payable in advance; or a

Composition Fee of £15 15s. may be paid in lieu thereof, the whole payment for Life

Fellowship, including the Admission Fee, being £17 17s. Fellows residing per-

manently outside the United Kingdom pay no Admission Fee.

All Fees should be paid to the Treasurer, Mr. A. H. Jones, Shrublands, Eltham,

Kent, and not to the Secretaries.

Fellows desiring to pay their Annual Contribution through their bankers can

obtain an official form of banker’s order by applying to either the Treasurer or to the

Resident Librarian.

Fellows whose Contributions for the current year have been paid are entitled

to receive the publications of the Society free of charge. Further copies may be

purchased at reduced prices by applying to the Resident Librarian.

Forms of application for Fellowship and copies of the Bye-laws and List of

Fellows may be obtained from either of the Secretaries or from the Resident

Librarian.

MEETINGS AND EXHIBITIONS.

Intending exhibitors are required to signify their names and the nature of their

exhibits to the Chairman before the beginning of the meeting, in order that they

may be called upon from the chair. Descriptive notes of all exhibits should be

handed to the Secretaries at the same meeting for printing in the Proceedings. It

the epidiascope is required a week’s notice must be given; exhibits to be satis-

factorily focussed by this instrument must not exceed 7 ins. square.

Fellows resident abroad, or who are otherwise unable to attend, are reminded that

any specimens, notes, or observations they may send to the Secretaries will be

considered by the Council, with a view to exhibition or reading at the meetings

of the Society.

PAPERS AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Fellows desiring to communicate papers to tle Society must send the full titles of

such papers either to the Secretaries at the Society’s rooms, or to Commander

J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., Aorangi, Lonsdale-road, Summertown, Oxford, at

least fourteen days prior to the date of the meeting at which it is proposed that

such papers shall be read.

Authors proposing to illustrate their papers should communicate with the

Secretaries before the drawings are executed. The Council recommend that the size

of the work on plates should be limited to 6} ins. by 4 ins., and in no case will it be

allowed to exceed 64 ins, by 44 ins.

Attention is called to the Instructions to Authors issued with Part I of each

volume, which may also be obtained of the Resident Librarian. Inattention to

these regulations may involve an author in considerable expense.

CONTENTS OF PART I.

PAGE

I. On new or little-known a me GEORGE CHARLES inne

F.ZS8.. a

II. oe Painter fon the Bohionten yale “By. i J. Tarde FL. s.,

F.Z.S., F.E.S.,and G. Tarsor, F.E.S., with Gesenpee of a new Tineid

by J. HARTLEY Durrant, F.E. S. 65

III. On the Biology of Sphodromantis guttata (Mantidae). By C. ‘B. Wis

B.A., F.E.S., The John Innes Horticultural Institute, Merton, wae and

P. A. Bees, B.A., F.E.S., Trinity College, Cambridge... 86

IV. On Specific and Mimetic Relationships in the bene Heliconius, L. fees i.

Exrrincuam, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S. aa 101

Vy. A reply to Dr. Bitringham’s pene on the ee Bulioneus By. W. 7.

Kaye, F.ES. 149

VI Onthe Pairing of the Plebeiid Blue ‘Butterflies (Ly caeninae,t aie Plebeii),

By TA: asaya? M.D., F.Z,S. ae racy 9 ate:

Proceedings... oe Side one nt oe ve i-xlvili

MEETINGS

TO BE HELD IN THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS

1], CHANDos STREET, CAVENDISH SQuaRE, W.

Session 1916-1917.

1916.

Wednesday October ... a3 et ee aks ded 4

oe) ” . 18

a November BA ik Bae ae wis 1

3) 39 15

aS December sac sa ues noe sa5 6

1917.

January (ANNUAL MEETING) oa oe aE 17

MA February Er * : oa oe 7

The Chair will be taken at vie o'clock.

THE LIBRARY

is open to Fellows and their friends every day from 9 a.m. to

6 p.mn., except Saturdays, when it closes at 2 p.m. On the nights

of meeting it remains open until 10 p.m.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIELY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED,

BRUNSWICK STREET, STAMFORD STRERT, S.E,

PART II. DECEMBER 29, 10916.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

1916.

WITH TWELVE PLATES

LONDON :

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.

[Price 10s. Od.|

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

Founded, 1838. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885.

PATRON—HIS MAJESTY THE KING.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1916-1917.

THE Hon. N. C. Roruscuinp, M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.S. President.

T. A. CHAPMAN, M.D., F.Z.S.

C. J. GAHAN, M.A., D.Sc. Vice-Presidents.

CoMMANDER J. J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

AuBprerr Huen Jonus, 7'reasiurer.

CoMMANDrR JAMES J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.L.S.

THE Rey. GeorcE WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S.

Goren Coariues Cuampion, F.Z.8., A.L.S., Librarian.

’ b)

} Secretaries.

A. W. Bacor. EK. ERNEST GREEN, F.Z.S.

E. A. Burier, B.A., B.Sc. G. B. Lonestarr, M.A., M.D.

E. A. Cockayner, M.A., M.D. S. A. Nrave, M.A., B.Sc.

H. WILLOUGHBY ELLIS. H. Rownanp-Brown, M.A.

J.C. F. Fryer, M.A. A. E. Toner.

Groret Berney, VR. Hist.8., Resident Librarian.

Business and Publications Committee.

RoBeRT ADKIN. A. E. Grpss.

G. T. BetrHunE-BAKER. Rev. F. D. Morice.

JOHN HARTLEY DURRANT.

And the Executive Officers of the Council.

British National Committee on Entomological Nomenclature.

G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER. CuHas. O. WATERHOUSE.

Dr. C. J. GAHAN. Rev. GEORGE WHEELER.

Dr. K. JorDAn. JoHN HartLey Durrant, Secretary.

LL.” BaPRour:

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Some of the early volumes of the Society’s Transactions are out of print, but

those which are in stock can be obtained at reduced prices. Any single volume of

the present series, 1868-1887, is sold at 10s. to Fellows. No volume can be broken

to supply separate parts, but when odd parts are in stock they can be obtained at

the published price, less 25 94 to Fellows. Tur JouRNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is

bound up with the Transactions, but that for 1906 is sold separately, price 6s., to

Fellows 4s. 6d. The following is a price list of recently published parts of the

TRANSACTIONS—

1912.—Part J, £1 4s., to Fellows, 18s.; Part II, 14s. 6d., to Fellows, 10s. 9d. ;

Part III, £1 4s., to Fellows, 18s.; Part IV, 7s. 6d., to Fellows, 5s. 9d. ;

Part V, 5s., to Fellows, 3s. 9d.

1913.—Part I, 12s. 6d., to Fellows, 9s. 6d.; Part II, 13s. 6d., to Fellows, 10s. 3d. ;

Part III, 10s., to Fellows, 7s. 6d.; Part IV, 12s., to Fellows, 9s. ;

Part V, 5s., to Fellows, 3s. 9d.

1914.—Part I, £1 1s., to Fellows, 15s. 9d.; Part II, £1 4s., to Fellows, 18s. ;

Parts III, IV, £1 2s., to Fellows, 16s. 6d.; Part V, 10s., to Fellows, 7s. 6d.

1915.—Part I, 17s. 6d., to Fellows, 13s. 6d.; Part II, 11s., to Fellows,

8s. 3d.; Parts III, 1V, £2 14s., to Fellows, £2 0s. 6d.; Part V, 5s.,

to Fellows, 3s. 9d.

1916.—Part I, £1 18s., to Fellows, £1 8s. 6d.; Part II, 10s., to Fellows, 7s. 6d.

The following may be obtained separately :—

Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana,’ forming vol. iii. of the Third Series, published

price, £2 12s. ; to non-Fellows, £1 10s. ; to Fellows, £1.

Baly’s ‘Phytophaga Malayana,’ forming part of vol. iv. of the Third Series,

published price, 16s. ; to non-Fellows, 10s. ; to Fellows, 7s. 6d.

The 1893 CarALoGur oF THE Liprary, with Supplement to 1900, is published

at 10s. ; to Fellows, 7s. The Supplement only, 4s. 6d.; to Fellows, 3s.

tt OE A

Cae)

VII. On new and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae.

By Grorce CHARLES CHampron, F.Z.S

[Read June 7th, 1916.]

Puates LXITI, LXIV.

THE present paper, based upon material in the British

Museum, contains descriptions of various new genera allied

to Ictistygna, Diacalla, and Egestria, Pascoe. Five species

are added to the first-named genus and three to Ewrygenius,

Laferté, and the very numerous unidentified Macratriae in

the same collection are named or described. Specimens

captured by Mr. H. L. or H. E. Andrewes in India, by

Commander Walker in China and Australia, and by Mr.

G. E. Bryant in Australia, Borneo, Brazil, etce., have also

been examined, as well as a few interesting forms belong-

ing to the Oxford University Museum and some others

recently sent me by Mr. H. J. Carter of Sydney. Jctistygna

and the genera with closed anterior acetabula, 2. e. with

the cavities closed by the inward extension of the pro-

thoracic epimera, are retained for the present under

Lagriidae, though in other respects they are extremely

like Furygenius, Stereopalpus, and other Pedilids, all of

which have definitely open coxal cavities. Hgestria forms

a sort of connecting-lmk between the Lagriidae and

Pedilidae, as it has the inferior basal margin of the pro-

thorax extending inward behind the anterior coxae; but

the prothoracic epimera do not meet, and therefore the

cavities, it seems to me, must be regarded as open. ‘This

character, however, cannot be seen till the prothorax is

completely detached.

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES DESCRIBED.

LAGRODAE. PEDILIDAE.

Egestriomima (n. gen.), for Egestria albi- | LEgestrina (n. gen.) canescens, W. Australia.

lineata, Oarter, Australia, Macratriomima (n. gen.) lobigera, New

fulvipennis, Australia. Guinea.

Ictistygna macleayi, Queensland. Eurygenius villosus, Colombia.

a fasciata, Australia. pe arizonensis, Arizona,

a3 biformis, N.S. Wales. | scoparius, Nilgiri Hills.

a laticollis, Australia. Macratria wallacei, Waigiou.

4g tenuis, W. Australia. Ea giloloana, Gilolo.

Ictistygnina (n. gen.) filicornis, Brazil. | + leucozona, Borneo.

Diacallina (n. gen.) multiforis, W.Africa. albofasciata, Assam,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PaRT I. (DEC.) N

\orary FC. x

182 Mr. G. C. Champion on

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES DESCRIBED (continued).

PEDILIDAE. Macratria atricolor, Burma.

“f pumilio, Borneo.

Macratrialinita, Ceylon and ? Java. Es parvula, Philippine Is.

“4 dichroa, Bengal 1 erythrocephala, Victoria.

» punctigera, Borneo. ae macrophthalma, Queensland.

n flavipalpis, Philippine Is. e cartert, N.S. Wales.

oo flavicornis, Assam. a duboulayi, Champion Bay.

a dilaticollis, Perak and Penang. aa permagna, Natal.

AS cirrata, Perak. be rugulipennis, Mashonaland.

2 rubiginosa, Perak. A cordata, Natal.

= rufescens, Burma. oy ruficollis, Natal.

oO nilgirica, Nilgiri Hills. oe complanata, Colombia.

BS semperi, Philippine Is. " scabrida, Brazil.

a dentipes, Macassar and Celebes. A, Jissiceps, Colombia.

“ celebensis, Celebes. a egaensis, Amazons.

5 marginata, Perak. re truncata, Brazil.

aS setigera, Darjeeling. 7 crassimanus, Brazil.

¥ longipennis, Burma. ” frontalis, Amazons.

3 nigerrima, Burma.

LAGRIIDAE.

EGESTRIOMIMA, 0. gen.

Head oblong-subquadrate, abruptly constricted into a short neck

behind, the anterior portion short and obliquely narrowed, the

epistoma confused with the front; labrum prominent, transverse ;

eyes finely facetted, distant from one another and from the base of

the head, feebly sinuate in front, oblique as seen in profile; terminal

joint of maxillary palpi long, cultriform, that of the labial palpi

small, oval, obliquely truncate at tip; antennae slender, the ter-

minal joint not elongated; prothorax long, constricted into a short

neck in front, and transversely grooved within the basal margin;

scutellum triangular; elytra elongate, confusedly punctate; anterior

coxae large, conical, contiguous, the cavities rather broadly closed

behind by the inward extension of the prothoracic epimera; inter-

mediate coxae well separated; ventral segments 1-5 subequal in

length; legs long, rather slender; tibiae with short strong spurs;

penultimate tarsal joint bilobed, the claws long, simple; body

elongate, narrow, villose and setose.

Type, Egestria albilineata, Carter.

This genus includes an insect agreeing with the descrip-

tion of the species selected as the type and an allied form,

both Austrahan. J. albilineata superficially resembles the

type of Egestria, EF. taeniata, Pasc., from Queensland; but

the former has the anterior acetabula completely closed

behind, and it must therefore be transferred to Lagriidae.

The head, moreover, is longer than in any of the Pedilids

known to me, and the eyes are placed far from the base.

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 183

1. Egestriomima albilineata. (Plate LXITI, figs. 1, 3;

la, genital armature.)

Egestria albilineata, Carter, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxx,

p- 189 (1905).

Hab. New Soutn Wates (Mus. Brit.), Gosford [type

wm coll. Carter], Clarence River (ex coll. Pascoe).

A narrow, elongate, shining, bronze-black insect, with

the antennae in great part testaceous; thickly clothed

above with white or cinereous and_ blackish-brown,

adpressed, pubescence intermixed with long, erect, blackish

hairs, the white pubescence on the elytra condensed into a

narrow, sharply defined, sutural stripe and an oblique,

broader vitta extending from the shoulder to near the

apex, the broader stripes usually coalescent with the

sutural one posteriorly; the under surface closely set

with long, decumbent, white hairs; the legs villose. The

head is rounded at the sides posteriorly, and broadly

depressed in the middle anteriorly. The antennal joints

decrease a little in length towards the tip, 11 being about

as long as 10. The prothorax is arcuately dilated at the

sides before the middle and subcylindrical thence to the

base, the fine median groove being usually traceable.

The elytra are gradually narrowed from the base in dg,

and subparallel in 2; rather coarsely, confusedly punctate,

the interspaces closely, minutely punctulate. The fifth

ventral segment is emarginate at the apex in g, and the

penis-sheath is bisagittate (somewhat as in Eurygenius

arizonensis, Champ.), when viewed in profile.

2. Egestriomima fulvipennis, n. sp.

g. Elongate, narrow, shining, black, the antennae in part and

the elytra testaceous; thickly clothed above with long, adpressed,

fulvous pubescence, with longer, erect, bristly hairs intermixed, the

latter black on the head and prothorax and pallid on the elytra;

the long hairs on the under surface whitish, those on the legs in

great part fuscous. Head oblong-subquadrate, broadly depressed

in the middle anteriorly, with intermixed minute and larger punc-

tures; antennae slender [outer joints missing]. Prothorax narrower

than the head, elongate, subcylindrical, arcuately dilated at the

sides before the middle, punctured like the head, obsoletely canali-

culate on the disc. Elytra long, narrowed from the base; rather

coarsely, confusedly punctate, the interspaces minutely punctu-

184 Mr. G. C. Champion on

late. Fifth ventral segment emarginate. Penis-sheath bisagittate,

the upper portion strongly acuminate at the tip.

Length 7, breadth 2 mm.

Hab. AusTRALIA, Queensland border (Blackburn).

One male, sent me many years ago by Blackburn. Two

similarly-coloured examples—one in the Museum labelled

“Melbourne,” acquired in 1853, the other from Inverell,

N.S.W. (J. Stephen), recently received from Mr. Carter—

with the elytra subparallel in their basal half, are probably

females of the same species; but they have the fifth ventral

segment deeply excavate down the middle, a character

usually indicative of the male.

IctistyGna, Pascoe.*

Eurigeniomorphus, Pic, Le Naturaliste, 1897, p. 25.

This genus was based upon a single species, several others

being now known, all Australian, the sexes of some of them

being very different. Pascoe noted the closed anterior

coxal cavities, and for that reason referred Ictistygna to’

Lagriidae. The resemblance to the Pedilid genera Diacalla

and Kgestria is certainly very striking, and unless the

coxae are pushed forward it is scarcely possible to see

whether the acetabula are closed or open. The tibiae are

conspicuously denticulate or setulose externally in all the

species, this being especially noticeable on the intermediate

pair. The six before me may be tabulated thus :—

a. Tibiae denticulate externally; head and _ pro-

thorax more coarsely punctate.

a. Body black in ¢ (the elytra reddish-brown in

I. adusta, type), brown in 9.

a*, Head and prothorax more coarsely punctate.

a’. Legs red; elytra coarsely, rugosely punc-

tate; antennaelonging ... . . adusta, Pasce.

b3. Legs black; elytra coarsely, subcon-

fluently punctate; antennae shorter in 3;

[2-unknownl] 40 jo) 2 0 eee oe

b?. Head and prothorax finely punctate.

c*, Elytra fasciate, dull . . . . . . fasciaia, n. sp.

d, Elytra with suture infuscate, shining . biformis, n. sp.

macleayi, n.sp.

* Incorrectly placed by me as a synonym of Hurygenius, Laf.,

in Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii, p. 77 (1898).

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 185

a*. Body black, elytra in both sexes reddish

brown, the latter foveolato-punctate . laticollis n. sp.

b. Tibiae setulose externally; head and prothorax

densely, finely punctate; antennae slender;

body brown in both sexes . . . . . . tenwis, n. sp.

1. Ietistygna adusta. (Plate LXIII, fig. 2, 3, var.

rugosa, Pic.)

3. Ictistygna adusta, Pasc., Journ. Ent. ii, p. 492 (1866).

Q. Ictistygna vetula, Pasc., loc. cit.

3 2. Eurigeniomorphus rugosus, Pic, Le Naturaliste, 1897,

- 40.

¢ Egestria rubicunda, Macl., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) ii,

p- 323 (1888).

Var. 3. Elytra black with a slight brassy lustre.

Hab. New Soutnu Wates [types of Pascoe and Pic],

Sydney district, Manly, Richmond River, Illawarra,

Caramba, Springwood.

Pascoe’s types are the sexes of the same species, these

differing in colour, and in the shape of the elytra, as in

I. biformis. The males are sometimes almost wholly black

(the ferruginous legs excepted), as in Pic’s type of Z£.

rugosus, that of I. adusta and of another specimen sent

me by Mr. Carter having reddish-brown elytra as in the

female, which has the body entirely of that colour. The

-elytra are narrowed from the base in the male, and broader

and subparallel in the female. Pic’s description of the

tarsal claws is obviously due to an error of observation.*

The elytral sculpture is very coarse and subconfluent.

The fifth ventral segment is angularly produced and ciliate

in the middle at the apex, and the penis-sheath long and

slender in the male. The intermediate tibiae are curved

and coarsely denticulate externally in both sexes. The

four females from Richmond River are larger and duller

than the rest, and have a broader head and a longer third

joint to the antennae: they may belong to a different

species. The length varies from 63-13, and the breadth

from 2 ($)-4 (2) mm. FE. rubicunda, Macl., from Cairns

(length 34 lin.), may be a Q of J. adusta?

* The broad terminal tarsal joint mentioned by him must be the

lobed penultimate one,

186 Mr. G. C. Champion on

2. Ietistygna macleayi, n. sp.

6. Elongate, narrow, robust, shining, thickly clothed, the legs

included, with long, soft, erect cinereous hairs intermixed with

scattered decumbent pubescence; black, the elytra with a faint

brassy lustre, the antennae in part and the tips of the tarsi ferru-

ginous. Head transverse, moderately large, hollowed at the base,

densely, confluently punctate, the eyes large, distant, the head well

developed behind them; antennae slender, joints 2 and 4-8 suk-

equal in length, 3 more elongate [9-11 missing]. Prothorax trans-

versely globose, slightly wider than the head, the neck-like anterior

portion moderately long, the transverse basal groove deep; closely

impressed with shallow, rounded, umbilicate punctures. Elytra

long, narrowing from the base, somewhat produced at the tip;

closely impressed with longitudinally confluent, coarse, foveiform

punctures, the narrow interspaces almost smooth. Tibiae denticu-

late on their outer edge, the intermediate pair curved.

Length 6-7, breadth 12-2 mm.

Hab. QUEENSLAND (Mus. Brit. and ex coll. F. Bates).

Two males. About the same size as J. adusta ($), the

prothorax shaped much as in J. laticollis. The shorter

and more slender antennae, the more transverse prothorax,

the larger and less confluent foveiform punctures on the

elytra, and the black legs, separate I. macleayi from the

same sex of J. adusta. A longer and more robust insect

than I. biformis, with the upper surface more coarsely

sculptured. The elytra are relatively narrower at the

base than in J. laticollis; the punctures are a little smaller

- than in the latter, and here and there confluent as in ~

I. adusta. Egestria hirtipennis, Macl., from Russell River

(length 2 lin.), must be an allied form, but it can scarcely

be the female of the present species. The Moreton Bay

female provisionally referred to J. laticollis has larger and

less confluent punctures on the elytra.

3. letistygna faseiata, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, opaque, the elytra somewhat shining,

thickly clothed with adpressed pallid pubescence intermixed with

long, soft, erect, yellowish and brown hairs; black, the head in

front and at the sides rufous, the elytra reddish-brown, the apical

half nigro-piceous in 3, each with a patch near the suture just below

the base and a transverse post-median fascia (widening outwards and

not reaching the suture) fuscous in 9, the antennae (the extreme tip

excepted), palpi and legs testaceous or ferruginous, the femora in

’

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 187

great part nigro-piceous, the tibiae infuscate towards the apex in 3;

the head and prothorax densely, finely, the elytra coarsely, punc-

tate, the interspaces on the latter closely punctulate. Head sub-

quadrate, broadly extended on each side behind the eyes, the latter

prominent and rather large; antennae slender, moderately long,

joints 3-10 very gradually decreasing in length, 2 shorter than 3,

11 slightly longer than 10. Prothorax about as wide as the head

(with the eyes), transverse, rounded at the sides anteriorly and

rapidly narrowed to the transverse basal groove, the neck in front

narrow and sharply defined, the disc with an indication of a

smoother median line. Elytra moderately long, much wider than

the prothorax, narrowing from the base in ¢, subparallel in their

basal half in 9, transversely depressed below the base, the punctures

well separated. Legs rather short; tibiae denticulate externally.

Length 6-7, breadth 13-2, mm. (3 9.)

Hab. New Soutu Wates (ex coll. Pascoe: 3, type);

QUEENSLAND (ex H. J. Carter: 9).

Two specimens, the female received from Mr. Carter in

time to be included in this paper. This insect has the

general facies of a Clerid. It is the only known species

with fasciate elytra. J. fasciata is a little larger than

I. biformis, 2, and has the prothorax less narrowed

posteriorly, the eyes more prominent, and the elytra less

shining, with the puncturing more diffuse. The pro-

thoracic epimera do not quite meet along the median line,

nevertheless the cavities cannot be described as open.

4. Ietistygna biformis, n. sp. (Plate LXIII, figs. 3, 3; 4,2.)

6. Elongate, narrow, shining, clothed (the legs included) with

intermixed decumbent hairs and long, erect or laterally projecting,

bristly hairs; black with a greenish or aeneous lustre, the two

basal joints of the antennae testaceous. Head large, transverse,

densely punctate, transversely depressed in front, well developed

behind the eyes, the latter moderately large, distant, small as seen

from beneath; maxillary palpi long, stout, the terminal joint

securiform; antennae moderately long, slender, slightly tapering

outwards, joint 2 shorter than 3, 3-11 subequal in length. Pro-

thorax convex, transversely cordate, about as wide as the head,

and with a rather long, narrow, abrupt neck in front, densely

punctate, the basal groove conspicuous. Elytra moderately long,

narrowed from the base, transversely depressed on the dise anteriorly,

coarsely, closely, confusedly punctate. Beneath more shining,

sparsely, minutely punctate. Legs rather slender; tibiae irregu-

188 Mr. G. C. Champion on

larly denticulate externally; tarsi with the penultimate and ante-

penultimate joints widened.

©. Broader and larger, the elytra (the suture excepted), palpi,

legs, and about joints 1-4 of the antennae, reddish-brown or testa-

ceous; the eyes smaller; the elytra subparallel in their basal half.

Length 4-7, breadth 15-244 mm. (3 2.)

Hab. New Soutn Wates, Sydney, Botany, Mosman,

Illawarra, National Park.

Not uncommon in the Sydney district, in August,

September, and October, to judge from the numerous

specimens captured there by Mr. H. J. Carter, Commander

J. J. Walker, and Mr. G. E. Bryant. In the series in the

Museum there is a pair still “in copula,” and a male

received more than fifty years ago. This species is much

smaller than those named by Pascoe, and apparently un-

described. Egestria hirtipennis, and E. rubicunda, Macl.,

are of about the same size as I. biformis, and dark brown

in colour; but they could not be females of the present

insect, as they are each described as having an elongate

apical joint to the antennae.

5. letistygna hirtipennis.

Egestria hirtipennis, Macl., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) 1,

p. 322 (1888).

“‘ Very dark brown, subnitid, very roughly punctured and clothed

with soft, erect, cinereous hairs. Head square; eyes prominent;

labrum very short; antennae slender, last joint longer than the

others; maxillary palpi long, joints triangular with apical angles

inwards, last joint longer. Neck narrow, well defined. Thorax

transverse, rounded at anterior angles, truncate behind. LElytra

broader than thorax, more than three times its length. Base of

thighs, tibiae, tarsi, and palpi yellow. Length 2 lin.”

Hab. QUEENSLAND, Russell River, in the Cairns district.

Evidently an Ictistygna (2), to judge from the descrip-

tion, but apparently not represented in the material

before me. The specimens from Sydney (¢ 2) sent me by

Mr. H. J. Carter under the name £. hirtipennis are refer-

able to J. biformis. The much smaller size separates

E. hirtipennis from I. adusta.

6. Ietistygna laticollis, n. sp.

Elongate, robust, the elytra somewhat shining; clothed with

long, soft, erect, brownish and cinereous hairs intermixed with

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 189

scattered, short, decumbent pubescence, the legs thickly set with

intermixed long and shorter whitish hairs; black, the elytra brown

or reddish brown, the basal margin of the prothorax and the tibiae

and tarsi (in part) similarly coloured in 9, the mandibles rufous at

the base. Head transverse, large, broadly subtruncate at the base,

densely, confluently punctate, the eyes moderately large and some-

what prominent; antennae slender, joints 2 and 4 subequal in

length, 3 longer than those following, 11 Jonger than 10. Pro-

thorax comparatively short, transversely globose, fully as wide

as the head, strongly rounded at the sides, the tubulate anterior

portion narrow and rather long, the basal groove deep; closely

impressed with shallow, rounded umbilicate punctures. Elytra

long, rapidly narrowed from the base in 3, subparallel in 9, con-

jointly rounded at the apex, transversely depressed on the disc

anteriorly; closely impressed with rather large foveiform punctures

which are separate one from another, the narrow, irregularly raised

interspaces shining and almost smooth. ‘Tibiae strongly denticulate,

all more or less curved in Q, straighter in 3.

Length 73-11, breadth 2-3 mm. (¢ 9.)

Hab. New Soutu Watrs, Tweed River (W. W. Frog-

galt: 3, type), Richmond River (Mus. Brit.: 2); QUEENS-

LAND, Moreton Bay (Diggles, in Mus. Oxon. : ).

Described from two 63 and one 9 from N.S. Wales, the

Queensland example having testaceous antennae, but doubt-

less belonging to the same species. Near J. adusta, Pasc.,

but with a much broader and more transverse prothorax, a

larger head, larger eyes, shorter antennae, and less con-

fused, foveiform elytral punctuation. J. (Egestria) rubi-

cunda, Macl. (type, 2), from Cairns, must have a longer

prothorax.

7. Ietistygna tenuis, n. sp. (Plate LXIII, fig. 5, 3.)

Elongate, narrow (3), broader (2), dull, the elytra and under

surface shining; brown or ferruginous, the femora and tibiae in

part, and the head, prothorax, antennae, metasternum, and abdo-

men, often more or less infuscate; finely cinereo-pubescent, with

scattered, intermixed, long, erect, soft hairs, the cinereous pubes-

cence condensed into a narrow median vitta on the prothorax; head

and prothorax densely, finely, the elytra coarsely and irregularly,

punctate. Head about as wide as the prothorax, well developed

behind the moderately large eyes, rounded at the sides posteriorly ;

antennae very slender, subfiliform, joints 4~10 slightly decreasing

in length, 2 shorter than 3, 3 and 4 subequal, 11 scarcely longer

190 Mr. G. C. Champion on

than 10. Prothorax convex, transversely cordate, deeply grooved

at the base, narrowly and sharply tubulate in front. Elytra long,

narrowed from the base in 3, subparallel in 9, depressed on the disc

anteriorly, the punctures confusedly arranged and separate one

from another. Beneath, minutely punctate; fifth ventral segment

emarginate, and the penis-sheath narrow and acuminate, in gj. Legs

long, slender, the tibiae setulose externally.

Length 43-9, breadth 15-23 mm. (dg 2.)

Hab. W. Avustratia (Mus. Brit.), Champion Bay

(Duboulay), Swan River (ex coll. F. Bates), 8. Perth

(H. J. Carter), Fremantle (J. J. Walker: vi. ’01).

A long series, including two specimens received by the

Museum in 1844. The description is mainly taken from

the numerous examples captured by Commander Walker

in 1901. It is separable from all the allied forms by the

very fine, dense puncturing of the head and prothorax,

its elongate, narrow shape, and the comparatively slender

limbs. The apical joint of the antennae is not elongated

in either sex, the antennae themselves being very slender

and subfiliform. It is somewhat remarkable that the

species has remained so long undescribed.

IcTISTYGNINA, n. gen.

Head with an abrupt narrow neck; eyes in ¢ extremely large,

occupying the whole of the sides of the head, in 9 much smaller,

feebly sinuate in front; mandibles unemarginate at tip; maxillary

palpi long, narrow, joint 4 elongate, cultriform, as long as 2;

antennae filiform, very long in both sexes, joint 2 extremely short;

prothorax transversely cordate, immarginate laterally, narrowly,

abruptly tubulate in front, deeply grooved within the basal margin;

elytra long, subparallel, confusedly punctate, the epipleura very

narrow, incomplete; anterior coxae large, conical, contiguous, the

cavities narrowly closed behind by the inward extension of the pro-

thoracic epimera; intermediate coxae separated anteriorly by an

extremely narrow laminiform process, the posterior pair also

narrowly separated; ventral segments 2-5 subequal in length;

legs long, rather slender; tibiae asperate, the spurs short; tarsi

with the penultimate joint broadly lobed, the claws rather small,

widened at base; body elongate, villose.

Type, I. filicornis.

The type of this genus, from Brazil, may be described

as a Pediliform Lagriid, the narrowly closed anterior coxal

ALL LLL LO

New and little-known Lagriudae and Pedilidae. 191

cavities bringing it into the family Lagridae, as at present

defined in our text-books. The extremely elongate

antennae, large eyes, and general facies are suggestive of

the Oedemerid genus Calopus. The difference in the size

of the eyes in the two sexes is somewhat remarkable, as

is also the very small second joint to the unusually elongate,

filiform antennae, these characters separating the present

genus from Ictistygna, Pasc., all the species of which are

Australian.

1. Ietistygnina filicornis, n. sp. (Plate LXIII, figs. 6, 3;

6a, antenna.)

Elongate, rather narrow, somewhat flatteried above, the head and

prothorax opaque, the rest of the surface shining, clothed with

intermixed decumbent pallid pubescence and long soft erect hairs;

obscure ferruginous, the elytra, palpi, antennae, and legs testaceous

or brownish-testaceous, the eyes black. Head narrowed behind

the eyes, densely scabroso-punctate; eyes coarsely facetted, nearly

reaching the base of the head and almost contiguous above in d,

much smaller and separated by fully half their own width as seen

from above in 2; antennae shortly pilose, slender, as long as the

body in 3, shorter in 9, joints 3-10 elongate, equal in length, 11

longer than 10 and constricted at about one-third from the tip.

Prothorax barely as wide as the head in g, along the median line

(with the narrow neck) about as long as broad, densely, finely,

scabroso-punctate, much rounded at the sides before the middle,

narrowed behind, the hind angles obtuse. Elytra long, much wider

than the prothorax, gradually narrowed from the base in 3, sub-

parallel in their basal half in 9, coarsely, closely punctate. Beneath

sparsely, finely punctate; fifth ventral segment deeply arcuato-

emarginate in 3.

Length 73-8}, breadth 1,%-2;5 mm. (3 2.)

Hab. Braziu, Rio de Janeiro (Fry: 3 2), Tejuca (J. Gray,

1857: 9).

Two males and two females, the latter now wanting a

portion of the antennae. J. filicornis superficially resembles

a large pallid example of Ictistygna tenwis, from W.

Australia, and it is similarly sculptured above; the pro-

thorax, too, is of the same shape, except that the narrow

basal portion is less dilated laterally in the American

insect. The Indian Pedilid here described under the name

Eurygenius brunneus is also not unlike J. filicornis, but the

latter has the anterior coxal cavities closed behind,

192 Mr. G. C. Champion on

DIACALLINA, N. gen.

Head moderately large, feebly developed behind the eyes, with

a stout, sharply defined, cylindrical neck, the epistoma confused

with the front; labrum short, broad; eyes very large, transverse,

subapproximate above, distant beneath, feebly sinuate in front;

mandibles bent inward from about the middle, stout, unemarginate

at tip; maxillary palpi stout, joints 2 and 3 triangular, 4 broad,

securiform; antennae slender, joint 11 constricted beyond the

middle and slightly elongated; prothorax subcordate, immarginate

laterally, margined at the base, constricted and tubulate in front;

elytra long, closely seriato-punctate, the epipleura narrow, com-

plete; prosternum not separated from the propleura; anterior

coxae large, conical, contiguous, the cavities closed behind by the

inward extension of the prothoracic epimera; intermediate coxae

almost contiguous; metasternum deeply sulcate from before the

middle to the apex; ventral segments subequal in length, the

intercoxal process narrow, lanciform; legs stout; tibiae asperate,

with strong spurs; tarsi with a broadly lobed penultimate joint,

the claws long, widened at the base ; body villose, coarsely sculptured.

Type, D. multiforis.

The W. African species forming the type of this genus

has the general facies of a Clerid. It is very like Diacalla,

type D. comata, Pasc., from Queensland; differmg from

that insect in the closed anterior coxal cavities, the very

large eyes, the stout maxillary palpi, the stronger tibial

spurs, the broadly lobed penultimate joint to the tarsi,

and the seriate arrangement of the closely packed foveiform

punctures on the elytra. The whole insect is strongly

villose. The roughened tibiae are suggestive of Ictistygna.

1. Diacallina multiforis, n. sp. (Plate LXIII, figs. 7, 3;

7a, antenna.)

Elongate, robust, rather convex, moderately shining; piceous or

reddish-brown, the prothorax, antennae, tibiae, tarsi, and meta-

sternum nigro-piceous or piceous, the femora ferruginous at the

base; sparsely clothed with long, decumbent, fulvous or cinereous

hairs, those on the head and prothorax still longer and erect, the

legs with numerous very long hairs intermixed. Head densely,

rugosely punctate, arcuately narrowed behind the eyes, the latter

extremely large in 3, a little smaller in 2, somewhat narrowly

separated; antennae moderately long, joint 2 shorter than 3,

3-10 long, obconic, subequal, 11 considerably longer than 10, con-

New and little-known Lagrudae and Pedilidae. 193

stricted at a little beyond the middle. Prothorax transversely

cordate, wider than the head in ¢, transversely depressed before

the basal groove, closely impressed with rather large, rounded,

umbilicate punctures. Elytra elongate, much wider than the

prothorax, subparallel in 9, gradually narrowed from the base in 3;

with closely packed rows of coarse, deep, foveiform punctures, the

narrow interstices shining and transversely confluent. Beneath

closely, the ventral segments more sparsely, punctate; fifth ventral

segment slightly emarginate in ¢; aedeagus broad, deeply

suleate above, produced into a narrow, dorsally thickened knob

at the tip. Tibiae coarsely asperate, the intermediate pair feebly

curved.

Length 9-12, breadth 2}-3 mm. (3 9.)

Hab. W. Arrica, Old Calabar (ex coll. Murray), Sierra

Leone (Mus. Brit.).

Five specimens, including two males, the examples from

Sierra Leone acquired by the Museum in 1867, all some-

what broken.

PEDILIDAE.

DIACALLA, Pascoe.

This genus, type D. comata, Pasc., was at first referred

to Lagriidae, and subsequently, on account of the widely

open anterior coxal cavities, transferred (in 1871) by the

author to Pedilidae. The diagnosis was made from a

single 9 example, and a 3 mentioned as possibly belonging

to the same species. Both sexes are represented in the

material before me, showing that Dzacalla is scarcely

distinguishable from Lgestria, except by general facies

(the entire upper surface being very coarsely punctate in

Diacalla), and by the form of the terminal joint of the

maxillary palpi—securiform in Diacalla, long and cultri-

form in Egestria—and the still longer apical joint of the

antennae in the male.

1. Diaealla comata. (Plate LXIUII, figs. 8, 3;

8a, antenna.)

Diacalla comata, Pasc., Journ. Ent. ii, p. 46, pl. 2, fig.

6 (@), (1863).

g. Antennae with joint 11 fully as long as 8-10 united, some-

what bent at the middle; elytra rapidly narrowed from the base.

Aedeagus thickened at the tip above.

194 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Hab. QuEENSLAND, Moreton Bay.

I have seen six specimens of this species: the type, a

similarly-coloured castaneous @ from “ Queensland,” and

four from Moreton Bay (¢ in Mus. Oxon., $9 in Mus.

Brit.), almost wholly black. The sexes differ like those

of Hgestria taenata, except that the apical joint of the

¢ antenna is much more elongate in D. comata. Pascoe’s

rough figure gives no idea of the very coarse puncturing

of the upper surface, the punctures on the head and pro-

thorax being rounded and umbilicate. The length varies

from 74-11 mm.

EGEstria, Pascoe.

The type of this genus is H. taeniata, the second species,

E. suturalis, Pasc., the two sexes of which are now known,

having the terminal joint of the antennae very little longer

than the tenth. Both have a long, cultriform apical joint

to the maxillary palpi, the only character separating them

from Diacalla, the supposed differences in the form of the

intercoxal process of the abdomen having no real existence.

E. hirticollis and rubicunda, Macl., as stated above, are

certainly referable to Jctistygna, Pasc., which has the

anterior coxal cavities closed behind by the inward exten-

sion of the prothoracic epimera; E. albilineata, Carter, and

E. sulcicollis, Blackb., are also here transferred to other

genera. In both species of Hgestria, but more distinctly

so in #. suturalis, the inferior basal margin of the pro-

thorax is seen to be complete, when the prothorax is

completely detached.

1. Egestria taeniata.

3 2. Egestria taeniata, Pase., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)

Vill, p. 358, pl. 14, fig. 9 (g) (1871).

Q. Egestria griseolineata, Fairm., Le Naturaliste, i, p. 70

(1879).

Egestria pallitibra, Fairm., loc. cit.

Hab. QUEENSLAND, Rockhampton, Peak Downs, Gawler.

A variable insect, the males averaging much smaller

than the females and having the elytra narrowed from

the base. The oblique stripe of pallid pubescence on each

elytron, which is usually confluent with the one on the

opposite wing-case before the apex, varies in development ;

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 195

and in a large nearly black female from Gawler (ex coll.

Pascoe) it is only just traceable. In a male sent me many

years ago by Blackburn the stripes are broad and separate

throughout. The median groove on the prothorax is

sometimes obsolete. The penis-sheath of the ¢ is dis-

tinctly angulate at some distance before the apex beneath,

showing an approach towards the sagittiform structure

observable in Hurygenius. The apical joint of the antennae

is considerably elongated, and constricted at the middle,

in both sexes.

2. Egestria suturalis. (Plate LXIII, fig. 9, 3.)

Q. Egestria suturalis, Pasc., loc. cit., p. 359.

Hab. N. AustRALia [type] and New Soutn WALEs.

Described from a single example, 2. There are two

males of it in the Museum, from the F. Bates collection,

labelled N.S. Wales, and Mr. Carter has recently sent me

another from the same locality. The apical joint of the

antennae is not elongated in this insect in either sex. The

penis-sheath of the gis more distinctly angulate beneath

than in the same sex of FH. taeniata.

EGESTRINA, N. gen.

Terminal joint of maxillary palpi oblong-subtriangular; antennae

short, the outer joints obconic, the apical one ovate; head broad,

well developed behind the widely separated, rather prominent eyes,

the latter subtruncate in front; prothorax oblong-cordate, con-

stricted at the middle, with a very short neck in front; elytra long,

confusedly punctate; legs moderately long; anterior coxal cavities

open behind; the other characters as in Lgestria, Pase.

Type, Egestria sulcicollis, Blackb.

If Egestria is to be retained as distinct from Dvacalla,

E. sulcicollis, and an allied form from Swan River, cannot

be included in the same genus, on account of the less

elongate apical joint of the maxillary palpi. This char-

acter also separates the two Australian insects from

Stereopalpus, Laf., the typical N.-American species of the

latter having a similar uniform vestiture. Hgestrina is not

unlike the Chilean genus Mitraelabrus, Sol.; but the latter

has a much longer head, a cultriform apical joint to the

maxillary palpi, a small penultimate joint to the tarsi, etc.

196 Mr. G. C. Champion on

1. Egestrina suleicollis. (Plate LXIV, fig. 10, 3.)

Egestria sulcicollis, Blackb., in Horn’s Exped. pt. 2, p. 281

(1896).

Hab. Centra AustRAtiA, Ayer’s Rock [type]; Wrst

AustRraALiA (Duboulay).

The type of this species is now in the British Museum,

which also possesses two similar examples (2) from W.

Australia. The specific name is misleading, the median

groove on the prothorax being only just traceable.

2. Egestrina canescens, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, rather broad, robust, shining (when denuded) ;

black, with a greenish lustre above, the basal joints of the antennae

in part and the anterior tarsi rufescent; thickly and uniformly

clothed with rather long, decumbent pubescence, which is flavo-

cinereous above and whitish on the under surface and legs, the

head and prothorax also with a few intermixed long, erect, fuscous

hairs; the head and prothorax densely, finely, the elytra more

coarsely, punctate. Head broad, the eyes moderately large; an-

tennae rather slender, about reaching the humeri, joint 3 much

longer than 2, 4-10 gradually becoming stouter, 11 ovate, a little

longer than 10. Prothorax as wide as the head, about as long as

broad, the sides rounded and somewhat dilated before the median

constriction, subparallel at the base, the basal groove narrow.

Elytra much wider than the prothorax, moderately long, subparallel

in their basal half. Legs rather stout.

Length 7, breadth 2mm. (2?)

Hab. W. AustraiA, Swan River (ez coll. Pascoe).

One specimen, somewhat imperfect. Broader and more

robust than F. sulcicollis, Blackb., the vestiture denser,

the elytra more closely and not so coarsely punctate, the

eyes larger, the femora and tibiae almost black. The

upper surface has a greenish lustre in H. canescens, instead

of cupreous or brassy as in #. sulcicollis. This is doubtless

one of the unnamed insects mentioned by Pascoe in 1871

in his remarks on Hgestria.

MACRATRIOMIMA, 0. gen.

Head small, flattened, truncate behind, and with a rather narrow,

short neck, the frontal suture distinct, the eyes small, widely separated,

distant from the base; terminal joint of maxillary palpi ovate, the

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 197

other joints narrow; antennae short, slender, the terminal joint

ovate; prothorax long, abruptly constricted at the middle, with a

very short neck in front; elytra long, confusedly punctate; anterior

coxal cavities open behind; tarsi about as long as the tibiae, the

penultimate joint short, lobed, not wider than the preceding, the

basal joint of the posterior pair about as long as 2-4 united, the

claws simple.

Type, WM. lobigera.

A single species from New Guinea forms the type of

this genus. It superficially resembles a Macratria, but is

more nearly related to Egestria and Egestrina. The com-

paratively small head, with rather narrow neck; the short,

slender antennae, with a slightly elongated, ovate apical

joint; the simple maxillary palpi, with ovate terminal

joint; the mesially constricted, long, convex prothorax,

with short neck in front ; and the peculiarly armed posterior

tibiae of the male, are its chief characters.

1. Macratriomima lobigera, n. sp. (Plate LXIV, fig. 11, 3.)

g- Elongate, rather convex, shining, thickly clothed (the legs

included) with long decumbent hairs, the head and prothorax also

with long, scattered, erect or projecting setae intermixed, those

behind the eyes very conspicuous, the hairs on the elytra brown,

the others cinereous; nigro-piceous with a slight brassy lustre,

the palpi, the basal half of the antennae, and the tarsi in part,

testaceous. Head closely, finely punctate, smoother in the middle

posteriorly; antennae about reaching the base of the prothorax,

joints 3-5 subequal, longer than those following, 2 a little shorter

than 3, 6-10 subtriangular, equal in length, 11 one-half longer than

10, ovate. Prothorax slightly wider than the head, the posterior

portion subparallel-sided and narrower than the transversely globose

anterior portion; densely, roughly punctate, finely but distinctly

canaliculate down the middle, and with a complete narrow basal

groove. Elytra somewhat convex, flattened on the disc anteriorly,

moderately elongate, rather broad, widest at the middle; closely,

coarsely, confusedly punctate, without trace of striae. Legs long,

the femora moderately clavate ; posterior tibiae bowed, broadly and

obliquely lobed at the base within, and also armed with a compressed

sharp tooth just below this. Penis-sheath stout, long, acuminate.

Length (excl. pygid.) 5, breadth 15 mm.

Hab. New Guinea (Sayer, ex coll. Sharp).

Described from a single male, remounted many years

ago for examination by Dr. Sharp. A second somewhat

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART II. (DEC.) 0

198 Mr. G. C. Champion on

crushed male from the same source, apparently not quite

mature, has the anterior and intermediate legs and the

base of the posterior femora testaceous, the elytra dark

brown, and the vestiture paler. These insects appear to

have been obtained by the expedition sent to New Guinea

by the Australian botanist Baron von Mueller in the early

“ eighties.”

EvuryGeEntivus, Laferté.

Species from America, EH. Africa, India, Madagascar, etc.,

have been referred to this genus, which doubtless now

requires revision. Casey restricted it, in 1895, to the type,

E. reichei, Laf., from Brazil, and placed the various N.-

American forms under three new generic names. Five

species from Central America were described by myself in

1890, one of which (#. uniforms) would doubtless be better

placed elsewhere. Two now added are closely related to

the type. One other, from the Nilgiri Hills, is provisionally

referred to the same genus.

1. Eurygenius villosus, n. sp.

dg. Elongate, depressed, moderately shining (when denuded),

clothed with scattered, adpressed, pallid hairs, which are condensed

into a few small spots on the elytra, and also thickly set (the legs

included) with Jong, soft, pallid, erect or projecting setae; reddish-

brown, the head, prothorax, and under surface a little darker, the

antennae (the infuscate joints 1 and 2 excepted) and legs ferruginous.

Head narrowed and feebly developed behind the eyes, densely, the

neck coarsely, punctate; eyes extremely large, slightly sinuate in

front, somewhat narrowly separated anteriorly; terminal joint of

maxillary palpi long, stout, securiform ; antennae slender, extending

to a little beyond the humeri, joint 1 long, 2 much shorter than 3,

3-11 moderately elongate, slightly decreasing in length. Prothorax

about as long as broad, barely as wide as the head, rounded at the

sides anteriorly and gradually narrowed posteriorly, densely punctate,

except along the narrow smooth median groove, the basal groove

placed very near the margin, the neck in front narrow. Elytra long,

much wider than the prothorax, depressed, closely, coarsely punctate

throughout, the punctures becoming a little larger and more oblong

towards the base.

Length 8, breadth 2} mm.

Hab. Cotomsta (ex coll. Fry).

One specimen. Very near the North Mexican £.

ttt A A LL

————$_— ———

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 199

horridus, Champ., 3, but with more approximate eyes, the

maxillary palpi stouter, and with a longer terminal joint,

the elytra shorter, more depressed, and more coarsely

punctate posteriorly; the vestiture a little sparser.* The

head and eyes are shaped much as in the Brazilian E.

reichei, Laf., as figured by its describer.

2. Eurygenius arizonensis, n. sp.

3. Elongate, depressed, moderately shining, clothed with rather

long, fine, decumbent, cinereous pubescence which is here and there

condensed into small patches on the elytra, the head and prothorax

with intermixed long, soft, erect hairs; piceous, the elytral epipleura

and tarsal claws, and sometimes the antennae and palpi in part,

testaceous. Head broad, densely punctate, feebly developed behind

the,eyes, the latter extremely large, slightly sinuate in front, and

separated by a little less than the width of one of them as seen

from above; antennae rather short, very slender, joint 2 obconie,

stouter than 3, 3-10 decreasing in length, 3 twice as long as 2, ll a

little longer than 10; terminal joint of maxillary palpi narrow, long,

subcultriform. Prothorax nearly as wide as the head, along the

median line about as long as broad, rounded at the sides anteriorly

and gradually narrowing thence to the base, the hind angles obtuse,

the collar sharply defined ; closely, confluently punctate, without trace

of median groove. Elytra moderately long, very gradually narrowed

from the base, coarsely, confusedly punctate. Fifth ventral segment

emarginate at the tip. Penis-sheath sagittiform at the tip beneath.

Tibial spurs short. Penultimate tarsal joint very small, triangular.

Length 53-7, breadth 14-2 mm.

Hab. Nortu America, Florence, Arizona (C. R. Bieder-

man : vil. 703).

Four males, sent me by Dr. Skinner in 1913, and sub-

sequently presented to the British Museum. Smaller and

less elongate than EL. mexicanus, Champ., the head much

less developed behind the eyes, the latter extremely large,

the antennae shorter, the palpi more slender, the elytra

more shining and not so closely punctate. The Guatemalan

E. crinitus has the head broader at the base than in the

present species and the prothorax canaliculate. LH. ari-

zonensis approaches Casey’s section Retocomus; but as the

* A smaller and narrower ¢ (now without antennae), from the

Bowring collection, labelled ‘‘ N. Hebrid.,”’ with the eyes less approxi-

mate and not so large, probably belongs to the same species : this

insect is almost certainly of American origin.

200 Mr. G. C. Champion on

latter is described as having prominent tempora, deeply

emarginate eves, a triangular apical joint to the maxillary

palpi, etc., the insect before me cannot be very nearly

related to any of the five species he placed under that name.

3. Eurygenius scoparius, n. sp. (Plate LXIV, figs. 12, 3;

12a, abdomen.)

Elongate, depressed, moderately shining, clothed with rather long,

fine, decumbent, cinereous pubescence, the head and prothorax with

intermixed longer erect hairs; reddish-brown or obscure ferruginous,

the femora, antennae, and tarsi usually paler, the eyes and the tips

of the mandibles black. Head narrowed and feebly developed

behind the eyes, rugosely punctate, the eyes very large, feebly

arcuato-emarginate in front, separated by about their own width

as seen from above; joint 4 of maxillary palpi oblong-subtriangular ;

antennae pilose, long, slender, joint 2 much shorter than 3, 3-11

long, subequal. Prothorax about as wide as the head, transversely

cordate, deeply grooved within the basal margin, the hind angles

obtuse, the short collar in front rounded anteriorly ; closely impressed

with small, rounded, umbilicate punctures, and sometimes with an

indication of a smooth median line. Elytra long, flattened, much

wider than the prothorax, subparallel, rounded at the tip, densely,

finely, confusedly punctate. Beneath closely, finely, the sides of

the metasternum coarsely, punctate ; abdomen in g with a broad,

oblong brush of long, decumbent fulvous hairs arising from before

the middle of the first ventral segment and extending down the

second segment to its hind margin. Tarsi with a broadly lobed

penultimate joint, the claws rather small.

Length 7-103, breadth 2-3;5 mm. (¢ 9.)

Hab. Invia, Nilgini Hills (Andrewes).

Six specimens, varying in size, including two males.

This species differs from Hurygenius, as figured by Laferté,

in having a broader penultimate joint to the tarsi and

smaller claws; nevertheless, it can remain under the same

genus for the present. The dense, fine punctuation of the

upper surface is suggestive of Scrapiia, and the g-ventral

brush is very like that of Hurypus and its allies. Sterz-

phodon (*) indicum, Pic, from Ramnad, is probably an

allied smaller form.

Macratria, Newman.

Fifty-four species of this genus are here enumerated or

described, thirty-nine being treated as new, and remarks

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 201

are made upon the additional material examined of some

of the known forms. A fresh description is given of such

species of which the identification is at all doubtful.*

The Central-American Macratriae (10) were dealt with by

me in 1890, and those of Japan (5) by G. Lewis in 1895.

From that date onwards about fifty species of the genus

have been named or described by Pic, in innumerable

scattered papers. Very few of these insects appear to

be represented in the collections before me. The genus

Macratria is a particularly difficult one to deal with, owing

to the great similarity of the species from widely distant

regions, and to the absence in most of them of external

sexual characters. In three, however, the anterior or

posterior tibiae are toothed or modified in the g, and the

prothorax in one of these is also deeply excavate on each

side on the anterior part of the disc in the same sex. A

few others have the apical joint of the g-antenna elongated,

as in Lagria. The greatly thickened basal joint of the

anterior tarsi (looking at first sight like a fractured portion

of the tibia), not necessarily a ¢-character, in some of the

Tropical American forms is noteworthy, and is doubtless

indicative of arboreal habits. The males dissected exhibit

remarkably specific distinctions in the genital armature ;

but no attempt has been made to examine these characters

generally, the material being much too scanty for the

purpose. A trifid apex to the pygidium in the 2 of one

species was noticed by me in 1890, and two others with

a somewhat similar structure are here recorded. M.

fulvipes, Pasc., described in 1860, still remains unique in

the Museum.

Oriental, Indo-Malayan, or Austro-Malayan Species.+

The numerous forms enumerated from these regions may

be grouped thus :—

a. Antennal joints 9-11 elongated: species larger,

upwards of 3 mm. in length.

a, Elytra with definite rows of punctures.

a, Body black, with metallic lustre. . . . Nos. I, 2.

* The (pinned) type of the genus, M. linearis, Newm., badly

figured by the author, is contained in the Museum, but I have not

ventured to examine it thoroughly.

+ Including New Guinea.

202 Mr. G. C. Champion on

b*. Body black, ace - antennae long and

REGU Ee 12 1S : No. 3.

c?. Body black, more or lee Sianaer sites

cinereo- or albo-fasciate, or with denser

pubescence in the post-basal depression*. Nos. 4-9.

d?. Body partly rufescent; elytra more or less

fasciate or maculate . . . Nos. 10-13.

*. Body black, shining; elytra not ronsulaie . Nos. 14-17.

y 2 Body piceous, brown, or ferruginous.

a*. Elytral interstices without setigerous

punctures.

a‘, Elytra unicolorous . . . Nos. 18-30.

b4. Elytra testaceous, with ati ake

head and prothorax narrow . . . No. 3l.

63. Elytral interstices with conspicuous seti-

gerous punctures. . . +, “No:.32:

b1. Elytra without definite rows of panchurees

body tblack: | ssa . Nos. 33-35.

b. Antennal joints 9-11 Sorter 10 tinrisvernen

species small, length not over 24 mm.; elytra

not.or feebly striate *.. < 4. = «@ 2 %° 2) )INos: d6;iaa:

1. Maeratria beccarii.

¢Macratria beccarv, Pic, Ann. Mus. Genova, xl, p. 597

(1900).

Elongate, moderately robust, shining, sparsely clothed with long,

adpressed, cinereous hairs; black, with a metallic blue lustre in

certain lights, the maxillary palpi (the infuscate apical joint excepted)

and mandibles, the antennal joints 1-6 or 7 (in one specimen, 9,

at the base only), and the tips of the tarsi, more or less testaceous,

the femora sometimes ferruginous at the base. Head a little longer

than broad, nearly or quite as wide as the prothorax, considerably

developed behind the moderately large eyes, rounded and emarginate

at the base, closely, minutely punctate; antennae long, slender,

with joints 9-11 stouter and greatly elongated, 3-8 decreasing in

length in 3, 9 about three times the length of 8, 11 slightly longer

than 10. Prothorax elongate, strongly attenuate anteriorly, not

compressed on the flanks posteriorly, closely, finely punctate, the

basal groove sharply defined. Elytra moderately long, much wider

than the prothorax, gradually narrowed from the base, flattened on

the disc; closely punctate, the punctures on the anterior half coarse,

* Except in WM. bicincta, Mars., var.

3/8

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 203

shallow, and arranged in regular rows, becoming fine towards the

apex, the narrow interspaces somewhat convex. Pygidium in 9 ( ?)

deeply notched at the tip and subearinate down the middle in front

of the emargination, that of g (?) subtruncate at the tip, simple.

Legs stout; basal joint of anterior tarsi much thickened in both

sexes.

Length 43-6 mm.

Hab. New Guinea, Korido, Geelvink Bay (Beccari:

type); Morty; Barcutan; GILoxo.

The above description is taken from six specimens in

the Museum, all probably collected by Wallace, including

a pair from Batchian, those with a truncated pygidium

assumed to be males. They differ from M. beccarii, accord-

ing to Pic’s diagnosis, in having much darker legs; but

as these limbs frequently vary in colour in the allied

species, no importance need to be attached to this char-

acter. His variety submetallica is said to be larger, and

to have a more robust, broader prothorax, and therefore

seems to be more nearly related to M. wallacei, from

Waigiou, which has joints 1-8 of the antennae much

stouter and almost wholly black, the prothorax rounded

and less attenuate in front, etc.

2. Macratria wallacei, n.sp. (Plate LXIV, fig. 13; 3;

antenna. )

Elongate, robust, shining, sparsely clothed with rather long»

adpressed, brownish-cinereous hairs; black, with a metallic bluish

lustre in certain lights, the legs nigro-piceous, the mandibles and

the maxillary palpi, and the basal joints of the antennae in part,

testaceous. Head as long as broad, much narrower than the pro-

thorax considerably developed behind the comparatively small eyes,

rounded at the sides posteriorly, and feebly emarginate at the base,

closely, minutely punctate; antennae rather long, comparatively

stout, joints 4-8 gradually widened, slightly longer than broad,

9-11 elongate and much thickened, together about the length of

3-8 united, 9 more than twice the length of 8, 11 very little longer

than 10. Prothorax convex, greatly developed, oblong-oval, not

compressed on the flanks posteriorly, rather coarsely, closely punc-

tate, the basal groove sharply defined. Elytra moderately long,

much wider than the prothorax, narrowed from the base, separately

rounded at the apex, flattened on the disc; rather sparsely punctate,

the punctures on the anterior half coarse, shallow, and arranged in

regular rows, becoming fine towards the apex, the narrow interstices

204 Mr. G. C. Champion on

somewhat convex. Pygidium feebly sinuate at the tip. Legs

stout; basal joint of anterior tarsi much thickened, that of the

posterior pair curved.

Length 62 mm. (3?)

Hab. Watciou (Wallace).

One specimen. A robust, submetallic, black insect, with

a narrow, basally emarginate head, rather small eyes, an

oblong, broad, non-constricted prothorax, peculiarly formed,

almost wholly black antennae, stout legs, and distinctly

striato-punctate, posteriorly narrowed elytra. M. beccarii,

v. submetallica, and M. loriae, Pic, from New Guinea, must

come near the present insect.

3. Macratria forticornis,

? Macratria forticornis, Pic, Le Naturaliste, 1897, p. 159.

Elongate, robust, broad, subopaque, thickly clothed with adpressed

brown hairs, the vestiture of the legs and under surface cinereous;

black, the two basai joints of the maxillary palpi testaceous, the

anterior and intermediate femora to near the apex, and the posterior

femora in front, testaceous or rufescent. Head about as long as

broad, much narrower than the prothorax, considerably developed

behind the comparatively small rounded eyes, subtruncate and feebly

emarginate at the base, closely, minutely punctate ; antennae setulose,

long, stout, widened and compressed from the third joint, joints

3-8 about as broad as long, 9-11 subequal and greatly elongated,

each about three times the length of 8; apical joint of the maxillary

palpi very long, cultriform. Prothorax oblong-oval, broad, not

compressed on the flanks posteriorly, densely scabroso-punctate and

obsoletely canaliculate, the basal groove well defined. Elytra long,

much wider than the prothorax, gradually narrowing from the base,

hollowed along the suture posteriorly; very densely scabroso-

punctulate, and also with rows of fine punctures to beyond the

middle, the interstices obsoletely costate externally. Pygidium

broad, trifid at the apex, and with a deep fovea on each side before

the tip, the foveae limited inwards by a short longitudinal ridge.

Legs stout.

Length [53-]6} mm. (2?)

Hab. New Guinea, Andai [type].

The example now described, from the Pascoe collection,

was probably found by Wallace, but the locality-label

attached to it is illegible. The insect agrees, however, so

— ———

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 205

nearly with Pic’s description of M. forticornis that there

can be little doubt as to its identification. M. wallacei,

from Waigiou, has a similarly shaped head and prothorax,

and black antennae, these organs being longer and broader

in the present species; M. forticornis, moreover, is a longer

and larger insect, with the upper surface densely sculptured

and subopaque, instead of shining and submetallic as in

M., wallacei.

4. Maeratria subguttata.

2. Macratria subguttata, Pasc., Journ. Ent. 1, p. 56 (1860).

6- Elongate, narrow, shining, rather sparsely clothed with long,

fine, adpressed, cinereous hairs, the elytra with a faint transverse

fascia of whitish hairs at some distance below the base; black, the

labrum, palpi, antennae (the infuscate joints 9-11 excepted), and

tarsi in part (joint 1 of the posterior pair excepted), testaceous, the

rest of the legs in great part piceous. Head rather large, rounded

posteriorly, without occipital groove, closely, minutely punctate,

with a narrow smooth space down the middle ; eyes very large, oval,

distant ; antennae very long, slender, joints 9-11 moderately thick-

ened, 9 and 10 subequal, each slightly longer than those preceding,

11 straight, nearly three times as long as 10. Prothorax narrower

than the head, convex, elongate-oval, obliquely compressed on the

flanks posteriorly, the basal groove deep; closely, finely punctate.

Elytra moderately long, considerably wider than the head, gradually

narrowing from the base, transversely depressed anteriorly ; closely,

finely punctate, finely striato-punctate to about the middle, the

submarginal stria nearly reaching the apex. Lateral lobes of

aedeagus long, parallel-sided, obtuse and undilated at tip. Legs

long, rather slender, the femora strongly clavate; joint 1 of the

anterior tarsi thickened and that of the posterior pair curved;

posterior tibiae simple.

Length 44 mm.

Hab. Batcutan (Wallace).

Pascoe’s diagnosis of this species is almost too brief

for the purposes of identification. The 3, now described

in detail, received by the Museum in 1862, is narrower

than the 9 type from the same island, and wants the faint

second whitish fascia on the elytra; the 2 also has shorter

antennae, with joint 11 not longer than 9 and 10 united.

The genitalia are partly extruded in the gy a pair of long,

straight, widely-separated processes being visible, these

partly covering two shorter curved appendages.

206 Mr. G. C. Champion on

5. Maeratria gestroi. (Plate LXIV, fig. 14, g, head in

profile. )

2 Macratria gestroi, Pic, Ann. Mus. Genova, xl, p. 598

(1900).

Elongate, narrow, very shining, rather sparsely clothed with fine,

adpressed, yellowish or cinereous hairs, the elytra with a denser

transverse fascia of white hairs at about the basal third (not reach-

ing the suture) and an evanescent patch of similar hairs on the

disc towards the apex, the prothorax also with some white hairs

at the base; black, the labrum, palpi, antennae (the more or less

infuscate apical three joints excepted), tarsi (joint 1 of the posterior

pair excepted), and in one specimen the anterior and intermediate

femora and pygidium also, testaceous. Head about as long as

broad, moderately large, rapidly narrowing behind the large eyes,

very sparsely minutely punctate, smooth down the middle, arcuately

(2) or subangularly (3) produced at the base, without trace of occi-

pital sulcus; antennae long, very slender, joints 9-11 thickened and

elongated in 3, 11 nearly as long as 9 and 10 united. Prothorax

a little narrower than, in the 2 about as broad as, the head, convex,

oblong-oval, attenuate in front, obliquely compressed on the flanks

posteriorly, the basal groove deep; sparsely, minutely punctate.

Elytra comparatively short, gradually narrowing from the base;

rather sparsely, finely punctate, the punctures coarser and seriately

arranged down the anterior half, the interstices feebly costate

externally. Lateral lobes of aedeagus long, widened outwards,

bifurcate at tip. Legs long, rather slender, the femora strongly

clavate; basal joint of anterior tarsi subcylindrical; posterior tibiae

slightly sinuate within in 3.

Length 443 mm. (3 2.)

Hab. New Gurnea (Wallace, in Mus. Oxon., $9, and

Mus. Brit., $), Dilo (Dr. Loria : type).

The three specimens obtained by Wallace seem to be

referable to M. gesiroi, Pic, or its var. obscuripes,* so far

as can be judged from the brief description. They are

smoother, more shining, and a little less elongate than

M. subguttata, Pasc., from Batchian; the head is more

rapidly narrowed behind the eyes, and more or less pro-

duced in the middle at the base, the basal portion being

subangular and polished in the male; the antennae are

less elongate; the prothorax is more sparsely and much

more finely punctate, etc.

* Nec M. obscuripes, Pic, Mélanges exot.-entom. iv, p. 12 (1912).

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 207

6. Maeratria giloloana, n. sp. (Plate LXIV, fig. 15, gy,

posterior leg.)

6: Elongate, rather narrow, very shining, sparsely clothed with

fine, adpressed, brownish and cinereous hairs, the elytra with a

faint whitish fascia on the disc below the base; black, the labrum,

mouth-parts, palpi, antennae (the infuscate terminal three joints

excepted), and tarsi in part, testaceous. Head as long as broad,

rapidly, arcuately narrowing behind the very large eyes, rounded

at the base, sparsely, finely punctate, smooth along the middle,

the occipital groove wanting; antennae long, slender, joints 9-11

slightly thickened, 9 and 10 not longer than those preceding, 11

nearly as long as 9 and 10 united. Prothorax convex, narrow,

elongate-oval, attenuate in front, obliquely compressed on the

flanks posteriorly, the basal groove deep; finely punctate. Elytra

moderately long, much wider than the prothorax, gradually narrow-

ing from the base ; finely punctate, and also rather coarsely striato-

punctate to near the apex, the interstices feebly costate externally.

Pygidium entire. Lateral lobes of aedeagus angularly dilated at

the apex within, truncate and feebly emarginate at the tip. Legs

very long; basal joint of anterior tarsi narrow, subcylindrical, that

of posterior pair much elongated; posterior tibiae subangularly

dilated before the middle within, and there bearing several long

projecting hairs.

Length 5 mm.

Hab. Gitoto (Wallace, in Mus. Oxon.).

One male, in good condition, acquired in 1868 by the

Hope Museum at Oxford. Larger and more elongate than

M. gestroi, with longer limbs, the head (g) differently

shaped, the eyes larger, the posterior tibiae subangularly

dilated before the middle and bearing several long pro-

jecting hairs. The lateral lobes of the aedeagus are very

similarly shaped in the two insects, and quite different from

those of M. subguttata, Pasc., the last-named species having

still longer antennae, with a more elongate apical joint, a

shorter head, more closely punctured upper surface, simple

posterior tibiae, etc.

7. Maeratria bicineta.

$. Macratria bicincta, Mars., Tijdschr. voor Ent, xxv,

p. 56 (1881).

Terminal joint of antennae in 3 about as long as 8-10, in ? not

longer than 9 and 10, united, 8 and 9 each elongate and equal in

208 Mr. G. C. Champion on

length in the two sexes; fifth ventral segment transversely depressed

in the middle at apex in ¢.

Var.? The elytral fasciae wanting-

Hab. Puttrerine Is., Luzon [type], Pulo Batu (Semper,

in Mus. Brit.).

Amongst the ten examples of this species in the Museum

(eight of which were obtained by Semper), there are three

males, also a pair from Luzon; the immaculate specimen

(2), also from Luzon, has shghtly longer elytra, the head

more rounded behind, and the occipital groove a little

deeper than in the rest. M. bicincta is a rather large,

robust form, with interruptedly albo- or flavo-bifasciate,

closely punctate, feebly striate elytra; a somewhat oval

head, with a short, shallow occipital groove behind; large

eyes; slender antennae, with joints 9-11 thickened and

11 greatly elongated in 3; a long, roughly sculptured pro-

thorax; stout legs, and a broad basal joint to the anterior

tarsi. The males are narrower than the females and have

the pygidium subtruncate at the tip; the femora and tibiae

vary in colour, as in several of the allied species. M.

pubescens, Pic, from Balabac Island, near Borneo, would

appear to have a still longer terminal joint to the antennae

Mm ¢.

8. Macratria leucozona, n. sp. (Plate LXIV, fig. 16, ¢.)

Moderately elongate, narrow, shining (when denuded); closely,

finely pubescent, the vestiture in great part fuscous, except along

the basal margin of the prothorax, on a common, broad, dense

post-basal fascia on the elytra, and on the greater part of the under

surface, where it is white or cinereous; black, the antennae, mouth-

parts, palpi, tarsi (joint 1 of the posterior pair excepted), and anterior

tibiae (except at the base), testaceous. Head rather small, convex,

obconic, very minutely, diffusely punctate, the occipital groove

short, deep, the eyes comparatively small, distant from the base;

maxillary palpi long, stout, the terminal joint large, cultriform;

antennae slender, joints 9-11 thickened, 9 and 10 each a little

longer than 8, 11 in § about as long as the two preceding united.

Prothorax convex, narrow, elongate-oval, attenuate in front, densely,

roughly punctate, the basal groove hidden by the fringe of white

hairs. Elytra moderately long, much wider than the head, gradually

narrowing from the base, closely, somewhat roughly punctate, and

also feebly punctato-striate on the anterior half of the disc, the

seriate punctures scarcely coarser than the others, the interstices

Pee =

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 209

almost flat. Femora moderately clavate. Basal joint of anterior

tarsi thickened, that of the posterior pair curved.

Length 3}4 mm. (3 9.)

Hab. Borneo, Mt. Matang, alt. 1000 feet, W. Sarawak

(G. EB. Bryant, xii. 713).

Seven specimens. An elegant little insect, shining black,

with testaceous antennae, palpi, and tarsi, the elytra with

a common, broad, post-basal, whitish fascia, the head

rather small, obconic, the eyes small, the antennae slender,

etc. The elytral sculpture is similar to that of M. nankinea,

Pic. M. griseosellata, Fairm., from Hué, M. biguttata, Pic,

from Sumatra, M. testaceicornis, Pic, from Celebes, and

M. birmanica, Pic, from Bhamo, appear to be somewhat

similarly maculate forms.

9. Macratria albofasciata, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, narrow, rather dull (till abraded), thickly

clothed with fine, brown, adpressed pubescence, the prothorax

with intermixed cinereous hairs at the base, the elytra with a trans-

verse cinereous fascia (not reaching the suture) at about the basal

third; black, the maxillary palpi (the infuscate apical joint ex-

cepted), mouth-parts, joints 1-8 of the antennae, and the apices of

the tarsi testaceous, the tip of the antennae rufescent. Head about

as long as broad, scarcely wider than the prothorax, subtruncate

and deeply excised at the base, densely, minutely punctate; eyes

moderately large, distant; antennae rather long, slender, joints

9-11 much longer and stouter than those preceding, 9 and 10 equal,

subtriangular, 1] nearly as long as the two preceding united. Pro-

thorax oblong-oval, obliquely compressed on the flanks posteriorly,

densely scabroso-punctulate, the basal groove deep. Elytra moder-

ately long, considerably wider than the head, subparallel in their

basal half, the transverse post-basal depression deep; densely, finely

punctate, and also with rows of fine punctures to beyond the middle.

Basal joint of anterior tarsi thickened, that of the posterior pair

curved.

Length 34 mm. (2?)

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mts. (Doherty).

One specimen, in very fresh condition. Separable from

the insects here referred to M. gestroi, Pic, by the densely

punctulate, duller, closely pubescent surface, the shorter

antennae, the subtruncate, deeply notched base of the

head, the scabrous prothorax, the subparallel, finely

210 Mr. G. C. Champion on

striato-punctate, rectifasciate elytra, and the stouter basal

joint of the anterior tarsi, the tarsi themselves darker. -

The seriately-arranged punctures on the elytra are very

little coarser than those of the interstices.

10. Maeratria linita, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, narrow, rather depressed, shining, somewhat

sparsely clothed with adpressed greyish hairs; piceous or obscure

ferruginous, the head, the anterior portion of the prothorax, and an

elongate patch extending down the disc of each elytron from a little

below the base, more or less rufescent, the palpi, mouth-parts,

antennae, and legs (the posterior femora and tibiae in part excepted)

testaceous. Head rather broad, well-developed behind the moder-

ately large eyes, rounded at the sides posteriorly, and subtruncate

at the base, very minutely punctate, the occipital groove short;

antennae moderately long, slender, joints 9-11 elongated and

thickened, 11 nearly (2) or quite (J) as long as 9 and 10 united.

Prothorax oval, as wide as the head, rather convex, obliquely com-

pressed on the flanks posteriorly; densely scabroso-punctate, the

basal groove deep. Elytra moderately long, much wider than the

prothorax, subparallel; closely, finely punctulate and also with

rows of coarser punctures on the disc, the interstices scarcely raised.

Pygidium rounded at tip. Legs long; basal joint of anterior tarsi

much thickened, that of the posterior pair curved.

Length 3} mm.

Hab. CEYLon (Thwaites : type, 2) ;% Java (ex Bowring: 3g).

Two specimens, received in 1867 and 1863 respectively,

the “Javan” habitat requiring confirmation. Near M.

nankinea, Pic, differing from it in having an elongate

rufescent patch on the disc of each elytron, the terminal

three joints of the antennae longer, and the vestiture

uniform. M. limbata, Pic, from Sumatra, may be an

allied form ?

ll. Maeratria nankinea.

Macratria nankinea, Pic, L’Kchange, xxv,'p. 109 (1908):

Hab. Cutna, Nankin (Pic: type), Haining (J. J. Walker),

Shan-hai-kwan (Ff. M. Thomson), Shanghai (Mus. Brit.).

Found in numbers by Commander Walker at Haining.

A small Anthiciform insect, obscure ferruginous in colour,

the elytra nigro-piceous, with a transverse, rufous, post-

basal fascia; the posterior femora and tibiae (but not the

Bie

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 211

tarsi) in part black; the vestiture brownish, fine, and

close, that on the metasternum and elytral fascia cinereous

or white; the apical three joints of the antennae rather

stout, 9 and 10 a little longer than broad; the elytra shining,

transversely depressed below the base, somewhat roughly

punctulate, and also finely punctato-striate down the

anterior half of the disc. Length 3-4 mm. The type was

probably somewhat abraded. M. japonica, Harold, from

Japan, is an allied non-fasciate form.

12. Macratria fumosa.

? Macratria fumosa, Pasc., Journ. Ent. i, p. 56 (1860).

Macratria rubroapicata, Pic, L’ Kchange, xix, p. 120 (1993).

Hab. Inp1a, Dacca.

The insect from Dacca in the Pascoe collection, supposed

to be the type of M. fumosa,* is very like M. nankinea,

Pic, from which it differs in having the elytra rufescent at

the apex, and much more distinctly punctato-striate, the

prothorax more dilated anteriorly, and the occipital groove

deeper. Pascoe, however, says nothing about the broad

black elytral fascia, but his description agrees in other

respects. The length given is 24 ln.

13. Maeratria dichroa, n. sp.

Elongate, narrow, shining, clothed with rather long, decumbent,

whitish hairs, which are uniseriately arranged down each of the

elytral interstices; rufous, the head in the middle above, the eyes,

a very broad post-median fascia on the elytra (extending forwards

along the suture and outer margin to the base), the posterior

femora and tibiae (the knees excepted), and the abdomen in part,

black or piceous, the mouth-parts, palpi, antennae (the infuscate

joints 9-11 excepted), anterior and intermediate legs, and posterior

tarsi testaceous. Head transverse, well developed behind the

moderately large eyes, subtruncate at the base, minutely punctate,

the occipital groove short ; antennae rather short, slender, joints

9-11 thickened, 9 and 10 about as broad as long. Prothorax

convex, longer than broad, oval, a little wider than the head,

slightly dilated on each side at the base behind the transverse

groove ; scabroso-punctate. Elytra moderately long, rather narrow,

wider than the prothorax, subparallel in their basal half; conspicu-

ously striato-punctate, the interstices faintly costate externally

* It bears the MS. name adams? in his handwriting.

212 Mr. G. C. Champion on

and closely punctulate. Legs rather short, stout, the femora

strongly clavate.

Length 3} mm. (3?)

Hab. BENGAL, Sarda (fF. W. Champion).

One specimen, in very fresh condition, recently received

from one of my sons resident in India. Very like the

insect assumed to be the type of MW. fumosa (= rubro-

apicata, Pic), and similarly coloured; but much smaller,

less robust, and more shining, the head, antennae, and

prothorax shorter, the prothorax more rounded (less

compressed) at the sides anteriorly, the elytra without

a dense patch of white hairs on the disc below the base

(conspicuous in the Dacca insect, but not mentioned by

Pascoe), the tibial spurs smaller. Compared with J.

linita, from Ceylon, the present species has much shorter

antennae, a more transverse, darker head, a wholly red

prothorax, and differently coloured elytra.

14. Maeratria pallipes. (Plate LXIV, figs. 17, 3, prothorax

in profile; 17a, anterior leg, 3.)

? Macrarthrius pallipes, Motsch., Bull. Mose. xxxvi, 1,

p. 489 (1863) (nec Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888,

pp. 364, 365).

9. Very elongate, shining, clothed above with rather coarse,

decumbent, pale brownish hairs, with scattered, fine, erect hairs inter-

mixed, the under surface densely cinereo-pubescent; nigro-piceous,

the head obscurely rufescent, the palpi, mouth-parts, antennae, and

legs (a broad black patch towards the apex of the posterior femora,

and the infuscate basal joint of the posterior tarsi, excepted) tes-

taceous. Head rather small, as long as broad, considerably developed

behind the large eyes, rounded at the sides posteriorly, sparsely,

minutely punctate, the occipital groove deep; antennae slender,

joints 9-11 thickened, 9 and 10 not much longer than those pre-

ceding, 11 about one-half longer than 10. Prothorax a little wider

than the head, long, oval, strongly attenuate anteriorly, obliquely

compressed on the flanks posteriorly (the setose hind angles thus

appearing prominent), densely scabroso-punctate, the basal groove

complete. Elytra much wider than the head, long, subparallel ;

sparsely punctulate, and also somewhat coarsely punctato-striate

to near the apex, the interstices a little raised. Legs very long, the

femora strongly clavate.

g. Prothorax narrower, less rounded at the sides, rapidly narrowed

Te ae ee OE a Re ea oa

a am

. *

en en cet

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 213

from the middle forward, and with a very deep, long, oblique,

smooth furrow on each side of the disc anteriorly, the two grooves

extending upward and there separated by a narrow cariniform

backward prolongation of the apical portion of the pronotum;

anterior tibiae compressed and somewhat broadly widened, concave

beneath, sinuous within, and obliquely truncated at the tip; basal

joint of anterior tarsi much thickened.

Length (with head extended) 53-6, breadth 11-1} mm. (3 9.)

Hab. Ceyiton, Nuwara Elia [Nura Ellia] (type), Boga-

wantalawa, alt. 4900-5200 ft. (@. Lewis).

The above description is taken from two pairs captured

by Lewis. Motschulsky’s diagnosis would apply to the

Q, except that he gives the length as 2 lines only; but as

his type was from a not very distant locality, it may belong

to the same species? The structure of the ¢-prothorax

is remarkable, the very deep, oblique, smooth furrow on

each of the antero-lateral portions of the dise appearing

at first sight to be due to some injury. Fairmaire’s M.

pallvpes, Motsch. (1888), (M. tonkinea, Fairm. in litt.), from

Tonkin, cannot be the same species.

15. Maeratria punetigera, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, shining, sparsely clothed with rather long,

decumbent, brownish-cinereous hairs; black, the antennae, mouth-

parts, palpi, and tarsi (joint 1 of the posterior pair excepted) testaceous

or obscure testaceous, the knees reddish. Head large, broad,

rounded at the sides posteriorly, truncate and emarginate at the

base, sparsely, minutely punctate; eyes very large, rounded, some-

what prominent; antennae slender, joints 9-11 elongated and

thickened, 11 nearly as long as 9 and 10 united; maxillary palpi with

a moderately long, cultriform apical joint. Prothorax very little

longer than broad, convex, oval, narrower than the head, obliquely

compressed on the flanks posteriorly, rather sparsely punctate, the

basal groove deep. Elytra much wider than the head, moderately

long, very gradually narrowing from the base; rather coarsely

punctato-striate to near the apex, the apical portion closely punctate,

the interstices narrow, somewhat convex, and very sparsely punctu-

late, the interstitial puncturing becoming coarser and regularly

uniseriate at the sides. Pygidium rounded at tip. Femora moder-

ately clavate. Basal joint of anterior tarsi not very stout, that of

the posterior pair about half the length of the tibia.

Length 43 mm. (3?)

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART II. (DEC.) P

214 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Hab. Borneo, Retuh, Sarawak (G. #. Bryant: 17. v. 714).

One specimen. An isolated form, with a shining black,

sparsely pubescent body, slender, testaceous antennae, a

large, broad head, large, rounded, prominent eyes, a

comparatively short, ample prothorax, and rather coarsely,

conspicuously punctato-striate elytra, the outer interstices

of which are regularly uniseriate-punctate.

16. Maeratria flavipalpis, n. sp.

Elongate, narrow, shining, sparsely clothed with fine, adpressed,

cinereous hairs; black, the palpi, mouth-parts, antennae, tarsi, and

anterior tibiae in part, testaceous, the rest of the legs infuscate, the

reddish knees excepted. Head about as long as broad, much

developed behind the comparatively small eyes, gradually arcuately

narrowed posteriorly, closely, finely punctate, subtruncate and feebly

emarginate at the base; antennae moderately long, slender, joints

9-11 elongated and stouter than those preceding, 11 a little longer

than 10; joints 2 and 3 of the maxillary palpi very broad, 4 elongate,

stout, cultriform. Prothorax narrow, elongate-oval, attenuate in

front, feebly, obliquely compressed on the flanks posteriorly, the

basal groove sharply defined; closely, rather coarsely punctate.

Elytra much wider than the prothorax, moderately long, sub-

parallel in their basal half; closely, finely punctate, and also with

rows of coarser punctures to near the apex, the interstices finely

subcostate externally. Legs rather stout, the femora strongly

clavate, the basal joint of the anterior tarsi thickened.

Length 42 mm. (¢ 2?)

Hab. Puitiertne Is., Mindanao, Isabela (Semper).

Two specimens. Separable from M. bicincta and M.

sempert, apart from colour differences, by the smaller, less

elongate eyes, the relatively broader basal portion of the

head, the shorter apical joint of the antennae, etc. Com-

pared with the more nearly allied M. flavicornis, from

Assam, the present species is less robust, and has a more

coarsely punctate, less attenuate head, a longer and stouter

apical joint to the maxillary palpi, a narrower, less densely

punctate prothorax, and narrower, more finely punctured

elytra.

17. Maeratria flavicornis, n. sp.

Elongate, moderately robust, shining, sparsely clothed with fine,

adpressed, brownish-cinereous hairs, the vestiture of the under

surface cinereous; black, the mouth-parts, antennae, anterior tarsi,

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 215

the tips of the other tarsi, and the anterior tibiae at the apex, flavo-

testaceous, the knees rufescent. Head rather small, as long as

broad, convex, rapidly narrowed behind the moderately large eyes,

sparsely, minutely punctate, with a short, deep occipital groove;

terminal joint of the maxillary palpi comparatively short, securi-

form; antennae very slender, rather short, joints 9-11 thickened,

11 about as long as 9 and 10 united, the latter elongate-triangular.

Prothorax oblong-oval, convex, attenuate in front, slightly wider

than the head, feebly, obliquely compressed on the flanks posteriorly,

densely, roughly punctate, the basal groove deep. Elytra moderately

long, much wider than the prothorax, very gradually narrowed from

the base, closely, finely punctate, conspicuously striato-punctate

to near the apex, the interstices subcostate externally. Legs rather

stout; basal joint of anterior tarsi much thickened, that of the

posterior pair arcuate.

Length 5mm. (2?)

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mts. (Doherty).

One specimen. Very lke M. ngerrima, differing from

it in the much smoother, shorter head, the larger eyes, the

flavo-testaceous, shorter, very slender antennae, with the

last three joints thickened, the shorter, pallid maxillary

palpi, the conspicuously striate elytra, the pallid anterior

tarsi, etc.

18. Maecratria major.

? Macratria major, Pic, Le Naturaliste, 1897, p. 182.

6: Very elongate, robust, rather narrow, subopaque (till denuded),

the head shining, thickly clothed with adpressed yellowish hairs, the

head and antennae with scattered, erect or projecting, bristly hairs,

the hind angles of the prothorax with a single long seta; brown or

reddish brown, the head and the apex of the elytra rufescent, the

antennae, palpi, mouth-parts, and legs (the posterior pair in part

excepted) testaceous. Head long, obconic, at the base very little

wider than the neck, deeply sulcate down the middle posteriorly,

with a few minute widely scattered punctures (appearing almost

smooth when denuded); eyes very large, separated by about half

their own width; antennae very slender, long, joints 9-11 slightly

thickened, 11 nearly as long as 9 and 10 united, the latter scarcely

longer than 8. Prothorax very long, oval, about as wide as the

head, flattened on the disc, attenuate anteriorly, obliquely com-

pressed on the flanks posteriorly (appearing dilated at the base),

densely granulato-punctate, the basal groove deep. Elytra moder-

ately elongate, wider than the prothorax, very slightly narrowed

216 Mr. G. C. Champion on

towards the apex; densely, minutely punctate, and also finely

punctato-striate to near the apex, the interstices faintly raised

externally. Pygidium emarginate at tip. Legs long, stout; basal

joint of anterior tarsi nearly as broad as the tibiae.

Length 63 mm.

Hab. Borneo (Wallace).

Three males found by Wallace are possibly referable to

M. major, Pic, from N. Borneo; but there are various

discrepancies in the description (“‘ stries presque nulles,”

etc.), and the length is given as 5-7 mm. The species is

recognisable by the long, obconic, sharply sulcate basal

portion of the head, the very slender antennae (the outer

joints included), the very long, oval, rough prothorax, the

finely punctato-striate elytra, etc. It is of about the same

size as M. robusta, cirrata, and dilaticollis. The structure

of the head is remarkable. In the Museum there is also

a specimen from Java (now without a head) that may

belong to the same species ?

19. Maeratria dilaticollis, n. sp. (Plate LXIV, fig. 18, 3.)

Elongate, robust, rather broad, dull (till denuded), the head

shining, thickly clothed with long, adpressed, greyish hairs, the

head and antennae with scattered, erect or projecting, bristly hairs ;

reddish-brown or brown, the metasternum darker, the head rufous,

the antennae, mouth-parts, palpi, and legs testaceous, the posterior

pair in great part, and the extreme bases of the tibiae of the other

pairs, more or less infuscate. Head rather large, rounded at the

sides posteriorly, subtruncate at the base, sparsely, minutely

punctate, the occipital groove deep, short, the eyes very large;

antennae long, slender, joints 9-11 elongated and thickened, 11 one-

half longer and much stouter than 10, strongly acuminate. Pro-

thorax broader than the head, somewhat flattened on the disc, oval,

much narrowed in front and behind, densely, roughly granulato-

punctate, the basal groove complete. Elytra very little wider

than the prothorax, long, perceptibly narrowing from the base,

closely scabroso-punctate, and also finely punctato-striate to near

the apex, the interstices obsoletely costate externally. Pygidium

emarginate at tipin g. Legs long, stout, the femora strongly clavate ;

basal joint of anterior tarsi much thickened.

Length 6-64 mm. (4 9.)

Hab. Perak (Doherty: 3, type); PEenane (G. E. Bryant,

Oop clly eallea a cea)

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 217

Three males and one female. A long, robustly-built,

brown insect, with a red head and testaceous limbs (the

posterior legs excepted), the prothorax greatly developed,

much rounded at the sides, roughly sculptured, and flat-

tened on the disc (so as to appear obsoletely margined

laterally), the apical joint of the antennae unusually stout,

the eyes very large, the elytra long, finely punctato-striate.

This insect is as large as M. robusta, Motsch., from Ceylon ;

but it is more elongate, the elytra are more finely punctate

and more distinctly striate, ete. M. amplithoraz, Pic,

from Banguey, may be an allied smaller form.

20. Maeratria cirrata, n. sp. (Plate LXIV, fig. 19, 3,

head, in profile.)

g. Elongate, robust, rather narrow, moderately shining (when

denuded), thickly clothed with long, adpressed, brownish hairs, the

basal portion of the head with long, fine, projecting setae and a

matted tuft of curled fulvous hairs in the centre; reddish-brown, the

metasternum darker, the head rufescent, the palpi, mouth-parts,

antennae, and legs (a blackish patch on the posterior femora, and the

infuscate posterior tibiae and first tarsal joint, excepted) testaceous.

Head long, rather narrow, considerably developed behind the eyes,

rounded at the sides posteriorly, very sparsely punctate; occipital

groove deep, abruptly limited anteriorly, and interrupted by a

transverse, lamelliform prominence, which is partly hidden by the

tuft of matted fulvous hairs; eyes extremely large, oval, separated

by less than half their own width; antennae somewhat closely set

with elongate, projecting, bristly hairs, very slender, moderately

long, joint 9 not longer, and very little stouter, than 8 [10 and 11

missing]. Prothorax elongate-oval, slightly broader than the head,

flattened and subsulcate on the disc, obliquely compressed on the

flanks posteriorly, closely, roughly punctate, the basal groove deep.

Elytra elongate, parallel, a little wider than the prothorax; densely

scabroso-punctate, and also finely punctato-striate to near the apex,

the interstices slightly raised externally. Pygidium feebly emar-

ginate at tip. Legs long, stout; basal joint of anterior tarsi much

thickened.

Length 6} mm.

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

One male. Narrower than M. dilaticollis; the pro-

thorax oblong, shallowly sulcate to near the apex, and

with the sides feebly rounded; the head much longer, and

218 Mr. G. C. Champion on

with the occipital groove interrupted in 3 by a transverse

prominence, which is almost hidden by a tuft of fulvous

hairs; the antennae more hirsute and very slender, the

terminal joints (apparently) scarcely stouter; the eyes

longer and more approximate; the elytra parallel.

21. Macratria rubiginosa, n. sp.

Very elongate, robust, shining, sparsely clothed with long, ad-

pressed, fulvous hairs, the head and prothorax with a few inter-

mixed, erect, bristly hairs; uniformly ferruginous or obscure ferru-

ginous, the tarsi paler. Head rather long, obconic, at the base much

wider than the neck, deeply suleate down the middle posteriorly,

very sparsely, finely, the inter-ocular space more closely, punctate ;

eyes very large, separated by about their own width; antennae

long, rather stout, joints 9-11 thickened and elongated, 11 in 3

fully as long as 9 and 10 united, in Q slightly shorter. Prothorax a

little wider than the head, ovate, flattened and obsoletely canaliculate

on the disc, obliquely compressed on the flanks posteriorly (appear-

ing dilated at the base), densely granulato-punctate, the basal

groove deep. Elytra long, rather broad, subparallel (2) or very

gradually narrowing from the base (3); sparsely punctulate, and

also finely punctato-striate to near the apex, the interstices feebly

raised externally. Legs long, stout; basal joint of anterior tarsi

much thickened.

Length 53-64 mm. (3 9.)

Hab. PeraK (Doherty).

Four specimens. A large, robust, shining, sparsely

pubescent, ferruginous insect, with an obconic, basally

sulcate head, rather stout antennae, an ovate, roughly

punctate, obsoletely canaliculate prothorax, and sparsely

punctulate, punctato-striate elytra. Compared with the

species here identified as MZ. major, Pic, the head and

prothorax are shorter, the head is less narrowed posteriorly,

the antennae are stouter, the elytral interstices are much

smoother, and the vestiture is not nearly so abundant.

22. Maeratria rufescens, n. sp.

Elongate, rather narrow, shining, sparsely clothed with long,

adpressed, fulvous hairs, the head and prothorax with a few inter-

mixed, erect, bristly hairs; obscure ferruginous or brown, the legs

and antennae ferruginous. Head rather long, rounded at the sides

posteriorly, sparsely, finely punctate, the occipital groove broad,

deep, the eyes very large, distant; antennae long, moderately

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 219

slender, joints 9-11 elongated and thickened, 11 nearly as long as 9

and 10 united. Prothorax oval, about as wide as the head, obliquely

compressed on the flanks posteriorly, the basal groove deep; densely,

roughly punctate, obsoletely canaliculate towards the base. Elytra

long, wider than the prothorax, subparallel; finely punctulate, and

also rather coarsely punctato-striate to near the apex, the narrow

interstices subcostate. Legs long; basal joint of anterior tarsi

much thickened.

Length 43-6 mm.

Hab. Burma, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Three specimens, probably including the two sexes.

Narrower than M. rubiginosa, from Perak; the head

rounded at the sides posteriorly, wider at the base, and with

a much broader occipital groove; the elytra more coarsely

punctato-striate, with narrower and more raised interstices.

23. Maeratria nilgirica, n. sp.

Very elongate, narrow, somewhat depressed, shining, thickly

clothed with fine, adpressed, brownish or cinereous pubescence;

obscure ferruginous or reddish-brown, the head rufescent, the pro-

thorax and metasternum sometimes infuscate, the palpi, antennae,

and legs testaceous, the femora and tibiae sometimes reddish, the

posterior tibiae and first tarsal joint more or less infuscate, the

posterior femora often nigro-maculate on their inner face. Head

oblong, considerably developed behind the moderately large eyes,

rounded at the sides posteriorly, closely, minutely punctate, the

occipital groove short, deep; antennae long, slender, joints 9-11

thickened, 9 and 10 moderately elongated, together in Q about as

long as 11, the latter in ¢ three times as long as 10. Prothorax

elongate-oval, attenuate in front, feebly, obliquely compressed on the

flanks posteriorly, densely scabroso-punctate, the basal groove com-

plete. Elytra long, much wider than the prothorax, subparallel

in their basal half; closely, minutely punctate, and also finely

punctato-striate to near the apex, the interstices obsoletely costate

externally. Legs long; basal joint of anterior tarsi much thickened

in both sexes.

Length 43-54 mm. (4 2.)

Hab. Iota, Nilgiri Hills (H. L. Andrewes).

Nine specimens, all females but two, three with the

posterior femora nigro-maculate. A very elongate, narrow,

somewhat depressed, finely pubescent, reddish-brown or

ferruginous insect, with the head oblong and considerably

developed behind the eyes, the elytra subparallel and finely

220 Mr. G. C. Champion on

sculptured, the antennae entirely testaceous, with the

apical joint much longer in g than in 2. The eyes are

smaller and the elytra longer than in the somewhat similar

M. dentipes from Macassar, etc. Two of Mr. Andrewes’

Indian Macratriae were described by Fairmaire in 1896,

both from Belgaum, and both unique, but they cannot be

very nearly related to M. nilgirica.

24. Macratria neoguineensis.

2 Macratria rubriceps, var.? neoguineensis, Pic, Ann. Mus.

Genova, xl, p. 601 (1900).

Elongate, robust, dull, the head shining, densely clothed with

fine, adpressed, brownish-cinereous pubescence, that on the elytra

partly concealing the sculpture; piceous, the head, the prothorax

indeterminately in front, and the metasternum in part, rufescent,

the labrum, palpi, antennae (the three or four infuscate outer joints

excepted), and legs (the slightly infuscate tibiae and basal joint of

the posterior pair excepted), testaceous or flavo-testaceous. Head

large, broad, rounded at the sides behind, subtruncate and very

feebly notched in the centre at the base, densely, minutely punctate ;

eyes very large, distant; antennae long, slender, joints 9-11 thickened

and greatly elongated, 9 and 10 equal, 11 much longer than 10.

Prothorax oblong-oval, about as wide as the head, obliquely com-

pressed on the flanks posteriorly, the basal groove almost obsolete

in the middle; very densely scabroso-punctate. Elytra moderately

long, much wider than the prothorax, gradually narrowing from the

base; very densely, minutely punctate, and also finely punctato-

striate to near. the apex, the interstices subcostate externally.

Pygidium entire. Legs stout; basal joint of anterior tarsi much

thickened.

Length 5mm. (¢ 2?)

Hab. New Guinea, Salwatty (Wallace), Ramoi (L. M.

d Albertis: type).

Two specimens from Salwatty, acquired by the British

Museum in 1862, are perhaps referable to the form named

as above by Pic, and doubtfully included by him under

M. rubriceps. They agree with M. fulvipes, Pasc., from

Macassar, in having very densely punctate, distinctly

striate, closely pubescent elytra, a rough prothorax, etc. ;

the head, however, in the present insect is larger, more

rounded at the sides posteriorly, broadly truncate behind,

and rufous in colour, and the elytra are less narrowed

posteriorly. MM. rubriceps is said to have the elytra

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 221

“modice punctatis,’ whatever that may mean? The

occipital ‘groove is short and shallow in the Salwatty

examples.

25. Macratria semperi, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, robust, rather narrow, the 9 broader, shining

(when denuded), somewhat thickly clothed with brownish pubes-

cence; nigro-piceous or piceous, the head rufescent, the palpi,

antennae, mouth-parts, and tarsi (the basal joint of the posterior

pair excepted) testaceous, the femora and tibiae more or less in-

fuscate in 3, those of the anterior and intermediate legs testaceous

in 9. Head large, about as wide as the prothorax, narrowly

extended behind the greatly developed oval eyes, arcuately narrowed

posteriorly, closely punctate, the occipital groove short and shallow;

maxillary palpi broad, joint 4 very stout; antennae long, slender,

joints 9-11 stouter and elongated, 11 nearly equalling 9 and 10

united. Prothorax ample, oblong-oval, feebly, obliquely compressed

on the flanks posteriorly, the basal groove conspicuous; densely,

somewhat roughly punctate. Elytra much wider than the pro-

thorax, comparatively short, subparallel in their basal half; closely,

finely punctate, and also closely punctato-striate to near the apex,

the interstices subcostate externally. Pygidium slightly emarginate

at tip in g. Legs stout, the basal joint of the anterior and inter-

mediate tarsi. much thickened, that of the anterior pair nearly as

broad as the tibia in ¢.

Length 444 mm. (9 2.)

Hab. Put.ipprneE Is., Bohol and Samar (Semper).

Three specimens. This is one of several species of

Macratria found by Semper in the Philippines; it differs

from the immaculate variety of M. bicincta, Mars., in having

the head rufous and much less developed behind the eyes,

the prothorax less attenuate in front, and the apical joint

of the antennae not greatly elongated in g. The sub-

parallel, more sparsely punctate elytra, the broader

maxillary palpi, the red head, and the more slender antennae

separate M. semperi from M. fulvipes, Pase.

26. Maeratria pallidicornis.

Macratria pallidicornis, Pasc., Journ. Ent. i, p. 55 (1860).

Macratria pallidicornis, var. distinctipes, Pic, Ann, Mus.

Genova, xl, p. 792 (1901).

Hab. Borneo (Mus. Brit.: type), Mt. Matang and

Kuching in Sarawak (Bryant, xi. and xi. °13), Peugaron

222 Mr. G. C. Champion on

(Doherty); Mentawrt (Modighani: var.); SuMATRA,

Padang (Modigliani: var.), Merang (Doherty); PERAK

(Doherty); Java, Soekaboemi (Bryant, 4. iv. 09); Assam,

Patkai Mts. (Doherty).

A variable and widely distributed insect. It is recognis-

able by the rather coarse, somewhat abundant vestiture,

with scattered intermixed erect hairs, at least on the head

and prothorax, those at the hind angles of the latter

clustered into a conspicuous projecting tuft in fresh speci-

mens, the elytra, too, with shghtly longer hairs along the

striae, giving a lineate appearance to the surface, this being

especially noticeable in most of the examples from Assam.

The body varies in colour from reddish-brown to nigro-

piceous, the head being usually rufescent. The head is

large and broad, truncate and feebly emarginate at the

base, very sparsely punctulate; the eyes are oval, and very

large in 9; the antennae are testaceous, slender, joints 9-11

elongated and slightly thickened, 11 nearly as long as 9 and

10 united; the prothorax is convex, narrow, not wider than

the head, roughly sculptured; the elytra are moderately

long, gradually narrowed posteriorly, closely, finely

punctate, and with rows of rather large punctures separated

by narrow distinctly raised interstices; the legs are tes-

taceous, the posterior femora and tibiae often more or

less annulate or maculate with black, all the femora

strongly clavate, the basal joint of the anterior tarsi much

thickened. The Assam specimens have slightly smaller

eyes than the rest, but they cannot be separated from them.

It is not impossible that Pic may have incorrectly identified

M. pallidicornis, Pasc., his M. crassipes, from Borneo, and

its var. brunnescens from Sumatra, coming suspiciously

near, to judge from the descriptions.

27. Macratria dentipes, n. sp. (Plate LXIV, fig. 20, 3,

anterior tibia.)

Elongate, narrow, shining, thickly clothed with fine, adpressed,

brownish-cinereous pubescence; ferruginous, the palpi and an-

tennae, and the femora and tarsi in part, testaceous. Head as long

as broad, well-developed behind the very large, oval eyes, rounded at

the base, closely, minutely punctate, the occipital groove short,

deep; antennae very slender, joints 9-11 elongated and moderately

thickened, 11 much longer than 10. Prothorax elongate-oval,

barely as wide as the head, attenuate in front, feebly, obliquely

New and little-known Lagrudae and Pedilidae. 223

compressed on the flanks posteriorly, densely, finely, punctate, the

basal groove complete. Elytra moderately long, subparallel, wider

than the prothorax, closely, minutely punctate, and also finely

punctato-striate to near the apex, the interstices almost flat.

Pygidium subtruncate at the tip. Femora strongly clavate. An-

terior tibiae of ¢ armed with a sharp triangular tooth towards the

middle, and also very feebly, subangularly dilated midway between

the tooth and the apex. Basal joint of anterior tarsi subcylindrical.

Length 44} mm. (4 9.)

Hab. Macassar (ex coll. Pascoe, 3); CELEBES (ex coll.

Bowring, °).

Described from two specimens, the Macassar 3 being

taken as the type; a female, with a more rounded head

and slightly rougher elytra, from Mindanao, may also

belong to the same species? The sharply dentate anterior

tibiae of the male are characteristic. MM. dentipes cannot

be identified with M. obscuripes (1912) * or M. testacei-

cornis (1901), Pic, from Celebes, nor is it referable to

M. fulvipes, Pasc., from Macassar. Compared with M.

pallidicornis, Pasc., the present insect is narrower and less

robust, the head is much smaller, the prothorax and

elytra are more finely punctate, the prothorax wants the

long, projecting, bristly hairs on each side of the base, the

elytra are subparallel, and the vestiture is finer and more

uniform.

28. Macratria celebensis, n. sp.

g. Elongate, narrow, shining, clothed with fine, adpressed,

pale brownish hairs; obscure ferruginous, the antennae, palpi, and

legs (the tibiae and first tarsal joint of the posterior pair excepted)

testaceous. Head very large, broad, truncate and emarginate at

the base, sparsely, minutely punctate; eyes large, oval; antennae

long, slender, joints 9-11 elongated and thickened, 11 nearly as long

as9and 10 united. Prothorax long, oval, narrow, strongly attenuate

anteriorly, densely scabroso-punctate, obsoletely canaliculate, the

basal groove deep. Elytra moderately long, subparallel in their

basal half, finely punctulate, and also finely punctato-striate on the

disc to about the middle, the interstices almost flat. Pygidium

subtruncate at tip. Legs long, stout, the femora strongly clavate ;

anterior tibiae much thickened, the basal joint of anterior tarsi also

widened.

Length 44 mm.

* Nec M. obscuripes, Pic, from New Guinea (1900),

224 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Hab. CELEBES (ex Bowring).

One male, somewhat abraded, found amongst the insects

received from Bowring in 1858, mounted on the same card

with a female here referred to MZ. dentipes, which (even in ¢)

has a very much smaller and narrower head, a less elongate

prothorax, etc. A female (?) from the same island (ez

Bowring, 1863), with the prothorax and elytra broader,

and in great part piceous, the head not quite so wide,

and the prothorax less attenuate anteriorly, may belong

to the same species? This second example seems to

come near M. obscuripes, Pic (1912), from Toh Toh,

Celebes, but the latter is said to have a long head, a

definition inapplicable to the insect before me.

29. Macratria vicina.

Macratria vicina, Pic, Le Naturaliste, 1896, p. 159.

Hab. Perax [type]; Penance (G. #. Bryant).

M. vicina cannot be identified amongst the numerous

Macratriae before me from Perak,* but an example cap-

tured by Mr. Bryant at Penang in Nov. 1913, may belong

to it, at least one other member of the genus (M. dilaticollis)

being common to the two places. The Penang insect is

very like M. pallidicornis, Pasc.; but it is more elongate,

the pubescence is finer, the eyes are smaller, rather promi-

nent, and more rounded, the prothorax is less convex and

densely scabroso-punctate, and the elytra are longer,

subparallel, and more finely punctato-striate, the inter-

stices costulate externally, the striae thus appearing

sharply defined.

30. Maeratria robusta.

Macrarthrius robustus, Motsch., Etudes Ent. vii, p. 67

(1858); Bull. Mose. xxxvi, 1, p. 489 (1863).

Hab. Ceyton, Colombo.

The type of this species was from Colombo, whence I

have seen two examples found by Mr. Bryant on May 19th,

1908, and there is a very large i of it in the Museum (ex

coll. Murrar y) labelled “ Ceylon.” A large, robust form,

dark reddish-brown in colour, with the palpi, antennae,

and legs (the tibia and first-tarsal joint of the posterior pair

* One of Doherty’s captures at this locality, M. instriata, Pic

(1915), a small shining black form, with testaceo-fasciate, non-striate,

elytra, is not represented in the material before me.

New and litile-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 225

excepted) ferruginous + the pubescence long, with scattered

erect setae intermixed; the head broad, closely punctate,

truncate at the base, with a shallow occipital groove ex-

tending forward as far as the posterior margin of the eyes,

the latter rounded and moderately large; the antennae

rather slender, with joints 9-11 thickened and much

elongated, 11 a good deal longer than 10; the prothorax

ample, oval, roughly sculptured, faintly canaliculate; the

elytra shining, subparallel, moderately elongate, roughly

punctate, and also substriate on the basal half of the disc;

the legs long, stout. Length 5-63, breadth 14-14 mm.

31. Macratria marginata, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, somewhat depressed, shining, sparsely clothed

with yellowish adpressed hairs; obscure ferruginous, the head

rufescent, the antennae, legs, elytra, and abdomen testaceous, the

elytra with the suture and sides indeterminately infuscate. Head

long, narrow, well-developed behind the very large eyes, rounded at

the sides posteriorly, sparsely, minutely punctate, the occipital

groove short, deep; antennae slender [joints 9-11 missing]. Pro-

thorax oblong-oval, narrow, about as wide as the head, obliquely

compressed on the flanks posteriorly, densely scabroso-punctate,

the basal groove complete. Elytra long, relatively broad, sub-

parallel; sparsely, minutely punctate, and also shallowly punctato-

striate to beyond the middle, the interstices narrow, subcostate on

the disc. Pygidium feebly emarginate at tip. Legs stout, the

femora strongly clavate.

Length 5mm. (3?)

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

One specimen, somewhat imperfect. Recognisable by

the long, narrow, rufescent head and prothorax; the slender,

pallid antennae; the relatively broad, subparallel, shining,

punctato-striate, testaceous elytra, with the suture and

sides darker; and the stout, pallid legs. M. limbata,

Pic, from Sumatra, must be somewhat similarly coloured,

except that the reddish longitudinal elytral stripe appears

to be narrower and better defined.

32. Maeratria setigera, n, sp.

Elongate, robust, shining, clothed with fine, adpressed, greyish

pubescence, the elytral striae each with a row of longer hairs, the

upper surface also set with scattered, long, erect, fine, pallid setae;

226 Mr. G. C. Champion on

piceous, the prothorax in part and the head entirely reddish, the

palpi, mouth-parts, antennae, and legs testaceous, the posterior

femora and tibiae infuscate. Head about as wide as the prothorax,

well developed behind the moderately large eyes, rounded at the sides

posteriorly, sparsely, minutely punctate, the occipital groove broad,

deep; antennae moderately long, slender, joints 9-11 stouter and

elongated, 11 nearly as long as 9 and 10 united. Prothorax convex,

narrow, elongate-oval, obliquely compressed on the flanks posteriorly,

the basal groove complete; densely scabroso-punctate. Elytra

moderately elongate, rather broad, subparallel in their anterior

half; densely, minutely punctate, and also punctato-striate to near

the apex, the interstices flat and set with an irregular row of

scattered setigerous punctures similar to those of the striae.

Legs stout; basal joint of anterior and intermediate tarsi much

thickened, that of the posterior pair curved.

Length 5 mm. (9?)

Hab. Inpvia, Darjeeling (G. Rogers).

One specimen, received by the Museum in 1906. Dis-

tinguishable by the scattered, intermixed, erect setae on

the upper surface, those on the elytra arising from con-

spicuous punctures on the flattened interstices, suggestive

of those of many Lagriids (Statira, etc.). The general

coloration resembles that of M. nigripennis, Pic, from

Kandy, Ceylon. The only Himalayan Macratria recorded

is M. harmandi, Pic, from Sikkim, which must be a very

different insect.

33. Maeratria longipennis, n. sp.

Very elongate, shining, rather sparsely clothed with long, fine,

decumbent, brownish hairs; black, the mouth-parts, palpi, joints

1-6 of the antennae in part, and legs rufo-testaceous or ferruginous.

Head as long as broad, much developed behind the comparatively

small eyes, and arcuately narrowed posteriorly, sparsely, finely

punctate, the occipital groove short, shallow; antennae long, rather

stout, joints 9-11 thickened and elongated, 11 much longer than 10.

Prothorax convex, narrow, elongate-oval, attenuate in front, obliquely

compressed on the flanks posteriorly, the basal groove deep, closely

granulato-punctate. Elytra much wider than the prothorax, very

long, subparallel, transversely depressed below the base; some-

what coarsely, rather sparsely, confusedly punctate, without

definite impressed lines on the disc (the sutural and submarginal

striae excepted), the interspaces smooth and shining. Legs long,

tien

——

New and litile-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 227

the femora strongly clavate; basal joint of anterior tarsi rather

narrow, subcylindrical.

Length 6 mm. (2?)

Hab. Burma, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

One specimen. A very elongate, shining, black form,

with red legs, a sparsely punctured, oblong head, comuapas

tively small eyes, rather stout, long antennae, a long,

narrow, roughly punctured prothorax, and elongate, con-

fusedly punctate, sparsely pubescent, subparallel elytra.

M. instriata, Pic, from Perak (Doherty), may be an allied

smaller form, with testaceo-fasciate elytra.

34. Macratria nigerrima, n. sp.

Elongate, robust, shining, clothed with fine, adpressed, fuscous

pubescence, with scattered, intermixed, erect, brown hairs, the

vestiture of the under surface cinereous; black, the mandibles, tarsi,

and antennae obscure rufo-testaceous, the antennae becoming

darker towards the tip, the palpi nigro-piceous. Head rather

long, obliquely narrowed behind the comparatively small eyes,

closely, finely punctate, with a short, deep, occipital groove ; antennae

moderately long, gradually thickened outwards, joints 9 and 10 a

little longer and stouter than 8, subequal, 11 about the length of

9 and 10 united in Q, slightly longer in 3. Prothorax oblong-oval,

convex, attenuate in front, not or very little wider than the pro-

thorax, obliquely compressed on the flanks posteriorly, densely

granulato-punctate, the basal groove deep. Elytra moderately long,

subparallel (2) or very gradually narrowed from the base (3), much

wider than the prothorax, transversely depressed below the base,

densely granulato-punctate throughout, with indication of faint

irregular striae on the anterior half. Pygidium rounded at apex.

Legs stout; basal joint of anterior tarsi much thickened, that of

the posterior pair curved.

Length 53-64 mm. (3 92.)

Hab. Burma, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Three specimens. An elongate, robust, fusco-pubescent,

black insect (the antennae and tarsi excepted), with roughly

sculptured prothorax and elytra, a much smoother, finely

punctate, posteriorly narrowed head, rather small eyes,

a deep occipital sulcus, and the antennal joints 9 and 10

together about the length of 11. The subconical head,

dark legs, rougher sculpture, etc., separate M. nigerrima

from M. longipennis.

228 Mr. G. C. Champion on

39. Maeratria atricolor, n. sp.

Elongate, narrow, shining, sparsely clothed with adpressed brown

and cinereous hairs; black, the mouth-parts, the antennae in part

(joints 9-11 excepted), and tarsi (jomts 1 and 2 of the posterior pair

excepted) testaceous, the palpi more or less infuscate, the knees

reddish. Head as long as broad, convex, much developed behind

the rather small eyes, rounded posteriorly, sparsely, minutely punc-

tate, the occipital groove short, deep; antennae long, slender, joints

9-11 elongated and thickened, 11 much longer than 10, slightly

shorter in 9 than in g. Prothorax about as wide as the head, con-

vex, oblong-oval, obliquely compressed on the flanks posteriorly,

roughly granulato-punctate, the basal groove deep. Elytra long,

much wider than the prothorax, very gradually narrowed from the

base, subparallel in 2; somewhat coarsely, confusedly punctate,

without definite impressed lines on the disc (the sutural and sub-

marginal striae excepted), the interspaces smooth and shining.

Legs long, the femora strongly clavate; basal joint of anterior tarsi

moderately thickened.

Length 4-5 mm. (¢ 2.)

Hab. Burma, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Six specimens. This is one of three closely allied forms

found by Doherty in the same district. Compared with

M. longipennis, it is smaller and less elongate, the elytra

are more closely and a little more coarsely punctate, the

antennae are much more slender, and the femora and

tibiae are infuscate or black. Less robust, smaller, and

narrower than M. nigerrima, the elytra not so densely

punctate (with smooth, flattened interspaces between the

punctures), the antennae more slender, the head smoother,

the tarsi in great part testaceous.

36. Maeratria pumilio, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, somewhat flattened above, subacuminate

posteriorly, feebly shining (when denuded); thickly clothed with

very fine, adpressed, brownish and cinereous pubescence, the entire

upper surface very densely punctulate; nigro-piceous, the palpi,

mouth-parts, antennae (the infuscate terminal three joints excepted),

and tarsi (joint 1 of the posterior pair excepted) testaceous or obscure

testaceous. Head short, broad, rounded at the base, without

occipital groove above; eyes large, distant, depressed; antennae

short, slender, joints 9-11 thickened, 9 about as long as broad, 10

transverse, 11 ovate. Prothorax oval, about as long as broad, as

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 229

wide as the head, widest before the middle, the basal groove shallow,

incomplete. Elytra a little wider than the head, comparatively

short, rapidly narrowed from the middle, conjointly rounded at the

wpex, transversely depressed below the base, the usual impressed

lines (the sutural and submarginal striae excepted) barely indicated.

Legs short; femora strongly clavate; basal joint of anterior tarsi

moderately thickened.

Length 254-2} mm.

Hab. Borneo, Pengaron (Doherty).

Two specimens, possibly sexes, one being broader than

the other. A minute form, with the general facies of an

Anthicus. It appears to be nearest allied to M. anthicoides,

Fairm., from Madagascar, and M. pygmaea, Pic, from

Balabac Isl., near Borneo. The very dense punctuation

of the upper surface, the close, fine pubescence, the broad

head, the abruptly widened, comparatively short terminal

three joints of the antennae, the non-striate dorsum

of the elytra, etc., separate M. pumilio from all the

other species of the genus here enumerated, the following

excepted.

37. Maeratria parvula, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, rather dull (till denuded), the head shining,

thickly clothed with fine, adpressed, brownish and cinereous pubes-

cence; nigro-piceous, the mouth-parts, palpi, antennae, and legs

(the partly infuscate posterior pair excepted) testaceous or rufo-

testaceous. Head nearly or quite as broad as the prothorax, trans-

verse, rounded at the base, densely, minutely punctate, the occipital

groove just indicated in the middle behind, the eyes large, distant ; an-

tennae rather short, slender, joints 9-11 abruptly thickened, 9 about

as broad as long, 10 a little shorter, 11 acuminate-ovate. Prothorax

oblong-oval, densely scabroso-punctate, the basal groove shallow,

incomplete. Elytra moderately long, much wider than the head,

gradually narrowed from the base, conjointly rounded at the tip;

densely scabroso-punctate, and shallowly, but distinctly striate.

Legs short, stout; femora strongly clavate; basal joint of anterior

tarsi moderately stout.

Length 23-24 mm.

Hab. Puriprre Is., Luzon and Alabat (Doherty).

Three specimens. This is the Philippine representative

of the Bornean M. pumilio, from which it differs in the

rather robust build and more elongate general shape, the

longer antennae, with more acuminate apical joint, the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART Il. (DEC.) Q

230 Mr. G. C. Champion on

shining head, and the shallowly, but distinctly striate

elytra, the elytra themselves narrowed from the base.

Australian Specves.

38. Maeratria erythrocephala, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, narrow, shining, thickly clothed with rather

coarse, adpressed, cinereous pubescence ; nigro-piceous, the head, the

basal and apical margins of the prothorax, and the base, humeri,

and suture of the elytra, ferruginous or rufo-testaceous, the mouth-

parts, antennae, and legs testaceous, the terminal antennal joint

slightly infuscate. Head broad, transverse, polished, very sparsely,

minutely punctulate, the eyes moderately large, the occipital

groove wanting; antennae short, slender, joints 9-11 thickened,

9 and 10 subtriangular, very little longer than broad, 11 acuminate-

ovate. Prothorax as wide as the head, slightly longer than broad,

margined at the base, the hind angles extending a little outwards;

densely, rugulosely punctate. Elytra comparatively short, narrow-

ing from a little below the humeri, wider than the prothorax, trans-

versely depressed below the base; roughly, confusedly punctate,

obsoletely striate on the basal portion of the disc, the fine sutural and

submarginal striae present. Legs short, stout, the femora strongly

clavate.

Length 24mm. (3?)

Hab. AustTRALIA, Kew on the Yarra River, Victoria

(H. J. Carter).

One specimen. This minute form approaches the

Bornean M. pumilio and the Philippine M. parvula, differ-

ing from them in the rufo-testaceous, polished head, the

rougher puncturing of the prothorax and elytra, the rufous

base and suture of the latter, and the entirely pale legs.

M. banghaasi, Pic, from N.S. Wales, seems to be an allied

form. The example described was sent me by Mr. Carter

as M. australis, King (the type of which was from Gawler,

S. Australia), an insect said to resemble a Dircaea, and to

have indistinct olivaceous spots on the prothorax and elytra,

the legs and antennae castaneous, etc.

39. Macratria macrophthalma, n. sp.

3. Elongate, narrow, shining, thickly clothed with long, decum-

bent, brownish hairs, with a few erect hairs intermixed; fuscous, the

palpi, mouth-parts, antennae, and legs (the slightly infuscate tibiae

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 231

and first tarsal joint of the posterior pair excepted) testaceous.

Head large, feebly developed behind the eyes, rounded at the sides

posteriorly, truncate at the base, closely, minutely punctate, with a

short, deep occipital groove; eyes extremely large, oval, coarsely

facetted, somewhat narrowly separated anteriorly; antennae

slender, long, joints 9-11 elongated and moderately thickened, 11

nearly as long as 9 and 10 united. Prothorax as wide as the head,

long, oval, obsoletely canaliculate, densely granulato-punctate, the

basal groove shallow. Elytra moderately long, very gradually

narrowing from the base; closely punctulate, and also punctato-

striate on the disc, the interstices subcostate externally. Ventral

segment 5 broadly sulcate down the middle. Legs long, the femora

strongly clavate; basal joint of anterior tarsi about as broad as

_the tibia, that of the posterior pair elongate and feebly curved.

Length 5 mm.

Hab. N. QurEenstanp, Kuranda (G@. F. Bryant, 18. xi.’09).

One male. Amongst the seven described Australian

members of this genus (one only of which is known to me,

M. victoriensis, Blackb.) the present species seems to be

nearest allied to M. intermedia, Lea, from Cairns, which is

a smaller insect (length 34 mm.), and has the head longer

than wide, etc. The extremely large, oval, coarsely facetted

eyes, the large head, and the narrowly subcostate, punctato-

striate elytra are the chief characters of M. macrophthalma.

40. Macratria carteri, n. sp.

Elongate, shining, thickly clothed with rather coarse brownish

pubescence; piceous, the head and elytra dark brown, the fifth

ventral segment ferruginous, the antennae and mouth-parts, and the

anterior and intermediate legs, testaceous, the posterior pair with

the femora nigro-piceous and the tibiae and tarsi more or less in-

fuscate. Head as long as broad, well-developed behind the very

large eyes, closely, minutely punctate, the occipital groove short

and deep; antennae long, not very slender, joints 9-11 thickened,

9 and 10 elongate, equal, 11 nearly as long as 9 and 10 united. Pro-

thorax longer than broad, slightly wider than the head, oval, sharply

marginal and dilated at the base; densely scabroso-punctate, un-

impressed. Elytra long, subparallel, much wider than the pro-

thorax; conspicuously punctato-striate, the interstices subcostate

externally and closely punctate. Legs long, rather stout, the

femora strongly clavate, the basal joint of the anterior tarsi much

widened.

Length 5-54 mm.

232 Mr. G. C. Champion on

Hab. New Sovutrn Wates, National Park, Sydney

(H. J. Carter).

Three specimens, one (apparently 4) now without a head,

sent me by Mr. Carter as M. (Anthicus) aberrans, Macl.

(the type of which was from Gayndah), an insect described

as opaque, with the elytra scarcely wider than the pro-

thorax, the legs pale red, etc. Compared with the nearly

allied M. macrophthalma, from N. Queensland, the eyes

are not so large (the head thus appearing more developed

behind them), the antennae are stouter, the posterior

femora in great part black, ete. M. pallidiceps, Pic, from

N.S. Wales, MW. intermedia, Lea, from Cairns, and M. analis,

Lea, from Tamworth, must all be different from the present

insect.

41. Macratria duboulayi, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, feebly shining (till denuded), thickly clothed

with fine, adpressed, fulvo-cinereous pubescence; reddish-brown,

the head rufescent, the palpi, mouth-parts, antennae, and legs

testaceous, the tibiae a little darker than the femora and tarsi. Head

transverse, rounded at the sides posteriorly, truncate at the base,

closely, minutely punctate, the occipital groove short and very

shallow, the eyes moderately large and somewhat prominent;

antennae slender, joints 9-11 elongated and thickened, 11 as long

as 9 and 10 united. Prothorax a little broader than the head, oval,

strongly rounded at the sides and much narrowed behind, obsoletely

canaliculate on the disc, obliquely compressed on the flanks pos-

teriorly, densely, finely scabroso-punctate, the basal groove shallow.

Elytra moderately long, very gradually narrowing from the base,

densely punctulate, and also shallowly, minutely punctato-striate on

the disc, the interstices obsoletely costate externally. Legs stout,

the femora strongly clavate; basal joint of anterior tarsi nearly as

broad as the tibia.

Length 4mm. (3?)

Hab. W. Austratia, Champion Bay (Duboulay, ex coll.

F. Bates).

One specimen, in perfect condition, found many years

ago by Duboulay. This,species, to judge from the brief

description, seems to be related to M. (Anthicus) aberrans,

Macl., from Gayndah, Queensland. It may be known

from the described Australian forms by its reddish-brown

colour, the very densely punctulate, feebly shining, closely

pubescent surface, the transverse head, the strongly rounded

New and little-known Lagriudae and Pedilidae. 233

sides of the prothorax, the very finely and shallowly punc-

tato-striate elytra, and the stout legs.

South African Species.

42. Macratria permagna, n. sp.

9. Elongate, comparatively broad, robust, feebly shining (when

denuded), thickly clothed with fine, adpressed, pale brownish hairs,

some of which are uniseriately arranged on the almost obsolete elytral

striae; reddish-brown, the eyes black, the legs ferruginous, with the

tibiae, first tarsal joint, and the posterior knees infuscate, the palpi

and antennae (the infuscate joints 9-11 excepted) rufo-testaceous.

Head rather long, oval, densely, finely punctate, the occipital groove

moderately deep and extending forward as far as the posterior margin

of the eyes, the latter very large; antennae slender, not very long,

joints 9-11 thickened, 9 and 10 triangular, longer than broad, 11

much longer than 10. Prothorax longer than broad, wider than the

’ head, oblong-oval, slightly dilated at the sides behind the basal

groove; densely, roughly punctate, and obsoletely canaliculate.

Elytra long, subparallel, much wider than the prothorax; densely,

finely, rugulosely punctate, and with rows of intermixed slightly

coarser punctures extending from the base to near the apex, these

latter bordered internally down the anterior half by an irregular

line of minute asperities or granules. Fifth ventral segment angu-

larly produced in the middle at the tip. Legs stout, the posterior

tarsi comparatively short, the penultimate joint of each tarsus

strongly lobed.

Length 8}, breadth 2} mm.

Hab. Navat, Durban (H. W. Bell Marley).

One specimen, received by the Museum in 1903. Larger

and more robust than M. canaliculata (= maxima), Pic,

from Brazil, M. grandis, Pic, from New Guinea, and

M. robusta, Motsch., from Ceylon. Compared with M.

rugulipennis, from Salisbury, apart from the very much

larger size, it may be separated by the less dilated post-

ocular portion of the head, the broader, less ovate pro-

thorax, and the finer granulation of the elytra, the seriate

punctures on which are scarcely distinguishable till the

insect is viewed in profile.

43. Maeratria rugulipennis, n. sp.

Elongate, robust, shining, rather sparsely clothed with long,

adpressed greyish hairs, with a few erect hairs intermixed ; reddish-

234 Mr. G. C. Champion on

brown, the head rufescent, the palpi, mouth-parts, antennae (the

infuscate terminal three joints excepted), femora (the tip of the

posterior pair excepted), and tarsi in great part, testaceous, the tibiae

all more or less marked with black. Head oblong, well developed

behind the large, rounded eyes, arcuate at the sides posteriorly,

closely, minutely punctate, the occipital groove extending some

distance forward; antennae long, slender, joints 9-11 elongated

and thickened, 9 not much longer than those preceding, 11 nearly

twice as long as 10. Prothorax long, ovate, a little wider than the

head, much narrowed behind, obliquely compressed on the flanks

posteriorly, densely, roughly scabroso-punctate, the basal groove

complete. Elytra moderately long, much wider than the prothorax,

subparallel in their basal half; roughly punctate, and also with rows

of rather coarse punctures on the disc, the interstices narrow, some-

what raised, asperate. Pygidium emarginate at tip. Legs long,

very stout, the posterior pair rather shorter in proportion than usual,

the femora strongly clavate; penultimate joint of each tarsus

produced into a long, broad membranous lobe, the basal joint of the

anterior pair thickened.

Length 5}mm. (3?)

Hab. MasHonatanD, Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall,

Ka)

One specimen, somewhat injured by an Anthrenus, but

in sufficiently good preservation for description. A red-

dish-brown, robust insect, with a long head, slender

antennae (the terminal three joints excepted), a basally

narrowed, ovate, subgranulate prothorax, moderately

long, roughly asperato-punctate elytra, and very stout

legs, with all the tibiae in part black, and the penultimate

tarsal joint strongly lobed. This is one of three species

found in 8. Africa by Dr. Marshall, all very different from

the single recorded representative from that region, M.

mustela, Pase., from Natal.

44, Macratria cordata, n. sp.

Elongate, rather narrow, dull (till denuded), the head shining,

thickly clothed with fine, adpressed, brownish pubescence, the elytra

with slightly longer hairs down the striae; reddish-brown, the head

red, the antennae, palpi, and legs (a blackish patch on the posterior

femora, and the slightly infuscate posterior tibiae and first tarsal

joint, excepted) rufo-testaceous. Head rather small, narrower than

the prothorax, oblong, well-developed behind the rounded eyes,

arcuate at the sides posteriorly, sparsely, minutely punctate, with

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 235

a short, deep occipital groove; antennae moderately slender, joints

9-11 elongated and thickened, 11 nearly as long as 9 and 10 united.

Prothorax long, ovate, obliquely compressed on the flanks posteriorly

(the deflexed basal portion appearing prominent laterally), obsoletely

canaliculate towards the base, densely scabroso-punctate, the basal

groove complete. Elytra much wider than the prothorax, sub-

parallel in their basal half; very densely punctulate, and also finely

punctato-striate on the disc, the interstices almost flat, sparsely

granulate towards the suture. Legs long, the femora strongly

clavate; basal joint of anterior tarsi subcylindrical.

Length 43-5 mm.

Hab. Nata, Malvern (G. A. K. Marshall, ix.’97).

Two specimens, probably sexes, one being broader than

the other. Less robust than M. rugulipennis, the head

smaller, with shorter occipital groove, the sculpture of the

elytra fine and dense, the laterally depressed basal portion

of the prothorax rather prominent. The relatively narrow

head and the rough subcordate prothorax distinguish M.

cordata from numerous very similar forms from other

regions.

45. Macratria mustela.

Macratria mustela, Pasc., Journ. Ent. i, p. 55, pl. 2, fig. 7

(1860).

Hab. Natau.

Of this species there are five specimens in the Museum

(two of them labelled Port Natal), including the type.

M. mustela may be known by its very elongate, narrow

shape, dark coloration (the elytra paler than the pro-

thorax); the dense, fine puncturing of the whole upper

surface; the fine, adpressed pubescence; the long head,

with conspicuous occipital groove; the rather small,

rounded eyes; the somewhat parallel-sided basal portion

of the prothorax; and the asperate sculpture of the elytra,

on the disc of which rows of slightly coarser punctures are

traceable. The apical joint of the antennae is as long as

9 and 10 united in both sexes. The outer joints of each

tarsus, and the basal half or more of the antennae, are

testaceous.

46. Macratria ruficollis, n. sp.

Elongate, narrow, depressed, shining, finely cinereo-pubescent ;

black, the head nigro-piceous, the prothorax rufous, the palpi,

236 Mr. G. C. Champion on

mouth-parts, antennae (the infuscate terminal three joints excepted),

the anterior and intermediate legs, and probably the posterior

tarsi [which are now wanting] in part, testaceous. Head small,

rounded, closely, minutely punctate, without occipital groove;

eyes rounded, rather small; antennae short, slender, joimts 9-11

abruptly widened, forming a definite club, 9 as long as broad, 10 a

little shorter, 11 ovate. Prothorax oblong-oval, as wide as the head,

densely, finely scabroso-punctate, the sides becoming sub-parallel

towards the base, the basal groove sharply defined. Elytra moder-

ately long, nearly twice as wide as the head, parallel in their basal

half; closely, finely, punctate, with an indication of faint impressed

lines on the disc, the vestiture appearing uniseriately arranged. Legs

short, the femora moderately thickened; -basal joint of anterior

tarsi about as broad as the tibia.

Length 3;)5 mm.

Hab. Narat, Umkomaas R. (G. A. K. Marshall).

One specimen, presented to the Museum in 1901. Recog-

nisable by its small size, Anthiciform facies, oblong, rufous

prothorax, infuscate, rather stout antennal club, small,

dark head, and parallel-sided, depressed, obsoletely striate,

black elytra. An isolated form.

South American Species.

47. Maeratria complanata, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, somewhat depressed, feebly shining (till

denuded), thickly clothed with fine, adpressed, greyish pubescence ;

obscure ferruginous, the head red, the antennae, palpi, mouth-

parts, and legs (the slightly infuscate bases of the femora and the

first posterior tarsal joint excepted) testaceous or rufo-testaceous ;

the entire upper surface densely, very finely punctate. Head rather

large, rounded, subtruncate at the base, the occipital groove short,

shallow (only visible from behind), the eyes moderately large, rounded ;

antennae slender, joints 9-11 elongated and thickened, 11 consider-

ably longer than 10. Prothorax elongate-oval, barely as wide as the

head, scabrous, the basal groove deep. Elytra comparatively broad,

moderately long, gradually narrowed from the base; the very dense,

fine sculpture appearing somewhat granulate in places, the disc also

with irregular rows of minute punctures, the interstices almost flat,

the sutural and submarginal striae sharply defined. Pygidium trifid

at the apex. Legs stout, the femora strongly clavate; posterior

tibiae compressed, feebly curved; basal joint of the anterior tarsi

$$ — a

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 237

moderately thickened, that of the posterior pair curved, not very

elongate.

Length 44} mm. (2?)

Hab. Cotomsia.

Two specimens, acquired by the Museum in 1844. This

species, to judge from the description, must be very closely

related to M. filiformis, Laf., from Cumana, Venezuela,

which is said to have glabrous, shining lines along the

elytral striae, the latter without distinct punctures. M.

sericea, Laf., based upon a single (f?) example from Nueva

Valencia, Colombia, seems to have a longer head, the basal

groove of the prothorax almost obsolete, the elytra parallel,

etc. The pygidium of the insect described is shaped as

in the female of M. incana, Champ. (cf. B. C.-Am., Coleopt.

iv, 2, pl. 9, fig. 9a), but the curved posterior tibiae are

suggestive of the male sex.

48. Macratria canaliculata.

Macratria canaliculata, Pic, Le Naturaliste, 1896, p. 20.

Macratria maxima, Pic, op. cit. 1902, p. 21.

Hab. Braziu [types], San Antonio, Bahia (Fry).

Two specimens ($2) in the Fry collection, labelled

M. canaliculata, H. Deyr., doubtless belong to this species,

which is one of the largest known members of the genus.

They are brown or blackish-brown in colour, with the palpi

and antennae, and the legs in part, ferruginous; the vesti-

ture close, long, and adpressed, with scattered long, erect,

bristly hairs intermixed; the head broad, subtruncate and

deeply cleft at the base; the prothorax broad, arcuately

dilated at the sides anteriorly, and much narrowed behind

(the laterally depressed basal portion thus appearing promi-

nent), the faint median channel mainly due to the arrange-

ment of the pubescence; the elytra long, subparallel in

their basal half, densely, confusedly punctate, not striate ;

the pygidium feebly emarginate in 3; the basal joint of

the anterior tarsi moderately stout. MM. maxima is said

by Pic to be a dark form of M. canaliculata with the median

depression of the prothorax obsolete, e.g. as in the Q from

Bahia, the ¢ from the same locality belonging to M. cana-

liculata. The present species is more elongate than M.

robusta, Motsch., and has a broader, deeply cleft head, an

ovate prothorax, more finely punctate elytra, etc. Length

7-8 mm.

238 Mr. G. C. Champion on

49. Maeratria scabrida, n. sp. (Plate LXIV, figs. 21, 4,

genital armature; 21a, ditto, in profile.)

¢. Elongate, robust, subopaque, thickly clothed with fine, ad-

pressed, brownish-cinereous pubescence, with numerous pallid erect

hairs intermixed ; nigro-piceous, brownish on the disc of each elytron,

anteriorly, the palpi, mouth-parts, antennae, and legs (a patch on

the femora, and the tibiae in part, of the posterior pair excepted)

ferruginous or rufo-testaceous; the entire upper surface very

densely, finely punctate. Head short, transversely subquadrate,

broadly truncate at the base, the occipital impression broad, shallow ;

eyes moderately large, rounded, prominent; antennae rather slender,

joints 9-11 thickened and elongated, 9 nearly twice as long as 8,

11 much longer than 10. Prothorax long, subcordate, broader than

the head, widest before the middle, obliquely compressed on the

flanks posteriorly, the basal portion rather prominent laterally, the

basal groove shallow. Elytra much wider than the prothorax,

long, narrowed from the base, without definite impressed lines (the

sutural stria excepted) on the disc, the minute punctures confluent,

the surface appearing uniformly scabrous. Legs stout; basal joint

of the anterior tarsi broad, that of the posterior pair not very elon-

gate. Penis-sheath with the dilated outer portion oblong, broad,

spoon-shaped, and furnished with a slender, hook-like process at

the tip; the lateral lobes of the aedeagus long, hook-like, angularly

dilated basally.

Length 5 mm.

Hab. Brazin, Rio de Janeiro (Fry).

One male, with the remarkable genital armature exposed.

Recognisable by the very dense, fine sculpture, the fine

pubescence intermixed with long, erect hairs, the reddish

limbs, the transversely subquadrate head, the rather promi-

nent eyes, the long, simple, subcordate prothorax, and the »

posteriorly narrowed, non-striate elytra, the usual sub-

marginal stria being almost obsolete. Compared with the

somewhat similar JZ. canescens, Champ., from Mexico, the

present species may be separated by the smaller, shorter,

more truncate head, with broader occipital impression, the

non-seriato-punctate elytra, and the shallower basal groove

of the prothorax.

50. Maeratria fissicsps, n. sp. (Plate LXIV, figs. 22,

genital armature ; 22a, ditto, in profile.)

3. Elongate, robust, shining (when denuded), thickly clothed with

long, coarse, decumbent, pale brownish hairs, with a few scattered

— aA LLL LALLA

SSS =

” =

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 239

long, erect, bristly hairs intermixed, the vestiture of the under sur-

face dense and whitish; reddish-brown, the head rufescent, the

antennae, palpi, and legs (except the anterior knees, the intermediate

and posterior tibiae, a patch on the posterior femora, and the first

posterior tarsal joint, which are infuscate) testaceous. Head short,

broad, densely punctulate, rounded at the base, the occipital groove

broad, extending forward to nearly as far as the middle of the eyes,

the latter very large; antennae rather short, not very slender, joints

9-11 elongated and thickened, 11 slightly longer than 10; maxillary

palpi moderately stout, joint 4 cultriform. Prothorax long, convex,

broader than the head, arcuately dilated anteriorly and narrow at

the base (thus appearing cordate), densely scabroso-punctate, the

basal groove shallow and very near the margin. Elytra shining,

long, somewhat convex, subparallel in their basal half; closely

punctulate, without definite striae (the sutural and submarginal lines

excepted), but with rows of minute punctures down the dise to be-

yond the middle, the interstices broad, and with a line of minute

granules along their outer edge. Legs long, stout; basal joint of

anterior tarsi as broad as the tibia. Penis-sheath very long, slender,

compressed, blunt at the tip; the lateral lobes of the aedeagus long,

slender, acuminate, along, curved, slender, spiniform process arising

from near the base of each of them.

Length 6 mm.

Hab. Cotomsta, ?Bogota (ex coll. F. Bates).

One male. This insect seems to be nearly related to

M. goudoti and funcki, Laf., from Colombia and Venezuela

respectively, but it cannot be identified with either of them.

Compared with the Central-American M. princeps, Champ.,

the present species is narrower and more convex, and it

has the elytra less densely punctate, the prothorax more

dilated anteriorly, the head rounded (instead of truncate)

behind, and the occipital groove longer. M. fissiceps is

recognisable from its American allies by the long, convex,

cordate prothorax; the short, deeply cleft, basally rounded

head; the large eyes; the seriato-granulate, non-striate,

shining elytra; and the elongate, robust body. The genital

armature is wholly different from that of M. scabrida and

incana, the only American members of the genus as yet

dissected by me.

51. Macratria egaensis, n. sp.

Elongate, robust, moderately shining, thickly clothed with fine,

adpressed, yellowish pubescence ; reddish-brown, the head rufescent,

240 Mr. G. C. Champion on

the antennae, palpi, anterior legs (the knees excepted), and the

femora and tarsi of the other legs, testaceous or rufo-testaceous ;

the entire upper surface densely, minutely punctate. Head large,

transverse, broadly truncate behind, the occipital groove very

deep; eyes rounded, moderately large, distant; antennae rather

short, not very slender, joints 9-11 thickened and elongated, 11

nearly as long as 9 and 10 united, 10 a little longer than 9. Pro-

thorax long, almost as wide as the head, oval, much narrowed pos-

teriorly, the lower basal portion but little dilated laterally, the

basal groove fine and placed close to the margin, the surface finely

scabrous. Elytra rather broad, long, subparallel in their basal half,

confusedly punctulate, substriate on the basal half of the disc, with-

out definite series of punctures, the interstices flat. Legs moderately

long, the femora strongly clavate; basal joint of anterior tarsi

nearly as stout as the tibia.

Length 5mm. (3?)

Hab. AMazons, Ega (H. W. Bates).

One specimen, injured by pinning. Smaller, less robust,

and more finely pubescent than M. fissiceps; the head

truncate behind, and with a shorter and deeper occipital

sulcus; the eyes smaller; the prothorax less convex, and

less dilated anteriorly; the elytra not so shining and much

more densely punctate; the antennae with a longer apical

joint. The reddish-brown body, larger head, deeper occi-

pital groove, less rounded sides of the prothorax, and the

subparallel, less densely punctate, more shining elytra

separate M. egaensis from M. scabrida.

52. Maeratria truneata, n. sp.

Elongate, robust, shining, sparsely clothed with rather long,

decumbent, cinereous hairs; black, the palpi, mouth-parts, and legs

(the bases of the femora, the knees, and the posterior tibiae and first

tarsal joint excepted) testaceous, the two basal joints of the antennae

fusco-testaceous. Head large, subquadrate, broadly truncate at

the base, closely, minutely punctate, the occipital impression almost

obsolete, the eyes large; antennae slender, moderately long,

joints 9-11 elongated and thickened, 11 one-half longer than 10.

Prothorax long, broader than the head, oval, widest anteriorly,

obliquely compressed on the flanks posteriorly, the basal portion

dilated laterally, the basal groove shallow; densely scabroso-punc-

tate. Elytra wider than the prothorax, long, rather convex, sub-

parallel in their basal half, densely, confluently punctate, without

trace of striae (the sutural stria excepted) on the disc. Legs stout,

New and little-known Lagriidae and Pedilidae. 241

the femora strongly clavate; basal joint of the anterior tarsi large,

fully as broad as the tibia, that of the posterior pair curved and not

very long.

Length 5} mm. (3?)

Hab. Braz, Parana (Fry).

One specimen. A robust, black, shining, sparsely cinereo-

pilose form, with a transversely subquadrate head, dark

antennae, a large, subcordate prothorax, and confusedly

punctate, non-striate elytra, the legs stout and in great

part testaceous. The basal joint of the anterior tarsus

is so much thickened as to appear, at first sight, a con-

tinuation of the tibia. M. truncata is allied to M. obsoleta,

Champ., from Costa Rica, from which it differs in the

broader, black head, the shorter antennae, the anteriorly

dilated prothorax, and the more densely punctured elytra ;

the posterior femora, too, are infuscate at the base and apex

only, not at the middle as in M. obsoleta.

53. Maeratria erassimanus, n. sp. (Plate LXIV, fig. 23,

g, anterior leg.)

Elongate, shining (when denuded), the prothorax subopaque,

thickly clothed with fine, adpressed, fulvous or greyish pubescence,

with a few erect hairs intermixed; brown or reddish-brown, the

head usually rufescent, the prothorax and metasternum sometimes

piceous, the palpi, mouth-parts, antennae, and legs (a large blackish

patch on the posterior femora, and the slightly infuscate posterior

tibiae and first tarsal joint, excepted) testaceous. Head transverse,

broadly truncate and feebly emarginate at the base, densely, finely

punctate; eyes very large, oval, coarsely facetted; antennae slender,

long, joints 9-11 thickened and elongated, 11 one-half longer than

10; maxillary palpi moderately stout, joint 4 cultriform. Pro-

thorax about as wide as the head, oblong-oval, rounded at the sides

anteriorly, obliquely compressed on the flanks posteriorly, densely

scabroso-punctate, the basal groove shallow. Elytra moderately

long, rather broad, subparallel in their basal half; finely, densely,

confusedly punctate, with faintly impressed lines on the disc, the

usual rows of punctures altogether wanting, the submarginal stria

incomplete and only just traceable. Pygidium simple. Legs long,

the femora strongly clavate; basal joint of anterior tarsi very stout,

wider than the tibia in both sexes.

Length 3343 mm. (3°.)

Hab. Brazit, Petropolis (Gray), Rio de Janeiro, Macahi

(Fry), Alto da Serra in Sao Paulo (G@. EB. Bryant).

242 Mr. G. C. Champion on Lagriidae and Pedilidae.

Apparently not uncommon in the neighbourhood of

Rio de Janeiro. The numerous specimens before me vary

greatly in size, and in the colour of the body, and also to

some extent in the intensity of the elytral sculpture, two

small males from Macahi having the punctures more scat-

tered and the interspaces smoother. In this species there

is no trace of a seriate arrangement of punctures on the disc

of the elytra, the basal joint of the anterior tarsi is greatly

thickened, the head is broadly truncate at the base, the

eyes are large, oval, and coarsely facetted, and the pos-

terior femora are constantly fusco-maculate.

54. Macratria frontalis, n. sp.

3. Moderately elongate, narrow, shining, the prothorax sub-

opaque, the surface sparsely cinereo-pubescent; piceous, paler

beneath, the anterior half of the head, the palpi, antennae, and legs

testaceous, the rest of the head rufescent. Head transverse, as

wide as the prothorax, broadly truncate and unimpressed at the base,

closely, minutely punctate; eyes moderately large, not prominent;

antennae very slender, moderately long, joints 9-11 elongated and

thickened, 11 nearly twice as long as 10. Prothorax elongate-oval,

compressed on the flanks posteriorly, densely scabroso-punctate,

the basal groove incomplete. Elytra comparatively short, narrow-

ing from the base, closely, finely, confusedly punctate, without im-

pressed lines on the disc, the sutural and submarginal striae excepted.

Legs long, the femora clavate; basal joint of the anterior tarsi very

stout, wider than the tibia, that of the posterior pair curved; inter-

mediate tibiae feebly sinuate within.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Amazons, Rio Jurua [lower] (Tradl).

One example, labelled 12-14. xi. ’74, received by the

Museum in 1897. A small, narrow form, piceous in colour,

with the anterior half of the head and the limbs testaceous ;

the head transverse, and broadly truncate behind; the

elytra comparatively short, narrowed from the base, and

not striate; the basal joint of the anterior tarsi ($) greatly

widened. The eves are smaller and less coarsely facetted

than in the much larger M. crassimanus, the elytra, too,

are shorter and not subparallel as in that insect.

EXPLANATION OF Piates LXIII, LXIV.

[See Explanations facing the PuaTEs.]

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIII.

Fic. 1. g. EHgestriomima (n. gen.) albilineata, Carter [Australia];

la, genital armature, in profile.

2 §. Ictistygna adusta, Pasc., var. rugosa, Pic [N.S. Wales].

3 4, 4 Q. Ictistygna biformis, n. sp. [N.S. Wales].

5 3g. Ictistygna tenuis, n. sp. [W. Australia].

6 3. Ictistygnina (n. gen.) filicornis, n. sp. [Brazil]; 6a, antenna.

7 3. Diacallina (n. gen.) multiforis, n. sp. [W. Africa]; 7a,

antenna.

8 3g. Diacalla comata, Pasc. [Australia]; 8a, antenna.

9 3. Egestria suturalis, Pase. [Australia].

———

NEW AND LITTLE

Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond 1916, Pla CxXa in

KNOWN LAGRIIDAE AND PEDILIDAE.

e Knight, del \ndre

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Pl. LX1|

Sleigh & Anglo Ltd

NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN PEDIEIDAE: |

EXPLANATION OF PLate LXIV.

Fic. 10 3. Egestrina (n. gen.) sulcicollis, Blackb. [Australia].

11 3. Macratriomima (n. gen.) lobigera, n. sp. [New Guinea].

12 g. Burygenius scoparius, n. sp. [Nilgiri Hills]; 12a, abdomen.

13 3. Macratria wallacei, n. sp. [Waigiou], antenna.

14 g.

15 3.

16 3.

17 g.

18 3.

19 g.

20 3.

gestrot, Pic [New Guinea], head, in profile.

giloloana, n. sp. [Gilolo}, posterior leg.

leucozona, n. sp. [Borneo].

pallipes, Motsch. [Ceylon], prothorax, in

profile; 17a, anterior leg.

dilaticollis, n. sp. [Perak].

cirrata, n. sp. [Perak], head, in profile.

dentipes, n. sp. [Macassar], anterior tibia.

scabrida, n. sp. [Rio de Janeiro], genital arma-

ture; 21a, ditto, in profile.

Jissiceps, n. sp. [Colombia], genital armature;

22a, ditto, in profile.

crassimanus, n. sp. [Rio de Janeiro], anterio

leg.

( 243)

VII. Gynandromorphous Agriades coridon, Poda; A.

coridon ab. roystonensis, Pickett. By E. A.

CockaynE, D.M., F.R.C.P., F.ES.

[Read March Ist, 1916.]

Puates LXV-LXXIII.

THREE forms of Agriades coridon occur, in which the

blue scaling differs in amount on the corresponding wings

on the two sides. In females, which have a good deal of

blue on the hind-wings, it is not very unusual to find the

blue spots larger on one side than on the other, or to find

one or more diffuse patches or well-defined spots on one

hind-wing unrepresented on the other. In the second of

these forms one finds one or even more than one streak

of brilliant blue scales. Such streaks are generally con-

fined to one wing, and are seen more often on the fore-

wing than on the hind-wing. The specimen figured is

exceptional in having the fore-wing and the hind-wing

on opposite sides affected in this way. Both these forms

are referable to ab. inaequalis, Tutt, but they are prob-

ably due to different causes and for this reason deserve

distinctive names. I propose to restrict the name ab.

maequalis to the second, or streaked form (Pl. LXXII,

figs. 1 and 2), and to name the first or unequally spotted

form ab. impar (nov. ab.), (Pl. LX XIII, figs. 1 and 2). The

majority of specimens described as gynandromorphous in

the lists of Oscar Schultz are examples of ab. inaequalis in

this restricted sense, but it is doubtful if there is really a

male element in them or in ab. impar. Though I have

examined a number of well-marked specimens of both

forms I have never seen androconia in either, except in

a specimen which shows gynandromorphism on the right

side and a blue spot without androconia on the left.

This specimen affords strong evidence of the different

nature of the asymmetry of blue scaling in ab. impar and

ab. roystonensis.

In the third form, with very few exceptions there is

inequality in the size of the wings, and the blue scales

are accompanied by androconia and coarse hair scales. In

my article on these specimens with asymmetry of size and

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART II. (DEC.)

244 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on

blue scaling, published in the ‘‘ Entomologists’ Record,”

1914, I stated that they also fell under Tutt’s ab. inae-

qualis. Mr. Pickett has written recently at some length

to prove that this is not so, and has named the form ab.

roystonensis, extending it to include specimens with

inequality in the size of the corresponding wings, but

without asymmetry of blue scaling. He says that Tutt

had never seen a specimen of ab. roystonensis, but a refer-

ence to “ British Butterflies,” vol. iv, shows that this is

not strictly accurate. On p. 6 of this work Tutt describes

a specimen taken by Dr. Hodgson in 1888 near Brighton

as a teratological example (90), and refers both to the

extra blue scales and to the smaller size of the blue-scaled

wings. On p. 30, where he describes ab. inaequalis, he

specially refers to it as an example of the aberration.

Fortunately I have examined it microscopically, and

have seen androconia and coarse hair scales on the

smaller right fore-wing and androconia on the smaller

hind-wing. Like the Royston specimens it 1s undoubtedly

gynandromorphous.

In the “ Entomologists’ Record,” 1914, I gave descriptions

of six complete dissections of Royston gynandromorphs,

and in the Journal of Genetics, 1915, I described a seventh.

On this rather meagre material I ventured to make some

generalisations, for which I hoped to obtain further sup-

port at a later date. This I have been enabled to do by

fresh material obtained in 1915 by my own efforts and

through the kindness of my friends.

In this paper I propose to discuss these peculiar

gynandromorphs, including all specimens coming under

Pickett’s ab. roystonensis, with a complete account of

my new dissections, dealing with them under the following

headings.

. Geographical range.

. Family and hereditary character.

. Anatomy of internal and external genitalia.

. Psychology.

. External appearance.

6. Theoretical discussion.

Ou Go be

GEOGRAPHICAL RANGE.

The vast majority have been taken at Royston on the

borders of Hertfordshire and Cambridgeshire, where they

Gynandromorphous Agriades coridon. 24

occur year after year. They are very scarce, and, since

they cannot be distinguished in flight from normal females,

they may be overlooked very easily. I estimated roughly

that one was present in every 2000 females, and Pickett

says he took 66 amongst 60,000 females, or approximately

one in 900.

Mr. P. M. Bright has a specimen taken at Tring in 1899.

Mr. A. E. Gibbs made a preliminary investigation of the

Tring and Dunstable chalk hills in 1915, and, although

the weather was very unfavourable, two specimens were

captured near Dunstable. I examined the Tring and

Dunstable specimens, and found that they agreed with

Royston examples in having the wings on one side smaller

than those on the other and dusted with blue scales,

coarse hair scales and androconia.

These specimens from such outlying localities in Hert-

fordshire and Bedfordshire suggest that wherever coridon

occurs in these counties gynandromorphs of this kind will

be found. The only specimen, of which I have certain

knowledge, taken outside these counties is the one already

mentioned in the Hodgson Collection at Cambridge, set

on a gilt pin and labelled “ Bevingdean, 7. 9. 1888.”

According to Tutt this is Bevendean near Brighton. The

gynandromorphous specimen captured by Briggs on the

Sheep Leas, Horsley, Surrey (Entom., xx, p. 266), is

stated by Tutt to be female on the left side and male on

the right side, with the wings slightly smaller on the male

side. This reduction in size of the wings on the male side

makes it probable that this is an instance of the same

phenomenon.

The great excess of females over males at Royston

has led to the suggestion that there may be a connection

between it and the prevalence of the preponderantly

female gynandromorphs. Some evidence of this may

be obtained by noting whether it occurs at Tring and

Dunstable and elsewhere in Hertfordshire, and in the

Brighton district.

FAMILY AND HEREDITARY CHARACTER.

We know that gynandromorphism of various kinds

may be familial or hereditary. Though direct proof that

it is familial is lacking in the case of the Royston gynandro-

morphs, there is circumstantial evidence in favour of its

being so. They are so rare that one may search for a

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PaRT II. (DEC.) R

246 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on

whole day or more examining thousands of females and

not find a single gynandromorph, and then one may find

two or three close together in a very short time.

This fact has been noticed by Mr. Newman and Mr.

Pickett, both of whom have collected very extensively

at Royston, and by other Entomologists. My own ex-

perience strongly supports the view that several may

occur in one family.

In 1914, one evening when cordon was beginning to

settle down for the night, I found two on neighbouring

plants of knapweed, and two others only a few yards

away. All four were very perfect and probably had

emerged quite recently.

Last year I had a still more striking experience. I

went to the locality too early in the season and found

that cordon was scarce and that few females had emerged.

Mr. Newman told me that in three days he had not captured

a single gynandromorph. Yet on July 25th, in one small,

rather isolated piece of ground, where not more than fifty

females were flying, I took five gynandromorphs, and a

sixth specimen with the wings smaller on one side but

without any blue scaling. All these had emerged quite

recently, and none had ova descending the oviducts. ‘Two

other gynandromorphs were taken elsewhere on the downs.

On July 28th I took a specimen with one side small and

with two blue scales and a coarse hair scale on the small

_ side on the same bit of ground, and on August Ist took

four more gynandromorphs and another female with the

wings unequal, but with only two blue scales on the small

side, all on exactly the same spot. Prolonged search

elsewhere only yielded two more. All the ones taken close

together were very freshly emerged, and were probably

members of a single family.

In describing the internal and external organs in this

species I have ‘continued to use the names adopted in my

earliest papers. Dr. Chapman, however, has very kindly

written to me and told me that he considers the organ I

have named the caput bursae to be the entire bursa copu-

latriz, and that what I call the bursa copulatriz is nothing

more than a specialised chitinous arrangement for ex-

truding the long tubular prop or hypostema with its

chitinous genital opening. He names this the rein or

henia. His views are probably correct. But the subject

is a difficult one, as it is uncertain what structures in

= — —— —_—

Gynandromorphous Agriades coridon. 247

the Plebeid Blues are homologous with those found and

named by Pierce and Burrows in the Noctuidae and Geo-

metridae, and, indeed, whether the prop and rein have

any homologues in these classes. Under these circum-

stances I must be content to leave my diagrams to show

my meaning without in any way insisting on the correctness

of my nomenclature.

ANATOMY OF INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL GENITALIA.

The following are descriptions of eighteen gynandro-

morphs, fourteen examined in a fresh condition, four

after preservation in spirit, all taken at Royston in 1915.

For the four specimens in spirit I am indebted to Mr.

H. B. Williams. There are also descriptions of four

specimens with inequality of size, but without andro-

conia on the small side. Three had one or two blue

scales on the small side, the fourth had none and is, I

believe, unique. The specimen described by Pickett as

having no blue scales has at least one.

No. 1. Fore-wings, right 16 mm. in expanse, left 15 mm. Discal

spots ringed with white on both sides, ab. albicincta, Tutt. Many

blue scales on right fore- and hind-wings, numerous androconia

and coarse hair scales. Ovaries and cement glands equal and

normal. Spermatheca present. Caput bursae (bursa copulatrix,

Chapman) and ductus seminis absent. Rein and prop present.

External genitalia symmetrical and like those of normal female.

No. 2. Fore-wings, right 13°75 mm., left 14 mm. Blue scales

with numerous androconia and coarse hair scales on left fore-wing.

Underside ab. parisiensis, Gerh., on both sides. Ovaries and cement

glands equal in size and normal. Bursa copulatrix, caput bursae,

ductus seminis and spermatheca normal. Caput contained much

dark-coloured material. External genitalia symmetrical and like

those of normal female.

No. 3. Fore-wings, right 16:25 mm., left 15°75 mm. Under-

side almost symmetrical. Discal spots on upperside ringed with

white, pale blue wedges internal to lunules on both hind-wings.

Many blue scales and androconia on left fore- and hind-wings,

coarse hair scales on left fore-wing. Ovaries symmetrical. Caput

bursae of abnormal shape (Fig. 4). Ductus seminis represented by

a blind remnant leading from common oviduct. Cement gland

on left side small, on right side almost entirely aborted (Fig. 5).

Spermatheca normal. Caput bursae empty. External genitalia

symmetrical and like those of normal female.

248 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on

No. 4. Fore-wings, right 15 mm., left 16 mm. Underside colour

and spotting symmetrical. Blue scales with numerous andro-

conia and coarse hair scales near apex and along posterior margin

of right fore-wing. Blunting of apex. Only two or three blue

scales on right hind-wing. Ovaries and cement glands symmetrical.

Other organs present and normal. Caput bursae contained much

dark material. External genitalia symmetrical and like those of

normal female.

No. 5. Fore-wings, right 14°55 mm., left 16 mm. Blue scaling

diffuse but slight on both wings on right side. Androconia numer-

ous. Underside alike on both sides. Ovaries and cement glands

symmetrical. Other organs normal. Caput contained a little

granular material. External genitalia symmetrical and like those

of normal female.

No. 6. Fore-wings, right 17 mm., left 15°55 mm. Underside

colour and spotting symmetrical. Blue scales, coarse hair scales

and androconia numerous along posterior border of left fore-wing,

diffuse blue scaling on left hind-wing. Ovaries normal and sym-

metrical. Cement glands symmetrical but small. Bursa, caput

and ductus seminis normal, spermatheca nodular (Fig. 6).

No. 7. Fore-wings, right and left 13 mm., hind-wings, right

11 mm., left 10 mm. No blue scales on fore-wings, dense patch of

blue scales with androconia near anal angle of left hind-wing, and

reduction of lunules. Slight asymmetry of spotting on underside.

Ovaries small but symmetrical; cement glands normal and sym-

metrical. Bursa, caput, ductus seminis and spermatheca normal.

Caput empty. External genitalia symmetrical and like those of

normal female (Pl. LXVII, fig. 2).

No. 8. Fore-wings, right 16°5 mm., left 15 mm. H.B.W. Dif-

fuse but thin blue scaling over wings on left side. Numerous coarse

hair scales and androconia. Lunules small on left hind-wing.

Upperside colour and underside colour and spotting alike on both

sides. Ovaries and cement glands normal and symmetrical. Other

organs present and normal. Caput bursae empty and abnormal in

shape (Fig. 2). External genitalia symmetrical and like those of

normal female.

No. 9. Fore-wings, right 16 mm., left 17 mm. H.B.W. Exten-

sive diffuse blue scaling with numerous androconia 0 both wings

on right, coarse hair scales numerous on right fore-wing. General

facies the same on both sides. Ovaries and cement glands normal

and equal. Caput bursae and ductus seminis absent. Rein and

prop present. Other organs present and normal. External genitalia

symmetrical and those of normal female.

No. 10. H BW. Wings smaller on right but too little difference

Gynandromorphous Agriades coridon. 249

to measure accurately.. Small patch of blue scales with many

androconia near apex of right fore-wing, numerous blue scales and

androconia on right hind-wing with smaller lunules. General facies

alike on the two sides. Ovaries and cement glands normal and

symmetrical. Bursa, caput and ductus seminis normal. Caput

empty. Spermatheca branched (Fig. 7). External genitalia sym-

metrical and like those of normal female. ;

No. 11. Fore-wings, right 16 mm., left 17mm. H.B.W. General

facies alike on both sides. Blue scales most numerous near posterior

margins of fore- and hind-wings on right. Androconia numerous.

Lunules on right hind-wing reduced. Ovaries and cement glands

normal and symmetrical. Other organs present and normal.

Caput empty. External genitalia symmetrical and like those of

normal female.

No. 12. Fore-wings, right 15°5 mm., left 16 mm. Costa o

right fore-wing curved. General facies alike on both sides, discal

spots ringed with white, ab. albicincta, Tutt. Diffuse blue scaling

of both wings on right. Lunules reduced. Androconia and coarse

hair scales few in number. Ovaries and cement glands large and

symmetrical. Other organs present and normal. Caput empty.

External genitalia symmetrical and like those of normal female.

No. 13. Fore-wings, right 15 mm., left 16 mm. General facies

alike on both sides. Blue scales diffuse but not numerous on both

wings on right. Androconia numerous even amongst purely brown

scales. Ovaries and cement glands normal and symmetrical.

Other organs present and normal. Caput bursae full of dark

material. External genitalia symmetrical and like those of normal

female.

No. 14. Fore-wings, right 16 mm., left 15 mm. Blue scales,

coarse hair scales, and androconia numerous on the left fore-wing,

local patch of blue scales without androconia on the left hind-wing.

No reduction in size of lunules. General facies alike on both sides,

underside near ab. parisiensis on both sides. Ovaries and cement

glands normal and symmetrical. Other organs present and normal.

Caput empty. External genitalia symmetrical and like those of

normal female.

No. 15. Fore-wings, right 13 mm., left 13°5 mm. Right fore-

wing : numerous blue scales, coarse hair scales and androconia diffused

over surface. Right hind-wing has only about 33 blue scales with

one androconial scale. General facies the same on both sides.

Ovaries and cement glands symmetrical and normal. Other

organs present and normal. Caput empty. External genitalia

symmetrical and like those of normal female.

No. 16. Fore-wings, right 16°4 mm., left 155 mm. Stripe of

250 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on Agriades coridon.

densely packed blue scales, coarse hair scales and androconia on

left fore-wing. No blue scales on left hind-wing. Ovaries and

cement glands symmetrical and normal. Other organs present

and normal. Caput empty. External genitalia symmetrical and

like those of normal female (Pl. LXV, fig. 1).

No. 17. Fore-wings, right 16°5 mm., left 17°55 mm. Facies alike

on both sides, very dark colour. Very small patch of blue scales,

coarse hair scales and androconia along posterior border of right

fore-wing. The patch is only just visible to the naked eye. No

blue scales on right hind-wing, but obvious reduction in total area

and in size of lunules. Ovaries and cement glands symmetrical

and normal. Other organs present and normal. Caput contains

granular material. External genitalia symmetrical and like those

of normal female (Pl. LX VIII, fig. 2).

No. 18. Fore-wings, right 16°25 mm., left 14 mm. Left hind-

wing smaller than right. Upperside facies the same on both

sides. Underside, right typical, left ab. paristensis. Left antenna

shorter than right. Left fore-wing has one blue scale near apex

and a blue scale and coarse blue hair scale near posterior border.

No androconia seen. Ovaries and cement glands symmetrical

and normal. Other organs present and normal. Caput empty.

External genitalia symmetrical and normal (Pl. LX XJ, fig. 2).

No. 19. Both wings smaller on the left side, right fore-wing

17 mm., left 16 mm. General facies alike on both sides. One

blue scale external to discal spot on small fore-wing. Lunules

slightly reduced on small hind-wing. Internal and external genitalia

like those of normal female.

No. 20. Both wings smaller on the right. Internal and external

genitalia like those of normal female.

No. 21. Fore-wings, right 17-25 mm., left 16°5 mm. Very dark

specimen. Marked reduction of size of lunules on the small left

hind-wing. Careful microscopic search revealed no blue scales and

no androconia. Ovaries and cement glands equal in size and large.

Other organs present and normal. Caput contained granular

material. External genitalia symmetrical and like those of normal

female (Pl. LXIX, fig. 2).

In addition to above complete dissections partial ex-

aminations were made of sixteen gynandromorphs, taken

in August and September 1915 at Royston by Mr. L. W.

Newman, and set and dried by him in the usual way.

They were treated with potash, and though minor ab-

normalities may have been overlooked an almost perfect

dissection was carried out on some of them. In seven,

—--

Fic. 1.—Normal bursa copulatrix (bursa with prop and rein of

Chapman).

Fic. 2.—Bursa with abnormally shaped caput (dissection No. 8).

Fic. 3.—Bursa with abnormal caput and duclus seminis aborted

(dissection No. 3).

Fie. 4.—Bursa with caput and ductus seminis absent (dissection

No. 1).

Fie. 5.—Rudimentary cement glands and blind ductus bursae

(dissection No. 3).

Fie. 6.—Small but symmetrical cement glands and nodular sper-

matheca (dissection No. 6).

Fic. 7.—Branched spermatheca (dissection No. 10).

Fie. 8.—Normal 9th and 10th abdominal segments.

Fia. 9.—Tenth abdominal segment showing each half of the ovi-

positor widely spread instead of parallel.

. Caput bursae (bursa copulatrix : Chapman).

. Prop or hypostema (Chapman).

Bursa copulatriz (rein or henia : Chapman).

. ductus seminis (ductus bursae).

Cement gland.

Spermatheca or receptaculum seminis.

. Ovipositor with rods (10th abdominal segment).

. 9th abdominal segment with rods.

251

mans asceore

252 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on

all the internal organs were recognised and appeared to

be like those of normal females. In many others the’

cement glands were recognised and the ovaries, though

the ova were swollen up and destroyed. In all sixteen

the bursa copulatric with its caput bursae was present.

In twelve the caput was noticed to be empty, but in two

some dark-coloured material was present. The external

genitalia were examined in all sixteen. In none was any

asymmetry discovered, and in none was any male struc-

ture present. In one specimen the two halves of the

ovipositor were widely spread instead of lying parallel

to one another. This defect was noticed when the insect

was captured, and must have been due to an injury occur-

ring shortly after emergence, while the chitin was still

soft, or to an error of development (Fig. 9).

I have dissected completely twenty-five undoubted

ayn ae for in specimen No. 2 (“Ent. Rec.,” xxvi.

p- 221) I found androconia in a later search, and can

summarise the results as follows. The ovaries were

normal and symmetrical in twenty-four, in one they were

symmetrical but each ovary had only three follicles instead

of four. Departures from the normal number of four

follicles in each testis and ovary are rare, except In primary

somatic or genetic hermaphredites. Doncaster has ob-

served six in each ovary in an otherwise normal female

Abraxas grossulariata. Reduction in the size of the

cement glands was noticed twice, and partial abortion of

one of the glands in two other cases. Maldevelopment

of the spermatheca was also met with. The most note-

worthy errors of development occurred in connection with

the bursa copulatrix, its caput and the ductus semis.

It was possible to examine these: structures in One -one

gynandromorphs.

Normally the ductus seminis arises from the buen at

the same point as the caput bursae, or, according to Chap-

man’s nomenclature, at the very commencement of the

tubular bursa. In two specimens the caput bursae (or,

according to Chapman, the entire bursa) and the ductus

seminis were absent; in a third, the caput (or entire bursa)

was absent and the ductus represented by a blind rudi-

ment entering the common oviduct; and in a fourth,

though the caput was present the ‘ductus seminis was

entirely absent. In all these the prop and rein of Chapman

were present and normal in appearance. Probably the

———

Gynandromorphous Agriades coridon. 253

abnormalities found in the other specimens would not

have interfered with the production of fertile ova, but in

these four they must have led to complete sterility. In

three specimens, though the caput was present it was

abnormal in formation (see figures).

In the thirty-nine specimens, where the point was

noted, a variable amount of granular material was seen

in the caput bursae in twelve, and in some it had become

very dark coloured and conspicuous. In twenty-seven

the caput was entirely transparent and empty. Of the

specimens described in the ‘ Ent. Record,” xxvi, p. 221,

granular material was present in numbers 4 and 6 and

absent in 1, 2 and 3, and it was also absent in the one

described in the Journal of Genetics, 1915. In twenty

normal females taken as controls, including three ab.

semisyngrapha, this granular material was noticed in

eighteen, it was absent in two. Unfortunately the material

was not examined in a fresh condition. Prolonged boiling

in potash did not make it transparent. After boiling, the

caput in several instances was opened and the dark débris

was tested but failed to give either Millon’s or the biuret

reaction for proteids, a failure which is not surprising in

view of the treatment to which it had been subjected.

The material is probably altered semen, and could only

be present in females after fertilisation. If this view is

correct, its presence in so few gynandromorphs shows that

a much smaller proportion of these had been fertilised

than of normal females.

PsycHoLoeGy.

Of the psychology of these gynandromorphs I have

little information to offer. Their rarity and the enormous

numerical preponderance of females over males at Royston

makes it very difficult to take any observations.

I have never seen a gynandromorph being courted by

a male, nor found one paired. Mr. Newman, with a wider

experience, has never seen one courted or paired. -Mr.

Pickett says he has paid special attention to this point,

and in no year has he seen one paired or being courted

by a male. There seems to be no physical reason why

this should not take place, and only in a very small pro-

portion does there appear to be any anatomical obstruc-

tion to fertilisation or oviposition. If my suggestion

254 Dr. EK. A. Cockayne on

about the condition of the bursa be a correct one fertilisa-

tion does occur in some of these gynandromorphs, though

less often than in the case of normal females.

Since I wrote this I have asked Mr. Bethune-Baker and

Dr. Chapman for their opinions. The latter wrote: “ As

to the dark contents of the bursa I am ignorant, but have

supposed it to represent some change (decomposition ?)

in contents after pairing.” Mr. Bethune-Baker has noticed

its presence, and thinks it is found only after fertilisation.*

EXTERNAL APPEARANCE.

The vast majority of the Royston gynandromorphs

show the reduction in wing area accompanied by the

presence of blue scales, coarse blue hair scales and andro-

conia on one side only; I have seen more than two hundred

of these myself. In most specimens the fore-wing appears

to be more affected than the hind-wing, but the reverse

may be the case. Occasionally only the fore-wing or only

the hind-wing may have the abnormal scales, and the

other wing on the same side may show a reduction in

size or may appear to be exactly like the one on the opposite

side (Pl. LXVII, fig. 2). In some, coarse hair scales are

rare and in others androconia. In some the lunules show

no reduction in size.

The situation of the blue scales is variable, but they are

usually most dense on the part furthest from the thorax

and distal to the central spot, or along the posterior border

in the fore-wing, and in the hind-wing also they are most

abundant in situations distal to the central spot. These

are just the situations where blue scaling is not found in

the blue females, or where it becomes least abundant.

* In order to throw light on the nature of the brown material

in the bursa copulatrix, I dissected in August 1916 three females

of A. coridon taken in cop., three virgin females and two gynandro-

morphs in very fresh condition. Two of fertilised females had the

bursa quite full of brown material, which under the microscope

appeared amorphous and granular and was mixed with large

numbers of living spermatozoa, the third had very little brown

material but spermatozoa were abundant. In the virgin females

and gynandromorphs there was no granular brown material and

no spermatozoa were present. This makes it almost certain that

the brown material is only present after fertilisation, and it is

probably the secretion of the glandulae accessoriae of the male.

The bursal contents of Ornithoptera helena gave marked Millon and

biuret reactions. The two gynandromorphs, ab. roystonensis, showed

normal and symmetrical internal and external genital organs.

Gynandromorphous Agriades coridon. 255

Blue scaling may be extremely marked as in my speci-

mens (Journal of Genetics, Pl. xxi, fig. 6, and Pl. xxii,

fig. 7), or very scanty as in a specimen in Mr. T. W. Hall’s

collection, which has about fifty blue scales with a few

androconia near the apex of the small fore-wing. I have

another specimen showing reduction in size of the wings

on the night side, especially of the hind-wing. It has

only four blue scales and no androconia on the fore-

wing, but there are a few additional blue scales on the

hind-wing with one or two coarse hair scales and some

androconia (PI. LXVIII, fig. 1).

Another with only a small patch of blue scales, coarse

hair scales and androconia is No. 17, and here there is

reduction in size of the hind-wing with no abnormal scales

(Pl. LXVIII, fig. 2). From these the transition is only a

slight one to specimens such as Pickett’s (Journal of Gene-

tics, Pl. xxu, figs. 11 and 12) and to the specimens No. 18

and 19. These have the reduced size, but no androconia.

Only one or two blue scales are present, but they le in

those areas where blue scaling is commonest in gynandro-

morphs and only present in the bluest normal females.

They are, however, rather dark specimens with but few

basal blue scales. In No. 18, too, there is a single blue

hair scale. Mr. Pickett possesses a specimen of ab. semi-

syngrapha with no androconia and no coarse hair scales,

but with marked difference in size on the two sides. No.

21 is quite remarkable; it shows no sign of faulty expan-

sion, and yet there is marked difference in the size of the

wings on the two sides, and with it a marked reduction in

the size of the lunules (Pl. LXIX, fig. 2).

I think that these very unusual specimens are really

of the same nature as the others, but the evidence of their

gynandromorphism is masked. The reduction in size is

a remarkable feature. In A. coridon the male is consider-

ably larger than the female, and in the six or seven halved

or nearly halved gynandromorphs recorded, the male side

has been larger than the female. Yet in the predominantly

female gynandromorphs of Royston the side showing male

characters is smaller and, as a rule, the more marked the

male characters are the greater is the reduction. Local

areas which show many blue scales show parallel reduction

in size, and so lead to deformity of wing, such as blunting

of the apex, curving of the costa or indentation of the

margin of the wing.

256 Dr. E. A. Cockayne: on

In addition to the specimens showing male characters

and reduced size on one side only, there are a few examples

known which show them on both sides. Some are figured

here, others in the Journal of Genetics. All the forms

known so far can be classified in the following way :— .

I. Unilateral or halved Gynandromorphism.

(a) Both wings reduced, blue scales, coarse blue hair

scales and androconia present. It is not very unusual to

find no hair scales and no androconia on the hind-wing.

(6) Fore-wing or hind-wing alone showing the abnormal

scales; the other wing usually reduced, but sometimes

normal in size.

or two blue scales present, and either none or one or two

coarse hair scales.

(d) Wings reduced; no abnormal scales present.

Il. Bilateral Gynandromorphism.

(a) All four wings affected, but generally unequally

(Journal of Genetics, Pl. xxu, figs. 8 and 9). Another

specimen similar to fig. 8is in Mr. P. M. Bright’s collection.

(b) Three wings affected (Pl. LXVI, fig. 1). This is in

Mr. Pickett’s collection taken at Royston 1915, and in

addition to blue scales it has coarse blue hair scales on

both fore-wings. Androconia are numerous on the left

hind-wing, uncommon on the right fore-wing and very

scanty on the right hind-wing.

Mr. Leeds at Royston, 1915. Blue scales not very numer-

ous. Only one or two coarse hair scales, and only one

androconial scale seen on each Lore ea No inequality

in size.

(d) Reduction of size on one side; blue scales, coarse

hair scales and androconia on the other (Journal of

Genetics, Pl. xxu, fig. 10).

Ill. Crossed Gynandromorphism.

Specimen taken by Mr. Pickett at Royston, 1915. Re-

duction in size with presence of a number of blue scales,

coarse hair scales and androconia of left fore-wing. Re-

duction of size with presence of numerous blue scales and

androconia of right hind-wing (Pl. LXVII, fig. 1).

}

- > Te

Nea, ee LE LE LL LL ALLA

> ee

Gynandromorphous Agriades coridon. 257

A very important point to consider is the condition of

the general somatic characters on the two sides of the

body in these blues. Examination of a great number of

specimens has convinced me that they are almost invariably

the same.

Females of coridon vary in colour on the upperside from

pale brown to almost black. Some have the spot ringed

with white ab. albicincta, Tutt, others have whitish spots

internal to the lunules, and the amount of blue at the

base of the wings is very variable. However marked any

of these characters may be in a gynandromorph they are

present on both sides alike. The ground-colour of the

underside also is variable, but as in normal specimens so

in gynandromorphs it is the same on both sides. I have

one a peculiar silvery white on both sides, and another

of a most unusual chocolate brown colour on both the

gynandromorphous and the normal sides.

Spotting often shows slight asymmetry in normal

females, and slight asymmetry is still commoner in

gynandromorphs, owing to the difference in size and

shape of the wings on the two sides; but here again the

pattern is approximately symmetrical.

I have three specimens ab. parisiensis, Gerh., on both

sides, one with basal spots obsolete, ground-colour pale

grey and a strong brown line near the margin on both

sides, and another is a well-marked example of ab. crassi-

puncta, Court., on both sides. Two specimens figured

show great asymmetry, but the difference in size is

so marked that it can probably be put down to this

cause and not to a real difference of somatic constitution

on the two sides. The only specimen I have seen in

which the difference is such as to make me suspect a true

segregation of somatic characters, heterochroism, is figured

in the Journal of Genetics (Pl. xxii, fig. 12). There is

great difference in size, which makes one suspect that it

is a gynandromorph, though I know one instance of simple

heterochroism where the asymmetry of size is equally

great. The presence of a blue scale on the small side

still further suggests a segregation of secondary sexual

characters.

The most striking proof of the identity of somatic

constitution on the two sides is afforded by the specimens

of ab. semisyngrapha, Tutt, which show gynandromorph-

ism. My own specimen is figured (Journal of Genetics,

258 Dr. KE. A. Cockayne on

Pl. xxii, fig. 14a). A second was captured by Mr. H. B.

Williams at Royston, in 1915, and has androconia on both

wings on the right side (Pl. LXX, fig. 2), and a third,

taken by Mr. F. W. J. Jackson at the same time and

place, also has androconia on the small misshapen side

(Pl. LXX, fig. 1).

THEORETICAL DISCUSSION.

A good deal of evidence has accumulated to prove that

sex and secondary sexual characters are Mendelian unit

characters, and that although closely linked they are

probably separable. There is even some evidence to

show that the secondary sexual characters themselves

may be separable into more than one unit character. It

is thought that the character for sex is carried by a special

chromosome sometimes recognisable microscopically, and

that secondary sexual characters are probably carried by the

same chromosome. It is probable that ordinary gynandro-

morphs are produced by unequal chromosome divisions at

the first cleavage of the normally fertilised ovum, and

that in this unequal division both the units for sex and

for secondary sexual characters participate. Hence such

individuals are likely to be true genetic hermaphrodites,

having the gonad, external genitalia and secondary sexual

characters peculiar to one sex on the one side, and those

peculiar to the other on the other side.

In the Royston gynandromorphs the condition found

is quite different from this. In the considerable number

examined the gonads, internal and external genitalia have

always proved to be female. The dissimilarity on the

two sides is confined to certain secondary sexual char-

acters, male scent scales or androconia, coarse blue hair

scales and blue scales of ordinary shape, all of which

together may perhaps be a single Mendelian character.

The irregular division, which I suppose to be the cause

of this, must be confined to that part of the chromosome

bearing this character. The factor for sex in the chromo-

some must be unaffected because both gonads are female

and are invariably equal in size on the two sides. There

is some evidence that the unit for the accessory internal

genitalia and for the external genitalia is independent of

that for the gonads and it must also be unaffected; for,

although the internal organs are occasionally imperfectly

Gynandromorphous Agriades coridon. 259

formed, they are always wholly female and almost always

symmetrical. In the two specimens in which one cement

gland was smaller than the other, in one it was smaller

on the gynandromorphous and in the other and more

marked example it was smaller on the normal purely

female side.

It is difficult to explain why reduction in size takes

place on the side showing male characters in an insect

in which the male is considerably larger than the female.

Large size may be a unit character independent of that

responsible for the peculiar scales of the male; but, even

if this be so, it remains obscure why the parts which show

a mixture of secondary sexual characters should show an

actual deficiency of growth. All the other parts on the

gynandromorphous side, such as the antennae, legs,

abdominal rings and external genitalia, show a normal

growth. It is evident, however, that defective growth of

the wings is almost a constant feature of the Royston

eynandromorphs, and on the whole is most marked where

the male element is most manifest. The most notable

exception is the specimen (Pl. LXXIII, fig. 5) in the

possession of Mr. P. M. Bright. Jn this the male element,

judged by the abundance of blue scales, is stronger than in

any other specimen of this kind which I have seen. There

are, however, very few androconia; large areas being

entirely destitute of them. The wings are equal on the

two sides and so it does not fall under ab. roystonensis,

though obviously it ought to do so. It is interesting to

compare this specimen with the next bluest specimen I

have seen, in which androconia and coarse hair scales are

very abundant on the fore-wing, which is correspondingly

small (Pl. LX XIII, fig. 4).

Halved or nearly halved gynandromorphs of A. coridon

(genetic and primary somatic hermaphrodites) are ex-

tremely rare, and‘ only about half a dozen have been re-

corded. One from Dover, perfectly halved, is figured in

Barrett's “ British Lepidoptera,’ vol. 1, Pl. xu, fig. le.

Another was taken by Mr. Quarrington in the Reigate

district on July 31st, 1914, and has not been recorded

previously (Pl. LX XIII, fig. 3). The external genitalia are

partly male and partly female. In a specimen taken at

Purley by Mr. Kirkman, the abdomen and three wings are

apparently male, and one fore-wing and half the thorax are

female (Ent., xxv, p. 2, Pl. i, fig. 3). In these and similar

260 Dr. HE. A. Cockayne on

specimens the male wings are considerably larger than the

female, contrasting strongly in this respect with the second-

ary somatic hermaphrodites, which form the subject of

this paper.

The fact that the somatic characters are almost in-

variably the same on both sides in these gynandromorphs

from Royston is important, because it disproves the view

that either fertilisation of an ovum by two spermatozoa

or fertilisation of one half of a prematurely divided ovum

gives rise to the condition of gynandromorphism; though

both suggestions have been advanced at one time or

another to explain ordinary halved gynandromorphism.

An irregular division of chromosomes at the first cleavage

of the fertilised ovum may account for the halved examples

of gynandromorphous coridon, but will not account for

bilateral or crossed forms. In these far rarer specimens

an irregular division probably took place earlier, perhaps

at the second maturation division before the fertilisation

of the ovum. In all cases there is probably some ante-

cedent abnormality of the chromosome. |

In the majority of lepidopterous insects the female is

a heterozygous dominant for sex, the male a homozygous

recessive, and A. coridon is probably no exception. The

occurrence of aberrations peculiar to the female, such as

abs. tithonus, Meig. (syngrapha, Kef.), and semisyngrapha,

Tutt, supports this hypothesis. In the simpler cases of

this kind the spermatozoa always have sex chromosomes

of one kind, but the ova are of two kinds: one with a

large sex chromosome, which on fertilisation produces a

female, the other with a small sex chromosome, which

produces a male. If we suppose that some part of the

large sex cHromosome is lost either before or after fertilisa-

tion, femaleness may be incompletely dominant. A some-

what similar condition may exist in the case of the chromo-

somes bearing the secondary sexual characters, and loss

of part of the dominant chromosome (that for female

secondary sexual characters) may cause an imperfect

dominance of female over male secondary sexual char-

acters. If the dominance becomes much reduced, the

male element may become visible in the form of numerous

blue scales and androconia. If the margin is narrow, it

may only be visible in the form of a few blue scales and

androconia; or, where there is almost a perfect balance

between the male and female elements, only one or two

Gynandromorphous Agriades coridon. 261

blue scales may show the mixed characters, or only the

curious deficiency of growth which the mixing seems almost

uniformly to produce. And since the deficiency of growth

is greatest where the female element predominates least

strongly, it is possible that when the balance is very even

the chromosomal abnormality may be present without

any external evidence whatever. Such an individual

might appear to be a normal female coridon.

That a gynandromorphous constitution may be masked

in this way is suggested by some of the families of Lymantria

dispar x L. dispar var. yaponica bred by Goldschmidt. In

several of these families the percentages of males, females

and gynandromorphs was such that he was driven to the

view that some of the specimens which appeared externally

to be males were really gynandromorphs.

We are thus met by the paradox, that in Lymantria and

Agriades gynandromorphs exist with the external marks of

their gynandromorphism entirely masked.

I venture to hope that by putting forward these very

speculative suggestions I shall stimulate some more com-

petent than myself to undertake the work necessary in

order to prove or disprove them. Field observations may

fill in some of the gaps in our knowledge, but breeding

experiments and cytological investigations are needed to

solve the fascinating problem presented by the Royston

gynandromorphs.

In conclusion, I offer my thanks to many Entomologists

for helping me, and to Messrs. Jackson, Leeds, Pickett

and H. B. Williams for permission to photograph and

figure their specimens.

BIBLioGRAPHY.

Cuapman, T. A. Trans. of the City of London Ent. and

Nat. Hist. Soc., 1912 and 1913, p. 67.

Cockayne, E. A. Ent. Record, 1914, vol. xxvi, p. 221;

Journal of Genetics, 1915, vol. v, No. 2, pp. 75-128.

Gotpscumipt, R., and Poprersaum, H. Zeitschr. f.

Indukt. Abstamm, 1914, Bd. xi.

Pickett, C. P. Ent. Record, 1914, vol. xxvi, pp. 59

and 275; ibid., 1916, vol. xxviii, p. 7; abid., 1916,

vol. xxviii, p. 59.

Turt, J. W. “ British Butterflies,” 1896, p. 167; dyid.,

vol. iv, pp. 6 and 30. y

Wiu1ams, H. B. Ent. Record, 1915, vol. xxvu, p. 85.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART II. (DEC.) s

262

Fie.

Fia.

Itc.

Fia.

Fie.

Fic.

Fia.

Fic.

Fie.

Explanation of Plates.

EXPLANATION OF PLates LXV—LXXIII.

PLATE LXV.

1. Gynandromorph resembling ab. inaequalis. Wings on left

side reduced in size. Numerous androconia and coarse hair

scales on blue striped areas of left fore-wing.

2. Gynandromorph showing reduction in size of wings on

right side, numerous blue scales, coarse hair scales and andro-

conia, and curving of costa of fore-wing.

PLATE LXVI.

1. Bilateral gynandromorphism. Blue scales and _ andro-

conia on right fore-wing, right hind-wing and left hind-wing

(Pickett coll.).

2. Bilateral gynandromorphism. Blue scales and an andro-

conial scale on each fore-wing (Leeds coll.).

PLATE LXVII.

1. Crossed gynandromorphism. Blue scales and androconia

with reduction in size in left fore-wing and right hind-wing

(Pickett coll.).

2. Fore-wings equal and normal. Left hind-wing with re-

duction in size, blue scales and androconia (Dissection No. 7).

PLATE LXVIII.

1. Gynandromorph with reduction in size of both wings on

right side. Four additional blue scales and no androconia

on right fore-wing, and a few additional blue scales, two coarse

hair scales and a few androconia present on right hind-wing.

2. Gynandromorph with reduction in size of both wings on

right side. A few blue scales, coarse hair scales and andro-

conia near posterior border of right fore-wing, but none present

on hind-wing (Dissection No. 17).

PLATE LXIX.

1. A. coridon ab. semisyngrapha. Wings on right side re-

duced in size. Costa of right fore-wing curved. A few ad-

ditional blue scales but no androconia and no coarse hair

scales on right side.

2. Wings on left side reduced in size and with smaller lunules.

No blue scales and no androconia present (Dissection No. 21).

Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate LXV.

André, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

GYNANDROMORPHISM IN AGRIADES CORIDON.

The Ni 7

Pee oa. 9 =. eo Tee

j -

ere: ;

f , 1

™ = Fo fa - - Mg

Dads. Weck a A hitelita?

- + is %

a —

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate LX VJ.

André, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

GYNANDROMORPHISM IN AGRIADES CORIDON.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1910, Plate LX VII.

Andvé, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

GYNANDROMORPHISM IN AGRIADES CORIDON.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1976, Plate LX VIII.

André, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

GYNANDROMORPHISM IN AGRIADES CORIDON.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate LXIX.

atic” ac: aaah ea a :

André, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

AGRIADES CORIDON ab. SEMISYNGRAPHA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate LXX 11,

André, Sleigh & Anglo, Lid.

AGRIADES CORIDON, ABERRATIONS.

André, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

AGRIADES CORIDON, ABERRATIONS.

Explanation of Plates. 263

PLATE LXX.

GYNANDROMORPHS ILLUSTRATING IDENTITY OF SOMATIC

CHARACTERS ON THE TWO SIDES.

Fic. 1. A. coridon ab. semisyngrapha with reduction in size of

wings, curving of costa, additional blue scales, coarse hair

scales and androconia on left side (F. W. J. Jackson).

Fie. 2. A. coridon ab. semisyngrapha with reduction in size of

wings, additional blue scales and androconia on right side

(H. B. Williams).

PLATE LXXI.

Fic. 1. Wings on right side reduced in size. A few additional

blue scales but no androconia on upper side, asymmetry in

pattern on underside.

Fic. 2. Wings on left side reduced in size. Two blue scales, one

coarse hair scale, no androconia on upper side, asymmetry in

pattern on underside (Dissection No. 18).

PLATE LXXII.

Fic. 1. A. coridon showing combination of abs. semisyngrapha and

inaequalis, Tutt. No reduction in size of wings, no coarse hair

scales and no androconia present (F. W. J. Jackson).

Fic. 2. A. coridon ab. inaequalis, Tutt. Right fore-wing and left

hind-wing streaked with blue scales but without androconia,

coarse hair scales or reduction in size.

PLATE LXXIII.

Fies. 1 and 2. A. coridon ab. impar.

Fie. 3. A. coridon, gynandromorph. Wings on right side almost

completely male and larger than those on left. External

genitalia on right. side showing male characters.

Fic. 4. A. coridon, gynandromorph (ab. roystonensis, Pickett).

Reduced size of «ngs on right side. Numerous blue scales,

androconia anu coarse hair scales on right fore-wing with

curving of costa. A few blue scales on right hind-wing.

Fic. 5. A. coridon, gynandromorph. Wings equal in size on the

two sides. A few androconia on right side, no coarse hair

scales (P. M. Bright). From a drawing.

IX. New Chrysids from Egypt and Algeria. By the Rev.

F. D. Moricn, M.A. fis:

[Read May 3rd, 1916.]

Parnopes nilotica, n. sp.

Parva (long. circ. 5-6 mm.); capite et thorace viridibus et sparsim

subauratis, postscutelli appendice brevissima thoracisque angulis

postico-lateralibus concoloribus, tegulis alarum albidis; abdomine

metallescenti-roseo vel carneo, segmentis—vel omnibus (g! an

semper?) vel solum tertio—apicem versus plus minusve vires-

centibus: segmenti 3tii parte apicali pallidiore (flavida), lateribus

transversim ita impressis ut in medio quasi carinam relinquant,

quae tamen carina in disco segmenti non continuatur; margine ipso

scarioso et acutissime inaequaliter multispinuloso: antennis, mandi-

bulis (apicibus harum nigris exceptis), ore, pedibus, et ventre

flavido-testaceis, genibus vero et parte tibiarum albidis.

Cavitas facialis albo-pilosa, longitudine sua latior, lateribus (i.e.

oculorum orbitis interioribus) fere parallelis. Clypei apex in medio

excisus. Pronoti anguli antici in formam spinularum obliquarum

excurrentes. Tegulae alarum (ut in hoc genere fieri solet) maximae,

punctatae. Postscutelli apex vix mucronatus, sed tuberculo con-

colore parum conspicuo munitus. Caput thorax que crasse rugoso-

vel reticulato-punctata; abdomen inaequaliter subtilius punc-

tatum. Segmenti tertii partes impressae breviter albo-pubescentes :

mesopleurae vero glabrae.

1 g, 229, taken by Dr. Longstaft at Khartum, 8-10. 11.

1909, and presented by him to the Hope Coll. in Oxford.

I treat this species as new on the authority of M. Robert

du Buysson, who has kindly examined it for me and called

my attention to several characters distinguishing it from

vareillesi, Buyss., an Algerian form which superficially

much resembles it.

In vareillesi the eyes are much larger, occupying more

of the head, so that the face between them is narrower.

They are also much wider above than beneath, while in

nilotica they are regularly oval. Partly, no doubt, for this

reason, the tempora in nilotica appear dilated behind the

TRANS ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916 —PaRT II. (DEC.)

Mr. F. D. Morice on New Chrysids. 265

centre of the eyes (in the lateral view). The postscutellar

appendage is evidently much longer in vareillesi, and is also

white (as are likewise the posterior toothlike angles of the

thorax), this difference of colour from the metallic areas

round it rendering it exceedingly conspicuous. In nilotica

both the angles of the thorax and the merely tuberculate

apex of the scutellum are concolorous with the parts

adjacent to them (green). It is also slightly smaller than

vareillesi; the mesopleurae are not pubescent as in that

species; and the dorsulum is more largely and uniformly

punctured.

It cannot be confounded with P. schmiedeknechti, Mocs.

(from Egypt and Palestine), that species having inter alia

the thorax above, including the tegulae, concolorous with

the abdomen, and very abnormal characters in the mouth

parts, which do not exist in nilotica.

I am, however, not altogether certain, that it may not

prove to be a form of P. elegans, Klug, described (on a

single 2) from Ambukohl, Nubia, and apparently not since

rediscovered. The figure in Symb. Phys. suspiciously

resembles it. But the last segment in elegans is described

as “ laete viridi-aureo,” which could hardly be said of any

of Dr. Longstafi’s specimens. And it should perhaps be

noted that elegans was taken in July, but nilotica early

in February.

Chrysis modestior, n. sp.

Statura minima (long. 3-44 mm.); segmenti abdominalis 3tii

serie anteapicali foveolarum cire-12 rotundarum mediocriter dis-

tincta, apice ipso integro, edentato, subtruncato angulis lateralibus

rotundatis; postscutello convexo; oculis haud magnis, breviter ac

late ovalibus; genis longis, convergentibus; cavitate faciali trans-

versa, superne haud distincte marginata (sc. carina frontali nulla),

in ¢ argenteo-pilosa, in 2 glabra, basi sulco brevi lineari longitudin-

aliter impressa, in medio subtiliter oblique striolata, lateribus

dense rugoso-punctulatis.

Corpus superne roseo-violascenti-metallicum, punctis haud pro-

fundis sed latis reticulato-scabrum, propterea que parum nitens;

infra cyaneum. Cyanea sunt etiam cavitatis facialis pars media,

tegulae alarum, propodei apex atque latera (area vero huius basali

subvirescenti-ignea). Genae virides. Mesopleurae subauratae, sterna

vero omnia cyanea. Segmenti abd. 3tii limbus apicalis cyaneus.

Venter obscure cyanescens, maculis 2 basalibus segmenti 2di

violascentibus. Pedes viridi-cyanei vel cyanei, tarsis vero brunneis.

266 Mr. F. D. Morice on

Pronoti anguli haud spiniformes, fere recti. Antennarum arti-

culus 3tius duobus sequentibus simul sumptis fere aequalis. Alae

hyalinae nervis fuscis, cellulae radialis apice clauso.

293, 229, Hammam-bou-hadjar, Algeria (Province

of Oran): 21. iv. 1910.

An exceedingly small and (to the naked eye) rather

duskily coloured species. I found it settling on stones at

the foot of a sort of cliff where the pretty little Masarid

wasp Quartinia major, Kohl, was abundant, and suspect

that it may be parasitical on that species.

Chrysis sefrensis, Buyss. ¢.

This species was described by Vicomte R. du Buysson

in the Revue d’Entomologie, August 1900, from a single

Q taken by M. Abeille de Perrin at Ain-Sefra in Algeria

(Province of Oran). I believe that it has not been since

recorded, and that the ¢ is still unknown.

I was so fortunate as to meet with both sexes at a much

more northern locality in the same province, viz. at Ham-

mam-bou-hadjar, in April 1910. M. du Buysson has

kindly compared the 9 with his original type and satisfied

himself of their identity, and it is at his request that I here

record the hitherto unpublished @.

It is exceedingly like the 9, so that a complete descrip-

tion of it would be superfluous. But the genae are slightly

less developed, evidently shorter than the scape of the

antennae, their exterior outlines (frontal view) not quite so

parallel, though the convergence is exceedingly slight, and

their inferior angles not so sharply prominent. In colour

its only difference from the Q, so far as I can see, is a slightly

greater prevalence of the red (or coppery) tints over the

green with which they are blended, especially in the head.

Thus the vertex, almost the whole face, and the second

joint of the antennae, are thoroughly cupreous in the 3,

while in the 9 all these parts are more or less virescent.

The third antennal joint appears to me to be altogether

non-metallic, while in the 9 it is green above like the second.

As usual in the Genus, the ¢ 3rd abdominal segment is

shorter and more truncate at the apex than in the Q, and,

perhaps for this reason, the four “ teeth” appear shorter

in proportion to their breadth; especially the exterior

pair are evidently far more obtuse than in the Q, and lie

New Chrysids from Egypt and Algeria. 267

wholly on the apical. margin of the segment (not, as in the

Q, forming a portion of its lateral margin also !).

The 3 was taken on April 27, the 9 on April 24; both,

probably, in a waste and stony patch of ground abounding

in Ferula, but of this I am not absolutely certain, nor can I

say whether they occurred on the plants or on the stones.

(Most of my captures in that place, however, were on the

latter, for the Ferula had mostly gone to seed, and ceased

to be attractive to Hymenoptera.)

Chrysis scintillula, n. sp. g.

Parva (long. in g circ. 5 mm.); laete viridis; tegulis alarum,

suturis juxta latera propodei, pedum anteriorum tibiis, abdomin-

isque limbo apicali quadridentato aureo-rutilantibus; etiam vertice,

mesonoto cum scutello, abdominisque regionibus quibusdam dorsali-

bus, plus minusve (secundum lucis incidentias varias) inter viride

et rutilum versicoloribus; tarsis pedum omnium antennarumque

albo-pruinosarum flagellis brunnescentibus, scapis harum cum

articulo tertio (quarto dimidio longiore) viridi-metallescentibus,

articulo vero secundo (brevi) aureo-rutilo.

Oculi prominuli, latitudine sua paullo longiores. Genae longae,

scapis antennarum subaequales, valde convergentes. Facies superne

lata, carina tenui sed distincta (quae tamen ad oculos non attingit)

ab ocellis separata; in medio sulco nitido longitudinali divisa;

lateribus dense subtiliter punctatis; argenteo-pilosa.

Pronotum transversum, antice in medio impressum haud pro-

funde; angulis lateralibus subacutis (non autem spiniformibus).

Postscutellum simplex, fere planum.

Segmenti abdominalis tertii latera (desuper visa) fortiter a basi

usque ad apicem fere recte convergentia; series anteapicalis foveo-

larum (in exemplari hoc octo) satis profunde impressa; dentes

apicales quattuor, forma triangulari, magnitudine inter se non

multum differentes, exteriores vero plus minusve introrsum deflexi

proptereaque dentibus interioribus porrectis etiamque suberectis

aliquanto minus conspicui.

Corporis dorsum punctis magnis crassisque—in vertice et pronoto

quasi reticulatis, alibi magis inaequaliter sed fere ubique dense

congregatis—, scabrum : exceptis limbo bene definito postico scutelli

singulariter (an semper?) prorsus laevigato, et segmenti abdo-

minalis 3tii apice (post foveolas) punctis magnis nullis sed tantum

minutissime vix visibiliter punctulato.

(Alas, in exemplari unico casu aliquo laceratas et pertusas,

describere non tento! )

268 Mr. F. D. Morice on New Chrysids.

1 $ taken by myself on Ammu visnaga, just outside the

village of Sidi Okba, near Biskra, in Algeria (Province of

Constantine): 16. vi. 1911.

The size and general appearance of this insect give

it a superficial likeness to Chrysogona assimilis, Dhlb.

(? pumila Klug). But the long genae at once separate it

from that species; and though in my specimen the upper

wings are sadly torn, and one is wanting altogether, enough

remains of the other to show that its neuration is not that

of a Chrysogona but of a Chrysis.

( 269 )

X. Butterflies of Southern Kordofan, collected by Captain

k. S. Wilson, Lancashire Regiment. By G. B. Lonc-

sTaFF, M.A., M.D., F.L.S.

[Read May 3rd, 1916.]

Wirn Map.

A VALUABLE addition has been made recently to the Hope

Collection at Oxford in the shape of a number of butterflies

from the Nuba Hills in Southern Kordofan, presented by

Mr. C. A. Willis, late an Inspector in the Civil Service of

the Anglo-Egyptian Sidan, but now Assistant Director of

Intelligence at Khartim.

The butterflies were collected by Captain R. 8S. Wilson,

of the Lancashire Regiment, more than ten years ago,

in November and December 1904, but owing to various

circumstances they were not examined until recently.

The collection comprises 223 specimens belonging to

62 species of butterflies, and one moth, all from the hilly

country lying between El Obeid on the north and Lake

N6 on the south, and between Darfur on the west and the

White Nile on the east, and is especially interesting

since little or nothing has been published concerning the

butterfly fauna of that remote part of the world.

To speak more precisely, the area to be dealt with lies

between Lat. 12° 40’ N. and Lat. 10° 40’ N.—a distance of

about 120 miles, and between Long. 29° 40’ E. and 30°

31’ E.—about 90 miles.

Although none of Captain Wilson’s collecting ground

is nearer to the White Nile than 90 miles, it all lies within

the basin of that river, and it was for that reason that I

was asked by some of my Oxford friends to write a memoir

setting forth the geographical relationship between the

insects in Captain White’s collection and those previously

dealt with by me in a paper entitled “ The Butterflies of

the White Nile: A study in Geographical Distribution.” *

Naturally, my first desire was to get into communication

with the collector, but war conditions made this impos-

* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1913, pp. 11-56.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART II. (DEC.)

270 Dr. G. B. Longstaff on

sible. However, Mr. Willis has been most kind in giving

me all the information at his disposal, and I have pleasure

in quoting at some length from his quite admirable letters

in reply to my numerous queries.

“The season would be after the rains, when the country

is still green and water lying out in places.” Among

Mr. Willis’s kind acts was putting me in possession of the

official guide-book, entitled “ Kordofan and the Region

to the West of the White Nile; Compiled in the Intelli-

gence Department, Sidin Government, Khartim,”’ Dec.

1912.

From this book, which is not to be obtained through the

usual channels, [ learned that : The end of the rainy season,

when the crops are ripened but still uncut, is in October

or November; in the south the first rain-storms may be

expected as early as the beginning of March (p. 14). This

confirms Mr. Willis’ statement, but seasons, even in the

tropics, vary, and in considering statements as to “ dry-

season ”’ or “‘ wet-season forms,” it must not be forgotten

that “wet” individuals may, and often do, survive some

way into the dry season.

Again, we have this statement: “‘ The places mentioned

are probably about 400 ft. higher than the White Nile,

but there is very little to go on.” Khartim is said to be

1200 ft. above the sea; Kaka is 404 miles higher up the

river than Kharttm, and is in about the same latitude as

Talodi, the headquarters of the Nuba Mountains Province.

Now the guide-book (p. 69) states that Talodi is 2000 ft.

above sea-level; from this we may deduce that the White

Nile falls 400 ft. between Kaka and Kharttim. That is

all that I have been able to find out; the two statements

seem fairly concordant.

“ Kadugli and Dilling are villages situated in the plain

in the vicinity of hills, with a ‘ khor’ or rain-fed stream,

only running as a rule for a few hours at a time, close by.

‘“ Sungikai is on a biggish khor, lying somewhat north

of the hills, running through what we call ‘ forest’ here,

which means a rolling country covered with trees about

the size of an apple-tree, grass, etc., which dries up in

winter, and turns green again as soon as the rainfall about

the end of May.

“Tira Mandi and Tatcho are both hills—rough granite

blocks with practically no vegetation on them except

where the black Nubawi terraces the land, which he does

Butterflies of Southern Kordofan. 271

fairly extensively, and gets a considerable crop of red

millet. He also grows a little tobacco. . . . These khors

sometimes fill with water and remain full for a long time,

and even if they do not, water can generally be obtained

by digging in the bed of them.

“The country is alternate ‘cotton-soil’ (black stuff

which cotton does not grow in, but in appearance like the

cotton-soil of Kygpt) and a reddish soil which is probably

the same black soil mixed with sand, ete.”

The official guide-book cited above states that the

cotton-soil plains contain too high a percentage of clay

to be easily worked and are usually covered with forest,

but that the slopes of the Dar Nuba hills, the banks of

the khors, etc., are eminently suitable for cultivation,

with a rich soil capable of bearing good crops of dura and

vegetables (p. 25).

Again, to quote Mr. Willis’ letter: “The hills stand

straight up out of the plain, rising abruptly; sometimes

there is a considerable extent of plateau high up where

soil can be cultivated, but the appearance of the hills is

extraordinarily rocky, though trees grow upon them.”

This description of the hills vividly recalls to my mind

what I saw at Gebel En, and more particularly at Rejaf.

The mountains there suggest Nasmyth’s description of

the mountains of the moon, which he compared to pellets

of clay thrown by boys so as to stick upon a wall or fence.

The official guide shows that these abrupt hills may be

anything from 500 ft. to, in exceptional cases, nearly

2000 ft. above the plain, 7. e. 4000 ft. above the sea.

Mr. Willis goes on to make the sound suggestion: “ It

is most probable that the butterflies were captured close

to water. It is extraordinary to see them collect on any

little damp patch of ground which les in the shade, and

there are always quantities by the watering-places, when

the ground is clear of grass and the water has been spilled

into troughs or the like for watering animals.”

I have myself taken butterflies under like circumstances

by the watering-places of baggage mules at Malakand

(N.W. frontier of India), but I suspect that the staling of

the animals has something to do with it.

“ Hach side of a khor is heavily wooded and covered with

thick vegetation, the depth, of course, varying, and it is

in that little belt that all the beasts or butterflies he at

some period of the day.”

272 Dr. G. B. Longstaff on

It should be noted that the specimens bear particulars

as to the localities and exact dates of capture; but at

present I have no information as to the circumstances

under which they were taken, or the plants with which

they were associated.

The first thing that struck me on looking at the collec-

tion was that it bore internal evidence of being a fair

sample of the fauna,* inasmuch as, among others, such a

comparatively obscure insect as Pinacopteryx venala was

represented by a series of nine specimens, as compared with

four Danayda chrysippus, one Teracolus protomedia and

one Terias "brigitta. On the other hand, that the collector

had not confined his attentions to the more sluggish insects

was proved by the presence of six Hronia leda.

The collection had been previously critically examined

by my friends, Dr. F. A. Dixey—Pierinae, Dr. H. Eltring-

ham—Nymphalidae, and Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker—

Lycaenidae and Hesperudae, who all very kindly placed

their notes at my disposal.

In order to make the comparison of the two papers as

easy as possible, I have dealt with the insects in the same

order as in the paper referred to. Hach species has a

serial number, the same in the two papers; where a species

occurs in this paper not dealt with in the first, letters are

added to the last numeral, 7a, 7b, etc., the interpolated

species being put in what seemed to be suitable places.

The very numerous quotations from these three authori-

ties, as well as those from Mr. Willis’s letters are within

inverted commas. The old plate of the map in the earlier

paper has been used again with a few additions.

Family NYMPHALIDAE.

Sub-family DANAINAE.

1. Danaida chrysippus, Linn.

a. Curiously enough, the typical form is not represented

in the collection.

B. Form alceippus, Cram.

One $ from Jebel Tira Mandi, Nov. 25, 1904.

““The hind-wing upperside nearly all white, with the

* At least so far as the butterflies to be met with in November

and December 1904.

en EeEEOEEOEOEeEEEIOEEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEEeEeEeEeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEee

Butterflies of Southern Kordofan. 273

usual exception of the black border inwardly tinged with

yellow ” (Eltringham).

y. Form dorippus, Klug.

One § and one 2 from J. Tira Mandi, Nov. 25, 1904.

6. Form albinus, Lanz.

One 3, Kadugli, Dec. 13, 1904.

“The white covers a large area of the hind-wings.

There is the usual trace of the ancestral white bar in the

subapical region of the fore-wings ” (Eltringham).

2. Tirumala petiverana, Dbl. and Hew.

One 2, Khor Nueila [Lat. 11° 21’ N.], May 26, 1906.

The locality is at least 2° further north than that given

in the White Nile list.

Sub-family SATYRINAE.

oa. Myealesis milyas, Hew.

Two 2° of the dry-season form, Tira Mandi, Nov. 23,

1904.

Not in the White Nile list. Dr. Eltringham notes that

the British Museum specimens are from Atbara (Abyssinia).

Aurivillius [Seitz, ‘‘ Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde ’’] gives

White Nile, and says it spreads to the Congo and Togo.

Sub-family NY MPHALINAE.

[4. It is remarkable that Pyrameis cardui, Linn., is not

included in the collection. |

5. Precis oenone cebrene, Trimen.

One 4g, two 29, Kadugli [Lat. 11° 0’ N.], Dec. 13, 1904.

6. Precis clelia, Cram.

One 4, Tira Mandi [Lat. 10° 52’ N.], Nov. 25, 1904.

This is more than 1° further north than in the White

Nile list.

“This species has recently suffered from the attention

of the German entomologist Strand, who has given nine

new names to trifling aberrations” (Eltringham).

274 Dr. G. B. Longstafi on

7. Precis orithyia madagascariensis, Guen.

Three $f and two 929, Dilling, Nov. 16, 1904; three 33,

Tira Mandi, Nov. 23, 25, 26, 1904; one g, Kadugli, Dec.

13, 1904.

Of this species Dr. Eltringham says: “The typical

orithyia was first described from China, the sub-species

madagascariensis (= boopis, Trimen) being the form inhabit-

ing the African continent and Madagascar. The sub-

species here, Lang, is found in Arabia, and is smaller, and

without the red marks in fore-wing cell.”

Dilling is nearly 24° north of the Bahr al-Zarafa, the

previous White Nile record.

Ta. Precis octavia, f. sesamus, Trimen.

One 9, Jebel Shwai, Nov. 21, 1904; one ¢, Kadugli,

Dec. 13, 1904, and one 2 from the same locality, Jan. 18,

1905.

“The dry-season form of P. octavia; one 9 may be

regarded as tending slightly to an intermediate in that it

shows rather more red, especially in the fore-wing cell ”’

(Eltringham). Prof. Poulton tells me that this specimen

much resembles the Abyssinian form, which is nearer to

the western sub-species than to the southern form, which

is found in British Hast Africa.

Although occurring in Abyssinia and Somaliland and

widely distributed throughout South Africa, it is not in

the White Nile list.

7b. Catacroptera cloanthe cloanthe, Cram.

One 3, Khororak, Nov. 29, 1904; one 3g, one 9, Kadugli,

Dec. 13, 1904.

“One ¢ specimen tends towards the dry-season form

named obscurior by Staudinger, in which the underside

is darker” (Hltringham).

This species is not in the White Nile list, but has been

found in Abyssinia and is widely distributed in Africa

south of the Equator.

9. Hamanumida daedalus, Fabr.

One gf and one Q, Dilling [Lat. 12° 3’ N.], Nov. 16, 1904;

one 9, Jebel Shwai [Lat. 10° 11’ N.], Nov. 21, 1904.

Butterflies of Southern Kordofan. 275

“The J tends towards the form meleagris, Cram., being

somewhat paler underneath ” (Eltringham).

At least 24° north of previous records.

10. Neptis agatha, Cram.

Five gg at Khororak [Lat. 10° 48’ N.], Nov. 29, 1904.

In my White Nile list, after mentioning that a neptis had

been seen by me at Kiré [Lat. 5° 22’ N.], [remark: “ This

species has been taken at Shoa, in Abyssinia [c7rca Lat. 10°

N.}—perhaps the northern limit of the genus in East

Africa.”

11. Byblia ilithyia ilithyia, Drury.

One 3, “ of the wet-season form ”’ (Eltringham), Kadugli,

Dec. 23, 1904.

12. Byblia acheloia acheloia, Wall. (= goetzius, Herbst.).

One J, “of the dry-season form ”’ (Eltringham), J. Tatcho

[Lat. 10° 48’ N.], Nov. 28, 1904, 2. e. at least 1° further

north than in my White Nile list.

Sub-family ACRAEINAE.

14. Acraea acerata acerata, Hew.

*“ One g, more or less intermediate to the form winidia,

Hew.” (Eltringham).

Tira Mandi, Nov. 25, 1904.

15. Acraea terpsichore, Linn.

Four ff and one Q, all taken at Tira Mandi, Nov. 25,

1904. This is 5° 40’ north of the locality in the White

Nile list.

“One ¢ is of the form rougeti, Guér., and the 2 example

resembles the 3 more closely than is usual in this species”

(Eltringham).

17. Acraea encedon, Linn.

“Ten ¢ examples, no two of which are exactly alike.

Two nearest the typical form have the ground colour dull

and somewhat darkly suffused. One resembles these,

but has the fore-wing subapical white dusted with tawny.

276 Dr. G. B. Longstafi on

The next two are intermediate between this and the daira

form. The sixth is a nearly typical daira, Godm. and

Salv., the seventh is of the form lycza, Wall., with some

tawny suffusion, and the remainder are lycra of varying

degrees of whiteness’ (Eltringham).

All taken at Tira Mandi, Nov. 23, 25, 1904.

This series shows how much the species may vary in the

same place and at the same time.

17a. Acraea neobule, Doubl.

One 9, “ unusually small ”’ (Eltringham).

Taken at Kadugli, Dec. 29, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list. It occurs in Somaliland,

Abyssinia and Socotra, and has a wide African distribution.

17b. Acraea eaecilia caecilia, Fabr.

Two $4 and two 29, Kaduglhi, Dec. 17, 21, 23, 29, 1904.

All the specimens “have the characteristics of the

western rather than the eastern form. Abyssinian ex-

amples may be of the western form or intermediate to

pudera, Auriv., the eastern sub-species in which the apical

black is narrow and sharply defined ” (Eltringham).

A widely distributed species recorded from Nubia

(Ambukél), Abyssinia and Somaliland among other places,

but not in the White Nile list.

[17c. Aeraea marnois, Rogen. ]

This is regarded by Aurivillius as a variety of oncaea,

Hopff., but Dr. Eltringham (“‘ African species of Acraea,”’

pp. 184, 185) considers it more nearly allied to caldarena

and caecilia. As the type (at Vienna) came from the

Bahr el-Zarafa it should be added to the White Nile list. ]

17d. Acraea doubledayi sykesi, Sharpe.

A 3g, Kadugli [Lat. 11° 0’ N.], Dec. 17, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list. Dr. Eltringham says of it :

“A single g example of this rare species in exceptionally

fine condition. This is the most northern record for the

sub-species.”” The sub-species A. doubleday: arabica,

Eltring., occurs in the Azvaki Ravine, 8. Arabia.

Butterflies of Southern Kordofan. 277

Family LYCAENIDAE

I have to thank Mr. Bethune-Baker for determining

the butterflies in this family.

19. Polyommatus baeticus, Linn.

One 4, Dilling, Nov. 16, 1904.

20. Lachnoenema bibulus, F'abr.

One 3, two 29, Jebel Shwai, Nov. 21, 1904; two 29,

Tira Mandi, Nov. 23, 25, 1904.

The latter place is 24° further south than any locality

for the species given in the White Nile list.

21. Tarucus theophrastus, Fabr.

Two $4, Jebel Shwai, Nov. 21, 1904; one 9, Dilling,

Nov. 14, 1904; one 9 Tira Mandi, Nov. 25, 1904.

22. Tarucus telicanus, Lang.

One 9, Khor Nubbaka, Nov. 12, 1904.

24a. Castalius lactinatus, Butl.

One, Tira Mandi, Nov. 23, 1904; one, Kadugli, Nov.

29, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list. For C. cretosus, Butl., of

which Aurivillius considers this to be a variety, he gives

Senegal and Abyssinia as localities, as well as the White

Nile; for C. lactinatus he gives Somaliland only.

26. Catochrysops malathana, Boisd.

Four $4, and two 29, Tira Mandi, Nov. 23, 25, 1904;

two $4, Kadugli, Dec. 13, 17, 1904.

28. Chilades trochilus, Frey.

One, Jebal Shwai, Nov. 21, 1904.

30a. Lycaenesthes crawshayi, Butl., var. minula, B.-B.

var. nov:

A 4, Dilling, Nov. 16, 1904; a 9, Tira Mandi, Nov. 23,

1904.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART I. (DEC.) T

278 Dr. G. B. Longstafi on

Mr. Bethune-Baker has described this as a new variety

of Butler’s Nyassaland species.* It is but two-thirds of.

the size of specimens from Sierra Leone and Uganda,

though Mr. Bethune-Baker has specimens intermediate in

size from the Budonga Forest, in the Congo [4° 30’ 8.,

20° E.].

31. Azanus sigillatus, Butl. [ ?= jesous, Guér.].

One 3, Tira Mandi [Lat. 10° 52’ N.], Nov. 23, 1904.

This is 53° further north than in the White Nile list.

3la. Azanus mirza, Ploetz.

A 3, Tira Mandi, Nov. 23, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list. The species has a wide

distribution in Central and South Africa.

34. Virachola antalus, Hopf.

Two gd, three 29, all from Kadugli, Dec. 16, 17, 19,

1904.

This locality is 25° further south than that given in the

White Nile list.

34a. Rapala lieinia, Mab.

One 3, one 9, Kadugli, Dec. 17, 23, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list. A South African species

extending to Madagascar.

35a. Axiocerces harpax, Fabr.

Two $6, eight 99, Kadugh, Dec. 14, 16, 17, 29, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list. This is a South African

species, recorded by Aurivillius from Waddelai, Lat. 3° N.

Kadugli is in Lat. 11° N.

356. Spindasis kaduglii,- B.-B. sp. nov.

A 3, Kadugli, Dec. 29, 1904.

Described by Mr. Bethune-Baker, who says that it is

near to S. victoriae, Butl.+

* See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1916, p. 379.

+ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1916, p. 379.

Butterflies of Southern Kordofan. 279

35c. Argiolaus ismenias, Klug.

Two, Sungikai, Nov. 13, 1904; two, Kadugli, Dec. 16,

1904.

Not in the White Nile list. A fine but delicate species ;

the type came from Ambukdl, 6° to the north.

Mr. H. H. Druce has 6 gg and 1 9 from Lagos, of all

places; they were captured by Mr. C. A. (later Sir Alfred)

Moloney, then governor of the Colony. Mr. Druce writes

me that he has since seen others from the same locality

(Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1891, p. 148).

Prof. Poulton says that there are many resemblances

between the fauna of Abyssinia and that of the West

Coast.

35d. Stugeta marmoreus, Buti.

Two at Kadugli, Jan. 18, 1905.

Until lately represented solely by Petherick’s type from

“the White Nile,” in the British Museum, but Mr. Bethune-

Baker tells me that he has specimens from the Bahr el-

Ghazal to the south. See White Nile list, p. 55 footnote.

Family PAPILIONIDAE.

Sub-family PIERINAE.

Dr. Dixey has examined the butterflies of his favourite

sub-family with the thoroughness characteristic of him,

and has kindly placed his MS. notes at my disposal. All

the determinations are his and the copious extracts from

his notes are given in inverted commas.

“The Pierinae captured by Captain Wilson number

twenty-one species. Of these all but two occur in the

records brought together by Dr. G. B. Longstaff in his

paper ‘On the Butterflies of the White Nile.” The two

not there recorded are Glutophrissa epaphia, Cram., and

Teracolus celomene, Lucas: [See notes to these species,

39a, 5la.]... Of the nineteen species common to the

two lists, fifteen were previously known to occur in lati-

tudes corresponding to those explored by Capt. Wilson. . . .

Eight of the fifteen occur also in Southern Arabia, and

several of them have been recorded from the Nile Valley

north of Kharttim. The four species included in Dr.

Longstaff’s list, but not previously known from localities

280 Dr. G. B. Longstafi on

so far north as Capt. Wilson’s, are Pinacropteryx venata,

Teracolus achine, Eronia leda and Terias brigitta. [See

notes to these species under the serial numbers 40, 55, 63

and 67.]... It will be gathered that the predominant

forms of Pierines in Capt. Wilson’s collection are those

characteristic of Arabia and North-east Africa. The chief

exceptions to the general ‘desert’ aspect of the Pierine

fauna are afforded by EHronia leda and Glutophrissa

epaphia.

“The dry-season characters are strongly marked

throughout the series, the chief exceptions occurring in

two species of the genus Teracolus (T. ewpompe and T.

evagore). Of the former species, one specimen is ‘ wet’

and six are ‘dry.’ Of the latter, two are ‘ wet’ and four

‘ dry.’ 29

36. Herpaenia eriphia, Godt.

Two ¢ 4, Kadugli, Dec. 14, 23, 1904.

“Both of the ‘dry’ northern form, = lacteipennis,

Butl.”’

37. Belenois gidica, Godt.

A 3, Tira Mandi, Nov. 25, 1904; a ¢, Tatcho, Nov. 28,

1904; three 4, Kadugli, Dec. 13, 21, 1904.

“* Dry season.”

38. Belenois severina, Cram.

Four $3, Kadugli, Dec. 27, 1904; one 9, Sungikai,

Nov. 13, 1904.

The latter locality is 1° 20’ north of the furthest range

given in the White Nile list.

Dr. Dixey writes: “ These are of what is usually con-

sidered the wet-season phase. The seasonal colouring

resembles that shown by Mr. Marshall’s Mashonaland

specimens captured in March, and his bred Mashonaland

specimens emerging in June after exposure to damp heat

as both larvae and pupae. Two of the males are con-

spicuously marked on the underside with orange-yellow.”

39. Belenois mesentina, Cram.

A ¢ from Khor Nubbaka, Nov. 12, 1904; two gd,

Kadugli, Dec. 23, 27, 1904.

Butterflies of Southern Kordofan. 281

39a. Glutophrissa epaphia, Cram.

Two 29, Khororak, Nov. 29, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list. Dr. Dixey says: “ This

species, so far as I am aware, has not hitherto been met

with in Kast Africa further north than Wadelai (about

Lat. 2° N.), though Aurivillius gives ‘ganz Afrika’ as

its habitat.”

40. Pinacopteryx venata, Butl.

Two 29, Sungikai [Lat. 12° 36’ N.], Nov. 13, 1904;

one 4g, one Q, Dilling, Nov. 14, 1904; one g, Tira Mandi,

Nov. 23, 1904; one 4, two 9Q, Tatcho, Nov. 28, 1904;

one g, Kadugli, Dec. 27, 1904.

Dr. Dixey says: ‘“ These differ in some respects from

Dr. Longstaff’s White Nile series, being generally “‘ drier.’

Two at least of the females are hardly distinguishable (if

at all) from dry-season females of P. simana, Hopff., and

raise doubts as to whether Godart’s doxo, the locality of

which is unknown, may not after all be a female similar

to these; in which case doxvo would have priority as the

name of the species.”’

Dr. Dixey’s remarks in “‘ The Butterflies of the White

Nile,” p. 31, should be compared with this later judgment.

Sungikai is upwards of 3° further north than any locality

given for the species in that paper, and its occurrence

there was, as Dr. Dixey says, somewhat unexpected.

47. Teracolus amelia, Lucas.

A g, Tatcho, Nov. 28, 1904; two ¢ 4, Tatcho, Dec. 17,

21, 1904.

“Dry: the male taken in November is transitional

towards the catachrysops, Butl., form of T. vesta, Reiche.”’

48. Teracolus protomedia, Klug.

Of this conspicuous species, which I found commonly

on the White Nile, a single g was taken at Dilling,

Nov. 14, 1904.

49. Teracolus halimede, Klug.

Two 9 3, one 9, Kadugli, Dec. 14, 23, 1904.

Of these Dr. Dixey says: “Dry; like Dr. Longstaff’s

and Mr. Loat’s from the White Nile.”

282 Dr. G. B. Longstaff on

51. Teracolus eris, Klug.

One 3, Tira Mandi, Nov. 25, 1904; one g, two 29,

Kadugli, Dec. 14, 17, 21, 1904.

About 2° further south than my specimen captured in

1912. Dr. Dixey sayseo2) Dry) Ther? 9 tare: driers

than any others in the Hope Collection, one of them very

remarkably so. This specimen (Dec. 17) is also reduced

in size.”

5la. Teracolus celimene, Lucas.

One 2, Khor Nubbaka [Lat. 12° 36’ N.], Nov. 12, 1904;

a 3, Tira Mandi [Lat. 10° 52’ N.], and another J, Kaduglhi

[Lat: 11° 0 ON. Dec 14, 1904.

This conspicuous and distinct species is not in my

White Nile list; Dr. Dixey says of it: ‘“‘ Has occurred in

Abyssinia, and is found as far south as Swaziland and the

Transvaal.”

53. Teracolus phlegyas, Butl.

A 3, Tatcho, Nov. 28, 1904; a g and a 9, Khororak,

Nov. 29, 1904; three ¢ gf, Kadugli, Dec. 17, 21, 1904.

‘“‘Dry-season phase. The $3 resemble one caught by

Mr. W. S. L. Loat twelve miles north of Kaka, White

Nile. (See Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1903, p. 146.) ”’

54. Teracolus eupompe, Klug.

Three 29, Sungikai, Nov. 13, 1904; one 9, Dilling,

Nov. 14, 1904; two ¢ gf and one 9, Kadugli, Dec. 17, 21,

29, 1904.

“‘ One Q is ‘ wet,’ the others and the 9g are ‘dry.’ All

the specimens are small; one $ and one Q are dwarfs.

The wet-season 2 and the dwarf dry-season 2 were taken

on the same day, Nov. 13. [It may be added that both

are alike in poor condition—G. B. L.] They resemble

White Nile specimens captured in February by Dr. Long-

staff, but are generally somewhat smaller and ‘ drier ’

than Mr. Loat’s specimens taken in January and March

slightly further south.”

55. Teracolus achine, Cram.

One Q, Tira Mandi [Lat. 10° 52’ N.], Nov. 23, 1904.

‘“Dry-season. Resembles Dr. Longstaff’s from the

Butterflies of Southern Kordofan. 283

White Nile, but is ‘ drier’ than his series from Port Sadan

(Red Sea).” Tira Mandi is 1° 29’ north of any White Nile

locality for this species, but 8° south of Suakin, 84° south

of Port Sidan.

57. Teracolus daira, Klug.

One 9, Sungikai, Nov. 13, 1904; one &, four 9 9, Kadugh,

Dec. 14, 17, 21, 29, 1904.

“Dry? Resemble Dr. Longstafi’s and Mr. Loat’s

from the White Nile; also Dr. Longstafi’s from Kharttiim.”

58. Teracolus evagore, Klug.

Two $3, Dilling, Nov. 14, 1904; one Sg, one 9, Tira

Mandi, Nov. 23, 25, 1904; two 29, Kadugli, Dec. 29,

1904.

Dr. Dixey writes: “ Two of the gd (Nov. 14) are wet-

season; the remaining 9 (Nov. 23) and the three 9 Q are

of the dry-season phase (saxeus, Swinhoe). The dry-

season specimens resemble Dr. Longstaff’s and Mr. Loat’s

White Nile series; the wet-season ¢ 3 are like examples

from further south and from Somaliland.”

61. Teraeolus evarne, Klug.

One g, Khororak, Nov. 29, 1904; one 4, two 29,

Kadugli, Dec. 21, 1904.

All dry-season. They resemble Dr. Longstafi’s speci-

mens from the White Nile (February 1912), but are

generally smaller and ‘ drier ’ than the same collector’s

specimens from the west shore of the Red Sea (March

SY)

62. Eronia cleodora, Hiibn.

One Q, Dilling, Nov. 14, 1904; five $ g, one 2, Kadughi,

Dec. 17, 21, 1904.

“ These are of the North-east African form, and resemble

Dr. Longstafi’s and Mr. Loat’s specimens.”

63. Eronia leda, Boisd.

One 9, Khor Nubbaka, Nov. 12, 1904; three ¢<,

Sungikai, Nov. 13, 1904; one &, Dilling, Nov. 14, 1904;

one 3, Tira Mandi, Nov. 23, 1904.

These places range from 2° 40’ to 4° 20° north of the White

284’ Dr. G. B. Longstafi on

Nile records. Dr. Dixey notes that the 2 is unusually

pale; he also quotes my conjecture that “ It would appear

that this conspicuous insect does not get further down the

White Nile than the Sadd.”

65. Catopsilia florella, Fabr.

One 3, one 9, Sungikai, Nov. 13, 1904; two ¢ 3, one 9,

Kadugh, Dec. 14, 16, 1904.

“Somewhat small. Resemble specimens from Khartiim

captured in January and February 1912.”

67. Terias brigitta, Cram.

One 9, Sungikai, Nov. 13, 1904 [Lat. 12° 21’ N.].

On this species Dr. Dixey’s note is: ‘“ Dry-season.

Dr. Longstaff remarks (in his paper on the Butterflies of

the White Nile, p. 48), ‘It might appear allowable to

conjecture that brigitta does not extend far north of

Lake N6, but the fact that specimens of ... 7. sene-

galensis . . . turned up no less than three degrees north

of that place makes one cautious.’ Capt. Wilson’s specimen

was caught in the Nuba Hills nearly 3° north of Lake N6.”

Sub-family PAPILIONINAE.

70. Papilio pylades pylades, Fabr.

Two, Jebel Shwai, Nov. 21, 1904; eight, Tira Mandi,

Dec, 23, 25, 26. , |

-“ The western form ”’ (Eltringham).

70a. Papilio antheus nyassae, Butl.

Three, Serraf Fellata [Lat. 11° 54’ N.], May 28, 1906.

“The East African form” (Eltringham).

Not in the White Nile list. The species has a wide

Central African distribution.

Family HESPERIDAE.

Mr. Bethune-Baker kindly determined these for me.

T7la. Sarangesa plistonicus, Ploetz.

One, Dilling, Nov. 15, 1906; four, Tira Mandi, Nov. 23,

25, 26, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list.

Butterflies of Southern Kordofan. 285

71b. Sarangesa pertusa, Mab.

Three, Kadugli, Dec. 23, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list.

71lc. Caprona adelica, Karsch, var. Kordofani, B.-B.

var. nov.

One, Tira Mandi, Nov. 25, 1904.

Mr. Bethune-Baker says that this is the dry-country

form, whereas C. cassualalla, B.-B., is the more variegated

western form of the same insect found at Angola.*

I have taken C. adelica at Sydenham, Natal. It is not

in the White Nile list.

72a. Gegenes obumbrata, Trimen.

One ¢ of the typical form, Tira Mandi, Nov. 25, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list.

72b. Hesperia mafa, Trimen.

One, Sungikai, Nov. 13, 1904; two, Kadugh, Dec. 13,

29, 1904.

Not in the White Nile list. This is a South African

species.

How does the butterfly fauna of the Nuba Hills compare

with the fauna of the White Nile hitherto known to us ?

To begin with, material is sadly deficient for such a

comparison, as is so often the case. For example, my

White Nile list is founded for the most part on captures

made in the month of February, whereas Capt. Wilson’s

insects were taken in November and December. Again,

the time devoted to collecting at each place was a matter

of days, more often of hours. These limitations should be

kept in mind.

Although much of Northern Kordofan is more or less

desert in character, both Mr. Willis and the Government

Handbook speak of “ forests” in the region of the Nuba

Hills; it might therefore be reasonably expected that the

fauna of the latter would exhibit a forest rather than a

desert aspect.

/ * See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1916, p. 380.

286

Dr. G. B. Longstafft on

The following lists show (A) the twenty species added

to the fauna by Capt. Wilson, and (B) the thirty-five

species in my White Nile list which he did not happen

upon, or at any rate did not send home.*

A. SPECIES TAKEN BY CAPTAIN WILSON

5la.

70a.

71a.

71b.

T1c.

72a.

72b.

. Acraea caecilia, Fab.

. Acraea doubledayi sykesi, Sharpe

BUT NOT IN THE WHITE NILE LIST.

. Mycalesis milyas, Hew.

. Precis octavia sesamus, Trim.

. Catacroptera cloanthe, Cram.

. Acraea neobule, Dbl.

[f. neobule arabica, Rebel Dj

[f. doubledayi arabica, Hltring. D]

. Lycaenesthes crawshayi, Buti.

. Azanus mirza, Ploetz.

. Rapala licinia, Mab.

. Axiocerces harpax, Fab.

. Spindaris kaduglii, B.-B.

. Argiolaus ismenias, Klug.

. Glutophrissa epaphia, Cram.

Teracolus celimene, Lucas

Papilio antheus nyassae, Buti.

Sarangesa plistonicus, Ploetz.

Sarangesa pertusa, Mab.

Caprona adelica kordofani, B.-B.

Gegenes obumbrata, Trim.

Hesperia mafa, Trim.

sub-families.

Satyrmes ©.) .

Nymphalines.

Acraeines ..

Lycaenids ..

Pierines Bone:

Papilionines :

Hesperids . .

. Yphthima asterope, Klug.

. Pyrameis cardui, Linn.

. Hypolimnas misippus, Linn.

. Atella phalantha, Drury.

. Teracolus ephyia, Klug.

. Leuceronia buquetii, Boisd.

. Terias senegalensis, Boisd.

. Colias hyale marnoana, Rogers

. Papilio demodocus, Esp.

. Sarangesa eliminata, Holl.

. Gegenes nostradamus, Fab.

. Parnara mathias, Fab.

. Parnara fatuellus, Hopft.

. Rhopalocampta forestan, Cram.

SPECIES IN THE WHITE NILE LIST

BUT NOT IN CAPTAIN WILSON’S

COLLECTION.

. Acraea natalica, Boisd.

. Acraea abdera, Hew.

. Castalius usemia, Neave.

. Cupido cretosus, Butl.

. Catochrysops eleusis, Dem.

. Zizera lysimon, Hiib.

. Lycaenesthes amarah, Guér.

. Lycaenesthes otacilia, Trim.

. Azanus ubaldus, Cram.

. Deudorix livia, Klug.

. Hypolycaena philippus, Fab.

. Calopieris eulimene, Klug.

. Teracolus calais, Klug.

. Teracolus phisadia, Klug.

. Teracolus castalis, Stdgr.

. Leracolus chrysonome, Klug.

. Teracolus vesta, Reiche

. Teracolus pleione, Klug.

. Teracolus hetaera, Gerst.

. Leracolus evippe, Linn.

BO vous vs vu

[f. epigone, Feld.]

Teracolus liagore, Klug.

[f. arabica, Hopft.]

o8u ejoloje)

These lists may be analysed by dividing A and B into

A B

ba tee ML |

See 3

saul 2

“(6 4)

TAT: ape 14

Par Para | 1

Sy. tsar 5

* Tt is not improbable that Capt. Wilson was so familiar with

the typical form of D. chrysippus and with P. cardui, H. misippus, and

A. phalantha that he did not think it worth while keeping specimens

of those species.

Butterflies of Southern Kordofan. 287

Obviously the only really notable difference between

them from this point of view is the very small number of

new Pierines that Capt. Wilson collected. This may be

in part explained—but only in part—by the fact that

when on the White Nile I paid special attention to that

group and sent home long series.

The extreme scarcity of Satyrines in the White Nile

basin is very remarkable. To my single specimen of

Yphthima asterope Capt. Wilson adds two Mycalesis milyas.

In the nature of things positive observations have much

more value than negative, and it is quite probable that a

collector working throughout the year might find many

more. My own observations in Cape Colony suggest that

when Satyrines are scarcest Pierines are most abundant

and vice versa.

In the lists, I have marked with a D all the butterflies

that I consider to be “desert” insects; this, of course, by

no means implies that the species so marked are con-

fined to “desert”? areas; far from it. The D indicates

that butterflies so marked—however extensive their dis-

tribution may be—are such as can live where “ desert a

conditions prevail.

Deserts differ inter se; some are much more barren

than others, in some the prevailing surface is sand, in

others rock, while some are shingly. Their common

characteristic is aridity, an absence of rain for sufficiently

long periods to stunt vegetation. Much depends upon

season; Col. Yerbury says graphically: “Few... have

any idea of the effect on ‘the barren rocks of Aden’ of a

few heavy showers; how almost immediately, as if by

magic, vegetation springs up in every ravine and water-

course, accompanied by a tolerably abundant insect

fauna.” * Under such circumstances the desert literally

rejoices and blossoms as the rose.

The sand-dunes on our British coasts are true deserts,

small though they be; on them C. pamphilus, P. cardut,

A. aglaia, C. phlaeas, L. icarus and astrarche may gener-

ally be found among the bents, while now and then a

Colias may be seen coursing over the sand ; such are desert

butterflies, though they may all be found inland living

under very different conditions. .

Looked at in this way, we see that whereas among

* Journal Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 1892, p. 208.

288 Dr. G. B. Longstafi on Butterflies of Kordofan.

Capt. Wilson’s twenty added species four only bear the D,

no fewer than twenty-two of the White Nile species that

he did not send home bear that mark.

Undoubtedly the fauna of Southern Kordofan has not

the very marked desert character of that found nearer

the river, but at the same time it can scarcely be deemed

to be a forest fauna.

It is curious that of the ten Skippers not one is common

to the two lists.

Capt. Wilson may be congratulated on having taken

one species and two varieties new to science.

Fee Abitamed

PortSudan

Suakin

WHITE s

NILE a J °Shendi

DISTRICT he

Kerreri.)

Omdarman 4, KHARTUM

(° CSdba

obebelr Ault

KOR DOF ANA ge

— AdDuwém iN Ki

. Abba 1.

ofl Obeid Bosti? \PHillet Abbas

WW Gebel En

9 Gebel Tira Mandi

NUBA NM

Kaka 9

setae

Kadugh gl Cale tesinc ee

Kodok 2

a (Fashida.

ag gnazal- i— fh Ob Tgutikiva

ih <i

Stanftords Geog! Bstal’ London

( 289°")

XI. On Certain Forms of the Genus Acraea. A reply to

M. Ch. Oberthiir. By H. E.rrincuam, M.A., D.Sc.,

B.ZS.

[Read June 7th, 1916.]

PuaTe LXXIV.

In M. Charles Oberthiir’s Etudes de Lépidoptérologie

Comparée,” Fasc. xi, 1916, appears a study of Madagascan

Lepidoptera, largely dealing with species of the genus

Acraea. M. Oberthiir states that after reading with great

pleasure my monograph of the African species of the

genus Acraea he has been moved to endeavour to complete

some of the details and dispute some of my conclusions.

I would say at the outset that any criticism of my work

is welcomed by no one more than by myself. M. Oberthiir

(p. 133, Le.) says, “ Un méme sentiment nous anime, M.

le Professeur Houlbert et moi méme; la recherche de la

vérité.”’ All true scientific workers are animated by this

sentiment, and if I feel it necessary to criticise to some

extent Professor Houlbert’s conclusions, he will, I am sure,

consider my remarks in the same friendly spirit in which

they are made, and as our countries are allied in the sup-

pression of a barbarous race, so, in a more peaceful sphere,

our scientists are allied in the search after truth.

First, then, as to the structure of the male armature in

Acraea, Professor Houlbert suggests that in this genus occur

the most complicated organs to be found in the Lepido-

ptera. The point is not of great importance, but I would

ask him to examine, merely as a relaxation, the armatures

of, say, Hypolimnas monteironis, some of the Lycaenidae,

and Plate I in “ The Genitalia of the Noctuidae” (F. N.

Pierce, Liverpool, 1909).

Professor Houlbert next questions my contention that

Mabille’s effort to classify the genus Acraea on the structure

of the armature is of little value. I stated at the time that

Mabille’s view seemed “‘ based on an inadequate study of

these structures.”’ I see no reason to modify that state-

ment now, and would only add that had Professor Houlbert

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART II. (DEC.)

290 Dr. H. Eltringham on

made some five hundred carefully mounted preparations

of Acraea genitalia, as I had to do for my monograph of

the genus, he would, I am sure, agree entirely with my

statement.

At this point Professor Houlbert makes a curious error

in quoting my words. In referring to Schatz and Roéber’s

efforts to classify the species of Acraea, I stated that the

“characters given are for the most part inconstant.”’

These words Professor Houlbert makes to be my criticism

of Mabille instead of Schatz and Rober. It is true I said

almost the same thing of Mabille’s characters. The words

are: “ the impossibility of these groups is evident from the

instability of the characters suggested.’ My meaning

here was, however, slightly different. Mabille named one

of his groups Aphanopeltis, and his characteristic for this

group was that the ventral plate of the male armature

was a structure of variable form. It did not seem to me

that variability, or as I said, instability, could be regarded

as a suitable characteristic on which to found a subgenus.

Moreover, the features Mabille selected for his classifica-

tion are not features of a comparable kind, since in some

species they do not occur at all. Finally, his attempt

suffers from the great objection that it utilises a purely

sexual characteristic as a feature on which to base a

classification.

Now, whether applving to Mabille or to Schatz and Rober,

Professor Houlbert objects to my words “ the characters

given are for the most part inconstant,” and says, “ mais,

ou trouve-t-on des charactéres constants? ’’ Naturally I

agree with him that characters are not constant in the

absolute sense of the word. Were they so the whole majestic

scheme of evolution would be an impossibility. Neverthe-

less, there are characters which are relatively sufficiently

constant to enable us to use them as a basis for classifica-

tion, and when I spoke of the inconstancy of Schatz and

Rober’s characters I indicated that they were devoid even

of that relative constancy which was necessary if they

were to be of any taxonomic value. I have nothing but

admiration for the descriptions and excellent drawings

of the armatures of A. igati and A. damii. As a study in

the anatomy of these insects they are admirable. In a

footnote on p. 145 Professor Houlbert says, ‘‘ Mr. H.

Eltringham, l.c. p. 7, a donné de ces organes, deux petites

schémas trop simplifiés (fig. 11 et 12) qui ne peuvent fournir

Certain Forms of the Genus Acraea. ° 291

qu’une idée trés imparfaite de armature génitale des

Acraea.” I agree entirely that my “ two little diagrams ”

“can only furnish a very imperfect idea of the genital

armature in Acraea.”’ They were not made with any such

comprehensive purpose in view, but merely to illustrate

the most essential differences between the two species

igatt and damit. My monograph runs to some 375 pages

and over 250 illustrations. To have dealt with the detailed

structure of the armatures of the 140 species of Acraea

would have required another volume of similar dimen-

sions, and would scarcely have served an advantageous

purpose.

The second part of Professor Houlbert’s interesting con-

tribution deals with the sphragis, or seal, found on the

female of most species of Acraea after pairing. That this

structure is of great interest, and its function somewhat

obscure, I certainly agree, but I cannot think that Pro-

fessor Houlbert has thrown much light on the subject by

declaring, as he does, that the sphragis is not the result

of a secretion deposited by the male on the abdomen of

the female. It is true that the process of formation has

not, so far as I am aware, been actually observed in the

case of an Acraea. A homologous formation occurs, how-

ever, in at least seven other genera of butterflies, and in

the case of Parnassius the process of formation has been

investigated by Mr. Arthur Thomson, and the subject is

dealt with at some. length by Mr. H. J. Elwes in his paper

on Parnassius in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 6 et seq., 1886.

In my monograph I referred to this article, but did not give

extracts from it, thinking that the investigations mentioned

were sufficiently well known. I would refer Professor

Houlbert, and others who may be interested, to this paper.

He will there see that the “ pouch” is produced during

copulation, and that there is exuded from the abdomen of

the male a gelatinous substance which hardens rapidly on

exposure to the air, and retains in its hardened condition

impressions made upon it whilst in the viscous state. The

sphragis in Acraea being a formation homologous with that

in Parnassius, there is every reason to suppose that its

origin is of the same nature. On p. 8 of my monograph I

pointed out that Marshall had observed no less than three

female Acraeas in which the sphragis had been duplicated,

though both formations were more or less distorted in

shape, “indicating that the second pairing must have

292 Dr. H. Eltringham on

taken place immediately after the first, and whilst the first

secretion was in a more or less viscous condition.” That

it is only produced by pairingis certain, since bred females,

of which we have hundreds of examples at Oxford, never

show the structure in question. In face of this fact it is

difficult to understand why Professor Houlbert should have

written, ““ Quant a l’origine méme du sphragis nous n’avons

pas en ce moment, de données assez précises ; mais nous ne

désespérons pas de l’expliquer le jour 6u il nous sera permis

de suivre l’évolution de quelques Acraea vivants. Dans

tous les cas, nous ne pouvons pas accepter l’opinion des

auteurs qui considérent le sphragis comme le résultat

dune secrétion déposée par le male sur l’abdomen de la

femelle aw moment de l’accouplement.”’

Professor Houlbert expresses the opinion that the

sphragis, owing to its perfect adaptation to the shape of

the male armature, ensures the precise and unerring action

of those complicated organs. It seems not to have oc-

curred to him that the exact correspondence in shape

between the sphragis and the male armature is due to the

same cause which governs the correspondence between

the plaster cast and its mould: the one has taken its shape

through intimate contact with the other.

Two further points remain. Professor Houlbert on

p. 152 expresses the opinion that the sphragis is an organ

of adaptation, and that after pairing it falls off, and the

female genital plate being thus uncovered, the eggs can be

deposited, without hindrance, on the plants which are to

sustain the larvae.

Now, in the first place, the sphragis does not fall off under

normal conditions. It is found on the parent Acraeas in

the Hope collections at Oxford, from which were bred long

series of examples. Secondly, there is no necessity for its

removal, since the external opening of the oviduct is not

the same as the copulatory opening, but occupies a posterior

position. The insect would be in no way inconvenienced

in the matter if the copulatory orifice were hermetically

sealed for the rest of its life after pairing. This fact of

butterfly anatomy has doubtless escaped Professor Houl-

bert’s notice. The remaining point with which I must

deal is the statement on p. 158 that the uncus of the male

is more highly developed in those species whose females

are found to bear a sphragis, and is very small in cases

where the genital plate is reduced or absent. In very

Certain Forms of the Genus Acraea. 293

many of the smaller Acraeas the sphragis is not or scarcely

at all developed, yet in these the uncus is, in proportion

to the claspers, very large and well developed.

In one or two places Professor Houlbert suggests that

he has had some difficulty in making out the structure of

the genital armatures owing to their desiccated condition.

Should he continue his investigations, and I sincerely hope

he will do so, he will find that if the terminal segments of

the abdomen are boiled in caustic potash (KHO) for a

minute or two all extraneous matter is easily removed, and

the specimen can be dehydrated, cleared in clove oil, and

mounted in Canada balsam in a cell so that it is not com-

pressed. He will then find that the organ can be examined

under the most favourable conditions, and its form easily

made out with the help of the stereoscopic microscope.

If he will submit a sphragis to the same treatment he

will find that it disintegrates and dissolves with great

rapidity, conclusive evidence that it is of an entirely

different chemical constitution from that of the organs

to which he would seek to ally it.

Following on this discussion of the armature and sphragis

generally, M. Oberthiir contributes interesting details con-

cerning some of the less-known Madagascar Acraeas. He

points out an error in my account of Acraea igati, which I

stated to occur only in Madagascar, whereas he has examples

from Anjouan and Grand Comoro. I was, of course,

unaware of this when my paper was published. A. damu

and A. fornaa are dealt with, and finally the author gives

a comparative study of A. strattipocles, A. masamba, and

a form to which he gives specific rank, 4. siiana. M.

Oberthiir’s discussion of these forms is a most useful

addition to our knowledge. With characteristic generosity

the eminent French naturalist has presented to the Hope

Collection at Oxford beautiful series of several Madagascar

species of Acraea. Amongst these are a number of examples

labelled masamba and some labelled szlia. M. Oberthiir

now finds that the latter do not in reality correspond

to Mabille’s var. silia, but are in fact an undescribed form

which he regards as a good species, and for which he pro-

poses the name szhana. Furthermore, he declares his

inability to distinguish the species of Acraea to which

Mabille’s Pl. 9, fig. 1, la (masamba) and fig. 3 (var. sila)

belong. A. strattipocles 1s dealt with in the same section

of the paper, but as there is no difficulty in identifying

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PART II. (DEC.) U

294 Dr, H. Eltrmgham on

this as a good species, it remains only to deal with

masamba and siliana.

M. Oberthiir expresses his regret at having sent speci-

mens labelled as silia, which do not precisely agree with

Mabille’s stlia, and which he now refers to his new species

siliana. Professor Houlbert has examined the male and

female genitalia and also some of the wing scales, and the

specific rank of siliana is claimed on the following points.

masaba stliana

H.-w. border upper- regular outline indented at

side 4th nervure.

F’.-w. inner margin suffused with black not so.

Papilla on which rounded triangular.

occurs external

orifice of bursa

copulatrix

Uncus of male straight curved.

Scales from f.-w. suboval subtriangular.

apical area

Ditto from internal rounded subangulate.

angle

Now, in dealing with these points I should explain that

in discussing the forms in my monograph, the supposed

examples of selia which I had before me were specimens of

what M. Oberthiir now calls siliana, and furthermore

amongst those labelled masamba were four examples of the

suana form, but of the dark ground-colour similar to that

in masamba, a variety named by M. Oberthiir A. siliana

antakara. It was on these examples that, in speaking of

the indentation of the hind-wing border, I based my remark

that “the same feature is observable in varying degrees of

development in a series of masamba.” * Having removed

these examples, I must admit that the indentation of the

border is peculiar to the siliana form. Moreover, the black

suffusion of the inner margin of the fore-wing in masamba,

especially in the male, seems a good character. As to the

papilla related to the orifice of the bursa copulatrix in the

respective females, I regret I have not been able to make

out this character, alluded to by Professor Houlbert,

* This remark of mine is curiously misquoted on p- 170, the word

“observable” being printed “inobservable” and emphasised by

small capitals.

Certain Forms of the Genus Acraea. 295

though it may well be as he states. Greater differences

than this occur in the genital plates of forms of A. acria,

but do not enable us to define specific limits to those forms.

The alleged difference in the uncus in the two species

does not appear to me to be valid. The organ in both

species is curved in a vertical plane. If Professor Houlbert

alludes, as I think he does, to a curve in the horizontal

plane, such an appearance in a dry specimen is of no value

whatever, since the organ is frequently distorted through

desiccation. Inthe many dissections I have made, I have

never found the uncus in any Acraea to be curved

laterally when once its flexibility has been restored by the

caustic treatment. Such a curved condition would be a

form of asymmetry, a phenomenon which, so far as my ex-

perience goes, does not occur in any species in the male,

though one or two females have an asymmetrically placed

copulatory orifice (neobule, ete.). In my opinion, the male

armatures of masamba and siliana are not distinguishable

when the features of these organs are considered as a whole

and in relation to those of other species of the genus. In

some genera the male armatures are practically indistin-

guishable, and so useless for specific distinction, but the

genus Acraea is remarkable for the constant intra-specific

differences in the genitalia.

Now as to the scales. On Plate LXXIV I have illus-

trated sixteen examples of scales in an endeavour to confirm

Professor Houlbert’s conclusions. Figs. 1-5 are taken from

the fore-wing apical area of A. masamba, and figs. 6-10

from the same area in A. siliana. No two are exactly

alike, nor do any quite resemble Professor Houlbert’s

figures on p. 169 of the paper referred to. In spite of

diligent search I could find no scales which had not the

deeply indented “shoulder” at the base, shown in my-

drawings, but quite absent in those of Professor Houlbert.

Figs. 11-13 are from the fore-wing internal angle of masamba,

and figs. 14-16 from the same area in siliana. So far as I

can judge, the outlines of the scales are so variable that

they do not furnish a character which is useful in this case

for specific distinction. Nor is the outline of scales an

entirely satisfactory character for the purpose, since my

friend Dr. F. A. Dixey has found that even the Pierine scent

scales, so characteristic in most cases, show considerable

variation in different individuals of G. napv.

Let us then sum up the whole matter : The most essential

296 Dr. H. Eltringham on Certain Forms of Acraea.

and constant differences between the two forms are dif-

ferences of pattern. The structural differences are very

slight and open to question. In my monograph of the

genus I stated that “‘ with our present conception of the

evolutionary nature of species formation the precise limita-

tion of what is called a ‘species’ has necessarily lost much

of its importance, as compared with the recognition of the

degrees of affinity which appear to obtain between the

forms studied. . . . In many cases it is extremely difficult,

if not impossible, to decide whether a form has. yet passed

over that dividing line which separates one true species

from another. The difficulty experienced is merely a con-

firmation of our theories of species formation.” A. siliana

does not appear to occur in precisely the same localities

as A. masamba. The characteristics of A. siliana as com-

pared with A. masamba are equivalent to those I should

regard as applying to a subspecies, 7.e. a geographical race

not entirely and specifically separate. M. Oberthiir prefers

to regard the two forms as distinct species. After all, it

is of little real importance which view we adopt. The case

is similar to that of A. welwitschii and A. anemosa.

Finally, I should wish to express my appreciation of

M. Oberthiir’s most valuable and interesting contribution

to our knowledge of the Acraeas, of M. Culot’s exquisite

plates, and of Professor Houlbert’s beautiful drawings.

The structural features of the Lepidoptera have too long

been obscured by the dazzling beauty of their wings,

and we shall look forward with pleasurable anticipation

to further valuable communications from so ideal a

collaboration as that of M. Charles Oberthiir and Professor

Houlbert.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIV.

Fies. 1-5. Scales from f.-w. apical area of A. masamba.

6-10. “8 PAP alee A » A. sthana.

13-13. ae » 5, internal angle of A. masamba.

14-16. ss sass es » A. sihana.

DeEcEMBER 29, 1916.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate LXX1V-

is 15

H. Eltringham, del. André, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

SCALES-OF ACRAEA.

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE FELLOWSHIP AND FEES.

Fellows pay an Admission Fee of £2 2s. The Annual Contribution is £1 1s.,

due on the first day of January in each year, and payable in advance; or a

Composition Fee of £15 15s. may be paid in lieu thereof, the whole payment for Life

Fellowship, including the Admission Fee, being £17 17s. Fellows residing per-

manently outside the United Kingdom pay no Admission Fee.

All Fees should be paid to the Treasurer, Mr. A. H. Jones, Shrublands, Eltham,

Kent, and not to the Secretaries.

Fellows desiring to pay their Annual Contribution through their bankers can

obtain an official form of banker’s order by applying to either the Treasurer or to the

Resident Librarian.

Fellows whose Contributions for the current year have been paid are entitled

to receive the publications of the Society free of charge. Further copies may be

purchased at reduced prices by applying to the Resident Librarian. ;

Forms of application for Fellowship and copies of the Bye-laws and List of

Fellows may be obtained from either of the Secretaries or from the Resident

Librarian.

MEETINGS AND EXHIBITIONS.

Intending exhibitors are required to signify their names and the nature of their

exhibits to the Chairman before the beginning of the meeting, in order that they

may be called upon from the chair. Descriptive notes of all exhibits should be

handed to the Secretaries at the same meeting for printing in the Proceedings. If

the epidiascope is required a week’s notice must be given; exhibits to be satis-

factorily focussed by this instrument must not exceed 7 ins. square.

Fellows resident abroad, or who are otherwise unable to attend, are reminded that

any specimens, notes, or observations they may send to the Secretaries will be

considered by the Council, with a view to exhibition or reading at the meetings

of the Society.

PAPERS AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Fellows desiring to communicate papers to the Society must send the full titles of

such papers either to the Secretaries at the Society’s rooms, or to Commander

J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., Aorangi, Lonsdale-road, Summertown, Oxford, at

least fourteen days prior to the date of the meeting at which it is proposed that

such papers shall be read.

Authors proposing to illustrate their papers should communicate with the

Secretaries before the drawings are executed. The Council recommend that the size

of the work on plates should be limited to 6} ins. by 4 ins., and in no case will it be

allowed to exceed 64 ins. by 44 ins.

Attention is called to the Instructions to Authors issued with Part I of each

volume, which may also be obtained of the Resident Librarian. Inattention to

these regulations may involve an author in considerable expense.

CONTENTS OF PART II.

PAGE

VII. On new and little-known Lag peaa and Pedilidae. By GzrorcE CuaRLeEs

CHAMPION, F.Z.S. ee eA Pe es scp bl tte |

VIII. Gynandromorphous Agriades pe es Poda: coridon ab. ie ci

Pickett. By E. A. Cockayne, D.M., FR.CP., IABIOASIN as “s 243

IX. New Chur from Bsypt and Algeria ais the Rev. F. D. Ataenteh

M.A., F.E.S. 264

X. Butterflies of Sonthon iondetan, miected by Captain’ R. Ss. “Wilson,

Lancashire Regiment. By G. B. Lonastarr, M.A., M.D., F.L.S. 269

XI. On Certain Forms of the Genus Acraea. A meee to M. Ch. Oberthiir.

By H. ENE MAL IS Ca BZ.) ee a 289

Proceedings ... mae ao Soe ".. xlix-Ixiv

MEETINGS

TO BE HELD IN THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS

11, Cuannos Srreret, CavenpisH Square, W.

Sesston 1916-1917.

1917.

53 January (ANNUAL moe ae a ely at 17

i February Sh : By nes 7

The Chair will be taken at Bight o'clock.

THE LIBRARY

is open to Fellows and their friends every day from 9 a.m. to

6 p.m., except Saturdays, when it closes at 2 p.m. On the nights

of meeting it remains open until 10 p.m.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIELY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED,

BRUNSWICK STREET, STAMFORD STREET, ie K,

PR EARTS 111, IV. JUNE 7, 1917.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

a OF

LONDON

WITH THIRTY-FOUR PLATES

32102 "ih

yar ’ {

“Ths a nian Dee

LONDON :

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.

[Price £1 2s. 6d.]

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

Founded, 1833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885.

PATRON—HIS MAJESTY THE KING.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1916-1917.

Tur Hon. N. C. Roruscnitp, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S. President.

T, A. CHAPMAN, M.D., F.Z.S. }

C. J. GAHAN, M.A., D.Sc. Vice-Presidents.

CoMMANDER J. J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.L.S. \

ALBERT HuGeH Jones, 7'reaswrer.

CoMMANDER JAMES J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.L.S. Moree

Tue Rev. Grorck WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S. } aed paclk ic

Groree CHarntus CHampron, F.Z.8., A.L.S., Librarian.

A. W. Bacor. EK. ERNEST GREEN, F.Z.S.

E. A. Burier, B.A., B.Sc. G. B. Lonesrarr, M.A. M.D.

E. A. Cockayne, M.A., M.D. S. A. Nzave, M.A., B.Se.

H. WILLOUGHBY ELLIs. H. Row1anp-Brown, M.A.

J.C. F, Fryer, M.A. A. E. Tones.

Grorck Beruniy, F.R.Hist.S., Resident Librarian.

Business and Publications Committee.

RoBeRT ADKIN. A. E. Grpss.

G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER. Rey. F. D. Mortcs.

JOHN HARTLEY DURRANT.

And the Exeentive Officers of the Council.

British National Committee on Entomological Nomenclature.

G. T. BErHUNE-BAKER. Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE.

Dr. C. J. GAHAN. Rev. GrorGE WHEELER.

Dr. K. JorDan. JoHN Hartiey Durrant, Secretary.

L. B. Prout.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Some of the early volumes of the Society’s Transactions are out of print, but

those which are in stock can be obtained at reduced prices. Any single volume of

the present series, 1868-1887, is sold at 10s. to Fellows. No volume can be broken

to supply separate parts, but when odd parts are in stock they can be obtained at

the published price, less 25 % to Fellows. THE JoURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is

bound up with the Transactions, but that for 1906 is sold separately, price 6s., to

Fellows 4s. 6d. The following is a price list of recently published parts of the

TRANSACTIONS—-

1912.—Part J, £1 4s., to Fellows, 18s.; Part II, 14s. 6d., to Fellows, 10s. 9d. ;

Part III, £1 4s., to Fellows, 18s.; Part IV, 7s. 6d., to Fellows, 5s. 9d. ;

Part V, 5s., to Fellows, 3s. 9d.

1918.—Part I, 12s. 6d., to Fellows, 9s. 6d. ; Part II, 13s. 6d., to Fellows, 10s. 3d. ;

Part III, 10s., to Fellows, 7s. 6d.; Part IV, 12s., to Fellows, 9s. ;

Part V, 5s., to Fellows, 3s. 9d. !

1914.—Part I, £1 1s., to Fellows, 15s. 9d.; Part II, £1 4s., to Fellows, 18s. ;

Parts III, IV, £1 2s., to Fellows, 16s. 6d.; Part V, 10s., to Fellows, 7s. 6d.

1915.—Part I, 17s. 6d., to Fellows, 13s. 6d.; Part II, 11s., to Fellows,

8s, 3d.; Parts III, IV, £2 14s., to Fellows, £2 0s. 6d.; Part V, 5s.,

to Fellows, 3s. 9d.

1916.—Part I, £1 18s., to Fellows, £1 8s. 6d.; Part II, 10s., to Fellows, 7s. 6d.

Parts III, 1V, £1 2s. 6d., to Fellows, 16s. 9d.

The following may be obtained separately :—

Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana,’ forming vol. iii. of the Third Series, published

price, £2 12s. ; to non-Fellows, £1 10s.; to Fellows, £1.

Baly’s ‘Phytophaga Malayana,’ forming part of vol. iv. of the Third Series

published price, 16s. ; to non-Fellows, 10s. ; to Fellows, 7s. 6d.

The 1893 CaTALoGuUE oF THE LrBraRy, with Supplement to 1900, is published

at 10s. ; to Fellows, 7s. The Supplement only, 4s. 6d.; to Fellows, 3s.

( 2297 >)

XII. The Rein-sheath in Plebeiid Blues: a correction of

and addition to Paper VI. By T. A. CHapMay,

M.D., F.ZS.

[Read October 4th, 1916.]

Pirates LXXV-LXXIX.

Tue last paragraph of my paper on “ The Pairing of the

Plebeiid Blue Butterflies” contains one very confident

but quite erroneous statement, that I desire to correct.

The material I was dealing with was scanty, and I did

not know how to obtain any additional supplies. I was,

however, so dissatisfied with the position in which I had

left the matter, that I determined to follow it further.

I am now able to say something definite, and I hope

correct, about the remarkable structure referred to. As

a matter of fact, the sheath does consist of scales, but

scales of such curious form and disposition that I am not

prepared, whatever others may be, to blame myself

severely for failing to recognise them as such, having

preserved only two or three specimens.

The sheath, then, consists of scales, whose points of

attachment are the “ points” with which the surface of

the rein is studded. These points are very small, quite

unlike the usual sockets from which scales usually arise,

but more like, as I described them, the traces of abortive

hairs or scales. They must be the points of origin of the

scales of which the sheath consists, but from which the

scales so readily separate that it may be doubted whether

they are at all attached to them, after the butterfly has

emerged from the pupa. The scales are of a very un-

usual nature. The end, by which each was presumably

attached to the surface of the rein, tapers to a point, that

looks rather like a distal than a proximal end. The body

of the scale is so curled and twisted as to be difficult to

make out as to size or form; the distal end appears to

be rounded. The twistings and curlings of neighbouring

scales are so intertwined, as to obscure each other, and

are the means that hold the scales together to form a

cylinder.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS II, IV. (APRIL’17) X

298 Dr. T. A. Chapman on

The sheath is easily broken up, but into groups of

scales, and separate scales are not easy to demonstrate.

It is of elliptic section, its width being rather greater than

is its dorso-ventral diameter.

The butterfly possesses this cylinder on emerging from

the pupa, and appears to lose it as soon as pairing is over.

One captured 7m cop. almost always still possesses it, but

one taken otherwise very rarely, showing that the females

of these butterflies, like those of so many Lepidoptera,

remain quiescent and are rarely seen till pairing has taken

place. The cylinder is so easily lost that it seems doubtful

whether it retains any coherence by the scale attach-

ments, and unless one is especially careful, it is more

likely than not to be lost in preparmg and mounting a

specimen that still possesses it.

I have certainly several times, I fancy frequently, seen

specimens 7m cop. in which the female did not possess the

sheath. These may have been second pairings, or the

sheath may have been lost before the first pairing.

The use of this structure probably is to give rigidity

and support to the soft structure of the rein in finding

its way to the base of the male genital cavity, and to

maintain it in position, with some fixity, with the terminal

plate in apposition with the aedeagus, so that penetration

may take place. How this exact apposition was secured

seemed to be rather puzzling, notwithstanding that the

rein when full of fluid could be fairly rigid; but this did

not explain how the correct position could be secured so

rapidly as in fact it is, the actual pairing being apparently

a matter of a second or two. The sheath must occupy

with great accuracy the male genital cavity, so that the

parts properly coincide.

The special character of the “furca” in the floor of

the male genital cavity, appearing to support nothing

nor attach any parts together, is probably related to the

rein and its sheath. The rein (and sheath) would arrive

at once in a position supported on each side by the branches

of the fork, and resting in the hollow between them, filling

the genital cavity so that the end of the sheath necessarily

impinges against the short exposed portion of the aedeagus,

and with the knee-like angle between the prop and the

rein, at the base of the clasps. Though, no doubt, the

difference in details of structure in the different species

make this only a general description of the adaptation.

the Rein-sheath in Plebeiid Blues. 299

A question to which I cannot suggest an answer is,

Why should it be lost so soon as pairing is over? It is

no longer of any use, but is it now in any way injurious ?

Its absence may give more room for the movement of

the eggs to the ovipositor, and greater freedom to the

actions of the structures involved in the important process

of the fertilisation of each ovum.

The sheath in coridon is 2 mm. in length, 0-5 from back

to front, and 0-7 from side to side. It looks as if con-

structed of a confused congeries of smooth rounded waves,

each ending distally, however, in sharp rounded ends,

which are the ends of the actual scales; these have no

terminal teeth nor any striations. Each scale is curiously

twisted, so that it is difficult to say what its size and out-

line would be, if it could be flattened out; but it is ap-

proximately 0-4 to 0-6 mm. long, 0-1 to 0-15 mm. wide

at one-third from the free end, tapering fairly regularly

to the attached point; it has a granular appearance, no

striations as ordinary scales or rows of elevations like

androconia. The granulations seem to be rather contents

of the scale than structure of its walls. Various items of

these details will be more easily grasped by reference to

the Plates.

In coridon the sheath is tolerably cylindrical in form,

but the two extremities are a little oblique to the main

axis. In bellargus it is rather flattened in dorso-ventral

diameter, more especially distally, where it is rather

widened from side to side, giving it an appearance of a

waist with spathulate extremity. In icarus it is rather

expanded basally, narrows slightly towards the end, where

it finishes with a more rapid, somewhat conical narrowing.

Astrarche presents a form very similar to that of icarus.

The difference between coridon and bellargus is less than

my description perhaps implies; the sheath in bellargus

could certainly not be described as cylindrical, but that

of coridon has a slight terminal flattening, that could

hardly however be called spathulate.

I have verified the presence of the sheath in astrarche,

warus, coridon, bellargus, eversmanni, argyrognomon and

damon. Further research will probably demonstrate its

presence in all these Plebeiids, but it seemed so desirable

to make this correction to my paper as early as possible

that I have not waited to carry the matter further.

This scale cylinder is, in itself, as remarkable as the

300 Dr. Chapman on the Rein-sheath in Plebervid Blues.

specialisation otherwise of these blues described in my

paper, and is, of course, a detail of that specialisation. I

am not aware that any similar structure has heretofore

been observed.

EXPLANATION OF Pirates LXXV-LXXIX.

PratE LXXV. Two specimens of A. bellargus (thetis), side view,

the prop and rein, clothed in the sheath,

extended. x 10. A. E. Tonge, photo.

PratE LXXVI._ Fia. 1. Sheath of one of the specimens in last plate.

x 30. A. E. Tonge, photo. Mr. Tonge says

that the blurring is due to passing traffic when

photographing.

Fic. 2. Rein sheath of A. coridon separated (it

separates almost too easily). >» 25. (Clark.)

Pirate LXXVII. Rein of P. icarus with sheath broken into

upper and lower halves. x 25, and lower

half of sheath. x 70.

Puate LXXVIII. Portions of broken-up sheath of A. coridon.

x 35 and x 100. This illustrates how the

scales are intertwisted and the difficulty of

in any way separating out a single scale.

Puate LXXIX. Rein-sheath of A. coridon, nearest approach to

separate (and unbroken) scales. x 200.

{; 361)

XIIT. Resting attitudes in some Lepidoptera, examples of

recapitulation in habit. By T. A. CHapman, M.D.

[Read October 4th, 1916.]

Prate LXXX.

A CHANCE observation, recently, led me to make a few

more that were available, and to the conclusion that the

facts examined gave some indications of being instances

of “ recapitulation ”;* that is, of a habit or structure of

some ancestor, though now possibly useless, persisting

and having a place earlier in the development of the

individual than it had in the ancestor.

The resting attitude of the great mass of the Heterocera

is with the wings in the same plane as that of the surface

on which the insect is resting. Even so there is a good

deal of variation, as, for example, in Noctuae there is the

flat position with the wings crossed as in Agrotis and

Noctua, or held in a pent-house position as in Taeniocampa

(Monima) and Plusia.

As my observations were on Geometers it is more

apposite to note that in them the usual position is with

the wings laid flat on the surface, forming a triangle, the

inner margins being parallel with the body, either against

it or covering it. (Pl. LXXX, figs. 1 and 3.)

It is perhaps necessary to remember that, practically

without exception, after leaving the pupa and expanding

the wings, the Lepidoptera place the wings together vertically

over the back (in the resting attitude adopted by butter-

flies), in the larger species with the wings hanging down,

the insect resting on a vertical or overhanging object;

so that gravity appears to be, and often is, necessary to

keep the wings straight whilst hardening and drying.

* “ Recapitulation”’ was the name given by Haeckel to the

theory that the ontogeny of the individual presented briefly in

series the evolution involved in the phylogeny. It thus applies

properly to a succession of structures in the evolution, but one

habit or structure exhibited temporarily in the ontogeny repre-

senting a final habit or structure in an ancestor would have to be

classified under the same term. See Haeckel, ‘‘ History of Creation ”’

(Ray Lankester), i, p. 309.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS II, IV. (APRIL ’17)

302 Dr. T. A. Chapman on

In other species, not always very small, the insect may

be on a horizontal surface; but the wings are held up

vertically, and seem stiff enough to maintain this attitude

during drying.

When the wings are dry and stiff this attitude is left,

and the wings take the resting position normal to the

species. What I have observed is, that this is not a

strictly correct statement of what occurs in certain species,

but that, by way of “recapitulation,” the wings are de-

flexed to the position characteristic of the group (family 2)

to which it belongs, and later assume that belonging to

the species itself. I noticed this fact in the case of Acidalia

virgularia (Hows incanaria). So soon as the wings are

dry, in the attitude with them closed dorsally, they are

brought down to the surface on which the insect is rest-

ing, ‘to the normal Geometrid attitude, with the inner

margins of the wings parallel to the body. This position

is maintained for a varying period, apparently so long as

the insect remains undisturbed; in one instance, I noted

as long as three hours and three-quarters, and it may be

they often remain so till the evening flight. But if dis-

turbed, the insect runs or flies, even as little sometimes

as, say, half an inch, but settles down with the wing in

the Acidalian position, viz. with the fore-wings well for-

ward, showing a good portion of the hind-wing. This

occurs even if the disturbance is only a few minutes after

the wings are deflexed, and in no case is the Geometrid

attitude afterwards assumed. The explanation that this

was a case of “recapitulation”? seemed quite probable;

if it were so, then it might be observed in some other

species. Unfortunately material for making further ob-

servations was not abundant, and, for instance, it did not

occur to me, in time, to secure some pupae of Smerinthus,

though I have a dim recollection, but no notes to say

whether this is reliable or the contrary, that the position

with the hind-wings well forward, in this and in some

Lasiocampids, is not assumed till some time after the

wings are dry. I had, however, several species of Ephyra

(Leucopthalmia), and found that their habit in this matter

was precisely the same as in F. incanaria. I also had pupae

of Selenia bilunaria, which seemed to be a desirable species

to observe, as its resting attitude is that of the butterflies,

and therefore less like the ordinary Geometrid position

than that of the Acidalias. I found that, in bilunaria,

Resting attitudes in some Lepidoptera. 303

when the drying attitude is left, the wings are deflexed,

but not to a flat position, they are still raised so as to

make, between the two sides, an angle of from about 110°

to 150°, apparently according to whether gravity, in the

position in which the insect happens to be, tends to make

them more or less open. This attitude is maintained for

something less than an hour; in various instances on

touching the wings to ascertain whether they were still

soft and this was still a drying position, the disturbance

made the insect assume the butterfly attitude; im every

case the wings were found to be quite firm. In this species

the resting attitude is very different from the usual Geo-

metrid one and is identical with the drying position, so

that one would suppose that the one might very properly

be continued into the other; but a close approximation

to the Geometrid attitude is assumed in passing from the

one to the other. In a few cases I thought it was omitted,

but was never sure that I had not missed it, or that it

was shortened or left out owing to some disturbance.

It may be observed that the intermediate attitude here

is very close to the resting attitude of Selenca tetralunaria,

but has the wings slightly more deflexed.

In dealing with the Rhopalocera, 1 may say that I ob-

served carefully and in some numbers only three species,

Pieris rapae, Vanessa urticae and Thecla quercus ; this is

no doubt a rather narrow basis, but for facility of

description I assume that they are fairly representative.

It seemed desirable, opportunity offering, to consider

the butterflies. In these the resting attitude is identical

with that for drying the wings, viz. the erect dorsal one.

I do not know that there is any exception to this rule, if

we except the Hesperidae, some of which rest with the

wings deflexed, and the Erycinidae, at least the South

American species or most of them. These are not, how-

ever, in the ancestry of our palaearctic butterflies; some

Papilios are also known to rest with deflexed wings. The

butterflies who adopt the “butterfly attitude’ have

cryptic undersides; those, like the Erycinids, that do not,

have undersides not very different from the upper. The

whole butterfly ancestry of the species I observed may be

assumed to have used the “ butterfly attitude” of rest.*

Therefore, unlike the Geometers referred to, which had

* IT am indebted to Commander Walker and Mr. Kaye for re-

minding me of the Erycinid attitude.

304 Dr. T. A. Chapman on

a comparatively recent ancestry with deflexed wings, we

have here to go back to the Skippers, or possibly the

Castnias, for such ancestors, and one would regard it as

probable that any memory of a deflexed position of rest

had been entirely lost. Possibly this is so, yet in the

process of expanding, or rather of drying the wings after

expansion is completed, there is a phase, that does not

seem to occur in the Heterocera, that strongly suggests that

some reminiscence of the deflexed attitude still exists, but

has been pushed backwards from the point just following

drying, till it has become involved in the period of drying.

In any case, whether it admits of this interpretation or

not, this difference of procedure is obviously of interest,

and seems to require some explanation. In butterflies, the

wings are expanded, as indeed in most Heterocera, in

approximately the resting attitude, but, when expanded,

are definitely placed in the drying position, all nearly

parallel, hind-wings close against fore-wings, but the fore-

wings only touching at their tips and hind margins. Then

begins the special butterfly process: after a few minutes

the wings are separated, to such a degree that were they

stiff the upper surfaces of the opposite wings would be at

an angle of 90° at least with each other, but being limp

the wings hang in somewhat bell-shaped fashion, as ob-

served on the costal aspect. They are retained here for

some thirty seconds, and again closed; they are then

opened and closed, each phase occupying about half a

minute. but varying a little, for some six to ten times,

the wings gradually stiffening, not being opened so wide,

and so losing the bell-form, the wings being nearly straight.

Tn the last open positions the hind-wings separate from the

fore-wings, so that there is an interval of a full millimetre

between each adjacent pair of wings; finally the wings

are closed, so that rather more than the tips touch, and

very gradually are more closely approximated, so that

the costae coincide for fully two-thirds of their length.

This is the assumption of the true resting attitude; no

further change of position occurs until the insect is dis-

turbed, or takes flight, ete. This description refers more

particularly to Pieris rapae, than to the other species

observed.

This is a very different process from the typical Hetero-

cerous one of suddenly throwing the wings back, keeping

them there immovably till they are dry, and suddenly

‘Ol xX HLVAHS NI

GHHLOTO GNV GHQGNHLXd NITY HLIM ‘SILAHL ‘'V JO SNAWIODAdS OML

"asuoly, “A *W ‘0,04

AXXT WWJ ‘9IOL “puoT ‘905 jug *suv4z7,

‘daLVUVdHS ‘NOCINOD ‘V HO ANV ‘ays uF ‘SNOUNVIITEE ‘V JO HLVAHS-NIaY

‘aSuoL “ZV ‘oj0yd "YAD1ID *N ‘eI ‘0204

TAXXT 47d ‘9161 “puoT ‘205 JUD "SUDLT,

‘04 X NOILYOd YAMOT ANV ‘Sz SNUVDI ‘d AO (SSONDV NANOUE) HLVAHS ANV NIA

i 2 "N “I ‘0704

"TITAXXT 4d ‘QIOI “puoT 905 yuy “suvey

Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. 1916, Plate LXX VIII.

Phos FN Gina

PORTIONS OF BROKEN-UP REIN-SHEATH OF A. CORIDON x 35 and

100.

“A

»)

Photo, F. N. Clark.

Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond., 1916, Plate LXX1X.

SCALES OF REIN-SHEATH OF A. CORIDON ~ 200.

Resting attitudes in some Lepidoptera. 305

lowering them to the normal resting position. In these

butterflies after the wings are thrown back, but before

they are dry and stiff, there seems to be a temptation to

assume the Heterocerous resting position, and just as the

wings are all but dry, a separation of them occurs, suggest-

ing the Hesperid position, with hind-wings only, lowered.

I add more detailed notes of some of the species ex-

amined, and include the actual times of the several phases

as jotted down in the cases of two of the butterflies, where

the movements are more complex than in the moths—

Oudemans’ paper on the resting attitudes of Lepidoptera,

published in 1903,* suggests a number of species on which

observations might be made.

Leucophthalnua orbicularia having rather rapidly ex-

panded its wings, closed them dorsally in the usual manner ;

it kept them so for some twenty minutes and then deflexed

them, nearly flat to the surface to which the moth was

adhering, but not pressed down on it; the fore-wings had

their inner margins nearly but not quite parallel; that is,

they were slightly apart at the anal angles, so as to show

the body and a very narrow strip of the inner margin

of the hind-wing, not unlike the resting attitude of

Odezia atrata. Tt maintained this attitude for an hour

and twenty minutes, and might have done so longer, but

a jerk given accidentally when observing it, made it

flutter as if to take wing. It then settled down a few

inches away in the ordinary resting attitude, 7.e. with

the wings flattened closely to the surface on which it

rested, and the fore-wings advanced so as to show some

two-thirds of the hind-wings. (Plate LX XX. fig 2.)

June 27th, 1916.—A Sel. bilunaria 2 had completed the

expansion of the wings, which were thrown back in the

usual Lepidopterous attitude of drying the wings, and

which is also the usual rest attitude in S. bilunaria, at

10.50. At 11 the wings were deflexed, not to a horizontal

position, but to an angle of about 120° between those of

the two sides, or of about 30° above horizontal on each

side—horizontal with reference to the line of the insect’s

body, supposed resting on a flat horizontal surface. As

a matter of fact, the insect was suspended on a vertical

surface, the head hanging back from it, so that the line

of the body was an angle of about 25° from the vertical,

* “ Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Weten-

schappen to Amsterdam ”’ (2° sect.), Deel X, No. 1.

306 Dr. T. A. Chapman on ine

the weight of the wings thus hanging tending to raise

them from the level body plane. The suggestion is, that

the wings would have been horizontal had the line of the

body actually been so. 11.50, wings thrown back. If

the surface from which the moth is hanging be gently

placed horizontally then the wings fall to within 20°,

sometimes little more than 10° from being horizontal also.

Pieris rapae.—The wings expand in six minutes, and

then hang down quite straight, touching the opposite wing

only by the tips. (Pl. LXXX, fig. 5a.) The wings are

after another six minutes separated; they are limp, and

hang (as seen from the costal aspect), in somewhat bell-

shaped fashion, outwards at the base and quickly curving,

so that three-fourths of the wings hang vertically, the

hind-wings closely touching the fore ones (b). Then they

are closed again. Curiously, like 7. quercus, the change

from separation to shut and back again takes almost

exactly a minute, the period of being separate varying,

however, from 30” to 45”, generally about 36” to 40”

(c,d). In about six minutes the wings are not so limp,

but a little straighter, and the hind-wings hang slightly

separate from the fore-wings (e). In four or five more

minutes the wings seem quite straight, and when separate

the hind-wings are apart from the fore-wings (f). At

the end of thirty minutes from the first movement of

separating the wings, the period of separation is a little

prolonged; the tips of the fore-wings now touch, but the

costae are well apart and the hind-wings separate and,

if anything, rather divergent, about 3 mm. from costa to

costa. The wings hang thus, with faint opening and closing

movements producing little effect, for ten to fifteen minutes,

without completely closing; they arrive, however, after

this interval at having the tips in contact and very gradually

in some further ten minutes reach the permanent resting

attitude (g,h,7). In separating the wings the movement is

quick, almost sudden; the closing is slow, taking several

seconds. In the “ bell’ attitude, if the wings, instead of

being limp and drawn into the bell outline by gravity,

were stiff, those of the opposite side would be in nearly

the same plane, practically the geometzic attitude of rest.

Preris rapae emerged at 2.29 (really 1.29 p.m.).

2.35, wings fully expanded, quite straight, so that

they hang with tips only touching.

Resting attitudes in some Lepidoptera. 307

2.39, wings with rather more than tips touching.

2.41, wings separated.

2.41.20”, closed.

2.41.40”, separated; 2.42.13”, closed.

2.42.40", ‘ 2.43.10”,

2.43.35", 4 2.44.20”,

2.44.45”, if HAD 2 55

2.47.15", * with hind- wings rather separated

from fore-wings; 2.47. 58”, closed.

2.48.20”, separated; wings straighter, less bell-shaped,

hind-wings more separated from fore-wings ;

2.48.55”, closed.

. 2.49.25”, separated; 2.50.0”, closed.

2.50.30", separated all but straight; 2.51.5”, closed.

2 okes0rs i 9.52.6", aie oa

2.52.40", ar 2.53. 25”, closed, hind-wings a

not close till just after the fore-wings.

2.54.15”, separated, not so widely, wings very straight

and very separate with slight movements;

2.55.5”, closed.

2.57.0", wings separate with a little tremor, all spaced,

and about 3 mm. from costa to costa of hind-

wings; they closed for a few seconds at

2.59; then fore-wings gradually closed so

far that tips touched at 3.2 0"; but hind-

wings remained separate and parallel with

each other. At 3.11.0” the fore-wings be-

came slightly closed, 7. e. rather more than

the tips touched. At 3.12 fully open again;

3.16, closer, hind-tips 1 mm. across; on

touching wings they close up, but open

again, fore-tips separate and remain so at

3.20. At 3.25 wings are closed so as to

touch for distal half; afterwards gradually

closed to normal resting position, 7. e. costae

together for the distal four-fifths.

Plate LX XX, fig 5 indicates the attitudes referred to.

In the case of V. urticae, the wings are fully expanded

in from four to seven minutes after leaving the pupa shell,

and are then’ placed in the dorsal position, closely pressed

together with the little rotatory movement with which

many Lepidoptera accomplish the throwing of the wings

back into the dorsal attitude. During the next three or

308 Dr. T. A. Chapman on

four minutes the wings are several times slightly separated

and again closed almost immediately, and for the following

five minutes the wings remain open for slightly longer

periods, and when open assume more of the attitude that

is taken at about 20 to 25 minutes after emergence, the

wings hanging down in nearly the normal resting attitude,

but separated from each other by spaces that make the

apices of the fore-wings nearly 3 of an inch apart and

those of the hind-wings less than half this. This atti-

tude is maintained for some 20 minutes, when the normal

resting attitude is permanently assumed.

Vanessa urticae.—9.21 a.m., emerged; 9.26, expanded,

but not quite straightened; 9.27, not quite straight, but

closed; 9.29, straight, still closed; 9.30, opened; 9.31,

closed; 9.32, open; 9.33, closed; 9.333, opened, with a

rotating movement; 9.34, closed; 9.35, open; 9.363,

closed; 9.38, open; 9.384, closed, then opened. Re-

mained more or less open; at 9.45 the lower wings were

rather separate, 7.e. none of the wings were touching

each other; 10.10, have been gradually closing, and are

now much less open, but still rather open. Thereafter

gradually closed to natural resting position.

Another specimen emerged, 9.25; 9.31, wings expanded

and closed; 9.33, open; 9.35, closed for a few seconds ;

9.38, closed; 9.45, opened; 9.46, closed and then opened,

all wings separate; remained so for some time, but at

10.10 are less open; 10.12, closed at tips; 10.15, closed

to middle of costa; 10.45, closed for two-thirds of costa,

which is very near the closure of normal resting attitude.

In 7. quercus, as soon as the wings are expanded, which |

takes place very rapidly, they are closed over the back

into the ordinary resting attitude, and remain so for

several minutes; they then separate so that only the tips

of the fore-wings touch, and remain so for about 40 seconds ;

then they close again so that the costae of all four wings are

close together, except about a fourth of their length at the

base, and remain so for about 20 seconds. This change of

attitude—separate 40 seconds, closed for 20 seconds,

varying very little from an exact minute for the two

phases—continues for about 16 or 17 minutes, then it is

observed that when separate they have not been touching

at the tips for a few times, and now they are all quite

separate at about equal distances apart, rather wider apart

at hind margins than the width of insect’s thorax; the

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate LXXX.

ROUGH DIAGRAMS TO SHOW ATTITUDES OF LEPIDOPTERA

AT AND AFTER EXPANSION OF WINGS.

Resting attitudes in some Lepidoptera. 309

fore-wings, in fact, hang straight down, the hind-wings

are apart from them as far as they are from each other;

the opening and closing goes on as before for about another

ten minutes, then they close permanently, but not at first

so closely as they are a little later. A specimen touched

at this period flew off and settled down with wings tightly

closed, as it were with only one costa (except at base) for

all four wings.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXX.

These are merely rough diagrams to show the positions of the

wings, and are probably accurate enough to serve that purpose.

Fie. 1. Normal rest position of Geometrae (after Oudemans).

(xX 2).

Fic. 2. Rest position of Ephyra punctaria (after Oudemans (x 2).

These two figures show the temporary (recapitulative)

and permanent positions of rest as observed in Lewco-

phthalmia orbicularia and omicronaria.

Fras. 3 and 4. Temporary (recapitulative) and permanent rest

positions in Hots incanaria (x 2).

Fic. 5. Various positions (more or less consecutive) of the wings

in Pieris rapae during drying. The figures represent

the costal margins of the wings as seen from the front—

a. Normal (of Lepidoptera) drying position assumed as

soon as the wings are expanded.

b. Bell-shaped position assumed just after. a is then

returned to.

c, d, e, and f, with others intermediate then follow, with

a between each pair. Finally the permanent resting

position is assumed, first as g, the wings gradually clos-

ing up vid h to i, in which two-thirds to three-fourths

of the upper surfaces of the opposite wings are in contact.

(<9810°¥')

XIV. Micropteryx entitled to ordinal rank ; Order ZEvuGuo-

PTERA. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D.

[Read October 4th, 1916.]

Pirates LXXXI-XCII.

THE object of this short paper is to call attention to a fact

in the anatomy of the species of the genus Micropteryx,*

that appears so far to have escaped observation—at any

rate, I am not aware of any record of it—-and which is yet

one of primary importance, with reference to the position

of the genus in any classification.

It might give this paper a more imposing length if I

fully quoted Walter’s} account of the mouth parts of

Micropteryx, and my own paper on the larva,{ and espe-

cially to transfer in full Packard’s discussion § of these

papers, in which he founded for Micropteryx a sub-order

Proto-LEPIDOPTERA, or LEPIDOPTERA LACINIATA, a dis-

cussion occupying three and a half pages of his Monograph

on the Bombycine Moths. Packard notes a further charac-

ter, viz. ‘‘ the male genital armature neuropteroid, exserted,

dorsal, lateral, and sternal appendages very large.”

These papers are, however, fairly accessible, and under

present conditions it seems a duty to make a paper as

short, instead of as long, as possible.

Packard would have been justified, on the facts before

him, in placing Micropteryx in a new order, instead of a

sub-order. However this may be, the further structural

* Micropteryx, Hubner, seems to be the name to which this

genus is entitled. In my paper on the larva I adopted the name

Eriocephala, and Packard did so also. This is a name given by

Curtis, and sinks as a synonym; but it had (and has) the advan-

tage of referring to this genus only, whereas Micropteryx for long

included Hriocrania also, and has even been applied, but of course

wrongly, to Hriocrania, to the exclusion of Micropteryx proper

(caltnella, F.).

+ Dr. Alfred Walter, “Jenaische Zeitschrift fur Naturwissen-

schaft,” vol.!8, p. 755, 1885.%%)

{ T. A.C., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1894, p. 335.

§ Dr. A. Packard, Mem. Natural Academy of Sciences, Washing

ton, vol. vii, p. 58, 1895.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL ’17)

Dr. T. A. Chapman on Micropteryz. all

character I call attention to might, perhaps, alone, justify

its ordinal separation, but, taken with the other characters,

seems to remove it entirely from the Lepidoptera. In-

deed, it remains difficult to suggest that Micropteryx has

any lepidopterous character except the possession of scales.

The neuration is also, perhaps, priumd facie, lepidopterous ;

but both this particular neuration and the possession of

scales are to be found in insects having no claim to be

lepidopterous. I have been aware of this particular

structural character for many years, but only recently has

it occurred to me to co-ordinate it with the other structures

in the genus.

The Order Lepidoptera is specially distinguished by

the female genitalia possessing two openings—a terminal

one for oviposition, and one in the 8th segment for pairing ;

and in connection with this only nine segments can be

counted in the abdomen of the female imago, instead of

ten as in the larva pupa and male imago.

I hope in another communication “to discuss how the

missing segment is to be accounted for; this is, how-

ever, immaterial for the present purpose, which is to

compare the apparently nine segments with two genital

openings of all female Lepidoptera, with the ten segments

and no genital opening except in the 10th segment in

Micropteryx. This fact by itself seems to be sufficient

to prevent Micropteryx being classified as belonging to the

Lepidoptera, even in a sub-order.

There is a point that I ought, perhaps, to deal with.

Cholodkowsky * says that Nematois metallicus (scabiosellus)

differs from other Lepidoptera in that the female has only

one sexual opening, and Prof. W. Hatchett Jackson +

appears to accept this conclusion. Collating Cholod-

kowsky’s description of the anatomy of the Nematois

metallicus with my own observation of the structures in

the Aculeate Lepidoptera, the first thing that occurs to me

is that Cholodkowsky did not appear to understand that

the inner rods with their dagger point belonged to a differ-

ent segment to that of the outer rods, and in oviposition

travelled beyond them, and as Well as piercing formed also

the ovipositor. The ovipositing opening is near the end

of the inner rods (terminal segment). He describes the

* “ Zeitschrift f. Wissench.,” Zoologie, vol. xlii, p. 562 (1885).

Tt “Morphology of the Lepidoptera,” Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool.

2d, vol. v, p. 149.

312 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Micropteryz.

rods as one piece, cutting the opening, and the egg being

placed therein from another opening. Further, the rods

(bristles) are dorsal to the viscera, certainly to all sexual

openings; but Cholodkowsky describes them as ventral

to the vagina he describes. This may have been a clerical

error: if so, then it is possible that the opening he menticns

may have been that of the 8th segment, since it is certain

that he overlooked that in the 10th segment (the inner

rods (bristles)), viz. the real ovipositor.

I may refer to Dr. Wood’s paper in the “ Ent. Mo. Mag.”

(vol. xxvii, 1891). .

Whether or no the Lepidoptera originated from some

form similar to Muicropteryx, it probably arose from one

with only a terminal female opening, and it seems not un-

likely that the second forward opening in the 8th segment

arose (in Hriocrania, the forerunner of the Aculeate Lepido-

ptera) from the difficult position of the (otherwise) single

opening on the ventral surface of a sharp knife. It is,

perhaps, going a little beyond the real subject of this paper,

but the structure of the female pupa of Lepidoptera shows

an opening that is, perhaps, in view of the imaginal struc-

ture, most easily described as in the 8th (abl.) segment,

but may also be taken to be really in the 10th. The

appearance is as though the opening belonged to the 10th,

but had somehow been pushed forward, the 10th seg-

ment being continued forward to the posterior angle of

the opening, and the 9th impinging on the sides of its

posterior half.

I am not qualified to weigh the possibility of the single

(10th segment) opening dividing into two, and the anterior

one thus passing forward, leaving its track in the well-

known configuration I have referred to, but the pupal

appearances strongly suggest it.

Zeugloptera * seems to be a reasonable name-for the New

Order which this compels us to recognise, and is suggested

by Mr. Durrant.

The appended photographs of the abdominal segmenta-

tion of the abdomen in the females of Micropteryx show

that there is no opening in any segment of the abdomen

except at the extremity, and that the 8th segment is a

well-developed one. Though I have examined scores of

specimens and mounted a good many, I find few of my

* ZedyAn = jugum, Urevov = ala.

‘ATVNAY JO NANOdaY

"4401 “N “oT ‘0704

TXXXT 40d ‘9161 “puoT ‘205 ‘UA “SUBLT

Aa Py i

a ’

an ‘

t Me 3

7 7 ~ v

er is >

ul +

% ‘ ’ .

: . .

_ «

. .

‘ oH

‘ |

Ma ’

Sh oe Va ' :

> E y

’

. >

‘

{ '

i ‘

‘

aie

‘ATVWNaA JO NAWOaay ‘VITAHLIV

“YADID “No ‘Of0yg

LIXXXT 47d ‘O16 “puoTz 205 WUT "SUDAT

9 XAYALdIONOIN

‘ATVNGAS AO NAWOCSEY ‘V11eddaS XAYALAIOUNDIN

"YADID °N “ ‘0204

TIIXXXT 270 /d ‘Q101 “puoT 305 ug ‘suvay

‘ATVNGA AO NAWOdSY ‘VITHHLIVD XAUALAIONSIN

“YAVDID “N “HT ‘0704

AIXXXT 4d ‘QOL “puoy ‘205 yuy ‘suvay

‘HIVNAY AO NHNWOdEV ‘VITAHLIVO GNV VW11eddas XAYAHLdAOYDIN

‘aduo ll “AW ‘0704

AXXXT 4%q ‘9161 “puoT 205 yuq ‘SUDLT,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate LXXXVI.

Photo, F. N. Clark.

ERIOCRANIA SEMIPURPURELLA, TERMINAL

SEGMENT OF FEMALE.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate LXXX VII.

Photo, A. E. Tonge.

MICROPTERYX AMMANELLA, MALE

APPENDAGES.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate LXXX VIII.

Photo, F. N. Clark.

PORTIONS OF HEADS OF MICROPTERYX ALLIONELLA

AND SEPPELLA.

‘VITANOITIV ANV (@) WITSHLTIVD XANALAOUNSIN AO VAUNVTI

"YyAVID "NT '0704T

"XIXNXT Ud ‘QIOL “puoT 205 "yuq ‘suvey

‘VTITAHLIVID XAYALdMOYXDIN HO VAAVT

"YADID *N “oT ‘0704

‘DX AVIq ‘QIOL “puoT 905 yuy “suvay

‘VAUYVT SO SAVAHH

"YAD]D *N “HT 090

che

TIX Av ‘QlOl “puoy 205 "yugq Suvsy

‘VITAHLIVO XAUYALAONSIN

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate X CII.

Photo, F. N. Clark.

LARVA OF MICROPTERYX CALTHELLA.

Explanation of Plates. 313

examples lend themselves to good photographic demon-

stration; but those selected are probably sufficient to

fully show the facts in question, and even to demonstrate

them, though not, of course, so simply as an examination

of actual specimens at once does.

I add some photographs of specimens of the larvae that

I have had on slides for over twenty years, as well as of

other specimens of the same date showing the mouth parts

of the imago and the male genital appendages.

These may be of assistance to those who do not care to

refer to the original papers already referred to.

EXPLANATION OF Pirates LXX XI—XCII.

Pirate LXXXI. Abdomen of female Micropteryx thunbergella,

x 40, and last three segments, x 80, shows

that no opening exists except terminally. The

little cloud at a perhaps critical point on the

8-9 intersegmental membrane, is a scrap of

interior contents, not completely cleared, of

which other portions may be seen in the two

preceding segments.

Porate LXXXII. Abdomen of M. calthella, <x 25, and another

specimen, < 50; in the latter the 3rd to the

7th segments have got twisted and folded, the

terminal segments are telescoped as in position

of repose. Most of the preparations here

shown were made many years ago, without

the present use of them in view; those here

photographed are selected from a number as

being most apposite.

PuatE LXXXIII. Micropteryx seppella, whole abdomen, x 25,

and end segments, x 50.

PuateE LXXXIV. Micropteryx calthella, 2, whole abdomen, x 25,

last segments, x 50. By some accident the

specimen has got broken in the 9th—l0th

intersegmental membrane.

PuateE LXXXV. Micropteryx calthella, 2, abdomen (with portion

of thorax, x 30, and M. seppella (abdomen

only), x 30.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL’17} y¥

314 Explanation of Plates.

PratE LXXXVI. _Micropteryx ammanella, 3, to show the per-

manent exsertion and massive structure of

the male appendages.

Prats LXXXVII. End of abdomen of Eriocrania semipurpurella

to show the contrast with Micropteryx and

the apparent ostium, 0, on the 8th abdominal

segment.

Prate LXXXVIII. Portions of heads with mouth parts of

imagines of (upper) Micropteryx allionella,

and (lower) M. seppella, both x 100.

In both the maxillary palpi are broken off—a

portion of one is seen at top of upper photo-

graph; the maxillae with lacinia and galea

are fairly seen in both figures, the man-

dibles best in the lower one. The letters

refer: a. antenna, g. galea, J. lacinia, lbr.

labrum, lp. labial palpi, mn. mandible, ma.

maxilla, st. stipes, marked at position where

palpus broken off.

Puate LXXXIX. 1. Larva of M. calthella in first instar x 100,

head, strongly exserted by pressure; the

three legs and eight false legs are well

seen.

2. Larva of M. calthella in second instar, x 100,

head retracted; the positions of the skin

appendages are well seen.

3. Last segments of larva of M. allionella, x 25,

show something of the skin appendages

and the two terminal bristles.

Puate XC. 1. Larva of M. calthella second instar, < 75.

2. Micropteryx calthella, larva in second (third ?)

instar, <x 50, head retracted; the skin texture

and appendages are seen.

3. Micropteryx calthella, larva in last instar, only one

that spun a cocoon and died therein, x 25.

PuatE XCI. Micropteryx calthella, portions of larva in first and

second instars, x 250, showing skin appendages.

Puate XCII. Micropteryx calthella, heads of two specimens of first-

stage larva, < 250, showing antennae and mouth

parts, and in one specimen a leg enters the picture

and some skin texture is seen.

@e 315

XV. The Evolution of the Habits of the larva of Lycaena

arion, L. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D.

[Read October 4th, 1916.]

In presenting my observations on L. arion last year to the

Entomological Society, I confined myself to the bionomics

actually observed; nor had I thought out more than

some very vague ideas as to how the remarkable habits of

the larva had come about. A luminous comment by Mr.

Bacot, however, made a starting-point for endeavouring to

co-ordinate our knowledge towards its explanation. Like

many such valuable suggestions it seems so simple and so

probably true, that one feels sure that one surely had

thought of it all the time. Yet I don’t suppose that I or

any one else had clearly done so till Mr. Bacot brought his

trained acumen to bear on the point. Mr. Bacot’s supposi-

tion is that “‘ the doing away with moults after the entrance

to the nest is a precaution against the temptation to the ants

of a soft, newly-moulted larva.” The initial point in the

evolution of these habits would probably be that found in

the case of those “* blues ’’ whose larvae are collected by the

ants and placed on food-plants actually on the ants’ nest,

as occurs with argyrognomon, coridon and bellargus and

probably other species. It may be a question whether the

nest is not actually extended towards a suitable plant,

but where this occurs plants and ants’ nests are both

numerous, so that their coincidence in locality is necessarily

frequent. It might be said that the ants do take these

larvae to their nests, as they leave them, when at rest, on the

root stocks of their food-plants, and cover them with loose

material; and I have seen ants remove a small larva that

they appeared to think in danger when I disturbed them.

A slightly deeper enclosure in the nest, and a cannibal

proclivity on the part of the larva, would initiate the arion

habit.

The normal number of moults in Lycaenines is four, and

the normal instar for hibernation of those that hibernate

as larvae is the thirdinstar. Ihave not found any accurate

record of these points in regard to the congeners of arion

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL ’17)

316 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the Evolution of the

(ewphemus, arcas, alcon), but, as they hibernate as _half-

grown larvae, the probability that they have the usual

number of moults and hibernate in the third instar is very

great. Nor, even should they deviate from this as regards

one moult, as one or two Lycaenines occasionally do in one

or other of these particulars, they equally form a base from

which we may believe arion started in developing its ex-

traordinary habits. In that case we may with considerable

certainty assume that at first arion was carried into the

nest in the third instar, and there hibernating initiated

the remarkable indifference the ants show towards the

larva, which would then be quite harmless, though they are

now enemies that one would expect to be dreaded and

combated. ;

It is probable that some of the larvae so carried in chose

to take another moult before hibernating, as occurs in

A. pheretes (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1912, p. 403), and, feeding

in the interval, their cannibal tastes would enable them to

get on by eating the larvae of the ant. Once this habit was

acquired, further progress would in a sense be simpler,

though there would remain the difficulty of two moults

to be made in the ants’ nest, and contentment with the

diet of ant larvae in the spring to be acquired and fixed.

If we assume an occasional variation in the instar for

hibernation from the third to the fourth, accompanied

frequently with an actual diminution of the size of the

larva in these instars, we make a further step. It is very

likely that the variation in the instar of hibernation from

the third to the fourth is really due to some privation of the

larva, that made it badly grown and nourished in the third

instar and ill-equipped for hibernation. My experiments

on the larvae of Agrotis comes* and others showed that

starvation often led to an extra moult; here, of course, the

moult is not an extra one, but an antedating that would be

of similar effect.

These larvae in the fourth instar would not be much larger

than the usual third-stage larva, and would be equally

within the power of the ants to carry. We do not know

whether the ants would prefer a larger or smaller larva,

but probably the latter, as that has been the direction

in which arion has varied. A tendency to vary towards

diminished size would also be involved in the causes leading

* E. M. M., vol. xxxii (1896), pp. 54, 80.

Habits of the larva of Lycaena arion. 317

to hibernation in the fourth instar. As to losing the fourth

moult, this would present few difficulties, the most parallel

case I know of being that of Acronycta alni, which has lost a

moult as compared with its nearest relatives. The loss is

associated with the remarkable change from the bird-dirt-

hke young larvato the handsome and conspicuous last-stage

one. Now and then an individual resumes the lost instar

and presents a stage intermediate between the two forms—

obviously a form that is neither flesh nor fowl and there-

fore has been lost, but not so completely as not to reappear

sporadically. Moma orion presents in each brood a larger

and a smaller race, the former with one more moult.* 0.

antiqua and many other species present examples showing

that the losing or gaining of a moult is not an infrequent

occurrence. Orgyia antiqua has, in fact, in each brood two

races—one with a moult less than the other, and each with

a moult less in the male than in the female; this is probably

correlative, along with the long period over which the eggs

of one brood go on hatching, with the fact that this single-

brooded (in England) species is on the wing from early

summer till late autumn, fresh specimens emerging during

several months.t To return to L. arion.

We may admit that whilst still plant-feeders they were

less cannibalistic than now; but, as it is a characteristic not

infrequent in other blues, they would take not unreadily

to eating ant larvae, and we may assume that a certain

percentage survived the difficulties of a purely animal diet

(Calymnia trapezina, e. g., can be reared on oak (or other)

leaves, or entirely on other larvae), and the dangers from

the ants, which would be greater just after moults. If so

much be granted, and it seems all very simple and straight-

forward, the advantages of protection during the winter

and an assured dietary would largely balance the dis-

advantages and dangers. These would be eliminated as

certain larvae dropped a moult and were accordingly at an

advantage, and assuming as possible they were first carried

in in the third instar, a diminution in size at moults would

lead to a change to fourth instar for the translation. This

diminution in size would be favoured, if the carnivorous

habit was advantageous from a nutritive aspect; since the

larvae that grew least on thyme and so got earlier into the

* Ent. Record, vol. iii, p. 220.

j E. M. M., vol. xxiii, p. 224.

318 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the Evolution of the

nests would benefit, and also the ants would more easily

transfer them.

The assumptions here made are not very far-fetched, and

if they be granted it becomes possible to understand how

such a remarkable life-history became evolved. It is to

be remembered that this history refers only to L. arion

(probably also to arionides, which though a distinct species

is exceedingly close to arion), and that its congeners

(euphemus, arcas, alcon) have ordinary Lycaenine life-

histories, so that the evolution is comparatively modern and

does not involve an ancestry including other species, and

therefore does not imply a number of conditions probably

unknown to us. That is to say, there can be no doubt that

L. arion itself developed these curious habits, and did not

inherit them from any other species with ant-hosts. To

settle certain points that at present we can only guess, it

is necessary to know the precise life-histories of the con-

geners of L. arion, especially how many moults they

have, and in what instar they do hibernate. Though all

those larvae are known, I cannot find definite records on

these points. I have reared melanops and cyllarus and

have had the early larva of L. alcon, when it mined in the

tissues of Gentiana pneumonanthes, but I carried it no

further; it is, however, well known that ewphemus, arcas,

and alcon, which are certainly congeneric with arion, pass

the winter as partly-grown larvae, presumably in the

normal third instar.

Cyllarus and melanops are not congeneric with arion,

and both, I think, pass the winter as pupae.

We want actual observation of how the ants collect to

one food-plant on the nest the larvae of cordon, thetis,

argyrognomon (these, I feel sure, are so collected), and

probably others. This habit might easily merge into one

of carrying the larva into the nest. In the three species

I have mentioned the cannibal habit hardly exists, so that

a larva in the nest would almost certainly perish of starva-

tion, and thus no arion habit would be initiated. Perhaps

the most remarkable fact as regards the hibernation of

L. arion is that it does so as a half-grown larva in the last

instar. No other Lycaenid is known to do so. This

change of habit must have developed after the use of the

ants as hosts was established, and is perhaps the most

difficult fact in the life-history of which to suggest the

development.

Habits of the larva of Lycaena arion. 319

In discussing various of those matters later with Mr.

Bacot, he makes certain comments that may lead us further ;

but, at any rate, a short note of them may clear up some

points and present others as yet insoluble. Were the

larvae not always carried in in last instar? This seems very

improbable, as the only larvae of Lycaenines that hibernate

in last instar do so when full-fed. The carrying in would

be done probably in third instar, and at the same time and

at any rate later, but at first much more rarely, in fourth

instar, but previous to a fourth moult. The ants would

be likely to attack a larva when soft just after moult, but

probably did so rather infrequently, but sufficiently often

to make the dropping of the fourth moult advantageous.

All this, however, may be incorrect, and the actual adapta-

tion more easy, if it be the case that Lycaena (as now

represented by ewphemus, etc.) only moult three times, and

so forth.

How does Liphyra brassolis manage its moults? It is

clearly regarded by the ants inimically, and has a suit of

very strong armour-plate.

Would the ants not select the smaller larva, first of third

instar, and, as the selection diminished the size of the

larvae in each instar, then of fourth instar ?

In view of the comparatively gigantic larvae of argyro-

gnomon I have seen ants carrying, viz. small in last instar,

it seems more probable that the ants took larvae of any size,

since fourth-instar hibernating larvae would not be too large

for them, and that the diminution in size was the result of

an effort to reach as early as possible the more nutritive

food afforded by the ant larvae, 7. e. of course that larvae

that were sooner in such better circumstances had a sur-

vival advantage. Mr. Bacot asks is there anything known

of the danger from ants to the external feeding species

at the period of the moult, or, a parallel question, is there

any suggestion of a specially quick rehabilitation of the

honey-g cland in contradistinction to other details after a

moult? So far as I can say I think the answer is that we

know nothing on these points. The larvae I have found on

plants on ants’ nests have been in various instars, so pro-

bably quite escape attacks at moulting; but this is only

guessing. The ants also build tents over individual larvae,

and obviously regard them as valuable cattle to be care-

fully tended and defended, but they may eat a tempting

larva nevertheless, but I feel tolerably sure that they do

320 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the Evolution of the

not. It is also the case that the larvae leave these tents

to feed, and return to hide themselves in the ground amongst

the debris covering the ants’ nest—a habit that obtains

even if the soil beneath the plant has no ants’ nest in it,

as they nevertheless hide in the soil by day if they can get

under it, or if they cannot penetrate it, then amongst the

plant stems close to the ground. It is therefore possible

to say that the larvae protect themselves in this way during

moulting.

I feel interested in all this as mere speculation, for others

I may submit that its value consists in showing that

whilst we have solved some important and interesting

problems in the life-history of L. arion, we have opened

the view of others that will require probably even more

careful work and prolonged observation and experiment to

solve them.

(October 2.) Since writing the above, I have received

from Mr. Harold Powell some material bearing on the life-

history of L. alcon. The mature larva described as green,

etc., lives, according to report, on Gentiana pneumonanthe

in spring, and I have already referred to its first stage.

Mr. Powell found the food-plant bearmg many eggs; when

he came to examine them, however, he discovered the

curious circumstance that they were all empty, the larva

escaping from the lower aspect of the egg, leaving it

looking intact and apparently full—a circumstance that

only occurs in any Lycaenine, whose eggs I have had, as a

really rare accident. The young larvae, however, had not

bored directly into the plant tissues beneath, but had

apparently entered the flowers.

Mr. Harold Powell, however, sent me heads of Gentiana

pneumonanthe (Sept. 22, 1916) in the flowers of which

larvae of L. alcon had fed; unfortunately they had practi-

cally all left the flowers for some unknown place (for hiber-

nation). An examination of the flowers showed, however,

abundance of eggshells, generally laid on the calyx, from

which the larvae had escaped from the under surface,

entering the still unopened flower. A close search was

rewarded by cast heads of the first instar, and one dead

larva in this instar. Skins cast at the second moult were

abundant, 7. e. there were usually several, often four or

five, in one flower. One dead larva was found, just about

to moult for the third time; inside the skin was the rather

immature fourth-instar larva.

Habits of the larva of Lycaena arion. 321

It may be that all the larvae reach the fourth instar (like

arion) before hibernation; but since all the third-instar

larvae had gone, presumably to hibernate, and only this

one taking another moult was left, I take it to have been

an exceptional individual taking an additional moult (as

occurs in pheretes). So exceptional, however, as to be

usually a failure, as in this case. Such a variation occurring

in (the original) arion would obviously facilitate the

acquisition of its peculiarities as regards moulting. Of

course L. alcon may have the same habits as L. arion; we do

not certainly know, but the mature larva is known and has

a green coloration, like most of our other Lycaenids. The

swampy places where G. pnewmonanthe grows are not

suitable for abundant ants’ nests, and they would have to

be abundant, as the butterfly swarms in the locality

whence Mr. Powell sent me the flowers, and many flower-

heads had a large number of eggs on them, probably each

laid separately; the larva has a well-developed honey-

gland. The flower-feeding larvae of L. arion are fiercely

cannibalistic; the numbers of L. alcon that live amicably

together in the same flower show that it is entirely free

from such a habit.

If arion, then, like L. alcon, occasionally entered the

fourth instar before hibernating, the question as to moults

resolves itself merely into losing the fourth moult; but

not really quite so simply as this, since the fact is not so

much the loss of a moult as the loss of an instar, viz. the

fourth, the third moult not resulting in a penultimate,

but in the last instar. This is the fact in Acronycta alni,

and should be as easily obtained in L. arion.

XVI. Gynandromorphous Lepidoptera. By E. A. Cockayne,

M.A. DM. ERCP Wns:

Puates XCIIJ-CIV.

[Read October 4th, 1916.]

THE rarity of gynandromorphous Lepidoptera and the

difficulty of obtaining them in a condition fit for dissection

has stood in the way of the examination of their internal

anatomy. The internal organs have been investigated

and described in about twenty perfectly or almost perfectly

halved examples. Light of these in Amorpha popula I

figured and described in the Journal of Genetics. Six of

those previously described were also examples of gynan-

dromorphs of this species. Since these were published I

have dissected two more Amorpha populi and one Amorpha

hybridus Steph. (A. ocellatus 3 x A. populiQ). As im the

former examples the populi were from Newman’s strain,

as was the female parent of the hybrid. The hybrid was

bred by Mr. Sydney Whicher, to whose generosity I am

indebted for the specimen.

The first A. populi (R g, L&) showed in all external

characters perfect halving, and the colour, dark grey, was

the same on both sides. On dissection it proved to have

on the right side a testis, vesicula seminalis, vas deferens,

glandula accessoria, ductus ejaculatorius and penis, and

on the left side an ovary with four follicles, oviduct, sper-

matheca or receptaculum seminis, cement gland, and bursa

copulatrix. It was, in fact, a true genetic hermaphrodite

without any reduplication of organs and with only one

defect, absence of the ductus bursae or seminis. The

external genitalia showed on the last segment a small

uncus continuous in the usual way with the tegumen and

cingula, and on the left a half ovipositor with its coarse

tactile hairs and directing-rod. Opposed to the uncus was

the gnathus, and between them lay the anus. The less

distal segments showed a similar halved arrangement of

male and female structures. There was a nearly perfect

right valve (14) and harpe (15) and a much smaller left

valve and harpe. Behind and between lay a normal ring-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916,—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL ’17)

Dr. Cockayne on Gynandromorphous Lepidoptera. 323

wall (13) allowing the passage of a penis (7) narrower than

usual but with well-formed oedaeagus, vesica and cornuti,

the latter in two groups, a large group of large spines and a

small group of small ones.

The tegumen and cingula (16), which in the normal male

form a complete ring or girdle of stout chitin with a lateral

hinge on each side, ended in the gynandromorph slightly to

the left of the middle line. Thus on the male side all the

parts were present, but the uncus and penis were small.

The uncus is in reality a double organ, and in many groups

is bifid. It is homologous with the two halves of the

ovipositor.

The uncus was small because it was only half the ordinary

double uncus, and I regard the narrowness of the penis as

being due to the same cause. It was small because it was

formed from only half the normal primitive epithelial mass

of cells. There was reduplication of the clasping apparatus,

valve and harpe, and partial reduplication of the cingula.

On the left side was a small malformed bursa copulatrix

and caput bursae, an abnormally small ostium bursae or

genital opening and a normal rod of the ninth segment.

Thus the female parts were all present, but with the

exception of the rod, a paired organ, all were small in size

owing to their origin from half the usual number of

epithelial cells.

The second gynandromorphous A. popult was not per-

fectly halved, the right side was predominantly female,

and the left predominantly male. The wings on the left

approached the female in shape, and the antenna on the

left showed the coarse hairs peculiar to the male, though

much less well-developed than those on the right. The

colour, red brown, was the same on both sides.

Internally there was only one gonad, an ovary with four

follicles, which lay on the right side of the body. There

was also an oviduct, cement gland, spermatheca and very

small bursa copulatrix and caput bursae, but no ductus

seminis. On the male side there was only a penis with a

soft saccular mass of chitin representing the blindly ending

ductus ejaculatorius.

The external genitalia showed a completely halved

arrangement. On the left side of the tenth segment was

a small uncus and on the right a normal half ovipositor,

with its directing-rod. Opposed to the uncus was a gnathus

of small size, and between them lay the anal opening. On

324 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on

the left were two valves and harpes rather compressed,

the valve and harpe lying internally near the female organs

being smaller and more distorted. There was a penis

sheath, a narrow but perfect penis and a cingula, perfect

on the left side but on the right very thin and soon ending

by gradually disappearing in the thin chitin of the female

side. On the right side was a small ostium bursae, from

which ran a long thin tube, opening into a small twisted

bursa copulatrix, with a small curved caput bursae. The

directing-rod of the ninth segment was normal in size

and shape.

The condition of the external genitalia in both gynandro-

morphs is the same in all important points.

The gynandromorphous hybrid was perfectly halved,

being male on the right side and female on the left. The

antenna and palpus of the right side showed perfectly

developed male characters, those on the left female (Plate

XCIV). The hair on the thorax and abdomen was longer

and thicker on the right side, the division being accurately

in the middle line. The abdomen was stouter on the left

side.

The wings failed to expand, but those on the right side

were darker and the basal patch of the hind-wing was

larger and darker on the right side than the left. On both

sides the characters were intermediate ee those of

the two parent species.

Internally the insect had no male organs, except the

lower end of the ductus ejaculatorius, which formed a

dilated sac opening into the penis, and there were no

female organs except a bursa copulatrix of small size, and

a cement gland of most abnormal shape.

The cement gland had a very narrow duct with an

unusually large dilatation in its course, and the gland itself

was double, one branch ending in a very small thin tubular

part, the other in a tubular portion equally thin but longer,

though not nearly as long as that of a normal gland. The

duct ended in a mass of chitin near the neck of the bursa,

and which probably represented the undeveloped vagina.

Thus, though the secondary sexual characters of both

sexes were perfectly developed, the insect possessed neither

ovary nor testis.

Externally the genitalia showed a perfectly halved con-

dition, male on the right side and female on the left.

There was a small uncus and narrow sickle-shaped

Gynandromorphous Lepidoptera. 325

enathus enclosing the anal canal on the right side and a

perfect half ovipositor and directing-rod on the left. A

valve lay on the right side, distorted and possessing a

curious prolongation of very thin chitin, with an up-curved,

knob-like extremity. There was also a malformed harpe.

A small piece of chitin (13) probably represented the ring-

wall or penis sheath, and the penis itself was very short

and was tilted so that the vesica pointed ventrally. The

very small cornuti on the vesica resembled those of ocellatus

rather than those of populi, a condition usual in male

hybrids, in some of which no cornuti at all are present.

The cingula was present only on the right side, and ended

abruptly in the mid-line. On the left side there was a thin,

rounded piece of chitin external to the ovipositor, of the

nature of which I am uncertain.

The ostium bursae was very small, and the bursa itself

small and ill-formed. The rod of the ninth segment was

normal.

The hybrid showed a perfectly halved condition of the

external genitalia without reduplication or defect, and it

is interesting that, although in the female hybrid male

external organs are always found usually in the form of

a coarse mosaic, none occur on the female half of this

gynandromorph.

A comparison between the diagrams of the genitalia of

the gynandromorphs, which are drawn partly as trans-

parencies, with those of the genitalia of normal male and

female populi, will make it easy to understand the exact

degree of departure from the normal which the various

structures in the gynandromorphs exhibit.

These three gynandromorphs, to my mind, are a further

proof that the same underlying cause can produce true

lateral genetic hermaphrodites, halved or lateral gynan-

dromorphs with one or more gonads of one sex only, or

without gonads of either sex, but with external structures

of both sexes (primary somatic hermaphrodites).

The differences appear to me to be due to a failure of

part of the genital tract to develop, a failure which is

specially liable to affect the sexual gland itself.

With regard to the external genital organs, the ideal

condition would be that in which exactly half the organs

of each sex would be present. This cannot occur except

in the case of the paired organs, such as the ovipositor

and directing-rod, the rod of the ninth segment in the

326 Dr. HE. A. Cockayne on

female, and the valve and harpe in the male. In the case

of these it is generally met with, but there is a tendency

in the case of paired organs, which lie contiguous to one

another, for the half-sized mass of epithelial cells, which

theoretically should give rise to one full-sized member of

a pair of paired organs, to produce actually an imperfect

and undersized pair instead.

This occurs most often in the case of the valve and

harpe in the male.

It does not occur in the case of the rod of the ninth

segment, because the rods develop far apart, not close

together, like the valves.

In the case of unpaired structures, especially those which

are tubular or saccular, the half-sized mass of primitive

cells gives rise to a complete tube or sac, which is reduced

in size, and often imperfect in form.

Examples of this kind of structure are the penis in the

male and the ostium bursae and bursa copulatrix in the

female.

This explains the narrowness of the bursa and slender-

ness of the penis usually found in halved gynandromorphs.

Entire failure of a part to develop occurs less often in

the external than in the internal organs, but in a genetic

hermaphrodite, which I described and figured, the whole

of the external genitalia of the female side failed to develop,

whilst those on the male side showed reduplication.

They were, however, situated laterally on the male side

of the insect and not centrally. Mr. Bethune Baker kindly

called my attention to the account he published in these

Transactions in 1891, of the external genitalia of a halved

gynandromorph of Hronia hippia var. gaea. It is mounted

laterally, and the point I wish to bring out is not clearly

shown in his beautiful and accurate drawings. He has

allowed me to examine the specimen, and I agree with all

he says, except that what he regarded as combined valve

and ovipositor I consider to be a valve lying over a half

ovipositor. Examination of it from above and below with

careful focussing has convinced me that the specimen agrees

with the majority of gynandromorphs of this kind, and that

the arrangement of the parts is that shown in my diagrams

(Plates CIII and CIV). On the left side of the terminal

segment one can see a half ovipositor with its rod, on the

right a narrow uncus, from which runs as a half girdle

the tegumen and cingula. The saccus, a structure not

Gynandromorphous Lepidoptera. 327

present in Amorpha, is very narrow, being another example

of an unpaired organ reduced in size because it is developed

from half the usual number of cells. From the other side

of the saccus runs a small piece of cingula, an example of

partial reduplication of what is really a paired structure,

which, like the uncus, has become fused. Two valves are

present, though not quite normal in shape, and the penis

is more slender than usual. The female half is the more

interesting.

In the normal gaea there is a most elaborate ostium

bursae, guarded by two folds of chitin, covered with coarse,

curved hairs, and in the ventral wall of the bursa itself is

a dense mass of chitin with two wings covered with short,

thick spines, a structure corresponding to the signum of

the geometrid bursa.

In the gynandromorph the ostium has only one of the

chitinous folds present, that lying on the left or female

side.

The whole bursa is small in size, and only the left wing

of the signum is present (Pl. CIV).

This is the best proof I have met with that the small

bursa of the gynandromorph represents a half bursa. The

primitive cell mass, half the usual size, could complete the

tubular neck and saccular body of the organ, but could not

develop more than one half of such an elaborate structure

as the chitinous fold guarding the ostium or the signum

in gaea.

THEORY OF ORIGIN or Hatvep GyNANDROMORPHS.

When I published my paper in the Journal of Genetics

in 1915 I was unaware of the earlier writings of Morgan on

this subject. In his first paper, published in 1905, “ An

alternative interpretation of (ynandromorphous Insects,”

he suggests that two spermatozoa may enter the same ego,

and that one of these develops without any fusion of its

nucleus with the nucleus of the egg, whereas the other

fuses in the usual way. The independently developing

spermatozoon derived solely from the male parent pro-

duces the male part of the perfect insect. The other, com-

bined with the ovum, produces the female part, which is

thus derived from both parents.

The theory is alternative to that put forward by Boveri,

who thought that there was a premature division of the

egg nucleus, one half of which combined with the whole

328 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on

nucleus of a single spermatozoon and gave rise to the male

portion of the gynandromorph, the other half developed

parthenogenetically and gave rise to the female portion.

In his second paper, in 1907, Morgan reiterated his

theory, and in support of it brought forward Toyama’s

gynandromorphous Bombyx mori.

The larva of this insect was striped on the left side, and

the imago was female on this side; the right side of the

larva was plain and of the imago, male. The striped con-

dition of the larva is a Mendelian dominant over the plain.

Morgan regards the striped female half as bemg derived

from the combination of a spermatozoon carrying the

recessive “ plain”? character with an ovum carrying the

dominant “striped” character, and the plain male half

as being formed from another spermatozoon, which entered

the egg and developed without any fusion with the nuclear

substance of the egg.

Boveri’s hypothesis rests on the condition met with in

the gynandromorphs of the Eugster hive of bees. In these

insects Newell has shown by the following experiments

that drones inherit the characters of the queen. An Italian

yellow queen crossed with a Carniolian grey drone produced

yellow workers and queens, and the drones were yellow

also. A Carniolian grey queen and an Italian yellow drone

produced yellow workers and queens, but the drones were

grey. This shows that yellow is dominant over grey, and

that drones are produced from unfertilised eggs, and derive

their characters from the queen or female parent only.

Boveri carefully examined some of the Hugster gynan-

dromorphs preserved in spirit, and in spite of the loss of

colour he made out that the male parts were maternal and

the female parts paternal in their characters. The colour

of the male parent was dominant over the colour of the

female parent.

Mehling made an independent examination of the

material and arrived at the same conclusion. The condi-

tion found in these bees supports the view that the male

parts are derived from the unfertilised part of the ovum,

the female from the fertilised part. Another hive of bees

has recently been met with at Terek-Gebiet in the Northern

Caucasus, and has produced many gynandromorphs, some

of which are halved. They were the offspring of an Italian

queen by an unknown drone, probably of the form known as

Apis mellifica remipes. These gynandromorphs, according

"yndod eydsowy snoydiowoipueusy

‘PIT ‘o/3up D yS1apS ‘gapup

TIIX Ad ‘Q16L “puoT ‘209 "yu *suvaT

———<$<——

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate XCIV.

E. A. Cockayne, del.

Head of gynandromorphous Amorpha hybridus.

‘yndod eydiouy snoydiowoipueud3 (77) ‘xesioquy (J]) ‘afew pewsoyy (7) jo eres [eusozuy

‘Jap ‘aUkDYI0D -Y °7

AIK %40T ‘QrOr “puoT ‘IOS "1 *SUDAT

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate XC VI.

E. A. Cockayne, del.

Internal genitalia of (1) Normal female, (II) gynandromorphous Amorpha populi.

Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate XC VII.

E. A. Cockayne, del.

External Genitalia, Cement Gland, and Bursa copulatrix and Cement Gland

of gynandromorphous Amorpha hybridus.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate XC VIII.

E, A. Cockayne, del.

External genitalia of gynandromorphous Amorpha populi (No. I).

Trans, Ent, Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate XCIX.

E. A. Cockayne, del.

Dorsal and ventral views of external genitalia of gynandromorphous

Amorpha populi (No. 2),

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate C.

»))

ates:

RIN

Say

E. A. Cockayne, del.

Dorsal views of external genitalia of gynandromorphous Amorpha

populi (No. 2) and of gynandromorphous A. Aybridus.

‘yyndod eydsowy jo ‘xasiejzut

jo snyyeus pue snoun jo mata [e1}UA pur ‘aye [eWJOU jo Syepues [eUII}Xa JO SMOIA [eJO}E] pUe [eIJUI/A

‘yap ‘aUukwYyI0D ‘YA

TD yg ‘OlOL “puoT 0S "jug “SuUBLT

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate Cll.

SE eh)

Age ¥ A=

Fal tot

SPOR!

epee G

AA - NE

E. A. Cockayne, del.

Ventral and lateral views of external genitalia of normal female Amorpha populi.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate CLL.

E. A. Cockayne, del.

Diagram of ventral view of external genitalia of gynandromorphous

Eronia hippia var. gaea.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1916, Plate CIV.

E. A. Cockayne, del.

Bursa copulatrix and ostium bursae of (I) normal female,

(II) gynandromorphus Eronia hippia var. gaea.

Gynandromorphous Lepidoptera. 829

to von Engelhardt, who has described and figured them,

show a condition opposite to that met with in the Kugster

gynandromorphs.

Morgan’s third and most important contribution to this

subject, “‘ Mosaics and Gynandromorphs in Drosophila,”

was made in 1914, and gives an account of those which

appeared in his mutant stocks of the fruit fly. In some of

them the male side or male portions showed maternal

characters, in others paternal and in others both maternal

and paternal characters. The first group would fit in with

Boveri's theory, the second with Morgan’s, but the third

cannot be explained by either, and must be due to “ mitotic

dislocation ’’ occurring at an early cleavage stage. To

prove this, Morgan devised an experiment. He crossed

a female Drosophila homozygous for the sex-linked charac-

ters of yellow body colour and white eyes with a male with

normal sex-linked allelomorphs, grey body colour and red

eyes, but possessing -in addition the recessive non-sex-

linked character of ebony body colour.

One gynandromorph was found amongst many thousand

offspring. It was partially male on one side, partially

female on the other, but on both sides had a grey body and

red eyes. This proves that the male side had received a

sex-chromosome from the father, the male in Drosophila

being heterozygous for sex, and a non-ebony chromosome

from the mother.

The female side also showed characters derived from

both parents.

Morgan concludes that at some early stage of division a

sex-chromosome failed to pass from one pole and became

lost.

He also points out that all three groups of mosaics

and gynandromorphs can be explained on this hypothesis,

whereas neither of the other hypotheses will cover more

than one of the three groups.

This was the view which I put forward independently

and supported by the conditions met with in halved

gynandromorph hybrids and in heterochroic gynandro-

morphs. Several halved gynandromorph hybrids have

been met with, and all have shown characters derived from

both parents on both sides. One such is described by

Standfuss in a hybrid Saturma pavoma 3 x S. spim 8,

the others occurred in Amorpha hybridus Steph. (S. ocellatus

3 x A. populi 9).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL’17) z

330 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on

One was bred at Wiesbaden and is described by Schultz,

right side male and left side female; another was described

and figured by Birchall. Neither of these had ova in the

abdomen, though the female side was fuller than the male

side.

Two others were bred from the same parents by Mr.

Sydney Whicher: one has been described in the previous

part of this paper, the other is figured in the Entomologist,

1915. In these both sides show both maternal and paternal

characters.

In heterochroic gynandromorphs the one side or part

is of one sex and shows a colour variation often a Mendelian

dominant, which is not sex-linked, and the other side or

part shows the corresponding Mendelian recessive colour

and is of the opposite sex. Many of these are known, but

the exact parentage has been recorded but seldom. Four

were obtained in one brood of Hemerophila abruptaria by

Simmons, from a cross between a light and a dark parent.

1. Right side male and ab. brunneata, Tutt. (melanic),

left side female and typical.

2. Right side male and ab. brunneata, left side almost

entirely typical and female.

3. Right side female and ab. brunneata, left side male and

typical.

4, Right side male and ab. brunneata, left side female and

typical.

The melanic ab. brunneata is dominant over the buff-

coloured typical form, and the parents must have been a

homozygous recessive and a heterozygous dominant for

colour. The combinations of colour and sex in these

eynandromorphs could not have arisen except by both

sides having received characters from both parents.

The suggestion put forward by Doncaster that a gynan-

dromorph arises from the fertilisation of an ovum possess-

ing ‘two nuclei by two spermatozoa is possible, and would

explain the occurrence of heterochroic insects, simple

gynandromorphs and heterochroic gynandromorphs. Don-

caster has demonstrated the existence of such ova and

shown that both nuclei can be fertilised independently.

It is, however, very improbable that the two nuclei of

such an ovum would be different in constitution, and unless

this were the case heterochroic gynandromorphs like the

Gynandromorphous Lepidoptera. 331

abruptaria bred by Simmons could not occur in the same

family, except in cases where both parents were heterozy-

gous for colour. In this case one parent was homozygous

and one heterozygous, and so Doncaster’s explanation is

an unlikely one.

Harrison has recently described a remarkable hybrid

Ennomos subsignaria 3 x E. quercinaria2. The individual

was a male with all the characters, external shape and

colour and structure of the external genitalia, on the left

side like the male parent, swbsignaria, and on the right side

intermediate between the two parent species. To explain

its origin Harrison suggests that it arose from the entry

of two spermatozoa into a single ovum, and that the

nucleus of one of them fused with the nucleus of the

ovum and formed the right side with its mixture of ma-

ternal and paternal characters, whilst the other developed

independently and formed the left side, a purely paternal

product.

The explanation is quite possible, since in most Lepido-

ptera it is the male which is homozygous for sex and the

female heterozygous. Had Harrison’s hybrid been female

on both sides his explanation would have fallen to the

ground.

Nevertheless, though it will fit in with Morgan’s first

theory, it is susceptible of explanation on the theory

which Morgan put forward in 1914, and I advanced in

1915.

Harrison says that though these hybrids show a mixture

of paternal and maternal characters with some preponder-

ance of the subsignaria features, the secondary hybrids

segregate on mendelian lines, subsignaria and quercinaria

characters behaving very much like single mendelian units.

Thus Harrison’s specimen may be regarded as a case of

heterochroism without gynandromorphism, and it is almost

certain that ordinary heterochroic specimens arise from a

normal fertilisation between a single spermatozoon and a

single ovum, in which the mitosis in an early cleavage,

usually the first, is abnormal.

Thus there are absolute proofs that gynandromorphs,

including heterochroic examples, do arise from a normally

fertilised ovum, and it is probable that examples of simple

heterochroism arise in the same way. ‘The proofs are

three in number: first, the gynandromorph of Drosophila of

known parentage, bred by Morgan; secondly, the halved

332 Dr. Cockayne on Gynandromorphous Lepidoptera.

hybrid gynandromorphs, and, thirdly, the heterochroic

gynandromorphs of Hemerophila, bred by Simmons.

There is no actual proof that they ever arise in the way

Boveri or Morgan in 1905 and Harrison in 1916 suggested,

but, on the other hand, there is no proof to the contrary.

The condition in the Kugster gynandromorph bees,

which is the chief support of Boveri, is no longer such

valuable evidence in the light of the opposite condition

met with in von Engelhardt’s. Toyama’s Bombyx mori

and Harrison’s hybrid Ennomos may be explained on Mor- ~

gan’s first theory. But the condition in all these insects

can be explained by his second theory, the one theory

which has received definite proof, and it is more probable

that all arise in one way than that they arise in three

different ways.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Baker, BeTHUNE, G. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, pp. 1-6.

Bircwatt. Entomologist, 1881, XIV, p. 217.

Boveri. Sitz.-Ber. d. Ges. f. Morph. u. Phys. Miinch.

1888, Bd. IV. Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Ges. Wiirzb.

1902, XXXV, p. 67.

CockayNE. Journ. of Genetics. 1915, V, p. 75.

Doncaster, L. Journ. of Genetics, 1914, IV, p. 11.

Harrison, J. Entomologist, 1916, XLIX, pp. 25 and 53.

Meuuine. Verhandl. der physikalisch-medicinishen Gesell-

schaft zu Wiirzburg, 1915, XLITI, No. 5, pp. 174-236.

Morean. Science, 1905, X XI, p.632. American Natural-

ist, 1907, XLI, p. 715. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. and

Med. 1914, XI, No. 6, p. 171.

Scuuttz, O. Illustr. Zeitschr. f. Ent. II, 1897.

vy. ENGELHARDT. Zeitschr. f. Wissenschaftliche Insekten-

biologie, 1914, X, p. 161.

Wuicuer, 8. Entomologist, 1915, XLVIII, p. 124, Pl. VI,

fig. 4.

SEMIAATR wre

bt pe

noe

13.

14.

15.

16.

Explanation of Numbers on Plates.

EXPLANATION OF NUMBERS

. testis.

calyx.

. vesicula seminalis.

vas deferens.

glandula accessoria.

ductus ejaculatorius.

penis.

oedaeagus.

. vesica of penis.

. cornuti of penis.

. uncus.

. abdominal

sternite of

tenth segment = gna-

thus of Chapman, often

called scaphium.

penis sheath or ringwall

of Zander.

valve.

harpe.

cingula or vinculum of

Pierce.

No. 17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

333

ON PLATES.

saccus.

ovary.

common oviduct.

vagina.

spermatheca or recep-

taculum seminis.

. cement gland.

. ductus

bursae or

seminis.

. bursa copulatrix.

. caput bursae.

. signum of bursa.

. Cervix.

. ostium bursae.

. Ovipositor.

. directing-rod

of ovi-

positor, rod of tenth

segment.

. rod of ninth abdominal

segment.

2. anus.

EXPLANATION OF Piates XCIII-CIV.

PLATE XCIII.

Gynandromorphous Amorpha populi.

Upper figure No. 1.

Lower figure No. 2.

PLATE XCIV.

Head of Gynandromorphous Amorpha hybridus.

xX 7. a. 28th

segment, b. 16th segment of right antenna, c. 16th and 17th

segments of left antenna.

334 Explanation of Plates.

PLATE XCV.

I. Internal genitalia of normal male Amorpha populi. x 2.

II. Internal genitalia of intersex of Amorpha populi. x 2.

III. Internal genitalia of gynandromorphous A. populi (No. 1).

x 2s

PLATE XCVI.

I. Internal genitalia of normal female of Amorpha populi. x 2.

II. Internal genitalia of gynandromorphous Amorpha populi

(No. 2).

PLATE XCVII.

External genitalia of gynandromorphous Amorpha hybridus. x 12.

Cement gland and bursa copulatrix and cement gland of gynandro-

morphous A. hybridus.

PLATE XCVIII.

External genitalia of gynandromorphous A. populi (No. 1).

Upper figure ventral view. x 13.

Lower figure dorsal view.

Both drawn as partial transparencies.

PLATE XCIX.

Upper figure: Dorsal view of external genitalia of gynandro-

morphous A. populi (No. 2), viewed as opaque object.

Lower figure: Ventral view of external genitalia of gynandro-

morphous A. populi (No. 2).

PLATE C.

Upper figure: Dorsal view of external genitalia of gynandro-

morphous Amorpha populi (No. 2). x 12.

Lower figure: Dorsal view of portion of external genitalia of

gynandromorphous Amorpha hybridus.

PLATE CI.

I. Ventral view of external genitalia of normal male Amorpha

popult.

IJ. Lateral view of external genitalia of normal male A. populi

with valves and harpes removed.

Ill. Ventral view of uncus and gnathus of intersex of A. populi.

Explanation of Plates. 335

PLATE CII.

I. Ventral view of external genitalia of normal female of Amorpha

popult in retracted position. x 12.

II. Lateral view of external genitalia of normal female of A. populi

in extended position.

PLATE CII.

Diagrammatic representation of ventral view of external genitalia

of gynandromorphous Eronia hippia var. gaea.

PLATE CIV.

I. Bursa copulatrix and ostium bursae of normal female of Hronia

hippia var. gaea. XX 15.

II. Bursa copulatrix and ostium bursae of gynandromorphous

E. hippia var. gaea. x 15.

(sacl

XVII. The relation between the secondary sexual characters

and the Gonads and accessory sexual glands in

Insects. By E..A. Cockayne,’M.A., D.M., F.R.C.P.

[Read November 15th, 1916.]

THE remarkable effects of the secretions of the ductless

glands on the development of the secondary sexual charac-

ters in the vertebrates makes it of great interest to examine

the evidence for and against the existence of a similar

relationship in insects. In mammals and birds we know

that in the male the interstitial cells, or cells of Leydig,

which lie between the seminiferous tubules of the testis,

produce a secretion which causes the normal development

of the secondary sexual characters in the male at puberty.

Removal of the testes before puberty prevents their

appearance, but atrophy of the seminiferous tubules in

no way affects them. The testis is a double organ, each

part having its own distinct function. In the ovary a

similar state of affairs appears to exist, but has not been

so clearly demonstrated.

Besides this comparatively simple relationship between

the interstitial glandular part of the gonads and the

secondary sexual characters, the ductless glands exert an

influence upon one another. For instance, over-activity

of the cortex of the suprarenal gland produces sexual

precocity, under-activity of the pineal body produces a

similar effect; but under-activity of the pituitary body

delays the appearance of secondary sexual characters.

These stimulating or restraining effects seem to be due to

the action of the internal secretions of these glands on the

gonads, causing an increase or decrease in the secretion

of the interstitial cells, and so only indirectly hastening

or retarding the appearance of secondary sexual characters.

But it must be remembered that long before these cells

become active we find well-marked differences in the two

sexes, and such differences still remain if the cells be

removed and are present even in cases where the gonads

have never developed at all. It is only some of the more

striking differences, which appear at the time of puberty,

and which are due to the activity of the gonads.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL ’17)

Dr. E. A. Cockayne on the relation between Gonads. 337

The short account of the action of the ductless glands

given above is that most commonly accepted as correct,

but it must be mentioned that Blair Bell and others

consider that they all have an equally powerful influence

on the development of the secondary sexual characters,

and that, although alike in appearance in the two sexes,

the pituitary, suprarenal, and cther glands of the male and

female, produce internal secretions as unlike as those of

the ovary and testis themselves.

It is important to examine what evidence there is for

and against the existence of a similar control in insects.

The best evidence is afforded by—

(1) Experimental castration and transplantation of the

gonads in Lepidoptera.

(2) Temperature experiments in Lepidoptera.

(3) Stylopisation in Hymenoptera.

(4) Gynandromorphs and Intersexes.

Castration experiments have been performed by Oude-

mans, Kellogg and Meisenheimer.

Oudemans removed the testes or ovaries from larvae of

Lymantria dispar before the penultimate and last moults ;

thirty out of sixty survived. Castrated males copulated

and castrated females tried to lay, but merely deposited

the tuft of wool with which the normal females cover

their eggs; their external appearance was unaffected.

Kellogg experimented on silkworms, Bombyx mori, and

in no case was any change in the secondary sexual characters

produced.

Meisenheimer castrated 600 larvae of Lymantria dispar

and bred 186 imagines. Those operated on before the

second moult always died, but some survived which were

operated on between the second and third, and third and

fourth moults. None of the imagines were altered in

appearance.

Transplantation of the ovaries or testes into larvae of

which the testes or ovaries had been removed also failed

to alter their secondary sexual characters; nor was any

effect produced by forming artificial hermaphrodites,

though the transplanted gonads grew.

These experiments are against the existence of a rela-

tionship between the gonads and secondary sexual charac-

ters such as is found in vertebrates.

By means of heat or cold acting for varying periods on

the pupae of certain Lepidoptera the females can be made

338 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on the relation between

to assume in some degree the colour and structure charac-

teristic of the males, and the males, though to a less

extent, can be made to approach the females in structure

and colour.

Merrifield by means of heat obtained females of Gone-

pteryx rhamni having the yellow colour of the males, and

Standfuss obtained females of Perisomena (Saturnia)

caecigena with feathered antennae, though these are simple

in the normal female. Kosminsky by subjecting pupae of

Lymantria dispar to cold produced in some males an

alteration of the colour and shape of the scales towards

those found in the females, and in females he produced a

colour nearly as dark as that of the males, a shape in the

scales very like that found in the opposite sex, and shorter

feathered instead of longer simple antennae. The testes

and ovaries were smaller or unaltered in size, and the

ova were always infertile. He considered that the mal-

development of the sex-glands was not associated with

the alteration in colour and structure, because those with

the most normal glands were sometimes those with most

marked alteration in secondary sexual characters.

The parasite Stylops in the bees Andrena labialis and

chrysosceles may produce in some females an approach to

the male in colour and to a smaller extent in structure,

and in some males a similar but less marked approach to

the female. In other specimens no effect is produced.

The ovaries are reduced to about one-quarter their normal

size. In other bees no effect on the secondary sexual

characters is produced, though the ovaries are equally

reduced in size. These observations, published by Geoffrey

Smith and Hamm, like the temperature experiments, fail

to show a direct relationship between the gonads and the

secondary sexual characters.

The conditions found in gynandromorphs afford us still

more definite evidence. In halved gynandromorphs there

is perfect development of the secondary sexual characters

of the male on one side and of the female on the other;

yet the most varied arrangement of gonads and accessory

glands are met with. In the normal male there are two

testes and glandulae accessoriae ; in the female two ovaries,

two cement-glands and the receptaculum seminis or sper-

matheca, probably also a secretory gland. In gynandro-

morphs secondary sexual characters of the male may be

perfectly developed not only in the absence of the testes

the secondary sexual characters and the Gonads. 339

and glandulae accessoriae, but also in the presence of one

or two ovaries, one or two cement-glands and the sper-

matheca. Similarly the secondary sexual characters of

the female may be normally and fully developed in the

absence of ovaries, cement-glands and spermatheca and

in the presence of the gonads and accessory glands of the

male. Thus the presence of gonads and glands of the one

sex has no modifying influence on the secondary sexual

characters of the other sex, even in the absence of the

gonads and glands proper to it. In some cases where

gonads and accessory glands of both sexes are present the

secondary sexual characters of both sexes are also present—

male characters on the side of the male organs and female

on the side of the female organs. The gynandromorph

Amorpha hybridus described in the preceding paper also

proves that secondary sexual characters of both sexes

may be present, male on one side, female on the other,

though neither testis nor ovary be present. Indeed, in

this case the accessory glands of both sexes were also

absent with the exception of a distorted cement-gland.

The ducts, vasa deferentia, vesiculae seminales, and

ductus ejaculatorius in the male, oviducts, vagina, bursa

copulatrix and cervix in the female, can also be com-

pletely absent without affecting the development of the

secondary sexual characters, so that it is evident that

their epithelium produces no secretion which influences

the development of the secondary sexual characters.

In the peculiar gynandromorphous Agriades coridon var.

roystonensis, of which I have published descriptions in the

Journal of Genetics and in these Transactions, scales of a

structure peculiar to the male were found usually on the

wings of one side only, yet no male internal organs were

present, and in most instances the female organs were

perfectly formed. The ovaries in all cases were of equal

size and fully developed.

In some primary hybrid hawk-moths of the genus

Amorpha, of which a list has been published recently by

Dannenberg, and of which A. ocellatus 3 and A. popult 2

and A. ocellatus $ x A. austati 2 are the best known,

females are replaced by insects in which the external

genitalia are roughly symmetrical, but show a mosaic of

male and female characters. The male and female parts

are for the most part fully formed, and are not inter-

mediate in characters between the two sexes. Ill-formed

340 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on the relation between

ovaries and female accessory glands are present, but no

male internal organs are found. Other primary hybrids

occasionally show a similar condition. On the other hand,

a primary hybrid Hnnomos bred by Harrison showed fully-

developed male organs including two testes, and yet parts

of the external genitalia and some external somatic

characters were purely female in appearance.

Many secondary hybrid Saturnias (emperor moths) and

Bistoninae show a very coarse mosaic of male and female

somatic characters, including the external genitalia, though

their internal organs are entirely female.

The secondary hybrid Amorpha daubi, Standfuss,

A. ocellatus 3 x A. langi 9, also has females replaced by

gynandromorphs or intersexes. This is also the case with

many mongrel Lymantrias, though in these the external

genitalia are intermediate between those normally found

in the two sexes. Here, again, we have several examples

of male secondary sexual characters where all the male

internal organs are absent and all the female present,

and one example of the opposite condition.

The chief argument against the castration experiments

is that they can only be performed comparatively late in

the larval stage, and it has been suggested that at this

stage an internal secretion has been produced and already

acted on the tissues of the body in such a way that they

are able to attain to their full sexual differentiation, even

after the gonads have been removed. Such an argument

cannot be advanced in the case of halved gynandromorphs

in which the failure of development of the sexual organs

when it occurs must take place at a much earlier period,

and still less can it be advanced in the case of the hybrid

gynandromorphs or “ intersexes.”’

The whole of the evidence derived from experimental

castration, and from the study of halved gynandromorphs

and of intersexes, seems to prove definitely that the

secondary sexual characters are in no way dependent on

the gonads or any other portion of the internal sexual

apparatus. There is, however, no proof to be derived

from them that some gland quite independent of the

sexual organs does not produce an internal secretion com-

parable to that of the interstitial cells of the vertebrate

testis and ovary.

But if we examine the condition of affairs in mixed

and transverse gynandromorphs even this possibility seems

the secondary sexual characters and the Gonads. 341

to be excluded. Gynandromorphs are occasionally met

with in which the head or head and thorax show fully-

developed male characters and the rest of the insect shows

female characters. In others exactly the opposite con-

dition is met with.

When the whole of the external structure of the head

or thorax shows male characters it is almost certain that

the structures within are male in constitution also.

If this be admitted one can exclude any part of the

head, thorax or abdomen as the possible site of a gland

producing an internal secretion, which causes the develop-

ment of the secondary sexual characters in insects.

Thus we are reduced either to accept the view that in

insects the tissues are sexually differentiated from the

first, and do not need the stimulus of any internal secre-

tion in order to attain the fullest development; whereas,

in vertebrates, although the tissues are sexually differen-

tiated from the beginning, the differentiation cannot be

completed without the influence of the internal secretion

of the gonads and other glands.

Or we must accept an alternative explanation such as

that of Geoffrey Smith, that there is in all animals a sexual

formative substance, which in some is capable alone of

perfecting the sexual characters, but which in others

requires the co-operation of the internal secretion of the

gonads. It is difficult to accept the former hypothesis

even in the case of insects, because the parasite Stylops

in bees and subjection to abnormally high or low tem-

peratures in butterflies and moths can in some instances

modify the secondary sexual characters at a late stage of

development.

But on the latter hypothesis, unless the evidence derived

from a study of gynandromorphism be untrustworthy, the

sexual formative substance must be produced in various

parts of the body if not by all the tissues.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Cockayne, EK. A. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1916, p. 322.

———, Journ. of Genetics, 1915, V, 2, p. 75.

DANNENBERG. Zeitschr. f. Wissen. Insektenbiol. 1913, ix,

pp. 239 and 294.

Harrison, J. W. H. Entomologist, 1916, xlix, p. 53.

342 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on the relation between Gonads.

Ketitoce. Journ. of Exp. Zool. 1904, 1, 4, p. 601.

Kosminsky. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst. Geogr. u. Biol. 1909,

xxvii, p. 361.

——. fool. Jahrb. Abt, Alle. Zool. wu. Physrol: 191 1 mes

woole

Miasanecnuies Zool. Anzeiger, 1907, xxxu, p. 393.

OupEeMaNns. Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. 1899, xu, p. 71.

Smitu, G., and Hamm. Q. J. of Micr. Science, 1910, liv, |

p: STE |

SmitH, G. Ibid. 1914, Ivui, p. 435. 3 |

€) 343)

XVIII. An Intersex of Amorpha populi. By E. A.

Cockayne, M.A., D.M., F.R.C.P., F.E.S.

[Read November 15th, 1916. ]

THE specimen was sent to me for dissection by Mr. L. W.

Newman, who had noticed that although the head, thorax

and wings appeared to be male, the abdomen was full and

rounded like that of a female.

Dissection showed that the testes were large and lobu-

lated, the four follicles of the two testes forming a cluster;

whereas normally the two testes are fused and the eight

follicles twisted spirally assume an almost spherical form.

In the abnormal specimen the eight follicles were white, but

in normal specimens the capsule of the fused organs is

a deep yellow colour. Careful measurement showed that

the calices, vesiculae seminales and vasa deferentia were

broader and the glandulae accessoriae broader and shorter

than in a number of normal males. Serial sections taken

through the whole organ showed numerous spermatozoa

and some spermatocytes in all the follicles, and in some

there were a few objects, which appeared to be large cells

with deeply stained basophile nucleus and cytoplasm.

These were kindly examined by Dr. Goodrich, who thinks

they are probably masses of spermatozoa closely crowded

together, but they may be abnormal cells. The external

genitalia were mounted and measured. The penis and uncus

were both shorter and broader than in normal males, the

gnathus, 10th abdominal sternite, was very short and broad,

and ended bluntly instead of tapering gradually. It was only

about half the length of a normal scaphium. The valves

were not evenly spread, but they were of normal length.

The cornuti on the vesica of the penis were fewer than

normal, about forty-five small and large were counted.

The normal’ penis has about fifty-six. No minute cornuti

were seen at all, though they are usually numerous. Plate

XCV, fig. 1, shows the internal organs of a normal male,

fig. 2 shows those of the abnormal individual.

The chief interest of the specimen lies in the fact that

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PaRTS Il, IV. (APRIL’17)

344 Dr. E. A. Cockayne on an Intersex of Amorpha populi.

Goldschmidt in crossing European Lymantria dispar with

its large Japanese race, var. japonica, obtained individuals

in some broods which were only distinguishable from males

by possessing small flecks of hght colour, like that of the

female, equally distributed over all four wings. These he

called first ‘‘ Weibchenmannchen ”’ and later “* Intersexes.”’

Internally some had normally shaped testes, but others had

lobulated testes without any yellow pigment in the capsule.

He gives a figure on p. 296 of his paper, which can be com-

pared with mine.

Most of those with normally shaped testes had sperma-

tozoa and spermatocytes only, but in some of the lobulated

testes there were in addition small or large numbers of

oocytes and ova.

The external genitalia of Goldschmidt’s specimens were

male in character, but with some modification of shape.

The penis, uncus, saccus and valves were shorter and

broader than normal. In addition to the ‘‘ Weibchen-

minnchen,” numbers of moths were bred which showed a

more striking mixture of male and female characters, and

in his earlier papers Goldschmidt called these male and

female gynandromorphs; but wishing to distinguish them

from ordinary halved gynandromorphs, which must arise

from a different cause, he has grouped all of them under the

name “ Intersex.”

The resemblance between this specimen of A. popula

and these Lymantrias is so close in most respects that I am

inclined to think it must be of the same nature. Like the

Lymantrias it arose from crossing various races of British

populi for several generations.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

GoLpscHmMIpT and PopprLBAuM. Zeitschr. f. Indukt.

Abstamm. u. Vererbungslehre, 1914, xi, p. 296.

Gotpscumipt. National Academy of Sciences, Washington,

D.C. Proceedings, No. 1, vol. ii, p. 53.

( 345 )

XIX. Observations on the Growth and Habits of the Stick

Insect, Carausius morosus, Br.; intended as a

contribution towards a knowledge of variation in an

organism which reproduces itself by the parthenogenetic

method. By H. Line Rors, Keeper, Bankfield

Museum, Halifax. Communicated by Prof. E. B.

Poutton, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S.

[Read October 18th, 1916.]

INTRODUCTION . ; : ‘ 5 - 5 F ; 2 pos

GENERAL NOTE ‘ : 3 f ; , ; 5 b res |

COLOUR ‘ 2 4 4 : 5 : : 5 5 as

INCUBATION-Box ; : : 3 ; : ; ; F . 349

INCUBATION P ; ; : . 349

INCUBATION UNDER “DIVERSE ConpiTI0ns" 5 F - 5 rail

PARTHENOGENESIS . é z : ; s Z A : 5 Seta?

A MALE ; 4 } : F she

Form, SIzE AND WrIcHT or Eacs 3 5 : : ; 5 BSR)

FERviiry OF THE EaaGs : : : ; F : 5 5 as5y5)

OVIPOSITION . : es : : : ; : 3 ae sDD

ABNORMALITIES , : ; : u - 4 ‘ 4. Bias

EGG-PRODUCTION . 2 . : ‘ - : : é 5 ta)

HATCHING OUT 3 362

INCREASE IN LENGTH DURING FIRST “ TWENTY- FOUR Hours

AFTER HATCHING OUT . é : A 5 F : 5. Bhs?

GRowTH TO THE First Ecpysis A Z 3 . : 2 305

THE Ecpysis . ; 366

GROWTH AFTER THE FIRST TWENTY- FOUR Hours UP TO AND

INCLUDING THE LAST EcpysIs F F , 5 Sono

THe Insecr’s LENGTH . : i x , 4 : oe pia!

GROWTH OF THE ANTENNAE ; : : : : : 5 ie!

Foop CoNSUMPTION : : ; 5 ; : : F 5 Tha}

WATER-DRINKING . A : ? ' ; : : ‘ A erates |

CANNIBALISM . : : ? : ‘ ss dl , ; 5 Re kellt

THE EXcRETA . é : : : : : ; : , POS

PROTECTIVE MEASURES . ; : ‘ F ‘ 2 z OL

DURATION OF LIFE 3 - 2 2. : : , ES So

DEATH : : 3 , ; 3 E F : 382

VARIATION : 5 ; A ; 2 ; 4 cate

SUMMARY OF OBSERVATIONS | 3 : 3 : 3 . . 384

INTRODUCTION.

THE stick insects dealt with in this paper are descended

from a

Clubb,

few specimens given me some years ago by Dr.

Director of the Liverpool Museums. “With the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PaRTS III, IV. (APRIL’17) AA

346 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

exception of three almost black specimens, they are all

the progeny of one female hatched out of an egg from the

original lot. The three black specimens are the offspring

of some of the others received from Dr. Clubb.

The young and fully grown insects were kept under

observation in inverted glass bell-jars of various sizes,

each one furnished with a small glass or pot receptacle

filled with water and well-washed sea-sand, in which were

placed the food-plant cuttings. I had at times over forty

of these jars in use, containing altogether some 400 speci-

mens. The temperature of the room in which they were

kept was regulated as much as possible between 56° F. and

64° F., although it did fall to 52° I. during some very

severe cold days in the first winter.

As regards the measurements made, it is as well to note

that it 1s easier to measure dead than living specimens,

and in a few cases where it was not possible to measure the

living specimens with approximate accuracy these speci-

mens have not been included in the series commented on.

The reference or series numbers given in the tables

are given consecutively—there has been no picking and

choosing—and the gaps indicate other groups, or series,

or egg lots, ete., undergoing observation for other purposes,

or may be traced to specimens which have dropped out

through death or the development of some malformation,

or on account of having been killed off as not further

required, etc.

I wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. Walter M.

Tattersall and Dr. A. D. Imms for valuable assistance in

preparing this paper.

As regards the position of Carausius morosus among the

Phasmids, the late Mr. Meade-Waldo kindly wrote me:

“ Carausius, Stal., Rec. Orth. ii, p. 8 (1875)—Type C.

strumosus, Stal., from Java. C. morosus, Brunner v.

Wattenwyl, the species with which we are concerned, was

described for the first time in Die Insekten-familie der

Phasmiden, Lief 2, p. 268 (1907), and is thus not included

in Kirby’s Catalogue of Orthoptera. There are no

synonyms to C. morosus, though some authors have

considered the genera Carausius and Dixippus as the

same. Kirby in his catalogue gives Dixippus, Stal., as a

synonym of Lonchodes. Brunner divides the Phasmidae

into two large groups: Phasmidae areolatae and Phasmidae

anareolatae—

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 347

Tribus 1, Clitumini.

Tribus 2, Lonchodini, to which Carausius belongs.

Tribus 3, Bacunculinc.

These three tribes are distinguished from the three other

tribes in this group by the short median segment. All the

Lonchodini are Asiatic or Australian species. The nearest

ally to Carausius is Dixippus, which Brunner separates as

follows—

Carausius—mesosternum longitudinally carinate.

Dixippus—mesosternum not carinate.”

Carausius morosus, Br.

GENERAL NOTE.

During the daytime the nymphs and insects are lethargic ;

lie about in every conceivable attitude with their appen-

_dages generally more or less parallel with the body, unless

their position requires a leg or two differently placed for

support. They are not easily roused, and when roused do

not attempt to run away for more than about a couple of

decimetres. They look more like portions of leaf-stems or

twigs, on which they are more difficult to distinguish than

at night when their appendages are in full play. Quite

young nymphs prefer the underside of the leaf to rest on.

They frequently hang together closely packed.

When handled they often feign death, and have a knack

of slipping away backwards out of one’s hand, while in

falling their claws seem able to catch at almost anything.

Their pads appear to assist them to walk and climb on

fairly smooth surfaces, but I do not think this ability to be

a case of suction, for if placed on a piece of plate glass, the

348 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

surface of which has been well washed with water and then

with alcohol, and the glass be tilted, they very quickly fall

off. In their declining days they frequently lose the use

of their claws, and then hang on by their elbows.

CoLour.

The colour was generally green or fawn, often speckled

and varied considerably in different insects, so that pale

green or olive, light green, dark green, greenish fawn, fawn,

dark fawn and reddish fawn were common enough.* Dark

brown (almost black) is rare.

At birth the insects are a greenish brown, which changes

to green or olive or fawn at the successive moults. After

the colour is once pronounced there is hardly any change,

thus of 26 mature insects under observation under the

same conditions for 11 weeks, 1 changed from reddish fawn

to darkish fawn, 1 from lighter to darker green, and 2

from olive to fawn, 19 remained the same colour as when

first observed. This was the only special observation I

took on change in colour. Three died (having finished

egg-dropping).

Three dark brown, nearly black specimens came from

normal-coloured parents. Their eggs produced 1237

nymphs, and 467 of these grew to maturity with the usual

olive, green or fawn colouring. I had not accommodation

to rear the rest, but I ascertained later that if the colour

is to be brown it shows itself already at the Ist ecdysis.

Altogether I obtained 8 dark brown specimens, and all these

finished by becoming nearly black.

Schleip t found the darker insects shorter than the green -

ones, and gives the average length of ten dark red or black

insects as 69°3 mm., of ten yellowish-red insects as 74°6 mm.,

and of ten green ones as 76°3mm. I did not find this so;

* The range of colours therefore agrees closely with that of

MacBride and Jackson (‘‘ The Inheritance of Colour in the Stick

Insect, C. morosus,” Proc. Roy. Soc., Ser. B, vol. 89, p. 109).

J. C. Fryer illustrates two specimens of female Clitumnus (? cuni-

culus), one of which is a light fawn and the other a pale green or

olive (Journ. of Genetics, iii, Sept. 2, 1913). Curiously enough,

H. Blane speaks of the single colour (homochromie) of Dixippus

morosus (Bull. Soc. Vaud. Lausanne, 5 Ser. xlix, No. 179, p. xxv).

{+ Waldemar Schleip (Freiburg in Br.), Der Farbenwechsel von

Dixippus morosus (Phasm). Zoo}. Jahrb. Abt. f. Allgem. Zool. u.

Phys. d. Tiere, xxx, 1911, p. 78. He treats Dixippus morosus

as the same as Carausius morosus, p. 46.

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 349

my shortest black measured 69 mm., and the two other

blacks measured 74 and 78 mm. respectively (the average of

34 specimens from one parent being 80°1 mm.). I did not

get the gradations in colour up to dark brown or black

which Schleip shows on his coloured plate—in fact, between

the dark brown (almost black) and the darkest fawn there

was a big gap.

INCUBATION-BOX.

The eggs for incubation were placed in small glass-

capped circular card-board boxes, with a thin layer of sand

on the bottom. The sides were perforated by means of

pins, and the boxes numbered on the inside (not on the

lids). These boxes were placed in rows in a shallow wooden

box (an old chocolate manufacturer’s packing-box), the

necessary moisture being provided by wet folds of clean

blotting-paper well soaked afresh daily. The wooden box

being badly made with an ill-fitting lid allowed amply for

the circulation of the air.

INCUBATION.

In the incubation-boxes the incubation varies from

137 days to 297 days, thus covering an extreme range of

160 days. Those nymphs which hatched out up to 254

days’ incubation were healthy and apparently in normal

condition, but one which hatched out at the end of 297

days was very feeble, drank sparingly, and, although it

was ready for a drink every one of the 6 days it lived, its

abdomen remained contracted laterally and it did not eat

at all, while usually about 50% have commenced eating

on the third day after hatching out.

The accompanying table shows that more than 50% of

TasLe I.—No. or Days or InNcuBartion.

No. ercent. | No. -ercent.

| eid do Hatched. Hatched. vee Hatched, Hatched.

137-140 ff 1-7 || 231-240 1 0-2

f141-150—— 131 31-8 241-250 1 0-2

| 151-160 86 20-9 251-260 1 0-2

| 161-170 42 10-2 261-270 0 ~

| 171-180 42 10-2 271-280 0 —-

| 181-190 49 11-9 281-290 0 ~--

191-200 30 Io 291-300 i 0-2

| 201-210 10 a | oe ;

211-220 9 2-2 Total . 412 99-9

| 221-230 2 0-5

350 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

the nymphs are hatched out after 141 to 160 days’ incuba-

tion, and a further 32% fairly evenly distributed in the

next 30 days (161 to 190 days), after which there is a

considerable drop.

The variation in the number of days required for incuba-

tion by eggs dropped during 24 consecutive hours by any

one individual insect is great, the range varying from 6 to

92 days. Jam unable to account for this. I do not think

it to be due to unsuitable, 7. e. to too low a temperature, as

the nymphs and insects thrive well at 15° C. (59° F.). Nor

do I think it due to want of moisture, for of 71 unhatched

eggs examined from 421-580 days after having been

dropped, in 67 (= 94%) the contents were still quite

moist. It is, generally speaking, the last nymph to emerge

which makes the big jump in the range. I have not made

any experiment to ascertain whether the extreme range is

due to dryness, but H. H. P. and H. C. Severin have shown

that dryness at the time of hatching with Diapheromera

femorata, Say, has a marked retarding effect on the

emergence of the nymph from the egg (Jour. Econ. Ent.

1910, p. 481).

TaBLE IJ.—RANGE oF INCUBATION OF EGGS DROPPED IN 24 Hours

BY INDIVIDUAL INSECTS.

° Eggs Range

Berieg in 24 Days of Incubation. in

| pe (heer | Days.

24) 5 | 163 170 177 192 206 | 43

25| 3 | 166 168 176 10

26 4 L7G) 181 186) 210 | 34

27| 4 | 179 201 212 227 | 48

28 | 4 | 189 208 217 246 | 57

29| 6 | 184 192 194 196 198 198 | 14

30 | 8 | 178 182 182 183 183 192 197 198 | 20

33 | 5 | 186 187 189 193 195 9

34} 9 | 169 177 178 180 181 183 184 188 189) 20

35 | 9 | 182 185 185 185 192 192 194 196 207) 25

36; 5 | 186 189 194 200 201 15

7| 6 | 190 198 199 203 214 240 50

59 | & | 162 176 181 183 183 188 192 254 92

104 | 8 | 144 145 148 148 148 149 150 150 iG

LOZ 143 144 147 150 152 162 19

146 | 9 146 146 147 147 152 153 157 157 217) 71

* Only a portion of those observed are given, but sufficient to give

a general idea of the results.

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 351

INCUBATION UNDER DIVERSE CONDITIONS.

In order to test the method of incubation above described

I experimented as follows :—Three lots of eggs were taken,

which had been dropped by the same set of insects in the

same twenty-four hours on three different occasions. One

lot was placed in the usual hatching-box (B) just described,

the second lot on the surface of sand (S), and the third lot

on the surface of mould (soil) (M). Moisture was con-

veyed to the sand and mould by occasional light sprinkling,

but mostly from below by means of a dipper. In the

course of the incubation some of the eggs sank below

the surface of the sand and mould. The nymphs from the

sand and mould had, on emergence, access to water, but

those from the box had not, and probably in consequence

of this we find the box produced on an average shorter

nymphs than the sand and mould, thus: M’s average

= 2'4 mime, Sis ="11-9'mm,, and Bis: 11-2 mm., but,.m

view of the results of observations on the extension of

nymphs after hatching out, this is of little importance.

In so far as duration of incubation is concerned (Table III)

the mould gave the quickest results, the nymphs hatching

out on an average in 124 days with a range of 31 days

(115-146), against the sand’s average of 146 days with a

range of 54 days (131-185), and the box’s average of 151

days with a range of 31 days (141-172).

TasLE II].—INcUBATION UNDER DIVERS CONDITIONS.

Species number . 5 153 157 158

Where placed... Hatching-box, Sand Mould

Quantity of eggs under ob-

servation . 62 62 63

Total weight of eges—gramms 345 el a) 322

Average weight c of caine |

grams . 5-569 5-182 | 5-511

Period of incubation—days . 141-172 131-185 | 115-146

Range of incubation—days 31 54 31

Average No. of incubation days 151 146 124

Total No. of eggs hatched . 58 48 46

Percentage of eggs hatched . 93-5 77-4 73:2

Total No. of fertile eggs 61 58 50

Percentage of fertile eggs . 98-4 93°5 79°4

Percentage of fertile eggs |

hatched . . 95-1 82-8 92

Average length of nymphs

when hatched. 11-4 11-9 12-4

Change in outside appearance

of shell - ree hs None Slight Marked

352 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

As regards the quantity of fertile eggs hatched out, the

highest percentage was reached from the box, thus:

B= 95:19,» M = 929, ands — 2-6,

In this experiment in no case was any nymph found to

have succumbed through inability to emerge completely

after once breaking through, as happens occasionally to

the extent of about five per thousand in the usual

incubating-box arrangements.

The fact that on the mould the incubation proceeded

quickest would tend to show that it is the best of the three

media, for, in Nature, the quicker this process goes on the

less risk to the embryo—the lesser number hatched out

being a sacrifice to the safety of the existence of the species.

Whether the corrosion, if I may so call it, of the eggs from

the mould has anything to do with lowering the percentage

of hatching out I am unable to say, but it would appear

that the natural risks being overcome or reduced to a

minimum in the box incubation, that method is the best

for laboratory experiment.

PARTHENOGENESIS.

These stick insects belong to a Family in which partheno-

genesis appears to be the rule, and my experience with

them bears out the existence of the general law. The

female from which I reared 354 insects up to the egg-

bearing stage may or may not have been fertilised by a

male. Her offspring were allowed to mix freely with one

another until the last ecdysis was reached, when they were

successively segregated, and every one of these which

reached maturity dropped eggs. The assumption is, that

there was consequently no male amongst them. Subse-

quently I separated 34 larvae (offshoots of some of the 354)

on hatching out, and these with one exception all turned

out egg-bearers. The one exception, No. 40, had a mal-

formation at the penultimate abdominal segment, and

took 170 days to get through the nymph stadia, instead of

the average 136 days. It was a poor eater, consuming

about one-sixth of the food consumed by the others, and

remained thin and lethargic to the end.

A MAte.

I had one other non-egg-producer, a descendant of one

of Dr. Clubb’s lot, which turned out to be a male. Dr.

Imms dissected it, and found “ well-developed reproductive

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 353

organs. The latter appeared to be functional and showed

no sign of degeneration. I made a preparation of the

contents of the testes, and found that spermatozoa were

present in various stages of development, but the number

of mature ones was relatively small. The vesiculae

seminales were large and filled with a thick fluid. They

contained, however, scarcely any spermatozoa. Judged

from these facts the example was not yet fully mature.”

This specimen had not increased in size for over five

months, and, with the small quantity of mature sper-

matozoa present, the suggestion of a possible degeneration

having taken place occurs to one.*

Its form and slow growth induced me to separate it from

the others, not that I thought it a male, but because it

was different from the others. Its noticeable difference

consisted in the longer proportion of its legs to its body

than is the case with females.

Egg capsule of C. morosus, with and without lid.

Form, SizE AND WEIGHT oF Kags.

The egg is contained in a capsule, the general shape of

which is somewhat similar to a flattened cask, and having

consequently an oval cross-section, flat at one pole and

semispherical at the other. The flat end is covered by a

lid, which consists of a platform with encircling ridge, and

in the middle there is a light buff-coloured glossy cap.

This cap is only partially perforated in the centre; the

apparent hole is closed by a very thin skin, the use of which

may be to admit air and moisture by endosmosis, for the

* “Mr. K. G. Blair exhibited a ¢ and two 9 9 of a stick insect

(? Lonchodes, sp.) which is usually parthenogenetic, the ¢ being

excessively rare, and which he had bred for several generations

without any specimen of this sex appearing (Trans. Entom. Soc.

London, 1911).”” In Proc. Zool. Soc. 1915, p. 155, Miss A. C. Jackson

mentions that out of about 3000 C. morosus which she reared,

seven males were identified.

354 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

chorion itself seems to be too solid and close-grained to

admit either. The capsule rounds off immediately below

the lid. On one of the flattened edges between the middle

and the spherical pole is the mark of the ovary attachment,

in the form of a dark narrow ridge completely encircled by

another ridge, the whole about 1 mm. long.* Not infre-

quently a lid or cap is found at both poles, but the one cap

is then generally more or less malformed and the platform

hardly discernible. So far none of the eggs with opposing

capsules have hatched out, nor is it likely that they will do.

Where these opposing processes exist the mark of the

ovary attachment is not clear. I have one egg with two

caps on one and the same platform.

The total length of the egg capsules varies generally

from 2°7 to 3°2 mm., 504 specimens measured giving an

average length of 2°83 mm. Some capsules are as short as

1:2 mm., but are rarely met with, and anything under

2°6 mm. does not hatch out.

The outer surface of the capsule is a dull brown grey,

rough to the touch, and under the microscope shows con-

volutions somewhat similar to those of a pancreas. This

TaBLE 1[V.—WEIGHT OF Kaas.

: ie Average

tit Total ht : :

Quantity total welght| Weight in

ie bee Bees Each lot collected represents

77 a 5-195 the number of eggs dropped

29 149 5138 during the previous 24 hours

66 “342 5-55 aud was weighed the same

62 ‘311 5-182 ee

40 +222 5-1 | Weighed by | Hyore cy stick in-

100 51 501) | ©: Fielding {pyom others.

190 1-035 5-446 4 days’ collection.

689 3-636 5:277

* The egg is almost identical externally with that of Carausius

hilaris, Br., which is, however, smaller and apparently more oval

in shape. See Amelie Elkind, ‘‘ Les Tubes ovariques et lovogéne

chez Carausius hilaris,” Br. Lausanne, 1915, p. 14.

C. morosus and C. hilaris differ as follows: C. morosus has the

anal segment truncate, with only a slight triangular emargina-

tion; C. hilaris has the anal segment produced into two lobes with

the apex obtuse (Brunner and Redtenbacher, Monograph of Phas-

mids, R.M.-W.).

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 355

roughness is probably the cause of the capsule’s easy

adherence to any object however smooth if the surface

be only slightly moist. The inside of the capsule is, on the

other hand, very glossy, and under the microscope shows

complex reticulations.

The weights are of eggs dropped by full-grown insects of

all ages after the sixth ecdysis.

Six eggs dropped by the undersized full-grown insect,

No. 159, weighed 023 gr., or on average 3°833 milligrams.

a FERTILITY OF THE EGGs.

In determining the quantity of fertile eggs dropped by

the individual insect under observation all the remaining

eggs were, several months after the date of the last hatching

out of the others, broken open and examined. The number

of eggs found to have been fertile, but unhatched, were

hen added to the number which hatched out, and the total

treated as the quantity of fertile eggs. The following table

gives the results of the examination of four batches of eggs.

Eggs dropped at the commencement are as fertile as

those dropped at a later stage; 24 eggs dropped in the first

week by various beginners all hatched out, and out of

another lot of 26 first eggs dropped by any insects, 22

hatched out = 846%. Of 2 eggs, the last dropped by

different insects, 1 hatched out.

TABLE V.—FERTILITY OF THE Kaas.

“Original |

‘Specimen. | No. 38. | No. 39. | No. 42.| Total.

Quantity of eggs hatched. . | 428 ee | a 405 | 382 | 1665

Found fertile but not hatched a | | 46 2 90

Total fertile eggs . 446 “a4 451 | 384 | 1755

Unfertile eggs . . |} 114 | 100 | 107 78 399

Total eggs dropped _ 560 | 574 | 558 | 462 | 2154

Percentage of fertileeggs . .| 79 | 82-6 | 80-8 | 83-1 | 81-5

OVIPOSITION.

After the sixth or last ecdysis, from which proceeding the

insect emerges very attenuated, the same as after every

ecdysis, the ovaries begin to develop.

I have only seen the egg produced on three occasions.

The emergence was slow ‘and deliberate—it was, in fact,

mere egg dropping, On one of these occasions I happened

356 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

to notice the egg just as it was about halfway out. This

was at 9.15 am. At 11.2 a.m. the egg dropped to the

eround. There seems to be a special process, the function

of which is to retard the ejection. I attempted in another

way to ascertain whether there was any quick expulsion

or shooting out by placing the insects on top of a rod

amongst plenty of food in the centre of a large shallow box,

the bottom of which was covered with a layer of white

sand. The sand was intended to prevent any rebound

when the egg reached the floor. But the experiment was

not a success in so far as conclusive proof was concerned,

for although the few eggs dropped were found lying within

two decimetres of the rod’s socket, the insects themselves

were continually escaping. The eggs emerge with the cap-

A and B Portions of Last Abdominal Tergum.

C Special Egg-holding Process.

D Egg lid.

sule end pointing inwards. The insect makes no provision

whatever for the care of its young.

Observations were made on 39 specimens to ascertain

how soon eggs are dropped after the last ecdysis, the sixth.

The result expressed in days is as follows: 18, 24, 18, 30,

16; 20, 19)18;-20) Te 6152 1b 1G aly, Lo: 12, 17, 14, 13,

15, 16, 16,319) Ui. 6 319) lo 15,205 iG. ahs, 18, 14,17, L6;

15, 15, 14. Eliminating the record of one iisene which

dropped her egg 30 days after the last ecdysis, for her whole

period of development was abnormal, we find the dropping

of eggs takes place from 12 to 24 days after the last ecdysis,

giving a range of 12 days with an average of 16°5 days.

ABNORMALITIES.

The results of{the observations on 32 insects, as regards

their duration of life and egg-production, are given in

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 357

Table VI. This table, in which the insects are arranged

according to their length, gives the total ege-production per

insect, the average daily production per insect, and the

average production per millimetre length of the insect.

It also gives the days lived in the First Period of life or

that of growth from hatching out to, and inclusive of, the

last moult, and the Second Period, or that of reproduction

and decay, from the last moult to death.

Before going into details it may be as well to point out

the peculiarities of some of the insects which, if abnormal,

may have affected their duration of life and egg-production.

The “ Original ” with 346 days of life was a very good egg-

producer, but with a low average per day. Her life may

have been prolonged by the fact that the temperature of

the room in which she was observed was not kept up to

an average of over 16° C., as I was then under the impres-

sion that these stick insects were Kuropean and not Indian.

But this explanation (of more than the normal number of

days lived in the Second Period) cannot hold good for

No. Ex. 18, her grand-daughter, which suffered from an

external blood clot * and lived the longest of any in this

period. No. 22 had two constricted abdominal segments.

No. 159 was anomalously short, being 62 mm. long, which

is very much below the average length of the fifth moult ;

whether she had grown with less than the usual average

increase at each ecdysis, or had not completed the whole

six, 1am unable to say; but it is quite likely she had only

moulted five times, for dissection shows eggs already formed

in stick insects which had not yet passed the last moult.

No. 42 was brown, almost black, and not a descendant of

the “ Original,” but belonged to the same lot; she lived

29 days after dropping her last egg. No. 94, which was

also under observation for food consumption and ate about

20% less food per day than the others, had a short life and

a low ege-production. No. 89 lived 28 days after dropping

her last egg. No. 38, like No. 42, was also nearly black,

and not a descendant of the ‘“ Original,” but she was a

better ege-producer and long-lived in the Second Period ;

the same applies to No. 39. No. 83 was only a tolerable

* Exudation of blood from the thorax in Orthoptera has been

observed by Ch. Hollande and has been named by him Autohemor-

rhée; he ascribes it to a break caused by pressure on the small

exsertile chitinous vesicles which are not provided with retractile

muscles (Archiv. d’Anatomie Microscopique, xiii, 1911-12, p. 299).

*sasvioAe Jou ‘s[vq0>9 “XVI »

“‘q10Ys AT[eUIIOUqR SBA\ GET ‘ON ¢

“ATWO SJOOSUI FZ IOJ “IOAY 9

Yo)

(ses eee eh ae

202 |ZTT || 9:9 |L-L2|\cF6-T jg 19€ |9G2o |o 9ET |lcs9r | —| —| —| —]¢@- |6- | aT] 2-T| rl] ¢

cL | 2 || 9-9] 88 |) ¢¢-3 | 89¢ | Ogz | set || 9e¢ | —]| —} —} —}] —| —} —] —}] —] —

91 | 8 || 2-9] 8 || 99:3 | 82g | 906 | et || 8k¢} —} —}| —}|] —]| —}| —}| —]| —] —] —

GL | 2 || 2-9] 28 || 10-3 | ¢9¢ | Tea] cet |] cor | —}| —|] —|] —]| —]| —] —] —] —] —

91] 8 || $2] 18 || #o-3 | 948 | OFZ | et |] Of9; —}| —}| —}| —}| —| —]—]—]—] —

cT| 2 || 1-9] 18 | 6 | 068 | 092 | ost |] -eF | —}| —}| —| —| —| —]|—|]—]—] 2

91| 8 L| 18 || 98-3 | 18¢ | 6ez | srr || eo¢ | —}| —}| —| —|] —] —] —| —] —] —

91 | 8 || ¢-¢/ 18 & | 49¢ | sc | FEL || 9FF | —}| —} —| —]| —| —] —]| —]}]—]—

FL | ZL || 8-9] 18 | ahs | 298 | Bcc | BET || Tee | —| —|] —| —| —] —] —] —] —] —

91] 2 || 9-4] 18 || eae | og | Eo | OFT || e9¢} —}| —}| —|] —|] —] —] —] —]—]—

LT | OT || GL} 08 || BSG | Lee | 622 | sez || sz4g¢ |} —}| —}|] —| —]| —]| —] —}] —]—] —

9T | 4 || 6-9} 08 || Goo | Foe | LBL |] ze || Te}; —}| —}| —|] —}| —| —]—}]—]—]—

LT | 8 || 8-9} 08 || G2-3 | 98¢ | BEL | LET || ere | —| —| —| —| —] —] —] —]—] —

91 | 8 || 6-9] 08 || 12-6 | LL¢ | 0¢2| zar || e¢¢} —| —| —| —]| —]| —| —|—]—] 1

91 | 2 || 8-9} 62 || ¢o-% | 8c¢ | OTZ} str || 9e¢ | —| —|] —| —| —] —] —] —} —] —

91 | 8 || 2] 62 || 8% | 96] ITZ | gat || fee | —| —| —| —| —| —] —] —] —] —

ST | L || $-9| 62 || 6&-o | 6Ge | Gta | FFT || er¢ | —| —| —| —| —] —] —] —} —] —

ST | 2 || 9-9] 6L || TO-G | Fee | Ose | FLT || eer | —| —] —| —| —| —| —] —]—] —

ST | IT || T-9] 82 || 99-1 |] — | geez] — |] seg} —| —}] —| —| —|/ —] —] —] —] —

} Sr} 2 || 2) 8k || 2-2 | — | eze| — || seq | —| —| —| —] et] tz] 6c] 9t | ¢ | at

GT | 6 || G6} LL || #9-T | sey} Tes] srr || tz | —| —| —| —| —|] —]| —] Tr] 91 | Fe

GT] 6 || LL] LL || €€-6 | €8¢ | 99} Ler || 46g} —| —| —| —| —| —] —] — | — | at

g¢ | € || T-L| 92 || 82-0 | 69% | 862 | TZT |ires | —| —| —|—]—]—|]—|]1t ]—|t

0G | 6 || F-L| G2 || 42-6 | GLE | 002} 6It |] F¢¢} — | —}| —}| —}| —| —| —}] —}| — | —

ue ay a ae eS¢ | 602 | FFT || Oo | —| —| —}| —| —] —] —] —] —] —

: Gime ieee PL |e aI) lice alee |G

LT | 8 || G8} SZ || 13-3 | ZOF | 692 | get |] eee | — | —}| —| —] — | — EE REE ae

BL | 2 || 9-8} OL || 8L-L | G2 | sx] eet |] e¢¢} —}| —}| —| —]| —| —| —]|—|]—]—

IL | 9 || 2:9} 69 || 6&-T | — | 162} — || cory} —| —|/ —|—/—|]—]—|—|e | 9

EWS €| 29 || FOL | — | 22T] — |leo9st}] —| —}] —} —| —}] —]}] —]| —] —|] —

’}s | —|—] et |] — | +8 |— Heorr}—|—|—|]—}|—|]—]}]—]/—}—]|—

Heese Gee | eal GO | ——salhzee i — linear ig es re Nea eee a)

|—|— || — | — | 89t | — | 978) — | o9¢} —} —| —}| —}| —}| —}| —| —] —] —

z Z ei Je!

Bless) gS e| el &

eo = dace Az bee | a ate ety 92 | @ = = S

v|o esis) Ze S F< we Bo Z| $2 | €6 | 62 | 12 | 02] 6L | St | Zt

7) . ot fo}

AS Sebel ge) ~ | Fal Beil S

Bs" ol) 2s Se ele =

pel) vale : 0Q

SB| 8 )

‘sssq yo ||" 8); & ‘sfeq ut

‘ON ‘XP ayy JO uorgeing

‘OFT $.J09SUT 94} JO porrag puooag ayy

*SJOOSUL GE [[@ IO “IOAV ¢

*UOTJOIISUOD [VUIMIOpge Woy paloyMs ZZ ‘XM ‘ON zg

“GG “XM “ON OXI] PALAHUS Th "ON fF

‘goUsdSAIOXS [VUIMIOpge WOIJ polos QT *XM “ON 7

8°L |9-GL|FLT |P-1G |G-0€ |T-SE |€-8E |S-OF |9-OF GLP |L-oF | LP |€-1h |8-FE

91 | £6 | TH | LL} T€ | | OF | &F | Gh | SF | OS | Sh | 8h} GF

— |— | &L | 62 | 88 | 64 | HS | LG | 09 | ZH | €¢ | 8G | OF | 9E

v g € g 0@ | 8& | WF | SP} 8% | $9 | 2g) 0S | SV | FF

9 IL | 98 | ES | 6¢ | Tg | 2¢ | 19 | $9 | FE | Ge | oe | 19) &é

GL | & 6 LL | 66 | OF | FF | 9F | 8F | SH | LH | oS | SG | LE

& | OL | 96) 68] 9F | 0G | 19 | 6h | HH | 9 | FS) OS | LF | oP

4a ele FL | 98 | ¥2 | 9 | Ho | GF | OS | BF | FH | OF

€— | 9L | €6 | 2 | IF | &F | SS | 8h | 8F | LH) Ge | GS | LH | CTF

Saas | ee || eet |S 0G | GZ | 88 | OF | 8F | 9G | GF | 8F | 9E

€I | 2 | VE | Sh | OF | LF | GE | of | LH | GH | 8h | LP} OS | TE

Silla 9 96 | ZV | 0G | 09 | co | OF | OF | ZF | TG | 9E

San |G 8& | GE | ch | 9F | HF | GG | 8E | SF | EG | Ge | OF | OS

oT | <r 13 96 | 8€ | LF | 88 | 6H | FS | TG | oe | OG | LG | SE

=| GE Le |e | 969 |) Le 9 | CF P97) Sh ele Or Gr

— | GL | 22 | ty | Sh | | by | by | br | 8S | ch | Ly | OF)

ee lh ape |e 9L | 16 | 46 | 8% | 94 | 8F | LH) 8h | GE | TS | SF

v i g LL | £8 | ¥S | GL | 26 | TS | Ze | Sy | SF |) La || 97.

66 | 96 | FZ | GS | 6G] LZ | Te | 98 | OF | HF | OF | GE | GS | HE

Ig | 68 | IF | Gh | FF | 9G | 6S | FE | GF | OF | GG | OS | LE} Es

v FZ | CS | Sh | 6& | HH | LH | IS | HH | LH | Sh | 8H | OG | EF

€ § 9 9 v 9 9 6 g L g L & 6

=a) Se: (68 9L | 9F | 99 | 6G | LE | €& | 8a | HE | LF | FS | SPF

rsa (16 4 IZ | 93 | $6 | #6 | OF | TE | GE | LE] EB | FS | GB

Gg | $6 | OF | G& | FE | 9E | LG | GE | GH | HH | 8E | LE | OF | 96

0Z | 92 | 6G | GE | HH | TE | GE | GE | OS | SG | GF | FH | GF | GE

G Go | 6L | 8G | 8E | OF | SE | FE | GF

vs | Ih | OF | 9E | GF | 82} GE | Z| 62 | 9E | 9E | EE} SE! ST

ee ale ee OL | GL | ZL | ZT) 6 LT | GG | GS | 96 | 66

aN See al | = 6 96 | FB | &3B | 86

FAG I G == illite caallee ae ine, G 2 é cs

SE) VE | st) cl | EE | OL | 6 8 L 9 g P € G

[1st Ce eee ae!

suing ‘a2 ‘qjeap 0} sisXpog (YYXIg) JSe'T ay} WOT stjadg Avq-waeifiy aATINOVSUOD 9g UL pesltvuIUINS s}oasUT ZE JO WOTPSOdIAO

‘IA OIAVYI,

*JOqUIN\T Saag

358

The Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 359

producer; when hatched out in order to free her hind-legs

from the shell I asphyxiated her temporarily and accident-

ally cut off one foot, which was not regenerated. No. 41

developed a constriction like that of No. 22, and an external

blood clot like that of No, 18. No. 100, which dropped

the most eggs of any, was deformed by interpolated

abdominal plates (see illustration), which evidently in

no wise affected her productive powers. I had other

insects similarly deformed and likewise good egg-bearers.

No. 43 lived 30 days longer in the First Period than any

others except the deformed No. 41. No. 65 abstained

from food for 29 days before succumbing.

EGG-PRODUCTION.

In Diagram I, the egg-production has been arranged in

spells of 15 consecutive days each, ignoring the quantity

dropped during the first spell of 15 days, during which the

daily average is only ‘5 eggs. The curves all seem to follow

a general plan, viz. the greatest maximum per spell of

15 days occurs almost immediately after the commencement

of ege-dropping, each succeeding maximum being lower

than the last, and ending usually in a sudden drop with an

occasional final rise.

There are, however, many deviations from this plan,

some due probably to the individual peculiarities already

referred to.

The average egg-production is 480 per insect, the highest

total reached by any one insect, No. 100, amounting to

712 eggs.

The largest number of eggs laid in one day by one insect

(No. A) was 11, which happened to be her start off with egg-

dropping. Quantities of 10 and 9 are rare, but 8 and 7

eggs dropped in 24 hours by one insect are not rare, while

6 in a day are common enough. The highest total recorded

for 3 consecutive days is 20 (by No. 97), equal to 6°6 per

day, and for 15 consecutive days 63 (by No. 77), equal to

4°2 egos per day. The average number of eggs dropped by

all the insects under observation as per Table VI is 1:8 per

day, but if we eliminate the imperfect or weak parents we

get a more normal average of 2°2 per insect per day. The

average record is affected in two ways: (1) by the interval

elapsing between the last ecdysis and first ege-dropping,

and (2) by the number of days lived after the last egg has

been dropped. As regards the first interval, it is present

STIS AWO-SI Ni GaINdOYd SDOI 40 YIGWNN AIVYISNTY OL Wydviq. “ft

The Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 361

in every case with a very even average of days, and so may

be left out of consideration. As regards the later interval,

there is considerable variation. Nos. 88 and 68e died in

the midst of their ege-dropping, so there was no interval ;

No. 42 died 29 days after her last egg was dropped; No. 43

died 30 days after, while No. 68f died 45 days after dropping

her last egg, and so on.

Excepting the case of No. 159, the abnormally short

insect, there does not appear to be any actual correlation

between the size of the insect and the quantity of eggs it

can produce.

For instance, one insect 73 mm. long produced 595 eggs,

and another 83 mm. long produced 536 eggs, or 59 eggs

less, although it was 10 mm. longer. Four insects 79 mm.

ABNORMAL NORMAL

LEFT DORSAL RIGHT _~—SCVENTRAL “DORSAL RIGHT”

SIDE ASPECT SIDE ASPECT ASPECT SIDE

Jong each produced respectively 443, 513, 536 and 591 egos,

and so on.

As regards the quantity of eggs produced per mm.

length of the insect, two insects 75 mm. long each produced

4 and 7°4 eggs per mm. length respectively, while 6 insects

81 mm. long each produced 4°5, 5:5, 61, 6°8, 7 and 7°5 eges

per mm. length respectively. The average number of

eggs produced per mm. length of the parent (exclusive of

the original, which was not measured, and the abnormals,

Nos. 18, 22, 41 and 159) is 6°5.

There does not seem to be any seasonal differences in

the rise and fall of ege-production, which is quite inde-

pendent of the time of year. Nor does the egg-production,

in so far as quantity is concerned, depend absolutely on the

number of days lived (Second Period); thus No. 78 lived

229 days and produced 578 eggs, while No. 38 lived 327

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PaRTs Ill, Iv. (APRIL’17) BB

362 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

days and produced 574 eggs, or 4 eggs less for 98 more days

of life.

EMERGENCE FROM THE Eaa.

In outward form there is very little to distinguish the

nymph when hatched out from the perfect imago after the

sixth and last ecdysis except the size, although the seg-

mentation of the thorax and of the antennae is not so clear

in the newly emerged nymph as later on. The stick insect

is therefore ametabolous or homomorphous. It is also

menognathous, and from the time of hatching out until

death it does not change its habits.

More nymphs hatch out during the night or in the

early morning than in the daytime. When the nymph is

Nymphs hatching out, but which succumbed in the act, owing to the

adherence of some of their appendages to the inside of the shell.

ready to emerge it forces up the cap and platform of the

egg, which come away together, and then struggles out. I

have not witnessed the pushing aside of the cap, nor am I

sure that I have seen the first appearance of the head.

The two hatchings out I witnessed, in which the heads were

still bowed down when I first saw them, occupied under

two minutes each. The heads may have been kept bowed

down by a momentary adhesion of the antennae or fore-

legs to the inside of the shell, as does occasionally happen,

and if the nymph is unable to overcome this adhesion it

succumbs. The adhesion of a hind-leg causes incon-

venience for a time, as the nymph has then to drag the

empty capsule about with it, and is hampered in its move-

ments until the shell drops off. I have occasionally

observed a nymph lose an entrapped appendage in its

attempts to get free.

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 363

I think the normal emergence is by the pronotum

coming out first, followed more or less simultaneously by

the head and mesonotum, etc. That would correspond to

the position of the nymph when about to slip out of its

old skin at every ecdysis.

INCREASE IN LENGTH DURING THE First TWENTY-FOUR

Hours AFTER EMERGING FROM THE Hac.

The growth of the nymphs from hatching out to the

first ecdysis is perhaps not the least interesting part of a

stick insect’s hfe. As a preliminary to the investigation

of this growth it was necessary to obtain accurate measure-

ments of the size of the young immediately after emergence.

To overcome the difficulties of accurately measuring living

specimens the newly hatched young were, for several weeks,

immediately killed and then immediately measured.

The results of the measurements of 932 newly hatched

young are shown graphically in Diagram II. The measure-

ments were made to the nearest half-millimetre. The

upper curve gives the details of the actual measurements,

and the lower curve expresses these results in the form of

percentages of the total number measured. The range in

size of the newly hatched young is from 7°5 mm. to 12°5 mm.,

and the curve representing this range shows a more or less

gradual rise with certain irregularities to 10°5 mm., a sharp

maximum at 11 mm., and a less gradual fall to 12°5 mm.

The average size of these 932 specimens is 10°5 mm., which

is very close to the maximum of the graph. The results

appear to indicate that a certain proportion of the nymphs

are hatched out before the normal size is attained. Hence

25°5% of the hatchings, 7. e. those under 10 mm. in length,

might be expected to undergo one ecdysis more than those

hatched out above that length; but this does not occur

in so far as my experience goes, for such undersized nymphs

as I have kept under observation went through the same

number of ecdyses, 7.e. six, before arriving at the same

perfect state as those hatched 10 mm. long or over.

When newly hatched nymphs are placed on the upper

side of a leaf they behave in various ways, viz. they rarely

feion death, they remain stationary, or they walk to the

edge of the leaf and attach themselves to the underside,

or in their struggle to get away they run off in an excited

manner with the abdomen curled over backwards (very

DIAGRAM JO ILLUSTRATE LENGTH oF 932 Larvac om HatcHing Out

HER,

The Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 365

different from their position in the egg), and tumble off

the leaf; but generally they bend the head down, bringing

the mouth close to the surface of the leaf as though in search

of food. This search ultimately proved to be a search

for moisture, which when found is imbibed with avidity.

Occasionally the nymphs remain quietly imbibing water

for as long as seven minutes, at other times much less, and

at times only imbibing when their mouth was pushed into

the moisture previously placed on the leaf.

It was in watching this imbibition that it became obvious

to me that within a few hours of hatching out the nymphs

rapidly increased their length by several millimetres per

day, average 2°7 mm. in 24 hours.

Further examination showed that whether moisture was

imbibed or not the increase was, with few exceptions,

general. Of 164 newly hatched specimens put under

observation, of which 47 were under 10 mm. long at

emergence, all except 5 had increased to over 12-15 mm.

long, or to an average length of 13°3 mm. at the end of

24 hours. This increase was probably due to the moisture

taken up, for when not supplied with moisture the extension

was slower. It cannot be due to food partaken, for dur-

ing the first 24 hours hardly anything is eaten. Out of

206 specimens placed under observation only 56 ate at

all, and the amount partaken was so infinitesimal, about a

square millimetre or less, that it can be left out of con-

sideration. The swift increase in length during the first

24 hours is the more extraordinary when we consider the

results obtained in the life records of 26 specimens. From

the date of hatching out till the first ecdysis, 7. e. during

an average period of 26 days, the average increase was

only 1071 mm. or under ‘5 mm. per day. It is perhaps not

correct to speak of the increase during the first 24 hours

as a growth, but it should rather be spoken of as a physical

extension or stretching out of the tissues after getting

away from the confinement of the shell, which is largely

aided by any moisture imbibed. The process is in all

probability comparable with the universal phenomenon

in Crustacea to stretch immediately after moulting.

Tue GrowTH TO THE First EcpysIs.

Subsequent to the extension which takes place, as

already described, during the first 24 hours after hatching

out, the nymphs commence to feed and to grow (Table

366 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on Carausius.

VII). This growth continues for 17 to 24 days (average

about 21 days), during which time it increases in length at

the rate of °35 to ‘7 mm. per day, or a total increase of -

3to55mm. This is the only period of its life during which

it grows without shedding its outer skin, for the differences

in length, if any, observed during the stadia between the

successive ecdyses are infinitesimal. Towards the end

of the 21 days or so the nymph has become very rotund,

the abdominal segments bulge out very distinctly, it

ceases to feed, and consequently to excrete, and remains

quiescent. These are the outward evidences that ecdysis

is about to take place.

THE Ecpysis.

The fasting indulged in preparatory to slipping out of

its old skin increases from 2 to 6 days, according to the

number of moults it has or has not gone through. As per

Table XIV, the average number of days’ fast for the first

moult is 2°7, and for the sixth moult 4:5.

As the moment approaches when the old skin is to be

discarded the nymph gets into position by suspending it-

self from a twig or other object by its hind-legs, allowing

the other two pairs to extend loosely more or less at right

angles to its body and the antennae equally spread out.

It takes 3 to 4 minutes to get into this position. Before

it has quite settled to this it sways its body laterally in the

way common to all the insects, but it ceases to do so when

settled, and if there is any body movement during the

ecdysis it somewhat resembles a faint longitudinal tremor,

which becomes pronounced only when the slipping out is

not progressing satisfactorily. There is no further lateral

movement nor any turning nor twisting. The preliminary

common lateral movement may do something towards

easing the skin preparatory to discarding the old skin,

but it is quite a distinct movement from the rare one

observed in the actual ecdysis.

After hanging for a very few minutes in the position

indicated the nymph attaches its fore-legs to the femurs of

the middle-legs, or occasionally to the twig or leaf from

which it is suspended, if close enough. This brings the

head to point upwards instead of downwards and more

than parallel with the body, so that the head is at an acute

angle with the pronotum and the pronotum is at right

angles to the mesonotum, while the metanotum remains

| |

cg: F Li 9: c [1% | L

i oR | GF CF | gg F Reis 9

¢ eae F | GP G-G Fr | | &

GG LP $9. | G8 L | 8 | Leh |

8-1 GIL $81 LI 6-81 | ¢-6T 6 IT

Ill 86 SLI| ec ZEl hee oval ita

1Z PHO | |

0% OO Cy i |

6T Pa O GGT 0 9T Oc!

CT 0 | &SI 0 | 03M O | 91] OT |

GT 0 GGT 0 | ¢6I PaO 1Z OW 0 G91 0 Or et |

CT G CT € CT 0 | GST 0 G91 0 Gct| LI | 9-33 pao

CT 6 CT OL CT 9 GGT 0 G91 9 cI 0Z | ¢-9T 0

CT ZI CT FL | SI 6 GGT SI | ¢-9T 6 CT SI | ¢-91 0

CT €1 | FI L Ghai OT GT 61 91 OL | &FI IZ | $:91 SI

G-FI GlatFk II GT F Gis ae 91 SL | &FT II 91 0

ial 8 FI OL | &-F1 Il cI CT 91 ZL ial 9 91 91

FI i; €I L FI 6 ST 0% 91 0Z FI 6 91 GZ

FI OL | GZt| 9 vale C-F1 9 CT 8 ial ZI | GT 8

I L rail € G-E1 8 FI ial cI 4 ie jd ST 6

G-Z1 ¢ ZI G €I Ce EL SI | &-FI Co ina Gg GFT CT

ZI OL ZI 8 G-Z1 6 | &&I TT FI (PRES ei ¢ FI 6

ZI 8 G11 y | SL! SL | 2-21 je €1 Ga eet 6 ial 8

ZI y | SII eel emer 8 ZI G &I 0 G-Z1 0 eI OI

ZI 0 | GIT Le Gil 6 ZI 6 ZI 0 ZI 0 €1 9

ZI 0 | GIT 0 | GTI 0 | GIT 0 ZI Oe eat g I €

ZI fee Gels) I GIT OF Sir 0 ZI (ab eral € ¢1 Zz

ZI 0 | II 0 Il 0 iZ1 0 ZI 0 ZI 0 ZL j

Cle Nee [i aigeoN ee a ee Dsl ioe Cite Gr | —

ra) cl ra) Ui ge ee Oat ol oneal ra) a Slama th a] I

| | ae | Oe ee a a | eee

C61 F61 | €6I G61 I6T 061 SsI

S oD ©

Do Oe a= S—

ep aod 4

om 9ST 9% DH)

om 9sT 03 dn 5 J

Aep sod i

x ‘uu sod of

TPIOL A

1é

€1

él

YW)

she

peyqoye yy

‘ON SoTIOg

‘SISAGOW LSUY AHL AO AAISAIONI GNV OL do

INO ONIHOLV][ WOUd AVG UAd ‘WW NI (4) HLMOUD IVENI'T GNV ‘WW Guvoads NI (q) GOOT AO NOMWANASNOD— JIA AIAV],

367

368 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

C. morosus in the act of moulting. AA. Claws of hind pair of legs

by which it is suspended. BB. Empty skins of these legs. CC.

Distance to which so far the legs have receded in the skins. D. Empty

apical abdominal segment falling backwards. EE. Empty skins

of middle pair of legs. FF. First pair of legs not yet freed. G.

ee not yet freed. H. Skin coming off snout. K. The shedded

skin.

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 369

more or less in a straight line with the abdomen. The

split skin can then almost immediately be seen as it were

moving across the sides of the head, and at the same time

the apical abdominal segment can be seen to have slipped

down from the inside of the old and contracting integu-

ment, which commences to fall over backwards. There is

now a considerable bend at the thoracic-abdominal joint

as the body slowly glides down out of the skin, and the

antennae are forced forward by the pressure of the skin.

Then the middle-legs get loose and begin to spread side-

ways, quickly followed by the hind pair. Immediately

afterwards the antennae and first pair of legs get free, the

latter spreading out like the others and the antennae now

no longer holding up the head, this moves slowly backwards

and downwards in a line with the whole body into its

normal position.

The nymph is now in the same outstretched pendant

attitude it assumed when the ecdysis started, except that

it hangs by the last two abdominal segments, kept there

by the contraction of the discarded exoskeleton, instead

of by its hind-legs, the old skin being still suspended by its

now empty leg skins.

As the slough is left by the body it contracts and we have

thus two motions, the contracting old skim moving upwards

and the body moving downwards. The latter motion is

quite involuntary on the part of the nymph or insect, being

due to the action of gravity after the skin over the pro-

and mesonota supporting the body has split, which lets

the body slide down and out.

If at the beginning of the moult the nymph falls from its

support it cannot get free from the old skin, and succumbs

in spite of its wriggling while on the ground; but if the

ecdysis is well advanced before such a fall the nymph will

generally get free.

The time taken to get to the clearance point is about

20 to 45 minutes or a little more. The nymph remains

almost motionless in this position for about 30 or 40 minutes

more, when it will make a sudden convulsive movement,

bend its body forward, bring up its head and reverse its

position, now hanging by its first pair of legs, head upwards,

quite clear of the slough. The whole procedure, now com-

plete, occupies from 55 to 70 minutes from start to finish.

In this, the final position, the nymph or insect remains

quiescent from a few minutes to several hours, after which

370 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on Carausius.

it commences to eat up the old skin close to which it has

attached itself. This meal is an almost invariable proceed-

ing, unless through some accident the slough has fallen

to the ground or the nymph has been disturbed in some

way. The skin shrivels considerably, so that the head

portion is not very low down, and it is here that the nymph

begins its repast, not biting pieces off, but drawing in the

skin by means of the palpi. When it has devoured the

skin of all but one hind-leg it looks for this, generally

detached in the course of the feed, eats it up also, and then

searches the twig for more. If the skin has fallen the

nymph or insect will look for it where it should be, and

occasionally hours afterwards it may devour it when it

finds it. If otherwise disturbed at this meal it may eat

part only ornoneatall. The proportion of uneaten sloughs

is greater when there are a large number of nymphs or in-

sects in a jar than when a nymph has a jar to itself, for

they disturb one another very considerably. I once saw

a nymph start to eat up a newly discarded skin before its

proper owner was ready to begin on it: Occasionally,

too, in the course of the shedding the nymph is disturbed

by another crawling over it, whereupon it gives its body

a jerk which does not always get rid of the troubler. Pre-

paratory to the change the nymph is not very particular

as to what it attaches itself to, and will even adhere to

another nymph, and as this species has a common habit of

hanging five or six close together in the day-time, like a

bunch of asparagus, the quiet progress of the moult does

not in any way cause a disturbance, and proceeds as in

the ordinary course.*

On one occasion I observed a clot of green liquid develop

at the proto-mesonotum joint similar to that mentioned

on p. 357. It was about 1°5 mm. in diameter, did not

seem to inconvenience the nymph at all, and gradually

disappeared, apparently by absorption. This clot ap-

peared after the discarded skin had passed clear of the head.

After the ecdysis the body is much attenuated and

generally lighter and brighter in colour; in the course of

3 to 4 days it has filled out again, and if the full number

of moults has not been passed the swelling slowly recom-

mences until the next ecdysis occurs.

* With the Walking-Stick, Diapheromera femorata, Say, H. H. P.

and H. C. Severin observed a peristaltic-like movement in the

course of the moult (loc. cit., 1911, p. 313).

¢-91 HSS. || TFT F-0Z | GIL | ¥-08

ial Sr SI | OT cI

06 | 62 81 LE || 8 | 9%

Vio oP Seas) ee SI II | 02

Ll Se Soe Gla i. old GT

Pl Ge Mik 0 OL--" |-—&S

[iam ee eee! 61 cL | (RS

OG) Whe. Pll SRI 0Z a a

cI 9 «|| «ST ra Tr |; 292

91 caeem| “cel 0% II IZ

CT FZ éI ¥Z er {| 261

ST 9% Pita SEGe ik © TL 61

LT LG éI Te. i TL ¥Z

LI | 9 BE ri eels} el NGL: |, O8T

She oh arc Bie ot6 Ne SST | . 26

Gr |) 88 ei vi wale. i) Sele. *| 24L

Lt | ke SI | %% || IT LI

SI | 9% Pe s0e th. KOR) S61

Ceo. sl at 3) SOG |) th. | 126

6I |. 6% Slime Og 2 a Sate ANn | SEG

LT | 9% Bl ait 20Ge i! SIE | 4a

Te al, VLG Py |p t6e 3 es 14

81 LG ce 61 ale oh a6

61 Le || $1 13 Le | 20g

LI ¥ FI OZ. .-|| . 181 0%

Ties OG OU Wn 6G BD eee

CT &% 8I Bt Bl er il” SOL

91 | &8 €1 Of | ERE ~~) 34

61 Fe Gal) 3 6 || &I 06

“THT sfeq “TUT | “she i “TON *sfUqq

“pom UIXIS pom UIA | “pom TANT

a 09 “pomr i 0} pom RS 0} ‘pom

aseouou] wees esvarouy ae | eseaiout Fee

“SISAGOW WAISSHOOOS AUMAD LY SHANWAN' JO HLONAT NI ASVAHYONT—JIJTA WIEV

16 1-61 G-L 1-61 | LF ¥g 8-93 ¢-01

GL ot | 9 gh de (Meroe Gl aee

or | rn | GL:L | ¥E aI

Or 61 Veit. Al 28 G9 ra G-8

6 IZ @8 | 61 || oe GG co | «OL

8 LI 9 OF — 1h Se td Bo 8

6 61 i} 61 P GL-9 || GGL

OL Ci allem LT g | Gb ra 8-8

OL er |= a8 91 Q | GheL ria GZ-8

Or (tie glee =) 91 ¢ | 69 re | 8

GL 9T 8 LI 5) |) ear co a

6 LI L 81 ie ie ¥G 6

8 0Z 9 FZ vy | ees 8Z II

G6 | 02 GL 81 Gy ahs 1 eee ke ole

OF | “St L 13 eg | oF LZ ZI

Or cI i) EST. esi” | etsy GZ ZI

GL 61 6 61 Gale ag 93 | If

6 91 8 61 G25) 22g wo}

6 LI GL 1Z G ch | 6 ra

Ole ele. oil ican rea P G \exbor oi. oS

Or {i rr) 12 Gg | GP | «SIT

6 arf 8 ohm Pl aS Serer ale eee

Ce ecees| L eo Gi | Ge © eRe sh a

o-6 1 || GL ao | 12h - | seg eee G1

6 Zoa_si| Mee 1Z ¢ sae ees | a ge

8 € || 6 12)! Soll eR BG eee eae

8 (eaten 8 Lie) ees ees Lease eer

Ol |. neh =i) Seas Det ge Ce RO | ae ee II

6 | 16 L LT ac | 29 #G 6

“TOL ‘sheq | “TOL “she “IL ‘TOL ‘seq || ‘UN

“pom PAG “pow puosas “pom ISIN *Ssuryo9e

= “= 7

0} ‘por 04 e 03 dn Ree ee| u0

asvaxour | P%2°S | asvasouy ee eswarouy | asvarour PTOI | yasuary

*raquIn }T

Ss ,ueutoedg

371

6L O8T

OL LIL

#8 FFI

cL GIT

6L Prat

OL E81

OL ra

£8 FI

08 O8T

gL eI

6L CZI

6L L&I

CL PPI

08 8ZI

18 981

Zs ZZ1

18 ra

LL LBI

08 LET

18 ral

18 FEL

08 LET

€8 Sel

18 681

Zs Zel

6L val

€8 LT

6L SII

€8 £21

“UOT “shed

“pom WIXIS

qa oF

Tasieh SuyoeH

8-69 SOL

9g ¥6

89 LIT

iF rosa ami

69 66

9¢ | 801

6S | SOT

$9 L6

g9 FOL

LG OL

9 101

69 101

8g LII

€9 S01

99 | GIL

Sok |. (86

9 | €0L

Zo, | OT

SiS) = LO!

69 €II

F9 801

$9 OLT

G9 Ill

69 GIL

G9 80L

G9 LIT

89 | *F6

€9 G6

VOSS 66

“UL *skeq

“pom WH

tou Sana eH

Wsuerd mo01,q

L:8 - 9 «|| «8% oF

oF 9 go ee 8e

au. = |-- 296 ele i 20s eg

LP 8L 8¢ 9% 6

SF 0s cg 83 ag

oP 88 go | -F SF

9 | 98 cones ie Ce &F

og | Cos ily =e 68

Off 4) “Ze 9¢ 63 8€

FF 06 60" ||, “&e 0g

Tg LL seo 4, Soe oF

SF 8L 6g || 8% oP

CF 96 BOA oe rae

o¢ #8 99 G-8Z oF

rae cg 99 63 SF

Tg LL 8¢ 63 er

6F 18 #9 og | &P

SF 18 Z9 63 OF

6F 68 L9 6G 0g

6F £6 oh 83 1g

6F 88 99 || 8 FP

0g 06 69 8% OF

0¢ Z6 L 6G 1g

6F 16 IL || 9-82 0g

1g 88 89 6G OF

6F G6 Glee te 208 o¢

0g 9L LG |) 08 8é

o¢ 9L Lg 63 8é

6F 08 O0n nse IF

“WIT sfvq skeq | my | “she

“pom WqIno0g pPIUL | ‘pom! puooag

07 074 07

maauy | SHORT saci ial mont |

9-06 9T 8-SE ¢-OL “OAV

91 FI “LI GO-L “UTTAL

GS LT FE al “Xe

0G ST GS G8 L6

GS-61 9T GG S-OL c6

8I GT 86 8 F6

81 FI FG Go-L 66

IG 9T GS G68 16

1G 9T GG G68 06

9T FI & G8 68

~ GG 91 GG 6L 88

1Z GT FZ 6 *8

0G 9T 86 UL! €8

1G 9T 86 Il SL

GG ¢-9T LG all LL

GG ¢-9T GS al GL

IZ 9T 9G Il €L

1G 9T LG II GL Ee

GIG ¢-9T 66 al 69 oO

G0 G91 62 GI bg9

o-1Z 91 &3 G11 £89

0G 91 86 GI 989

GG LT 8G at P89

1G LI 8G GTI 989

1G 9T GG GI 989

IZ LT 66 al 089

IG 9T IG Or IOL

IZ 9T 1G II 66

1G GGT FG 6 86

wy “TaN she “TOyL

"pom ISAT | SuryoyeH

raqye 428 8 oF ~ uo *IOquIn NT

q35u0', ygoue'y or | qysue'T Kiedis |

“SISAGOW AAISSHOOOS AUMAG LY SHAWAN' JO HLONAT— YX] ATV,

The Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 373

There are six ecdyses in all, and none after full growth is

attained. With regard to the number of moults MacBride

and Jackson (op. cit. p. 109) state they had observed seven

moults, and that Meissner was mistaken as to the actual

number of ecdyses. My own observations, however, based

on two separate series of specimens, proved definitely that

six ecdyses actually occurred. The discrepancy in the

number of ecdyses may possibly be due to the insect pro-

ducing one or more races which differ as to the number of

ecdyses.

With regard to the number of ecdyses, it is interest-

ing to note that Sinéty (“ Recherches sur la biologie et

Vanatomie des Phasmes,” 1901, p. 18) records five ecdyses

in the case of one individual of C. (Dixippus) morosus and

six ecdyses in another.

GROWTHS AFTER THE First 24 Hours From HATCHING

OuT UP TO AND INCLUDING THE Last EcpysIs.

The growth, as ascertained by measurements taken on

hatching out and at each successive ecdysis, of which there

are six in all, is shown in the two summarised Tables

Nos. VIIIand IX. There isa consistent increase in the rate

of growth from first to last, although this does not appear to

be the case in the growth from hatching out to the first

ecdysis. If, however, for the length on emergence from

the egg averaging 10°5 mm., we take the corrected hatching-

out length to be 13°3 mm. as already explained, the growth

to the first ecdysis will be 2°6 mm. instead of 5'4 mm.,

and the average increase will then be as follows—

TABLE X.—CoRRECTED AVERAGE INCREASE.

At VI Ec.

Tol Ec.

2°6 16°5 mm. per Ec.

At III Ec.

9°1

At IV. Ec.

115

At V Ec.

AtI Ec.

47 14-1

At II Ee.

Similarly the diurnal rate of growth is an augmenting one

with each successive ecdysis except the last one, thus—

Taste XI.—D1urNAL Rate oF GROWTH.

To V Ec.

0-69

To VI Ec.

0°65 mm. growth per day

Tol Ec.

0-28

To IV Ee.

0°56

To IT Ec.

0°39

To ITI Kc.

0°48

Generally speaking, if at any time it is desired to ascer-

tain the stadium of a stick insect, one has only to measure

374 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

it, thus: a stick insect measuring, say, 33 mm. will have

passed its second moult, and so on.

Tue Insect’s LENGTH.

The length of the individual full-grown insects varies

very considerably, as the following Table of the summary

of the measurements of 354 mature insects shows. These

insects were the whole of the surviving progeny of oneparent,

measured as soon as they themselves began to drop eggs.

Taste XII.—LENetHS oF FULL-GROWN INSECTS—BRED FROM

** ORIGINAL’? FEMALE.

‘ Quantity Length in mm.

. , | Dates of the D g of |

cpechnensr| the Hees trom wick these ined ae |

aa ee Insects hatched out. Woasimeth Max. Min. | Aver. |

15 | 19June-19 July 53 815 | TTT |

6-11 20 July—7 Sept. 61 81 Lr eer ar

12-15 | 8 Sept.-3 Nov. 54 83 77 | 79-4

16-17 | 4 Nov.-25 Dec. 57 | 86 75 82 |

18—20 | 26 Dec.—16 Mar. 61 | 86 76 82-2

21-23 | 17 Mar.-13 May 68 | 84 75 81:8

354 | 86 72 | 80-1 |

The range in the length of the adult insects is therefore

14 mm. from a minimum of 72 mm. to a maximum of

86 mm. I have no other records which exceed the above

maximum of 86 mm., but I have two records which do

not come up to the above minimum of 72 mm., viz. No.

42, an almost black insect and a very good egg-producer,

which measured only 69 mm., and No. 159, a runt, which

both ate and produced little and was only 62 mm. in length.

THE GROWTH OF THE ANTENNAE.

In connection with the body growth, as illustrated by

the successive ecdyses, it is interesting to note the growth

of the antennae. When hatched out the nymph’s antennae

consist of ten segments, the joints of which can nearly all

be distinguished by the naked eye. Under the microscope

on segments IV, V and VI, counting from the base, are

to be seen indications of further segmentation, which de-

velops with successive ecdyses. The three basal segments

increase in size, but do not subdivide. Segment IV gets

broken up into as many as 10 very distinct divisions by the

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 375

time the last ecdysis has taken place. Segment

V breaks up into 4 to 7 divisions; segments VI

and VII break up into 4 to 6 divisions, rarely into

7 divisions; segment VIII into 4 divisions and

occasionally 6 divisions; segment IX into 3

divisions; segment X into 2 or rarely into 3

divisions. In fact, the nearer we get to the apex

the less the number of sub-segments to the

original or pre-ecdysical segments.

At the sametime the original segments increase

in length, but not all to the same extent. Their

increase is shown in the following table. The

number of segments on the right and left an-

tennae of one and the same insect are not always

the same.

X M2 ae.

KK 3!

IIWY UWWWR

—————

0S 7S 75°72 72 6:

he ha 75 72°72 6 ‘6 mm

Antennae on emergence x 5.

Coincident with the growth of the antennae

the body (including head, thorax and abdomen)

increases from 10 or 11 mm. to 80 mm. (Tables

III and IV), or seven- or eight-fold. But if we.

accept a length of 13°3 mm. as the starting-point

for growth after hatching out, then the increase

of the whole body in length issix-fold, the growth

Antennae after the last moult x 5.

TABLE XII}.—GROWTH OF THE ANTENNAE. a

ee Ee ——s = _ oe —— w

| Length. |

Segment No. eRe Rate of

(from Base). | | Growth.

At | After |

| Hatching. | Sixth Ecdysis. |

I — — —

IL 45 1:3 | ae aio Kel

II “05 8 16 Fy

Iv 35 7 20 ‘

Vv “75 6-2 83) 3;

VI “715 5-5 bene, ~

vil “72 4-5 6 4:

Vul “72 3°7 Bi tics =

IX “6 | 371 5 aa

x 6 | 1-2 ee mA

Total be 33 66 fold

376 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

of the antennae being practically the same as that of the

rest of body.

Foop CONSUMPTION.

It follows from the form of the feeding organs that the

stick insects are edge feeders and not surface feeders,

cutting off strip after strip of leaf.and swallowing them

down whole. When decay approaches they often have

difficulty in making the final bite to release the strip, and

then when they move the head backwards the whole

strip reappears out of their mouth still attached to the

leaf. When young the bite is clean; as age increases it

becomes jagged and rough (see illustration).

A partly consumed leaf showing A partly consumed leaf, show-

the clean-cut edges when the ing the jagged edges where the

nymph or insect isin good health. insect has been feeding when

decay has already set in.

They show considerable difference in their choice of

food. Sometimes they will eat of one leaf, daily returning

to it till it is all or nearly wholly consumed, and in the

meanwhile not touch any other; at other times they will

eat a small portion out of several leaves. Occasionally

they will continue eating a sere or flaccid leaf instead of

consuming an adjacent fresh one. They are irregular

feeders, eating much one day and little the next, and so

on, but always more immediately after a moult than later

on in the same stadium. Except at the moults, already

referred to, they feed daily and only abstain through

accident, sickness or the approach of decay. Their feeding

generally takes place in the evening and in the morning.

I understand that most people who keep stick insects

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 377

provide them with privet to feed on. The late Mr. Meade-

Waldo informed me that “in greenhouses where they have

been raised from the eges they havestarted feedingon privet,

and when by some accident they get separated from it they

feed equally well on Coleus, Fuchsia or many other plants,

at least that is my experience.” My objection to privet

is that, in my garden at least, if the weather is at all severe

the leaves get nipped by the frost and drop off before new

ones appear; in other words, they are not sufficiently

persistent for food-observation purposes. Ivy is a good

substitute.* The smoke with us blackens the leaves,

which, except in late spring when the new leaves have not

yet attracted the smuts, necessitates their beg washed

before being given as food to the insects. All the observa-

tions with regard to food consumption were made with

ivy leaves as food. In connection with these observations

it may be remarked that towards the middle of May there

is usually a little difficulty in getting suitable ivy leaves,

for the old leaves are then almost past service and the young

ones are still too flabby, either continuing to grow after

being cut, or shrivelling up quickly and so tending to vitiate

the correctness of the records. As the calculations are

based on the superficial area and not on the cubical con-

tents of the portion of the leaf consumed, it was essential

to supply leaves of uniform thickness in so far as this could

be done.

In order to ascertain the amount of food consumed,

outlines of the leaves were drawn by placing the leaves

on sheets ruled in mm. squares and running a pencil round

* As regards some Stick Insects reared in India (paper by Rama-

krishna Aiyer in Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., xxii, pp. 641-8),

to which my attention has been kindly called by F. H. Graveley of

the Indian Museum, Calcutta), it seems that many food plants

were tried, and eventually, after many deaths had occurred, some

insects took to Hibiscus esculentus and were successfully reared

on it. The name of the insect is not given. Rowland Turner

informs me that in Queensland the stick insects ate gum leaves

(Eucalyptus); these were large Phasmids (Cyphocrania goliath) ;

smaller species he found devouring guava. Otto Meissner gives

a list of plants, with the leaves of which he has supplied stick in-

sects (and nymphs), and has tabulated the plants according to the

preference shown for them; he found radish leaves and hazel nut

leaves most in demand (“ Biol. Beobach. a. d. Ind. Strohheuschrecke

Dixippus morosus,” Z. f. wiss. Insektenbiologie, v, 1909, pp. 20

and 56). Schleip fed his nymphs on rose leaves and his imagines

on ivy (op. cit., p. 48).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL’17) CC

378

gor cor| sor exrtr | «89 | 12 |) ¢6| cIt| eet] seo'or | 99] @2 || 86 | ZTE | 89T| GOST | 229! Ge || OTT | SOL | SOT] LLS°IT | OL! 61 ||

G66 GZ 868 8ES'9 | F-9T 9-F 69%) &% 79E| sro LT| @ || OLB | ¥B cOF| FLF'9 9t| ¢ || 9ze| 12 | ozs ecs'9 | o8T| F

OFL 61 98L| T19'S | LPL | 8s EZI| 02 GLI] LoPs %L| FP || €&T | 02 68L) ogo FL] € || 981 | 6L F8L| 8L1e°% *L| *

962 | LT OIL T2EL | T:2T} 9:8 89 | 9 86 | F80'T IL} ¥ || v2 | 6T 60L| SIFT el) % || 98 | 91 60L| 19ST | G-30| F

9¢ | 9T 99 62g L8 | ¥-8 rE | OL <9 | og¢ GS iow | 9s = 21 9L | ¢09 Sy) ee I ea ee Tg | 09% 6) |

GLT | 9T | 9-98 622 beh | BS FE | LE ae S|) nase Gal Ge |soTe Ieee Stem 69S. al 8a) SS ei: Siar te Sua ieialic GL | &

Z| 6L a7, | (0st 66 19:3 |/-¢ | 0G | 8ST | TIT DN tg {te 1 | IL | 86 [Q:Beate reat <9 Si Scie le S00 G8 | &

"SOSVIOAV "C61 ‘ON ‘F6T “ON "S61 “ON

g6 | 90t| ort] grr‘ot | oz] 12 || ort | For | s9t| err‘tt | 39] zz || cor | 6OT | got! zotrr | 29] st |] 62t | sor | eer] Feast | ¢-02| ga |

613 | 8G ece| oeto9 | 6t| * || zoe | 12 | sor] Fro 91| ¢ |] 882 | 12 | SIr| 9909 |o-rT| @ || TZe| 3s | esr| POT’ st| 9 |i

OIL 61 OSE| 360°C | I} & || OFT | ST O8T| Tasks FL| *% || 921 | 6 GOL| 668% | &-FL| *% || S9T |-8T 60 186'% ABI) V7

LL | 91 LOL| O8@'T |@-IL| ¢ || FOL | ST OSL} T9S‘T 8L| € || 06 | 9T OIL| esr T SIGN) oes lle Seen eae Aa uleetakS eae He

gg | ST €9 | 69¢ é | ¢ log | et 0g | &cF BN eA Oe A GE Ets ieaiz See 6L | 60L 6 | 7

al | 9L | 12 | Tre @L | € || 16 | 9L |Frr | See GL | & || 6T | @T | 88 | 282 SEN ts | 2k 98 | L192 GL | F

GW ei UTen|) eS al Gist Mera len ait |) Ge | asin @6 | ¢ || 8 | tea | G61 | 9LT Go ae es LT | GIT | TT | eecae|

"G6T ‘ON “I6T ‘ON “06T ‘ON "881 “ON

> | | maha i ¥ ia | = : 7 ' o~ = ; = |

Lot) gor | sot! ger‘tt | ¢-99| t2 || 9tt | Lor 2st | tes‘zt | g9| ¢2|]/ 26 | sor | eet] zos‘or |¢-69| gt |] cor | 9IT| @2t| ess‘tr | 89| zz jj

pe se

SIs | 12 OIy| poco | got] F || sez | ¥2 68h | 3g8°9 r1| @ || spz ec | 68 TIL'¢ |@er| % || 962 | 22 I8€| ¢8*°9 LI| ¢

6ST | LT JEL) 98 | 2h) F 26L | 8L G1Z| zZaPre 9l| F WE 8 | 8ST) 689% | a:ct) % || GFT | GI 986, TEs‘s 6L| F

WW Sie | EB ei esse) te aes ie 16 | CONS ma GCI cee NaCl VT el COL SsGRes SL} & || 98 | 20 Tél | 6F7'T @r| ¢€ ||

Gay aah coe mOGd TRG || sc) |e eS |) Som ess G2 he *9 | L¥G Ge ee PSs alee |) LO ieeue Gé | ¢ ||

02 | FL | T:8E | 982 CHEN Si |) Ge Oe | Oks LY ® \0G |e | 7:08 |) ree 6 | € || 4E | eo | Geo | Les GL | @ |

BE Oe eee E | SOGT S| By ye Nas ek 1068 68 | OF; § || 8 te 4) Meee jf VA Or! & | 8 8L | GPL | GFT Or] & |i

| | | | | | |

"181 ‘ON | ‘781 ‘ON "$8 “ON “IST ‘ON |

| | | = ) = me = | | | |

Y =e ly fe qeptel lo | | ge io | a= a 1 |

ES | Ss! 88 laps SS Ba) 88 | of | 5S |} 2s] 68 Joel lise | ©s 6S jo |

° 1A BO 72 |e] Sa! 2 A HO a Bo wz (S) A | } F iSh Bo) 4} yl =e) ae Bo | 4]!

B= 9 | Be] #9 eeeaa at 2p so} 58 Bo s= go 6 9 | BR BO SEl go Beigo| Fe Bo 88) Ro ||

8s do lmr oO eS joel sales] se Be S| es |oti| Ze BSigolme Oo] S88 Job sellsei¢ele®O 68 Joel se

=) |) Shlae ener) ee See | ten Wy Cehise y pshtaO Eber] || tei AS le Tey ao) let SEE elise a) He | 9° On | Se Ba § 2 reste) il 2) See

32/90 ea we @R)/FU(~2/Sblisea| te |Sk|Folwe) eu 3 5 | Le =| Cx |FSll34|/eulgga Lez} Gu | eo]

So | yu 2EE Sock 2@/0a] So] ynleeg eck £2 0a|| 3 ga | 2 Eg | SAIS ps2) On]| 33] pa 2EE ao eR2|on

og |}aul" os 06 22 | yall oss Sleek oo Zu pall edrsalllerevicy |e tose oo alos || enk| oul: Sa oo eal a es a

By |* 9 =| ee rol th USL oe =I 5 eee, alley mE etl] Sora | 5 Qi fe) aol@Bbl* oa! gs aa re 25

Erg oO Ee eB a8 Sct |! Eg S B s eB | a8 no Es @ BE. EE a8 Sect Era | | Bae. =5 AE Sh

8 BB] gy 5 | 88 eal 28 | B | |e BR 82 B ae BR ga B |

‘SISAGOW (LSVJ) HLXIG FHL ONIGOATIONI

GNY OT JN TAA ONTHOLIVIT WoUd 9°2 ‘CGOINTT LSULT FHL DNIVOG SHAWAN ‘30 HIMOUY ANY ‘AG NOIDTIWOSNON GOOFJ—ATX AIAVI,

The Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 379

their edges; these leaves were then put at the disposal of the

insect. At the end of twenty-four hours (the next morning)

the leaves were fitted into their respective outlines on the

sheets, and the portion missing, 7. e. consumed, was out-

lined and the leaves replaced with the insect. The

number of square mm. in the missing portion was then

counted, and recorded day by day as the amount of leaf

consumed,

As shown in Table XIV, the food consumption doubles

with each successive stadium and not merely in actual

quantity, for the quantity consumed increases per mm.

length of the insect at the same time, thus: in the Ist

stadium the consumption per mm. length of the insect is

7 sq. mm., in the 2nd 17:5 sq. mm, in the 3rd 36, in the

4th 79:6, in the 5th 140, in the 6th 295, and after the

6th 597 (see Table XV), and these figures are as near as

possible 9, 18, 36, 72, 144, 288, and 576, respectively.

For the two or three weeks immediately following the

last ecdysis the insects eat enormously (as can be seen

from Diagram III), afterwards, generally speaking, they

gradually eat less and less. As the same diagram indicates,

there is considerable correspondence between the food

consumed and the eggs produced.

As with the egg-dropping, so too with the food consump-

tion, the size of the insect appears to have nothing to do

with the results, and according to Table XV a shorter

insect may eat more than a longer one.

TaBLE XV.—Foop Consumption By FuLt-Grown Insects.

| | Averages.

hen ] Sq. mm | |

a pee * Sq. mm.

, Sq.mm.} of Leaf

Speci-| Length Total Mo: a ae No. of Leaf | con- eee

men’s of sq. mm. liv of Bees | Cf Begs | con-_ | sumed | med

Num-| Insect. | of Leaf (lind anon dropped | sumed | per mm. per Ege

ber. mm. jeosuumied Period). | ped. per Day. Sg neue dropped.,

| | Insect |

69 s0 | 111,438 | 187 471 2-52 596 1392 238 |

88 79 138,341 211 591 2:8 656 1751 234 |

97 75 118,835 200 554 2°77 594 1584 214 |

99 79 113,979 210 536 2-55 543 1443 213 |

94 | 70 | 56,049 142 253 1-78 395 800 221

Aver.| 78-2 | 120,648 202 538 2-66 597 | 1541 225 |

Ly st_ Sb

To “ef O339NGOdd SDD

380

$3921

1. v<2 =3:4 Ide oS, Sl 1:9c2 =3:4 1.912-3 3 {.2—=—3 J

WWOs 1+ se] Sel WW OS S¢S'@il= 471 WW OS Beh =4 WoL WW OS Seeil-4 TwOL WW S&S SPODS-4 VL)

I6S-3™MoA WSL I $SS-J OL Wws) 4 IL eB 710) WWWO8 "7 9¢5-Q™o, WW El SS2-J™OL Wi 02 771

SS oN 1.6 oN 69 oN 6G oN 16 oN

STEdG ASQ Sl YN] Gs5nccoy, sbba 4O oh OWy Holidwnswoty Pogs NESMISQT = SPNSOROISABYODN =AlWsISNTY Lreebwiqg ar

The Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 381

WATER-DRINKING.

It has been mentioned that on hatching out water is

frequently imbibed with avidity. Afterwards, unless

improperly fed or neglected, the nymphs and insects avoid

water. Towards the end of life, when for days together

they are unable to eat and therefore to take in moisture

with their food, they will search for water and remain

with their mouths immersed for many minutes.

CANNIBALISM.

They will bite off one another’s appendages if not

sufficiently supplied with food. At the Manchester Museum

once during vacation some stick insects were left for about

7 to 10 days without being fed. At the end of that period

out of 24 specimens only 5 remained perfect, all the others

having their appendages more or less mutilated, small

portions of which were found lying on the floor of the

jar. There were no body mutilations.

I have had two cases in which one full-grown insect was

mutilated by one or more full-grown insects, although there

was plenty of food in the jar at the time. Only the appen-

dages were bitten off, and of these in one case only one leg

was left perfect, when, as it could no longer feed itself,

it was taken away and destroyed; while, in the other

case, all the appendages were more or less bitten off, and

it died of want of food.

THE EXCRETA.

The excreta are thick and cylindrical in shape and

fairly dry when ejected. The presence of eggs in the

body does not in any way tend to flatten their shape, but

in times of illness or approaching dissolution the excreta

are flat or tape-like in appearance. This is contrary to

the observations of Meissner, who states that egg ejection

tended to flatten the excreta.

PROTECTIVE MEASURES.

The nymph or insect is possibly protected from enemies

by its resemblance to a stick or twig, and its habit of lying

flat against a stalk, especially when very small. Also by

its facility for adopting the cataleptic attitude when it

slips to the ground, not with its appendages spread out, but

382 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

all closely parallel to the body. On the other hand, it

will frequently cling tenaciously to its disturber rather

than avoid such.

Meissner (op. cit., p. 88), in dealing with Diaippus morosus,

considers the general lateral movement, the ejection of a

brown liquid and the recurving over the back of the

terminal end of the abdomen to be protective measures,

but to me the lateral movement and the flow, not ejection,

of the brown liquid are due to other causes and are not

protective in Carausius morosus.

The object of the recurving of the abdomen over the

back is not clear. Meissner looks upon it as a protective

attitude, but Schleip does not think so. It seemed to me

that, while at emergence from the egg this recurvature was

very pronounced, it lessened imperceptibly, until with the

egg-bearing stage it disappeared almost entirely. Schleip

considers that the weight of the abdomen when full of eggs

keeps it in a straight position and prevents the recurving.

DURATION OF LIFE.

Table VI, already referred to, gives the average number

of days lived during the First Period as 136; but omitting

the two abnormal cases of 171 and 174 days respectively,

and adding the days for seven other insects under observa-

tion, viz. 127, 138, 130, 130, 123, 123, and 117, we get a

normal average of 131 days with a range of 27 days (117-—

144), and an exceptional range of 57 days (117-174).

The average duration of life during the Second Period,

according to the Table, is 207 days; but omitting the

abnormal results shown by Nos. “ Orig.,”? 18, 22, 159,

94 and 65, we obtain a normal average of 239 days with

a range of 142 days (187-329).

Generally speaking, about two-fifths of the insect’s

lifetime is spent in the First or Preparatory Period, and

three-fifths in the Second or Reproductive Period.

DEATH.

When ill or dying a sticky brown liquid occasionally

issues from the mouth, and when the nymph or insect is

asphyxiated (in the fumes of cyanide of potassium) the

liquid almost invariably flows out. Excepting under

these circumstances I have not found any traces of this

discharge.

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 383

VARIATION.

Weismann, from a study of the variation of a partheno-

genetic organism, Cypris reptans, concluded (‘‘ Germ-

Plasm,”’ 1893, p. 344) that forms reproduced in this manner

varied but little. He explained this comparative con-

stancy on the ground that the union of male and female

cells in sexually produced forms provided the material for

variation, and that, therefore, in the absence of the male

cell, greater stability in character resulted. Warren has

made observations on parthenogenetically reproduced speci-

mens of Daphnia magna, and found (Proc. Roy. Soc. Ixv.,

1899, p. 155) that the variation shown by them was very

considerable. In consequence of the divergent views on the

variability of parthenogenetic forms it seems desirable to

accumulate evidence on the subject, and the observations

made during this study of the life-history of Carausius

morosus are offered as a contribution towards that end.

The observations made are summarised in the following

table, giving the maximum, minimum, range, average,

standard deviation and co-efficient of variation for each

character observed. The two latter are calculated on the

method advocated by Karl Pearson (“ Grammar of Science,”

2nd ed., p. 387).

TasLE XVI.—SUMMARY OF VARIATIONS.

| Aver-

Particulars of Observations. Min. | Max, | Range. nee

age.

Standard

Deviation.

Co-efficient

Variation

Oviposition : Eggs produced Be in-

sect . . 253 712 459 =| 513 95:76 | 18-66

Oviposition : Eggs produced ‘per

mm. length of insect cS 3:6 9-2 5:6 6-5 1:23 | 18-92

Size of Egg: Lengthinmm. . . 2-3 3-5 1-2 2-8 16 5-68

Incubation: Number of days . . | 137 297 160 165 21:85 | 13-24

Nymphs on hatching out : eae

itebateler eee 6:5 13 6-5 10-5 1:34 | 12-7

Increase in length of Nymphs in

mm. during first 24 hours Lae 0 6 6 2:7 1:8 66-66

Increase in length of Nymphs in

mm.uptoand at ist moult. . 7 12-75 5-75 9-9 1-23 | 12-42

Increase in length of Nymphs in

mm, at 2nd moult ; : 6 9 3 7-5 “77 =| 10-2

Increase in length of Nymphs in

mm. at 3rd moult . . 5 7-8 10 2-5 9 +75 8-3

Increase in length of Nymphs in

mm. at 4th moult . . : 10 13-5 3-5 11-7 +87 7-43

Increase in length of Nymphs in .

mm. at 5th moult . . 2 ip be 18 6 14-1 1-22 8-65

Increase in length of Nymphs in

mm. at 6th moult . . 14 20 6 16-4 1-68 | 10-24

Length of full-grown insects of one

parent inmm. . 72 86 14 80-1 2-85 3-55

Duration of Life : Number of days 275 469 194 361 40-48 | 11-21

384 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on

The variation in colour, which is not capable of measure-

ment, is also very well marked. The original specimen,

of which all the subsequent progeny formed the material

on which my observations are based, was a not very dark

green. The offspring have exhibited all variations of

colour from a very pale green to a speckled fawn colour.

As a discontinuous variation there appeared at intervals

a few very dark speckled brown, almost black; three of

these were isolated and the 1237 eggs dropped by them

were kept separate. The accommodation at my disposal

was only sufficient to rear to the adult state some 475 of the

nymphs which hatched from these eggs. Of this number

only eight were of the very dark colour of the parents, the

remainder being various shades of green and fawn. The

hereditary tendency to transmit the dark colour, although

certainly present, is evidently weak.

The insects forming the subject of these observations

have been reared under as uniform conditions as it, was pos-

sible to get, so that the effect of environment is eliminated

as a possible factor in the variation observed.

The amount of variation as brought out in the table is

considerable; whether it is greater or less than in the

sexually produced forms of the same insect, if any, can only

be established when a similar series of observations on the

latter have been carried out.

SUMMARY OF OBSERVATIONS.

The observations were made under a regulated tem-

perature varying from 56° to 64° F. (13° to 18° C.).

The insects are of a lethargic disposition, feign death

when disturbed, and support themselves by their claws

assisted by their pads, which do not act by surface tension.

In colour they vary from a light fawn to a dark green ;

very dark brown almost black is rare. During life the

colour barely changes.

Incubation in the boxes varied from 137 to 297 days,

equal to a range of 160 days; 52°79 of nymphs hatched

out in 141 to 160 days, and 32°3% in 161 to 190 days.

Placed on garden mould the hatching out commenced

16 days sooner, 2. e. in 115 days, with a somewhat similar

average range.

The insects were parthenogenetic, and only one specimen,

obviously an infirm female, failed to produce eggs. One

the Growth and Habits of Carausius morosus. 385

male was found and there is a possibility of its being de-

generated ; it had no contact with any of the females under

observation.

The length over all of the egg capsules varied from 2°3

to 3°2 mm., average 2°8 mm. Under 2:6 mm. long they

did not hatch out. The fertility of the eggs was found to

be 81°5%.

Kegs are first dropped 12 to 24 days (average 16°5

days) after the last ecdysis; they are neither laid nor shot

out, but simply dropped.

The average egg production was found to be 513 per

insect, the highest total reached by one insect being 712.

There appeared to be no correlation between the size

(length of the insect) and the quantity of eggs produced.

The nymphs emerged by pushing off the cap of the egg

and appeared to come out pronotum first, and not head

first. The length of the nymphs on hatching out varied

from 7°5 to 12°5 mm., average 10°5 mm. Almost in-

variably on hatching out they were eager for a drink, but

not keen to eat. At the end of 24 hours their average

length was 13°3 mm. From the time of hatching out the

nymphs grew at the rate of -35 to -7 mm. per day, for an

average of 21 days, with a total increase of 3 to 5°5 mm.

This is the only period during which the nymphs grow

without shedding the skin.

The nymphs fast from 2 to 6 days pevious to the actual

moulting. The ecdyses were performed by the nymph

hanging head downwards, the skin splittmg from the

pronotum upwards, when gravity did the rest. There

were in all the cases observed six ecdyses for each insect.

The increase in length at every ecdysis was so marked that

it was possible to ascertain by measurement the stadium

in which the nymph or insect might happen to be.

The length of the full-grown insects varied from 72 to

86 mm. (exclusive of the antennae), average 80°] mm.,

equaltoarangeofl4mm. The progeny from eggs dropped

late in life attained to a greater length than that from eggs

dropped early in life.* The body length increased six-

fold; the antennae increased in the same total ratio; but

the increase in the various segments was more and less.

With the exceptions named the nymphs and insects

* It is noteworthy that Elkind states that in D. morosus the

eggs are smaller during the earlier stages of production than later

on (op. cit., p. 14).

386 Mr. H. Ling Roth’s observations on Carausius.

were fed on ivy leaves. Their food consumption doubled

after every ecdysis. Except when hatched out the nymphs

did not care for water, and only towards the end of life,

when they were unable to eat, did they drink with avidity.

The average duration of life was 136 days for the First

or Preparatory Period (i.e. from hatching out to the

6th moult), and 225 days for the Second or Reproductive

Period; in other words, the insect spends two-fifths of its

life in preparing for the following three-fifths.

The results here detailed demonstrate very clearly that

parthenogenetically produced organisms do vary consider-

ably, and support the observations made by Warren rather

than those of Weismann.

(Bay }

XX. Falkland Islands Diptera. By C. G. Lams, M.A.,

B.Sc., Clare College, Cambridge. Communicated

by F. W. Epwarps, F.E.S.

[Read October 18th, 1916.]

THrouGH the kindness of Mr. F. W. Edwards, of the

British Museum, I have had the opportunity of examining

a small collection of flies from the Falkland Islands. In

part this collection was made by Mr. R. Vallentin in the

years 1901-3; the remainder was collected by Dr. M.

Cameron (of H.M.S. Cornwall) on Dec. 7, 1914, when he

paid a hurried visit ashore the day before the naval

engagement off those islands.

There are four species in the collection, of which three

appear to be undescribed. The known species is the

Borborid Antrops truncipennis described by Enderlein in

Zool. Anz. Bd. xxxiv, p. 226, 1909. Specimens of this

species were collected both by Vallentin and Cameron.

One of the new species is a Phycodromid. Enderlein

gives a conspectus of the genera of that family in the

“Deutsche Siidpolar. Expedition” (X. Zool. u, 1909);

according to his tables the species falls within the limits of

the genus Oedoparea, though it is sufficiently distinct from

the normal form of that genus to warrant generic rank

should more related forms be discovered. The other two

species are almost wingless forms closely allied to Scatella.

Becker gives a beautiful figure of his Scatella brevipennis

in “ Belgica,’ Zool. Ins. (1906), Plate III; one of the

new species must be very similar in appearance to that

species, but on comparison distinct differences are visible :

in particular Becker states that the costa plainly ends

at the 3rd vein, thus fixing his species as a Scatella. In

the new species the wings and venation are more reduced,

and it 1s quite impossible to state whether they are to be

considered as members of that genus or of Scatophila.

When further stages of wing reduction come to light, the

point may be settled, and it will probably be found that

the relationships of the new species are to be sought for

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL 17)

388 Mr. C. G. Lamb on

in Scatophila; meanwhile the generic name Synhoplos is

proposed for these two new semiapterous Ephydrids.

The description of the new species is as follows :—

Oedoparea oblita, n. sp.

As mentioned above, the three specimens of a Phyco-

dromi may be provisionally placed in this genus. To

facilitate description, the insect is compared with the

well-known Oedoparea buccata, which very exceptionally

reaches nearly the size of the present insect. To avoid

repetition of name the contrasting characters of the latter

species are placed in square brackets, thus [ ].

°. Head: top view :—frons quite flat with no ocellar tubercle,

widening slightly to the overhanging forehead, all dull orange,

darker in front, with a long pointed orange frontal triangle extend-

ing % the distance to the forehead, and including in it a small

ocellar triangle [only an ocellar triangle]; the front half of the

frons is covered with tiny bristles [bristles few and scattered];

hind eye margins broad, two orbital bristles with tiny ones between

[three orbitals on grey borders], divergent ocellars inserted on

lines joining the ocelli, parallel inner verticals, divergent outer, and

post-verticals just behind the line formed by the bases of the

vertical pairs.

Front view :—the frons runs on into the cheeks, both being

demarcated from the face by the lunule and by side furrows extend-

ing to the upper mouth margins; the face is orange, covered with

silvery hairs and contracted below [broader in buccata]; the grey

upper lip projects; palpi very stout, orange and covered with dark

hairs [less hairy], the ridged yellow tongue is well visible. The

arched side furrows of the face form two well-marked shallow

antennal foveae; the antennae are separated at the base by a nose

projecting below the lunula: they are all orange, Ist joint some-

what orbicular, with tiny black bristles; 2nd joint calyciform,

bristled, especially below inside, 3rd joint flattened orbicular,

darker, but covered with silvery pollen; arista practically bare,

a little longer than whole antennal length, awn-like, the basal

joints stout, the second coneing into the flagellum. _

Side view :—profile rather like buccata, but while the latter has

a median nose, broad and slightly convex in profile, the present

species has a distinctly concave profile, and hence the forehead

appears more prominent. Eyes bare, rather oval, the long axis

sloping from vertex to cheek, with the sharpest curvature at the

upper end of this axis [eyes much more nearly round]; jowlas deep

Falkland Islands Diptera. - 389

as the eye, yellow-orange in colour, as is the side of the face, and

both covered with bristly hairs [fewer hairs, hind jowls bare]; the

hind head runs into the jowls smoothly and continuously [hind

head cut off from hind jowls by a furrow]; post-orbital row present

above.

Thorax :—the dorsum is dull grey, pollinated, and covered with

fine bristles; humeri greyish orange; the bristles are, humeral

(with accessory hairs) in a line with the two notopleurals, presutural,

one supra-alar, a row of 8 bordering the hind margin of thorax,

of which one is on the post-alar callus, two are the true prescutellars

(small and close together), and between the post-alar and pre-

scutellar is another bristle; this is possibly the last of a true dorso-

Fie. 1.—Oedoparea oblita.

central row of which (1 + 2) others can just be seen projecting

somewhat among the scattered bristles [has a similar chaetotaxy,

but the dorso-central row is more developed, and the general cloth-

ing bristles are very much longer]; scutellum as tharax, rounded,

pale edged with a few scattered bristles except on the centre of the

disc, a pair of stout upright terminal bristles and smaller convergent

basal pair [no small discal bristles]. The pleura is grey with fine

orange pollen, mesopleura bare, a bristle below the stigma, sterno-

pleura with 3 bristles close to upper suture and covered with very

long curly hairs which are dark basally but otherwise orange [less

hairy on sternopleura]. The wings have a similar form to buccata

in venation, structure, relative size and form, but are stouter in

texture, they are somewhat milky with pale veins except for a slight

suffusion on the cross veins. Calypters pale yellow with short

pale hairs. Halteres pale yellow, same in form as in buccata.

390 Mr. C. G. Lamb on

Legs principally orange. Front: coxa greyish with bristles in

front; femur rather swollen in the middle with long orange hairs,

no bristles; tibia swollen for its distal half, also covered with long

soft hairs, a long front preapical bristle; tarsus with Ist joint

about as long as the next three, the last joint larger, all bristly,

the bristles getting longer towards the end, claws stout and black,

pads pale, a long black bristle for empodium. Middle: similar to

front pair, but the tibia has a very strong crown of spines, and the

tarsal bristles are stouter. Hind: similar, but the femur and tibia

are but little swollen and are longer, a crown to tibia, and a large

long hind preapical; tarsi with usual golden pads [clothing bristles

shorter and more bristly, without the long soft hairs].

Abdomen, grey with fine whitish pollen, covered with small hairs,

except for the penultimate segment which has long hairs.

Length about 73 mm.

Wing about 6 mm.

Collected by R. Vallentin, 1902-3. Types in British

Museum.

SYNHOPLOS, gen. nov. (Hphydridae).

This genus is related to Scatella and Scatophila, having

a very similar facies, but it is almost wingless in both

sexes. The face has a very pronounced median ridge

carrying a knob, and this ridge forms deep-set side furrows

which receive the antennae. These latter have a very

bristly second joint, and the arista is distinctly, though

shortly, pectinate; eyes irregularly oval; jowls deep;

the lower lip is rather short, and does not close the oral

aperture completely; the chaetotaxy is somewhat like

that of Scatella, but the dorso-central and acrostichal

bristles are irregular; the scutellum has four bristles, the

end two being long, upright and crossed. A rather

noticeable feature is that the notopleura turns somewhat

into the dorsal plane, and is comparatively feebly

developed, owing to the feeble wing musculation.

Synhoplos sturdeeanus, n. sp.

3. Head: top view :—broader than the thorax and about 4

as deep as broad, the forehead margin almost straight; the frons

is very broad, roughly square, the front ocellus is nearly in the

middle of the frons, all three ocelli are extremely minute and lie

nearly in an equilateral triangle. The frons is dark grey, with

Falkland Islands Diptera. 391

broad pale silvery eye margins, and with an ill-defined leaf-shaped

darker area enclosing the ocelli, whose point nearly reaches the

forehead. Surrounding this leaf the frons is broadly paler than

the remainder of its surface (and shows ochreous in a side light),

so that a darker triangle is left each side bounded by the eye

margin, the forehead, and a line from forward vertical bristle to

Fia. 2.—Synhoplos sturdeeanus. Fic. 3.—Synhoplos sturdeeanus.

nearly the centre of the forehead. The chaetotaxy is as follows :—

ocellar bristles divergent, inserted just outside middle of line join-

ing ocelli; forward vertical bristles on middle of wide eye margins

converging to centre, long hind verticals somewhat divergent but

straight; two large orbital bristles each side overhanging eyes,

with a preceding, intermediate and following smaller bristle. Other

smaller bristles are as follows: a row of some six bristles on sloping

boundary of black triangle mentioned above, the front ones longest

and strongly converging to centre; a clump of fine bristles exists

between the hind ocelli and the vertex; the upper bristles of the

392 Mr. C. G. Lamb on

rather irregular post-orbital row are visible, and are continued by

2 or 3 small bristles behind the hind verticals.

Front view :—vertex arched with no sign of any hump; eyes

slightly prominent; mouth edge straight with about 5 long stout

fringing bristles each side; the nose starts with a silver base level

with second antennal joints, and suddenly becomes prominent at

that point, it then widens, and sweeps each side into the mouth

margin, it is mainly orange but grades into the grey mouth margin ;

the nose bears a diverging row of 4 bristles each side and has much

smaller scattered ones on its surface; the lines of main bristles

curve round so that the very large bristles on the cheeks below the

antenna form their terminations. The whole face is distinctly

pollinated. The antennae being turned rather sideways beside the

nose are best seen in this view, the first joint forms a small elongate

knob embracing the base of the second joint; this is oval, smooth,

with a few small bristles on the surface and a long dorsal one; the

visible part of the third joint is also oval, densely but obscurely

pilose and darkened at tip; otherwise the whole antenna is orange.

The arista is thick at base, then tapered, with about 7 feathers; its

whole length is a little greater than the whole antennal length.

Side view :—the greatly protuberant nose is very evident, as is

the deep antennal groove, and a deep furrow in front of the eye,

with a long facial bristle forward of it. The eyes are oval, with

the longer axis oblique and sloping downwards from behind to

front: the boundary is regularly curved, the upper margin with a

shorter radius than the lower: the ends of the longer axis also

smoothly curved, the upper having larger radius than the lower.

The whole of the side of the face is grey with some silvery pollen.

The hind jowls towards the back of the head carry many palish

decumbent bristles, longer below. The post-orbital bristle-row

extends halfway down, and there are a few accessory bristles

behind it. It can be seen that the second antennal joint is rather

swollen and is practically smooth behind. The lower lip is grey,

swollen and hairy, and the ridged orange tongue protrudes from

it: the palpi are orange, stout, rather flattened in the vertical

plane and bristled. On looking into the mouth, the true lip is

seen to be cut off from the outer mouth margin by a deep encircling

furrow.

Thorax :—the general colour is silvery grey, due to very minute

dense pollen, with very faint bluish and bronzy reflections; there

are rather irregular rows of small bristles, some of which form the

irregular double acrostichal rows, others the dorso-centrals; in the

latter the presutural and prescutellar dorso-centrals are true macro-

chaetae. There are two or three small humerals, a bristle (pre-

Falkland Islands Diptera. 393

sutural) just before the V-shaped cross furrow at the side, two noto-

pleurals on the much-abbreviated notopleura, and one supra-alar ;

between all are the small bristles. The scutellum is slightly rounded

with a shallow furrow in front, the terminal bristles are large, upright

and crossed at tip, each side is a smaller rather depressed bristle.

The pleura is silvery grey, more orange below; it is covered with

small scattered bristles and has a large mesopleural bristle, and

there is a large sternopleural one.

The wings are reduced to small pointed orange flaps with short

stout bristles, the thoracic squama is present, though minute,

The halteres are reduced to stout orange rods.

The legs are bright orange, stout, and profusely covered with

bristles, all the femora and coxae are rather pollinated with silver ;

the only stout bristles are inferior crowns to mid and hind tibiae,

and a pair beneath each tarsal jot. The Ist tarsal joints of all

the feet are rather shorter than the rest of the feet, and have

inferiorly a dense pile of stout orange bristles. The last joints are

rather flattened and have long dorsal hairs, very stout curved claws,

delicately feathered pads, and a long empodium of several fine

hairs.

Abdomen :—long—oval with rounded end : in colour it is silvery-

grey like the rest of the insect, but has rather ill-defined brown

marks as follows: smallish side spots on 2 and 3, a large median

oval spot on 1, a central V on 2 extended almost across segment,

a similar rather larger and more slender V on 3. The segments

1, 2, 3 are about equal, but 4 is about 1} times as long. The

whole surface is covered with bristles which are reddish in certain

lights, the marginals are black and longer. Iu side view the end is

cut off obliquely, the 5th segment has a very large terminal pit

which hides the complex genitalia.

Length about 2+ mm.

Wings about °3 mm.

Y. Very like the male except that the abdomen is longer and the

segments are all equal, the brown marks are reduced to very indis-

tinct central spots: the lower part of last abdominal segment

carries a pair of very stout curved claws.

364 and 1 2.

Collected by Dr. M. Cameron, R.N., in 1914. Co-types

in the British Museum.

Synhoplos neglectus, n. sp.

This species is somewhat larger than the last, and is

very much more bristly and robust in appearance.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL’17) DD

394 Mr. C. G. Lamb on

Heai: top view:—shape and general character like the last

species, but the whole is dark blackish brown, the eye margin

being somewhat more brown: the central area is scarcely differen-

tiated irom the rest. The chaetotaxy is the same, though stouter.

Head: front view :—same as last, but the colour is altogether

darkened grey, much less orange. The antennae are similar, but

ochreous grey in colour, the 3rd joint being quite grey.

Side view :—much as last, but there is no very evident furrow

behind the cheek-bristle: the sides are grey and silvery, and the

hind jowls bear short black bristles. The remainder of the side is

much like the last species, but the orange colour is far less distinct.

The eyes slope similarly, but they are somewhat different in outline,

being rather pointed below in front, the radius of curvature of the

boundary being very small.

Thorax :—the general colour is dull brown-black, the upturned

notopleurae are orange, so that they form two irregular orange side

stripes. The small dorsal bristles are arranged somewhat like the

last, but much longer and more evident. The dorso-central rows

are more marked, as there is a mid-bristle pair as well as the front

and hind pairs: the other bristles are the same, but longer and

stouter. The scutellum is similar, and bears two very long upright

crossed bristles and the usual two smail accessory side ones. ‘The

pleura is darkened orange, bristled as last.

The wings are reduced to hairy strips, they are proportionately

a little longer than in the last species, being about equal in

lengti to two-thirds the distance from the root to the humerus.

The legs are similar to the last, darkened orange and a little

more stoutly haired.

The abdomen: this shows a striking difference in colour, ete. :

it is all very dull dark black-brown, almost black; it is uniformly

and densely covered with tiny adpressed bristly hairs. In outline

the shape is similar to the last, being widest at the end of the 2nd

segment. The Ist, 2nd and 38rd segment have their axial length the

same; the 4th is about twice as long. The last is only just visible

dorsaliy, but on side view it is seen to be long and rather narrow,

its axis being about 60° to the body axis. This segment ends in a

papilla bearing a bunch of orange hairs, at the base of the 4th

segment are two strong chitinous hooks. If the 5th segment be

viewed from behind, it is seen to bear a rounded triangular patch

which is paler haired, and is well marked off from the rest by a

definite sunk boundary: it looks like a little segment glued on

to the 5th. In the first species these structures cannot be seen as

the whole apparatus is withdrawn in all three specimens.

The female differs from the female of the last species in the

Falkland Islands Diptera. 395

same way as the males differ, the abdomen being dull brown-black.

The terminal hooks are not visible.

Length 3} mm.

Wing a little more than } mm.

5 8d; 8 LQ. Pi 4 e

Collected by Vallentin in 1902-3. Types in British

Museum. :

( 3965")

XXI. Parthenogenesis amongst the Workers of the Cape

Honey-Bee: Mr. G. W. Onions’ Experiments. By

Rupert W. Jack, F.E.S.,- Govt. Entomologist,

S. Rhodesia.

[Read October 7th, 1914.]

PEATEs OVC Vie

For some years past Mr. G. W. Onions, until recently a

resident in the Cape Peninsula, has been engaged in follow-

ing up a line of research, suggested by observations tending

to show that the variety of the honey-bee mainly kept

at the Cape exhibits a remarkable divergence from the

European varieties, in that a far greater portion of the

workers are apt to develope the habit of laying eggs, and

that these eggs may produce either workers, queens or

drones, but do, as a matter of fact, mainly produce workers.

As is well known, Dzierzon, Von Siebold and others held,

and their views have been generally accepted, that the

eges of the “laying workers” and unfertilised queens of

the honey-bee invariably produce drones, and founded on

these and other observations we have the “ Dzierzon

theory’ to the effect that the ova of the honey-bee are

predominantly male whilst unfertilised, but that the

female elements invariably predominate after the union

of the ovum and spermatozoon. The production of a

certain proportion of males by a fertilised queen was

accounted for by supposing that the queen could control

the egress of spermatozoa from the spermatheca when

impelled by instinct to add a certain number of drones to

the colony.

Of the merits or demerits of Dzierzon’s explanation the

writer is not qualified to judge, but the following para-

graph is to be found on page 499 of the volume entitled

‘* Peripatus, Myriapods, and Insects, Pt. I,” by Sedgwick,

Sinclair and Sharp, Cambridge Natural History: “ The

facts we have stated as to the sexes resulting from par-

thenogenetic reproduction in Hymenoptera generally, are

extremely opposed to the Dzierzon theory, in so far as this

relates to the production of sex. There have always been

entomologists who have considered this view unsatis-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL ’17)

Mr. Rupert W. Jack on Cape Honey-Bee. 397

factory, and the observations of several recent French

naturalists are unfavourable to the idea that the sex of

an egg is determined by its fertilisation.” Could it be

shown, therefore, that in a variety of Apis mellifica, closely

related to the variety with which Dzierzon and Von

Siebold conducted their experiments, unfertilised eggs may

and do produce female adults, the arguments of those

opposed to Dzierzon’s explanation would be very greatly

strengthened, as few could credit the statement that the

fact of the egg being fertilised or not determines its sex in

respect to one variety of a species and not to all. An

examination of Mr. Onions’ claim to have proved the

production of female offspring from Cape “ laying workers,”’

with a view to giving his remarkable discoveries wider

publicity, is the object of this paper.

Concerning the actual variety with which Mr. Onions’

experiments were conducted, Dr. Perineuey, Curator of the

S.A. Museum at Cape Town, who kindly examined speci-

mens for the writer, states that some authors consider the

variety identical with the typical European Apis mellifica,

L., but he himself is inclined to retain the varietal name

kaffra, as given by Lepelletier: Specimens submitted to

the British Museum were, however, judged to belong to

the race wnicolor var. intermissa, Latr. The identification

of the exact variety, therefore, appears to be a somewhat

difficult matter, and the writer is not in a position to ex-

press any opinion on the subject. The important fact is

that this bee is very closely allied to the typical Apis

mellifica, L.

As far back as November 1909 a notice appeared in the

Agricultural Journal of the Cape of Good Hope stating

that Mr. Onions had deposited with the Government

Entomologist “an account of observations and experi-

ments conducted by himself, which tend to show that

laying workers of the native black honey-bee are far more

common than is generally supposed, and that their eggs

generally produce workers and not infrequently queens.”

A full account of these and other observations of a similar

nature was published in the Agricultural Journal of the

S.A. Union for May 1912. Since that time Mr. Onions

has become a resident in 8. Rhodesia, and has been able to

repeat some of his experiments with bees imported from

the Cape. Conditions in this territory are more favourable

for such observations than those at the Cape, for the

398 Mr. Rupert W. Jack on

reason that very few bees of the Cape variety are kept,

whilst the native honey-bee of Rhodesia (Apis mellifica

unicolor var. adansoni, B.R.) is easily distinguishable from

that of the Cape. On account of this, any possibility of

error through eggs having been stolen from other hives was

entirely removed. It may be mentioned that although

“laying workers” are, under certain circumstances,

common enough in hives of the Rhodesian bee kept under

domestication, their eggs have not been observed to produce

anything but drones.

The account of Mr. Onions’ observations, published as

above, attracted but little attention, although a certain

amount of adverse criticism appeared from the pens of

one or two bee-keepers in the Union, and, anxious that his

discoveries should be brought to the notice of scientists

interested in parthenogenesis generally, the help of the

Division of Entomology at Salisbury was sought, with the

offer of experiments to be conducted under the supervision

of an officer of the division.

Before proceeding to an account of these experiments

it is desirable to call attention to one anatomical peculiarity

in the Cape worker bee. In the typical Apis mellifica

the spermatheca in the workers is, of course, vestigial,

consisting merely of a slight projection from the common

oviduct. This is also the case in the Rhodesian variety.

In the Cape worker, however, the spermatheca is nearly

spherical in shape, an average specimen measuring °54 mm.

x 45mm. The writer has dissected upwards of sixty

workers of this variety, and has found the spermatheca as

above in every case. This observation is also due to

Mr. Onions.

The development of the spermatheca naturally suggested

the possibility of the Cape worker being adapted for

fertilisation by a drone, possibly the diminutive form

produced by fertile worker eggs—a condition of affairs

which, though remarkable enough in itself, would have

explained the production of female bees from worker eggs

without subverting the fundamental nature of accepted

principles in regard to parthenogenesis in bees. Careful

examination, however, shows the laying workers to contain

no spermatozoa, and the development of the sperm sac

must apparently be regarded as merely in some way

correlated to the reproductive potentialities of the insect,

the organ itself being functionless.

Parthenogenesis amongst Workers of Cape Honey-Bee. 399

The first experiment was commenced on December 24th,

1913, when Mr. Onions brought a bar-frame hive to the

Experiment Station at Salisbury. This hive contained

a strong nucleus of bees, one pure Cape and some crossed

Rhodesian-Italian, introduced the day before, with seven

frames of comb containing some honey and a very few eggs

laid since the enclosure of the bees. All the comb was

stated to have been taken from store and introduced into

the hive the previous day. There was no queen present

in the hive and no brood. The whole hive and colony was

subjected to a searching inspection by the writer. On

the 27th the hive was opened and thoroughly inspected

again. More eggs had been deposited since the 24th, many

being in the drone cells bordering certain of the frames.

The writer again satisfied himself that no queen was present.

The egg-laying appeared to be more systematic than is

usually the case with the laying workers of Huropean

honey-bees, but more than one egg was frequently present

in a cell, and on the whole the work might be described as

intermediate between that of a normal queen and normal

laying workers (see Plates CV, CVI). In two old queen

cells a number of eggs were deposited.

On the 29th a considerable number of eggs had been

laid in the two frames, and in one a number of young

larvae were present, sometimes two in a cell. Some

enlarged cells contained up to a dozen eggs, and the queen

cells contained a great number which showed no sign of

hatching. On January 3rd egg-laying was still confined

to the two frames, and a number of the cells were now

capped. Both old queen cells contained wnhatched eggs.

Observations were continued until January 27th, by

which time a number of young had emerged, all of which

were of the black Cape variety and workers. Workers

apparently emerged from the eggs laid in the drone cells,

as no drones were present in the hive. On the 27th a

frame of brood from the hive was taken into the laboratory

and a number of workers were seen to emerge. All these

were Cape bees. A few of the cells were now found to be

capped in the well-known manner of worker cells destined

to produce drones. These cells subsequently emitted

small drones. The hive was next opened on February 5th,

and the drone cappings were by this time more numerous,

and a few small drones were present in the hive. Cape

workers continued to emerge, however. This hive was

400 Mr. Rupert W. Jack on

kept under observation until February 21st, in the hope

that the bees would set up a queen cell, but although they

hatched an egg in an old queen cell and fed the larva until

nearly full grown, they subsequently allowed it to starve.

In the meantime, another experiment was decided upon.

On February 21st, therefore, Mr. Onions installed a

small colony of pure Rhodesian bees (var. adansont) in a

second hive, and in the writer’s presence removed the

queen. Two frames of honey only were carefully in-

spected and then placed in the hive, and two frames of

Cape worker brood from the queenless hive used in the first

experiment. The bees were brought in a swarm box, with

the queen already caged. The two frames of honey were

stated to have been in store for some time previously, and

were certainly free from any eggs or brood at the time of

insertion. The Rhodesian workers at once set up seven

queen cells on the introduced brood comb, which were all

sealed over by the 28th. On this day five of the queen

cells were covered over with gauze cages, one was acci-

dentally injured in manipulation, and one was left to

hatch out normally. In the meantime, two other events

had occurred. One of them was the appearance of mature

Cape “laying workers,” apart from young bees hatched

from the introduced frame. These had evidently entered

from the other hive, and Mr. Onions stated that in his

apiary experience he had-found that the Cape “ laying

workers’? were accepted in almost any hive, and were,

of course, an unmitigated nuisance on this account. The

other event was the development of a number of Rhodesian

“laying workers,” which had scattered their eggs in great

abundance through the drone cells on the two frames that

had contained only honey. There were a dozen or more

eggs in each drone cell, and an examination of several

Rhodesian workers showed that they contained eggs in

abundance.

The hive was not opened again until March 9th, when

all the queens had hatched except two, which were dead

in their cells. Two were alive in their cages and three

dead outside. All proved to be of the Cape variety.

By this time it was impossible to deny that the Cape

laying workers produced workers in abundance, and perfect

females, if necessary. There was no possible source of

error, because practically no Cape bees are kept in 8%.

Rhodesia, and certainly there were none within miles of

Parthenogenesis amongst Workers of Cane Honey-Bee. 401

the experimental hives, and yet in the queenless colony an

abundant production of workers of the Cape variety con-

tinued, and only a small proportion of undersized drones

appeared. Even had Cape bees been abundant near by

it is impossible to imagine that some hundreds of eggs

were stolen.

The question now remained as to whether these Cape

workers could possibly have been fertilised. During the

course of the experiment the writer had dissected a small

number only of the Cape laying workers, examining the

spermathecae under the microscope. The examination

was checked by the dissection of a fertile and an unfertilised

Rhodesian queen. The spermatheca was placed in saline

solution on a slide and crushed under the cover glass. In

the case of the fertilised queen, of course, myriads of sper-

matozoa were at once apparent. The spermathecae of the

Cape workers, however, contained nothing but a jelly-like

substance, which agreed on a smaller scale with the contents

of the sperm sac in an unfertilised queen.

On request, Mr. Onions supplied a number of Cape

workers from his apiary, which were found to contain

eggs but no spermatozoa, but it was obvious that there

was no certainty that these eggs were destined to produce

workers, so that the dissections were of comparatively

little value. A third experiment was therefore under-

taken, and this served not only to prove that the Cape

laying workers contained no spermatozoa, whilst producing

worker bees, but also furnished a corroboration of both

the other experiments.

On March 23rd Mr. Onions set up a new hive at the

Experiment Station, giving its history as follows :—

On February 24th a hive of Rhodesian bees was “ de-

queened ” and given a frame of Cape brood (from a queen).

Two queen cells were matured—one of these was removed

and one allowed to hatch. This hatched in due course,

but on March 22nd the queen was found to be missing and

Cape fertile workers strongly in evidence. The hive was

examined by the writer and found to contain no queen.

Three or four normal-sized Italian drones were present

and many eggs, and some brood were present in the brood

comb. These, of course, might possibly have been laid

by the Cape queen, but this, as will be seen, did not affect

the experiment in any way. A large number of black

402 Mr. Rupert W. Jack on

Cape workers were present, and thirty of these were col-

lected, and on dissection fourteen were found to contain

eggs. There were no spermatozoa present. Other fertile

workers were dissected on March 27th and on April 2nd

with the same result. In the meantime, egg-laying con-

tinued and worker cappings appeared on. the bulk of the

brood in the combs, but about half a dozen drone cappings

were in evidence amongst the worker brood. On opening,

the latter were found to contain undersized drones. By

April 2nd no drone cappings were present at all, and Cape

workers were emerging freely. Five or six undersized

drones were present amongst the bees.

Again, on April 8th nothing but worker cappings were

seen, young bees were numerous and all of the Cape

variety. Several were seen to emerge during the inspec-

tion. No drones at all were seen. On April 18th all the

cappings were of the worker kind, Cape workers were

emerging from the cells and numerous young Cape workers

were present in the hive. The bees had constructed and

sealed a queen cell in the meantime. One diminutive drone

was seen. On the 27th the queen had emerged and was

found in the hive. She had all the appearance of a pure

Cape variety. Nothing but worker cappings were visible

on the combs, and a long search was needed to find even

one small Cape drone in the hive. By this date the queen-

less hive had been under the writer’s observation for thirty-

five days, during the last twenty-five of which no drone

cappings had appeared and large numbers of Cape workers

had emerged. This experiment, therefore, proved a clear

corroboration of the first. The fortunate appearance of

a queen served as a corroboration of the second experi-

ment, whilst the fact that none of the fertile workers

examined on March 23rd and 27th and on April 2nd con-

tained spermatozoa, and that no drones emerged at any

time that could possibly have been the progeny of eggs

laid by these workers shortly before dissection (the period

of development from egg to adult in the Cape variety

agrees with that of European varieties), eliminated the

exceedingly small possibility of an accident by which all

the fertile workers taken for dissection might have been

destined to produce drones. It is obvious that the eggs they

were laying at the time they were caught produced workers

only, and as no spermatozoa were present there can be no

doubt that the eggs were parthenogenetically produced.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate CV.

’

ae acer a aati i ie 2 ull ie ate = ptanion it

Photo, R. Jack. | André, Sleigh & Anglo, Lid.

PARTHENOGENESIS IN CAPE HONEY-BEES.

ive

q ie -) is Lena :

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, Plate CVI.

pyaveiad

32995 Dy} A

ne ren: WPS Bh

Yee

PN e's

ail.

Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd.

BEES.

eae

Photo, R. Jack.

André

PARTHENOGENESIS IN CAPE HONEY-

Parthenogenesis amongst Workers of Cape Honey-Bee. 403

Owing to the straightforward nature of the foregoing

experiments and the absence of any conceivable source of

error, the writer has no hesitation in stating that Mr.

Onions has proved his case—namely, that the unfertilised

eggs of laying workers of the Cape variety of the honey-bee

produce mainly workers under the conditions obtaining

during the experiments, and that their eggs also develop

into queens as readily as the fertilised eggs of ordinary

queen bees. A few small drones are produced at times.

Mr. Onions’ discovery suggests further lines of investiga-

tion, and it is a source of regret to the writer that his official]

position as a purely economic entomologist prevents his

following the matter further. The next important step

is to ascertain whether the Cape queens share the capa-

bilities of the workers in producing females from un-

fertilised eggs. It appears inconceivable that they should

fail to do so, but the fact has never, as far as is known,

been demonstrated. It is also to be noted that the Cape

bee, in spite of its peculiarities, crosses very readily with

such bees as Apis ligustica and the Rhodesian race. The

parthenogenetic potentialities of the hybrid or mongrel

offspring would be an interesting subject for study, and

other lines of work are suggested.

It is to be hoped, therefore, that others who have

the means and opportunity will be sufficiently interested

to experiment with this variety of bees, not only to

corroborate the results made public in this paper and in

Mr. Onions’ previous publications, but also to follow the

matter up with a view to obtaining the utmost biological

value from the study of this marked divergence between

insects so closely related as the Cape honey-bee and other

domesticated varieties.

EXPLANATION OF PuatEs CV, CVI.

The plates represent both sides of two frames of brood comb

from one queenless hive, the brood present being all that of Cape

‘laying worker” bees. It is to be noted that a number of bees

have already emerged and that a few days previous the capped

cells would have presented a still more uniform appearance. About

half a dozen Cape workers emerged during the few minutes occupied

in taking the photographs.

( 404 )

XXII. On the Factors which determine the Cocoon Colour

of Plusia moneta and other Lepidoptera. By Mrs.

OnirRA A. Merritt Hawkes, B.Sc. (Lond.), M.Sc.

(B’ham). Communicated by Dr. A. D. IMs, M.A.

[Read November 15th, 1916.]

1. THe Cocoon Contour oF Plusia moneta.

THE cocoons of Plusia moneta are normally bright yellow,

but a white one is occasionally found. It is supposed by

many entomologists that when such a phenomenon occurs,

under natural conditions, in this or other species, that

the whiteness is due to ‘“‘ weakness” of the larva. I

have shown (Hawkes, 1916) that this 1s not the case in

one Indo-Chinese hybrid moth (Philosama ricin x P.

cynthia), and it may be that further experiment will

demonstrate that the lack of colour is usually due to well-

defined environmental or physiological causes, rather than

to any such indefinite condition as ‘“ weakness.” Tutt

in his “ British Noctuae”’ only mentions yellow cocoons

in P. moneta, but Barrett notes the variation from deep

yellow to white.

In June 1916 two larvae of Plusia moneta were found

feeding on Monkshood (Delphiniwm) in Edgbaston, Birming-

ham. They were reared in two glass-lidded boxes. When

about to spin-up, all the leaves were removed from one

box; thus, one box was dry, whilst the other was damp

from the water evaporated from and transpired by the

leaves. As a result, cocoons of two colours were spun—

a yellow one in the damp box, and a white one in the dry

box.

A piece of the white cocoon was then cut off and placed

in the damp box, where, after twelve hours, it had become

a deeper yellow than the complete yellow cocoon.

The larva in the yellow cocoon did not pupate, but, owing

to some unknown cause, left its cocoon and died. The

larva in the white cocoon pupated and produced a perfect

imago. The white cocoon was kept in a dark dry box, the

box being opened daily to admit fresh air. Towards the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS II, IV. (APRIL 717)

Mrs. Onéra A. Merritt Hawkes on Plusia moneta. 405

end of the pupal stage one end of the white cocoon had

become yellowish, but it did not have even a vestige of

the yellow liming described by Winser.

The experiment with the cut-off piece of silk makes it

clear that an environmental cause, and not any excretion

or secretion of the larva, was the ultvmate producer of the

yellow colour; the conditions under which the two larvae

spun-up, and their subsequent history (it was the larva

in the white cocoon which became an imago), indicates

that environmental moisture and not “ weakness” pro-

duced the difference in the cocoon colour. This conclusion

is supported by the following independent observations.

1. J. H. Bird writes that empty white cocoons of

P. moneta became yellow when immersed in water. R. 8.

Smallman, in discussing the remarks of Bird, also states

that he believes moisture hastens the change from white

to yellow, but in that case he would expect to find a larger

proportion of white cocoons in the second brood, as that

is‘ produced in the late summer, when presumably there

is less moisture than in the late spring; but, unfortunately,

Smallman makes no statement concerning the relative

numbers of the two colours in the two broods.

2. H. E. Winser states that most of his cocoons were

white, but gives no indication as to whether the atmosphere

in his breeding-cage was dry or damp; if the former, the

white colour is accounted for.

3. Nicholson remarks that some have thought that hght

had an effect upon the colour.

It may here be stated that the two larvae under con-

sideration in this paper were bred and spun-up in exactly

the same conditions of light and heat, both breeding-boxes

having been placed on a shelf in a large ight room. The

white cocoon which subsequently became yellowish at one

end, did so at the same temperature, but in the dark.

4, Mr. W. H. Edwards of the Natural History Museum,

Birmingham, was given, also in June 1916, two white

cocoons of P. moneta which had been spun out of doors;

these he put into his greenhouse, where in a couple of

days they became yellow. The cocoons were spun dur-

ing a period of drought, hence the white colour, and they

became yellow when placed in the comparatively damp

conservatory.

5. Sydney Webb and H. W. Andrews mention the variety

of colour, and like Nicholson believe it is due to the amount

406 Mrs. Onéra A. Merritt Hawkes on the Factors which

of light. H. W. Andrews found that cocoons on Larkspur

were yellow, whilst those on Monkshood were white.

6. Bowles mentions that the cocoon, if spun indoors, is

white, if out of doors, bright yellow.

The impression that white cocoons, such as the above,

produce poor imagines, may be due to the deterioration of

the pupa, if there is a continuance of the dry conditions

under which such cocoons were spun. It is known by all

breeders that the environmental condition during the

pupal stage is a factor of great importance, and that

very subtle differences in warmth and moisture may cause

non-emergence or cripples. It is frequently more difficult

to get the right environment for the pupa than for the

larva. Crampton states, in reference to Philosamia cynthia

(advena) : ‘‘ The perfect imagines constituted only 16°6% of

the whole number of individuals which entered the cocoons,

from which we may gain an idea of the severity of the

conditions under which the quiescent pupa exists.”

2. EXPERIMENTS BY VARIOUS OBSERVERS UPON WHITE

CocoONS OF OTHER SPECIES.

Prof. E. B. Poulton has made extensive experiments

with larvae which produce cocoons of various colours, and

believes that in the majority of experiments white or

pale cocoons were produced as a protective device by the

larvae. If the white surroundings to which he refers

(A) means white paper, which is dry when compared with

green leaves, the whiteness may have been due to dryness.

One of his own experiments confirms my observations

concerning the importance of a damp environment. On

p. 450 (C) he relates that he put two larvae of Halias

prasinana in two chip boxes (presumably dry), and both

spun white cocoons. The first specimen, after having

spun-up, was removed from its cocoon—in the process,

it was cut and also found to be attacked by an ichneumon.

It was then placed among oak leaves (comparatively

damp), and there spun a brown cocoon. The second

specimen was also removed from its cocoon, and placed in

rolls of black net (presumably dry), where it began a second

white cocoon. The second part of this experiment should

be repeated, the black or any other coloured net being

slightly damped.

Bateson in criticising the work of Poulton says, p. 205;

determine the Cocoon Colour of Plusia moneta. 407

“ The evidence which I brought forward went to show that

the statement that there is any relation between the colour

of these cocoons (#. lanestris) and that of the substance to

which they are attached, was founded on a mistake”; and

“it was to be concluded, that the cause determining the

production of light cocoons was removal from the food,

or the state of annoyance incidental to such removal, and

that in fact the lght-coloured cocoon was an abnormal

product resulting from unhealthy conditions.” This may

well be the case in Hriogaster, but it is not the case in one

Philosamia hybrid (loc. cit. p. 54), in P. moneta, and in the

above two specimens of Halias.

Again, Bateson experimented with Saturnia carpini, and

concluded (p. 207), “that there is no relation between the

colour of the cocoons of S. carpini and that of the sub-

stances to which they are attached”; and (p. 209) “it

may be safely concluded that the brown colour of the

cocoons is derived from the alimentary canal.” When

Bateson placed pieces of white silk in the fluid ejected

from the mouth of the larvae, the silk became brown;

but Dewitz, who has also done experiments on S. carpint

(= S. pavonia), found that when a piece of white silk was

put in water it became brown.

May makes a report of two broods of larvae of Saturnia

carpint. In brood 1, reared by Bell, the larvae were badly

fed and kept in a practically air-tight cage with a damp

atmosphere, the resulting sixteen cocoons being all dark.

Brood 2 was reared by May, the larvae being well fed and

kept in a dry, well-lighted cage; nineteen cocoons were

produced—eighteen pale, one dark. When six of the pale

ones came in contact with damp, they turned dark almost

immediately. May says: “ With regard to the one dark

cocoon, it may have been splashed on pulling old stalks

out of the water-bottle.”

Dewitz believes that there is a “chromogene”’ in the

silk of S. carpini, which under the influence of the oxygen

of the air and an alkaline fluid becomes brown.

Comparing these results with my experiments on the

Philosamia hybrid (p. 56), I am inclined to think that

water per se can produce the change of colour in the

completed silk.

Dewitz states that some hours after the last drop of frass

has been expelled, a second, colourless intestinal excretion

takes place in S. carpini, and that it is this that produces

408 Mrs. Onéra A. Merritt Hawkes on the Factors which

the brown colour. Dewitz and Bateson are in agreement

as to an intestinal liquid producing the brown colour, but

Bateson does not state that he distinguished between a

first and a second ejection. Péligot, in one of the earliest

papers on Bombyx morz, writes that the frass is first deposited,

and sometime later a drop of clear alkaline liquid con-

taining bicarbonate of potassium, and then “it (the larva)

moves away and finds a place in which to spin.” The

second deposit in Bombyzx differed from that of S. carpini

in that it is deposited before the cocoon is spun, in which

case it is difficult to see how it can have any subsequent

influence on the silk.

Dewitz repudiates the statement of Levrat and Conte,

that an intestinal fluid colours white silk by means of a

foreign matter added to the outside of the silk fibres.

Dr. A. D. Imms kindly sent me two white cocoons of

Clisiocampa neustria, which became yellow when placed in

a damp box.

3. RESULTS OF THE ABOVE EXPERIMENTS.

So few attempts have been made to discover the ulti-

mate cause of changes in cocoon colour, that the subject

is almost untouched ground. The causes suggested for

producing white cocoons may, pro temp., be tabulated as

follows. Each division is followed by the names of the

moths of which we have any knowledge and the name of

the observer.

I. The absence of an intestinal fluid (7. e. either an

excretion from the intestine, or the secretion of the

Malphigian tubules).

Saturnia carpini, Dewitz.

Poecilocampa populi, Tutt.

Hemaris fuciformis, Tutt.

Leucoma salicis, Tutt.

Eriogaster lanestris, Bateson.

II. A comparatively dry environment.

Plusia moneta, Merritt Hawkes.

Halias prasinana, Poulton (see p. 406 above).

Clisiocampa neustria, Merritt Hawkes.

III. A lack of foreign particles which are normally woven

into the cocoon.

Hemerophila abruptaria, Poulton.

Chelonia caia, Tutt.

determine the Cocoon Colour of Plusia moneta. 409

IV. A reduction of a yellow colour which is at first present.

Clisiocampa castrensis, Tutt.

C. neustria, Tutt.

This list by no means includes all the British moths which

produce occasional white cocoons.

4. MENDELISM AND Cocoon CoLour.

Kellogg in America and Toyama and his students in

Japan have made a great number of breeding experiments

with Bombyx mori, in order to study the inheritance of

cocoon colour, but their results are not uniform, apparently

because they dealt with different races. No such experi-

ments have yet been undertaken with any British moths.

It is clear from the above observations that in the future

all work done on cocoon colour, whether in studying heredity

or environment, must take cognisance of the possible effect

of moisture. In order to obtain reliable results, all

cocoons must have strictly the same environment, not

only as regards heat and light, but also as regards moisture.

The lack of recognition of the response of cocoon colour to

very small differences in moisture, has materially reduced

the value of much work already done.

5. CONCLUSIONS.

1. Except as regards the addition of foreign particles,

our knowledge of the causes of the change from white to

brown or yellow silk is very superficial, and can only be

made complete by a biological and chemical study of silk,

both as a dead and a living product.

2. Even this superficial knowledge has yet to be extended

to a considerable number of British species, and some

experiments should be repeated, viz. those on Satwrnia

carpini.

3. Further investigation will probably co-ordinate the

effect upon white silk of intestinal fluids and atmospheric

moisture.

I wish to thank Dr. A. D. Imms, of the Department of

Agricultural Entomology of Manchester University, for

giving me the opportunity of consulting the scattered

literature cited in this paper.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL’17) EE

410 Mrs. Onéra A. Merritt Hawkes on the Factors which

LITERATURE.

Anprews, H. W. 1896. The Larva of Plusia moneta.

Entom. Rec., Vol. VIII, p. 186.

Barrett, C. G. 1900. Lepidoptera of the British Isles.

London, Vol. VI, p. 102.

Bateson, WintiAM. 1892. Onthe Variation in the Colour

of Cocoons of Hriogaster lanestris and Saturnia carpini.

Trans. Ent. Soc. London, Part I, pp. 45-52; Part III,

pp. 205-214.

Biro, J. E. 1903. Yellow Colouring of Cocoons of

Plusia moneta; result of moisture. The Entomologist,

XXXV, pp. 188, 242. Also discussion of the same

subject by R. 8. Smallman, pp. 217, 220 and 290, and

A. Robinson, p. 242.

Bowtes, EK. A. 1896. Plusia moneta at Ascot .. ., with

some observations on its pupa and the colour of its

cocoon. Entom. Rec., Vol. VIII, p. 185.

Crampton, H. E. 1904. Experimental and Statistical

Studies upon Lepidoptera. I. Variation and Elimina-

tion in Philosamia cynthia. Biometrica, III, pp. 113-

130.

Dewirz, I. 1911. A. Ueber die entstehung der Farbe

gewisser schmetterlings kokons. Archiv. Entwick.

Mechanik, Leipsig, Bd. 31, pp. 617-636.

—. 1911. B. Recherches phys. sur la couleur des cocoons

de certains Lepidoptéres. Congress Int. Entom.

Mem. Bruxelles, I, pp. 133-136.

Hawkes, O. A. Merritt. 1916. The Effect of Moisture

upon the Silk of the Hybrid Philosamia (Altacus)

ricint, Bois. § xX Philosanna cynthia, Drury 2. Journ.

Exp. Zool., Vol. 21, No. 1, July, pp. 51-60.

Lrevrat, D., and Contr, A. 1902. Sur l’Origine de la

Coloration naturelle de Soie de Lepidoptera. Le

Naturaliste, 24 Ann., pp. 260-261.

May, H. H. 1896. Variations in Colour of Cocoons of

Saturnia pavona. Note read by Author at a meeting

of the City of London Entom. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,

held Jan. 21, 1896. Reported in Entom. Rec., Vol.

VII, 1896, pp. 238-239.

NicHouson, C. 1912-13. Plusia moneta, Treit, in Britain.

Trans. City of London Entom. and Nat. Hist. Soc.,

pp. 49-52.

determine the Cocoon Colour of Plusia moneta. 411

Piiticot, E. M. 1833. Etudes Chimiques et Physiolo-

giques sur les vers & sole. Deux memoires. Paris,

Bouchard-Huzard, 1833, 8°; also Compt. Rend. Acad.

Sc. Paris, 1815, T. 33, pp. 490-495; also Revue Zoo. et

Magas., 1851, T. 3, pp. 538-540.

——. 1852. Memoir on Silk-worms, chemically and

physiologically considered, and other notices on Silk-

worms. Translated in Gardener’s Chronicle, 1852,

No. 31, p. 484; No. 32, p. 500.

Poutton, E. B. 1887-92. A. A Note in Proc. Entom.

Soc. London, 1887, pp. ], li.

——. B. An Inquiry into the Cause and Extent of a

special Colour Relation between certain exposed Lepi-

dopterous Pupae and the surfaces which immediately

surround them. Proc. Royal Soc., 1887, Vol. XLII,

pp. 94-108.

——. OC. Further Experiments upon the Colour Relation

between certain Lepidopterous Larvae, Pupae, Cocoons

and Imagines and their surroundings. Trans. Ent.

Soc. London, 1892, Part IV, pp. 293-487, but esp.

pp. 446 and 317, Pl. XIV and XV.

Reraumour, R. A.‘F. de. 1734-42. Mémoires pour servir

a Vhistoire naturelle et a l’anatomie des Insectes.

Paris. Six vols. in 4°.

Tort, J.W. 1905-14. A. British Lepidoptera. London.

Five vols.

—. 1891-92. B. British Noctuae and their Varieties.

London. Four vols.

Wess, SypDNEY. 1896. The Colour of the Cocoon of

Plusia moneta, with a description of the larval habits.

Entom. Rec., Vol. VIII, pp. 185-186.

Winsrer, Harotp EH. 1904. Notes on Plusia moneta.

Entom. Rec., Vol. XVI, pp. 132-133.

XXIII. On a collection of Heliconine forms from French

Guiana. By J. J. Joicry, F.E.S., and W. J.

Kaye, F.E.S.

[Read November Ist, 1916.]

Pirates CVII, CVIII.

Tue following account is concerning a collection made

during the months July, August and September, 1915,

between the places St. Jean and St. Laurent on the Maroni

river in French Guiana. The distance between the two

places is about twelve miles or rather less, and the distance

of St. Laurent (the nearer place) from the coast is about

twenty miles. The collection, which contained numbers of

specimens of other families, was, however, chiefly remark-

able for the vast number and variety of forms of Heliconius

melpomene and Heliconius erato. A few other species of

Heliconius were obtained, but only a very few specimens of

each. The other species were Heliconius egeria, H. numata,

H. silvana, H. xanthocles, H. antiochus, H. burney, H. doris,

H. aoede, H. sara, and H. wallacei. The whole collection

was not undertaken for a special scientific diagnosis, and

in classifying the material of Heliconius melpomene it is

necessary to state that a number of typical melpomene *

were rejected by the collectors. It has been estimated that

something like a further 25 + typical melpomene could have

been taken during the three months. As it is, there are

731 specimens, which show a most wonderful range of

variation. Many forms are new, and others graduate

completely into these as well as to all the other known

forms that have ever come from French Guiana. The

following described forms are all contained in the series—

melpomene, Linn., atrosecta, Riff., lucia, Cram., lucinda,

Riff., melpomenides, Riff., funebris, Moesch., cybele, Cram.,

hippolyte, Bates, tyche, Bates, thelxiope, Hiibn., thelxiopeva,

Ster., faustina, Ster., eulalia, Riff., deinia, Moésch., mela-

nuppe, Riff.

* Including some identically coloured forms of the companion

species erato.

+ Very uncertain, but probably not more.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PaRTs III, Iv. (APRIL 717)

=” ° *

J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on Heliconine forms. 413

In order to arrive at some scheme for classifying this

large amount of material, we have primarily divided up the

forms into those with a black hind-wing, or the true

melpomene type (125 specimens); those with a red basal

streak to the hind-wing, or the cybele type (420 specimens) ;

and those with the basal streak and cross streaks, or the

thelaiope type (186 specimens).

As there are already so many named forms of Heliconius

melpomene, it may be questioned by some as to the value

of naming still more forms. But this can be decided

satisfactorily if one applies the question: Are the forms

recurrent, well marked, and perhaps of subspecific rank 2

If so, we maintain they should be named. Of the forms

which we figure on Plate CVIT, numbers 1,4,5,6 are certainly

terminal developments and well worthy of names. If one

accepts the three principal divisions or subspecies based

on the colouring of the hind-wing, viz. black hind-wing, .

melpomeme melpomene; black basal streak, melpomene

cybele; and black basal streak with flame streaks, mel-

pomene thelxiope, it follows that for each named form (by

fore-wing) of one, there are probably parallel forms in the

other two hind-wing divisions. Thus melpomenides, with

a black hind-wing, has its parallel in dianides, with the

hind-wing red basal streak, and in hippolyte with the fully

streaked hind-wing. Although, perhaps, every parallel

form to other aberrations has not yet been described or

detected, it is more or less certain to occur, and should,

therefore, be described when found. The form eltringhami,

which we have described later, is treated as a new sub-

species, and while of extraordinary interest as having

occurred in the Guiana region, it is no doubt extremely

rare in that country and little more than a rare chance

aberration. But in some locality further south it is likely

that the type is more fixed, as in Hast Bolivia and South

Brazil a yellow-banded hind-wing form of melpomene is

the usual type.

Appended are descriptions of three new forms in the

section, with black hind-wing.

Heliconius melpomene melpomene ab. collis, nov.

(Plate CVII, fig. 3.)

Fore-wing black with a red band of half the width of typical

melpomene and similar to melpomenides. It is edged on its inner

414 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

edge as far as vein 4 with yellow. A yellow spot is also on the

inner edge of the band between veins 2 and 3. A large conspicuous

squarish yellow patch within the cell just beyond the middle.

Hind-wing black as in typical melpomene.

Habitat. Frencu Gurana, Nouveau Chantier.

Type in coll. Joicey.

This form is figured in Seitz under the name of lucia,

Cram., but Cramer’s figure shows a different form with a

broader red band, and without yellow on the inner edge

except for a little spot near costa. There is also a curious

small yellow mark at the base of the fore-wing in Cramer’s

figure, which is a characteristic of true lucia. This short

yellow streak is doubtless the residuum of the red basal

streak present in all cybele forms. Seitz probably copied

the error of identification of lucia from Riffarth, who was

evidently unacquainted with Cramer’s figures on Pl. 350.

Heliconius melpomene melpomene ab. primus, nov.

(Plate CVI, fig. 1.)

Fore-wing like melpomene, except for a conspicuous trapezoidal

yellow blotch in the cell slightly beyond the middle, and contiguous

with the inner margin of the red transverse band, which is almost

the same as in typical melpomene.

Habitat. Frencu Guiana, St. Jean de Maroni.

Type in coll. Joicey.

This fine form is reminiscent of the Bolivian aberrational

form aphrodyte, except that primus has the red and yellow

sharply defined, while in aphrodyte the colours coalesce.

In primus also the red band is considerably wider.

Heliconius melpomene melpomene ab. melpina, nov.

Fore-wing black, with a group of yellow spots arranged as in

thelxiope, edged externally with a narrow red band from costa to

vein 3. Hind-wing black.

Habitat. Frencu Gutana, St. Laurent.

Type in coll. Joicey.

This form is the equivalent of faustina, but with a black

hind-wing.

Of the 125 specimens with a totally black hind-wing

there is a complete transition between melpomene and

a collection of Heliconine forms from French Guiana 415

melanippe, the latter a rare form in which only the yellow

thelxiope group of spots remains on the fore-wing. It is

figured by Oberthiir (Etudes d’Ent., xxi, Pl. 5, fig. 58).

Of melpomenides (figured by Oberthiir, loc. cit., Pl. 4, fig. 46

and PI. 5, fig. 50) there are eighteen specimens, and barely

half the number of true melpomene, viz. eight. Of primus

which we figure (PI. CVII, fig. 1) there are only two speci-

mens, with some seven intermediates graduating to typical

melpomene. Of lucinda there are also only two specimens

that are typical, but there are some eighteen intermediate

forms to lucia. Of collis which we figure (PI. CVI, fig. 3)

there are but three typical forms with the intermediate

specimens to melanippe. The whole can be grasped better

in tabulated form.

Section A (specimens of melpomene with a wholly

black hind-wing—125) :—

melpomene, Linn.

intermediates

primus, J. and K.

intermediates

atrosecta, Riff.

intermediates

melpomenides, Riff.

intermediates

lucinda, Riff.

intermediates

lucia, Cram.

intermediates

collis, J. and K.

intermediates

melpina, J. and K.

melanippe, Riff.

— e Ee | |

et OO WO = CO or bo ~1 CO

_—

Total of forms with a wholly black hind-wing

Section B (hind-wing with red basal streak).—Of the

forms with a short red basal streak to the hind-wing there

are 420 specimens. These have the streak of variable

size, some showing a suffusion over the lower and outer

half with black scaling. But the hind-wing red markings

are discussed later. The 420 specimens in this section

divide up mainly into three principal groups—(1) The

diana, dianides group; (2) the deinia, faustina group;

(3) the cybele group. These contain the following numbers

of examples each—(1) 89, (2) 79, (3) 51. Both diana

416 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

and cybele are the most fixed and definite races of this

section, the former giving fifty-five nearly typical examples,

and the latter fifty-one examples. Of funebris, of which

there are only four completely typical examples without

any trace of markings beyond the red basal area to the fore-

and hind-wing, there are interesting examples showing

that funebris is an extreme development of both cybele

and diana. Of the new forms negroida, maris, elegantula,

faustalia and dianides, the last is doubtless well known

but hitherto undescribed, but the remaining four, we think,

have probably never been seen before. Hlegantula is at

once a development out of lucinda, and faustalia a develop-

ment of eulalia. Negroida is a striking aberration, and

quite unlike any already described form. It must be

looked upon as a parallel development to deinia, but

suffused heavily with black. Maris is a perfectly natural

advance on lucia as figured by Cramer (vol. iv, Pl. 350,

fig. EK), being simply the addition of the red base to fore-

and hind-wing. We are surprised that no intermediate

forms are available, showing either a red fore-wing base

only or a red hind-wing base only. The two red areas

are always present together, and this is the only

phase of variation where connecting forms are not to be

found.

Unquestionably the most interesting form is the one we

name eltringhami in honour of Dr. Eltringham, who has

recently advanced our knowledge of the genus Heliconius

by his researches. This form, of which we have but one

specimen, is connected by two other forms to a more or

less typical deinia. One of these specimens is a deinia

form, but with the hind-wing basal stripe half red and half

yellow, the outer half being yellow. In the other specimen,

which is of the cybele type with the yellow spotting very

much reduced, only just the tip of the transverse red streak

is yellow.

The aberrations which we herein describe appear to be

terminal developments in different directions, and as such

should be named, because it is possible and quite likely

that in certain localities these may have become races

of at least subspecific rank. In every instance except

eltringhami there are two or more identical specimens,

thus proving that these forms are recurrent, and there

are series of graduating specimens leading up to these

types.

a collection of Heliconine forms from French Guiana. 417

Heliconius melpomene cybele ab. elegantula, nov.

Fore-wing black with the base red, and extending nearly half-

way across the cell. A broad red band from costa to near tornus,

edged broadly internally with yellow as far as vein 2. Some suf-

fused yellowish scales extending inwards across the cell. Hind-wing

black with a red basal streak.

Halitat. FRENcH Gutana, St. Jean de Maroni.

Type in coll. Joicey.

This form is analogous to lucinda, and may be described

as a lucinda with a red basal area to both’ fore-wing and

hind-wing.

Heliconius melpomene cybele ab. faustalia, nov.

Fore-wing black with the base red, extending half-way across

the cell. A large yellow patch surrounding the crescent-shaped

black discoidal spot, similar to H. melpomene penelope. On the

outer margin of the patch between the costa and vein 3 is a broad

edging of red. Hind-wing black with a red basal streak.

Habitat. FreNcH Guiana, St. Jean de Maroni.

Type in coll. Joicey.

This rare form, of which there is but a single * specimen,

is a red-edged eulalia, Riff., also a rare form. The solid

yellow fore-wing patch, such as is found in the common

Bolivian form penelope, appears to be very rare in French

Guiana, but with the intermediates it is clearly only a

closing up of the open patch of cybele.

Heliconius meJpomene cybele ab. dianides, nov.

(Plate CVII, fig. 7.)

Fore-wing black, with a very narrow red transverse band wholly

outside the cell. The base red. A small yellow mark on the inner

edge of the red band just below costa. Hind-wing black with red

basal streak.

Habitat. Frencu Gutana, St. Jean de Maroni.

Type in coll. Joicey.

This form is equal to a melpomenides, with the addition

of red base to fore- and hind-wing.

Every gradation occurs between diana and dianides.

* A second specimen of this form was already in the Hill

Museum.

418 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

Of the fifty-five forms placed under the former, some

thirteen show a slight reduction of the band, but still classed

as diana, while a further seventeen are wholly intermediate

between dianides and diana.

Heliconius melpomene cybele ab. maris, nov.

(Plate CVII, fig. 4.)

Fore-wing like diana, Riff., with a broad transverse band like

melpomene and a red basal patch. Within the cell is a well-defined

yellow squarish spot. Hind-wing black with red basal streak.

Habitat. FReENcH GuIANA, St. Jean de Maroni.

Type in coll. Joicey.

Except for the red base to fore- and hind-wing, this form

is similar to primus.

Four specimens have a clear yellow spot of varying size,

without any dark suffusion. Fourteen show more or less

black suffusion, and nine have only a rudimentary yellowish

mark within the cell.

Heliconius melpomene eybele ab. negroida, nov.

(Plate CVII, fig. 2.)

Fore-wing red at base, with a prominent wedge of black pointing

to base and occupying more than half the cell. Beyond the cell

is a half band of long yellow spots heavily suffused with black

from costa to vein 4; externally this half band is edged with red

of the same colour as the base. Between veins 3 and 4 is patch of

yellowish scales mixed with black and edged with a small mark of

red. Hind-wing black, with a red streak at base considerably

suffused with black scaling.

Habitat. Frencu Guiana, St. Jean de Maroni.

Type in coll. Joicey.

Heliconius melpomene eltringhami, nov.

(Plate CVII, fig. 6.)

Fore-wing with the basal area black, but with a very short in-

conspicuous yellowish streak. A red transverse band almost as

wide and of similar pattern as in typical melpomene. Lying wholly

within the cell is a large squarish yellow blotch, which is contiguous

with the red transverse band only at vein 2; above it is separated

by the dark ground-colour; on the costa is a small yellow mark

on edge of transverse red band. Hind-wing black, with the base

a collection of Heliconine forms from French Guiana. 419

black except for a few stray yellow scales as far as vein 2; beyond

as far as vein 7 is a yellow band considerably suffused with black

scaling on the portion within the cell, and with the veins showing

plainly black scaled.

Habitat. Frencu Gurana, St. Laurent de Maroni.

Type in coll. Joicey.

This specimen, apart from its strange colouring, has a

peculiar aspect in the apical third of the wing. It there

has a whitish appearance, caused by a regular and sym-

metrical loss of scales. We have not had this shown in

the figure, for it is most probable that when the insect

was fresh, no such loss of scales was to be detected. The

specimen is far from fresh, and we have thought it best to

figure it as normally scaled.

TABLE OF ForMS witH A Rep BASAL STREAK TO

HIND-WING.

(Numbers in brackets are intermediate forms, and their positions

show the types which they unite.)

ab. diana, Riff. 55

(17)

ab. dianides, J.and K. 17

(23

ab. negroida, J. and K. 5

ab. funebris, Moesch. 1

(23)

ab. maris, J. and K. 3

)

ab. funebris, Moesch. 1

(12)

ab. elegantula, J. and K. 2 (13) ab. deinia, Moesch. 24

(24)

ab. faustina, Stgr. 31

(33)

ab. faustalia, | 1 ab. eulalia, Riff. 2 ab. cybele, Cram. 51

J.and K. f (45)

ab. funebris, Moesch. 2

il ab 44+13 a 212 AF 190

420

VARIATION OF THE HIND-WING.

It has already been shown how the forms divide up

primarily into three sections: (1) A black hind-wing,

125 examples; (2) a red streak at base, 420 examples;

(3) a completely streaked hind-wing, 186 examples; thus

420 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

the intermediate forms with only a red streak at base far

outnumber the forms in (1) and (3) together. Whether

the fully streaked form or whether the plain black hind-

wing was the earlier it is difficult to say. But from the

greater general distribution of non-streaked forms to

streaked forms, it would appear that the totally streaked

form was the later development.

The first step in the development of colour to the hind-

wing is a small red spot at the base, below the median vein.

This is only present in a single example, a specimen (of the

melpomenides type), Pl. CVIII, fig. 1. The next stage of

development is curious, and suggests that progressive

development might be working in an opposite direction,

and that the red basal area might be tending to becoming

reduced. The red basal spot is surrounded with black,

and red appears again below it as a narrow belt. This

black dividing the red basal spot from the remainder of

the red streak is very persistent and appears in all stages

of development of the red streak, but is hardly discernible

in the fully developed basal streak, and then only rarely.

From the short basal streak the development is outwards

into the cell, but suffused with black scaling over the outer

half, the suffusion always appearing diagonally across the

red in the cell. A stage later is a sharply cut diagonally

red basal streak, and in the majority of cybele speci-

mens we see the fullest development of the streak where

it is still slightly cut diagonally, but more often has

its lower edge horizontal and at right angles with the

abdomen.

An interesting phenomenon is that the red basal area

of the fore-wing is practically an invariable accompaniment

to the short red basal streak to the hind-wing. From the

evidence of those specimens that show a single red spot

at the base of the hind-wing, and at the same time no red

on the base of the fore-wing, it appears reasonable to sup-

pose that the red of the base of the hind-wing was ante-

cedent to the red basal area of the fore-wing. But from

the very constant appearance of both simultaneously, it is

probable that the red base of the fore-wing was a nearly

contemporary development to the red base of the hind-

wing. In this connection it is interesting to recall the

Ecuadorean form of melpomene named contiguus, in which

the flame-streaks of the hind-wing are present alone,

without the red basal area of fore-wing or red basal streak

a collection of Heliconine forms from French Guiana. 421

of hind-wing. This form is most likely a later development

to the thelxiope full streaking, the red basal area of fore-

and hind-wing being suppressed. This is a likely explana-

tion, as it is to be seen that in this, as im all streaked

forms, on the underside the flame-pattern is very greatly

reduced; this also lending support to the theory advanced

already, that the long slender streaks are a subsequent

development to the wide streaks. But material from Hast

Keuador is not plentiful enough in collections to at present

decide, and a large collection, such as we have examined

from Cayenne, is much to be desired.

A quite different phase of variation of the hind-wing is

a change from a red band to a yellow band. This is a

very rare form of variation in French Guiana, and only

three specimens show this transition. One has the red

transverse band just tipped with suffused yellowish at the

apex. The second specimen is nearly half red and half

yellow, the outer yellowish half being suffused with blackish,

while the inner red half shows a trace of yellow. The last

specimen has a wholly yellow band, but still suffused with

some dark scaling about the middle. At the base the band

is completely obliterated with the ground-colour.

SUMMARY OF FORMS TOWARDS A RED HIND-WING BASAL

STREAK.

| |

as z Small broken | op 3+-. | Longer streak

Saha red basal | we posal suffused | Entire streak.

SDOt: area. sireas outwardly. |

= | |

1 4 iy | ut es |e eal

| |

420

Section C (forms with basal streak and flame streaks).—

The next stage of development from the red basal streak

is the appearance of either long, very narrow streaks, or

of a row of suffused spots. It is possible that the very

narrow, almost linear streaking, is a subsequent phase to

the full nail-headed streaking. It is clear that development

from a row of spots is the more usual, but perhaps not the

only method. Specimens show every gradation, from a

faint indication of spots to larger and better-defined spots,

then to short tapering streaks, and finally to the full-length

streaking as is seen in thelaxiope.

422 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

There are no examples showing very short linear streaks

or specimens showing linear spots. As is usually the cas:

with Guiana forms of thelxiope, a large percentage shov

an imperfectly developed and modified streaking to th

hind-wing, the streaks not being heavily nail-headed bu

slender. No less than 107 specimens (of various fore-wing

types) show less than the full-width streaking of thelavope,

Of fully streaked examples, as in typical thelaiope, there

are no more than twenty-one specimens, and these are to

be found chiefly among the actual specimens of thelazope,

though two of the tyche type are about as heavily marked.

TABLE OF FORMS TOWARDS FULL thelxiope HIND-WING

STREAKING IRRESPECTIVE OF FORE-WING PATTERN.

| ie

| la es,

A row of Spots wedge- Spots become | se ee ueary: | Full streaks

| spots. shaped. short streaks. length. | like thelxiope.

gawd cla |

es | 13 Nae Ree 21

TABLE OF FORMS TOWARDS A REDUCED (LINEAR) STREAKING.

See Pl. CVIII, figs. la, 2a, 3a.

Short linear streaks. Long linear streaks.

6 101 |

107

Total 79 + 107 = 186

Appended are descriptions of four new forms with

“ thelxiope”’ hind-wing streaking.

Heliconius melpomene thelxiope ab. punctarius, J. and K., nov.

(Plate CVII, fig. 5.)

Fore-wing like maris, with the base red, and with a rather

narrow transverse red band. Within the cell, just beyond the

middle, is a large triangular clear yellow blotch having its base

attached to the costal vein; the outer side just touching the trans-

verse band, and the inner edge is bordered with heavy black. Hind-

a collection of Heliconine forms from French Guiana. 423

wing like thelxiope, with a red basal streak and six large radiating

streaks.

Habitat. Frencu Gutana, St. Jean de Maroni.

Type in coll. Joicey.

There are three specimens more or less approaching this

type, showing the yellow spot considerably suffused.

A further three specimens show both the yellow spot

and the transverse red band much suffused and reduced in

size.

Heliconius melpomene thelxiope ab. lucindella, J. and K., nov.

Fore-wing black, with the base red, deeply divided with black

within the cell and just above inner margin. <A transverse curved

narrow red band beyond the cell from costa, similar to melpomenides

and deeply edged with yellow from vein 6 to vein 2. Hind-wing

like thelxiope, with fine pointed streaks and a basal streak.

Habitat. FreEncH Gurana, St. Jean de Maroni.

Type in coll. Joicey.

This form is like a lucia, Cram., but with a thelaiope

hind-wing.

Heliconius melpomene thelxiope ab. majestica, J. and K., nov.

Fore-wing black, with a narrow red post-median band like melpo-

menides, internally edged from vein 4 to costa with yellow, and a

large yellow spot between veins 2 and 3 on the inside of the red

band. A large irregular squarish yellow spot within the cell. Hind-

wing with a basal red streak and five heavy flame streaks. The

fore-wing is like melpomene collis, and the hind-wing like thelxiope.

Habitat. Frencu Guiana, Nouvean Chantier.

Type in coll. Joicey.

Heliconius melpomene thelxiope ab. stygianus, J. and K., nov.

Fore-wing entirely black except for red basal area. Hind-wing

black with red basal streak and slender flame streaks.

Habitat. Frencu Guiana, St. Jean.

Type in coll. Joicey.

This form is analogous to fwnebris, Moesch, in which

there is only the red base to fore- and hind-wing.

424

Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

TABLE OF FoRMS witH BASAL STREAK AND VARIABLE

FLAME STREAKS TO HIND-WING.

(Numbers in brackets are intermediate forms, and their position

show the types which they unite.)

Ménét

ab. punctarius, J. and K.1 ab. tyche, Bates 1

(18)

ab. lucindella, J. and K. 1 ab. hippolyte, Bates 2

(19)

ab. majestica, J.and K. 3

(25)

ab. age ab. rufolimbata Butl. 1 ab. augusta, Riff. 16

(7)

ab. thelaiope, Hiib. 7

(23)

ab. thelxiopeia, Stgr. 23

(16)

ab. aglaopeia, Stgr. 6

(15)

ab. stygianus, J.and K. 2

1 3 -|- 122 + 60

Total 186

KEY SHOWING THE SAME VARIATION OF FORE-WING IN THE

THREE PHASES OF THE HIND-WING.

Black hind-wing.

Hind-wing with basal streak.

melpomene

primus

melpomenides

lucinda

lucia \

collis J

melpina

melpanippe

diana

maris

dianides

elegantula

deinia

negroida

faustina \

karschi f

cybele

eulalia

JSaustalia

Junebris

Hind-wing with red basal

and flame streaks.

tyche

hippolyte

lucindella

majestica

augusta

thelxiope

vicinus

aglaopeia

styguanus

punctarius

negroidens *

thelxiopeia

rufolimbata

* ab. negroidens, nov. J. and K., forewing as in negroida, hind-

wing as in dhelaiope.

Trans Fnt. Soc, Lond.,1976,P1U. CVI

NEW RUEIDES AND FORMS OF HEL. MELPOMENE.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE CVII.

Hind-wings of Heliconius melpomene forms.

Development of thelxiope hind-wing pattern from a_ black

melpomene hind-wing (1-12).

Development of thelxiope hind-wing to thelaiopeia-pattern hind-

wing (la—Ic).

la. Hind-wing of H. thelxiope, 3.

1b. A ,», majestica, 2, near.

lic: x » augusta, 2.

12. 3 5, majestica, 3.

lie * 5, agaopera, 3.

10. re ,. thelxiope, 3, near.

9 “ , ab., go, cybele-funebris, fore-wing.

8. 33 , augusta, 3, near.

a “7 » dugusta, 3, near.

6. 3 ,, cybele, 2, near.

3 3s ,» cybele, 3.

4. “ ., faustina, &.

3. ey , faustina, 3.

2 # » diana, g.

] ; , melpomenides, 3.

EXPLANATION OF Piate CVIIL.

1. Heliconius melpomene melpomene, ab. primus.

2. s A cybele, ab. negroida.

3. 5 i. melpomene, ab. collis. |

4, © Es cybele, ab. maris. |

5. 5p = thelxiope, ab. punctarius. |

6. “ 2 eltringhami. |

7. a “ cybele, ab. dianides. |

8. Eueides egeriformis. |

9. 5: 3 hind-wing underside.

Trans Eint.S oc,Lond,.,1916,PU.CVIM

HIND WING DEVELOPMENT OF HEL.MELPOMENE

_— Lee,

eee...

eve

Ae, ard vi 3)

eae ee

Siealy (ult Mu

eye Lil

$ j at Vil con,

; “et hlie bs Fr f + eee? Ti ben!

4 4 . ' yee .% AS ro or

a b

~ f i VLU i

(360.0 guneeeoresiey i” ,

i ein a |

gourd * J Bae pe

hs, i Ss aie aa

ee ie re se a ay ao hogan bi sha

Tee ea dag Vv . . is" ; _ ee pee ‘ea @

a) | i eo : : ee ih ers rvitts a

¢ Cael -

: ; bain \\ rn

; | ( fo ty Pit nt ene

a c : La ah r Bigeye? aon i” ;

: al pay eek} may ial. 4 a

* atts 4

4 5 =

- ty By ' j tang i ‘ rT abe ie 7

P, A me ¥

- « ut i raweeh ie. .=

é ed 7 4

7 Wat ib

he er : Len Ay aets oe

. ' } f Ty it iL Te brani! AG J ls

' five Ave Satin 7!

° Aa “fyi! sti

Pay ‘ My ?

le aa

a collection of Heliconine forms from French Guiana, 425

H. silvana; there are a pair of this species, rather heavily

marked with black, but otherwise typical.

H. numata, Cram.; the material in this species is curiously

limited to six specimens, but they are of great interest.

One is nearly typical nwmata; two are ab. melanops, Riff. ;

one is ab. mavors, and two are of an undescribed uni-

colorous form, analogous to mavors but with a heavy

undivided black hind-wing like melanops. For this

interesting form we propose the name melanopors, nov.

The occurrence of these unicolorous forms in Cayenne is

exceedingly interesting, and makes one wonder if there is

any possibility of the Peruvian aristiona, in its varying

phases, being a form only of nwmata.

HELICONINE SPECIES IN THE COLLECTION OF Group II.

Of the remainder of the Heliconius in the collection

there are the following :—

Heliconius egeria egeria, Cram., five fine perfectly typical

examples.

H. xanthocles vala, Ster.; six specimens, all 9, as is so

frequently the case in all the races of this species. One of

these specimens is remarkable on the underside. It has

all the red streaks greatly widened, and almost touching

the veins alone separating them. At the margins of the

rays there is a considerable amount of black suffusion,

giving the streaks the appearance of feathers. Above, the

specimen is normal, except for a pale whitish area just

below the median within the red area.

H. antiochus alba, Riff.; nine specimens, all somewhat

intermediate between alba and typical antiochus, but

certainly nearer alba.

H. doris; nine specimens. Six of the delila form; one

a delila but heavily suffused with black, and two of the

amathusia type, being really of the metharmina type with

three in one case, or four red streaks running through.

H. aoede aoede; one small male specimen with rather

slender hind-wing streaking. In view of the large number

of melpomene forms with slender hind-wing streaking, it

must be presumed that the influence extends to H. aoede,

which is very much scarcer, and that it is, therefore, a

mimic of H. melpomene thelxiopeia.

In comparison with the very large number of melpomene

specimens the number of erato forms is small, being only

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1916.—PARTS III, IV. (APRIL’17) FF

426 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

155 against 731 melpomene. Usually individuals of erato

outnumber the individuals of melpomene; and even in

British Guiana Melpomeniformes are much rarer than

Eratoformes, while in some districts, such as in the Potaro

district in Central British Guiana, Melpomeniformes hardly

exist at all, while numbers of Eratoformes are to be

found. It is possible that where typical melpomene

occurs, such as in British Guiana, it is always in a

minority; while where it varies enormously it becomes

commoner.

Of erato magnifica, Riff., there is but one specimen, thus

closely following the paucity of typical melpomene speci-

mens, of which there are eight specimens only.

Of erato callista, Riff., there are two rather undersized

specimens.

Of erato callycopis there is a single pair as figured by

Cramer in the two forms Pl. 190, figs. E, F. Fig. Fis quoted

and re-figured by Seitz, Pl. 78¢, and thus fig. E should be

re-named, because it is a constantly recurring aberration.

We therefore propose the name belticopis for the form HE

(on Cramer’s Plate 190, Pap. Ex. i),

One other form with a black hind-wing is represented

by asingle specimen. Itisa form close to elimaea, Erichs.,

but has the transverse band less broken up into spots than

in typical elimaea. It is more like the above belticopis,

with a red basal area.

There are very few forms connecting the streaked

hind-wing to the plain black hind-wing. The most inter-

mediate forms are—(1) an andremona; and (2) an udalrica

form with very slight streaking. As with the melpomene

a large percentage of the Eratoformes show a slender

streaking, less in width than is found on the lower Amazon

about Santaren and Obydos.

There are no less than forty-four specimens of the andre-

mona form; these all have the typical open arrangement

of red spotting, and more than half (twenty-six) show a

rudimentary superimposed pattern of yellow on these

spots. Six show yellow scaling all over the “ thelaiope”

yellow-spotted area, while the remaining twenty graduate

down to the typical andremona. It is noticeable that

those specimens showing only a portion of the “ thelavope ”

over-spotting have scales which are usually white. The

commencement of the spotting seems to take place first in

the cell. Eight specimens show more or less a white super:

a collection of Heliconine forms from French Guiana. 427

imposed spot within the cell. Four specimens show white

scaling in the subapical patch, as well as in the cell. Four-

teen show a yellowish or whitish yellow overscaling, but

complete transition between the andremona colour and the

erato (= vesta) colour is only found in one specimen. In

this the whole of the red colouring of the fore-wing is

orange-red instead of rosy-red, while the andremona dis-

coidal group of spots is heavily overlaid with the erato

yellow colour. This form we propose to name protea,

nov. ab.

From protea to erato there is still a somewhat large

jump, but two specimens exhibit a curious retention of

a large red spot obliquely lying within the yellow blotch

at the end of the cell. In one of these specimens there is

in addition a curious red streak lymg immediately under

the median vein between veins 2 and 3. There are fifty-one

thoroughly typical erato (= vesta); two specimens have

a slight suffusion over the yellow spottmg, and three show

a transition to the form leda, Steger. Of this latter form

there are twenty specimens showing very little variation

inter se. The next stage is to oberthiiri, and of this striking

form there are four specimens, one of which shows traces

of a red patch just inside the cell, as was remarked on with

a specimen of ervato. There are six specimens of an un-

described form, which might be called the opposite of

oberthiirt. This form retains the outer subapical portion

of the group of yellow spots, while the inner portion is

suppressed. This form we call hemicycla, ab. nov. As a

collateral development out of erato there is a form which is

somewhat parallel to eulalia, Stgr., of melpomene. In this

new form the yellow spots of the fore-wing are much more

closed up than in typical eralo, so that there are only com-

paratively narrow bars of black separating the yellow

spots between veins 2-3, 3-4, and 4-5. This form we call

constricta, ab. nov. The specimen we make the type is

unique, but five other examples approach the type, and

can easily be separated from typical erato by an obvious

closing up of the spots.

In concluding our notes on erato it seems curious that

the form amalfreda (an erato without hind-wing streaks)

or other similar forms, should not have occurred, neither

any intermediate half-streaked forms of erato, seeing that

erato forms including oberthiirt, hemicycla and constricta

are collectively so numerous. The home of such forms as

428 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

amalfreda, cybelellus, tellus, etc., seems to be exclusively

the Lower Amazon. But among the andremona forms are

to be seen some interesting intermediate hind-wing forms,

thus tending to show that progressive development in both

fore- and hind-wing took place at the same time, for

andremona must be looked upon as wholly intermediate

between elimaea and erato (= vesta). In the streaking of

the hind-wing there are no specimens so half-streaked as

that figured by Oberthiir (Et. Ent., xxi, Pl. 1, fig. 9), in

which only the three basal streaks are present, and these

are even blackish suffused. Several specimens in the

present collection show four instead of five streaks; the

fifth streak, that between vein 4 and 5, clearly bemg the

latest to be developed. A specimen with fore-wings like

elimaea and hind-wing with four slender streaks has the

basal streak very weak, and in two other instances the

basal streak is seen to be also very weak. It is tolerably

clear that it was the two sub-basal streaks that were earliest

developed, for one can see by referring to Oberthiir’s plate

(loc. cit., figs. 4, 7) that where the first rudiments of streaks

are to be seen, it is at the roots of the two sub-basal streaks,

but not the basal streak.

In the specimens of andremona with an apparent over-

laying of white marks, it is to be seen under a powerful

lens that the white scales are in reality red scales that have

lost their colour and become semitransparent. If such a

specimen be held up to the light, the whole of the group

of markings round the discoidal cell is seen to be semi-

transparent. It is clear that the red scales lose their red

pigment prior to developing the yellow pigment, and it

may be taken probably as a general rule in Heliconines,

that where red is found replaced with yellow, the transition

stage is a white, or, as it appears when highly magnified,

a semi-transparent stage.

The mimetie resemblance of the series of erato to that

of melpomene is remarkable, and shows wonderfully close

parallelism. What is most striking is the similar darkening

of the fore-wing in both species. In erato the number of

darkened specimens is ten, and includes such forms or

transitional forms as oberthiiri and hemicycla. Four of these,

viz. three oberthiirs and one hemicycla, are extreme, but still

showing a good deal of suffused yellow. No form is so

completely darkened as is to be found among the melpomene

forms funebris or stygianus.

a collection of Heliconine forms from French Guiana. 429

Tabulated the forms compared show fore-wing darkening

as follows—

| Species. Numbers. Percentage of total. |

melpomene *35 + 27T 8:48

erato 10 6°45 |

With the hind-wing the preponderance of dark (all

black) forms is still greater with melpomene. In erato

there are only six such forms, while in melpomene there are

no less than 125 forms. Tabulated they appear thus—

: Numb ith

Species. bint hina wine! Percentage of total.

melpomene 125 17°53

erato 6 3°87

As is well known, erato never shows a short red basal

hind-wing streak, but in Cayenne the streaking is very

persistent, and it is interesting to compare the numbers

and percentages with “ thelaiope”’ streaked melpomene.

A Numbers with |

Species. streaked hind-wing. | Percentage of total.

melpomene 186 | 25°44

eralo 149 | 96-1

It is thus seen that with a streaked hind-wing the

influence exerted by erato is very great, and instead of

melpomene acting as model it is very decidedly in this

respect the mimic. Erato is even reinforced with sundry

other species of Group II Heliconines, such as H. xanthocles

vala (6), H. egeria egeria (5), H. doris (6), H. aoede aoede

(1), all of which have a streaked hind-wing.

* cybele hind-wing \ in all cases no suffused particoloured

{ thelxiope hind-wing J forms included.

430 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

TABLE OF Forms oF Hraro.

(Numbers in brackets indicate intermediate forms, and their

position show the forms they unite.)

ab. magnifica, Riff. 1

ab. callista, Riff. 2,

ab. belticopis, J. and K. 1

ab. callycopis, Cram. 1

ab. elimaea, Erichs. il

ab. udalrica, Cram. 3

(5)

ab. erythraea, Cram. 1

ab. andremona, Cram. 18

(25)

ab. protea, J. and K. 1

(2)

typ. erato, Linn. 54 (1) ab. constricta, J. and K. 5

ab. leda, Stgr. 10

(11)

ab. oberthiiri, Stgr. 3

ab. hemicycla, J.and K. 4

49 + 100 + 1 + 5

155

* Eueides egeriformis, nov. sp.

(Plate CVII, fig. 8.)

Fore-wing with basal third red, outer two-thirds black with

group of yellow blotches, consisting of three or four joined into a

band and running transversely across the wing beyond the cell;

a large blotch within the cell touching the subcostal and the median

veins. A single more or less egg-shaped blotch lying wholly apart

from the other yellow blotches, between veins 2 and 3.

Hind-wing with the basal half red, the outer half black. From

the red basal area are emitted a variable number of slender red

rays running between the veins.

Fore-wing below with a bread area of smooth glistening scales

extending up to the median.

Hind-wing below streaked with red like Heliconius estrella costa

streaked with yellow. Outer margin with a well-defined series of

white spots.

Head black with white points behind and below antennae. Eyes

ss Figured and described by Ch. Oberthiir, Lep. Comp. XI,

Pl. CDVI, fig. 3487, p. 87, while going through press.

tit eee

a collection of Heliconine forms from French Guiana. 431

with conspicuous white streaks behind. Palpi with Ist and 2nd

joints conspicuously white. Third joint black.

Exp. 64-76 mm.

Habitat. FReENcH Gutana, St. Jean.

This remarkable species is more Heliconiform than any

other known species. The antennae are decidedly longer

than is usual in Hueides species. The brand on the inner

margin of the fore-wing on the underside is shiny and

smooth-scaled as in Group I of Heliconius. But the streak-

ing on the underside of the hind-wing is like Group II. The

neuration of Heliconiuws and Hueides varies on parallel

lines, and no one character seems to be constant. In

Heliconius vein 5 is usually nearer 6 than 4, while in Huedes

it is usually nearer 4 than 6. In E£. egeriformis it is nearer

6 than 4, and thus like Heliconius. But the general

appearance is certainly Huezdes, while the mix up of

Heliconius characters of sections I and II makes it certain

that it is not a Heliconius.

EXPLANATION oF Piates CVII, CVIII.

[See Explanations facing the PLATES.]

( 432)

XXIV. Further notes on the “ Jurinean”’ Genera of Hymeno-

ptera, correcting errors and omissions in a paper

on that subject published in Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond. 1914, pp. 339-436. By the Rev. F. D.

Morice, M.A., and Jno. HartLEY DuRRANT.

[Read November Ist, 1916.]

The Chronology of Panzer’s Faunae Insectorum Germaniae.

On page 2 of Saunders’s valuable Index to Panzer’s

Fauna Ins. Germ. he tabulates the “ Dates of Publication

as given on the Index of each Jahrgang.” From this it

might perhaps be supposed—and we at first supposed

ourselves—that the actual date on which any particular

Figure in Panzer’s work first appeared would be that

printed on the Index of the “Jahrgang” in which it

was included. -But this is not so. The year mentioned

on the Title-page of each Index is that in which the Index

itself was published, and this was not issued until the

close of each completed “‘ Jahrgang”’ (7. e. annual series

of 12 “ Heften’’); whereas the “ Heften,” and the Plates

contained in them, were issued at intervals in the course

of the Jahrgang. For instance, the date given on the

Index of Jahrgang 8 (= Heften 85-96) is “1805.” But

we know that even the last of these Heften (viz. 96) had

already appeared by “ October Ist, 1804,” because on

that day Panzer published a Notice of his forthcoming

work, the “ Kritische Revision,’ and stated in it that

“8 complete Jahreingen of the Fauna containing Heften

1 to 96” had then been issued. Accordingly the true

“date” of any Heft in the Jahrgang dated 1805 cannot

be later than September 1804, and the earlier Heften in

it (e.g. Heft 85) may have appeared earlier yet, in 1803,

or even 1802 !—in fact, at any date not prior to that given

on the Index of the previous Jahrgang, viz. September 3rd,

1801. It seems probable that the successive Heften of

each Jahrgang were at first issued regularly, month by

month, but that subsequently, from one cause or another,

interruptions occurred to delay the issue of particular

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS ITI, IV. (APRIL ’17)

Morice and Durrant on “ Jurinean”’ Hymenoptera. 433

Heften, and that at last Panzer practically abandoned the

attempt to conduct his work as a regular Serial, and

simply published now and again a batch of Plates and

descriptions whenever he happened to have one ready.

In fact, during the last twenty years of his life (he died

in 1829) he seems to have only published two “ Heften ”’

= one-sixth of a single “ Jahrgang”’!

Through not realising these facts properly until the

greater part of our paper had been written and even set

up in type, we fell into several errors in calculating the

publication-dates of Figures in the Fauna Ins. Germ.

Some of these we were just able to correct in time, 7. e.

before our paper actually appeared, but others escaped us,

and these we hope to correct in the notes here following.

On page 341 of our paper we were guilty of another

mistake in the same connection. We stated there that

the coloured wrapper of each Heft bore “‘ the date of its

publication, and a list of the insects figured therein.”

It is true that such a list of insects is printed on each of

the coloured sheets which we supposed to be parts of the

wrapper. But apparently no dates were printed—at

least, we can find none—on any of these sheets, until

1829, when Herrich-Schiffer succeeded Panzer as editor.

In speaking of these “ dates,’ we were confounding the

(monthly ?) wrappers of the Heften with the (yearly) title-

pages and indices of the “ Jahrgang.” The following re-

statement of the facts is, we believe, correct. Twelve

times in each year (or nominal year) of publication, a

batch of plates and corresponding descriptions was issued

in a coloured wrapper, on which was printed a list of the

insects dealt with. When, by the appearance of these

12 Heften, the Jahrgang was considered to be completed,

the names already given on the wrappers were given

afresh, but so rearranged as to form a classified Index to

the whole issue of the completed Year; and this reorgan-

ised Index, with an accompanying Title-page (giving the

name of the entire work, the publisher’s name, the year

and place of publication and so forth) was no doubt in-

tended to be ultimately bound up into a Volume along

with the Plates and Descriptions indexed in it, these

having been already received at intervals in the past

year by the subscribers. A similar practice has often

been adopted by the Editors of scientific periodicals—

subscribers receiving, say, in January 1916 an index to

434 Rev. F. D. Morice and Mr. J. H. Durrant’s

the Volume whose last number appeared on or about

December Ist, 1915.

The citations of page-numbers in the notes which follow

refer to the pages in the Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. for 1914.

Pages 346 and 347. The chronology on these pages

requires some slight emendations :—

Page 346, par. (b). According to Mr. C. D. Sher-

born’s notes it would appear that Panzer did publish

certain Heften of the Fauna in 1800—viz. 73-80

(73 is the first Heft quoted as 1800; 80 was out by

1800; 81 is the last quoted by Walckenaer—Aug.

1802; 82 is the first Heft which quotes the year

1800).

Page 347, line 7. After “Ins. Germ.” insert “ viz.

Heften 81 to 85.”

Page 347, par. (d), lime 4. For “ (1805) ”’ read “in

the same year, viz. 1804.”

Page 347, par. (e), lime 1. For “ Next year (1806) ”’

read “ In 1806.”

Page 374 (7 lines from bottom of page). The Type of

Tenthredo rosae L. The insect ticketed ‘“‘vosae” in

Linné’s handwriting in his cabinet at Burlington House

is not, as we stated in error, the Athalia rosae of Authors,

but Athalia colibri Christ (= spinarum F.,= centifoliae

Pz.), 2.e. the well-known “Turnip Sawfly”’ of popular

Entomological literature. How this mistake crept into

our paper we do not know.

[My original note, written with the specimen before me

gives the name colibri correctly! F.D.M.]

Page 375, line 19. For “see Lamarck” read “ sec.

(i.e. secundum) “* Lamarck.”

Page 376, line 17. For “in September” read “ prob-

ably in July ” (Heft 82 was the tenth of the twelve com-

prised in the Jahrgang which is dated 1801, and which

seems to have been completed shortly before October in

that year).

Page 376, line 36. For “ July—Septr.” read “ July

(probably, v. swpra),” and in the preceding line for “ has

precedence over” read “‘ was probably an older name

than.”

Page 379 (9 lines from bottom of page). After “ re-

mark” insert “in Fauna Suecica.”

Page 384, lines 25-29. The statement that LF. troglodyta,

Further notes on “ Jurinean”’ Genera of Hymenoptera. 435

or—as Mocsary (1886) and later authors call the species—

“miger”’ is “almost certainly not British”? must be with-

drawn. In the British collection at South Kensington

most of the specimens called niger or troglodyta are satyrus.

But among them are a g and two 99 from Coll. Stephens

which are really troglodyta; and, if Stephens’s statements

in his Illustrations can be trusted, they are British insects,

taken not far from London, perhaps at Hertford. We

cannot, however, recognise in any of them the characters

of the true niger as figured and described by Harris, and

we still see no reason for identifying troglodyta F. with

that mysterious species !

Page 403 (14 lines from bottom of page). The name

*CrropAaLes Ltr. 1804 (Type: maculata F.) is clearly

invalid, being a homonym of CrRopates Ltr. 1802

(Type: quinqueeinetus I.). Not on that ground, but

to satisfy a supposed requirement of philology, Schulz has

proposed emending it to “ Ceratopales.” As to this it

should be remarked—(1) That the name being a homonym,

should not be merely “ emended,” but sunk altogether and

another name substituted for it. We have therefore

proposed Hypsicerarus (“Yyuxeoaioc) in allusion to the

peculiar situation of the antennae in this genus. (2) That

in point of fact Schulz is mistaken in thinking the formation

“ Ceratopales”’ more correct philologically than Ceropales.

As we have noticed several attempts to “‘ emend ” other

old names on exactly similar grounds, viz. the supposed

necessity that the same form should be used in injlecting

or “declining ”’ a noun and in compounding it, it may be

worth while to examine in some detail the actual practice

of Greek writers in this matter. The stem used in “ de-

clining”’ xéoac¢ is no doubt “ xegar-,” and this form of the

stem may be used in forming a compound, e.g. Aristotle

has xegatopdeos, xegatddne, etc. But we also find xego-

fatycs in Aristophanes, xegd-detocg and xego-podoos in Huri-

pides, xegovdxdc, (2. e. xego-elxoc) in Sophocles, and several

other forms exactly analogous to “ Cero-pales”’ used by

the best writers of antiquity! Yet another possible com-

pound from the same stem would be “ Ceraopales”’ (ef.

xeoao-€doc in Homer). And again the analogy of xegac-

gooocs, which is used by Euripides and Plato (!), would

justify ‘‘ Ceraspales.” The fact, which seems to be very

generally unknown, is, that real Greek ‘ compound-”

(or ‘‘ so-called compound-”) words were not made as a

436 Rev. F. D. Morice and Mr. J. H. Durrant’s

tule by putting two words together according to some

pre-existing canon of philologists, but by prefixing or

affixing to a stem one out of several possible modifications

of another stem, the choice of the particular modification

to be employed being guided, not by rules of grammarians,

but by the influence of some apparent analogy,* or by

a sense which made the speaker or writer choose in-

stinctively out of several possible combinations that

which first occurred to him, or which he felt to be most

euphonious.

A few more examples may be given to illustrate the

eratuitous nature of many modern “ emendations.” Be-

cause the inflexion-stem of vjua (néma) “thread” is

yywat- certain authors have thought it necessary to change

such names as “‘ Nemo-phora”’ to “‘ Nemato-phora,”’ etc.,

etc. But the stem of déoua (derma) “skin”’ is deoyat-, that

of aiwa (haema) “ blood” is aiuat-;—and yet !—Aristotle

calls “bats”? deoudnteoa, not deomatontega! Sophocles

expresses “ bathed in blood” by aiwo-faqgijc, and Aristotle

calls “‘ blood sucking” insects aiwo-fdea, although either

writer—had he chosen to do so—might have preferred

the analogy of such forms as aiwato-xaty¢ “ blood drink-

ing”’ (Aristophanes), aiuat-mdn¢s “blood-red”? (Thucy-

dides)—in fact, this last word, (as well as ai~o-fogoc) is

employed by Aristotle on another occasion.

If it is rash to dogmatise as to what is, and what is not,

possible in the formation of Greek compounds, it is almost

more so to lay down laws of this kind in dealing with

Compounds in Latin. Such Latin writers as use Com-

pounds freely—and the best Latin writers, except certain

poets, hardly form new Compounds at all !—are either

mere imitators (at a distance) of Greek originals, or de-

hiberately aim (like Plautus, etc.) at comic effects, or

write on technical subjects without any attempt at literary

style, so that it is impossible to found any reasonable

arguments on their practice as to what is a solecism, and

what a legitimate word-formation. Thus it has been

held that pallidipes, leucomelaena, etc., etc., are “ right”

and “ pallipes,”’ “‘ leucomelana,” etc., wrong. But it may

* This is the case in all languages and at all times. A recent

newspaper-article used the word “ Villa-dom” to express “a

region of villas.” And this was not produced by compounding

“ Villa? with ‘“‘ dom,” but by imitating the analogy of such words

as Kingdom, Christendom, etc.

Further notes on “ Jurinean”’ Genera of Hymenoptera. 437

be replied with some confidence, that a Latin prose-writer

of the Ciceronian or Augustan age would have been dis-

inclined to approve any one of these formations, while

analogies to each and all of them can be found abundantly

in old Latin (e.g. Plautus) or late Latin (e.g. Appuleius),

to say nothing of the many centuries which followed,

while Latin was still a living language in the mouths and

on the pens of churchmen, physicians, lawyers, and diplo-

matists, and, in short, the professors and expositors of

every branch of literature and science. It by no means

follows that a formation is to be branded as “ not Latin ”

because it is not to be found in Smith’s Smaller Latin

Dictionary. It may require correction in a schoolboy’s

Latin Exercise, because he is supposed to be reproducing

the Latin of a particular period. But it is quite another

matter to assume the right of doctoring into conformity

with tastes and fancies of our own the names which have

come down to us from the founders of our science, such

as Linné, Fabricius, Latreille, etc. HKven the most un-

impeachable of such emendations * are at best super-

fluous, contributing absolutely nothing either to the ad-

vancement of the science, or to the convenience of those

occupied. with it. [With similar misapplication of learn-

ing, and hardly more waste of time and energy, one might

re-edit Shakespeare or the Bible, correcting their lapses

from philological accuracy in the transcription of Proper

names—Mark Antony, Shylock, Pharaoh, etc. It might

be pointed out that, according to the Recommendations

of a certain Committee, ‘‘ Niobe all tears”? ought to have

appeared as Nioba, and “ Patmos” as Patmus!] Some-

times, however, they are worse than superfluous, merely

creating a difficulty in consulting Indices or Catalogues,

as when Heriades is “ corrected”’ to Hriades, or Omalus

to Homalus. And sometimes, as we have tried to show,

they are not, in fact, required by any such supposed Laws

of Greek or Latin Word-formation as they postulate. So

that on the whole we come to the conclusion which is

briefly comprehended in Fabricius’s remark upon the

subject. Nomina, he says in his preface to “ Systema

Entomologiae,” mutata nunquam usum, saepius confusionem,

praebent.

* We do not mean to deny that some kinds of “ emendation ”

may be sometimes necessary, as, for instance, in the case of an

obvious misprint !

438 Rev. F. D. Morice and Mr. J. H. Durrant’s

Two other gratuitous and undesirable “ emendations ”

of old authors’ names may here be noted for rejection !

(1) Dahlbom in introducing his generic name Cypho-

nonyx derives it from “ yupwr” [sic !] “ furcifer” and drvg

unguis. Therefore W. A. Schulz has “corrected” it to

the truly hideous form “ Chyphononyz”’! But there is

not, and (philologically speaking) ought not to be, any

such word in the Greek language as “ yumwy” ;—the

phonetically correct form is xdgwy, and no other is em-

ployed by Greek authors, or recognised by lexicographers.

Accordingly Cyphononyx (xvpwr-ovv) is at least a possible

name; though a real Greek would probably have disliked

the jingling reiteration (-on -on), and perhaps (remember-

ing Homer’s “ uavvyes inmot”’) would have cut the word

down to xvmarv& (Cyphonyx). But, for all practical pur-

poses, Cyphononyx is good enough, and there is no real

reason for altering it inany way. “‘Chyphononyz,” on the

other hand, is an absolute monstrosity and on no account

to be adopted.

(2) Because the Greek noun zeéwy has for its Inflection-

stem not zolo- but smelov- (or sometimes apparently

zowy-) v. Dalla Torre “ corrects” Priocnenis of Schiddte

to “‘ Prionocnemis.”” But the form Priocnemis is completely

justified by classical analogies. From dxuwy (stem axor-)

we get in actual Greek not axuord-Oetoy but axud-Oetor;

and from x/wy (stem xtov-) both xiovd-xeavoy and xu0d-

xoavoy (the latter being, on the whole, more “ classical ”’

than the former). Neither “ Prio-cnemis,’ then, nor

“* Prionocnemis’”’ can be said to be an impossible forni.

Of the two, ‘‘ Priocnemis”’ seems shghtly better sup-

ported by actual precedents, and it is certainly more

euphonious. It should therefore be restored, and there

was never any reason for objecting to it.

Pages 411-412. In June 1909 (Ann.-Mag. NH. (8 s.)

8. p. 484) Mr. Rowland E. Turner, after examination of

the type in Banks Coll. of Tiphia variegata F., announced

its identity with the Palarus flavipes Pz., Auctt. Assum-

ing this to be correct, the name variegata F. must be

employed, having priority over awriginosus Eversm., and

also over the otherwise invalid *flavipes Pz., Auctt.

Page 417, line 16. In treating communis Auctt. as a

synonym of annulata L. we were following Alfken who

(in Zeitschr. fiir Hym. und Dipt. 1902, p. 88) accepted

Forster’s identification of the Linnéan species. Nylander,

Further notes on “ Jurinean”’ Genera of Hymenoptera .439

however [in Not. Sallsk. Faun-Flor. Fenn. 2. (Rev. Syn.

Ap. Bor.) p. 234 (1852)], points out that in Linné’s de-

scription of annulata the bases of the ¢ antennae are said

to be marked with white, which is not a character of

communis, and also that in the Linnéan Collection (now at

Burlington House) the only specimen ticketed by Linné

himself as annulata is not a communis, but belongs to the

species which Nylander had formerly [in Not. Sallsk. Faun-

Flor. Fenn. 1. (Adnot. Mon. Ap. Bor.) p. 188 (1848)] named

in error *dilatata K. and afterwards [in Not. Sillsk. Faun-

Flor. 2. (Suppl. Ap. Bor.) p. 94 (1852)] re-named borealis.

The latter has the scapes conspicuously marked with

white; and as, accordingly, Linné’s supposed “ type ”

agrees with his original description there seems no reason

to doubt its authenticity, in which case borealis Nyl.

and not communis Nyl. should be sunk as synonymous

with annulata. (Borealis and communis being both species

of Nylander’s own making, it is particularly unlikely that

his decision on this point should be erroneous !)

Page 420, line 28. “Type 3: Andrena bicolor F.”

Andrena bicolor ¥. is identified by most recent authors

except Schmiedeknecht (e.g. F. Smith, Thomson, E.

Saunders, and v. Dalla Torre) with the summer genera-

tion of Andrena gwynana Kirby. But the latter has the

abdomen clothed more or less with pale brown hairs, also

in the ¢ the legs are pale-haired, and the scopae of the 2

are fulvous.

Fabricius has described his species at least four times,

and always in the same words :—‘‘ A. thorace villoso

ferrugineo, abdomine atro immaculato”’; and_ short

though this description is, it seems clearly to indicate not

the bicolor of recent authors, but the Andrena which we

have been accustomed to call thoracica F. Rossi in Fauna

Ktrusca, after quoting Fabricius’s diagnosis, goes on to

say “ Statura fere A. mellificae. Tota atra, thorace tantum

superne saturate rufovilloso. Abdomen glabrum nitidum.

Alae apice fuscae, praesertim primores.’’ This is a most

excellent description of our “ thoracica,”’ and seems to

make it certain that Rossi identified bicolor F. with that

species, and not with the bicolor of Smith, ete. Panzer

and Christ have both given coloured figures of bicolor,

and the figure by Panzer is accepted by Fabricius in

Systema Piezatorum as representing his species. Now in

both these figures the pilosity of the legs is represented

440 Rev. F. D. Morice and Mr. J. H. Durrant’s

as entirely black!, and this suits thoracica, and certainly

does not suit the other species. Kirby, again, expressly

asserts in Mon. Ap. Angl. 1. (p. 67) that “ Andrena bicolor

is nothing more than the male of Apis thoracica, and has

precisely the same oral organs.”

It seems clear, then, that Fabricius’s contemporaries

were generally agreed in their interpretation of his diag-

nosis; and it is not easy to understand why their view

has gone so completely out of fashion. It is true that

Fabricius treated bicolor and thoracica as different species ;

but this was a necessary consequence of his error which

Kirby pointed out—namely that he supposed his thoracica

to be not an “ Andrena,” but an “ Apis.” In Systema

Piezatorum he silently gave up that notion, by listing

thoracica as well as bicolor under Andrena. But we be-

lieve that any one comparing his descriptions of the two

insects will find that the one is practically identical with

the other :—

3. thoracica. 22. bicolor.

A. atra, thorace rufo, alis apice | A. thorace villoso ferru-

fuscis. gineo, abdomine atro

immaculato.

Habitat in Daniae nemoribus. | Habitat in Daniae nemori-

bus.

Unfortunately, owing to his mistake about the genus of

thoracica, Fabricius described bieolor before thoracica; so

that, if our view of the facts is correct, the former name

ought to be restored, and the latter to fall as a synonym.

Page 423. When proposing the new name Donis-

thorpea, in lieu of §Lasius F., we were led to suppose that

Acanthomyops Mayr was generically distinct, and were un-

acquainted with the subgeneric names Dendrolasius Ruzsky

and Chthonolasius Ruzsky. These may now be regarded

as four subgeneric divisions of the genus Acanthomyops

Mayr.

Forel [Rev. Suisse Zool. 24 460 (IV. 1916)] rightly

called attention to these omissions as follows :—‘‘ MM.

Morrice et Durrant (Trans. Ent. Soc., London 1914, page

421 [1915]) ont institué en remplacement du Genre Lasius

F. (1804) qwils disent tombé par synonymie de Lasius

Jurine (1801, Apide), un nouveau genre Donisthorpea.

Mais ces auteurs ne tiennent aucun compte des sous-

Further notes on “ Jurinean”’ Genera of Hymenoptera. 441

genres Acanthomyops Mayr, Dendrolasius Ruszky et

Chthonolasius Ruszky, dont le dernier est & mon avis

synonyme de Lasius s. str. et ne pouvait étre maintenu.

Donec, suivant mon opinion, la synonymie doit étre la

suivante, si Morrice et Durrant ont raison :—

Genre Acanthomyops Mayr (1862)

= Lasius F. 1804 (non Jurine 1801)

= Donisthorpea Morrice et Durrant;

Type: claviger Roger,

Subgen. Chthonolasius Ruszky, type: miger L. (flavus

ex. Ruszky).

Subgen. Dendrolasius Ruszky, type: fuliginosus Latr.

P.S.—M. Emery m’écrit qu’a son avis il vaudrait mieux

prendre pour Lasius le nom nouvellement déterré par

Wheeler de Formicina Shuck., nom en partie basé sur le

Lasius flavus. Je n’ai rien a y opposer, pourvu qu’on en

finisse une bonne fois avec ces déménagements perpétuels

des anciens noms.”

We do not quite understand the process by which niger

is to be constituted the Type of Chthonolasius Ruzsky,

in lieu of flava L., indicated as the Type by Ruzsky, nor

do we accept the suggestion that Formicina Shuck. should

be used in lieu of Donisthorpea. The following is the

original reference to Formicina Shuckard :—‘‘ The group

has been divided according to the structure of the abdo-

men; which in some has but one node only to its peduncle,

but in others it has two. It is in the first division that

we find the stingless genera, namely, Formica Linn., For-

micina Shkd., Polyergus Latr., Polyrachis Shkd., and

Dolichoderus Lund, besides several other yet uncharacter-

ised genera, which we shall shortly publish.

(155). The Formicina rufa, or horse ant, forms those

large nests of dry leaves and sticks we so frequently ob-

serve in the woods; and within these nests two genera of

Staphylint appear to be parasitical—Lomechusa and Pella;

and in their deepest recesses innumerable wood-lice (Oniscz)

are constantly found.” ... “ Another singular Staphy-

linus (the minute Claviger), which is totally blind, and

otherwise remarkable in structure, inhabits the nests of

the Formicina flava, where it has once been discovered in

this country.” (Shuckard, Lardner’s Cabinet Cycl. 10.

(Hist. & Nat-Arr. Ins.) 172 (1840.)]

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1916.—PARTS 111, Iv. (June 717.)@ 4G

442 Morice and Durrant on “ Jurimmean”’ Hymenoptera.

Formicina would doubtless have been described at

length by Shuckard in his Elements of British Entomology,

but only one part (Coleoptera) was published (in 1839).

It is not necessary to discuss the status of “ Formicina

Shkd.” as a possibly valid genus, for Wheeler [Ann.

NY. Ac. Se. 24. 164 (1911)] has very properly cited as its

Type Formica rufa L., and has definitely sunk it as a

synonym of Formica L.—Kmery’s subsequent suggestion

that flava L. should be regarded as the Type cannot

therefore be maintained.

[It should be noted that §Formecina Canestrini (1868)

Arachn. is homonymous with Fornucina Shuck. (1840).|

The synonymy of Acanthomyops is as follows :—

ACANTHOMYOPS Mayr.

= §LASIUS (nec Jrn.) F. (1804); = *FoRMIcINA (Shuck. p., 1840)

Forel & Emery (1916)—nec Wheeler (1911); = AcantHomyoprs

Mayr (1862); = Denprowasius Ruzsky (1912); = CatHonoasius

Ruzsky (1912); = DonistHorpEA Morice & Drnt. (1915); =

*CHTHONOLASIUS (nec Ruzsky) Forel (1916).

Type 1: Formica elavigera Roger (Roger 1862; Wheeler 1911).

Acantuomyors Mayr Verh. ZB. Ges. Wien 12:1862. 699-700

(1862); Wheeler Ann. NY. Ac. Sc. 21. 157 (1911); Forel Rev.

Suisse Zool. 24. 460 (1916).

Type 2: Formica fuliginosa Ltr. (Ruzsky 1912).

Denpronastus Ruzsky Kasani Zap. Veterin. Inst. 29. 629-33

tf. 2 (1912); Forel Rev. Suisse Zool. 24. 460 (1916).

Type 3: Formica flava L. (Ruzsky 1912).

CuTHONOLASIUS Ruzsky Kasani Zap. Veterin. Inst. 29. 629-33

tf. 3 (1912). *Formicrna Shuck. (p.) Lardner’s Cab. Cycl. 10.

(Hist. Nat-Arr. Ins.) 172 (1840); Forel & Emery Rev. Suisse Zool.

24. 460 (1916).

[nec ForMicIN A Shuck. Lardner’s Cab. Cycl. 10. (Hist. Nat-Arr.

Ins.) 172 (1840); Wheeler Science 338. 859, 860 (2. VI. 1911): Ann.

NY. Ac. Se. 214. 164 (17. XI. 1911)—Type : rufa L. (Formica L.)]

[nec *CHTHONOLASIUS (Ruzsky) Forel Rev. Suisse Zool. 24. 460

(1916—Type : nigra L. (DonIstHoRPEA Morice & Drnt.)].

Type 4: Formica nigra L. (Morice & Drnt. 1915).

DonistHorRPEA Morice & Drnt.= §LAsSIUS (nec Jrn.) F. Syst.

Piez. pp. xi, 415-8, no. 78 sp. 1-10, Ind. 18 (1804); Auctt.......

DonIsTHORPEA Morice & Drnt., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1914. 423

(1915); *CHTHONOLASIUS (nec Ruzsky) Forel Rev. Suisse Zool. 24.

460 (1916).

June 7, 1917